This is a modern-English version of The Essays of Adam Smith, originally written by Smith, Adam.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
THE
ESSAYS
OF
ADAM SMITH
Transcriber’s Note
Transcription Note
This version is based upon texts kindly provided by the Internet Archive and the Hathi Trust. The main resource can be found here.
This version is based on texts generously provided by the Internet Archive and the Hathi Trust. The main resource can be found here.
Footnotes
References
Most footnotes in the text are indicated by an asterisk. Here they are numbered within each work and placed at the end of paragraph in which they occur. One footnote in the first essay is numbered; it is here given as 1*.
Most footnotes in the text are marked with an asterisk. They are numbered within each work and located at the end of the paragraph where they appear. One footnote in the first essay is numbered; it is indicated here as 1*.
Corrections
Corrections
Corrections (or queries) are flagged by dotted red underline, on mouse-over revealing the original.
Corrections (or queries) are highlighted with a dotted red underline, and when you hover over them, the original text is displayed.
Other matters
Other issues
Greek text is marked by orange underlining, on mouse-over revealing a transliteration.
Greek text is highlighted with orange underlining, and when you hover over it, a transliteration appears.
Page numbers have been rendered in-text in red.
Page numbers have been shown in-text in red.
Other original printing conventions have been followed, except for left quotation marks at the start of every line of quoted text.
Other original printing conventions have been followed, except for left quotation marks at the beginning of each line of quoted text.
Some links have been inserted to provide for cross-references within the text. Infelicities and mistakes here are the transcriber’s fault.
Some links have been added for cross-references within the text. Any errors or mistakes here are the transcriber's fault.
ESSAYS
ON
Ⅰ. MORAL SENTIMENTS;
Ⅱ. ASTRONOMICAL INQUIRIES;
Ⅲ. FORMATION OF LANGUAGES;
Ⅳ. HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHYSICS;
Ⅴ. ANCIENT LOGIC AND METAPHYSICS;
Ⅵ. THE IMITATIVE ARTS;
Ⅶ. MUSIC, DANCING, POETRY;
Ⅷ. THE EXTERNAL SENSES;
Ⅸ. ENGLISH AND ITALIAN VERSES.
BY
ADAM SMITH, LL.D. F.R.S.,
Author of the ‘Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations.’
Author of the ‘Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations.’
LONDON:
ALEX. MURRAY & CO., 30, QUEEN SQUARE, W.C.
1872.
LONDON:
BRADBURY, EVANS, AND CO., PRINTERS, WHITEFRIARS.
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
ADAM SMITH, the author of these Essays and of the ‘Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations,’ was born at Kirkaldy, June 5, 1723, a few months after the death of his father. He was a sickly child, and indulged by his mother, who was the object of his filial gratitude for sixty years. When about three years old, and at the house of Douglass of Strathenry, his mother’s brother, he was carried off by tinkers or gipsies, but soon recovered from them. At the burgh school of his native town he made rapid progress, and soon attracted notice by his passion for books, and by the extraordinary powers of his memory. His weakness of body prevented him joining in athletic sports, but his generous and friendly temperament made him a favourite with his schoolmates; and he was noted then, as through after life, for absence in company and a habit of speaking to himself when alone. From the grammar school of Kirkaldy, he was sent, in 1737, to the University of Glasgow, whence, in 1740, he went to Baliol College, Oxford, enjoying an exhibition on the Snell foundation. When at Glasgow College, his favourite studies were mathematics and natural philosophy, but that did not long divert his mind from pursuits more congenial to him, more particularly the political history of mankind, which gave scope to the power of his comprehensive genius, and gratified his ruling passion of contributing to the happiness and the improvement of society. To his early taste for Greek generally, may be due the clearness and fulness with which he states his political reasonings. At Oxford he employed himself frequently in the practice of translation, with a view to the improvement of his own style, and used to commend such exercises to all who cultivate the art of composition. He also cultivated with the greatest care the study of languages; and his knowledge of them led him to a peculiar experience in everything that could illustrate the institutions, the manners, and the ideas of different ages and nations.
ADAM SMITH, the author of these Essays and the ‘Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations,’ was born in Kirkaldy on June 5, 1723, just a few months after his father's death. He was a frail child and was pampered by his mother, who he was grateful to for sixty years. When he was about three years old, while staying at the home of his uncle Douglass of Strathenry, he was taken away by tinkers or gypsies but quickly returned. At the local school in his hometown, he made quick progress and soon caught attention due to his love of books and remarkable memory. His physical weakness kept him from participating in sports, but his kind and friendly nature made him popular among his classmates; he was noted then, as he would be throughout his life, for being lost in thought in company and for talking to himself when alone. After attending the grammar school in Kirkaldy, he was sent to the University of Glasgow in 1737, and in 1740, he moved to Baliol College, Oxford, on a Snell foundation scholarship. At Glasgow, his favorite subjects were mathematics and natural philosophy, but he soon shifted his focus to topics that truly excited him, especially the political history of humanity, which allowed him to utilize his brilliant mind and fueled his desire to contribute to society's happiness and improvement. His early interest in Greek likely helped him articulate his political ideas clearly and thoroughly. At Oxford, he often practiced translation to enhance his writing style and encouraged this practice among anyone interested in honing their composition skills. He also dedicated himself to studying languages, and his expertise in them provided him with unique insights into the institutions, customs, and thoughts of various ages and cultures.
After a residence at Oxford of seven years, he returned to Kirkaldy, and lived two years with his mother, engaged in studies, but without any fixed plan for his future life. He had been originally destined for the Church of England; but not finding the ecclesiastical profession suitable to his taste, he took chance of obtaining some of those moderate preferments, to which literary attainments lead in Scotland. Removing to Edinburgh in 1748, he read lectures on rhetoric and belles lettres, under the patronage of Lord Kames; and when in Edinburgh became intimate with David Hume.
After spending seven years at Oxford, he returned to Kirkaldy and lived for two years with his mother, focusing on his studies without a clear plan for his future. He had originally been intended for the Church of England, but since he didn’t find the church profession to be a good fit, he hoped to secure some of the moderate positions that literary qualifications could lead to in Scotland. In 1748, he moved to Edinburgh, where he gave lectures on rhetoric and literature with the support of Lord Kames, and while in Edinburgh, he became close friends with David Hume.
In 1751 he was elected Professor of Logic in the University of Glasgow; and, the year following, he became Professor of Moral Philosophy there; a situation he held for thirteen years, and used to look back on as the most useful and happy of his life; and, though but a narrow scene for his ambition, may have led to the future eminence of his literary character. In delivering his lectures, Mr. Smith trusted 2 almost entirely to extemporary elocution. His manner, though not graceful, was plain and unaffected, and he never failed to interest his hearers. Each discourse consisted commonly of several distinct propositions, which he successively endeavoured to prove and illustrate. At first he often appeared to speak with hesitation; but, as he advanced, the matter seemed to crowd upon him, his manner became warm and animated, and his expression easy and fluent. His reputation as a philosopher attracted a multitude of students from a great distance to the University; and those branches of science which he taught became fashionable, and his opinions were the chief topics of discussion in the clubs and literary societies of Glasgow. While Adam Smith became thus eminent as a public lecturer, he was gradually laying the foundation of a more extensive reputation by preparing for the press his System of Morals; and the first edition of his Essays appeared in 1759, under the title of THE THEORY OF MORAL SENTIMENTS.
In 1751, he was elected as the Professor of Logic at the University of Glasgow; and the following year, he became the Professor of Moral Philosophy there—a position he held for thirteen years and remembered as the most useful and happy time of his life. Although it was a narrow scope for his ambition, it may have contributed to his future prominence as a writer. When delivering his lectures, Mr. Smith relied almost entirely on impromptu speaking. His style, while not elegant, was straightforward and genuine, and he never failed to engage his audience. Each lecture usually included several distinct points, which he worked to prove and illustrate one by one. Initially, he often seemed to speak hesitantly; however, as he progressed, the ideas flowed more freely, and he became enthusiastic, with an easy and fluent expression. His reputation as a philosopher drew many students from afar to the university, and the subjects he taught became popular, with his ideas being the main topics of discussion in Glasgow's clubs and literary societies. While Adam Smith gained fame as a public lecturer, he was also laying the groundwork for a broader reputation by preparing his System of Morals for publication; the first edition of his Essays was released in 1759, under the title of THE TTHEORY OF MSPOKEN SFEELINGS.
Of this essay, Dugald Stewart remarks, ‘that whatever opinion we may entertain of the justness of its conclusions, it must be allowed to be a singular effort of invention, ingenuity, and subtilty; that it contains a large mixture of important truth, and has had the merit of directing the attention of philosophers to a view of human nature, which had formerly in a great measure escaped their notice; and no work, undoubtedly, can be mentioned, ancient or modern, which exhibits so complete a view of those facts with respect to our moral perceptions, which it is one great object of this branch of science to refer to their general laws; and well deserves the careful study of all whose taste leads them to prosecute similar enquiries. These facts are presented in the most happy and beautiful lights; and when the subject leads him to address the imagination and the heart, the variety and felicity of his illustrations, the richness and fluency of his eloquence; and the skill with which he wins the attention and commands the passions of his readers, leave him, among our English moralists, without a rival. Towards the close of 1763, Mr. Smith arranged to visit the continent with the Duke of Buccleugh, returning to London in 1766. For the next ten years he lived quietly with his mother at Kirkaldy; and in 1776, accounted to the world for his long retreat, by the publication of his ‘INQUIRY INTO THE NATURE AND CAUSES OF THE WEALTH OF NATIONS.’ In 1778, Mr. Smith was appointed a Commissioner of Customs in Scotland, the pecuniary emoluments of which were considerable. In 1784, he lost his mother. In 1788, his cousin, Miss Douglass, died, to whom he had been strongly attached; and in July, 1790, he died, having, a short while before, in conversation with his friend Riddell, regretted that ‘HE HAD DONE SO LITTLE.’
Of this essay, Dugald Stewart says, “Whatever we think about the accuracy of its conclusions, we must recognize it as a remarkable feat of creativity, intelligence, and subtlety; it includes a significant amount of important truth and has succeeded in focusing philosophers' attention on an aspect of human nature that had largely gone unnoticed before. No work, ancient or modern, can really be cited that gives such a comprehensive view of the facts related to our moral perceptions, which is a key aim of this field of study to connect to their general laws; it certainly deserves the careful attention of anyone whose interests lead them to explore similar inquiries. These facts are presented in the most effective and beautiful ways; and when the topic allows him to engage the imagination and the heart, the variety and brilliance of his examples, the richness and fluency of his style, and the skill with which he captures the attention and stirs the emotions of his readers make him unmatched among English moralists. Towards the end of 1763, Mr. Smith planned to tour the continent with the Duke of Buccleugh, returning to London in 1766. For the next ten years, he lived quietly with his mother in Kirkaldy; and in 1776, he explained his long absence to the world by publishing his ‘IINQUIRY INTO THE NNATURE AND CAUSES OF THE WWEALTH OF NATIONS.’ In 1778, Mr. Smith was appointed as a Commissioner of Customs in Scotland, a position that offered significant financial rewards. In 1784, he lost his mother. In 1788, his cousin, Miss Douglass, whom he was very close to, passed away; and in July 1790, he died, having recently expressed to his friend Riddell that he regretted that ‘HE HAD DONE SO LITTLE.’”
[Above biographic notes and literary opinions have been abridged from a paper on ‘The Life and Writings of Adam Smith,’ by Professor Dugald Stewart, of Edinburgh, 1793—A. M.]
[Above biographic notes and literary opinions have been summarized from a paper on ‘The Life and Writings of Adam Smith,’ by Professor Dugald Stewart, of Edinburgh, 1793—A. M.]
ADVERTISEMENT
TO THE SIXTH EDITION.
SINCE the first publication of the THEORY OF MORAL SENTIMENTS, which was in the beginning of the year 1759, several corrections, and a good many illustrations of the doctrines contained in it, have occurred to me. But the various occupations in which the different accidents of my life necessarily involved me, have till now prevented me from revising this work with the care and attention which I always intended. The reader will find the principal alterations which I have made in this New Edition, in the last Chapter of the third Section of Part First; and in the four first Chapters of Part Third. Part Sixth, as it stands in this New Edition, is altogether new. In Part Seventh, I have brought together the greater part of the different passages concerning the Stoical Philosophy, which, in the former Editions, had been scattered about in different parts of the work. I have likewise endeavoured to explain more fully, and examine more distinctly, some of the doctrines of that famous sect. In the fourth and last Section of the same Part, I have thrown together a few additional observations concerning the duty and the principle of veracity. There are, besides, in other parts of the work, a few other alterations and corrections of no great moment.
SINCE the first publication of the TTHEORY OF MSPOKEN SFEELINGS, which was at the beginning of 1759, I’ve come up with several corrections and additional illustrations of the ideas in it. However, the various activities and events in my life have kept me from revising this work with the care and attention I always meant to. In this New Edition, the reader will find the main changes I made in the last Chapter of the third Section of Part First and in the first four Chapters of Part Third. Part Sixth in this New Edition is completely new. In Part Seventh, I’ve gathered most of the different passages about Stoical Philosophy that were previously spread throughout the work. I’ve also tried to explain more clearly and examine in depth some of the beliefs of that well-known sect. In the fourth and final Section of that Part, I’ve added a few more observations about the duty and principle of truthfulness. Additionally, there are some other minor changes and corrections in different parts of the work.
In the last paragraph of the first Edition of the present work, I said that I should in another discourse endeavour to give an account of the general principles of law and government, and of the different revolutions which they had undergone in the different ages and periods of society; not only in what concerns justice, but in what concerns police, revenue, and arms, and whatever else is the object of law. In the Inquiry concerning the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, I have partly executed this promise; at least so far as concerns police, revenue, and arms. What remains, the theory of jurisprudence, which I have long projected, I have hitherto been hindered from executing, by the same occupations which had till now prevented me from revising the present work. Though my very advanced age leaves me, I acknowledge, very little expectation of ever being able to execute this great work to my own satisfaction; yet, as I have not altogether abandoned the design, and as I wish still to continue under the obligation of doing what I can, I have allowed the paragraph to remain as it was published more than thirty years ago, when I entertained no doubt of being able to execute every thing which it announced.
In the last paragraph of the first edition of this work, I mentioned that I would discuss the general principles of law and government in another essay, along with the various changes they’ve gone through over different ages and periods in society; this includes not just justice, but also policing, revenue, and military matters, as well as everything else that falls under the law's purview. In the Inquiry concerning the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, I’ve partially fulfilled this promise, at least regarding policing, revenue, and military issues. What remains is the theory of jurisprudence, which I’ve long intended to write but have been unable to complete due to the same commitments that have kept me from revising this work until now. Although my old age leaves me with little hope of completing this substantial project to my own satisfaction, since I haven’t completely abandoned the idea and still feel a responsibility to do what I can, I have decided to keep the paragraph as it was published more than thirty years ago, when I had no doubt I would be able to accomplish everything it mentioned.
ESSAYS BY ADAM SMITH
ON
PHILOSOPHICAL SUBJECTS
ADVERTISEMENT BY THE EDITORS.
THE much lamented author of these Essays left them in the hands of his friends to be disposed of as they thought proper, having immediately before his death destroyed many other manuscripts which he thought unfit for being made public. When these were inspected, the greater number of them appeared to be parts of a plan he once had formed, for giving a connected history of the liberal sciences and elegant arts. It is long since he found it necessary to abandon that plan as far too extensive; and these parts of it lay beside him neglected until his death. His friends are persuaded, however, that the reader will find in them that happy connection, that full and accurate expression, and that clear illustration which are conspicuous in the rest of his works; and that though it is difficult to add much to the great fame he so justly acquired by his other writings, these will be read with satisfaction and pleasure.
THE much-mourned author of these Essays left them in the hands of his friends to handle as they saw fit, having just before his death destroyed many other manuscripts that he felt were not suitable for publication. When these were reviewed, most of them seemed to be parts of a plan he once had for creating a comprehensive history of the liberal sciences and fine arts. He had long since deemed that plan far too ambitious and let these sections sit neglected until his passing. However, his friends believe that readers will discover in them the same wonderful connections, thorough and precise expressions, and clear explanations that stand out in his other works; and that, while it’s challenging to add much to the great reputation he justly earned through his other writings, these will be enjoyed and appreciated.
JOSEPH BLACK.
JAMES HUTTON.
JOSEPH BLACK.
JAMES HUTTON.
CONTENTS.
THE THEORY OF MORAL SENTIMENTS.
Part 1. |
|||||||||
OF THE PROPRIETY OF ACTIONS. |
|||||||||
PAGE | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅰ. Of the Sense of Propriety | 9 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of Sympathy | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Pleasure of Mutual Sympathy | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ., Ⅳ. Of the manner in which we judge of the Propriety or Impropriety of the Affections of other Men, by their Concord or Dissonance with our own | |||||||||
CH. Ⅴ. Of the amiable and respectable Virtues | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅱ. Of the Degrees of the different Passions which are consistent with Propriety | 26 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of the Passions which take their Origin from the Body | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of those Passions which take their Origin from a particular Turn or Habit of the Imagination | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of the unsocial Passions | |||||||||
CH. Ⅳ. Of the social Passions | |||||||||
CH. Ⅴ. Of the selfish Passions | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅲ. Of the Effects of Prosperity and Adversity upon the Judgment of Mankind with regard to the Propriety of Action; and why it is more easy to obtain their Approbation in the one State than in the other | 42 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. That though our Sympathy with Sorrow is generally a more lively Sensation than our Sympathy with Joy, it commonly falls much more short of the Violence of what is naturally felt by the Person principally concerned | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Origin of Ambition, and of the Distinction of Ranks | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of the Corruption of our Moral Sentiments, which is occasioned by this Disposition to admire the Rich and the Great, and to despise or neglect Persons of poor and mean Condition | |||||||||
Part 2. |
|||||||||
OF MERIT AND DEMERIT; OR, OF THE OBJECTS OF REWARD AND PUNISHMENT. |
|||||||||
SEC. Ⅰ. Of the Sense of Merit and Demerit—Introduction | 61 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. That whatever appears to be the proper Object of Gratitude, appears to deserve Reward; and that, in the same Manner, whatever appears to be the proper Object of Resentment, appears to deserve Punishment | |||||||||
6 | CH. Ⅱ. Of the proper Objects of Gratitude and Resentment | ||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. That where there is no Approbation of the Conduct of the Person who confers the Benefit, there is little Sympathy with the Gratitude of him who receives it: and that, on the contrary, where there is no Disapprobation of the Motives of the Person who does the Mischief, there is no sort of Sympathy with the Resentment of him who suffers it | |||||||||
CH. Ⅳ. Recapitulation of the foregoing Chapters | |||||||||
CH. Ⅴ. The Analysis of the Sense of Merit and Demerit | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅱ. Of Justice and Beneficence | |||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Comparison of those two Virtues | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the sense of Justice, of Remorse, and of the Consciousness of Merit | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of the Utility of this Constitution of Nature | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅲ. Of the Influence of Fortune upon the Sentiments of Mankind, with regard to the Merit or Demerit of Actions—Introduction | 84-85 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of the Causes of this Influence of Fortune | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Extent of this Influence of Fortune | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of the final Cause of this Irregularity of Sentiments | |||||||||
Part 3. |
|||||||||
OF THE FOUNDATION OF OUR JUDGMENTS CONCERNING OUR OWN SENTIMENTS AND
CONDUCT, AND OF THE SENSE OF DUTY. |
|||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of the Principle of Self-approbation and of Self-disapprobation | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Love of Praise, and of that of Praise-worthiness; and of the Dread of Blame, and of that of Blame-worthiness | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of the Influence and Authority of Conscience | |||||||||
CH. Ⅳ. Of the Nature of Self-deceit, and of the Origin and Use of general Rules | |||||||||
CH. Ⅴ. Of the Influence and Authority of the general Rules of Morality, and that they are justly regarded as the Laws of the Deity | |||||||||
CH. Ⅵ. In what Cases the Sense of Duty ought to be the sole Principle of our Conduct; and in what Cases it ought to concur with other Motives | |||||||||
Part 4. |
|||||||||
OF THE EFFECT OF UTILITY UPON THE SENTIMENT OF APPROBATION. |
|||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of the Beauty which the Appearance of Utility bestows upon all the Productions of Art, and of the extensive Influence of this Species of Beauty | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Beauty which the Appearance of Utility bestows upon the Characters and Actions of Men; and how far the Perception of this Beauty may be regarded as one of the original Principles of Approbation | |||||||||
7 | |||||||||
Part 5. |
|||||||||
OF THE INFLUENCE OF CUSTOM AND FASHION UPON THE SENTIMENTS OF MORAL
APPROBATION AND DISAPPROBATION. |
|||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of the Influence of Custom and Fashion upon our Notions of Beauty and Deformity | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Influence of Custom and Fashion upon Moral Sentiments | |||||||||
PART Ⅵ. |
|||||||||
OF THE CHARACTER OF VIRTUE.—INTRODUCTION, 187. |
|||||||||
SEC. Ⅰ. Of the Character of the Individual, so far as it affects his own Happiness; or of Prudence | 187-192 | ||||||||
SEC. Ⅱ. Of the Character of the Individual, so far as it can affect the Happiness of other People—Introduction | 192-193 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of the Order in which Individuals are recommended by Nature to our Care and Attention | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of the Order in which Societies are by Nature recommended to our Beneficence | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of universal Benevolence | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅲ. Of Self-command | 210-233 | ||||||||
Conclusion of the Sixth Part | 233-236 | ||||||||
Part 7. |
|||||||||
OF SYSTEMS OF MORAL PHILOSOPHY. |
|||||||||
SEC. Ⅰ. Of the Questions which ought to be examined in a Theory of Moral Sentiments | 236-237 | ||||||||
SEC. Ⅱ. Of the different Accounts which have been given of the Nature of Virtue—Introduction | 237 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of those Systems which make Virtue consist in Propriety | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of those Systems which make Virtue consist in Prudence | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of those Systems which make Virtue consist in Benevolence | |||||||||
CH. Ⅳ. Of licentious Systems | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅲ. Of the different Systems which have been formed concerning the Principle of Approbation—Introduction | 279 | ||||||||
CH. Ⅰ. Of those Systems which deduce the Principle of Approbation from Self-love | |||||||||
CH. Ⅱ. Of those Systems which make Reason the Principle of Approbation | |||||||||
CH. Ⅲ. Of those Systems which make Sentiment the Principle of Approbation | |||||||||
SEC. Ⅳ. Of the Manner in which different Authors have treated of the practical Rules of Morality | 290-304 | ||||||||
8 | |||||||||
CCONSIDERATIONS REGARDING THE FFORMATION OF LLANGUAGES. | 305-325 | ||||||||
ESSAYS ON PHILOSOPHICAL SUBJECTS.
THE
THEORY
OF
MORAL SENTIMENTS
Part Ⅰ.—Of the Propriety of Action.
SEC. Ⅰ.—OF THE SENSE OF PDecorum.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—Of Sympathy.
HOW selfish soever man may be supposed, there are evidently some principles in his nature, which interest him in the fortune of others, and render their happiness necessary to him, though he derives nothing from it except the pleasure of seeing it. Of this kind is pity or compassion, the emotion which we feel for the misery of others, when we either see it, or are made to conceive it in a very lively manner. That we often derive sorrow from the sorrow of others, is a matter of fact too obvious to require any instances to prove it; for this sentiment, like all the other original passions of human nature, is by no means confined to the virtuous and humane, though they perhaps may feel it with the most exquisite sensibility. The greatest ruffian, the most hardened violator of the laws of society, is not altogether without it.
HOW selfish a person may seem, there are clearly some aspects of human nature that connect us to the well-being of others and make their happiness important to us, even if we gain nothing from it other than the joy of witnessing it. This includes feelings of pity or compassion, the emotions we experience for the suffering of others, whether we witness it directly or vividly imagine it. It's obvious that we often feel sadness from the suffering of others, a fact that doesn’t need examples to verify it; this emotion, like all other fundamental human feelings, isn’t limited to the kind and compassionate, even though they might experience it with the greatest depth. Even the toughest criminal, the most heartless breaker of society's rules, isn’t entirely devoid of it.
As we have no immediate experience of what other men feel, we can form no idea of the manner in which they are affected, but by conceiving what we ourselves should feel in the like situation. Though our brother is upon the rack, as long as we ourselves are at our ease, our senses will never inform us of what he suffers. They never did, and never can, carry us beyond our own person, and it is by the imagination only that we can form any conception of what are his sensations. Neither can that faculty help us to this any other way, than by representing to us what would be our own, if we were in his case. It is the impressions of our own senses only, not those of his, which our imaginations copy. By the imagination we place ourselves in his situation, we conceive ourselves enduring all the same torments, we enter as it were into his body, and become in some measure the same person with him, and thence form some idea of his sensations, and even feel something which, though weaker in degree, is not altogether unlike them. His agonies, when they are thus brought home to ourselves, when we have thus adopted and made them our own, begin at last to affect us, 10 and we then tremble and shudder at the thought of what he feels. For as to be in pain or distress of any kind excites the most excessive sorrow, so to conceive or to imagine that we are in it, excites some degree of the same emotion, in proportion to the vivacity or dulness of the conception.
Since we don’t directly experience what others feel, we can’t truly know how they are affected except by imagining how we would feel in their situation. Even if our brother is in extreme pain, as long as we are comfortable, our senses won’t let us understand what he’s going through. They can only relate to our own experiences, and it’s only through our imagination that we can grasp how he feels. This imagination can only assist us by reflecting what our own feelings would be if we were in his shoes. Our imaginations mimic our own sensory impressions, not his. By using our imagination, we put ourselves in his position, envisioning ourselves enduring the same suffering. In a way, we enter his body and become somewhat like him, which allows us to form an idea of his sensations and even feel something similar, albeit weaker. When we relate his pain to our own feelings and adopt it as our own, it eventually starts to impact us, and we shudder at what he may be enduring. Just as being in pain or distress brings about intense sorrow, imagining that we are experiencing it stirs up some similar feelings, depending on how vivid or dull the thought is.
That this is the source of our fellow-feeling for the misery of others, that it is by changing places in fancy with the sufferer, that we come either to conceive or to be affected by what he feels, may be demonstrated by many obvious observations, if it should not be thought sufficiently evident of itself. When we see a stroke aimed and just ready to fall upon the leg or arm of another person, we naturally shrink and draw back our own leg or our own arm; and when it does fall, we feel it in some measure, and are hurt by it as well as the sufferer. The mob, when they are gazing at a dancer on the slack rope, naturally writhe and twist and balance their own bodies, as they see him do, and as they feel that they themselves must do if in his situation. Persons of delicate fibres and a weak constitution of body complain, that in looking on the sores and ulcers which are exposed by beggars in the streets, they are apt to feel an itching or uneasy sensation in the corresponding part of their own bodies. The horror which they conceive at the misery of those wretches affects that particular part in themselves more than any other; because that horror arises from conceiving what they themselves would suffer, if they really were the wretches whom they are looking upon, and if that particular part in themselves was actually affected in the same miserable manner. The very force of this conception is sufficient, in their feeble frames, to produce that itching or uneasy sensation complained of. Men of the most robust make, observe that in looking upon sore eyes they often feel a very sensible soreness in their own, which proceeds from the same reason; that organ being in the strongest man more delicate, than any other part of the body is in the weakest.
That this is the source of our empathy for the suffering of others, and that we understand or feel what they feel by imagining ourselves in their situation, can be demonstrated by many obvious observations, even if it’s not immediately clear. When we see a blow aimed at someone’s leg or arm, we instinctively pull back our own leg or arm; and when it strikes, we feel it to some extent and are hurt by it just like the person suffering. When a crowd is watching a tightrope walker, they naturally twist and balance their own bodies as they see him do, imagining they would have to do the same in his position. People with sensitive nerves and weak bodies say that when they see the sores and ulcers shown by beggars on the street, they often experience an itching or uncomfortable sensation in the corresponding part of their own bodies. The discomfort they feel regarding the misery of those poor individuals affects that specific part of themselves more than anything else because that discomfort comes from imagining what they would endure if they were in the beggar's place, and if that part of themselves was actually suffering in the same way. The mere strength of this thought is enough, in their delicate frames, to cause the itching or uneasy sensation they complain about. Even the strongest individuals notice that when they look at sore eyes, they often feel a noticeable soreness in their own, which arises from the same reason; that organ is more sensitive in even the strongest person than any other part of the body is in the weakest.
Neither is it those circumstances only, which create pain or sorrow, that call forth our fellow-feeling. Whatever is the passion which arises from any object in the person principally concerned, an analogous emotion springs up, at the thought of his situation, in the breast of every attentive spectator. Our joy for the deliverance of those heroes of tragedy or romance who interest us, is as sincere as our grief for their distress, and our fellow-feeling with their misery is not more real than that with their happiness. We enter into their gratitude towards those faithful friends who did not desert them in their difficulties; and we heartily go along with their resentment against those perfidious traitors who injured, abandoned, or deceived them. In every passion of which the mind of man is susceptible, the emotions of the by-stander always correspond to what, by bringing the case home to himself, he imagines should be the sentiments of the sufferer.
It's not just the situations that cause pain or sadness that evoke our empathy. Whatever strong feelings arise from an issue affecting the person at the center of it, a similar emotion emerges in anyone watching, simply by considering their situation. Our joy at the rescue of those heroes from tragedy or romance who captivate us is just as genuine as our sadness for their suffering, and our empathy for their struggles is just as real as our connection to their happiness. We share in their gratitude towards the loyal friends who stood by them in tough times, and we fully support their anger against the deceitful traitors who harmed, abandoned, or tricked them. In every emotion the human mind can experience, the feelings of bystanders always align with what they imagine the feelings of the person in distress would be, by relating it to their own experiences.
11 Pity and compassion are words appropriated to signify our fellow-feeling with the sorrow of others. Sympathy, though its meaning was, perhaps, originally the same, may now, however, without much impropriety, be made use of to denote our fellow-feeling with any passion whatever.
11 Feeling pity and compassion means sharing in the sadness of others. Sympathy, while it used to mean the same thing, can now also be used more loosely to express our connection to any strong emotion.
Upon some occasions sympathy may seem to arise merely from the view of a certain emotion in another person. The passions, upon some occasions, may seem to be transfused from one man to another, instantaneously, and antecedent to any knowledge of what excited them in the person principally concerned. Grief and joy, for example, strongly expressed in the look and gestures of any one, at once affect the spectator with some degree of a like painful or agreeable emotion. A smiling face is, to everybody that sees it, a cheerful object; as a sorrowful countenance, on the other hand, is a melancholy one.
Sometimes, sympathy can seem to come just from seeing someone else's emotions. At times, feelings can transfer from one person to another instantly, even before we know what caused those feelings in the person involved. For instance, grief and joy, when clearly shown through someone's expressions and gestures, can immediately evoke similar feelings of pain or pleasure in the observer. A smiling face is, for everyone who sees it, a cheerful sight, while a sorrowful face, conversely, is a sad one.
This, however, does not hold universally, or with regard to every passion. There are some passions of which the expressions excite no sort of sympathy, but before we are acquainted with what gave occasion to them, serve rather to disgust and provoke us against them. The furious behaviour of an angry man is more likely to exasperate us against himself than against his enemies. As we are unacquainted with his provocation, we cannot bring his case home to ourselves, nor conceive anything like the passions which it excites. But we plainly see what is the situation of those with whom he is angry, and to what violence they may be exposed from so enraged an adversary. We readily, therefore, sympathise with their fear or resentment, and are immediately disposed to take part against the man from whom they appear to be in so much danger.
This, however, isn't true for everything or every passion. Some passions, when expressed, don't elicit any sympathy and instead make us feel disgusted or annoyed. The furious behavior of an angry person is more likely to frustrate us with him rather than with his enemies. Since we don’t know what provoked him, we can't relate to his situation or understand the passions he feels. But we clearly see the predicament of those he's angry with and the potential violence they might face from such an enraged opponent. Therefore, we easily sympathize with their fear or anger and quickly feel inclined to side with the people who seem to be in danger from him.
If the very appearances of grief and joy inspire us with some degree of the like emotions, it is because they suggest to us the general idea of some good or bad fortune that has befallen the person in whom we observe them: and in these passions this is sufficient to have some little influence upon us. The effects of grief and joy terminate in the person who feels those emotions, of which the expressions do not, like those of resentment, suggest to us the idea of any other person for whom we are concerned, and whose interests are opposite to his. The general idea of good or bad fortune, therefore, creates some concern for the person who has met with it, but the general idea of provocation excites no sympathy with the anger of the man who has received it. Nature, it seems, teaches us to be more averse to enter into this passion, and, till informed of its cause, to be disposed rather to take part against it.
If the very expressions of grief and joy evoke similar feelings in us, it's because they remind us of some good or bad luck that has happened to the person we see experiencing them. In these emotions, that's enough to affect us in some way. The effects of grief and joy are felt by the person experiencing those emotions, and their expressions don’t, like resentment does, make us think of another person whose interests are opposite to theirs. So, the idea of good or bad fortune creates some concern for the person experiencing it, but the idea of provocation doesn’t stir any sympathy for the anger of the person who is provoked. It seems that nature teaches us to be less inclined to engage with this feeling and to be more ready to side against it until we know the reason behind it.
Even our sympathy with the grief or joy of another, before we are informed of the cause of either, is always extremely imperfect. General lamentations, which express nothing but the anguish of the sufferer, create rather a curiosity to inquire into his situation, along with some 12 disposition to sympathize with him, than any actual sympathy that is very sensible. The first question which we ask is, What has befallen you? Till this be answered, though we are uneasy both from the vague idea of his misfortune, and still more from torturing ourselves with conjectures about what it may be, yet our fellow-feeling is not very considerable.
Even our sympathy for someone else's grief or joy, before we know the reason behind it, is usually quite limited. General expressions of sorrow, which show nothing but the sufferer's pain, tend to spark curiosity about their situation, along with a slight 12 inclination to sympathize, rather than any deep sympathy that's really felt. The first question we ask is, What happened to you? Until we get an answer, even though we feel uneasy from the vague sense of their misfortune and from worrying about what it might be, our empathy isn’t very strong.
Sympathy, therefore, does not arise so much from the view of the passion, as from that of the situation which excites it. We sometimes feel for another, a passion of which he himself seems to be altogether incapable; because, when we put ourselves in his case, that passion arises in our breast from the imagination, though it does not in his from the reality. We blush for the impudence and rudeness of another, though he himself appears to have no sense of the impropriety of his own behaviour; because we cannot help feeling with what confusion we ourselves should be covered, had we behaved in so absurd a manner.
Sympathy, then, comes less from witnessing someone’s emotions and more from understanding the situation that triggers those emotions. There are times when we feel for someone a deep emotion that they themselves seem completely unaware of; because when we imagine ourselves in their situation, that emotion arises in us, even if it doesn’t for them in the real moment. We feel embarrassed for someone’s arrogance and bad behavior, even though they seem oblivious to how inappropriate their actions are; because we can’t help but feel the embarrassment we would feel if we acted in such a ridiculous way.
Of all the calamities to which the condition of mortality exposes mankind, the loss of reason appears, to those who have the least spark of humanity, by far the most dreadful, and they behold that last stage of human wretchedness, with deeper commiseration than any other. But the poor wretch, who is in it, laughs and sings perhaps, and is altogether insensible of his own misery. The anguish which humanity feels, therefore, at the sight of such an object cannot be the reflection of any sentiment of the sufferer. The compassion of the spectator must arise altogether from the consideration of what he himself would feel if he was reduced to the same unhappy situation, and, what perhaps is impossible, was at the same time able to regard it with his present reason and judgment.
Of all the disasters that our mortal condition exposes us to, losing one's mind seems to be the most horrifying, even to those who have the slightest bit of compassion. They see that final stage of human misery with greater sadness than any other. Yet, the unfortunate person experiencing it might be laughing and singing, completely unaware of their own suffering. The pain that humanity feels when witnessing such a situation doesn’t reflect the feelings of the person going through it. Instead, the viewer's compassion comes from imagining how they would feel if they were in that dire situation, all while being able to view it with their current reasoning and judgment, which might be impossible.
What are the pangs of a mother, when she hears the moanings of her infant that during the agony of disease cannot express what it feels? In her idea of what it suffers, she joins, to its real helplessness, her own consciousness of that helplessness, and her own terrors for the unknown consequences of its disorder; and out of all these, forms, for her own sorrow, the most complete image of misery and distress. The infant, however, feels only the uneasiness of the present instant, which can never be great. With regard to the future, it is perfectly secure, and in its thoughtlessness and want of foresight, possesses an antidote against fear and anxiety, the great tormentors of the human breast, from which, reason and philosophy will, in vain, attempt to defend it when it grows up to a man.
What does a mother feel when she hears her baby moaning in pain, unable to express what it's going through? In her mind, she combines the baby's real helplessness with her own awareness of that helplessness and her fears about the unknown outcomes of its sickness. From all this, she creates the most vivid picture of misery and distress for her own sorrow. The baby, on the other hand, only feels the discomfort of the moment, which can never be too intense. When it comes to the future, the baby is completely secure and, due to its innocence and lack of foresight, possesses a natural defense against fear and anxiety—those major sources of torment for humans that reason and philosophy will, in vain, try to protect it from as it grows up.
We sympathize even with the dead, and overlooking what is of real importance in their situation, that awful futurity which awaits them, we are chiefly affected by those circumstances which strike our senses, but can have no influence upon their happiness. It is miserable, we think, to be deprived of the light of the sun; to be shut out from life and 13 conversation; to be laid in the cold grave, a prey to corruption and the reptiles of the earth; to be no more thought of in this world, but to be obliterated, in a little time, from the affections, and almost from the memory, of their dearest friends and relations. Surely, we imagine, we can never feel too much for those who have suffered so dreadful a calamity. The tribute of our fellow-feeling seems doubly due to them now, when they are in danger of being forgot by every body; and, by the vain honours which we pay to their memory, we endeavour, for our own misery, artificially to keep alive our melancholy remembrance of their misfortune. That our sympathy can afford them no consolation seems to be an addition to their calamity; and to think that all we can do is unavailing, and that, what alleviates all other distress, the regret, the love, and the lamentations of their friends, can yield no comfort to them, serves only to exasperate our sense of their misery. The happiness of the dead, however, most assuredly, is affected by none of these circumstances; nor is it the thought of these things which can ever disturb the profound security of their repose. The idea of that dreary and endless melancholy, which the fancy naturally ascribes to their condition, arises altogether from our joining to the change which has been produced upon them, our own consciousness of that change, from our putting ourselves in their situation, and from our lodging, if I may be allowed to say so, our own living souls in their inanimated bodies, and thence conceiving what would be our emotions in this case. It is from this very illusion of the imagination, that the foresight of our own dissolution is so terrible to us, and that the idea of those circumstances, which undoubtedly can give us no pain when we are dead, makes us miserable while we are alive. And from thence arises one of the most important principles in human nature, the dread of death, the great poison to the happiness, but the great restraint upon the injustice of mankind, which, while it afflicts and mortifies the individual, guards and protects the society.
We feel sorry even for the dead, and by focusing on what really matters in their situation—the terrible future that awaits them—we are mostly affected by those things that impact our senses but have no effect on their happiness. We think it’s tragic to be cut off from sunlight; to be excluded from life and 13 conversation; to be placed in a cold grave, exposed to decay and the creatures of the earth; to be forgotten in this world, slowly fading from the love and almost from the memory of their closest friends and family. Surely, we believe we can never feel too much for those who have experienced such a terrible loss. Our empathy seems particularly owed to them now, as they risk being remembered by no one; and through the empty honors we pay to their memory, we try, for our own sorrow, to artificially keep our sad memories of their misfortune alive. The fact that our sympathy offers them no comfort adds to their suffering; and realizing that all we can do is pointless, and that what eases other pains—the regret, the love, and the grieving of their friends—provides them no solace, only heightens our awareness of their misery. The dead's happiness, however, is certainly unaffected by any of these circumstances; nor do thoughts of these things ever disturb the deep peace of their rest. The notion of that bleak and endless sadness that we naturally associate with their state arises entirely from our awareness of the change that has occurred, from putting ourselves in their position, and from, if I may say so, placing our own living souls in their lifeless bodies, and thus imagining what our feelings would be in that situation. It's from this very illusion of the mind that our awareness of our own mortality feels so frightening, and that the thought of those circumstances, which undeniably could bring us no pain when we are dead, makes us suffer while we are alive. This gives rise to one of the most significant principles of human nature: the fear of death, a major barrier to happiness but a crucial restraint on the injustices of humans, which, while it troubles and torments the individual, protects and safeguards society.
CHAP Ⅱ.—Of the Pleasure of mutual Sympathy.
BUT whatever may be the cause of sympathy, or however it may be excited, nothing pleases us more than to observe in other men a fellow-feeling with all the emotions of our own breast; nor are we ever so much shocked as by the appearance of the contrary. Those who are fond of deducing all our sentiments from certain refinements of self-love, think themselves at no loss to account, according to their own principles, both for this pleasure and this pain. Man, say they, conscious of his own weakness, and of the need which he has for the assistance of others, rejoices whenever he observes that they adopt his own passions, because he is then assured of that assistance; and 14 grieves whenever he observes the contrary, because he is then assured of their opposition. But both the pleasure and the pain are always felt so instantaneously, and often upon such frivolous occasions, that it seems evident that neither of them can be derived from any such self-interested consideration. A man is mortified when, after having endeavoured to divert the company, he looks round and sees that nobody laughs at his jests but himself. On the contrary, the mirth of the company is highly agreeable to him, and he regards this correspondence of their sentiments with his own as the greatest applause.
BUT no matter what sparks our sympathy or how it arises, nothing makes us happier than seeing others share in the feelings we have inside us; and nothing shocks us more than when we see the opposite. Those who love to explain all our feelings through a certain kind of self-interest believe they can justify both this joy and this sadness based on their ideas. They say that a person, aware of their own vulnerabilities and needing help from others, feels happy when they see others share their emotions because it assures them of that support; and they feel upset when the opposite happens, knowing that others are against them. However, both the happiness and the sadness are felt so quickly and often over such trivial matters that it seems clear that neither can be explained by any self-serving motives. A person feels embarrassed when, after trying to entertain a group, they look around and see that no one is laughing at their jokes except for themselves. In contrast, seeing everyone else laugh fills them with joy, and they consider this alignment of feelings with others to be the highest form of approval.
Neither does his pleasure seem to arise altogether from the additional vivacity which his mirth may receive from sympathy with theirs, nor his pain from the disappointment he meets with when he misses this pleasure; though both the one and the other, no doubt, do in some measure. When we have read a book or poem so often that we can no longer find any amusement in reading it by ourselves, we can still take pleasure in reading it to a companion. To him it has all the graces of novelty; we enter into the surprise and admiration which it naturally excites in him, but which it is no longer capable of exciting in us; we consider all the ideas which it presents rather in the light in which they appear to him, than in that in which they appear to ourselves, and we are amused by sympathy with his amusement which thus enlivens our own. On the contrary, we should be vexed if he did not seem to be entertained with it, and we could no longer take any pleasure in reading it to him. It is the same case here. The mirth of the company, no doubt, enlivens our own mirth, and their silence, no doubt, disappoints us. But though this may contribute both to the pleasure which we derive from the one, and to the pain which we feel from the other, it is by no means the sole cause of either; and this correspondence of the sentiments of others with our own appears to be a cause of pleasure, and the want of it a cause of pain, which cannot be accounted for in this manner. The sympathy, which my friends express with my joy, might, indeed, give me pleasure by enlivening that joy: but that which they express with my grief could give me none, if it served only to enliven that grief. Sympathy, however, enlivens joy and alleviates grief. It enlivens joy by presenting another source of satisfaction; and it alleviates grief by insinuating into the heart almost the only agreeable sensation which it is at that time capable of receiving.
His enjoyment doesn’t seem to come solely from the extra liveliness his laughter might get from sharing in others' joy, nor does his pain stem only from the letdown he feels when he loses that enjoyment, though both of these factors do play a part. When we've read a book or poem so many times that we can’t find any fun in reading it alone anymore, we can still enjoy reading it to someone else. For them, it has all the freshness of something new; we share in the surprise and admiration it naturally prompts in them, which no longer affects us the same way. We view all the ideas it presents more through their eyes than our own, and we find amusement in their enjoyment that then lifts our own. Conversely, we'd feel frustrated if they didn’t seem entertained by it, and we wouldn't find any pleasure in reading it to them anymore. It’s the same situation here. The joy of the group certainly boosts our own happiness, and their silence undoubtedly brings us disappointment. But while this does contribute to the pleasure we get from the one and the pain from the other, it isn't the only reason for either; this alignment of feelings with others appears to be a source of joy, while the lack of it seems to cause pain, which can’t be fully explained just by this. The sympathy my friends show for my happiness might indeed make me feel better by enhancing that joy; however, their sympathy for my sadness wouldn’t provide any comfort if it only intensified that sadness. Sympathy, on the other hand, brightens joy and softens sorrow. It brightens joy by offering another source of happiness, and it lessens sadness by introducing almost the only pleasant feeling that heart can take in at that moment.
It is to be observed accordingly, that we are still more anxious to communicate to our friends our disagreeable than our agreeable passions, that we derive still more satisfaction from their sympathy with the former than from that with the latter, and that we are still more shocked by the want of it.
It’s worth noting that we are more eager to share our unpleasant feelings with friends than our pleasant ones, that we find more satisfaction in their sympathy for the negative emotions than for the positive, and that we feel more upset when we don’t get that sympathy.
How are the unfortunate relieved when they have found out a person to whom they can communicate the cause of their sorrow? Upon his sympathy they seem to disburthen themselves of a part of their 15 distress: he is not improperly said to share it with them. He not only feels a sorrow of the same kind with that which they feel, but, as if he had derived a part of it to himself, what he feels seems to alleviate the weight of what they feel. Yet by relating their misfortunes they in some measure renew their grief. They awaken in their memory the remembrance of those circumstances which occasion their affliction. Their tears accordingly flow faster than before, and they are apt to abandon themselves to all the weakness of sorrow. They take pleasure, however, in all this, and, it is evident, are sensibly relieved by it; because the sweetness of his sympathy more than compensates the bitterness of that sorrow, which, in order to excite this sympathy, they had thus enlivened and renewed. The cruellest insult, on the contrary, which can be offered to the unfortunate, is to appear to make light of their calamities. To seem not to be affected with the joy of our companions is but want of politeness; but not to wear a serious countenance when they tell us their afflictions, is real and gross inhumanity.
How are the unfortunate comforted when they find someone to share their sorrow with? When they express their feelings, it seems to lighten some of their pain: it's as if this person is sharing the burden with them. They not only experience a similar sadness but, as if they are taking on some of it themselves, what they feel seems to lessen the weight of the other’s grief. However, by recounting their misfortunes, they partly reignite their own sorrow. They bring back memories of the events that caused their pain. As a result, their tears flow more freely than before, and they often let themselves succumb to the full effect of their sadness. Yet, they find comfort in this exchange, clearly feeling relief because the warmth of the other person's empathy outweighs the pain they stirred back up. The worst insult to the unfortunate, on the other hand, is to act as if their struggles are insignificant. Not sharing in the happiness of our friends may just be impolite, but displaying indifference when they share their troubles is truly and horribly inhumane.
Love is an agreeable, resentment a disagreeable, passion; and accordingly we are not half so anxious that our friends should adopt our friendships, as that they should enter into our resentments. We can forgive them though they seem to be little affected with the favours which we may have received, but lose all patience if they seem indifferent about the injuries which may have been done to us: nor are we half so angry with them for not entering into our gratitude, as for not sympathizing with our resentment. They can easily avoid being friends to our friends, but can hardly avoid being enemies to those with whom we are at variance. We seldom resent their being at enmity with the first, though upon that account we may sometimes affect to make an awkward quarrel with them; but we quarrel with them in good earnest if they live in friendship with the last. The agreeable passions of love and joy can satisfy and support the heart without any auxiliary pleasure. The bitter and painful emotions of grief and resentment more strongly require the healing consolation of sympathy.
Love is a pleasant feeling, while resentment is an unpleasant one; therefore, we care less about our friends sharing our friendships than we do about them sharing our resentments. We can forgive them if they don’t seem too concerned about the favors we’ve received, but we lose our patience if they appear indifferent to the wrongs done to us. We're not as upset with them for not sharing our gratitude as we are for not empathizing with our anger. They can easily choose not to be friends with our friends, but it's much harder for them to avoid being enemies with those we have conflicts with. We rarely get upset if they don’t get along with our friends, although we might pretend to have a silly argument with them over it; but we genuinely fight with them if they’re on good terms with our rivals. The positive emotions of love and joy can fulfill and uplift the heart without needing anything extra. In contrast, the bitter and painful feelings of grief and resentment strongly need the healing comfort of empathy.
As the person who is principally interested in any event is pleased with our sympathy, and hurt by the want of it, so we, too, seem to be pleased when we are able to sympathize with him, and to be hurt when we are unable to do so. We run not only to congratulate the successful, but to condole with the afflicted; and the pleasure which we find in the conversation of one whom in all the passions of his heart we can entirely sympathize with, seems to do more than compensate the painfulness of that sorrow with which the view of his situation affects us. On the contrary, it is always disagreeable to feel that we cannot sympathize with him, and instead of being pleased with this exemption from sympathetic pain, it hurts us to find that we cannot share his uneasiness. If we hear a person loudly lamenting his misfortunes, which however, upon bringing the case home to ourselves, we feel, can produce 16 no such violent effect upon us, we are shocked at his grief; and, because we cannot enter into it, call it pusillanimity and weakness. It gives us the spleen, on the other hand, to see another too happy or too much elevated, as we call it, with any little piece of good fortune. We are disobliged even with his joy; and, because we cannot go along with it, call it levity and folly. We are even put out of humour if our companion laughs louder or longer at a joke than we think it deserves; that is, than we feel that we ourselves could laugh at it.
As the person most affected by an event appreciates our sympathy and is hurt by its absence, we also feel pleased when we can empathize with them and hurt when we can't. We rush not only to celebrate the successful but also to console the grieving. The enjoyment we find in conversing with someone whose feelings we can fully understand seems to outweigh the discomfort of their sorrow that impacts us. On the other hand, it’s always unpleasant to realize that we cannot empathize with them; rather than feeling relieved at avoiding the pain of sympathy, we feel hurt that we can’t share in their struggles. When we hear someone loudly mourning their misfortunes, which we realize do not affect us as strongly, we feel shocked by their suffering; and, because we can't relate, we label it as weakness. Conversely, we become irritated when we see someone too happy or excessively pleased with a small piece of good fortune. We feel annoyed even by their joy; and since we can't resonate with it, we dismiss it as frivolity. We also get annoyed if our companion laughs too loudly or for too long at a joke that we think doesn’t deserve such reaction; in other words, more than we ourselves would laugh at it.
CHappiness. Ⅲ.—Of the Manner in which we judge of the Propriety or Impropriety of the Affections of other Men, by their Concord or Dissonance with our own.
WHEN the original passions of the person principally concerned are in perfect concord with the sympathetic emotions of the spectator, they necessarily appear to this last just and proper, and suitable to their objects; and, on the contrary, when, upon bringing the case home to himself, he finds that they do not coincide with what he feels, they necessarily appear to him unjust and improper, and unsuitable to the causes which excite them. To approve of the passions of another, therefore, as suitable to their objects, is the same thing as to observe that we entirely sympathize with them; and not to approve of them as such, is the same thing as to observe that we do not entirely sympathize with them. The man who resents the injuries that have been done to me, and observes that I resent them precisely as he does, necessarily approves of my resentment. The man whose sympathy keeps time to my grief, cannot but admit the reasonableness of my sorrow. He who admires the same poem, or the same picture, and admires them exactly as I do, must surely allow the justness of my admiration. He who laughs at the same joke, and laughs along with me, cannot well deny the propriety of my laughter. On the contrary, the person who, upon these different occasions, either feels no such emotion as that which I feel, or feels none that bears any proportion to mine, cannot avoid disapproving my sentiments on account of their dissonance with his own. If my animosity goes beyond what the indignation of my friend can correspond to; if my grief exceeds what his most tender compassion can go along with; if my admiration is either too high or too low to tally with his own; if I laugh loud and heartily when he only smiles, or, on the contrary, only smile when he laughs loud and heartily; in all these cases, as soon as he comes from considering the object, to observe how I am affected by it, according as there is more or less disproportion between his sentiments and mine, I must incur a greater or less degree of his disapprobation: and upon all occasions his own sentiments are the standards and measures by which he judges of mine.
WHENS a person's original feelings perfectly match the sympathetic emotions of the spectator, they naturally seem right and proper to that spectator and appropriate to their objects. Conversely, when the spectator finds that these feelings don’t align with his own once he relates the situation to himself, they appear unjust and inappropriate, and not fitting for the causes behind them. To approve of someone else's feelings as suitable to their objects is the same as recognizing that we fully empathize with them; to disapprove is to recognize that we do not fully empathize. The person who feels angry about the wrongs done to me, and sees that I feel that way too, will naturally support my anger. The person whose feelings match my grief can’t help but understand the reasonableness of my sadness. Someone who appreciates the same poem or painting as I do, and appreciates it in the same way I do, must acknowledge the validity of my admiration. If someone laughs at the same joke and laughs alongside me, they can't deny the appropriateness of my laughter. However, if a person, in these various situations, either doesn't feel the same emotion that I do, or feels something that doesn’t compare to mine, they cannot help but disapprove of my feelings due to the mismatch with their own. If my anger surpasses the anger my friend feels, if my sadness goes beyond his compassion, if my admiration is either too intense or too weak to match his, if I laugh loudly while he just smiles, or vice versa, then, each time he considers the object and observes how I’m affected by it, depending on the degree of discord between our feelings, he will find reason to approve or disapprove of me. In every instance, his own feelings serve as the criteria by which he assesses mine.
17 To approve of another man’s opinions is to adopt those opinions, and to adopt them is to approve of them. If the same arguments which convince you convince me likewise, I necessarily approve of your conviction; and if they do not, I necessarily disapprove of it: neither can I possibly conceive that I should do the one without the other. To approve or disapprove, therefore, of the opinions of others is acknowledged, by every body, to mean no more than to observe their agreement or disagreement with our own. But this is equally the case with regard to our approbation or disapprobation of the sentiments or passions of others.
17 Agreeing with someone else's opinions means you’re adopting those opinions, and adopting them means you’re agreeing with them. If the same arguments that persuade you also persuade me, then I naturally agree with your belief; and if they don’t, then I naturally disagree with it. I can’t imagine doing one without the other. So, when we approve or disapprove of what others think, it’s clear to everyone that it just reflects whether we agree or disagree with them. This same principle applies to how we feel about the feelings or passions of others.
There are, indeed, some cases in which we seem to approve without any sympathy or correspondence of sentiments, and in which, consequently, the sentiment of approbation would seem to be different from the perception of this coincidence. A little attention, however, will convince us that even in these cases our approbation is ultimately founded upon a sympathy or correspondence of this kind. I shall give an instance in things of a very frivolous nature, because in them the judgments of mankind are less apt to be perverted by wrong systems. We may often approve of a jest, and think the laughter of the company quite just and proper, though we ourselves do not laugh, because, perhaps, we are in a grave humour, or happen to have our attention engaged with other objects. We have learned, however, from experience, what sort of pleasantry is upon most occasions capable of making us laugh, and we observe that this is one of that kind. We approve, therefore, of the laughter of the company, and feel that it is natural and suitable to its object; because, though in our present mode we cannot easily enter into it, we are sensible that upon most occasions we should very heartily join in it.
There are definitely some situations where we seem to agree without any real empathy or shared feelings, and as a result, our sense of approval appears to differ from recognizing this connection. If we pay a bit of attention, though, we’ll see that even in these situations, our approval is ultimately based on some level of empathy or connection. I'll give a trivial example since people's judgments in these areas are less likely to be skewed by flawed beliefs. We often approve of a joke and think the laughter from the group is entirely appropriate, even if we’re not laughing ourselves—perhaps because we’re in a serious mood or preoccupied with other things. However, we know from experience what type of jokes usually make us laugh, and we recognize that this is the kind. Therefore, we approve of the group's laughter and feel it is natural and fitting for the situation; even though we can’t easily engage at the moment, we know that in most cases, we would really enjoy joining in.
The same thing often happens with regard to all the other passions. A stranger passes by us in the street with all the marks of the deepest affliction; and we are immediately told that he has just received the news of the death of his father. It is impossible that, in this case, we should not approve of his grief. Yet it may often happen, without any defect of humanity on our part, that, so far from entering into the violence of his sorrow, we should scarce conceive the first movements of concern upon his account. Both he and his father, perhaps, are entirely unknown to us, or we happen to be employed about other things, and do not take time to picture out in our imagination the different circumstances of distress which must occur to him. We have learned, however, from experience, that such a misfortune naturally excites such a degree of sorrow, and we know that if we took time to consider his situation, fully in all its parts, we should, without doubt, most sincerely sympathize with him. It is upon the consciousness of this conditional sympathy, that our approbation of his sorrow is founded, even in those cases in which that sympathy does not actually take place; 18 and the general rules derived from our preceding experience of what our sentiments would commonly correspond with, correct upon this, as upon many other occasions, the impropriety of our present emotions.
The same thing often happens with other emotions. A stranger walks by us on the street, clearly showing deep sadness, and we're immediately told he just received news of his father's death. It's impossible not to approve of his grief in this case. Yet, it often happens that, without any lack of compassion on our part, we might not truly grasp the intensity of his sorrow; we may hardly feel the first pangs of concern for him. Both he and his father might be complete strangers to us, or we could be preoccupied with other matters, not taking the time to imagine the various painful circumstances he must be facing. However, we know from experience that such a tragedy usually brings about a certain level of sadness, and we understand that if we took the time to fully consider his situation, we would undoubtedly feel genuine sympathy for him. It is this awareness of potential sympathy that forms the basis of our approval of his sorrow, even when that sympathy isn't actively felt; 18 and the general principles derived from our past experiences about how we typically feel serve to correct, in many situations, the inadequacy of our current emotions.
The sentiment or affection of the heart from which any action proceeds, and upon which its whole virtue or vice must ultimately depend, may be considered under two different aspects, or in two different relations; first, in relation to the cause which excites it, or the motive which gives occasion to it; and secondly, in relation to the end which it proposes, or the effect which it tends to produce.
The feelings or emotions of the heart that drive any action, and on which its entire goodness or badness relies, can be viewed in two different ways: first, in terms of the cause that triggers it, or the motive that leads to it; and second, in terms of the goal it aims for, or the outcome it seeks to create.
In the suitableness or unsuitableness, in the proportion or disproportion which the affection seems to bear to the cause or object which excites it, consists the propriety or impropriety, the decency or ungracefulness of the consequent action.
In the appropriateness or inappropriateness, in the balance or imbalance that the feeling seems to have towards the reason or object that triggers it, lies the correctness or incorrectness, the suitability or awkwardness of the resulting action.
In the beneficial or hurtful nature of the effects which the affection aims at, or tends to produce, consists the merit or demerit of the action, the qualities by which it is entitled to reward, or is deserving of punishment.
In the helpful or harmful nature of the effects that the affection aims at or tends to create lies the value or fault of the action, the qualities that determine whether it deserves reward or punishment.
Philosophers have, of late years, considered chiefly the tendency of affections, and have given little attention to the relation which they stand in to the cause which excites them. In common life, however, when we judge of any person’s conduct, and of the sentiments which directed it, we constantly consider them under both these aspects. When we blame in another man the excesses of love, of grief, of resentment, we not only consider the ruinous effect which they tend to produce, but the little occasion which was given for them. The merit of his favourite, we say, is not so great, his misfortune is not so dreadful, his provocation is not so extraordinary, as to justify so violent a passion. We should have indulged, we say, perhaps, have approved of the violence of his emotion, had the cause been in any respect proportioned to it.
Philosophers in recent years have mainly focused on the effects of emotions and have paid little attention to the connection between those emotions and the triggers that spark them. In everyday life, however, when we evaluate someone's behavior and the feelings that guided it, we always consider both aspects. When we criticize someone for being overly expressive with love, grief, or anger, we not only think about the damaging consequences of those feelings but also about the minor reasons behind them. We might say that the merit of his favorite isn't that great, his misfortune isn't that terrible, and his provocation isn't that unusual to justify such extreme emotions. We would likely have tolerated, or even approved of, the intensity of his feelings if the cause had been more proportionate to them.
When we judge in this manner of any affection as proportioned or disproportioned to the cause which excites it, it is scarce possible that we should make use of any other rule or canon but the correspondent affection in ourselves. If, upon bringing the case home to our own breast, we find that the sentiments which it gives occasion to, coincide and tally with our own, we necessarily approve of them as proportioned and suitable to their objects; if otherwise, we necessarily disapprove of them, as extravagant and out of proportion.
When we evaluate any feeling based on whether it matches or mismatches the situation that triggers it, it's almost impossible to use any standard other than the corresponding feeling we have inside. If, when we reflect on our own feelings about the situation, we find that the emotions it stirs in us align with our own, we naturally endorse them as appropriate and fitting for their context; if they don't, we instinctively reject them as excessive and disproportionate.
Every faculty in one man is the measure by which he judges of the like faculty in another. I judge of your sight by my sight, of your ear by my ear, of your reason by my reason, of your resentment by my resentment, of your love by my love. I neither have, nor can have, any other way of judging about them. 19
Every ability in one person is the standard by which they evaluate the same ability in someone else. I assess your vision based on my vision, your hearing based on my hearing, your reasoning based on my reasoning, your anger based on my anger, your love based on my love. I have no other way to judge these qualities. 19
CHappiness. Ⅳ.—The same Subject continued.
WE may judge of the propriety or impropriety of the sentiments of another person by their correspondence or disagreement with our own, upon two different occasions; either, first, when the objects which excite them are considered without any peculiar relation, either to ourselves or to the person whose sentiments we judge of; or, secondly, when they are considered as peculiarly affecting one or other of us.
WE can evaluate whether someone's feelings are appropriate or inappropriate based on how they align or contrast with our own sentiments in two different situations: first, when we think about the things that trigger those feelings without any specific connection to ourselves or the person we're judging; or second, when we view them as uniquely impacting one of us.
1. With regard to those objects which are considered without any peculiar relation either to ourselves or to the person whose sentiments we judge of; wherever his sentiments entirely correspond with our own, we ascribe to him the qualities of taste and good judgment. The beauty of a plain, the greatness of a mountain, the ornaments of a building, the expression of a picture, the composition of a discourse, the conduct of a third person, the proportions of different quantities and numbers, the various appearances which the great machine of the universe is perpetually exhibiting, with the secret wheels and springs which produce them; all the general subjects of science and taste, are what we and our companions regard as having no peculiar relation to either of us. We both look at them from the same point of view, and we have no occasion for sympathy, or for that imaginary change of situations from which it arises, in order to produce, with regard to these, the most perfect harmony of sentiments and affections. If, notwithstanding, we are often differently affected, it arises either from the different degrees of attention, which our different habits of life allow us to give easily to the several parts of those complex objects, or from the different degrees of natural acuteness in the faculty of the mind to which they are addressed.
1. When it comes to things that don’t have any special connection to us or to the person whose feelings we’re evaluating, whenever their feelings match ours completely, we attribute to them the qualities of taste and good judgment. The beauty of a plain, the majesty of a mountain, the decorations of a building, the expression in a painting, the structure of a speech, the actions of someone else, the ratios of different quantities and numbers, the various displays that the vast universe constantly shows us, along with the hidden mechanisms that create them; all the general topics in science and taste are what we and our companions see as not specifically related to either of us. We both view these things from the same perspective, and we don’t need sympathy or that imaginary shift in situations that creates it to achieve complete harmony in feelings and sentiments about them. However, if we still react differently, it’s likely due to the varying levels of attention that our different lifestyles allow us to give to the various elements of those complex objects, or from the different levels of natural sharpness in the mental faculties they engage.
When the sentiments of our companion coincide with our own in things of this kind, which are obvious and easy, and in which, perhaps, we never found a single person who differed from us, though we, no doubt, must approve of them, yet he seems to deserve no praise or admiration on account of them. But when they not only coincide with our own, but lead and direct our own; when in forming them he appears to have attended to many things which we had overlooked, and to have adjusted them to all the various circumstances of their objects; we not only approve of them, but wonder and are surprised at their uncommon and unexpected acuteness and comprehensiveness, and he appears to deserve a very high degree of admiration and applause. For approbation heightened by wonder and surprise, constitutes the sentiment which is properly called admiration, and of which applause is the natural expression. The decision of the man who judges that exquisite beauty is preferable to the grossest deformity, or that twice two are equal to four, must certainly be approved of by 20 all the world, but will not, surely, be much admired. It is the acute and delicate discernment of the man of taste, who distinguishes the minute, and scarce perceptible differences of beauty and deformity; it is the comprehensive accuracy of the experienced mathematician, who unravels, with ease, the most intricate and perplexed proportions; it is the great leader in science and taste, the man who directs and conducts our own sentiments, the extent and superior justness of whose talents astonish us with wonder and surprise, who excites our admiration, and seems to deserve our applause; and upon this foundation is grounded the greater part of the praise which is bestowed upon what are called the intellectual virtues.
When our thoughts align with those of another person on clear and straightforward matters—where, perhaps, we've never encountered anyone disagreeing with us—it seems they don’t really deserve much praise or admiration for it. But when their thoughts not only match ours but also shape and guide them; when it seems they have considered many aspects we overlooked and adapted their views to suit various situations; we don’t just approve—we also feel a sense of wonder and surprise at their exceptional insight and understanding, making them worthy of significant admiration and praise. The feeling of approval, intensified by wonder and surprise, is what we correctly refer to as admiration, and applause is its natural reaction. The judgment that exquisite beauty is better than gross deformity or that two times two equals four will surely be accepted by everyone, but it likely won't be much admired. It's the sharp and subtle discernment of a person with taste who recognizes slight and barely noticeable differences in beauty and ugliness; it’s the comprehensive precision of an experienced mathematician who easily untangles complex proportions; it’s the leading figure in science and aesthetics, the person who guides and shapes our own thoughts, whose remarkable abilities amaze us and stir our admiration; this is the basis for much of the praise given to what we call intellectual virtues.
The utility of those qualities, it may be thought, is what first recommends them to us; and, no doubt, the consideration of this, when we come to attend to it, gives them a new value. Originally, however, we approve of another man’s judgment, not as something useful, but as right, as accurate, as agreeable to truth and reality: and it is evident we attribute those qualities to it for no other reason but because we find that it agrees with our own. Taste, in the same manner, is originally approved of, not as useful, but as just, as delicate, and as precisely suited to its object. The idea of the utility of all qualities of this kind, is plainly an afterthought, and not what first recommends them to our approbation.
The usefulness of those qualities might be what initially attracts us to them; and certainly, thinking about this gives them a new value. However, at first, we accept someone else's judgment not because it's useful, but because it's right, accurate, and aligns with truth and reality: it's clear we attribute those qualities to it simply because we find it aligns with our own views. Similarly, taste is initially valued, not for its usefulness, but for being just, delicate, and perfectly suited to its object. The idea that all these qualities are useful is clearly an afterthought, not what first earns our approval.
2. With regard to those objects, which affect in a particular manner either ourselves or the person whose sentiments we judge of, it is at once more difficult to preserve this harmony and correspondence, and at the same time, vastly more important. My companion does not naturally look at the misfortune that has befallen me, or the injury that has been done me, from the same point of view in which I consider them. They affect me much more nearly. We do not view them from the same station, as we do a picture, or a poem, or a system of philosophy, and are, therefore, apt to be very differently affected by them. But I can much more easily overlook the want of this correspondence of sentiments with regard to such indifferent objects as concern neither me nor my companion, than with regard to what interests me so much as the misfortune that has befallen me, or the injury that has been done me. Though you despise that picture, or that poem, or even that system of philosophy, which I admire, there is little danger of our quarrelling upon that account. Neither of us can reasonably be much interested about them. They ought all of them to be matters of great indifference to us both; so that, though our opinions may be opposite, our affections may still be very nearly the same. But it is quite otherwise with regard to those objects by which either you or I are particularly affected. Though your judgments in matters of speculation, though your sentiments in matters of taste, are quite opposite to mine, I can easily overlook this opposition; and if I 21 have any degree of temper, I may still find some entertainment in your conversation, even upon those very subjects. But if you have either no fellow-feeling for the misfortunes I have met with, or none that bears any proportion to the grief which distracts me; or if you have either no indignation at the injuries I have suffered, or none that bears any proportion to the resentment which transports me, we can no longer converse upon these subjects. We become intolerable to one another. I can neither support your company, nor you mine. You are confounded at my violence and passion, and I am enraged at your cold insensibility and want of feeling.
2. When it comes to things that specifically impact us or the feelings we have about others, it becomes much harder to maintain harmony and understanding, and at the same time, it’s incredibly important. My friend doesn’t perceive the misfortune that’s happened to me, or the injury done to me, in the same way I do. They affect me much more deeply. We don’t look at them from the same perspective as we do with a picture, a poem, or a philosophy, so we are likely to react very differently. However, I can more easily overlook the lack of shared feelings regarding neutral subjects that don’t involve either of us, than I can when it comes to something as personal as the misfortune that has befallen me or the injury I’ve endured. Even if you think that picture, or that poem, or that philosophical system I admire is worthless, there’s little chance we’ll end up in a fight over it. Neither of us really cares that much about them. They should be relatively unimportant to both of us, so even if we have opposing views, our feelings may still align closely. But the situation is different when it comes to things that impact either you or me specifically. Even if your opinions on discussions of theory or your tastes are completely different from mine, I can easily overlook that clash; and if I have any patience, I might still enjoy your conversation, even about those very topics. However, if you don’t empathize with the misfortunes I’ve faced, or if your sympathy doesn’t match the distress I’m feeling; or if you either don’t feel angry about the injuries I’ve suffered or your anger doesn’t match the outrage I’m experiencing, then we can’t talk about these topics anymore. We become unbearable to each other. I can’t stand being around you, nor can you stand being around me. You’re shocked by my intensity and passion, and I’m furious at your icy indifference and lack of feeling.
In all such cases, that there may be some correspondence of sentiments between the spectator and the person principally concerned, the spectator must, first of all, endeavour, as much as he can, to put himself in the situation of the other, and to bring home to himself every little circumstance of distress which can possibly occur to the sufferer. He must adopt the whole case of his companion with all its minutest incidents; and strive to render as perfect as possible, that imaginary change of situation upon which his sympathy is founded.
In all these situations, for there to be some alignment of feelings between the observer and the person affected, the observer must, first and foremost, try as much as possible to put themselves in the other person’s shoes and to understand every small detail of distress that the sufferer might experience. They must fully embrace their companion’s situation along with all its tiny incidents and work to create as accurate a mental shift in perspective as possible, upon which their sympathy is based.
After all this, however, the emotions of the spectator will still be very apt to fall short of the violence of what is felt by the sufferer. Mankind, though naturally sympathetic, never conceive, for what has befallen another, that degree of passion which naturally animates the person principally concerned. That imaginary change of situation, upon which their sympathy is founded, is but momentary. The thought of their own safety, the thought that they themselves are not really the sufferers, continually intrudes itself upon them; and though it does not hinder them from conceiving a passion somewhat analogous to what is felt by the sufferer, hinders them from conceiving any thing that approaches to the same degree of violence. The person principally concerned is sensible of this, and at the same time passionately desires a more complete sympathy. He longs for that relief which nothing can afford him but the entire concord of the affections of the spectators with his own. To see the emotions of their hearts, in every respect, beat time to his own, in the violent and disagreeable passions, constitutes his sole consolation. But he can only hope to obtain this by lowering his passion to that pitch, in which the spectators are capable of going along with him. He must flatten, if I may be allowed to say so, the sharpness of its natural tone, in order to reduce it to harmony and concord with the emotions of those who are about him. What they feel, will, indeed, always be, in some respects, different from what he feels, and compassion can never be exactly the same with original sorrow; because the secret consciousness that the change of situations, from which the sympathetic sentiment arises, is but imaginary, not only lowers it in degree, but, in some measure, varies it in kind, and gives it a quite different modification. These two 22 sentiments, however, may, it is evident, have such a correspondence with one another, as is sufficient for the harmony of society. Though they will never be unisons, they may be concords, and this is all that is wanted or required.
After all this, though, the emotions of the spectator are likely to fall short of the intensity of what the sufferer feels. People, even though naturally empathetic, can never fully imagine the same level of passion that drives the person directly affected. That shift in perspective, which forms the basis of their sympathy, is only temporary. The thought of their own safety, the realization that they themselves are not actually the ones suffering, keeps interrupting their feelings; and while it doesn't stop them from feeling something similar to the sufferer's pain, it does prevent them from experiencing anything remotely that intense. The person affected is aware of this and deeply wishes for a more complete empathy. They long for a relief that only the full alignment of the spectators' feelings with their own can provide. To see the emotions in others mirror their own, especially during intense and unpleasant experiences, is their only comfort. But they can only hope to achieve this by tempering their feelings to a level that the spectators can relate to. They must soften, if I may put it that way, the sharpness of their natural emotions, so that they can resonate with those around them. What spectators feel will always be different in some ways from what the sufferer feels, and compassion can never completely match original sorrow; because the underlying awareness that the change in situations, from which sympathy arises, is just imaginary not only diminishes its intensity but also changes its nature and gives it a distinct quality. However, these two 22 feelings can correspond in such a way that is sufficient for social harmony. They may never be identical, but they can be harmonious, and that's all that's needed or required.
In order to produce this concord, as nature teaches the spectators to assume the circumstance of the person principally concerned, so she teaches this last in some measure to assume those of the spectators. As they are continually placing themselves in his situation, and thence conceiving emotions similar to what he feels; so he is as constantly placing himself in theirs, and thence conceiving some degree of that coolness about his own fortune, with which he is sensible that they will view it. As they are constantly considering what they themselves would feel, if they actually were the sufferers, so he is as constantly led to imagine in what manner he would be affected if he was only one of the spectators of his own situation. As their sympathy makes them look at it, in some measure, with his eyes, so his sympathy makes him look at it, in some measure, with theirs, especially when in their presence and acting under their observation: and as the reflected passion, which he thus conceives, is much weaker than the original one, it necessarily abates the violence of what he felt before he came into their presence, before he began to recollect in what manner they would be affected by it, and to view his situation in this candid and impartial light.
To create this agreement, just like nature teaches the audience to take on the perspective of the main person involved, it also guides that main person to some extent to understand the audience's perspective. As they continuously put themselves in his shoes and feel emotions similar to his, he continuously considers their feelings, which gives him a sense of detachment about his own situation, knowing how they will perceive it. While they think about what they would feel if they were the ones suffering, he is also led to imagine how he would react if he were just a spectator of his own situation. Their empathy allows them to see things more through his eyes, and his empathy helps him view it a bit through theirs, especially when he’s in their presence and under their watch. Since the reflected emotions he perceives are much weaker than his original feelings, this naturally lessens the intensity of what he felt before he entered their presence and began to think about how they might feel and view his situation more openly and fairly.
The mind, therefore, is rarely so disturbed, but that the company of a friend will restore it to some degree of tranquillity and sedateness. The breast is, in some measure, calmed and composed the moment we come into his presence. We are immediately put in mind of the light in which he will view our situation, and we begin to view it ourselves in the same light; for the effect of sympathy is instantaneous. We expect less sympathy from a common acquaintance than from a friend: we cannot open to the former all those little circumstances which we can unfold to the latter: we assume, therefore, more tranquillity before him, and endeavour to fix our thoughts upon those general outlines of our situation which he is willing to consider. We expect still less sympathy from an assembly of strangers, and we assume, therefore, still more tranquillity before them, and always endeavour to bring down our passion to that pitch, which the particular company we are in may be expected to go along with. Nor is this only an assumed appearance: for if we are at all masters of ourselves, the presence of a mere acquaintance will really compose us, still more than that of a friend; and that of an assembly of strangers still more than that of an acquaintance.
The mind is rarely so troubled that the company of a friend doesn't bring it some level of peace and calm. The moment we’re with him, we feel more settled. We start to remember how he’ll see our situation, and we begin to see it the same way he does because sympathy works right away. We expect less understanding from a casual acquaintance than from a friend: we can’t share all the little details with the former like we can with the latter. So, we tend to act more composed around them and focus on the broader aspects of our situation that they’re willing to consider. We anticipate even less sympathy from a group of strangers, leading us to be even more controlled around them, trying to tone down our emotions to match the expectations of the crowd. This isn't just an act, though; if we manage ourselves well, the presence of a casual acquaintance actually helps calm us even more than that of a friend, and being around a group of strangers does even more for our composure than being with an acquaintance.
Society and conversation, therefore, are the most powerful remedies for restoring the mind to its tranquillity, if, at any time, it has unfortunately lost it; as well as the best preservatives of that equal and 23 happy temper, which is so necessary to self-satisfaction and enjoyment. Men of retirement and speculation, who are apt to sit brooding at home over either grief or resentment, though they may often have more humanity, more generosity, and a nicer sense of honour, yet seldom possess that equality of temper which is so common among men of the world.
Society and conversation are, therefore, the most effective ways to restore a troubled mind to its peace when it has sadly lost it; they are also the best ways to maintain that balanced and happy attitude essential for personal satisfaction and enjoyment. People who prefer solitude and deep thinking, and tend to dwell at home on their grief or resentment, may often have more compassion, generosity, and a better sense of honor, but they rarely have the level-headedness that is typical among those who engage with the world. 23
CHAP. Ⅴ.—Of the amiable and respectable Virtues.
UPON these two different efforts, upon that of the spectator to enter into the sentiments of the person principally concerned, and upon that of the person principally concerned to bring down his emotions to what the spectator can go along with, are founded two different sets of virtues. The soft, the gentle, the amiable virtues, the virtues of candid condescension and indulgent humanity, are founded upon the one: the great, the awful and respectable, the virtues of self-denial, of self-government, of that command of the passions which subjects all the movements of our nature to what our own dignity and honour, and the propriety of our own conduct require, take their origin from the other.
Upon these two different efforts—one from the observer trying to understand the feelings of the main person involved, and the other from that person working to adjust their emotions to what the observer can relate to—two distinct sets of virtues are established. The gentle, kind, and amiable virtues, the qualities of sincere compassion and caring humanity, arise from the first effort. The great, awe-inspiring, and respectable virtues, which include self-denial, self-control, and the ability to manage our emotions in a way that aligns with our own dignity, honor, and the appropriateness of our actions, originate from the second effort.
How amiable does he appear to be, whose sympathetic heart seems to re-echo all the sentiments of those with whom he converses, who grieves for their calamities, who resents their injuries, and who rejoices at their good fortune! When we bring home to ourselves the situation of his companions, we enter into their gratitude, and feel what consolation they must derive from the tender sympathy of so affectionate a friend. And for a contrary reason, how disagreeable does he appear to be, whose hard and obdurate heart feels for himself only, but is altogether insensible to the happiness or misery of others! We enter, in this case, too, into the pain which his presence must give to every mortal with whom he converses, to those especially with whom we are most apt to sympathize, the unfortunate and the injured.
How friendly does he seem, with a sympathetic heart that reflects all the feelings of those he talks to, who feels their pain, resents their wrongs, and shares in their happiness! When we consider the situation of his friends, we share in their gratitude and understand the comfort they must feel from the warm support of such a caring friend. And on the flip side, how unpleasant does he seem, with a cold and unfeeling heart that only cares about himself and is completely indifferent to the happiness or suffering of others! In this case, we can also sense the discomfort his presence must cause everyone he talks to, especially those we tend to empathize with the most—the unfortunate and the wronged.
On the other hand, what noble propriety and grace do we feel in the conduct of those who, in their own case, exert that recollection and self-command which constitute the dignity of every passion, and which bring it down to what others can enter into? We are disgusted with that clamorous grief, which, without any delicacy, calls upon our compassion with sighs and tears and importunate lamentations. But we reverence that reserved, that silent and majestic sorrow, which discovers itself only in the swelling of the eyes, in the quivering of the lips and cheeks, and in the distant, but affecting, coldness of the whole behaviour. It imposes the like silence upon us. We regard it with respectful attention, and watch with anxious concern over our whole behaviour, lest by any impropriety we should disturb that concerted tranquillity, which it requires so great an effort to support.
On the other hand, there’s a noble sense of propriety and grace in how some people handle their emotions with composure and self-control, which gives dignity to every feeling and makes it relatable to others. We find loud and dramatic displays of grief displeasing—those that aggressively seek our sympathy with loud sighs, tears, and endless wailing. In contrast, we respect the quiet, dignified sorrow that reveals itself only through teary eyes, quivering lips and cheeks, and a distant but moving coldness in their overall demeanor. It demands the same silence from us. We observe it with respectful attention, being mindful of our own behavior so that we don’t disrupt the calmness that takes such effort to maintain.
The insolence and brutality of anger, in the same manner, when we 24 indulge its fury without check or restraint, is of all objects the most detestable. But we admire that noble and generous resentment which governs its pursuit of the greatest injuries, not by the rage which they are apt to excite in the breast of the sufferer, but by the indignation which they naturally call forth in that part of the impartial spectator; which allows no word, no gesture, to escape it beyond what this more equitable sentiment would dictate; which never, even in thought, attempts any greater vengeance, nor desires to inflict any greater punishment, than what every indifferent person would rejoice to see executed.
The arrogance and cruelty of anger, when we let it rage unchecked, is the most despicable thing of all. Yet, we admire that noble and generous sense of justice that pursues the worst wrongs, not through the rage that the victim might feel, but through the outrage it naturally stirs in an impartial observer. This perspective doesn’t allow any words or actions to go beyond what a fair-minded person would deem appropriate; it never even considers a harsher revenge or wishes for a punishment greater than what anyone neutral would be glad to see carried out.
And hence it is, that to feel much for others and little for ourselves, that to restrain our selfish, and to indulge our benevolent affections, constitutes the perfection of human nature; and can alone produce among mankind that harmony of sentiments and passions in which consists their whole grace and propriety. As to love our neighbour as we love ourselves is the great law of Christianity, so it is the great precept of nature to love ourselves only as we love our neighbour, or what comes to the same thing, as our neighbour is found capable of loving us.
And that's why feeling deeply for others and not so much for ourselves, managing our selfishness, and nurturing our kindness is what makes us truly human. This is the only way to create harmony in our feelings and passions, which is essential for our grace and appropriateness as a society. Just as the command to love our neighbor as ourselves is a core principle of Christianity, the fundamental rule of nature is to love ourselves only as much as we love our neighbor, or in other words, as much as our neighbor is able to love us.
As taste and good judgment, when they are considered as qualities which deserve praise and admiration, are supposed to imply a delicacy of sentiment and an acuteness of understanding not commonly to be met with; so the virtues of sensibility and self-command are not apprehended to consist in the ordinary, but in the uncommon degrees of those qualities. The amiable virtue of humanity requires, surely, a sensibility much beyond what is possessed by the rude vulgar of mankind. The great and exalted virtue of magnanimity undoubtedly demands much more than that degree of self-command, which the weakest of mortals is capable of exerting. As in the common degree of the intellectual qualities, there is no ability; so in the common degree of the moral, there is no virtue. Virtue is excellence, something uncommonly great and beautiful, which rises far above what is vulgar and ordinary. The amiable virtues consist in that degree of sensibility which surprises by its exquisite and unexpected delicacy and tenderness. The awful and respectable, in that degree of self-command which astonishes by its amazing superiority over the most ungovernable passions of human nature.
As taste and good judgment, when seen as qualities worthy of praise and admiration, are thought to show a sensitivity and sharp understanding that aren’t commonly found; similarly, the virtues of sensitivity and self-control aren’t understood to exist in the ordinary, but in the exceptional levels of those qualities. The lovely virtue of humanity definitely requires a sensitivity that goes far beyond what the rough and unrefined people of the world possess. The noble and elevated virtue of magnanimity undoubtedly demands much more than the level of self-control that the weakest person can display. Just as there’s no real ability in the usual level of intellectual qualities, there’s no real virtue in the usual level of moral qualities. Virtue is excellence, something extraordinarily beautiful and remarkable that stands far above the commonplace and ordinary. The admirable virtues are found in the level of sensitivity that astonishes with its unexpected and refined delicacy and tenderness. The profound and respected virtue lies in the level of self-control that impresses with its incredible superiority over the most uncontrollable passions of human nature.
There is, in this respect, a considerable difference between virtue and mere propriety; between those qualities and actions which deserve to be admired and celebrated, and those which simply deserve to be approved of. Upon many occasions, to act with the most perfect propriety, requires no more than that common and ordinary degree of sensibility or self-command which the most worthless of mankind are possest of, and sometimes even that degree is not necessary. Thus, to give a very low instance, to eat when we are hungry, is certainly, upon 25 ordinary occasions, perfectly right and proper, and cannot miss being approved of as such by every body. Nothing, however, could be more absurd than to say it was virtuous.
There is, in this regard, a significant difference between virtue and just fitting in; between the qualities and actions that truly deserve admiration and celebration, and those that merely deserve approval. Many times, acting with perfect propriety requires nothing more than the basic level of sensitivity or self-control that even the most worthless people possess, and sometimes even that minimal level isn't needed. For example, eating when we are hungry is certainly, in ordinary situations, perfectly right and proper, and everyone is bound to approve of it as such. However, it would be completely ridiculous to claim it is virtuous.
On the contrary, there may frequently be a considerable degree of virtue in those actions which fall short of the most perfect propriety; because they may still approach nearer to perfection than could well be expected upon occasions in which it was so extremely difficult to attain it: and this is very often the case upon those occasions which require the greatest exertions of self-command. There are some situations which bear so hard upon human nature, that the greatest degree of self-government, which can belong to so imperfect a creature as man, is not able to stifle altogether the voice of human weakness, or reduce the violence of the passions to that pitch of moderation, in which the impartial spectator can entirely enter into them. Though in those cases, therefore, the behaviour of the sufferer fall short of the most perfect propriety, it may still deserve some applause, and even in a certain sense may be denominated virtuous. It may still manifest an effort of generosity and magnanimity of which the greater part of men are wholly incapable; and though it fails of absolute perfection, it may be a much nearer approximation towards perfection, than what, upon such trying occasions, is commonly either to be found or to be expected.
On the contrary, there can often be a significant amount of virtue in actions that don’t meet the highest standards of propriety; because they might still come closer to perfection than we would reasonably expect in situations where it’s extremely hard to achieve. This is particularly true in situations that demand the greatest self-control. There are some circumstances that are so challenging for human nature that even the highest level of self-control, which an imperfect being like a human can achieve, isn’t enough to completely silence the voice of human weakness or to calm the passions to a point where an impartial observer can fully understand them. Therefore, even if the behavior of the person struggling falls short of the highest standards, it may still deserve some recognition and can even be considered virtuous in a certain sense. It can still show an effort of generosity and nobility that most people are entirely incapable of; and although it might not reach absolute perfection, it could come much closer to it than what is typically found or expected in such difficult situations.
In cases of this kind, when we are determining the degree of blame or applause which seems due to any action, we very frequently make use of two different standards. The first is the idea of complete propriety and perfection, which, in those difficult situations, no human conduct ever did, or ever can come up to; and in comparison with which the actions of all men must for ever appear blamable and imperfect. The second is the idea of that degree of proximity or distance from this complete perfection, which the actions of the greater part of men commonly arrive at. Whatever goes beyond this degree, how far soever it may be removed from absolute perfection, seems to deserve applause; and whatever falls short of it, to deserve blame.
In situations like this, when we’re figuring out how much blame or praise to assign to an action, we often rely on two different standards. The first is the concept of total propriety and perfection, which no human actions have ever reached or can ever reach in those tough circumstances; this serves as a benchmark against which everyone’s actions will always seem blameworthy and flawed. The second is the idea of how close or far an action is from that complete perfection, which most people’s actions typically achieve. Anything that surpasses this level, no matter how far it is from absolute perfection, seems deserving of praise, while anything that falls short deserves blame.
It is in the same manner that we judge of the productions of all the arts which address themselves to the imagination. When a critic examines the work of any of the great masters in poetry or painting, he may sometimes examine it by an idea of perfection, in his own mind, which neither that nor any other human work will ever come up to; and as long as he compares it with this standard, he can see nothing in it but faults and imperfections. But when he comes to consider the rank which it ought to hold among other works of the same kind, he necessarily compares it with a very different standard, the common degree of excellence which is usually attained in this particular art; and when he judges of it by this new measure, it may often appear to deserve the highest applause, upon account of its approaching 26 much nearer to perfection than the greater part of those works which can be brought into competition with it.
We judge the works of all creative arts that appeal to the imagination in a similar way. When a critic evaluates the work of a great master in poetry or painting, they might use their own idea of perfection, which no human work can ever fully achieve. As long as they use this unrealistic standard, they can only see flaws and imperfections in the artwork. However, when they consider how the work ranks among others of its kind, they compare it to a very different standard—the typical level of excellence found in that particular art. Using this new measure, the work may often seem deserving of high praise because it comes much closer to perfection than most of its competitors. 26
SEC. Ⅱ.—OF THE DEGREES OF THE DIFFERENT PASSIONS WHICH ARE CONSISTENT WITH PROPRIETY.
INTRODUCTION.—The propriety of every passion excited by objects peculiarly related to ourselves, the pitch which the spectator can go along with, must lie, it is evident, in a certain mediocrity. If the passion is too high, or if it is too low, he cannot enter into it. Grief and resentment for private misfortunes and injuries may easily, for example, be too high, and in the greater part of mankind they are so. They may likewise, though this more rarely happens, be too low. We denominate the excess weakness and fury: and we call the defect stupidity, insensibility, and want of spirit. We can enter into neither of them, but are astonished and confounded to see them.
IINTRODUCTION.—The appropriateness of every emotion triggered by things closely related to us, the level at which the observer can empathize, must clearly lie within a certain moderate range. If the emotion is too intense or too weak, they cannot connect with it. For instance, grief and anger over personal misfortunes and injuries can often be excessive, and for most people, they usually are. They can also, though this is less common, be insufficiently expressed. We label the excessive reactions as weakness and rage, while the lack of reaction is termed stupidity, insensitivity, and lack of spirit. We cannot relate to either extreme, but we are left feeling astonished and perplexed by them.
This mediocrity, however, in which the point of propriety consists, is different in different passions. It is high in some, and low in others. There are some passions which it is indecent to express very strongly, even upon those occasions, in which it is acknowledged that we cannot avoid feeling them in the highest degree. And there are others of which the strongest expressions are upon many occasions extremely graceful, even though the passions themselves do not, perhaps, arise so necessarily. The first are those passions with which, for certain reasons, there is little or no sympathy: the second are those with which, for other reasons, there is the greatest. And if we consider all the different passions of human nature, we shall find that they are regarded as decent, or indecent, just in proportion as mankind are more or less disposed to sympathize with them.
This average level of appropriateness varies across different emotions. Some emotions are seen as intense, while others are perceived as mild. There are certain emotions that it's considered inappropriate to express too strongly, even in situations where it's accepted that we might feel them intensely. Conversely, there are other emotions where strong expressions can be very charming, even if those emotions might not arise as naturally. The first group includes emotions that, for various reasons, there is little to no empathy towards; the second group includes those that people resonate with the most. If we look at all the various emotions in human nature, we’ll see that they are deemed appropriate or inappropriate based on how likely people are to empathize with them.
CHappy. Ⅰ.—Of the Passions which take their Origin from the Body.
1. IT is indecent to express any strong degree of those passions which arise from a certain situation or disposition of the body; because the company, not being in the same disposition, cannot be expected to sympathize with them. Violent hunger, for example, though upon many occasions not only natural, but unavoidable, is always indecent, and to eat voraciously is universally regarded as a piece of ill manners. There is, however, some degree of sympathy, even with hunger. It is agreeable to see our companions eat with a good appetite, and all expressions of loathing are offensive. The disposition of body which is habitual to a man in health, makes his stomach easily keep time, if I may be allowed so coarse an expression, with the one, and not with the other. 27 We can sympathize with the distress which excessive hunger occasions when we read the description of it in the journal of a siege, or of a sea voyage. We imagine ourselves in the situation of the sufferers, and thence readily conceive the grief, the fear, and consternation, which must necessarily distract them. We feel, ourselves, some degree of those passions, and therefore sympathize with them: but as we do not grow hungry by reading the description, we cannot properly, even in this case, be said to sympathize with their hunger.
1. It's inappropriate to express intense emotions that come from a specific physical state because others in the group, not sharing that same state, can't be expected to relate. For instance, while extreme hunger is often not only natural but unavoidable, it's still considered indecent, and eating excessively is widely seen as poor manners. However, there is some level of sympathy even related to hunger. It's nice to see our friends eating with a good appetite, while any signs of disgust are off-putting. The typical physical state of a healthy person allows their stomach to, if you’ll pardon the bluntness, sync with feelings of appetite and not with feelings of disgust. 27 We can empathize with the suffering that comes from severe hunger when we read about it in accounts of a siege or a sea voyage. We picture ourselves in the shoes of those suffering and easily grasp the grief, fear, and panic they must feel. We experience some of those emotions ourselves, which is why we empathize with them; but since we don't actually feel hungry when reading the description, we can't truly say we empathize with their hunger.
It is the same case with the passion by which Nature unites the two sexes. Though naturally the most furious of all the passions, all strong expressions of it are upon every occasion indecent, even between persons in whom its most complete indulgence is acknowledged by all laws, both human and divine, to be perfectly innocent. There seems, however, to be some degree of sympathy even with this passion. To talk to a woman as we should to a man is improper: it is expected that their company should inspire us with more gaiety, more pleasantry, and more attention; and an entire insensibility to the fair sex, renders a man contemptible in some measure even to the men.
It’s the same with the passion that drives Nature to unite the sexes. Although it’s naturally the most intense of all passions, any strong expression of it is considered inappropriate, even between people where its full expression is seen as completely innocent by all laws, both human and divine. Still, there seems to be some level of sympathy for this passion. Speaking to a woman as we would to a man is seen as improper; it’s expected that being in their company should bring out more joy, more humor, and more consideration from us. A man who is completely indifferent to women is looked down upon, even by other men.
Such is our aversion for all the appetites which take their origin from the body; all strong expressions of them are loathsome and disagreeable. According to some ancient philosophers, these are the passions which we share in common with the brutes, and which, having no connexion with the characteristical qualities of human nature, are upon that account beneath its dignity. But there are many other passions which we share in common with the brutes, such as resentment, natural affection, even gratitude, which do not, upon that account, appear to be so brutal. The true cause of the peculiar disgust which we conceive for the appetites of the body when we see them in other men, is that we cannot enter into them. To the person himself who feels them, as soon as they are gratified, the object that excited them ceases to be agreeable: even its presence often becomes offensive to him; he looks round to no purpose for the charm which transported him the moment before, and he can now as little enter into his own passion as another person. When we have dined, we order the covers to be removed; and we should treat in the same manner the objects of the most ardent and passionate desires, if they were the objects of no other passions but those which take their origin from the body.
We feel a strong dislike for all the desires that come from our bodies; any intense display of these desires is repulsive and unpleasant. Some ancient philosophers argued that these are the passions we share with animals, and since they don’t connect to the unique qualities of human nature, they are considered beneath our dignity. However, there are many other passions we share with animals, like resentment, natural love, and even gratitude, which don’t seem as animalistic. The real reason we feel such disgust for bodily desires when we see them in others is that we can’t relate to them. For the person experiencing these feelings, as soon as their desires are satisfied, the object that sparked them no longer holds any appeal: its presence can even become annoying. They find themselves searching in vain for the allure that thrilled them just moments ago, and they can understand their own passion no better than someone else might. After we’ve eaten, we ask for the covers to be removed, and we would treat the objects of our strongest desires in the same way if those desires were driven only by bodily wants.
In the command of those appetites of the body consists that virtue which is properly called temperance. To restrain them within those bounds which regard to health and fortune prescribes, is the part of prudence. But to confine them within those limits which grace, which propriety, which delicacy, and which modesty, require, is the office of temperance.
In controlling the body's desires lies the virtue known as temperance. Restraining them within the limits set by health and fortune is the role of wisdom. However, keeping them within the boundaries set by grace, propriety, delicacy, and modesty is the duty of temperance.
2. It is for the same reason that to cry out with bodily pain, how intolerable soever, appears always unmanly and unbecoming. There 28 is, however, a good deal of sympathy even with bodily pain. If, as has already been observed, I see a stroke aimed, and just ready to fall upon the leg, or arm, of another person, I naturally shrink and draw back my own leg, or my own arm: and when it does fall, I feel it in some measure, and am hurt by it as well as the sufferer. My hurt, however, is, no doubt, excessively slight, and, upon that account, if he makes any violent outcry, as I cannot go along with him, I never fail to despise him. And this is the case of all the passions which take their origin from the body: they excite either no sympathy at all, or such a degree of it, as is altogether disproportioned to the violence of what is felt by the sufferer.
2. It's for the same reason that crying out in bodily pain, no matter how unbearable, always seems unmanly and inappropriate. There 28 is, however, still quite a bit of sympathy for bodily pain. If, as has already been noted, I see a blow coming, aimed at someone else's leg or arm, I naturally flinch and pull back my own leg or arm. When the blow lands, I feel it to some extent and am hurt by it, just like the person suffering. My pain, though, is definitely minimal, and because of that, if he screams loudly, I can’t empathize with him and usually end up looking down on him. This goes for all the feelings that come from the body: they either stir no sympathy at all or just a level of it that is totally out of proportion to what the sufferer actually feels.
It is quite otherwise with those passions which take their origin from the imagination. The frame of my body can be but little affected by the alterations which are brought about upon that of my companion: but my imagination is more ductile, and more readily assumes, if I may say so, the shape and configuration of the imaginations of those with whom I am familiar. A disappointment in love, or ambition, will, upon this account, call forth more sympathy than the greatest bodily evil. Those passions arise altogether from the imagination. The person who has lost his whole fortune, if he is in health, feels nothing in his body. What he suffers is from the imagination only, which represents to him the loss of his dignity, neglect from his friends, contempt from his enemies, dependence, want, and misery, coming fast upon him; and we sympathize with him the more strongly upon this account, because our imaginations can the more readily mould themselves upon his imagination, than our bodies can mould themselves upon his body.
It's quite different when it comes to those feelings that come from the imagination. My body's condition isn't very affected by changes in the condition of someone else: however, my imagination is more flexible and easily takes on the shape and form of the thoughts of those I'm close to. A heartbreak or a setback in ambition triggers more sympathy than the worst physical pain. These emotions come entirely from the imagination. A person who has lost all their wealth, if they're healthy, doesn’t feel anything physically. What they experience is purely in their imagination, which paints a picture of the loss of their status, being ignored by friends, scorned by enemies, facing dependence, lack, and impending hardship; and we sympathize with them even more because our imaginations can more easily adjust to their feelings than our bodies can adapt to their physical state.
The loss of a leg may generally be regarded as a more real calamity than the loss of a mistress. It would be a ridiculous tragedy, however, of which the catastrophe was to turn upon a loss of that kind. A misfortune of the other kind, how frivolous soever it may appear to be, has given occasion to many a fine one.
The loss of a leg is often seen as a more serious disaster than losing a girlfriend. However, it would be a silly tragedy if the main event revolved around a breakup. A misfortune like that, no matter how trivial it may seem, has inspired many great stories.
Nothing is so soon forgot as pain. The moment it is gone the whole agony of it is over, and the thought of it can no longer give us any sort of disturbance. We ourselves cannot then enter into the anxiety and anguish which we had before conceived. An unguarded word from a friend will occasion a more durable uneasiness. The agony which this creates is by no means over with the word. What at first disturbs us is not the object of the senses, but the idea of the imagination. As it is an idea, therefore, which occasions our uneasiness, till time and other accidents have in some measure effaced it from our memory, the imagination continues to fret and rankle within, from the thought of it.
Nothing is forgotten faster than pain. As soon as it passes, the whole ordeal is over, and we can't let it bother us anymore. We can’t feel the same anxiety and distress we once did. A careless comment from a friend, however, can leave a lasting discomfort. The distress it causes doesn’t end with the comment. What troubles us first isn’t what we sense, but the idea that forms in our mind. Since it’s an idea that causes our unease, until time and other factors help erase it from our memory, our imagination keeps nagging us with thoughts about it.
Pain never calls forth any very lively sympathy unless it is accompanied with danger. We sympathize with the fear, though not with the agony of the sufferer. Fear, however, is a passion derived altogether 29 from the imagination, which represents, with an uncertainty and fluctuation that increases our anxiety, not what we really feel, but what we may hereafter possibly suffer. The gout or the tooth-ache, though exquisitely painful, excite very little sympathy; more dangerous diseases, though accompanied with very little pain, excite the highest.
Pain rarely inspires strong sympathy unless it's paired with danger. We empathize with the fear, not the suffering itself. Fear, however, is a feeling that comes entirely 29 from our imagination, which makes us anxious by showing us not what we actually feel, but what we might suffer in the future. While conditions like gout or a toothache are intensely painful, they evoke minimal sympathy; in contrast, more dangerous illnesses that might involve less pain tend to elicit the greatest concern.
Some people faint and grow sick at the sight of a chirurgical operation, and that bodily pain which is occasioned by tearing the flesh, seems, in them, to excite the most excessive sympathy. We conceive in a much more lively and distinct manner the pain which proceeds from an external cause, than we do that which arises from an internal disorder. I can scarce form an idea of the agonies of my neighbour when he is tortured with the gout, or the stone; but I have the clearest conception of what he must suffer from an incision, a wound, or a fracture. The chief cause, however, why such objects produce such violent effects upon us, is their novelty. One who has been witness to a dozen dissections, and as many amputations, sees, ever after, all operations of this kind with great indifference, and often with perfect insensibility. Though we have read or seen represented more than five hundred tragedies, we shall seldom feel so entire an abatement of our sensibility to the objects which they represent to us.
Some people faint and feel ill at the sight of a surgical operation, and the physical pain caused by cutting the flesh seems to provoke the strongest sympathy in them. We understand the pain from an external injury much more vividly than we do the pain caused by an internal illness. I can hardly imagine the agony my neighbor goes through when he suffers from gout or kidney stones, but I clearly understand what he must endure from a cut, a wound, or a fracture. The main reason these situations have such a strong impact on us is their novelty. Someone who has witnessed a dozen autopsies and just as many amputations will view all similar operations with indifference and often complete insensitivity afterward. Even though we've read or seen over five hundred tragedies, we rarely experience such a total decline in our sensitivity to the situations they present.
In some of the Greek tragedies there is an attempt to excite compassion, by the representation of the agonies of bodily pain. Philoctetes cries out and faints from the extremity of his sufferings. Hippolytus and Hercules are both introduced as expiring under the severest tortures, which, it seems, even the fortitude of Hercules was incapable of supporting. In all these cases, however, it is not the pain which interests us, but some other circumstance. It is not the sore foot, but the solitude, of Philoctetes which affects us, and diffuses over that charming tragedy, that romantic wildness, which is so agreeable to the imagination. The agonies of Hercules and Hippolytus are interesting only because we foresee that death is to be the consequence. If those heroes were to recover, we should think the representation of their sufferings perfectly ridiculous. What a tragedy would that be of which the distress consisted in a colic! Yet no pain is more exquisite. These attempts to excite compassion by the representation of bodily pain, may be regarded as among the greatest breaches of decorum of which the Greek theatre has set the example.
In some Greek tragedies, there's an effort to evoke compassion by showing the agony of physical pain. Philoctetes cries out and faints from his extreme suffering. Hippolytus and Hercules both appear as they are dying from the worst tortures, which, it seems, even Hercules's strength couldn’t endure. However, in all these cases, it's not the pain that draws us in, but something else. It's not Philoctetes's sore foot that moves us, but his loneliness, which adds a romantic wildness to that beautiful tragedy that pleases our imagination. The suffering of Hercules and Hippolytus is only interesting because we can predict that death will follow. If those heroes were to survive, we would find their suffering completely ridiculous. What a tragedy it would be if the distress were caused by a stomachache! Yet no pain is more intense. These attempts to generate compassion by showcasing physical pain can be seen as some of the biggest breaches of decorum in the Greek theater.
The little sympathy which we feel with bodily pain, is the foundation of the propriety of constancy and patience in enduring it. The man, who under the severest tortures allows no weakness to escape him, vents no groan, gives way to no passion which we do not entirely enter into, commands our highest admiration. His firmness enables him to keep time with our indifference and insensibility. We admire and entirely go along with the magnanimous effort which he makes for this purpose. We approve of his behaviour, and from our experience of the common 30 weakness of human nature, we are surprised, and wonder how he should be able to act so as to deserve approbation. Approbation, mixed and animated by wonder and surprise, constitutes the sentiment which is properly called admiration, of which, applause is the natural expression, as has already been observed.
The little sympathy we feel for physical pain is what makes it reasonable to expect people to stay strong and patient while experiencing it. A man who, despite enduring the worst tortures, shows no signs of weakness, doesn’t let out a groan, and doesn’t give in to emotions that we can’t fully relate to, earns our utmost admiration. His strength allows him to match our indifference and insensitivity. We admire and completely support the heroic effort he puts in for this reason. We approve of his behavior, and based on our understanding of the typical weaknesses of human nature, we are surprised and curious about how he can act in such a way that deserves our approval. This blend of approval, wonder, and surprise creates the feeling we call admiration, which naturally expresses itself through applause, as has already been mentioned.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of those Passions which take their Origin from a particular Turn or Habit of the Imagination.
EVEN of the passions derived from the imagination, those which take their origin from a peculiar turn or habit it has acquired, though they may be acknowledged to be perfectly natural, are, however, but little sympathized with. The imaginations of mankind, not having acquired that particular turn, cannot enter into them; and such passions, though they may be allowed to be almost unavoidable in some part of life, are always, in some measure, ridiculous. This is the case with that strong attachment which naturally grows up between two persons of different sexes, who have long fixed their thoughts upon one another. Our imagination not having run in the same channel with that of the lover, we cannot enter into the eagerness of his emotions. If our friend has been injured, we readily sympathize with his resentment, and grow angry with the very person with whom he is angry. If he has received a benefit, we readily enter into his gratitude, and have a very high sense of the merit of his benefactor. But if he is in love, though we may think his passion just as reasonable as any of the kind, yet we never think ourselves bound to conceive a passion of the same kind, and for the same person for whom he has conceived it. The passion appears to every body, but the man who feels it, entirely disproportioned to the value of the object; and love, though it is pardoned in a certain age because we know it is natural, is always laughed at, because we cannot enter into it. All serious and strong expressions of it appear ridiculous to a third person; and though a lover may be good company to his mistress, he is so to nobody else. He himself is sensible of this; and as long as he continues in his sober senses, endeavours to treat his own passion with raillery and ridicule. It is the only style in which we care to hear of it; because it is the only style in which we ourselves are disposed to talk of it. We grow weary of the grave, pedantic, and long-sentenced love of Cowley and Petrarca, who never have done with exaggerating the violence of their attachments; but the gaiety of Ovid, and the gallantry of Horace, are always agreeable.
EVEN of the feelings that come from the imagination, those that arise from a certain way of thinking it has developed, even though they may be perfectly natural, are still not very relatable. Most people can’t grasp these feelings because their imaginations haven’t traveled the same path; thus, these emotions, while nearly unavoidable in some parts of life, often appear somewhat absurd. This is true for the strong feelings that grow between two people of different sexes who have long focused their thoughts on each other. Since our imaginations haven’t experienced the same things as the lover’s, we can’t fully understand their intensity. If our friend has been wronged, we easily relate to their anger and feel upset with the person they’re mad at. If they've been helped, we share in their gratitude and appreciate their benefactor’s kindness. But if they are in love, even if we recognize their feelings as entirely reasonable, we don’t feel compelled to share those feelings or develop the same passion for the person they love. To everyone else, the lover's feelings seem completely disproportionate to the actual worth of the beloved. Love, even though it’s excused at a certain age because we know it’s natural, is always laughed at because we can’t truly relate to it. All serious and intense expressions of it come across as ridiculous to outsiders; while a lover may be enjoyable company for their partner, they're not for anyone else. The lover is aware of this and, as long as they stay sensible, tries to treat their own feelings lightly, with jokes and mockery. That’s the only way we want to hear about it because it’s the only way we’re inclined to talk about it. We tire of the heavy, overly serious, and long-winded love of Cowley and Petrarca, who never stop exaggerating their passions; yet we always enjoy the lightheartedness of Ovid and the charm of Horace.
But though we feel no proper sympathy with an attachment of this kind, though we never approach even in imagination towards conceiving a passion for that particular person, yet as we either have conceived, or may be disposed to conceive, passions of the same kind, we readily 31 enter into those high hopes of happiness which are proposed from its gratification, as well as into that exquisite distress which is feared from its disappointment. It interests us not as a passion, but as a situation that gives occasion to other passions which interest us; to hope, to fear, and to distress of every kind: in the same manner as in a description of a sea voyage, it is not the hunger which interests us, but the distress which that hunger occasions. Though we do not properly enter into the attachment of the lover, we readily go along with those expectations of romantic happiness which he derives from it. We feel how natural it is for the mind, in a certain situation, relaxed with indolence, and fatigued with the violence of desire, to long for serenity and quiet, to hope to find them in the gratification of that passion which distracts it, and to frame to itself the idea of that life of pastoral tranquillity and retirement which the elegant, the tender, and the passionate Tibullus takes so much pleasure in describing; a life like what the poets describe in the Fortunate Islands, a life of friendship, liberty, and repose; free from labour, and from care, and from all the turbulent passions which attend them. Even scenes of this kind interest us most, when they are painted rather as what is hoped, than as what is enjoyed. The grossness of that passion, which mixes with, and is, perhaps, the foundation of love, disappears when its gratification is far off and at a distance; but renders the whole offensive, when described as what is immediately possessed. The happy passion, upon this account, interests us much less than the fearful and the melancholy. We tremble for whatever can disappoint such natural and agreeable hopes: and thus enter into all the anxiety, and concern, and distress of the lover.
But even though we don't really empathize with this kind of attachment, and we can't even imagine having a passion for that specific person, we can relate to similar feelings we've had or might have. We easily get caught up in the high hopes of happiness that come with fulfilling that desire, as well as the deep distress that comes from the fear of disappointment. It doesn’t engage us as a passion itself, but as a situation that sparks other feelings we care about—like hope, fear, and all kinds of distress; just like in a description of a sea voyage, it’s not the hunger itself that interests us, but the distress that hunger causes. While we don’t fully understand the lover's attachment, we can definitely share their expectations of romantic happiness. We can see how natural it is for someone to, in a certain situation—feeling lazy and overwhelmed by desire—long for peace and quiet, hoping to find that in satisfying the passion that’s consuming them, and imagining a life of pastoral tranquility and retreat which the graceful, tender, and passionate Tibullus delights in describing; a life like what poets talk about in the Fortunate Islands—a life of friendship, freedom, and rest; free from hard work, worries, and the turbulent passions that come with them. We are most drawn to scenes like this when they are depicted more as something to hope for rather than something currently enjoyed. The crude aspects of that passion, which may mix with or even underlie love, fade away when the gratification seems far off; but become off-putting when portrayed as something immediately accessible. For this reason, happy passion engages our interest far less than fearful or melancholic feelings. We stress over anything that might shatter such natural and pleasant hopes; and in that way, we feel all the anxiety, care, and distress of the lover.
Hence it is, that, in some modern tragedies and romances, this passion appears so wonderfully interesting. It is not so much the love of Castalio and Monimia which attaches us in the orphan, as the distress which that love occasions. The author who should introduce two lovers, in a scene of perfect security, expressing their mutual fondness for one another, would excite laughter, and not sympathy. If a scene of this kind is ever admitted into a tragedy, it is always, in some measure, improper, and is endured, not from any sympathy with the passion that is expressed in it, but from concern for the dangers and difficulties with which the audience foresee that its gratification is likely to be attended.
So it is that in some modern tragedies and romances, this emotion seems incredibly captivating. It's not just the love between Castalio and Monimia that draws us in; it's the pain that their love causes. An author who shows two lovers in a completely safe situation expressing their affection would provoke laughter, not sympathy. If a scene like this is included in a tragedy, it’s always somewhat out of place and is tolerated not because we empathize with the feelings being shown, but because we worry about the dangers and challenges that we anticipate will arise from their love.
The reserve which the laws of society impose upon the fair sex, with regard to this weakness, renders it more peculiarly distressful in them, and, upon that very account, more deeply interesting. We are charmed with the love of Phædra, as it is expressed in the French tragedy of that name, notwithstanding all the extravagance and guilt which attend it. That very extravagance and guilt may be said, in some measure, to recommend it to us. Her fear, her shame, her remorse, her horror, her despair, become thereby more natural and interesting. All the 32 secondary passions, if I may be allowed to call them so, which arise from the situation of love, become necessarily more furious and violent; and it is with these secondary passions only that we can properly be said to sympathize.
The restrictions that society places on women about this vulnerability make it particularly painful for them, and for that reason, it becomes even more intriguing. We are captivated by Phaedra’s love, as depicted in the French tragedy of that name, despite all the drama and wrongdoing that come with it. In a way, that very drama and wrongdoing make it more appealing to us. Her fear, shame, remorse, horror, and despair become more relatable and engaging because of it. All the 32 secondary emotions, if I can call them that, that arise from being in love become more intense and passionate; and it’s through these secondary emotions that we can truly empathize.
Of all the passions, however, which are so extravagantly disproportioned to the value of their objects, love is the only one that appears, even to the weakest minds, to have any thing in it that is either graceful or agreeable. In itself, first of all, though it may be ridiculous, it is not naturally odious; and though its consequences are often fatal and dreadful, its intentions are seldom mischievous. And then, though there is little propriety in the passion itself, there is a good deal in some of those which always accompany it. There is in love a strong mixture of humanity, generosity, kindness, friendship, esteem; passions with which, of all others, for reasons which shall be explained immediately, we have the greatest propensity to sympathize, even notwithstanding we are sensible that they are, in some measure, excessive. The sympathy which we feel with them, renders the passion which they accompany less disagreeable, and supports it in our imagination, notwithstanding all the vices which commonly go along with it; though in the one sex it necessarily leads to the last ruin and infamy; and though in the other, where it is apprehended to be least fatal, it is almost always attended with an incapacity for labour, a neglect of duty, a contempt of fame, and even of common reputation. Notwithstanding all this, the degree of sensibility and generosity with which it is supposed to be accompanied, renders it to many the object of vanity; and they are fond of appearing capable of feeling what would do them no honour if they had really felt it.
Among all the passions that are wildly out of proportion to what they are based on, love is the only one that seems, even to the least perceptive, to have something graceful or pleasant about it. First of all, while it can be foolish, it’s not inherently awful; and even though its outcomes are often disastrous and terrifying, its intentions are usually not harmful. Additionally, while there may not be much propriety in the passion itself, there is quite a bit in some of the emotions that often accompany it. Love is deeply intertwined with humanity, generosity, kindness, friendship, and respect—feelings with which, for reasons I’ll explain shortly, we are most inclined to empathize, even if we know they might be somewhat excessive. The empathy we feel for these emotions makes the passion they are associated with less unpleasant, and keeps it alive in our minds, despite all the flaws that often come with it; even though for one gender it can lead to ultimate ruin and disgrace, and for the other, where it seems least harmful, it almost always comes with an inability to work, a neglect of responsibilities, a disregard for reputation, and even for basic standing in society. Despite all this, the level of sensitivity and generosity that it is believed to involve makes it a source of pride for many; they take pleasure in appearing capable of feeling something that wouldn’t reflect well on them if they actually did feel it.
It is for a reason of the same kind, that a certain reserve is necessary when we talk of our own friends, our own studies, our own professions. All these are objects which we cannot expect should interest our companions in the same degree in which they interest us. And it is for want of this reserve, that the one half of mankind make bad company to the other. A philosopher is company to a philosopher only; the member of a club, to his own little knot of companions.
It’s for a similar reason that we need to hold back a bit when discussing our friends, our studies, and our jobs. These are topics that we can’t assume will interest others as much as they interest us. It’s this lack of restraint that causes half of humanity to be bad company for the other half. A philosopher only connects with another philosopher; a club member only connects with their own small group of friends.
CHappiness. Ⅲ.—Of the unsocial Passions.
THERE is another set of passions, which, though derived from the imagination, yet before we can enter into them, or regard them as graceful or becoming, must always be brought down to a pitch much lower than that to which undisciplined nature would raise them. These are, hatred and resentment, with all their different modifications. With regard to all such passions, our sympathy is divided between the person who feels them, and the person who is the object of them. The 33 interests of these two are directly opposite. What our sympathy with the person who feels them would prompt us to wish for, our fellow-feeling with the other would lead us to fear. As they are both men, we are concerned for both, and our fear for what the one may suffer, damps our resentment for what the other has suffered. Our sympathy, therefore, with the man who has received the provocation, necessarily falls short of the passion which naturally animates him, not only upon account of those general causes which render all sympathetic passions inferior to the original ones, but upon account of that particular cause which is peculiar to itself, our opposite sympathy with another person. Before resentment, therefore, can become graceful and agreeable, it must be more humbled and brought down below that pitch to which it would naturally rise, than almost any other passion.
THERE is another set of passions that, while stemming from the imagination, must always be toned down to a level much lower than what uncontrolled nature would elevate them to before we can truly engage with them or see them as graceful or appropriate. These include hatred and resentment, along with all their various forms. Our sympathy in relation to these passions is split between the person experiencing them and the person they are directed at. The 33 interests of these two individuals are directly opposed. What our sympathy for the person feeling these emotions would lead us to wish for, our empathy for the other would push us to fear. Since they are both human, we care for both, and our concern for what one might endure lessens our resentment for what the other has faced. Consequently, our sympathy for the person who has been provoked inevitably falls short of the intensity of the passion that drives them, not only due to the general factors that make all sympathetic emotions less intense than the original ones but also because of the unique factor of our conflicting sympathy for another person. Thus, for resentment to be seen as graceful and pleasant, it must be diminished and brought down lower than where it would naturally rise compared to almost any other passion.
Mankind, at the same time, have a very strong sense of the injuries that are done to another. The villain, in a tragedy or romance, is as much the object of our indignation, as the hero is that of our sympathy and affection. We detest Iago as much as we esteem Othello; and delight as much in the punishment of the one, as we are grieved at the distress of the other. But though mankind have so strong a fellow-feeling with the injuries that are done to their brethren, they do not always resent them the more that the sufferer appears to resent them. Upon most occasions, the greater his patience, his mildness, his humanity, provided it does not appear that he wants spirit, or that fear was the motive of his forbearance, the higher the resentment against the person who injured him. The amiableness of the character exasperates their sense of the atrocity of the injury.
Human beings have a strong sense of the harm done to others. In a tragedy or a romance, we feel just as much anger towards the villain as we feel sympathy and love for the hero. We detest Iago just as much as we admire Othello, and we take equal pleasure in punishing one while being sorrowful for the other's suffering. However, even though people deeply empathize with the suffering of their fellow humans, they don't always feel greater resentment based on how much the victim seems to resent it. Often, the more patient, mild, and humane the victim is—assuming it doesn't seem like a lack of spirit or fear driving their restraint—the stronger the anger towards the person who harmed them. The kindness of the victim’s character amplifies our sense of the injury's outrage.
These passions, however, are regarded as necessary parts of the character of human nature. A person becomes contemptible who tamely sits still, and submits to insults, without attempting either to repel or to revenge them. We cannot enter into his indifference and insensibility: we call his behaviour mean-spiritedness, and are as really provoked by it as by the insolence of his adversary. Even the mob are enraged to see any man submit patiently to affronts and ill usage. They desire to see this insolence resented, and resented by the person who suffers from it. They cry to him with fury, to defend or to revenge himself. If his indignation rouses at last, they heartily applaud, and sympathize with it. It enlivens their own indignation against his enemy, whom they rejoice to see him attack in turn, and are as really gratified by his revenge, provided it is not immoderate, as if the injury had been done to themselves.
These emotions, however, are seen as essential parts of human nature. A person becomes despicable if they sit back and take insults without trying to fight back or get even. We can't relate to their indifference and lack of feeling; we label their behavior as cowardly and feel just as upset by it as we do by their adversary’s arrogance. Even the crowd gets angry when they see someone passively accept mistreatment. They want to see that arrogance challenged, preferably by the person who is being wronged. They shout at him in anger to stand up for himself or seek revenge. When his anger finally surfaces, they cheer and empathize with him. It fuels their own outrage against his enemy, and they take pleasure in seeing him retaliate, feeling just as satisfied by his revenge—as long as it’s not excessive—as if it had happened to them.
But though the utility of those passions to the individual, by rendering it dangerous to insult or to injure him, be acknowledged; and though their utility to the public, as the guardians of justice, and of the equality of its administration, be not less considerable, as shall be shewn hereafter; yet there is still something disagreeable in the 34 passions themselves, which makes the appearance of them in other men the natural object of our aversion. The expression of anger towards any body present, if it exceeds a bare intimation that we are sensible of his ill usage, is regarded not only as an insult to that particular person, but as a rudeness to the whole company. Respect for them ought to have restrained us from giving way to so boisterous and offensive an emotion. It is the remote effects of these passions which are agreeable; the immediate effects are mischief to the person against whom they are directed. But it is the immediate, and not the remote effects of objects which render them agreeable or disagreeable to the imagination. A prison is certainly more useful to the public than a palace; and the person who founds the one is generally directed by a much juster spirit of patriotism, than he who builds the other. But the immediate effects of a prison, the confinement of the wretches shut up in it, are disagreeable; and the imagination either does not take time to trace out the remote ones, or sees them at too great a distance to be much affected by them. A prison, therefore, will always be a disagreeable object; and the fitter it is for the purpose for which it was intended, it will be the more so. A palace, on the contrary, will always be agreeable; yet its remote effects may often be inconvenient to the public. It may serve to promote luxury, and set the example of the dissolution of manners. Its immediate effects, however, the conveniency, the pleasure, and the gaiety of the people who live in it, being all agreeable, and suggesting to the imagination a thousand agreeable ideas, that faculty generally rests upon them, and seldom goes further in tracing its more distant consequences. Trophies of the instruments of music or of agriculture, imitated in painting or in stucco, make a common and an agreeable ornament of our halls and dining rooms. A trophy of the same kind, composed of the instruments of surgery, of dissecting and amputation-knives, of saws for cutting the bones, of trepanning instruments, &c., would be absurd and shocking. Instruments of surgery, however, are always more finely polished, and generally more nicely adapted to the purposes for which they are intended, than instruments of agriculture. The remote effects of them too, the health of the patient, is agreeable; yet as the immediate effect of them is pain and suffering, the sight of them always displeases us. Instruments of war are agreeable, though their immediate effect may seem to be in the same manner pain and suffering. But then it is the pain and suffering of our enemies, with whom we have no sympathy. With regard to us, they are immediately connected with the agreeable ideas of courage, victory, and honour. They are themselves, therefore, supposed to make one of the noblest parts of dress, and the imitation of them one of the finest ornaments of architecture. It is the same case with the qualities of the mind. The ancient stoics were of opinion, that as the world was governed by the 35 all-ruling providence of a wise, powerful, and good God, every single event ought to be regarded, as making a necessary part of the plan of the universe, and as tending to promote the general order and happiness of the whole: that the vices and follies of mankind, therefore, made as necessary a part of this plan as their wisdom or their virtue; and by that eternal art which educes good from ill, were made to tend equally to the prosperity and perfection of the great system of nature. No speculation of this kind, however, how deeply soever it might be rooted in the mind, could diminish our natural abhorrence for vice, whose immediate effects are so destructive, and whose remote ones are too distant to be traced by the imagination.
But while we recognize that these passions are useful to the individual by making it risky to insult or harm him, and that they also serve the public good as protectors of justice and equality, which will be shown later, there’s still something off-putting about the passions themselves that causes us to instinctively dislike them in others. When someone expresses anger towards another person, if it goes beyond just hinting that we feel wronged, it's seen not just as an insult to that individual, but as a disrespect to everyone present. We should hold back from expressing such loud and rude emotions out of respect for others. The long-term effects of these passions might be seen as positive, but the immediate impact is harm to the person at whom they are directed. It’s the immediate effects that influence whether something is seen as pleasant or unpleasant in our minds. A prison is certainly more beneficial to society than a palace, and the person who builds a prison is usually driven by a more genuine sense of patriotism than someone who constructs a palace. However, the immediate result of a prison is the misery of those confined within it, which is unpleasant; our imagination either doesn’t have the time to consider the distant outcomes or sees them as too far away to have much impact on us. Therefore, a prison will always be an unpleasant sight, and the better it is for its intended purpose, the more disagreeable it will seem. On the other hand, a palace will always be a pleasing sight, even if its longer-term effects might create problems for society. It could encourage luxury and set a bad example for behavior. Its immediate effects — the comfort, joy, and liveliness of the people living there — are all enjoyable, which allows our imagination to focus on them and not delve into the potential negative implications. Decorative items like musical instruments or farm tools, whether painted or sculpted, are common and pleasing decorations for our halls and dining rooms. A similar display featuring surgical tools, amputation instruments, bone saws, or trepanning devices would be ridiculous and disturbing. Yet surgical instruments are typically more polished and finely crafted for their purposes compared to agricultural tools. The long-term outcomes of surgical tools, which include the health of the patient, can be positive; however, since their immediate result is pain and suffering, just seeing them is generally unpleasant. Weapons can be seen as agreeable, even though their immediate effect might also seem to be pain and suffering. But in that case, it’s the pain and suffering of our enemies, who we don’t empathize with. For us, they are immediately linked to positive concepts like bravery, victory, and honor. Thus, they are considered one of the most impressive parts of an outfit, and their replicas are regarded as fine architectural decorations. This situation is similar concerning mental qualities. The ancient Stoics believed that since the world is governed by the all-powerful providence of a wise and good God, every single event should be seen as an essential part of the universe's plan, contributing to the overall order and happiness. They believed that human vices and follies are as crucial to this plan as wisdom and virtue; through an eternal process that draws good from bad, they also contribute to the growth and perfection of nature's grand design. No reasoning like this, regardless of how deeply it might be ingrained in our minds, can lessen our natural disgust for vice, which has immediate destructive effects and whose long-term consequences are too remote for our minds to grasp.
It is the same case with those passions we have been just now considering. Their immediate effects are so disagreeable, that even when they are most justly provoked, there is still something about them which disgusts us. These, therefore, are the only passions of which the expressions, as I formerly observed, do not dispose and prepare us to sympathize with them, before we are informed of the cause which excites them. The plaintive voice of misery, when heard at a distance, will not allow us to be indifferent about the person from whom it comes. As soon as it strikes our ear, it interests us in his fortune, and, if continued, forces us almost involuntarily to fly to his assistance. The sight of a smiling countenance, in the same manner, elevates even the pensive into that gay and airy mood, which disposes him to sympathize with, and share the joy which it expresses; and he feels his heart, which with thought and care was before that shrunk and depressed, instantly expanded and elated. But it is quite otherwise with the expressions of hatred and resentment. The hoarse, boisterous, and discordant voice of anger, when heard at a distance, inspires us either with fear or aversion. We do not fly towards it, as to one who cries out with pain and agony. Women, and men of weak nerves, tremble and are overcome with fear, though sensible that themselves are not the objects of the anger. They conceive fear, however, by putting themselves in the situation of the person who is so. Even those of stouter hearts are disturbed; not indeed enough to make them afraid, but enough to make them angry; for anger is the passion which they would feel in the situation of the other person. It is the same case with hatred. Mere expressions of spite inspire it against nobody, but the man who uses them. Both these passions are by nature the objects of our aversion. Their disagreeable and boisterous appearance never excites, never prepares, and often disturbs our sympathy. Grief does not more powerfully engage and attract us to the person in whom we observe it, than these, while we are ignorant of their cause, disgust and detach us from him. It was, it seems, the intention of Nature, that those rougher and more unamiable emotions, which drive men from one another, should be less easily and more rarely communicated.
It's the same with the passions we've just discussed. Their immediate effects are so unpleasant that even when they're completely justified, there's still something about them that repulses us. Therefore, these are the only passions whose expressions, as I mentioned earlier, do not lead us to sympathize with them before we know what caused them. The sorrowful sound of misery, when heard from afar, prevents us from being indifferent to the person it's coming from. As soon as we hear it, we're drawn into their situation, and if it continues, we feel almost compelled to help. Likewise, seeing a smiling face lifts even those who are down into a cheerful and lighthearted mood, making them want to empathize with and share in the joy that’s being expressed; they feel their heart, which was previously heavy with worry, expand and lift instantly. However, it's quite different with expressions of hatred and resentment. The harsh, loud, and discordant voice of anger, when heard from a distance, fills us with fear or disgust. We don't rush towards it like we would for someone crying out in pain. Women and men with sensitive nerves tremble and feel fear even when they know they aren't the target of the anger. They feel fear by imagining themselves in the shoes of the angry person. Even those who are braver feel unsettled—not enough to be scared, but enough to feel anger, as they would feel that emotion if they were in the other person's position. The same goes for hatred. Simply showing spite directs it towards no one but the person expressing it. Both of these passions are, by nature, objects of our aversion. Their unpleasant and loud presence rarely stirs, prepares, and often disrupts our sympathy. Grief doesn't pull us toward the person experiencing it any more powerfully than these emotions, while we remain unaware of their cause, push us away from them. It seems that Nature intended for these rougher, less pleasant emotions, which drive people apart, to be communicated with more difficulty and less frequently.
36 When music imitates the modulations of grief or joy, it either actually inspires us with those passions, or at least puts us in the mood which disposes us to conceive them. But when it imitates the notes of anger, it inspires us with fear. Joy, grief, love, admiration, devotion, are all of them passions which are naturally musical. Their natural tones are all soft, clear, and melodious; and they naturally express themselves in periods which are distinguished by regular pauses, and which upon that account are easily adapted to the regular returns of the correspondent airs of a tune. The voice of anger, on the contrary, and of all the passions which are akin to it, is harsh and discordant. Its periods too are all irregular, sometimes very long, and sometimes very short, and distinguished by no regular pauses. It is with difficulty therefore, that music can imitate any of those passions; and the music which does imitate them is not the most agreeable. A whole entertainment may consist, without any impropriety, of the imitation of the social and agreeable passions. It would be a strange entertainment which consisted altogether of the imitations of hatred and resentment.
36 When music mimics the ups and downs of grief or joy, it either truly evokes those feelings in us or at least sets the mood for us to feel them. However, when it mimics the sounds of anger, it fills us with fear. Joy, grief, love, admiration, and devotion are all emotions that naturally resonate with music. Their natural tones are soft, clear, and melodic, and they naturally express themselves in phrases that have regular pauses, making them easy to connect with the recurring melodies of a song. In contrast, the voice of anger and all the related emotions are rough and jarring. Their phrases are irregular, sometimes very long and sometimes very short, lacking any consistent pauses. Therefore, it’s challenging for music to capture those emotions, and the music that does often isn't very pleasing. A whole performance can comfortably feature the imitation of joyful and friendly emotions. It would be an odd performance if it were entirely made up of imitations of hate and resentment.
If those passions are disagreeable to the spectator, they are not less so to the person who feels them. Hatred and anger are the greatest poison to the happiness of a good mind. There is, in the very feeling of those passions, something harsh, jarring, and convulsive, something that tears and distracts the breast, and is altogether destructive of that composure and tranquillity of mind which is so necessary to happiness, and which is best promoted by the contrary passions of gratitude and love. It is not the value of what they lose by the perfidy and ingratitude of those they live with, which the generous and humane are most apt to regret. Whatever they may have lost, they can generally be very happy without it. What most disturbs them is the idea of perfidy and ingratitude exercised towards themselves; and the discordant and disagreeable passions which this excites, constitute, in their own opinion, the chief part of the injury which they suffer.
If those feelings upset the observer, they're no less troubling for the person experiencing them. Hatred and anger are the biggest threats to the happiness of a good mind. There's something harsh, jarring, and unsettling in feeling those emotions, something that tears and distracts the heart, and completely destroys the calm and peace of mind that's essential for happiness, which is best supported by the opposite feelings of gratitude and love. It's not the loss that they regret most, caused by the betrayal and ingratitude of those around them; generous and caring people can usually be quite happy without what they’ve lost. What truly disturbs them is the idea of betrayal and ingratitude directed at themselves; the negative and unpleasant emotions this triggers are, in their view, the main source of the harm they endure.
How many things are requisite to render the gratification of resentment completely agreeable, and to make the spectator thoroughly sympathize with our revenge? The provocation must first of all be such that we should become contemptible, and be exposed to perpetual insults, if we did not, in some measure, resent it. Smaller offences are always better neglected; nor is there anything more despicable than that froward and captious humour which takes fire upon every slight occasion of quarrel. We should resent more from a sense of the propriety of resentment, from a sense, that mankind expect and require it of us, than because we feel in ourselves the furies of that disagreeable passion. There is no passion, of which the human mind is capable, concerning whose justness we ought to be so doubtful, concerning whose indulgence we ought so carefully to consult our natural sense of 37 propriety, or so diligently to consider what will be the sentiments of the cool and impartial spectator. Magnanimity, or a regard to maintain our own rank and dignity in society, is the only motive which can ennoble the expressions of this disagreeable passion. This motive must characterize our whole style and deportment. These must be plain, open, and direct; determined without positiveness, and elevated without insolence; not only free from petulance and low scurrility, but generous, candid, and full of all proper regards, even for the person who has offended us. It must appear, in short, from our whole manner, without our labouring affectedly to express it, that passion has not extinguished our humanity; and that if we yield to the dictates of revenge, it is with reluctance, from necessity, and in consequence of great and repeated provocations. When resentment is guarded and qualified in this manner, it may be admitted to be even generous and noble.
How many things do we need to make the satisfaction of revenge truly enjoyable and to get others to fully relate to our desire for it? First, the offense must be significant enough that we would end up looking pathetic and face constant insults if we didn’t, to some extent, push back. Minor slights are usually best ignored; there’s nothing more pitiful than that stubborn and picky attitude that flares up over every little argument. We should feel upset more out of a sense of propriety—because society expects us to react—rather than from actually feeling the anger ourselves. There’s no feeling that causes more doubt about whether it’s justified and requires careful consideration of how we should manage our natural sense of 37 propriety and what the cool, impartial observer will think. Courage, or the desire to uphold our own status and dignity in society, is the only motivation that can elevate the expression of this unpleasant feeling. This motivation should define our entire approach and behavior. It should be straightforward, open, and direct; assertive without being overbearing, and dignified without arrogance; free from pettiness and crude insults, but generous, honest, and respectful, even towards the person who has wronged us. In short, it should be clear from our demeanor, without trying too hard to show it, that our humanity hasn’t been overshadowed by our anger; and if we give in to revenge, it’s done reluctantly, out of necessity, and because of significant and repeated provocations. When resentment is expressed thoughtfully and appropriately in this way, it can even be seen as generous and noble.
CHAP. Ⅳ.—Of the Social Passions.
AS it is a divided sympathy which renders the whole set of passions just now mentioned, upon most occasions, so ungraceful and disagreeable: so there is another set opposite to these, which a redoubled sympathy renders almost always peculiarly agreeable and becoming. Generosity, humanity, kindness, compassion, mutual friendship and esteem, all the social and benevolent affections, when expressed in the countenance or behaviour, even towards those who are not peculiarly connected with ourselves, please the indifferent spectator upon almost every occasion. His sympathy with the person who feels those passions, exactly coincides with his concern for the person who is the object of them. The interest, which, as a man, he is obliged to take in the happiness of this last, enlivens his fellow-feeling with the sentiments of the other, whose emotions are employed about the same object. We have always, therefore, the strongest disposition to sympathize with the benevolent affections. They appear in every respect agreeable to us. We enter into the satisfaction both of the person who feels them, and of the person who is the object of them. For as to be the object of hatred and indignation gives more pain than all the evil which a brave man can fear from his enemies: so there is a satisfaction in the consciousness of being beloved, which, to a person of delicacy and sensibility, is of more importance to happiness, than all the advantage which he can expect to derive from it. What character is so detestable as that of one who takes pleasure to sow dissention among friends, and to turn their most tender love into mortal hatred? Yet wherein does the atrocity of this so much abhorred injury consist? Is it in depriving them of the frivolous good offices, which, had their friendship continued, they might have expected from one another? It is in 38 depriving them of that friendship itself, in robbing them of each other’s affections, from which both derived so much satisfaction; it is in disturbing the harmony of their hearts, and putting an end to that happy commerce which had before subsisted between them. These affections, that harmony, this commerce, are felt, not only by the tender and the delicate, but by the rudest vulgar of mankind, to be of more importance to happiness than all the little services which could be expected to flow from them.
AS it’s a mixed sympathy that makes the whole set of emotions just mentioned seem ungraceful and unpleasant most of the time. There’s another set, however, which a stronger sympathy makes almost always particularly pleasant and fitting. Generosity, kindness, compassion, mutual friendship, and respect—basically, all the social and caring feelings—when shown in someone’s face or actions, even toward those not closely connected to us, please the indifferent observer nearly every time. Their sympathy for the person experiencing those feelings aligns perfectly with their concern for the person who is the focus of those feelings. The interest they feel, as a human, in the happiness of the latter boosts their empathy for the emotions of the former, who is focused on the same individual. Therefore, we naturally have the strongest inclination to empathize with the caring feelings. They seem agreeable to us in every way. We share in the satisfaction of both the person feeling these emotions and the person who is their recipient. Just as being the target of hatred and anger causes more pain than any harm a brave person might fear from their enemies, so there’s a satisfaction in knowing you are loved that, for a sensitive and refined person, is more crucial to happiness than any benefit they might gain from it. What kind of person is more detestable than one who enjoys stirring up conflict among friends and turning their deepest love into fierce hatred? Yet what makes this deeply hated wrongdoing so atrocious? Is it about taking away the trivial acts of kindness they might have expected from each other if their friendship had continued? It’s about taking away that friendship itself, robbing them of each other’s affection, which brought them so much joy; it’s about disrupting the harmony of their hearts and ending the happy connection they once shared. These emotions, that harmony, this bond, are felt by everyone, even the roughest and most insensitive people, to be far more important to happiness than all the minor favors they could have given one another.
The sentiment of love is, in itself, agreeable to the person who feels it. It soothes and composes the breast, seems to favour the vital motions, and to promote the healthful state of the human constitution; and it is rendered still more delightful by the consciousness of the gratitude and satisfaction which it must excite in him who is the object of it. Their mutual regard renders them happy in one another, and sympathy, with this mutual regard, makes them agreeable to every other person. With what pleasure do we look upon a family, through the whole of which reign mutual love and esteem, where the parents and children are companions for one another, without any other difference than what is made by respectful affection on the one side, and kind indulgence on the other; where freedom and fondness, mutual raillery and mutual kindness, show that no opposition of interest divides the brothers, nor any rivalship of favour sets the sisters at variance, and where every thing presents us with the idea of peace, cheerfulness, harmony, and contentment? On the contrary, how uneasy are we made when we go into a house in which jarring contention sets one half of those who dwell in it against the other; where, amidst affected smoothness and complaisance, suspicious looks and sudden starts of passion betray the mutual jealousies which burn within them, and which are every moment ready to burst out through all the restraints which the presence of the company imposes?
The feeling of love is, in itself, enjoyable for the person experiencing it. It calms and comforts the heart, seems to support vital functions, and promotes a healthy state of the human body; it becomes even more pleasurable with the awareness of the gratitude and satisfaction it brings to the person who is the focus of that love. Their mutual affection makes them happy with one another, and this sympathy, along with their shared regard, makes them likable to others as well. How joyful it is to see a family where love and respect thrive, where parents and children are companions for each other, with no difference other than the respectful love from the parents and the gentle affection from the children; where freedom and fondness, playful teasing, and kindness show that there is no conflict of interest separating the brothers, nor any rivalry causing discord among the sisters, and where everything gives off a sense of peace, happiness, harmony, and contentment. On the flip side, how uneasy we feel when we enter a home filled with conflict that pits one half of the household against the other; where, behind a façade of politeness and amiability, suspicious glances and sudden outbursts reveal the jealousies that simmer beneath the surface, ready to erupt at any moment, despite the presence of guests.
Those amiable passions, even when they are acknowledged to be excessive, are never regarded with aversion. There is something agreeable even in the weakness of friendship and humanity. The too tender mother, the too indulgent father, the too generous and affectionate friend, may sometimes, perhaps, on account of the softness of their natures, be looked upon with a species of pity, in which, however, there is a mixture of love, but can never be regarded with hatred and aversion, nor even with contempt, unless by the most brutal and worthless of mankind. It is always with concern, with sympathy and kindness, that we blame them for the extravagance of their attachment. There is a helplessness in the character of extreme humanity which more than any thing interests our pity. There is nothing in itself which renders it either ungraceful or disagreeable. We only regret that it is unfit for the world, because the world is unworthy of it, and because it must expose the person who is endowed with it as a prey to the perfidy 39 and ingratitude of insinuating falsehood, and to a thousand pains and uneasinesses, which, of all men, he the least deserves to feel, and which generally too he is, of all men, the least capable of supporting. It is quite otherwise with hatred and resentment. Too violent a propensity to those detestable passions, renders a person the object of universal dread and abhorrence, who, like a wild beast, ought, we think, to be hunted out of all civil society.
Those friendly feelings, even when we realize they might be too much, are never seen with dislike. There’s something nice even in the vulnerability of friendship and compassion. The overly caring mother, the overly lenient father, or the excessively generous and loving friend may sometimes, perhaps because of their gentle natures, be viewed with a sort of pity that also contains love, but they can never be seen with hatred or disdain, unless by the most brutal and worthless people. We always criticize them for their excessive attachment with concern, sympathy, and kindness. There’s a helplessness in extreme kindness that particularly stirs our pity. There's nothing inherently ungraceful or unpleasant about it. We just wish it were better suited for the world because the world is unworthy of it, and because it can expose the person who possesses it to the betrayal and ingratitude of deceitful lies, as well as to countless pains and discomforts that, of all people, they least deserve and are generally the least able to endure. It’s a different story with hatred and resentment. Being too inclined toward these awful feelings makes someone an object of fear and disgust, who, like a wild beast, we think should be driven out of all civilized society.
CHAP. Ⅴ.—Of the Selfish Passions.
BESIDES those two opposite sets of passions, the social and unsocial, there is another which holds a sort of middle place between them; is never either so graceful as is sometimes the one set, nor is ever so odious as is sometimes the other. Grief and joy, when conceived upon account of our own private good or bad fortune, constitute this third set of passions. Even when excessive, they are never so disagreeable as excessive resentment, because no opposite sympathy can ever interest us against them: and when most suitable to their objects, they are never so agreeable as impartial humanity and just benevolence; because no double sympathy can ever interest us for them. There is, however, this difference between grief and joy, that we are generally most disposed to sympathize with small joys and great sorrows. The man who, by some sudden revolution of fortune, is lifted up all at once into a condition of life, greatly above what he had formerly lived in, may be assured that the congratulations of his best friends are not all of them perfectly sincere. An upstart, though of the greatest merit, is generally disagreeable, and a sentiment of envy commonly prevents us from heartily sympathizing with his joy. If he has any judgment, he is sensible of this, and instead of appearing to be elated with his good fortune, he endeavours, as much as he can, to smother his joy, and keep down that elevation of mind with which his new circumstances naturally inspire him. He affects the same plainness of dress, and the same modesty of behaviour, which became him in his former station. He redoubles his attention to his old friends, and endeavours more than ever to be humble, assiduous, and complaisant. And this is the behaviour which in his situation we most approve of; because we expect, it seems, that he should have more sympathy with our envy and aversion to his happiness, than we have with his happiness. It is seldom that with all this he succeeds. We suspect the sincerity of his humility, and he grows weary of this constraint. In a little time, therefore, he generally leaves all his old friends behind him, some of the meanest of them excepted, who may, perhaps, condescend to become his dependents: nor does he always acquire any new ones; the 40 pride of his new connections is as much affronted at finding him their equal, as that of his old ones had been by his becoming their superior; and it requires the most obstinate and persevering modesty to atone for this modification to either. He generally grows weary too soon, and is provoked, by the sullen and suspicious pride of the one, and by the saucy contempt of the other, to treat the first with neglect, and the second with petulance, till at last he grows habitually insolent, and forfeits the esteem of all. If the chief part of human happiness arises from the consciousness of being beloved, as I believe it does, those sudden changes of fortune seldom contribute much to happiness. He is happiest who advances more gradually to greatness, whom the public destines to every step of his preferment long before he arrives at it, in whom, upon that account, when it comes, it can excite no extravagant joy, and with regard to whom it cannot reasonably create either any jealousy in those he overtakes, or envy in those he leaves behind.
BBESIDES those two opposing sets of feelings, the social and unsocial, there’s another that occupies a middle ground. It's never as graceful as the one set can be, nor is it ever as unpleasant as the other can become. Grief and joy, when felt because of our own personal fortunes—good or bad—make up this third category of emotions. Even when they're excessive, they aren't as disagreeable as excessive anger, since no opposing empathy can draw us against them; and when they're most appropriate to their causes, they're never as pleasing as impartial kindness and true benevolence, because no double empathy can motivate us to support them. However, there is a difference between grief and joy: we tend to empathize more with small joys and big sorrows. A person who suddenly finds themselves in a much better situation than they once had can be sure that not all of their friends' congratulations are completely genuine. An upstart, even if they have great merit, is usually off-putting, and feelings of jealousy often stop us from genuinely sharing in their happiness. If he’s smart, he realizes this and, instead of showing off his good fortune, he tries to downplay his joy and keep a low profile in light of his new circumstances. He sticks to the same simple clothes and humble behavior that suited him in his previous life. He pays extra attention to his old friends and tries even harder to be humble, dedicated, and accommodating. This behavior is what we most respect in him, as it seems we expect him to have more sympathy for our envy and disdain for his happiness than we have for his happiness itself. However, he rarely succeeds at this. We doubt the genuineness of his humility, and he quickly tires of having to hold back. Before long, he generally leaves most of his old friends behind, save for a few of the least fortunate who might condescend to become his dependents; nor does he always make new friends. The 40 pride of his new acquaintances is just as offended by their finding him their equal as his old friends were by his surpassing them, so it takes persistent and extreme modesty to make amends with either group. He usually grows tired too soon and, frustrated by the gloomy and distrustful pride of the first group and the arrogant contempt of the second, he ends up neglecting the first and snapping back at the second until eventually he becomes habitually arrogant and loses the respect of everyone. If most of human happiness comes from knowing we are loved, as I believe it does, then these sudden changes in fortune rarely lead to true happiness. The happiest person is the one who gradually rises to greatness, the one whom the public recognizes at every step long before he reaches it, and because of that, when it happens, it doesn’t cause any wild joy and doesn’t reasonably create jealousy in those he surpasses or envy in those he leaves behind.
Mankind, however, more readily sympathize with those smaller joys which flow from less important causes. It is decent to be humble amidst great prosperity; but we can scarce express too much satisfaction in all the little occurrences of common life, in the company with which we spent the evening last night, in the entertainment that was set before us, in what was said and what was done, in all the little incidents of the present conversation, and in all those frivolous nothings which fill up the void of human life. Nothing is more graceful than habitual cheerfulness, which is always founded upon a peculiar relish for all the little pleasures which common occurrences afford. We readily sympathize with it: it inspires us with the same joy, and makes every trifle turn up to us in the same agreeable aspect in which it presents itself to the person endowed with this happy disposition. Hence it is that youth, the season of gaiety, so easily engages our affections. That propensity to joy which seems even to animate the bloom, and to sparkle from the eyes of youth and beauty, though in a person of the same sex, exalts, even the aged, to a more joyous mood than ordinary. They forget, for a time, their infirmities, and abandon themselves to those agreeable ideas and emotions to which they have long been strangers, but which, when the presence of so much happiness recalls them to their breast, take their place there, like old acquaintance, from whom they are sorry to have ever been parted, and whom they embrace more heartily upon account of this long separation.
Humanity, however, more readily connects with those smaller joys that come from less significant causes. It's proper to be humble during great success; but we can hardly contain our satisfaction in all the little moments of everyday life, in the company we enjoyed last night, in the food served to us, in what was said and done, in all the small incidents of our current conversation, and in all those trivial details that fill the gaps of human existence. Nothing is more charming than a consistent cheerfulness, which is always based on a special enjoyment of all the little pleasures that ordinary events provide. We easily resonate with it: it fills us with the same joy and makes every small thing appear just as pleasant to us as it does to the person blessed with this joyful nature. This is why youth, a time of joy, so easily captures our hearts. That inclination towards happiness, which seems to brighten the complexion and sparkle in the eyes of youth and beauty, even lifts the spirits of older individuals. They momentarily forget their frailty and allow themselves to embrace those pleasant thoughts and feelings that have long been absent from their lives. When such happiness brings these emotions back, they settle in their hearts like old friends, making them regret the time apart and welcoming them back even more warmly because of that long separation.
It is quite otherwise with grief. Small vexations excite no sympathy, but deep affliction calls forth the greatest. The man who is made uneasy by every little disagreeable incident, who is hurt if either the cook or the butler have failed in the least article of their duty, who feels every defect in the highest ceremonial of politeness, whether it be shown to himself or to any other person, who takes it amiss that his intimate friend did not bid him good-morrow when they met in the 41 forenoon, and that his brother hummed a tune all the time he himself was telling a story; who is put out of humour by the badness of the weather when in the country, by the badness of the roads when upon a journey, and by the want of company and dulness of all public diversions when in town; such a person, I say, though he should have some reason, will seldom meet with much sympathy. Joy is a pleasant emotion, and we gladly abandon ourselves to it upon the slightest occasion. We readily, therefore, sympathize with it in others, whenever we are not prejudiced by envy. But grief is painful, and the mind, even when it is our own misfortune, naturally resists and recoils from it. We would endeavour either not to conceive it at all, or to shake it off as soon as we have conceived it. Our aversion to grief will not, indeed, always hinder us from conceiving it in our own case upon very trifling occasions, but it constantly prevents us from sympathizing with it in others when excited by the like frivolous causes: for our sympathetic passions are always less irresistible than our original ones. There is, besides, a malice in mankind, which not only prevents all sympathy with little uneasinesses, but renders them in some measure diverting. Hence the delight which we all take in raillery, and in the small vexation which we observe in our companion, when he is pushed, and urged, and teased upon all sides. Men of the most ordinary good-breeding dissemble the pain which any little incident may give them; and those who are more thoroughly formed to society, turn of their own accord, all such incidents into raillery, as they know their companions will do for them. The habit which a man, who lives in the world, has acquired of considering how every thing that concerns himself will appear to others, makes those frivolous calamities turn up in the same ridiculous light to him, in which he knows they will certainly be considered by them.
Grief is completely different. Minor annoyances don’t get any sympathy, but deep sorrow gets the most. A person who gets upset over every little inconvenience, who feels hurt if the cook or the butler messes up even the smallest task, who notices every flaw in polite behavior whether directed at them or someone else, who feels slighted if their close friend doesn’t greet them when they meet in the 41 morning, or if their brother hums while they're telling a story; a person like this, even if they have some reason to feel that way, will rarely receive much sympathy. Joy is a nice emotion, and we easily immerse ourselves in it at the smallest trigger. So, we quickly empathize with others' joy whenever envy doesn't affect us. But grief is painful, and the mind, even when it's our own hardship, instinctively resists and shrinks away from it. We try either to ignore it completely or to shake it off as soon as it arises. Our dislike of grief may not stop us from feeling it in our own lives over minor issues, but it definitely keeps us from sympathizing with others when they're feeling sad for similar trivial reasons: our feelings of sympathy are always weaker than our original emotions. Plus, there's a kind of malice in people, which not only blocks any sympathy for small troubles but also makes them somewhat amusing. That’s why we all enjoy jokes and the little frustrations we see in friends when they’re being pressured, pushed, or annoyed from all sides. Even people with ordinary manners hide the pain that small events might give them; those who are more socially skilled naturally turn such incidents into jokes because they know their friends will do the same for them. Someone who is used to navigating society has developed the habit of considering how everything that involves them will look to others, making those minor misfortunes seem just as ridiculous to them as they know others will view them.
Our sympathy, on the contrary, with deep distress, is very strong and very sincere. It is unnecessary to give an instance. We weep even at the feigned representation of a tragedy. If you labour, therefore, under any signal calamity, if by some extraordinary misfortune you are fallen into poverty, into diseases, into disgrace and disappointment; even though your own fault may have been, in part, the occasion, yet you may generally depend upon the sincerest sympathy of all your friends, and, as far as interest and honour will permit, upon their kindest assistance too. But if your misfortune is not of this dreadful kind, if you have only been a little baulked in your ambition, if you have only been jilted by your mistress, or are only hen-pecked by your wife, lay your account with the raillery of all your acquaintance.
Our sympathy, on the other hand, is very strong and sincere, and filled with deep concern. There's no need to give an example. We even cry at a staged tragedy. So, if you're dealing with a major crisis, if you've experienced some terrible misfortune that has led you to poverty, illness, disgrace, or disappointment; even if your own actions partly caused it, you can usually count on the genuine sympathy of your friends and, as much as their interests and principles allow, on their generous help too. But if your troubles aren't that severe, if you've just faced a setback in your ambitions, if you've been dumped by your girlfriend, or if you're just being nagged by your wife, expect to be teased by everyone you know.
SEC. Ⅲ.—OF THE EFFECTS OF PROSPERITY AND ADVERSITY UPON THE JUDGMENT OF MANKIND WITH REGARD TO THE PROPRIETY OF ACTION; AND WHY IT IS MORE EASY TO OBTAIN THEIR APPROBATION IN THE ONE STATE THAN IN THE OTHER.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—That though our Sympathy with Sorrow is generally a more lively Sensation than our Sympathy with Joy, it commonly falls much more Short of the Violence of what is naturally felt by the Person principally concerned.
OUR sympathy with sorrow, though not more real, has been more taken notice of than our sympathy with joy. The word sympathy, in its most proper and primitive signification, denotes our fellow-feeling with the sufferings, not that with the enjoyments, of others. A late ingenious and subtile philosopher thought it necessary to prove, by arguments, that we had a real sympathy with joy, and that congratulation was a principle of human nature. Nobody, I believe, ever thought it necessary to prove that compassion was such.
OYou are sympathy with sorrow, although not more genuine, has received more attention than our sympathy with joy. The term sympathy, in its most accurate and original meaning, refers to our shared feelings regarding the sufferings, not the joys, of others. A recent clever and nuanced philosopher felt it was essential to prove, through arguments, that we genuinely share in joy and that congratulating others is a fundamental aspect of human nature. No one, I believe, has ever felt the need to prove that compassion is the same way.
First of all, our sympathy with sorrow is, in some sense, more universal than that with joy. Though sorrow is excessive, we may still have some fellow-feeling with it. What we feel does not, indeed, in this case, amount to that complete sympathy, to that perfect harmony and correspondence of sentiments, which constitutes approbation. We do not weep, and exclaim, and lament, with the sufferer. We are sensible, on the contrary, of his weakness and of the extravagance of his passion, and yet often feel a very sensible concern upon his account. But if we do not entirely enter into, and go along with, the joy of another, we have no sort of regard or fellow feeling for it. The man who skips and dances about with that intemperate and senseless joy which we cannot accompany him in, is the object of our contempt and indignation.
First of all, our sympathy for sorrow is, in a way, more universal than our sympathy for joy. Even though sorrow can be overwhelming, we can still relate to it in some way. What we feel doesn't quite reach that full sympathy, that perfect match of feelings, which signifies approval. We don't cry, shout, or mourn alongside the person suffering. Instead, we're aware of their vulnerability and the irrationality of their emotions, yet we often feel genuine concern for them. However, if we can’t fully share in someone else’s joy, we feel no connection or empathy for it. A person who skips and dances around with that excessive and mindless joy that we can't join in on becomes the target of our disdain and anger.
Pain besides, whether of mind or body, is a more pungent sensation than pleasure, and our sympathy with pain, though it falls greatly short of what is naturally felt by the sufferer, is generally a more lively and distinct perception than our sympathy with pleasure, though this last often approaches more nearly, as I shall show immediately, to the natural vivacity of the original passion.
Pain, whether it's mental or physical, is a stronger sensation than pleasure. Our empathy for pain, although it’s much less than what the person in pain actually feels, tends to be a more vivid and clear experience than our empathy for pleasure. However, as I will show shortly, our sympathy for pleasure can come closer to matching the intensity of the original feeling.
Over and above all this, we often struggle to keep down our sympathy with the sorrow of others. Whenever we are not under the observation of the sufferer, we endeavour, for our own sake, to suppress it as much as we can, and we are not always successful. The opposition which we make to it, and the reluctance with which we yield to it, necessarily oblige us to take more particular notice of it. But we never have occasion to make this opposition to our sympathy with joy. 43 If there is any envy in the case, we never feel the least propensity towards it; and if there is none, we give way to it without any reluctance. On the contrary, as we are always ashamed of our own envy, we often pretend, and sometimes really wish to sympathize with the joy of others, when by that disagreeable sentiment we are disqualified from doing so. We are glad, we say, on account of our neighbour’s good fortune, when in our hearts, perhaps, we are really sorry. We often feel a sympathy with sorrow when we would wish to be rid of it; and we often miss that with joy when we would be glad to have it. The obvious observation, therefore, which it naturally falls in our way to make, is, that our propensity to sympathize with sorrow must be very strong, and our inclination to sympathize with joy very weak.
Above all, we often struggle to keep our sympathy for other people's sadness in check. Whenever the person who is suffering isn't watching us, we try, for our own sake, to hold it back as much as we can, but we don’t always succeed. The resistance we put up against it and our hesitance to give into it make us notice it even more. However, we never really resist our sympathy for happiness. 43 If there’s any jealousy involved, we don’t feel a bit inclined toward it; and if there isn’t any, we give in without hesitation. On the other hand, since we’re usually embarrassed about our own jealousy, we often pretend and sometimes even genuinely wish to share in others’ happiness when that unpleasant feeling stops us from doing so. We say we’re happy about our neighbor’s good luck, even though deep down, we might actually feel sad. We often find ourselves sympathetic to sorrow when we wish we could shake it off, and we frequently miss the chance to share in joy when we would love to. So, it’s clear that our tendency to sympathize with sorrow is quite strong, while our inclination to sympathize with joy is pretty weak.
Notwithstanding this prejudice, however, I will venture to affirm, that, when there is no envy in the case, our propensity to sympathize with joy is much stronger than our propensity to sympathize with sorrow; and that our fellow-feeling for the agreeable emotion approaches much more nearly to the vivacity of what is naturally felt by the persons principally concerned, than that which we conceive for the painful one.
Despite this bias, I’m willing to say that, when there's no jealousy involved, our tendency to share in someone else's joy is much stronger than our tendency to share in their sorrow; and our ability to empathize with the positive emotion is much closer to the intensity of what the people directly experiencing it feel, compared to our empathy for the negative emotion.
We have some indulgence for that excessive grief which we cannot entirely go along with. We know what a prodigious effort is requisite before the sufferer can bring down his emotions to complete harmony and concord with those of the spectator. Though he fails, therefore, we easily pardon him. But we have no such indulgence for the intemperance of joy; because we are not conscious that any such vast effort is requisite to bring it down to what we can entirely enter into. The man who, under the greatest calamities, can command his sorrow, seems worthy of the highest admiration; but he who, in the fulness of prosperity, can in the same manner master his joy, seems hardly to deserve any praise. We are sensible that there is a much wider interval in the one case than in the other, between what is naturally felt by the person principally concerned, and what the spectator can entirely go along with.
We have some sympathy for that overwhelming grief that we can't fully understand. We know how much effort it takes for someone to align their emotions with those of others watching them. So, even if they struggle, we forgive them easily. But we don't have the same patience for excessive joy because we don't think it takes as much effort to tone it down to something we can all relate to. A person who can manage their sorrow during tough times deserves our highest admiration, but someone who can control their joy when things are going well doesn't seem to get the same praise. We realize there's a much bigger gap in one situation than in the other, between what the main person feels and what the observer can really connect with.
What can be added to the happiness of the man who is in health, who is out of debt, and has a clear conscience? To one in this situation, all accessions of fortune may properly be said to be superfluous; and if he is much elevated on account of them, it must be the effect of the most frivolous levity. This situation, however, may very well be called the natural and ordinary state of mankind. Notwithstanding the present misery and depravity of the world, so justly lamented, this really is the state of the greater part of men. The greater part of men, therefore, cannot find any great difficulty in elevating themselves to all the joy which any accession to this situation can well excite in their companion.
What more could a healthy man with no debt and a clear conscience want? For someone in this position, any additional wealth can truly be considered unnecessary; if he feels excessively happy about it, it’s simply a sign of superficiality. However, this state can be seen as the natural and typical condition of humanity. Despite the current suffering and corruption in the world, which is rightfully mourned, this is indeed the reality for most people. Therefore, most people shouldn't find it too hard to reach the joy that any improvement in this situation can bring to them.
But though little can be added to this state, much may be taken from 44 it. Though between this condition and the highest pitch of human prosperity, the interval is but a trifle; between it and the lowest depth of misery the distance is immense and prodigious. Adversity, on this account, necessarily depresses the mind of the sufferer much more below its natural state, than prosperity can elevate him above it. The spectator, therefore, must find it much more difficult to sympathize entirely, and keep perfect time, with his sorrow, than thoroughly to enter into his joy, and must depart much further from his own natural and ordinary temper of mind in the one case than in the other. It is on this account, that though our sympathy with sorrow is often a more pungent sensation than our sympathy with joy, it always falls much more short of the violence of what is naturally felt by the person principally concerned.
But while there's not much that can be added to this state, a lot can be taken away from it. Although the gap between this condition and the highest point of human prosperity is quite small, the distance between it and the lowest depth of misery is vast and extraordinary. Adversity, for this reason, brings down the mind of the sufferer much more than prosperity can lift them up. Consequently, the observer finds it much harder to fully empathize and resonate with the sufferer's sadness than to engage completely with their joy. They must stray much further from their usual mindset when it comes to sorrow than when dealing with happiness. Because of this, even though our sympathy for sorrow often feels more intense than our sympathy for joy, it still falls far short of the depth of feeling experienced by the person who is truly affected.
It is agreeable to sympathize with joy; and wherever envy does not oppose it, our heart abandons itself with satisfaction to the highest transports of that delightful sentiment. But it is painful to go along with grief, and we always enter into it with reluctance.1 When we attend to the representation of a tragedy, we struggle against that sympathetic sorrow which the entertainment inspires as long as we can, and we give way to it at last only when we can no longer avoid it; we even then endeavour to cover our concern from the company. If we shed any tears, we carefully conceal them, and are afraid, lest the spectators, not entering into this excessive tenderness, should regard it as effeminacy and weakness. The wretch whose misfortunes call upon our compassion feels with what reluctance we are likely to enter into his sorrow, and therefore proposes his grief to us with fear and hesitation: he even smothers the half of it, and is ashamed, upon account of this hard-heartedness of mankind, to give vent to the fulness of his affliction. It is otherwise with the man who riots in joy and success. Wherever envy does not interest us against him, he expects our completest sympathy. He does not fear, therefore, to announce himself with shouts of exultation, in full confidence that we are heartily disposed to go along with him.
It's nice to share in joy; and where envy doesn’t get in the way, our hearts happily embrace the heights of that wonderful feeling. But it’s tough to share in grief, and we always approach it hesitantly. When we watch a tragedy, we try to resist the sympathetic sadness it brings for as long as we can, giving in only when we can’t hold back anymore; even then, we try to hide our feelings from others. If we do cry, we keep it to ourselves, worried that others, not sharing in this deep sensitivity, might see it as weakness. The unfortunate person whose troubles call for our compassion can sense our reluctance to truly engage with their sorrow, so they present their grief to us cautiously and with doubt; they even suppress part of it, feeling ashamed that people are so hard-hearted that they can’t fully share their pain. It’s a different story for someone who revels in joy and success. Where envy doesn’t play a role, he expects our full sympathy. He’s not afraid to celebrate loudly, confident that we genuinely want to share in his happiness.
1 It has been objected to me that as I found the sentiment of approbation, which is always agreeable, upon sympathy, it is inconsistent with my system to admit any disagreeable sympathy. I answer, that in the sentiment of approbation there are two things to be taken notice of; first, the sympathetic passion of the spectator; and secondly, the emotion which arises from his observing the perfect coincidence between this sympathetic passion in himself, and the original passion in the person principally concerned. This last emotion, in which the sentiment of approbation properly consists, is always agreeable and delightful. The other may either be agreeable or disagreeable, according to the nature of the original passion, whose features it must always, in some measure, retain.
1 I’ve been told that since I found the feeling of approval, which is always pleasant, to be based on sympathy, it’s contradictory to my system to allow for any unpleasant sympathy. I respond by saying that in the feeling of approval, there are two things worth noting: first, the sympathetic feeling of the observer; and second, the emotion that comes from noticing the perfect alignment between this sympathetic feeling in themselves and the original feeling in the main person involved. This last emotion, which is what truly defines the feeling of approval, is always pleasant and enjoyable. The other feeling can be either pleasant or unpleasant, depending on the nature of the original feeling, the characteristics of which it must always reflect to some extent.
Why should we be more ashamed to weep than to laugh before company? We may often have as real occasion to do the one as to do the other; but we always feel that the spectators are more likely to go along with us in the agreeable, than in the painful emotion. It is 45 always miserable to complain, even when we are oppressed by the most dreadful calamities. But the triumph of victory is not always ungraceful. Prudence, indeed, would often advise us to bear our prosperity with more moderation; because prudence would teach us to avoid that envy which this very triumph is, more than any thing, apt to excite.
Why should we feel more embarrassed to cry than to laugh in front of others? We often have just as much reason to do one as the other; yet we always sense that people are more likely to connect with us in moments of joy than in moments of pain. It’s always uncomfortable to complain, even when we’re facing the worst tragedies. But winning isn’t always awkward. In fact, common sense often suggests we should handle our success more modestly, because common sense would warn us to steer clear of the jealousy that this very victory tends to provoke.
How hearty are the acclamations of the mob, who never bear any envy to their superiors, at a triumph or a public entry? And how sedate and moderate is commonly their grief at an execution? Our sorrow at a funeral generally amounts to no more than an affected gravity; but our mirth at a christening or a marriage, is always from the heart, and without any affectation. Upon these, and all such joyous occasions, our satisfaction, though not so durable, is often as lively as that of the persons principally concerned. Whenever we cordially congratulate our friends, which, however, to the disgrace of human nature, we do but seldom, their joy literally becomes our joy: we are, for the moment, as happy as they are: our heart swells and overflows with real pleasure: joy and complacency sparkle from our eyes, and animate every feature of our countenance, and every gesture of our body.
How enthusiastic are the cheers from the crowd, who never resent their superiors during a celebration or public event? And how calm and measured is their sadness at an execution? Our mourning at a funeral usually amounts to little more than a forced seriousness; however, our happiness at a baptism or a wedding always comes from the heart and isn't pretentious. During these and other joyful occasions, our happiness, although not as lasting, is often as vibrant as that of those directly involved. Whenever we genuinely congratulate our friends—which, unfortunately, is not as often as it should be—their joy truly becomes our joy. For that moment, we feel just as happy as they do: our hearts swell and overflow with genuine pleasure; joy and contentment shine in our eyes and brighten every feature of our faces and every gesture we make.
But on the contrary, when we condole with our friends in their afflictions, how little do we feel, in comparison of what they feel? We sit down by them, we look at them, and while they relate to us the circumstances of their misfortune, we listen to them with gravity and attention. But while their narration is every moment interrupted by those natural bursts of passion which often seem almost to choke them in the midst of it; how far are the languid emotions of our hearts from keeping time to the transports of theirs? We may be sensible, at the same time, that their passion is natural, and no greater than what we ourselves might feel upon the like occasion. We may even inwardly reproach ourselves with our own want of sensibility, and perhaps, on that account, work ourselves up into an artificial sympathy, which however, when it is raised, is always the slightest and most transitory imaginable; and generally, as soon as we have left the room, vanishes, and is gone for ever. Nature, it seems, when she loaded us with our own sorrows, thought they were enough, and therefore did not command us to take any further share in those of others, than what was necessary to prompt us to relieve them.
But actually, when we comfort our friends during tough times, how little do we truly feel compared to what they’re going through? We sit with them, we watch them, and while they share the details of their misfortune, we listen with seriousness and focus. But while their stories are often interrupted by emotional outbursts that seem to almost overwhelm them; how distant are our faint feelings from matching their intense emotions? We might realize that their passion is natural and no more than what we could feel in a similar situation. We may even feel guilty about our own lack of empathy, and because of that, we try to force ourselves to feel something, which, in the end, is always very slight and fleeting; usually, as soon as we leave the room, it disappears completely. It seems that nature, when burdening us with our own sorrows, thought they were enough and didn’t require us to carry any more of others' troubles, except to motivate us to help them.
It is on account of this dull sensibility to the afflictions of others, that magnanimity amidst great distress appears always so divinely graceful. His behaviour is genteel and agreeable who can maintain his cheerfulness amidst a number of frivolous disasters. But he appears to be more than mortal who can support in the same manner the most dreadful calamities. We feel what an immense effort is requisite to silence those violent emotions which naturally agitate and distract those in his situation. We are amazed to find that he can command himself so entirely. His firmness at the same time, perfectly 46 coincides with our insensibility. He makes no demand upon us for that more exquisite degree of sensibility which we find, and which we are mortified to find, that we do not possess. There is the most perfect correspondence between his sentiments and ours, and on that account the most perfect propriety in his behaviour. It is a propriety too, which, from our experience of the usual weakness of human nature, we could not reasonably have expected he should be able to maintain. We wonder with surprise and astonishment at that strength of mind which is capable of so noble and generous an effort. The sentiment of complete sympathy and approbation, mixed and animated with wonder and surprise, constitutes what is properly called admiration, as has already been more than once take notice of. Cato, surrounded on all sides by his enemies, unable to resist them, disdaining to submit to them, and reduced, by the proud maxims of that age, to the necessity of destroying himself; yet never shrinking from his misfortunes, never supplicating with the lamentable voice of wretchedness, those miserable sympathetic tears which we are always so unwilling to give; but on the contrary, arming himself with manly fortitude, and the moment before he executes his fatal resolution, giving, with his usual tranquillity, all necessary orders for the safety of his friends; appears to Seneca, that great preacher of insensibility, a spectacle which even the gods themselves might behold with pleasure and admiration.
It’s because of this dull sensitivity to the suffering of others that being noble during hard times seems so incredibly graceful. Someone who can stay cheerful despite a series of petty disasters behaves in a refined and pleasant manner. But when someone can endure the worst tragedies with the same attitude, they seem almost superhuman. We recognize the immense effort it takes to suppress those intense emotions that naturally upset and distract those in their position. We’re amazed to see how completely he controls himself. His strength aligns perfectly with our lack of sensitivity. He doesn’t expect us to share that deeper level of feeling which we realize, to our disappointment, we don’t have. There’s a perfect match between his feelings and ours, which makes his behavior completely appropriate. It’s an appropriateness that, given our knowledge of human vulnerability, we wouldn’t reasonably expect him to maintain. We marvel at the strength of mind that allows such a noble and generous endeavor. The feeling of total sympathy and approval, combined with wonder and surprise, is what we truly call admiration, as noted previously. Cato, surrounded by enemies, unable to fight back, refusing to submit, and forced by the proud norms of his time to take his own life; yet he never backs down from his misfortune, never pleas for those miserable compassionate tears we’re always so hesitant to give. Instead, he gathers his strength, and just before he carries out his tragic decision, he calmly gives all necessary orders for the safety of his friends, which appears to Seneca, that great advocate of stoicism, as a sight even the gods themselves would watch with pleasure and admiration.
Whenever we meet, in common life, with any examples of such heroic magnanimity, we are always extremely affected. We are more apt to weep and shed tears for such as, in this manner, seem to feel nothing for themselves, than for those who give way to all the weakness of sorrow and in this particular case, the sympathetic grief of the spectator appears to go beyond the original passion in the person principally concerned. The friends of Socrates all wept when he drank the last potion, while he himself expressed the gayest and most cheerful tranquillity. Upon all such occasions the spectator makes no effort, and has no occasion to make any, in order to conquer his sympathetic sorrow. He is under no fear that it will transport him to any thing that is extravagant and improper; he is rather pleased with the sensibility of his own heart, and gives way to it with complacence and self-approbation. He gladly indulges, therefore, the most melancholy views which can naturally occur to him, concerning the calamity of his friend, for whom, perhaps, he never felt so exquisitely before, the tender and tearful passion of love. But it is quite otherwise with the person principally concerned. He is obliged, as much as possible, to turn away his eyes from whatever is either naturally terrible or disagreeable in his situation. Too serious an attention to those circumstances, he fears, might make so violent an impression upon him, that he could no longer keep within the bounds of moderation, or render himself the object of the complete sympathy and approbation of the spectators. 47 He fixes his thoughts, therefore, upon those only which are agreeable, the applause and admiration which he is about to deserve by the heroic magnanimity of his behaviour. To feel that he is capable of so noble and generous an effort, to feel that in this dreadful situation he can still act as he would desire to act, animates and transports him with joy, and enables him to support that triumphant gaiety which seems to exult in the victory he thus gains over his misfortunes.
Whenever we come across examples of such heroic generosity in everyday life, we are always deeply moved. We're more likely to cry for those who seem to care nothing for themselves than for those who give in to their sadness. In this case, the sympathetic sorrow of the onlookers often surpasses that of the individual at the center of it all. For instance, when Socrates drank the last potion, all of his friends wept, while he himself displayed the brightest and most cheerful calmness. In these moments, the observer doesn't have to struggle or feel compelled to suppress their sorrow. They aren't worried that it will lead them to act inappropriately; instead, they take comfort in their own sensitivity and allow themselves to feel it with satisfaction and self-approval. They readily entertain the most sorrowful thoughts about their friend's misfortune, feeling a tenderness and emotional connection like never before. However, the individual directly involved must do their best to avoid dwelling on anything that is naturally dreadful or unpleasant about their situation. They fear that focusing too intently on those aspects might overwhelm them, pushing them beyond the lines of moderation and jeopardizing the complete sympathy and approval of those watching. Instead, they concentrate solely on thoughts that are uplifting, like the praise and admiration they will earn through their heroic courage. The realization that they can make such a noble and generous effort, even in this terrible situation, fills them with joy and allows them to maintain a triumphant cheerfulness that celebrates the victory they achieve over their hardships. 47
On the contrary, he always appears, in some measure, mean and despicable, who is sunk in sorrow and dejection upon account of any calamity of his own. We cannot bring ourselves to feel for him what he feels for himself, and what, perhaps, we should feel for ourselves if in his situation: we, therefore, despise him; unjustly perhaps, if any sentiment could be regarded as unjust, to which we are by nature irresistibly determined. The weakness of sorrow never appears in any respect agreeable, except when it arises from what we feel for ourselves. A son, upon the death of an indulgent and respectable father, may give way to it without much blame. His sorrow is chiefly founded upon a sort of sympathy with his departed parent; and we readily enter into his humane emotion. But if he should indulge the same weakness upon account of any misfortune which affected himself only, he would no longer meet with any such indulgence. If he should be reduced to beggary and ruin, if he should be exposed to the most dreadful dangers, if he should even be led out to a public execution, and there shed one single tear upon the scaffold, he would disgrace himself for ever in the opinion of all the gallant and generous part of mankind. Their compassion for him, however, would be very strong, and very sincere; but as it would still fall short of this excessive weakness, they would have no pardon for the man who could thus expose himself in the eyes of the world. His behaviour would affect them with shame rather than with sorrow; and the dishonour which he had thus brought upon himself would appear to them the most lamentable circumstance in his misfortune. How did it disgrace the memory of the intrepid Duke of Biron, who had so often braved death in the field, that he wept upon the scaffold, when he beheld the state to which he was fallen, and remembered the favour and the glory from which his own rashness had so unfortunately thrown him?
On the other hand, a person who is deeply saddened and dejected by their own misfortunes often comes across as mean and despicable. We can’t feel for them the way they feel for themselves, and what we might feel for ourselves if we were in their position: as a result, we tend to look down on them; perhaps unjustly, if any sentiment can be seen as unjust, something we are naturally compelled to do. The weakness that comes from sorrow is only ever seen as acceptable when it stems from our own experiences. A son mourning the death of a caring and respected father might express his grief without much criticism. His sorrow mostly comes from a sense of sympathy for his deceased parent, and we easily connect with his human feelings. But if he were to show the same weakness due to a misfortune that only affected him, he wouldn’t receive the same understanding. If he fell into poverty and despair, faced terrifying dangers, or was even led to a public execution and shed a single tear on the scaffold, he’d be forever shamed in the eyes of brave and honorable people. Their compassion for him would be strong and sincere; however, it would still fall short of understanding such extreme weakness, and they wouldn't forgive someone who could debase themselves so publicly. His actions would evoke shame rather than sorrow in them, and the dishonor he brought upon himself would seem to be the most tragic aspect of his plight. How did it tarnish the legacy of the fearless Duke of Biron, who had faced death in battle so many times, that he wept on the scaffold when he saw the state he had fallen into and remembered the honor and glory he had lost due to his own recklessness?
CHAP. Ⅱ.—Of the Origin of Ambition, and of the Distinction of Ranks.
IT is because mankind are disposed to sympathize more entirely with our joy than with our sorrow, that we make parade of our riches, and conceal our poverty. Nothing is so mortifying as to be obliged to expose our distress to the view of the public, and to feel, that though 48 our situation is open to the eyes of all mankind, no mortal conceives for us the half of what we suffer. Nay, it is chiefly from this regard to the sentiments of mankind, that we pursue riches and avoid poverty. For to what purpose is all the toil and bustle of this world? what is the end of avarice and ambition, of the pursuit of wealth, of power, and pre-eminence? Is it to supply the necessities of nature? The wages of the meanest labourer can supply them. We see that they can afford him food and clothing, the comfort of a house and of a family. If we examine his œconomy with rigour, we should find that he spends a great part of them upon conveniences, which may be regarded as superfluities, and that, upon extraordinary occasions, he can give something even to vanity and distinction. What then is the cause of our aversion to his situation, and why should those who have been educated in the higher ranks of life, regard it as worse than death, to be reduced to live, even without labour, upon the same simple fare with him, to dwell under the same lowly roof, and to be clothed in the same humble attire? Do they imagine that their stomach is better or their sleep sounder in a palace than in a cottage? The contrary has been so often observed, and, indeed, is so very obvious, though it had never been observed, that there is nobody ignorant of it. From whence, then arises that emulation which runs through all the different ranks of men, and what are the advantages which we propose by the great purpose of human life which we call bettering our condition? To be observed, to be attended to, to be taken notice of with sympathy, complacency, and approbation, are all the advantages which we can propose to derive from it. It is the vanity, not the ease or the pleasure, which interests us. But vanity is always founded upon the belief of our being the object of attention and approbation. The rich man glories in his riches, because he feels that they naturally draw upon him the attention of the world, and that mankind are disposed to go along with him in all those agreeable emotions with which the advantages of his situation so readily inspire him. At the thought of this, his heart seems to swell and dilate itself within him, and he is fonder of his wealth upon this account, than for all the other advantages it procures him. The poor man, on the contrary, is ashamed of his poverty. He feels that it either places him out of the sight of mankind, or, that if they take any notice of him, they have, however, scarce any fellow-feeling with the misery and distress which he suffers. He is mortified upon both accounts; for though to be overlooked, and to be disapproved of, are things entirely different, yet as obscurity covers us from the daylight of honour and approbation, to feel that we are taken no notice of, necessarily damps the most agreeable hope, and disappoints the most ardent desire, of human nature. The poor man goes out and comes in unheeded, and when in the midst of a crowd is in the same obscurity as if shut up in his own hovel. Those humble 49 cares and painful attentions which occupy those in his situation, afford no amusement to the dissipated and the gay. They turn away their their eyes from him, if the extremity of his distress forces them to look at him, it is only to spurn so disagreeable an object from among them. The fortunate and the proud wonder at the insolence of human wretchedness, that it should dare to present itself before them, and with the loathsome aspect of its misery presume to disturb the serenity of their happiness. The man of rank and distinction, on the contrary, is observed by all the world. Every body is eager to look at him, and to conceive, at least by sympathy, that joy and exultation with which his circumstances naturally inspire him. His actions are the objects of the public care. Scarce a word, scarce a gesture, can fall from him that is altogether neglected. In a great assembly he is the person upon whom all direct their eyes; it is upon him that their passions seem to wait with expectation, in order to receive that movement and direction which he shall impress upon them; and if his behaviour is not altogether absurd, he has, every moment, an opportunity of interesting mankind, and of rendering himself the object of the observation and fellow feeling of every body about him. It is this, which, notwithstanding the restraint it imposes, notwithstanding the loss of liberty with which it is attended, renders greatness the object of envy, and compensates, in the opinion of mankind, all that toil, all that anxiety, all those mortifications which must be undergone in the pursuit of it; and what is of yet more consequence, all that leisure, all that ease, all that careless security, which are forfeited for ever by the acquisition.
It’s because people tend to empathize more with our joy than our sorrow that we show off our wealth and hide our poverty. Nothing is more humiliating than having to reveal our struggles to the public and realizing that, even though our situation is visible to everyone, no one truly understands the extent of our suffering. It’s mainly because we care about how others perceive us that we seek wealth and shy away from poverty. What’s the point of all the hustle and bustle in this world? What’s the aim of greed and ambition, of chasing wealth, power, and status? Is it just to meet basic needs? Even the lowest-paid worker can manage that. They can provide for themselves with food, clothing, a home, and a family. If we scrutinize their spending closely, we'd see they often indulge in comforts that might be seen as unnecessary and, on special occasions, could even splurge on vanity and status. So what makes us look down on their situation, and why do those raised in higher social classes find it worse than death to live simply, without work, on the same basic food, in the same simple home, and dressed in the same modest clothing? Do they think their stomachs or sleep are better in a palace than in a cottage? It’s been noted many times, and it's clear to everyone, that this isn't the case. So where does the competition among different social classes come from, and what benefits do we seek from the ultimate purpose of life, which we call improving our situation? The benefits we aim for are to be seen, acknowledged, and treated with sympathy, kindness, and approval. It’s vanity, not comfort or pleasure, that motivates us. But vanity relies on the belief that we are the focus of attention and approval. The rich person takes pride in their wealth because they know it draws the world’s gaze and that people are inclined to share in the positive feelings that come from their advantageous position. Thinking about this swells their heart with pride; they value their riches more because of the attention than for any other benefits it provides. On the other hand, the poor person feels ashamed of their poverty. They may feel invisible or, if someone does notice them, hardly anyone shares in their suffering. They feel humiliated for both reasons; although being ignored and being disapproved of are very different, obscurity keeps them from receiving honor and approval. To feel unseen dampens hope and frustrates the natural human desire for recognition. The poor person moves through life unnoticed, and in crowded places, they remain just as obscure as if they were shut away in their own small home. The everyday worries and struggles of those in their position don’t entertain the carefree and joyful. They often look away from them, and if their extreme suffering forces them to pay attention, it’s only to shun such an unpleasant sight. The fortunate and proud find it shocking that human desperation would dare to present itself before them, with its unattractive misery disrupting their happiness. In contrast, the person of high status is noticed by everyone. People are eager to look at them and connect with the joy and excitement that naturally comes from their situation. Their actions capture public attention. Almost nothing they say or do goes unnoticed. In a large gathering, they become the center of focus; people wait on them with their emotions, ready to respond to whatever impact they have. As long as their behavior isn’t completely foolish, they always have a chance to engage others and make themselves the focal point of observation and empathy. Despite the restrictions that come with it, and the loss of freedom that it entails, this is what makes great status the object of envy, compensating for all the effort, anxiety, and humiliation involved in pursuing it. What’s even more significant is that it costs them the leisure, ease, and security that they lose forever by gaining it.
When we consider the condition of the great, in those delusive colours in which the imagination is apt to paint it, it seems to be almost the abstract idea of a perfect and happy state. It is the very state which, in all our waking dreams and idle reveries, we had sketched out to ourselves as the final object of our desires. We feel, therefore, a peculiar sympathy with the satisfaction of those who are in it. We favour all their inclinations, and forward all their wishes. What pity, we think, that any thing should spoil and corrupt so agreeable a situation. We could even wish them immortal; and it seems hard to us, that death should at last put an end to such perfect enjoyment. It is cruel, we think, in Nature to compel them from their exalted stations to that humble, but hospitable home, which she has provided for all her children. Great king, live for ever! is the compliment which, after the manner of eastern adulation, we should readily make them, if experience did not teach us its absurdity. Every calamity that befals them, every injury that is done them, excites in the breast of the spectator ten times more compassion and resentment than he would have felt, had the same things happened to other men. It is the misfortune of kings only which afford the proper subjects for tragedy. They resemble 50 in this respect, the misfortunes of lovers. Those two situations are the chief which interest us upon the theatre; because, in spite of all that reason and experience can tell us to the contrary, the prejudices of the imagination attach to these two states a happiness superior to any other. To disturb, or to put an end to such perfect enjoyment, seems to be the most atrocious of all injuries. The traitor who conspires against the life of his monarch, is thought a greater monster than any other murderer. All the innocent blood that was shed in the civil wars provoked less indignation than the death of Charles Ⅰ. A stranger to human nature, who saw the indifference of men about the misery of their inferiors, and the regret and indignation which they feel for the misfortunes and sufferings of those above them, would be apt to imagine, that pain must be more agonizing, and the convulsions of death more terrible to persons of higher rank, than they are to those of meaner stations.
When we think about the situation of the powerful, surrounded by the dreamy images our imagination creates, it almost feels like the perfect and happy life. It’s the very life we've envisioned in our daydreams and fantasies as the ultimate goal of our desires. We then feel a special connection to the happiness of those who are living it. We support all their desires and help fulfill their wishes. How sad, we think, that anything could spoil or ruin such a pleasant circumstance. We might even wish for their immortality; it feels unjust that death would ultimately bring an end to such complete enjoyment. It seems cruel for Nature to pull them from their lofty positions into that humble, but welcoming place, which she has set aside for all her children. "Great king, live forever!" is the compliment we might generously offer them, in the style of eastern flattery, if we didn’t know how silly that idea really is. Any misfortune they face, any harm done to them, stirs up in the observer much more compassion and anger than they would feel if the same things happened to ordinary people. Tragedy only seems to hit kings. They resemble the miseries of lovers in this way. These two conditions are the ones that captivate us on stage; because, despite everything reason and experience might tell us otherwise, the biases of our imagination link these two lives to a happiness greater than any other. To disrupt or end such perfect joy feels like the most terrible of all injuries. A traitor who plots against his king is seen as a greater monster than any other killer. All the innocent lives lost in the civil wars caused less outrage than the death of Charles I. A stranger to human nature, observing the indifference of people towards the suffering of those below them, and the sorrow and rage they express for the misfortunes of those above them, might think that pain must be more intense, and the struggles of death more horrifying for those of higher status than for those of lower rank.
Upon this disposition of mankind, to go along with all the passions of the rich and the powerful, is founded the distinction of ranks, and the order of society. Our obsequiousness to our superiors more frequently arises from our admiration for the advantages of their situation, than from any private expectations of benefit from their goodwill. Their benefits can extend but to a few; but their fortunes interest almost every body. We are eager to assist them in completing a system of happiness that approaches so near to perfection; and we desire to serve them for their own sake, without any recompense but the vanity or the honour of obliging them. Neither is our deference to the inclinations founded chiefly, or altogether, upon a regard to the utility of such submission, and to the order of society, which is best supported by it. Even when the order of society seems to require that we should oppose them, we can hardly bring ourselves to do it. That kings are servants of the people, to be obeyed, resisted, deposed, or punished, as the public conveniency may require, is the doctrine of reason and philosophy; but it is not the doctrine of nature. Nature would teach us to submit to them for their own sake, to tremble and bow down before their exalted station, to regard their smile as a reward sufficient to compensate any services, and to dread their displeasure, though no other evil were to follow from it, as the severest of all mortifications. To treat them in any respect as men, to reason and dispute with them upon ordinary occasions, requires such resolution, that there are few men whose magnanimity can support them in it, unless they are likewise assisted by similarity and acquaintance. The strongest motives, the most furious passions, fear, hatred, and resentment, are scarce sufficient to balance this natural disposition to respect them: and their conduct must, either justly or unjustly, have excited the highest degree of those passions, before the bulk of the people can be brought to oppose them with violence, or to desire to see them 51 either punished or deposed. Even when the people have been brought this length, they are apt to relent every moment, and easily relapse into their habitual state of deference to those whom they have been accustomed to look upon as their natural superiors. They cannot stand the mortification of their monarch. Compassion soon takes the place of resentment, they forget all past provocations, their old principles of loyalty revive, and they run to re-establish the ruined authority of their old masters, with the same violence with which they had opposed it. The death of Charles Ⅰ. brought about the restoration of the royal family. Compassion for James Ⅱ., when he was seized by the populace in making his escape on ship-board, had almost prevented the Revolution, and made it go on more heavily than before.
Based on how people are today, going along with the desires of the rich and powerful creates the distinction of social ranks and the structure of society. Our willingness to submit to those above us usually comes from admiration for the benefits of their situation, rather than any expectation of personal gain from their kindness. Their advantages only help a select few, but their wealth impacts almost everyone. We are eager to help them achieve a system of happiness that seems close to perfect; we want to serve them for their own sake, seeking no reward other than the pride or honor of being of assistance to them. Our respect for their wishes isn’t primarily based on the usefulness of such submission or the societal order it maintains. Even when society seems to call for resistance, we struggle to act against them. While reason and philosophy dictate that kings are servants of the people, to be obeyed, challenged, removed, or punished as the public good demands, nature tells us to submit to them for their own sake, to fear and bow before their elevated status, to see their smile as reward enough for any service, and to dread their displeasure as the worst humiliation. Treating them as ordinary people, reasoning and arguing with them on regular matters, requires such courage that few can maintain it without the support of familiarity and commonality. The strongest motivations, the deepest passions such as fear, hatred, and anger, are rarely enough to counteract this natural inclination to respect them: their actions must provoke extreme feelings for most people to violently oppose them or wish for their punishment or removal. Even when people reach this point, they can quickly backtrack, easily slipping back into their usual respect for those they see as their natural superiors. They can’t bear to humiliate their monarch. Soon enough, compassion replaces resentment; they forget past slights, their loyalty reawakens, and they rush to restore the fallen authority of their former rulers with the same intensity with which they had previously resisted it. The death of Charles I led to the return of the royal family. Compassion for James II, when he was captured by the crowd while trying to escape by ship, almost thwarted the Revolution and made it stagnate more than before.
Do the great seem insensible of the easy price at which they may acquire the public admiration; or do they seem to imagine that to them, as to other men, it must be the purchase either of sweat or of blood? By what important accomplishments is the young nobleman instructed to support the dignity of his rank, and to render himself worthy of that superiority over his fellow citizens, to which the virtue of his ancestors had raised them: Is it by knowledge, by industry, by patience, by self-denial, or by virtue of any kind? As all his words, as all his motions are attended to, he learns an habitual regard to every circumstance of ordinary behaviour, and studies to perform all those small duties with the most exact propriety. As he is conscious how much he is observed, and how much mankind are disposed to favour all his inclinations, he acts, upon the most indifferent occasions, with that freedom and elevation which the thought of this naturally inspires. His air, his manner, his deportment, all mark that elegant and graceful sense of his own superiority, which those who are born to inferior stations can hardly ever arrive at. These are the arts by which he proposes to make mankind more easily submit to his authority, and to govern their inclinations according to his own pleasure: and in this he is seldom disappointed. These arts, supported by rank and pre-eminence, are, upon ordinary occasions, sufficient to govern the world. Lewis ⅩⅣ. during the greater part of his reign, was regarded, not only in France, but over all Europe, as the most perfect model of a great prince. But what were the talents and virtues by which he acquired this great reputation? Was it by the scrupulous and inflexible justice of all his undertakings, by the immense dangers and difficulties with which they were attended, or by the unwearied and unrelenting application with which he pursued them? Was it by his extensive knowledge, by his exquisite judgment, or by his heroic valour? It was by none of these qualities. But he was, first of all, the most powerful prince in Europe, and consequently held the highest rank among kings; and then says his historian, ‘he surpassed all his courtiers in the gracefulness of his shape, and the majestic beauty of his features. The 52 sound of his voice, noble and affecting, gained those hearts which his presence intimidated. He had a step and a deportment which could suit only him and his rank, and which would have been ridiculous in any other person. The embarrassment which he occasioned to those who spoke to him, flattered that secret satisfaction with which he felt his own superiority. The old officer, who was confounded and faltered in asking him a favour, and not being able to conclude his discourse, said to him: “Sir, your majesty, I hope, will believe that I do not tremble thus before your enemies:” had no difficulty to obtain what he demanded.’ These frivolous accomplishments, supported by his rank, and, no doubt too, by a degree of other talents and virtues, which seems, however, not to have been much above mediocrity, established this prince in the esteem of his own age, and have drawn, even from posterity, a good deal of respect for his memory. Compared with these, in his own times, and in his own presence, no other virtue, it seems, appeared to have any merit. Knowledge, industry, valour, and beneficence trembled, were abashed, and lost all dignity before them.
Do powerful people really not realize how easily they can gain public admiration, or do they think that, like everyone else, it must be earned through hard work or sacrifice? What significant skills is the young nobleman taught to uphold his rank and prove himself worthy of the superiority his ancestors achieved? Is it through knowledge, hard work, patience, self-restraint, or any other form of virtue? Since all his words and actions are closely observed, he develops a habitual awareness of every detail of normal behavior and works to perform even the smallest tasks with utmost propriety. Aware of how much he is watched and how people are inclined to support his wishes, he carries himself with the confidence and grace that this awareness brings. His demeanor and appearance reflect an elegant and graceful acknowledgment of his superiority—something those born into lesser status rarely attain. These are the methods he uses to make others more willing to follow his lead and align their desires with his own, and in this, he is usually successful. These skills, backed by his rank and status, are generally enough to control the world. During much of his reign, Louis XIV was seen as not just the greatest king in France but across all of Europe. But what qualities did he use to achieve this great reputation? Was it due to his strict and unwavering justice in all his endeavors, the tremendous dangers and challenges he faced, or his relentless drive? Was it his vast knowledge, sharp judgment, or heroic bravery? It was none of these. First and foremost, he was the most powerful king in Europe, which naturally gave him the highest status among rulers. His historian notes that "he surpassed all his courtiers in the elegance of his figure and the majestic beauty of his features." The sound of his voice, noble and compelling, captivated those whose hearts his presence could intimidate. He carried himself in a way that was uniquely fitting for him and his status, which would have seemed ridiculous in anyone else. The unease he instilled in those who spoke to him satisfied his secret enjoyment of his own superiority. An old officer, who was taken aback and stuttered while requesting a favor from him, eventually said, "Sir, your majesty, I hope you believe I don’t tremble like this before your enemies," and had no trouble getting what he wanted. These superficial skills, supported by his rank and possibly a bit of other talents and virtues, which seem to have been just above average, secured this prince's reputation in his own time and earned him considerable respect from posterity. In comparison, no other virtue appeared to hold any value in his presence during his lifetime. Knowledge, hard work, bravery, and generosity shrank back, felt embarrassed, and lost all dignity before him.
But it is not by accomplishments of this kind, that the man of inferior rank must hope to distinguish himself. Politeness is so much the virtue of the great, that it will do little honour to any body but themselves. The coxcomb, who imitates their manner, and affects to be eminent by the superior propriety of his ordinary behaviour, is rewarded with a double share of contempt for his folly and presumption. Why should the man, whom nobody thinks it worth while to look at, be very anxious about the manner in which he holds up his head, or disposes of his arms while he walks through a room? He is occupied surely with a very superfluous attention, and with an attention too that marks a sense of his own importance, which no other mortal can go along with. The most perfect modesty and plainness, joined to as much negligence as is consistent with the respect due to the company, ought to be the chief characteristics of the behaviour of a private man. If ever he hopes to distinguish himself, it must be by more important virtues. He must acquire dependants to balance the dependants of the great, and he has no other fund to pay them from, but the labour of his body and the activity of his mind. He must cultivate these therefore: he must acquire superior knowledge in his profession and superior industry in the exercise of it. He must be patient in labour, resolute in danger, and firm in distress. These talents he must bring into public view, by the difficulty, importance, and at the same time, good judgment of his undertakings, and by the severe and unrelenting application, with which he pursues them. Probity and prudence, generosity and frankness, must characterize his behaviour upon all ordinary occasions; and he must, at the same time, be forward to engage in all those situations, in which it requires the greatest talents and virtues to act with propriety, but in which the greatest applause is to be acquired by those who can 53 acquit themselves with honour. With what impatience does the man of spirit and ambition, who is depressed by his situation, look round for some great opportunity to distinguish himself? No circumstances, which can afford this, appear to him undesirable. He even looks forward with satisfaction to the prospect of foreign war or civil dissension; and, with secret transport and delight, sees through all the confusion and bloodshed which attend them, the probability of those wished-for occasions presenting themselves, in which he may draw upon himself the attention and admiration of mankind. The man of rank and distinction, on the contrary, whose whole glory consists in the propriety of his ordinary behaviour, who is contented with the humble renown which this can afford him, and has no talents to acquire any other, is unwilling to embarrass himself with what can be attended either with difficulty or distress. To figure at a ball is his great triumph, and to succeed in an intrigue of gallantry, his highest exploit. He has an aversion to all public confusions, not from the love of mankind, for the great never look upon their inferiors as their fellow-creatures; nor yet from want of courage, for in that he is seldom defective; but from a consciousness that he possesses none of the virtues which are required in such situations, and that the public attention will certainly be drawn away from him by others. He may be willing to expose himself to some little danger, and to make a campaign when it happens to be the fashion. But he shudders with horror at the thought of any situation which demands the continual and long exertion of patience, industry, fortitude, and application of thought. These virtues are hardly ever to be met with in men who are born to those high stations. In all governments, accordingly, even in monarchies, the highest offices are generally possessed, and the whole detail of the administration conducted, by men who were educated in the middle and inferior ranks of life, who have been carried forward by their own industry and abilities, though loaded with the jealousy, and opposed by the resentment, of all those who were born their superiors, and to whom the great, after having regarded them first with contempt, and afterwards with envy, are at last contented to truckle with the same abject meanness with which they desire that the rest of mankind should behave to themselves.
But it’s not through achievements like these that a person of lower status should expect to stand out. Politeness is such a quality of the elite that it hardly brings honor to anyone but themselves. The fool who copies their behavior and tries to stand out through how proper he acts in everyday situations is met with extra scorn for his foolishness and arrogance. Why should someone whom no one thinks is worth noticing care so much about how they carry themselves or position their arms while walking through a room? They are clearly paying too much attention to something trivial and showing a sense of their own importance that no one else shares. The ideal private individual should embody perfect modesty and simplicity, combined with as much casualness as is appropriate for the company. If they ever hope to make a name for themselves, it must be through more significant virtues. They need to build a following to rival that of the elite, relying solely on the effort of their body and the activity of their mind. They must therefore cultivate these: they should gain superior knowledge in their field and demonstrate outstanding diligence in their work. They should be patient in labor, resolute in danger, and steadfast in hardship. These abilities must be showcased through the difficulty and significance of their tasks, as well as the serious and relentless dedication with which they pursue them. Integrity and wisdom, generosity and openness, should define their behavior in everyday situations. Simultaneously, they should be eager to take on roles that require the highest skills and virtues to act appropriately, yet offer the most acclaim for those who can handle such situations honorably. How eagerly does an ambitious person, weighed down by their circumstances, look for a significant opportunity to stand out? No situation that offers this seems undesirable to them. They even look forward to the possibility of war or civil strife, secretly thrilled at the thought of the chaos and bloodshed which surround them, anticipating chances to draw the attention and admiration of others. In contrast, the aristocrat, whose entire prestige relies on the propriety of his everyday behavior, who is content with the modest fame this brings him and lacks the abilities to gain any other form of glory, is reluctant to involve himself in matters that might bring difficulty or distress. His big triumph is to shine at a ball, and his ultimate accomplishment is succeeding in a romantic liaison. He dislikes all public turmoil, not out of love for humanity—because those in high places don’t see their inferiors as equals—nor from a lack of courage, as he rarely lacks that; but out of the awareness that he possesses none of the virtues necessary in such situations, and knows that attention will surely shift to others. He may be willing to face minor risks and join a campaign when it’s trendy. But he recoils in horror at the thought of any situation that requires ongoing and sustained effort of patience, diligence, courage, and thoughtfulness. Such virtues are seldom found in those born into high status. In every government, even in monarchies, the top positions are typically held, and the full administration is managed, by individuals who were raised in the middle and lower classes, who have advanced due to their own hard work and capabilities, even while facing resentment and jealousy from those who were born above them, and whom the elite, after initially viewing with disdain and then with envy, eventually settle for treating with the same lowly attitude they expect from the rest of humanity.
It is the loss of this easy empire over the affections of mankind which renders the fall from greatness so insupportable. When the family of the king of Macedon was led in triumph by Paulus Æmilius, their misfortunes, it is said, made them divide with their conqueror the attention of the Roman people. The sight of the royal children, whose tender age rendered them insensible of their situation, struck the spectators, amidst the public rejoicings and prosperity, with the tenderest sorrow and compassion. The king appeared next in the procession; and seemed like one confounded and astonished, and bereft of all 54 sentiment, by the greatness of his calamities. His friends and ministers followed after him. As they moved along, they often cast their eyes upon their fallen sovereign, and always burst into tears at the sight; their whole behaviour demonstrating that they thought not of their own misfortunes, but were occupied entirely by the superior greatness of his. The generous Romans, on the contrary, beheld him with disdain and indignation, and regarded as unworthy of all compassion the man who could be so mean-spirited as to bear to live under such calamities. Yet what did those calamities amount to? According to the greater part of historians, he was to spend the remainder of his days, under the protection of a powerful and humane people, in a state which in itself should seem worthy of envy, a state of plenty, ease, leisure, and security, from which it was impossible for him even by his own folly to fall. But he was no longer to be surrounded by that admiring mob of fools, flatterers, and dependants, who had formerly been accustomed to attend upon all his motions. He was no longer to be gazed upon by multitudes, nor to have it in his power to render himself the object of their respect, their gratitude, their love, their admiration. The passions of nations were no longer to mould themselves upon his inclinations. This was that insupportable calamity which bereaved the king of all sentiment; which made his friends forget their own misfortunes; and which the Roman magnanimity could scarce conceive how any man could be so mean-spirited as to bear to survive.
It’s the loss of easy control over people’s feelings that makes the fall from greatness so unbearable. When the royal family of Macedon was paraded in triumph by Paulus Æmilius, it’s said their misfortunes led them to share the attention of the Roman crowd with their conqueror. The sight of the young royal children, who were too young to understand their plight, filled the onlookers, during all the public celebrations, with deep sorrow and compassion. Next in the procession was the king, who appeared utterly baffled and stunned, stripped of all feeling, by the extent of his disasters. His friends and advisors followed behind him, often glancing back at their fallen king, and each time they did, they broke down in tears, showing that they were entirely focused on his greater misfortune rather than their own. On the other hand, the noble Romans viewed him with disdain and anger, deeming him unworthy of any sympathy for being so cowardly as to continue living through such suffering. But what did those sufferings really entail? Most historians agree that he was to spend the rest of his days under the protection of a strong and caring people, in a situation that might even seem enviable—a life of abundance, comfort, leisure, and security, from which it would be impossible for him to fall, even through his own mistakes. However, he would no longer be surrounded by the crowd of admirers, sycophants, and followers who had once been at his every move. He would no longer be looked upon by masses of people, nor have the chance to earn their respect, gratitude, love, or admiration. The emotions of the nation would no longer be shaped by his wishes. This was the unbearable disaster that robbed the king of all feeling, that made his friends forget their own sufferings, and one that the Roman nobility could hardly fathom how any man could be so weak as to continue to exist under.
‘Love,’ says my Lord Rochefaucault, ‘is commonly succeeded by ambition; but ambition is hardly ever succeeded by love.’ That passion, when once it has got entire possession of the breast, will admit neither a rival nor a successor. To those who have been accustomed to the possession, or even to the hope of public admiration, all other pleasures sicken and decay. Of all the discarded statesmen who for their own ease have studied to get the better of ambition, and to despise those honours which they could no longer arrive at, how few have been able to succeed? The greater part have spent their time in the most listless and insipid indolence, chagrined at the thoughts of their own insignificancy, incapable of being interested in the occupations of private life, without enjoyment except when they talked of their former greatness, and without satisfaction except when they were employed in some vain project to recover it. Are you in earnest resolved never to barter your liberty for the lordly servitude of a court, but to live free, fearless, and independent? There seems to be one way to continue in that virtuous resolution; and perhaps but one. Never enter the place from whence so few have been able to return; never come within the circle of ambition; nor ever bring yourself into comparison with those masters of the earth who have already engrossed the attention of half mankind before you.
“Love,” says my Lord Rochefaucault, “is usually followed by ambition; but ambition is rarely followed by love.” That feeling, once it completely takes hold of a person’s heart, allows for neither a rival nor a successor. For those who have become accustomed to public admiration, all other pleasures become stale and fade away. Among all the former politicians who have tried to overcome ambition for their own comfort and to disregard honors they can no longer achieve, how few have actually succeeded? The majority have wasted their time in useless and dull idleness, frustrated by thoughts of their own unimportance, unable to find interest in private life, experiencing enjoyment only when reminiscing about their past greatness, and finding contentment only when engaged in some futile attempt to regain it. Are you truly determined never to trade your freedom for the powerful servitude of a court, but rather to live free, brave, and independent? There seems to be one way to maintain that noble resolve; perhaps only one. Never enter the realm from which so few have been able to return; never step into the circle of ambition; nor ever place yourself in comparison with those rulers of the world who have already captured the attention of half humanity before you.
Of such mighty importance does it appear to be, in the imaginations 55 of men, to stand in that situation which sets them most in the view of general sympathy and attention. And thus, place, that great object which divides the wives of aldermen, is the end of half the labours of human life; and is the cause of all the tumult and bustle, all the rapine and injustice, which avarice and ambition have introduced into this world. People of sense, it is said, indeed despise place; that is, they despise sitting at the head of the table, and are indifferent who it is that is pointed out to the company by that frivolous circumstance, which the smallest advantage is capable of overbalancing. But rank, distinction, pre-eminence, no man despises, unless he is either raised very much above, or sunk very much below, the ordinary standard of human nature; unless he is either so confirmed in wisdom and real philosophy, as to be satisfied that, while the propriety of his conduct renders him the just object of approbation, it is of little consequence though he be neither attended to, nor approved of; or so habituated to the idea of his own meanness, so sunk in slothful and sottish indifference, as entirely to have forgot the desire and almost the very wish for superiority over his fellows.
It seems incredibly important to people to be in situations that attract general sympathy and attention. Therefore, status, that major factor that divides the wives of city leaders, drives half the efforts of human life and causes all the chaos and injustice that greed and ambition have brought into this world. Smart people, it’s said, really don’t care about status; that is, they don’t mind who sits at the head of the table and are indifferent to who gets highlighted by that trivial circumstance that even the smallest advantage can overshadow. But no one truly disregards rank, distinction, or superiority unless they are either significantly above or below the average human condition; unless they are either so wise and philosophical that they are content knowing that their proper behavior makes them deserving of approval, regardless of whether they are noticed or not; or so used to feeling inferior, so mired in lazy indifference, that they have completely forgotten the desire or even the wish for superiority over others.
As to become the natural object of the joyous congratulations and sympathetic attentions of mankind is, in this manner, the circumstance which gives to prosperity all its dazzling splendour; so nothing darkens so much the gloom of adversity as to feel that our misfortunes are the objects, not of the fellow-feeling, but of the contempt and aversion of our brethren. It is upon this account that the most dreadful calamities are not always those which it is most difficult to support. It is often more mortifying to appear in public under small disasters, than under great misfortunes. The first excite no sympathy; but the second, though they may excite none that approaches to the anguish of the sufferer, call forth, however, a very lively compassion. The sentiments of the spectators are, in this last case, less wide of those of the sufferer, and their imperfect fellow-feeling lends him some assistance in supporting his misery. Before a gay assembly, a gentleman would be more mortified to appear covered with filth and rags than with blood and wounds. This last situation would interest their pity; the other would provoke their laughter. The judge who orders a criminal to be set in the pillory, dishonours him more than if he had condemned him to the scaffold. The great prince, who, some years ago, caned a general officer at the head of his army, disgraced him irrecoverably. The punishment would have been much less had he shot him through his body. By the laws of honour, to strike with a cane dishonours, to strike with a sword does not, for an obvious reason. Those slighter punishments, when inflicted on a gentleman, to whom dishonour is the greatest of all evils, come to be regarded among a humane and generous people, as the most dreadful of any. With regard to persons of that rank, therefore, they are universally laid aside, and the law, while 56 it takes their life upon many occasions, respects their honour upon almost all. To scourge a person of quality, or to set him in the pillory, upon account of any crime whatever, is a brutality of which no European government, except that of Russia, is capable.
To become the focus of joyful congratulations and caring attention from others is what gives success its bright shine. Conversely, nothing darkens the hardship of failure like realizing our misfortunes are met with scorn and disdain rather than empathy from those around us. This is why the worst disasters aren’t always the hardest to bear. It can often be more humiliating to face minor setbacks in public than major tragedies. Minor issues attract no empathy, while major misfortunes, even if they don’t evoke the depths of pain felt by those suffering, still provoke a strong sense of compassion. In the latter case, the onlookers’ feelings are closer to those of the sufferer, and their imperfect understanding helps ease his sorrow. In a lively crowd, a man would feel more embarrassed appearing in rags and dirt than with blood and injuries. The latter would draw their pity; the former would make them laugh. When a judge places a criminal in the stocks, he humiliates him more than if he had sentenced him to death. A prominent ruler who, a few years back, caned a general in front of his troops irreparably disgraced him. Being shot would have seemed a lesser punishment. According to the rules of honor, striking with a cane is disgraceful, while striking with a sword is not, for obvious reasons. These lesser punishments, when directed at someone gentlemanly, who sees dishonor as the worst possible fate, are viewed by a kind and noble society as the most terrible of all. For individuals of such standing, therefore, these punishments are generally avoided, and the law, while 56 may take their life in many instances, respects their honor in almost all cases. To whip a person of quality or to place him in stocks for any crime is an act of brutality that no European government, except for Russia, would commit.
A brave man is not rendered contemptible by being brought to the scaffold; he is, by being set in the pillory. His behaviour in the one situation may gain him universal esteem and admiration. No behaviour in the other can render him agreeable. The sympathy of the spectators supports him in the one case, and saves him from that shame, that consciousness that his misery is felt by himself only, which is of all sentiments the most unsupportable. There is no sympathy in the other; or, if there is any, it is not with his pain, which is a trifle, but with his consciousness of the want of sympathy with which this pain is attended. It is with his shame, not with his sorrow. Those who pity him, blush and hang down their heads for him. He droops in the same manner, and feels himself irrecoverably degraded by the punishment, though not by the crime. The man, on the contrary, who dies with resolution, as he is naturally regarded with the erect aspect of esteem and approbation, so he wears himself the same undaunted countenance; and, if the crime does not deprive him of the respect of others, the punishment never will. He has no suspicion that his situation is the object of contempt or derision to any body, and he can, with propriety, assume the air, not only of perfect serenity, but of triumph and exultation.
A brave person isn't looked down upon when facing execution; it's when they're put in the stocks that they lose respect. In the first case, their actions can earn them widespread admiration and respect. In the second, nothing they do can make them likable. The sympathy from those watching supports them in the first scenario and shields them from the unbearable shame of feeling like their suffering is only understood by themselves. There’s no sympathy in the second case; if there is any, it's not for their pain, which is insignificant, but for their awareness of the lack of sympathy accompanying that pain. People feel shame for them, not sorrow. Those who feel sorry for them blush and look down in embarrassment. They feel just as degraded by the punishment, even though not by the crime. In contrast, a person who faces death with courage is naturally seen with respect and admiration; they carry themselves with the same fearless demeanor. If their crime does not strip them of others' respect, the punishment won’t either. They have no doubt that their situation is seen as beneath contempt or mockery, and they can confidently display not just calmness but also triumph and joy.
‘Great dangers.’ says the Cardinal de Retz, ‘have their charms, because there is some glory to be got, even when we miscarry. But moderate dangers have nothing but what is horrible, because the loss of reputation always attends the want of success.’ His maxim has the same foundation with what we have been just now observing with regard to punishments.
‘Great dangers,’ says Cardinal de Retz, ‘have their appeal, because even when we fail, there’s some glory to be gained. But moderate dangers offer nothing but the awful, since failure always comes with a loss of reputation.’ His principle is based on the same ideas we just discussed about punishments.
Human virtue is superior to pain, to poverty, to danger, and to death; nor does it even require its utmost efforts to despise them. But to have its misery exposed to insult and derision, to be led in triumph, to be set up for the hand of scorn to point at, is a situation in which its constancy is much more apt to fail. Compared with the contempt of mankind, all other external evils are easily supported.
Human virtue is stronger than pain, poverty, danger, and death; it doesn’t even need to try too hard to look down on them. But having its suffering subjected to mockery and ridicule, being paraded around, and being made a target for scorn is a situation where its strength is much more likely to waver. When faced with human contempt, all other external troubles are easier to bear.
CHAP. Ⅲ.— Of the Corruption of our Moral Sentiments, which is occasioned by this Disposition to admire the Rich and the Great, and to despise or neglect Persons of poor and mean Condition.
THIS disposition to admire, and almost to worship, the rich and the powerful, and to despise or, at least, to neglect persons of poor and mean condition, though necessary both to establish and to maintain the 57 distinction of ranks and the order of society, is, at the same time, the great and most universal cause of the corruption of our moral sentiments. That wealth and greatness are often regarded with the respect and admiration which are due only to wisdom and virtue; and that the contempt, of which vice and folly are the only proper objects, is often most unjustly bestowed upon poverty and weakness, has been the complaint of moralists in all ages.
THIS tendency to admire, and practically worship, the rich and powerful, while looking down on or, at least, ignoring those who are poor and struggling, is essential for establishing and maintaining the57 differences in social status and the order of society. However, this attitude is also a major and widespread reason for the corruption of our moral values. Wealth and power are frequently given the respect and admiration that should only be reserved for wisdom and virtue, while poverty and weakness are often unjustly looked down upon, even though vice and foolishness should rightly receive scorn. This has been a complaint of moralists throughout history.
We desire both to be respectable and to be respected. We dread both to be contemptible and to be contemned. But, upon coming into the world, we soon find that wisdom and virtue are by no means the sole objects of respect; nor vice and folly, of contempt. We frequently see the respectful attentions of the world more strongly directed towards the rich and the great, than towards the wise and the virtuous. We see frequently the vices and follies of the powerful much less despised than the poverty and weakness of the innocent. To deserve, to acquire, and to enjoy the respect and admiration of mankind, are the great objects of ambition and emulation. Two different roads are presented to us, equally leading to the attainment of this so much desired object; the one, by the study of wisdom and the practice of virtue; the other, by the acquisition of wealth and greatness. Two different characters are presented to our emulation; the one, of proud ambition and ostentatious avidity; the other, of humble modesty and equitable justice. Two different models, two different pictures, are held out to us, according to which we may fashion our own character and behaviour; the one more gaudy and glittering in its colouring; the other more correct and more exquisitely beautiful in its outline: the one forcing itself upon the notice of every wandering eye; the other, attracting the attention of scarce any body but the most studious and careful observer. They are the wise and the virtuous chiefly, a select, though, I am afraid, but a small party, who are the real and steady admirers of wisdom and virtue. The great mob of mankind are the admirers and worshippers, and, what may seem more extraordinary, most frequently the disinterested admirers and worshippers, of wealth and greatness.
We want to be respectable and to earn respect. We fear being looked down upon and despised. But when we enter the world, we quickly realize that wisdom and virtue aren’t the only things that earn respect; nor are vice and foolishness the only things that draw contempt. We often notice that society's attention is more focused on the rich and powerful than on the wise and virtuous. Frequently, the wrongdoings and foolishness of the powerful are overlooked more than the poverty and vulnerability of the innocent. To earn, gain, and enjoy the respect and admiration of others are the main goals we aspire to achieve. Two different paths lead us to this highly sought-after goal; one comes through the pursuit of wisdom and the practice of virtue, while the other is through amassing wealth and status. Two different types of people serve as our role models; one characterized by arrogant ambition and showy greed, the other by humble modesty and fair justice. Two contrasting models, two different images, are presented for us to shape our own character and actions; one is flashy and eye-catching, while the other is more precise and beautifully composed. The flashy one catches the eye of many, while the more subtle one attracts only the most attentive and thoughtful observers. It is mostly the wise and virtuous, a select but small group, who are the true and steadfast admirers of wisdom and virtue. The vast majority of people admire and worship wealth and status, and, surprisingly, many are often disinterested admirers and worshippers of these things.
The respect which we feel for wisdom and virtue is, no doubt, different from that which we conceive for wealth and greatness; and it requires no very nice discernment to distinguish the difference. But, notwithstanding this difference, those sentiments bear a very considerable resemblance to one another. In some particular features they are, no doubt, different, but, in the general air of the countenance, they seem to be so very nearly the same, that inattentive observers are very apt to mistake the one for the other.
The respect we have for wisdom and virtue is definitely different from the respect we have for wealth and power. It doesn't take a keen eye to see the difference. However, despite this difference, these feelings have a lot in common. They may differ in some specific aspects, but overall, they appear so similar that casual observers often confuse one for the other.
In equal degrees of merit there is scarce any man who does not respect more the rich and the great, than the poor and the humble. With most men the presumption and vanity of the former are much more admired, than the real and solid merit of the latter. It is scarce 58 agreeable to good morals, or even to good language, perhaps, to say, that mere wealth and greatness, abstracted from merit and virtue, deserve our respect. We must acknowledge, however, that they almost constantly obtain it; and that they may, therefore, be considered as, in some respects, the natural objects of it. Those exalted stations may, no doubt, be completely degraded by vice and folly. But, the vice and folly must be very great, before they can operate this complete degradation. The profligacy of a man of fashion is looked upon with much less contempt and aversion, than that of a man of meaner condition. In the latter, a single transgression of the rules of temperance and propriety, is commonly more resented, than the constant and avowed contempt of them ever is in the former.
In similar degrees of merit, there are very few people who don’t respect the rich and powerful more than the poor and humble. For most people, the arrogance and vanity of the former are admired far more than the genuine and solid merit of the latter. It’s hardly acceptable, in terms of good morals or even good language, to claim that mere wealth and status, separated from merit and virtue, deserve our respect. However, we must admit that they almost always receive it, and therefore, they can be seen as, in some ways, natural objects of respect. Those high positions can certainly be brought down by vice and foolishness. But, for a complete downfall to happen, the vice and folly must be significant. The misconduct of an affluent person is viewed with much less disdain compared to that of someone from a lower status. In the latter case, a single lapse from the rules of moderation and propriety is often resented more than the ongoing and open disregard for those rules in the former.
In the middling and inferior stations of life, the road to virtue and that to fortune, to such fortune, at least, as men in such stations can reasonably expect to acquire, are, happily, in most cases, very nearly the same. In all the middling and inferior professions, real and solid professional abilities, joined to prudent, just, firm, and temperate conduct, can very seldom fail of success. Abilities will even sometimes prevail where the conduct is by no means correct. Either habitual imprudence, however, or injustice, or weakness, or profligacy, will always cloud, and sometimes depress altogether, the most splendid professional abilities. Men in the inferior and middling stations of life, besides, can never be great enough to be above the law, which must generally overawe them into some sort of respect for, at least, the more important rules of justice. The success of such people, too, almost always depends upon the favour and good opinion of their neighbours and equals; and without a tolerably regular conduct these can very seldom be obtained. The good old proverb, therefore, that honesty is the best policy, holds, in such situations, almost always perfectly true. In such situations, therefore, we may generally expect a considerable degree of virtue; and, fortunately for the good morals of society, these are the situations of the greater part of mankind.
In the middle and lower levels of society, the path to virtue and to a reasonable level of success—at least the kind of success people in those positions can realistically expect—is usually very similar. In all middle and lower professions, genuine skills combined with sensible, fair, strong, and moderate behavior rarely fail to lead to success. Skills can even sometimes succeed when behavior isn’t ideal. However, ongoing carelessness, injustice, weakness, or reckless behavior will always overshadow, and sometimes completely diminish, even the most impressive skills. People in the lower and middle classes can never rise to a level where they are above the law, which generally keeps them somewhat respectful of the fundamental rules of justice. Their success also largely depends on the support and good opinion of their neighbors and peers; without relatively decent conduct, these are hard to come by. Thus, the old saying that honesty is the best policy is almost always true in these circumstances. In such situations, we can generally expect a notable level of virtue; and, thankfully for society's morals, these are the positions of most people.
In the superior stations of life the case is unhappily not always the same. In the courts of princes, in the drawing-rooms of the great, where success and preferment depend, not upon the esteem of intelligent and well-informed equals, but upon the fanciful and foolish favour of ignorant, presumptuous, and proud superiors; flattery and falsehood too often prevail over merit and abilities. In such societies the abilities to please, are more regarded than the abilities to serve. In quiet and peaceable times, when the storm is at a distance, the prince, or great man, wishes only to be amused, and is even apt to fancy that he has scarce any occasion for the service of any body, or that those who amuse him are sufficiently able to serve him. The external graces, the frivolous accomplishments of that impertinent and foolish thing called a man of fashion, are commonly more admired than the solid and 59 masculine virtues of a warrior, a statesman, a philosopher, or a legislator. All the great and awful virtues, all the virtues which can fit, either for the council, the senate, or the field, are, by the insolent and insignificant flatterers, who commonly figure the most in such corrupted societies, held in the utmost contempt and derision. When the Duke of Sully was called upon by Louis the Thirteenth, to give his advice in some great emergency, he observed the favourites and courtiers whispering to one another, and smiling at his unfashionable appearance. ‘Whenever your Majesty’s father,’ said the old warrior and statesman, ‘did me the honour to consult me, he ordered the buffoons of the court to retire into the antechamber.’
In higher classes of society, things are unfortunately not always the same. In the courts of princes and the drawing rooms of the elite, where success and advancement rely not on the respect of knowledgeable and informed peers, but on the whimsical and foolish favor of ignorant, arrogant, and proud superiors; flattery and deceit often take precedence over genuine merit and talent. In these circles, the ability to entertain is valued more than the ability to contribute meaningfully. During peaceful times, when danger feels far away, the prince or influential figure seeks only amusement, even believing they have little need for anyone’s assistance, or that those who entertain them are capable enough to serve their needs. External charm and the trivial skills of a shallow and superficial "man of fashion" are typically more admired than the substantial and masculine virtues of a warrior, a statesman, a philosopher, or a legislator. All the significant and serious virtues suitable for the council, senate, or battlefield are, by the arrogant and petty flatterers who often dominate such corrupt circles, held in utter contempt and ridicule. When the Duke of Sully was summoned by Louis the Thirteenth for advice in a major crisis, he noticed the favorites and courtiers whispering and smirking at his outdated appearance. "Whenever your Majesty’s father," the old soldier and statesman remarked, "honored me with his consultation, he instructed the court jesters to wait in the antechamber."
It is from our disposition to admire, and consequently to imitate, the rich and the great, that they are enabled to set, or to lead, what is called the fashion. Their dress is the fashionable dress; the language of their conversation, the fashionable style; their air and deportment, the fashionable behaviour. Even their vices and follies are fashionable; and the greater part of men are proud to imitate and resemble them in the very qualities which dishonour and degrade them. Vain men often give themselves airs of a fashionable profligacy, which, in their hearts, they do not approve of, and of which, perhaps, they are really not guilty. They desire to be praised for what they themselves do not think praiseworthy, and are ashamed of unfashionable virtues which they sometimes practise in secret, and for which they have secretly some degree of real veneration. There are hypocrites of wealth and greatness, as well as of religion and virtue; and a vain man is as apt to pretend to be what he is not, in the one way, as a cunning man is in the other. He assumes the equipage and splendid way of living of his superiors, without considering that whatever may be praiseworthy in any of these, derives its whole merit and propriety from its suitableness to that situation and fortune which both require and can easily support the expense. Many a poor man places his glory in being thought rich, without considering that the duties (if one may call such follies by so venerable a name) which that reputation imposes upon him, must soon reduce him to beggary, and render his situation still more unlike that of those whom he admires and imitates, than it had been originally.
It’s our tendency to admire and therefore imitate the wealthy and powerful that allows them to set or lead what we call the fashion. Their clothing is considered the trendy style; the way they talk is the fashionable way; their demeanor and behavior are seen as the fashionable mannerisms. Even their flaws and foolishness become trendy; many people take pride in mimicking them, even in the traits that bring them disgrace. Arrogant individuals often act as if they embrace a fashionable superficiality that, deep down, they don’t actually support and may not even genuinely possess. They want to be admired for things they themselves don’t view as admirable, while feeling embarrassed about the virtuous qualities they sometimes practice in private and for which they harbor some genuine respect. There are pretenders among the wealthy and influential, just as there are among those who feign religious or moral integrity; a vain person is just as likely to fake their identity in one arena as a sly person is in the other. They adopt the lavish lifestyle and opulence of their betters, without realizing that any merit in these behaviors comes solely from being appropriate for the circumstances and wealth that can easily sustain such extravagance. Many a poor person finds pride in being seen as rich, without realizing that the obligations (if one can call such foolishness by such a respected name) that this reputation imposes will quickly lead them to poverty, making their situation even more different from those they admire and imitate than it was to start with.
To attain to this envied situation, the candidates for fortune too frequently abandon the paths of virtue; for unhappily, the road which leads to the one, and that which leads to the other, lie sometimes in very opposite directions. But the ambitious man flatters himself that, in the splendid situation to which he advances, he will have so many means of commanding the respect and admiration of mankind, and will be enabled to act with such superior propriety and grace, that the lustre of his future conduct will entirely cover, or efface, the foulness of the steps by which he arrived at that elevation. In many governments the candidates for the highest stations are above the law; and, if they 60 can attain the object of their ambition, they have no fear of being called to account for the means by which they acquired it. They often endeavour, therefore, not only by fraud and falsehood, the ordinary and vulgar arts of intrigue and cabal; but sometimes by the perpetration of the most enormous crimes, by murder and assassination, by rebellion and civil war, to supplant and destroy those who oppose or stand in the way of their greatness. They more frequently miscarry than succeed; and commonly gain nothing but the disgraceful punishment which is due to their crimes. But, though they should be so lucky as to attain that wished-for greatness, they are always most miserably disappointed in the happiness which they expect to enjoy in it. It is not ease or pleasure, but always honour, of one kind or another, though frequently an honour very ill understood, that the ambitious man really pursues. But the honour of his exalted station appears, both in his own eyes and in those of other people, polluted and denied by the baseness of the means through which he rose to it. Though by the profusion of every liberal expense; though by excessive indulgence in every profligate pleasure, the wretched, but usual, resource of ruined characters; though by the hurry of public business, or by the prouder and more dazzling tumult of war, he may endeavour to efface, both from his own memory and from that of other people, the remembrance of what he has done; that remembrance never fails to pursue him. He invokes in vain the dark and dismal powers of forgetfulness and oblivion. He remembers himself what he has done, and that remembrance tells him that other people must likewise remember it. Amidst all the gaudy pomp of the most ostentatious greatness; amidst the venal and vile adulation of the great and of the learned; amidst the more innocent, though more foolish, acclamations of the common people; amidst all the pride of conquest and the triumph of successful war, he is still secretly pursued by the avenging furies of shame and remorse; and, while glory seems to surround him on all sides, he himself, in his own imagination, sees black and foul infamy fast pursuing him, and every moment ready to overtake him from behind. Even the great Cæsar, though he had the magnanimity to dismiss his guards, could not dismiss his suspicions. The remembrance of Pharsalia still haunted and pursued him. When, at the request of the senate, he had the generosity to pardon Marcellus, he told that assembly, that he was not unaware of the designs which were carrying on against his life; but that, as he had lived long enough both for nature and for glory, he was contented to die, and therefore despised all conspiracies. He had, perhaps, lived long enough for nature. But the man who felt himself the object of such deadly resentment from those whose favour he wished to gain, and whom he still wished to consider as his friends, had certainly lived too long for real glory; or for all the happiness which he could ever hope to enjoy in the love and esteem of his equals. 61
To reach this desired position, those seeking success often abandon their moral principles; unfortunately, the path to one often runs in completely opposite directions from the path to the other. However, the ambitious person convinces themselves that, in the glamorous role they aspire to, they will have many opportunities to command the respect and admiration of others, and that they will be able to behave with such grace and propriety that their future actions will overshadow the terrible steps they took to get there. In many governments, those vying for top positions are above the law; and if they can achieve what they desire, they aren’t worried about being held accountable for how they got there. They often try to succeed not just through deceit and lies, the usual tactics of scheming and plotting; but sometimes through committing serious crimes, such as murder and assassination, rebellion, and civil war, to eliminate anyone who blocks their path to greatness. They are more likely to fail than to succeed, and usually end up with the disgraceful punishment they deserve for their actions. Yet, even if they are fortunate enough to achieve that coveted greatness, they are often deeply disappointed by the happiness they expected to find. It’s not ease or pleasure that they truly seek, but rather some form of honor, often misdefined, that the ambitious person is really after. However, the honor of their high position seems both tarnished and denied in their eyes and others’ because of the dishonorable means they used to attain it. Despite lavish spending, indulgence in every kind of reckless pleasure, which is the sad and common fallback for those who have fallen from grace; despite the rush of public business, or the more extravagant chaos of war, they may try to erase from their memory and that of others what they’ve done; that memory never fails to haunt them. They call on the grim powers of forgetfulness in vain. They remember what they have done, and that memory reminds them that others must remember it too. Amidst all the flashy grandeur of their ostentatious success; among the corrupt and despicable flattery of the wealthy and learned; amidst the more innocent, yet foolish, cheers of the common folk; amidst all the pride of victory and the spoils of wars well-fought, they are still secretly hunted by the punishing furies of shame and regret; and, while glory seems to surround them, they themselves, in their minds, see dark and dirty infamy chasing them, always close behind. Even the great Caesar, though he had the courage to let go of his guards, couldn’t shake his suspicions. The memory of Pharsalia continued to haunt him. When he generously pardoned Marcellus at the senate's request, he informed the assembly that he was aware of the plots against his life; but, having lived long enough for both nature and glory, he was ready to die and thus dismissed all conspiracies. Perhaps he did live long enough for nature. However, a man who knows he is the target of such deadly hatred from those whose favor he sought—and who still wanted to view them as friends—had certainly lived too long for true glory; or for any happiness he could hope for in the love and respect of his peers. 61
Part Ⅱ.—Of Merit and Demerit; or, of the Objects of Reward and Punishment.
SEC. Ⅰ.—OF THE SENSE OF MERIT AND DEMERIT.
INTRODUCTION.—There is another set of qualities ascribed to the actions and conduct of mankind, distinct from their propriety or impropriety, their decency or ungracefulness, and which are the objects of a distinct species of approbation and disapprobation. These are Merit and Demerit, the qualities of deserving reward and of deserving punishment.
IINTRODUCTION.—There's another set of qualities associated with people's actions and behavior, different from whether they are proper or improper, decent or undignified, and these qualities are the focus of a separate kind of approval and disapproval. These qualities are Merit and Demerit, representing the qualities of deserving reward and deserving punishment.
It has already been observed, that the sentiment or affection of the heart, from which any action proceeds, and upon which its whole virtue or vice depends, may be considered under two different aspects, or in two different relations: first, in relation to the cause or object which excites it; and, secondly, in relation to the end which it proposes, or to the effect which it tends to produce: that upon the suitableness or unsuitableness, upon the proportion or disproportion, which the affection seems to bear to the cause or object which excites it, depends the propriety or impropriety, the decency or ungracefulness of the consequent action; and that upon the beneficial or hurtful effects which the affection proposes or tends to produce, depends the merit or demerit, the good or ill desert of the action to which it gives occasion. Wherein consists our sense of the propriety or impropriety of actions, has been explained in the former part of this discourse. We come now to consider, wherein consists that of their good or ill desert.
It has already been noted that the feelings or emotions of the heart that drive any action, and on which its entire moral worth depends, can be looked at from two different angles or in two different contexts: first, in relation to the cause or object that triggers it; and second, in relation to the goal it aims for, or the outcome it seeks to achieve. The appropriateness or inappropriateness, and the decency or awkwardness of the resulting action depend on how suitable or unsuitable the emotion appears in relation to the cause or object that elicited it. Additionally, the value or lack of value, and the good or bad reputation of the action it inspires are determined by the helpful or harmful outcomes that the emotion aims to produce. Our understanding of what makes actions proper or improper was discussed in the earlier part of this discourse. We now turn to consider what defines their good or bad reputation.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—That whatever appears to be the proper Object of Gratitude, appears to deserve Reward; and that, in the same Manner, whatever appears to be the proper Object of Resentment, appears to deserve Punishment.
TO us, therefore, that action must appear to deserve reward, which appears to be the proper and approved object of that sentiment, which most immediately and directly prompts us to reward, or to do good to another. And in the same manner, that action must appear to deserve punishment, which appears to be the proper and approved object of that sentiment which most immediately and directly prompts us to punish, or to inflict evil upon another.
TO us, it follows that an action must seem worthy of reward if it looks like the appropriate and accepted target of the feeling that drives us most directly to reward or to do good for someone else. Similarly, an action must seem deserving of punishment if it appears to be the right and acceptable target of the feeling that most immediately pushes us to punish or to cause harm to another.
The sentiment which most immediately and directly prompts us to reward, is gratitude; that which most immediately and directly prompts us to punish, is resentment.
The feeling that most quickly and directly drives us to reward is gratitude; the feeling that most quickly and directly drives us to punish is resentment.
62 To us, therefore, that action must appear to deserve reward, which appears to be the proper and approved object of gratitude; as, on the other hand, that action must appear to deserve punishment, which appears to be the proper and approved object of resentment.
62 So, for us, an action deserves to be rewarded if it seems to be a fitting and recognized reason for gratitude; conversely, an action deserves to be punished if it seems to be a fitting and recognized reason for resentment.
To reward, is to recompense, to remunerate, to return good for good received. To punish, too, is to recompense, to remunerate, though in a different manner; it is to return evil for evil that has been done.
To reward means to give something back, to compensate, to return good for good received. To punish is also to compensate, but in a different way; it means to return evil for the evil that has been done.
There are some other passions, besides gratitude and resentment, which interest us in the happiness or misery of others; but there are none which so directly excite us as to be instruments of either. The love and esteem which grow upon acquaintance and habitual approbation, necessarily lead us to be pleased with the good fortune of the man who is the object of such agreeable emotions, and consequently to be willing to lend a hand to promote it. Our love, however, is fully satisfied, though his good fortune should be brought about without our assistance. All that this passion desires is to see him happy, without regarding who was the author of his prosperity. But gratitude is not to be satisfied in this manner. If the person to whom we owe many obligations, is made happy without our assistance, though it pleases our love, it does not content our gratitude. Till we have recompensed him, till we ourselves have been instrumental in promoting his happiness, we feel ourselves still loaded with that debt which his past services have laid upon us.
There are some other feelings, besides gratitude and resentment, that interest us in the happiness or unhappiness of others; but none excite us as directly as these do. The love and respect that develop through knowing someone well and consistently approving of them naturally make us happy for the person who inspires such nice feelings, and we’re therefore inclined to help enhance their good fortune. However, our love is completely satisfied even if their happiness comes about without our help. All this feeling wants is to see them happy, without caring who contributed to their success. But gratitude doesn’t work that way. If someone we owe a lot to becomes happy without us helping, even though it makes us happy to see them well, it doesn’t fulfill our gratitude. Until we’ve repaid them, until we’ve played a part in their happiness, we still feel the weight of the debt their past kindness has placed on us.
The hatred and dislike, in the same manner, which grow upon the habitual disapprobation, would often lead us to take a malicious pleasure in the misfortune of the man whose conduct and character excite so painful a passion. But though dislike and hatred harden us against all sympathy, and sometimes dispose us even to rejoice at the distress of another, yet, if there is no resentment in the case, if neither we nor our friends have received any great personal provocation, these passions would not naturally lead us to wish to be instrumental in bringing it about. Though we could fear no punishment in consequence of our having had some hand in it, we would rather that it should happen by other means. To one under the dominion of violent hatred it would be agreeable, perhaps, to hear, that the person whom he abhorred and detested was killed by some accident. But if he had the least spark of justice, which, though this passion is not very favourable to virtue, he might still have, it would hurt him excessively to have been himself, even without design, the occasion of this misfortune. Much more would the very thought of voluntarily contributing to it shock him beyond all measure. He would reject with horror even the imagination of so execrable a design; and if he could imagine himself capable of such an enormity, he would begin to regard to himself in the same odious light in which he had considered the person who was the object of his dislike. But it is quite otherwise with resentment: if the person 63 who had done us some great injury, who had murdered our father or our brother, for example, should soon afterwards die of a fever, or even be brought to the scaffold upon account of some other crime, though it might soothe our hatred, it would not fully gratify our resentment. Resentment would prompt us to desire, not only that he should be punished, but that he should be punished by our means, and upon account of that particular injury which he had done to us. Resentment cannot be fully gratified, unless the offender is not only made to grieve in his turn, but to grieve for that particular wrong which we have suffered from him. He must be made to repent and be sorry for this very action, that others, through fear of the like punishment, may be terrified from being guilty of the like offence. The natural gratification of this passion tends, of its own accord, to produce all the political ends of punishment; the correction of the criminal, and example to the public.
The hatred and dislike that come from constant disapproval often lead us to take a malicious pleasure in the misfortunes of the person whose actions and character provoke such painful feelings. However, while dislike and hatred can harden us against empathy and sometimes even make us glad about someone else's suffering, if there is no resentment involved—if neither we nor our friends have been greatly wronged—these feelings wouldn't normally make us want to play a part in causing that misfortune. Even if we risk no punishment for being involved, we would prefer it to happen some other way. For someone consumed by intense hatred, it might be satisfying to hear that the person they despise has died in an accident. But if they held even a slight sense of justice, which this passion doesn't typically support, it would pain them greatly to find out they were inadvertently the cause of that misfortune. Even more so, the mere thought of intentionally contributing to it would shock them immensely. They would reject the very idea of such a despicable plan; and if they could imagine themselves capable of such an atrocity, they would start to see themselves in the same contemptible light they viewed the person they disliked. But resentment works differently: if someone who has severely wronged us—like by murdering our father or brother—were to die from a fever or even face execution for another crime, while it might ease our hatred, it wouldn't fully satisfy our resentment. Resentment urges us not just to wish for their punishment but specifically to want that punishment to come from us, for the very injury they caused us. Resentment isn't fully satisfied unless the offender experiences suffering for that specific wrong they inflicted upon us. They must be made to regret and feel sorrow for that very action, so that others, fearing similar consequences, might be deterred from committing the same offense. The natural satisfaction of this passion aims to achieve the political goals of punishment: correcting the offender and setting an example for the public.
Gratitude and resentment, therefore, are the sentiments which most immediately and directly prompt to reward and to punish. To us, therefore, he must appear to deserve reward, who appears to be the proper and approved object of gratitude; and he to deserve punishment, who appears to be that of resentment.
Gratitude and resentment are the feelings that most quickly and directly lead us to reward or punish. Therefore, someone must seem deserving of a reward if they are viewed as a fitting and recognized recipient of gratitude; conversely, someone seems deserving of punishment if they are seen as an object of resentment.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the proper Objects of Gratitude and Resentment.
TO be the proper and approved object either of gratitude or resentment, can mean nothing but to be the object of that gratitude and of that resentment which naturally seems proper, and is approved of.
TO be the suitable and accepted target of either gratitude or resentment means nothing more than being the focus of that gratitude and that resentment which naturally seems appropriate and is accepted.
But these, as well as all the other passions of human nature, seem proper and are approved of, when the heart of every impartial spectator entirely sympathizes with them, when every indifferent by-stander entirely enters into and goes along with them.
But these, like all the other emotions of human nature, seem appropriate and are accepted when the heart of every unbiased observer fully empathizes with them, when every uninterested bystander completely understands and aligns with them.
He, therefore, appears to deserve reward, who, to some person or persons, is the natural object of a gratitude which every human heart is disposed to beat time to, and thereby applaud: and he, on the other hand, appears to deserve punishment, who in the same manner is to some person or persons the natural object of a resentment which the breast of every reasonable man is ready to adopt and sympathize with. To us, surely, that action must appear to deserve reward, which every body who knows of it would wish to reward, and therefore delights to see rewarded: and that action must as surely appear to deserve punishment, which every body who hears of it is angry with, and upon that account rejoices to see punished.
He seems to deserve a reward when he is the natural recipient of gratitude that resonates with every human heart, prompting applause. Conversely, he appears to deserve punishment when he is the natural target of resentment that everyone reasonable is ready to feel and share. To us, any action should clearly deserve a reward if everyone who knows about it wishes to see it rewarded and enjoys witnessing that reward. Similarly, an action deserves punishment if everyone who hears about it feels anger towards it and takes pleasure in seeing it punished.
1. As we sympathize with the joy of our companions, when in prosperity, so we join with them in the complacency and satisfaction with which they naturally regard whatever is the cause of their good fortune. 64 We enter into the love and affection which they conceive for it, and begin to love it too. We should be sorry for their sakes if it was destroyed, or even if it was placed at too great a distance from them, and out of the reach of their care and protection, though they should lose nothing by its absence except the pleasure of seeing it. If it is man who has thus been the fortunate instrument of the happiness of his brethren, this is still more peculiarly the case. When we see one man assisted, protected, relieved by another, our sympathy with the joy of the person who receives the benefit serves only to animate our fellow-feeling with his gratitude towards him who bestows it. When we look upon the person who is the cause of his pleasure with the eyes with which we imagine he must look upon him, his benefactor seems to stand before us in the most engaging and amiable light. We readily therefore sympathize with the grateful affection which he conceives for a person to whom he has been so much obliged; and consequently applaud the returns which he is disposed to make for the good offices conferred upon him. As we entirely enter into the affection from which these returns proceed, they necessarily seem every way proper and suitable to their object.
1. Just as we share in the joy of our friends when they're doing well, we also feel the contentment and satisfaction they naturally have for whatever brings them good luck. 64 We connect with the love and affection they feel for it, and start to love it ourselves. We would feel sad for them if it were destroyed or even if it were taken far from them, out of reach of their care, even if they wouldn’t lose anything but the pleasure of seeing it. If a person is the lucky one who brings happiness to others, this connection deepens even further. When we see one person helping, protecting, or relieving another, our sympathy for the joy of the person receiving that help only strengthens our empathy for their gratitude towards the one providing it. When we look at the person who is the source of their happiness through their eyes, the benefactor appears in the most appealing and kind way. Therefore, we easily empathize with the grateful feelings the helped person has for someone who has done so much for them, and we applaud their desire to give back for the kindness received. Since we fully share in the affection that drives those gestures of gratitude, they naturally seem appropriate and fitting for the situation.
2. In the same manner, as we sympathize with the sorrow of our fellow-creature whenever we see his distress, so we likewise enter into his abhorrence and aversion for whatever has given occasion to it. Our heart, as it adopts and beats time to his grief, so is it likewise animated with that spirit by which he endeavours to drive away or destroy the cause of it. The indolent and passive fellow-feeling, by which we accompany him in his sufferings, readily gives way to that more vigorous and active sentiment by which we go along with him in the effort he makes, either to repeal them, or to gratify his aversion to what has given occasion to them. This is still more peculiarly the case, when it is man who has caused them. When we see one man oppressed or injured by another, the sympathy which we feel with the distress of the sufferer seems to serve only to animate our fellow-feeling with his resentment against the offender. We are rejoiced to see him attack his adversary in his turn, and are eager and ready to assist him whenever he exerts himself for defence, or even for vengeance within a certain degree. If the injured should perish in the quarrel, we not only sympathize with the real resentment of his friends and relations, but with the imaginary resentment which in fancy we lend to the dead, who is no longer capable of feeling that or any other human sentiment. But as we put ourselves in his situation, as we enter, as it were, into his body, and in our imaginations, in some measure, animate anew the deformed and mangled carcass of the slain, when we bring home in this manner his case to our own bosoms, we feel upon this, as upon many other occasions, an emotion which the person principally concerned is incapable of feeling, and which yet we feel by an illusive 65 sympathy with him. The sympathetic tears which we shed for that immense and irretrievable loss, which in our fancy he appears to have sustained, seem to be but a small part of the duty which we owe him. The injury which he has suffered demands, we think, a principal part of our attention. We feel that resentment which we imagine he ought to feel, and which he would feel, if in his cold and lifeless body there remained any consciousness of what passes upon earth. His blood, we think, calls aloud for vengeance. The very ashes of the dead seem to be disturbed at the thought that his injuries are to pass unrevenged. The horrors which are supposed to haunt the bed of the murderer, the ghosts which superstition imagines rise from their graves to demand vengeance upon those who brought them to an untimely end, all take their origin from this natural sympathy with the imaginary resentment of the slain. And with regard, at least, to this most dreadful of all crimes, Nature, antecedent to all reflection upon the utility of punishment, has in this manner stamped upon the human heart, in the strongest and most indelible characters, an immediate and instinctive approbation of the sacred and necessary law of retaliation.
2. In the same way we feel compassion for someone in distress, we also share their hatred towards whatever caused it. As our hearts resonate with their grief, they are also filled with the drive to remove or eliminate the source of their pain. Our passive sympathy, where we accompany them through their suffering, quickly shifts to a more intense and active feeling when they strive to overcome their troubles or act on their aversion to what caused them. This is especially true when one person has harmed another. When we see someone being oppressed or hurt by another, our sympathy for the sufferer seems to fuel our anger against the wrongdoer. We feel happy when the victim retaliates and are eager to help them defend themselves or even seek revenge to a certain extent. If the injured party dies in the conflict, we don't just empathize with the genuine anger of their friends and family but also with the fictional resentment we imagine the deceased would have, even though they can no longer feel anything. As we immerse ourselves in their situation and, in a sense, inhabit their body, we revive in our minds the broken and mangled form of the deceased. By personalizing their plight, we experience emotions that the person directly affected cannot, feelings that arise from a deceptive 65 empathy. The tears we shed for their profound and irreversible loss, which in our minds they have endured, seem only a small part of what we owe them. We believe the injury they suffered deserves a significant portion of our focus. We feel the anger we think they would feel if there were any awareness left in their lifeless body about what happens in the world. We think their blood cries out for revenge. Even the ashes of the dead seem disturbed by the idea that their sufferings will go unpunished. The fears that are said to haunt the murderer, the ghosts that superstition claims rise from their graves to demand justice from those who caused their untimely death, all stem from this natural empathy with the imagined anger of the slain. At least regarding this most heinous of crimes, Nature has, before we even think about the purpose of punishment, firmly and indelibly embedded in the human heart an instinctive approval of the sacred and necessary principle of retaliation.
CHappiness. Ⅲ.—That where there is no Approbation of the Conduct of the Person who confers the Benefit, there is little Sympathy with the Gratitude of him who receives it: and that, on the Contrary, where there is no Disapprobation of the Motives of the Person who does the Mischief, there is no Sort of Sympathy with the Resentment of him who suffers it.
IT is to be observed, however, that, how beneficial soever on the one hand, or hurtful soever on the other, the actions or intentions of the person who acts may have been to the person who is, if I may say so, acted upon, yet if in the one case there appears to have been no propriety in the motives of the agent, if we cannot enter into the affections which influenced his conduct, we have little sympathy with the gratitude of the person who receives the benefit: or if, in the other case, there appears to have been no impropriety in the motives of the agent, if, on the contrary, the affections which influenced his conduct are such as we must necessarily enter into, we can have no sort of sympathy with the resentment of the person who suffers. Little gratitude seems due in the one case, and all sort of resentment seems unjust in the other. The one action seems to merit little reward, the other to deserve no punishment.
It should be noted, however, that regardless of how beneficial or harmful the actions or intentions of the person acting may be to the person being affected, if in one case there seems to be no appropriateness in the motives of the person acting, and we can't relate to the feelings that drove their behavior, we feel little sympathy for the gratitude of the person who benefits. On the other hand, if it appears that the motives of the person acting are proper, and the feelings that drove their behavior are something we can relate to, we find it difficult to sympathize with the resentment of the person who suffers. In one case, little gratitude seems warranted, and in the other, any resentment seems unfair. The first action seems to deserve little reward, and the second seems to warrant no punishment.
1. First, I say, that wherever we cannot sympathize with the affections of the agent, wherever there seems to be no propriety in the motives which influenced his conduct, we are less disposed to enter into the 66 gratitude of the person who received the benefit of his actions. A very small return seems due to that foolish and profuse generosity which confers the greatest benefits from the most trivial motives, and gives an estate to a man merely because his name and surname happen to be the same with those of the giver. Such services do not seem to demand any proportionable recompense. Our contempt for the folly of the agent hinders us from thoroughly entering into the gratitude of the person to whom the good office has been done. His benefactor seems unworthy of it. As when we place ourselves in the situation of the person obliged, we feel that we could conceive no great reverence for such a benefactor, we easily absolve him from a great deal of that submissive veneration and esteem which we should think due to a more respectable character; and provided he always treats his weak friend with kindness and humanity, we are willing to excuse him from many attentions and regards which we should demand to a worthier patron. Those princes who have heaped, with the greatest profusion, wealth, power and honours, upon their favourites, have seldom excited that degree of attachment to their persons which has often been experienced by those who were more frugal of their favours. The well-natured, but injudicious prodigality of James the First of Great Britain seems to have attached nobody to his person; and that prince, notwithstanding his social and harmless disposition, appears to have lived and died without a friend. The whole gentry and nobility of England exposed their lives and fortunes in the cause of Charles Ⅰ., his more frugal and distinguishing son, notwithstanding the coldness and distant severity of his ordinary deportment.
1. First, I would say that wherever we can't relate to the feelings of the person acting, and where there seems to be no appropriateness in the reasons behind their actions, we are less inclined to feel the 66 gratitude of the person who benefited from those actions. A very small return seems fitting for that foolish and excessive generosity which gives the greatest benefits for the most trivial reasons and grants an estate to someone just because they happen to share the same name as the giver. Such acts don’t seem to merit a corresponding reward. Our disdain for the foolishness of the person acting prevents us from fully appreciating the gratitude of the one who received the help. Their benefactor seems unworthy of it. When we imagine ourselves in the position of the person receiving the favor, we realize we couldn’t hold that benefactor in high regard, and we easily excuse them from the deep respect and admiration we would expect for a more admirable character; and as long as they treat their weaker friend with kindness and compassion, we are willing to overlook many attentions and considerations that we would require from a more deserving benefactor. Those rulers who have generously showered wealth, power, and honors on their favorites often haven't won the same level of loyalty as those who were more careful with their favors. The kind-hearted but unwise generosity of James I of Great Britain seems to have won him no real followers; despite his friendly and harmless nature, he appears to have lived and died without a true friend. The entire gentry and nobility of England risked their lives and fortunes for Charles I, his more judicious and selective son, despite his cold and distant demeanor.
2. Secondly, I say, That wherever the conduct of the agent appears to have been entirely directed by motives and affections which we thoroughly enter into and approve of, we can have no sort of sympathy with the resentment of the sufferer, how great soever the mischief which may have been done to him. When two people quarrel, if we take part with, and entirely adopt the resentment of one of them, it is impossible that we should enter into that of the other. Our sympathy with the person whose motives we go along with, and whom therefore we look upon as in the right, cannot but harden us against all fellow-feeling with the other, whom we necessarily regard as in the wrong. Whatever this last, therefore, may have suffered, while it is no more than what we ourselves should have wished him to suffer, while it is no more than what our own sympathetic indignation would have prompted us to inflict upon him, it cannot either displease or provoke us. When an inhuman murderer is brought to the scaffold, though we have some compassion for his misery, we can have no sort of fellow-feeling with his resentment, if he should be so absurd as to express any against either his prosecutor or his judge. The natural tendency of their just indignation against so vile a criminal is indeed the most fatal and 67 ruinous to him. But it is impossible that we should be displeased with the tendency of a sentiment, which, when we bring the case home to ourselves, we feel that we cannot avoid adopting.
2. Secondly, I say that whenever the actions of the agent seem to be fully driven by motives and feelings that we completely understand and support, we cannot feel any sympathy for the anger of the victim, no matter how serious the harm done to them. When two people argue, if we side with one and fully adopt their resentment, it's impossible for us to empathize with the other. Our sympathy for the person whose motives we agree with, and who we believe is in the right, naturally makes us less empathetic towards the other, whom we see as in the wrong. Whatever that person may have suffered, as long as it's nothing more than what we would have wanted them to endure, nothing more than what our own shared anger would have led us to inflict, it cannot upset or anger us. When a cruel murderer faces execution, even if we feel some pity for their suffering, we cannot have any empathy for their resentment if they foolishly express it towards either their prosecutor or their judge. The natural outcome of their just anger towards such a despicable criminal is indeed the most fatal and 67 destructive for him. But it’s impossible for us to be troubled by the result of a feeling that, when we relate it to ourselves, we realize we can’t help but adopt.
CHappiness. Ⅳ.—Recapitulation of the foregoing Chapters.
1. WE do not therefore thoroughly and heartily sympathize with the gratitude of one man towards another, merely because this other has been the cause of his good fortune, unless he has been the cause of it from motives which we entirely go along with. Our heart must adopt the principles of the agent, and go along with all the affections which influenced his conduct, before it can entirely sympathize with and beat time to, the gratitude of the person who has been benefited by his actions. If in the conduct of the benefactor there appears to have been no propriety, how beneficial soever its effects, it does not seem to demand, or necessarily to require, any proportionable recompense.
1. WE don't fully and genuinely share in one person's gratitude towards another just because that person has caused their good fortune, unless the reasons behind it are ones we completely agree with. Our feelings need to align with the principles of the person who acted, and we must resonate with all the emotions that influenced their actions, before we can truly empathize with and appreciate the gratitude of the person who has benefited. If the benefactor's behavior seems inappropriate, no matter how positive the outcome, it doesn't seem to warrant or require any equivalent reward.
But when to the beneficent tendency of the action is joined the propriety of the affection from which it proceeds, when we entirely sympathize and go along with the motives of the agent, the love which we conceive for him upon his own account enhances and enlivens our fellow-feeling with the gratitude of those who owe their prosperity to his good conduct. His actions seem then to demand, and, if I may say so, to call aloud for a proportionable recompense. We then entirely enter into that gratitude which prompts to bestow it. The benefactor seems then to be the proper object of reward, when we thus entirely sympathize with, and approve of, that sentiment which prompts to reward him. When we approve of, and go along with, the affection from which the action proceeds, we must necessarily approve of the action, and regard the person towards whom it is directed, as its proper and suitable object.
But when the kind nature of the action is combined with the appropriate feelings that motivate it, and when we fully understand and agree with the reasons behind the person's actions, the admiration we feel for them personally strengthens our shared feelings of gratitude from those who have benefited from their good deeds. At that point, their actions seem to demand, and I would even say cry out for, an appropriate reward. We then fully connect with the gratitude that drives the impulse to give that reward. The benefactor becomes the right person to receive recognition when we genuinely resonate with and endorse the feeling that encourages us to acknowledge them. When we agree with and support the feelings that inspire the action, we will naturally approve of the action itself and view the person it is directed toward as the rightful recipient.
2. In the same manner, we cannot at all sympathize with the resentment of one man against another, merely because this other has been the cause of his misfortune, unless he has been the cause of it from motives which we cannot enter into. Before we can adopt the resentment of the sufferer, we must disapprove of the motives of the agent, and feel that our heart renounces all sympathy with the affections which influenced his conduct. If there appears to have been no impropriety in these, how fatal soever the tendency of the action which proceeds from them to those against whom it is directed, it does not seem to deserve any punishment, or to be the proper object of any resentment.
2. Similarly, we can't really empathize with one person's anger toward another just because that other person caused his misfortune, unless their actions stemmed from motives we can't understand. Before we can support the anger of the affected person, we need to reject the motives of the one who caused the harm and feel that we have no sympathy for the feelings that drove their behavior. If it seems like there was no wrongdoing in those motives, no matter how harmful the resulting actions are to those affected, it doesn’t seem to warrant any punishment or be a valid target for anger.
But when to the hurtfulness of the action is joined the impropriety of the affection from whence it proceeds, when our heart rejects with 68 abhorrence all fellow-feeling with the motives of the agent, we then heartily and entirely sympathize with the resentment of the sufferer. Such actions seem then to deserve, and, if I may say so, to call aloud for, a proportionable punishment; and we entirely enter into, and thereby approve of, that resentment which prompts to inflict it. The offender necessarily seems then to be the proper object of punishment, when we thus entirely sympathize with, and thereby approve of, that sentiment which prompts to punish. In this case too, when we approve, and go along with, the affection from which the action proceeds, we must necessarily approve the action, and regard the person against whom it is directed, as its proper and suitable object.
But when the hurtfulness of an action is combined with the inappropriate feelings behind it, and when our hearts reject any connection with the motives of the person responsible, we then fully and completely sympathize with the anger of the victim. Such actions seem to deserve, and if I may say so, to demand a fitting punishment; and we wholeheartedly align with, and thus support, that anger which drives the desire to impose it. The offender then appears to be the right target for punishment, since we fully sympathize with and endorse the sentiment that pushes for punishment. In this situation as well, when we agree with and follow the feelings that motivate the action, we must also approve of the action and see the person it affects as the rightful and appropriate target.
CHappiness. Ⅴ.—The Analysis of the Sense of Merit and Demerit.
1. AS our sense, therefore, of the propriety of conduct arises from what I shall call a direct sympathy with the affections and motives of the person who acts, so our sense of its merit arises from what I shall call an indirect sympathy with the gratitude of the person who is, if I may say so, acted upon.
1. AS a result, our understanding of what is appropriate behavior comes from what I’ll refer to as a direct connection with the feelings and intentions of the person taking action. Similarly, our perception of its value comes from what I’ll call an indirect connection to the gratitude of the person who is, if I can put it that way, affected by the action.
As we cannot indeed enter thoroughly into the gratitude of the person who receives the benefit, unless we beforehand approve of the motives of the benefactor, so, upon this account, the sense of merit seems to be a compounded sentiment, and to be made up of two distinct emotions; a direct sympathy with the sentiments of the agents, and an indirect sympathy with the gratitude of those who receive the benefit of his actions.
As we really can't fully appreciate the gratitude of the person receiving help unless we first agree with the motives of the giver, the feeling of merit appears to be a complex emotion, consisting of two separate feelings: a direct sympathy with the intentions of the doer, and an indirect sympathy with the gratitude of those benefiting from his actions.
We may, upon many different occasions, plainly distinguish those two different emotions combining and uniting together in our sense of the good desert of a particular character or action. When we read in history concerning actions of proper and beneficent greatness of mind, how eagerly do we enter into such designs? How much are we animated by that high-spirited generosity which directs them? How keen are we for their success? How grieved at their disappointment? In imagination we become the very person whose actions are represented to us: we transport ourselves in fancy to the scenes of those distant and forgotten adventures, and imagine ourselves acting the part of a Scipio or a Camillus, a Timoleon or an Aristides. So far our sentiments are founded upon the direct sympathy with the person who acts. Nor is the indirect sympathy with those who receive the benefit of such actions less sensibly felt. Whenever we place ourselves in the situation of these last, with what warm and affectionate fellow-feeling do we enter into their gratitude towards those who served them so essentially? We embrace, as it were, their benefactor along with them. Our heart 69 readily sympathizes with the highest transports of their grateful affection. No honours, no rewards, we think, can be too great for them to bestow upon him. When they make this proper return for his services, we heartily applaud and go along with them; but are shocked beyond, all measure, if by their conduct they appear to have little sense of the obligations conferred upon them. Our whole sense, in short, of the merit and good desert of such actions, of the propriety and fitness of recompensing them, and making the person who performed them rejoice in his turn, arises from the sympathetic emotions of gratitude and love, with which, when we bring home to our own breast the situation of those principally concerned, we feel ourselves naturally transported towards the man who could act with such proper and noble beneficence.
We often notice two distinct emotions coming together in our perception of the merit of a particular character or action. When we read about noble and generous deeds in history, how eager are we to embrace those intentions? How inspired do we feel by the selfless generosity that drives them? How invested are we in their success? How disappointed when they fail? In our imagination, we become the very individuals whose actions we are reading about: we picture ourselves in the midst of those distant and forgotten adventures, imagining ourselves as a Scipio or a Camillus, a Timoleon or an Aristides. Our feelings are rooted in a direct connection to the person acting. The indirect connection to those who benefit from these actions is just as strong. Whenever we put ourselves in the shoes of those beneficiaries, how warmly do we share in their gratitude for those who have helped them? We virtually embrace their benefactor with them. Our hearts 69 easily resonate with the depth of their grateful affection. We believe no honors or rewards can be too grand to offer him. When they properly repay his kindness, we celebrate with them, but we're appalled if their actions show a lack of appreciation for the help they've received. Ultimately, our understanding of the merit of such actions, the appropriateness of rewarding them, and ensuring the person who performed them feels joy in return stems from the emotions of gratitude and love we experience, especially when we relate to those primarily involved and naturally feel drawn to the person who acts with such noble generosity.
2. In the same manner as our sense of the impropriety of conduct arises from a want of sympathy, or from a direct antipathy to the affections and motives of the agent, so our sense of its demerit arises from what I shall here too call an indirect sympathy with the resentment of the sufferer.
2. Just as our sense of what's unacceptable behavior comes from a lack of empathy or from a direct dislike of the feelings and motives of the person involved, our understanding of its wrongness also comes from what I will refer to here as an indirect empathy with the feelings of the person who is suffering.
As we cannot indeed enter into the resentment of the sufferer, unless our heart beforehand disapproves the motives of the agent, and renounces all fellow-feeling with them; so upon this account the sense of demerit, as well as that of merit, seems to be a compounded sentiment, and to be made up of two distinct emotions; a direct antipathy to the sentiments of the agent, and an indirect sympathy with the resentment of the sufferer.
As we can't truly feel the anger of the person suffering unless we first disapprove of the actions of the one causing the harm and completely detach ourselves from them, the feeling of blame, as well as that of praise, appears to be a complex emotion made up of two different feelings: a direct dislike for the feelings of the one acting and a secondary empathy for the anger of the person suffering.
We may here too, upon many different occasions, plainly distinguish those two different emotions combining and uniting together in our sense of the ill desert of a particular character or action. When we read in history concerning the perfidy and cruelty of a Borgia or a Nero, our heart rises up against the detestable sentiments which influenced their conduct, and renounces with horror and abomination all fellow-feeling with such execrable motives. So far our sentiments are founded upon the direct antipathy to the affections of the agent: and the indirect sympathy with the resentment of the sufferers is still more sensibly felt. When we bring home to ourselves the situation of the persons whom those scourges of mankind insulted, murdered, or betrayed, what indignation do we not feel against such insolent and inhuman oppressors of the earth? Our sympathy with the unavoidable distress of the innocent sufferers is not more real nor more lively, than our fellow-feeling with their just and natural resentment. The former sentiment only heightens the latter, and the idea of their distress serves only to inflame and blow up our animosity against those who occasioned it. When we think of the anguish of the sufferers, we take part with them more earnestly against their oppressors; we enter with more eagerness into all their schemes of vengeance, and feel ourselves every 70 moment wreaking, in imagination, upon such violators of the laws of society, that punishment which our sympathetic indignation tells us is due to their crimes. Our sense of the horror and dreadful atrocity of such conduct, the delight which we take in hearing that it was properly punished, the indignation which we feel when it escapes this due retaliation, our whole sense and feeling, in short, of its ill desert, of the propriety and fitness of inflicting evil upon the person who is guilty of it, and of making him grieve in his turn, arises from the sympathetic indignation which naturally boils up in the breast of the spectator, whenever he thoroughly brings home to himself the case of the sufferer.2
We can often clearly see two different emotions coming together in our feelings about the blameworthiness of a particular character or action. When we read in history about the treachery and cruelty of a Borgia or a Nero, our hearts rise up against the horrible attitudes that influenced their actions, and we reject with disgust any sense of connection with such despicable motives. Up to this point, our feelings are driven by a strong dislike for the emotions of the wrongdoer: and our sympathy for the victims’ anger is even more strongly felt. When we consider the situation of the people that those scourges of humanity insulted, murdered, or betrayed, how much outrage do we feel towards such arrogant and inhumane oppressors? Our empathy for the inevitable suffering of the innocent victims is just as strong and vibrant as our shared feelings for their rightful and natural anger. The first feeling only intensifies the second, and the idea of their suffering serves to inflame our hostility toward those who caused it. When we think about the anguish of the victims, we ally ourselves more passionately with them against their oppressors; we enthusiastically engage in all their plans for revenge, and we feel ourselves every 70 moment imagining the punishment that our shared outrage tells us is deserved for their crimes. Our awareness of the horror and terrible brutality of such actions, the satisfaction we get from hearing that the perpetrators were properly punished, the anger we feel when they escape that deserved retribution—all of these feelings ultimately stem from the compassionate anger that naturally rises within us whenever we fully consider the situation of the sufferer.2
2 To ascribe in this manner our natural sense of the ill desert of human actions to a sympathy with the resentment of the sufferer, may seem, to the greater part of the people, to be a degradation of that sentiment. Resentment is commonly regarded as so odious a passion, that they will be apt to think it impossible that so laudable a principle, as the sense of the ill desert of vice, should in any respect be founded upon it. They will be more willing, perhaps, to admit that our sense of the merit of good actions is founded upon a sympathy with the gratitude of the persons who receive the benefit of them; because gratitude, as well as all the other benevolent passions, is regarded as an amiable principle, which can take nothing from the worth of whatever is founded upon it. Gratitude and resentment, however, are in every respect, it is evident, counterparts to one another; and if our sense of merit arises from a sympathy with the one, our sense of demerit can scarce miss to proceed from a fellow-feeling with the other.
2 Assigning our natural sense of the undeserved nature of human actions to a connection with the resentment of the sufferer might seem, to most people, like a downgrade of that feeling. Resentment is usually seen as such a detestable emotion that people are likely to believe it's impossible for a commendable principle, like understanding the undeserved nature of wrongdoing, to be based on it. They might be more open to the idea that our awareness of the value of good actions comes from a connection with the gratitude of those who benefit from them because gratitude, along with other positive emotions, is viewed as a wholesome principle that doesn't diminish the worth of what stems from it. However, gratitude and resentment are clearly opposites; if our sense of merit comes from a connection with gratitude, then our sense of demerit must also come from a shared feeling of resentment.
Let it be considered, too, that resentment, though in the degree in which we too often see it, the most odious, perhaps, of all the passions, is not disapproved of when properly humbled and entirely brought down to the level of the sympathetic indignation of the spectator. When we who are the bystanders, feel that our own animosity entirely corresponds with that of the sufferer, when the resentment of this last does not in any respect go beyond our own, when no word, no gesture, escapes him that denotes an emotion more violent than what we can keep time to, and when he never aims at inflicting any punishment beyond what we should rejoice to see inflicted, or what we ourselves would upon this account even desire to be the instruments of inflicting, it is impossible that we should not entirely approve of his sentiment. Our own emotion in this case must, in our eyes, undoubtedly justify his. And as experience teaches us how much the greater part of mankind are incapable of this moderation, and how great an effort must be made in order to bring down the rude and undisciplined impulse of resentment to this suitable temper, we cannot avoid conceiving a considerable degree of esteem and admiration for one who appears capable of exerting so much self-command over one of the most ungovernable passions of his nature. When indeed the animosity of the sufferer exceeds, as it almost always does, that we can go along with, as we cannot enter into it, we necessarily disapprove of it. We even disapprove of it more than we should of an equal excess of almost any other passion derived from the imagination. And this too violent resentment, instead of carrying us along with it becomes itself the object of our resentment and indignation. We enter into the opposite resentment of the person who is the object of this unjust emotion, and who is in danger of suffering from it. Revenge, therefore, the excess of resentment, appears to be the most detestable of all the passions, and is the object of the horror and indignation of every body. And as in the way in which this passion commonly discovers itself among mankind, it is excessive a hundred times for once that it is immoderate, we are very apt to consider it as altogether odious and detestable, because in its most ordinary appearances it is so. Nature, however, even in the present depraved state of mankind, does not seem to have dealt so unkindly with us, as to have endowed us with any principle which is wholly and in every respect evil, or which, in no degree and in no direction, can be the proper object of praise and approbation. Upon some occasions we are sensible that this passion, which is generally too strong, may likewise be too weak. We sometimes complain that a particular person shows too little spirit, and has too little sense of the injuries that have been done to him; and we are as ready to despise him for the defect, as to hate him for the excess of this passion.
Let’s also consider that resentment, though often seen at its worst, is not looked down upon when it’s properly restrained and totally brought down to the level of the sympathetic outrage of the observer. When we who are watching feel our own animosity matches that of the person suffering, when their resentment doesn’t exceed our own, when no words or gestures indicate a stronger emotion than we can relate to, and when they don’t seek to cause any punishment beyond what we would be glad to see or what we ourselves would want to carry out, we can’t help but completely approve of their feelings. Our own emotions in this case definitely justify theirs. And since experience shows us how most people struggle with this balance and how much effort it takes to tone down the raw and uncontrolled impulse of resentment to a proper level, we can’t help but feel a considerable amount of respect and admiration for someone who seems capable of exercising such self-control over one of their most unruly passions. However, when the resentment of the sufferer goes beyond what we can empathize with—which is almost always the case—as we can’t fully understand it, we naturally disapprove. We actually disapprove of it more than we would of an equal rise in nearly any other imagined emotion. This excessive resentment turns into the target of our own resentment and outrage rather than rallying us to their side. We find ourselves feeling the opposite resentment toward the person affected by this unjust emotion, who risks suffering because of it. Thus, revenge, being the extreme of resentment, is seen as the most despicable of all emotions and sparks the horror and anger of everyone. Since the way this emotion typically manifests among people is excessive far more often than it is simply uncontrolled, we tend to view it as entirely loathsome and detestable, because in its most common forms, it truly is. However, nature, even in the current flawed state of humanity, doesn’t seem to have been entirely unkind, as there’s no principle that is completely and always evil, or one that can’t, in some way and under certain circumstances, be worthy of praise and approval. At times, we realize this feeling, which is usually too strong, can also be too weak. We sometimes complain that someone shows too little spirit and doesn’t grasp the harms done to them; we're just as quick to look down on them for this lack as we are to hate them for having too much of this emotion.
The inspired writers would not surely have talked so frequently or so strongly of the wrath and anger of God, if they had regarded every degree of those passions as vicious and evil, even in so weak and imperfect a creature as man.
The inspired writers definitely wouldn't have spoken so often or so intensely about God's wrath and anger if they saw every level of those feelings as wrong and evil, even in a flawed and imperfect being like humans.
Let it be considered too, that the present inquiry is not concerning a matter of right, if I may say so, but concerning a matter of fact. We are not at present examining upon what principles a perfect being would approve of the punishment of bad actions; but upon what principles so weak and imperfect a creature as man actually and in fact approves of it. The principles which I have just now mentioned, it is evident, have a very great effect upon his sentiments; and it seems wisely ordered that it should be so. The very existence of society requires that unmerited and unprovoked malice should be restrained by proper punishments; and consequently, that to inflict those punishments should be regarded as a proper and laudable action. Though man, therefore, be naturally endowed with a desire of the welfare and preservation of society, yet the Author of nature has not entrusted it to his reason to find out that a certain application of punishments is the proper means of attaining this end; but has endowed him with an immediate and instinctive approbation of that very application which is most proper to attain it. The œconomy of nature is in this respect exactly of a piece with what it is upon many other occasions. With regard to all those ends which, upon account of their peculiar importance, may be regarded, if such an expression is allowable, as the favourite ends of nature, she has constantly in this manner not only endowed mankind with an appetite for the end which she proposes, but likewise with an appetite for the means by which alone this end can be brought about, for their own sakes, and independent of their tendency to produce it. Thus self-preservation, and the propagation of the species, are the great ends which Nature seems to have proposed in the formation of all animals. Mankind are endowed with a desire of those ends, and an aversion to the contrary; with a love of life, and a dread of dissolution; with a desire of the continuance and perpetuity of the species, and with an aversion to the thoughts of its entire extinction. But though we are in this manner endowed with a very strong desire of those ends, it has not been intrusted to the slow and uncertain determinations of our reason to find out the proper means of bringing them about. Nature has directed us to the greater part of these by original and immediate instincts. Hunger, thirst, the passion which unites the two sexes, the love of pleasure, and the dread of pain, prompt us to apply those means for their own sakes, and without any consideration of their tendency to those beneficent ends which the great Director of nature intended to produce by them.
Let’s also note that this inquiry isn't about what’s right, if I may put it that way, but about what’s real. Right now, we're not looking at the principles that a perfect being would use to justify punishing bad actions; instead, we're considering the principles by which a weak and imperfect being like man actually supports it. The principles I just mentioned clearly have a significant impact on his feelings, and it seems wisely structured that way. Society's very existence requires that unjust and unprovoked malice be limited by appropriate punishments; therefore, inflicting those punishments should be seen as a proper and commendable action. Although humans are naturally driven by a desire for the well-being and survival of society, the Creator hasn’t left it to our reasoning to determine that a certain application of punishments is the right way to achieve this goal; instead, He has given us an immediate and instinctual approval of that very application which is most effective for it. The workings of nature in this regard align perfectly with how they function in many other situations. For all those goals that, due to their unique importance, might be seen as nature's favored objectives, she consistently bestows upon humanity not only a desire for the end she proposes but also for the means to achieve it, for their own sake and regardless of their ability to produce the desired outcome. Thus, self-preservation and the continuation of the species are the primary goals Nature seems to have aimed for in creating all animals. Humans are given a desire for those goals and a dislike for the opposite; a love for life and a fear of death; a wish for the continuation and perpetuation of the species, along with a dread of its total extinction. But even though we have a strong desire for these ends, it hasn’t been left to the slow and uncertain reasoning of our minds to find the right ways to achieve them. Nature has guided us to most of these through basic and immediate instincts. Hunger, thirst, the passion that unites the sexes, the desire for pleasure, and the fear of pain drive us to pursue those means for their own sake, without considering their role in achieving the beneficial goals that the great Designer of nature intended them to bring about.
Before I conclude this note, I must take notice of a difference between the approbation of propriety and that of merit or beneficence. Before we approve of the sentiments of any person as proper and suitable to their objects, we must not only be affected in the same manner as he is, but we must perceive this harmony and correspondence of sentiments between him and ourselves. Thus, though upon hearing of a misfortune that had befallen my friend, I should conceive precisely that degree of concern which he gives way to; yet till I am informed of the manner in which he behaves, till I perceive the harmony between his emotions and mine, I cannot be said to approve of the sentiments which influence his behaviour. The approbation of propriety therefore requires, not only that we should entirely sympathize with the person who acts, but that we should perceive this perfect concord between his sentiments and our own. On the contrary, when I hear of a benefit that has been bestowed upon another person, let him who has received it be affected in what manner he pleases, if, by bringing his case home to myself, I feel gratitude arise in my own breast, I necessarily approve of the conduct of his benefactor, and regard it as meritorious, and the proper object of reward. Whether the person who has received the benefit conceives gratitude or not, cannot, it is evident, in any degree alter our sentiments with regard to the merit of him who has bestowed it. No actual correspondence of sentiments, therefore, is here required. It is sufficient that if he was grateful, they would correspond; and our sense of merit is often founded upon one of those illusive sympathies, by which, when we bring home to ourselves the case of another, we are often affected in a manner in which the person principally concerned is incapable of being affected. There is a similar difference between our disapprobation of demerit, and that of impropriety.
Before I finish this note, I need to point out a difference between approving of proper behavior and recognizing merit or kindness. Before we can agree with someone's feelings as appropriate for their situation, we not only have to feel the same way they do, but we also need to see that our feelings align with theirs. For example, if I hear about a misfortune my friend is experiencing, I might feel just as concerned as he does; however, until I observe how he responds and notice the connection between his feelings and mine, I can't truly say I approve of the emotions guiding his actions. So, approving of proper behavior requires that we fully empathize with the person involved and recognize this perfect alignment between their feelings and ours. On the other hand, when I find out about a kindness done for someone else, it doesn't matter how the recipient feels; if I can relate it to my own situation and feel gratitude, I automatically approve of their benefactor's actions and see it as worthy of recognition. Whether the person receiving the kindness feels thankful or not doesn't change our view of the merit of the one who gave it. In this case, there's no need for our feelings to line up. It's enough to know that if he were grateful, our feelings would match; and often, our sense of merit comes from those deceptive sympathies that make us react in a way that the person directly involved may not feel at all. There’s a similar distinction between our disapproval of wrongdoing and that of impropriety.
SECT. Ⅱ.—OF JJUSTICE AND BBenevolence.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—Comparison of those two Virtues.
ACTIONS of a beneficent tendency, which proceed from proper motives, seem alone to require reward; because such alone are the approved objects of gratitude, or excite the sympathetic gratitude of the spectator.
ACTIONS that come from good intentions and proper motives seem to be the only ones that deserve a reward; because only those are the actions that people appreciate and inspire gratitude in those who witness them.
Actions of a hurtful tendency, which proceed from improper motives, seem alone to deserve punishment; because such alone are the approved objects of resentment, or excite the sympathetic resentment of the spectator.
Actions that are harmful and stem from bad intentions seem to be the only ones that deserve punishment; it’s because these are the actions that people generally feel resentment towards or that provoke the sympathetic resentment of onlookers.
Beneficence is always free, it cannot be extorted by force, the mere 71 want of it exposes to no punishment; because the mere want of beneficence tends to do no real positive evil. It may disappoint of the 72 good which might reasonably have been expected, and upon that account it may justly excite dislike and disapprobation: it cannot, however, provoke any resentment which mankind will go along with. The man who does not recompense his benefactor, when he has it in his power, and when his benefactor needs his assistance, is, no doubt, guilty of the blackest ingratitude. The heart of every impartial spectator rejects all fellow-feeling with the selfishness of his motives, and he is the proper object of the highest disapprobation. But still he does no positive hurt to any body. He only does not do that good which in propriety he ought to have done. He is the object of hatred, a passion which is naturally excited by impropriety of sentiment and behaviour; not of resentment, a passion which is never properly called forth but by actions which tend to do real and positive hurt to some particular persons. His want of gratitude, therefore, cannot be punished. To oblige him by force to perform, what in gratitude he ought to perform, and what every impartial spectator would approve of him for performing, would, if possible, be still more improper than his neglecting to perform it. His benefactor would dishonour himself if he attempted by violence to constrain him to gratitude, and it would be impertinent for any third person, who was not the superior of either, to intermeddle. But of all the duties of beneficence, those which gratitude recommends to us approach nearest to what is called a perfect and complete obligation. What friendship, what generosity, what charity, would prompt us to do with universal approbation, is still more free, and can still less be extorted by force than the duties of gratitude. We talk of the debt of gratitude, not of charity, or generosity, nor even of friendship, when friendship is mere esteem, and has not been enhanced and complicated with gratitude for good offices.
Beneficence is always voluntary; it can't be forced or demanded by threat. Simply lacking it doesn't bring punishment because not being beneficent doesn't cause any real harm. It might disappoint someone who was hoping for help, which can understandably lead to dislike and disapproval, but it won't create genuine resentment among people. Someone who doesn't repay their benefactor when they can and when that benefactor needs help is indeed guilty of the worst ingratitude. Every impartial observer feels no sympathy for the selfishness behind their actions, and they become the target of strong disapproval. However, they don’t actually hurt anyone; they just fail to do the good they should have done. They are objects of hatred, a reaction that arises from inappropriate feelings and behavior, not resentment, which is only stirred by actions that cause real harm to specific individuals. Therefore, their lack of gratitude can't be penalized. Forcing them to show gratitude, something they should do willingly and would be praised for, would be even more inappropriate than their failure to do so. Their benefactor would disgrace themselves if they tried to compel gratitude through violence, and it would be inappropriate for any third party, who is neither person's superior, to interfere. Among all the responsibilities of beneficence, those that gratitude compels us to fulfill come closest to being absolute obligations. What friendship, generosity, or charity prompts us to do with widespread approval is even more voluntary and cannot be coerced at all, unlike the duties of gratitude. We refer to the debt of gratitude rather than that of charity, generosity, or even friendship, when friendship is simply respect without being deepened and complicated by gratitude for favors received.
Resentment seems to have been given us by nature for defence, and for defence only. It is the safeguard of justice and the security of innocence. It prompts us to beat off the mischief which is attempted to be done to us, and to retaliate that which is already done; that the 73 offender may be made to repent of his injustice, and that others, through fear of the like punishment, may be terrified from being guilty of the like offence. It must be reserved therefore for these purposes, nor can the spectator ever go along with it when it is exerted for any other. But the mere want of the beneficent virtues, though it may disappoint us of the good which might reasonably be expected, neither does, nor attempts to do, any mischief from which we can have occasion to defend ourselves.
Resentment seems to be something nature gives us for defense, and only for defense. It protects justice and secures innocence. It drives us to fend off the harm that’s being done to us and to retaliate for what has already happened, so that the 73 offender might regret their wrongdoing, and others might, out of fear of facing similar consequences, think twice before committing the same offense. Therefore, it should only be used for these reasons, and a bystander can’t support it when it’s used for anything else. However, the simple lack of kindness, while it might let us down regarding the good we hoped for, neither does nor tries to cause any harm from which we need to defend ourselves.
There is however another virtue, of which the observance is not left to the freedom of our own wills, which may be extorted by force, and of which the violation exposes to resentment, and consequently to punishment. This virtue is justice: the violation of justice is injury: it does real and positive hurt to some particular persons, from motives which are naturally disapproved of. It is, therefore, the proper object of resentment, and of punishment, which is the natural consequence of resentment. As mankind go along with and approve of the violence employed to avenge the hurt which is done by injustice, so they much more go along with, and approve of, that which is employed to prevent and beat off the injury, and to restrain the offender from hurting his neighbours. The person himself who meditates an injustice is sensible of this, and feels that force may, with the utmost propriety, be made use of, both by the person whom he is about to injure, and by others, either to obstruct the execution of his crime, or to punish him when he has executed it. And upon this is founded that remarkable distinction between justice and all the other social virtues, which has of late been particularly insisted upon by an author of very great and original genius, that we feel ourselves to be under a stricter obligation to act according to justice, than agreeably to friendship, charity, or generosity; that the practice of these last mentioned virtues seems to be left in some measure to our own choice, but that, somehow or other, we feel ourselves to be in a peculiar manner tied, bound, and obliged to the observation of justice. We feel, that is to say, that force may, with the utmost propriety, and with the approbation of all mankind, be made use of to constrain us to observe the rules of the one, but not to follow the precepts of the other.
There is, however, another virtue that isn’t just up to our own free will, which can be enforced through force, and breaking it leads to anger and, therefore, punishment. This virtue is justice: violating justice causes harm, creating real and tangible damage to specific individuals, motivated by reasons that are naturally condemned. So, it is rightly the target of anger and punishment, which naturally follows anger. As people tend to support and agree with the force used to seek revenge for the harm caused by injustice, they are even more likely to support and agree with actions taken to prevent the harm and to stop the wrongdoer from hurting others. The person plotting an injustice is aware of this and understands that force can appropriately be used, both by the person they intend to harm and by others, to either stop them from committing their crime or to punish them afterward. This leads to a significant distinction between justice and other social virtues, which has recently been emphasized by a highly original and insightful author. We recognize that we have a greater obligation to act justly than to act in friendship, charity, or generosity; that practicing these latter virtues seems somewhat left to our choice, but we feel uniquely obligated to adhere to justice. We recognize that force can, rightly and with everyone’s approval, be used to compel us to follow the rules of justice, but not to enforce the standards of the other virtues.
We must always, however, carefully distinguish what is only blamable, or the proper object of disapprobation, from what force may be employed either to punish or to prevent. That seems blamable which falls short of that ordinary degree of proper beneficence which experience teaches us to expect of every body; and on the contrary, that seems praise-worthy which goes beyond it. The ordinary degree itself seems neither blamable nor praise-worthy. A father, a son, a brother, who behaves to the correspondent relation neither better nor worse than the greater part of men commonly do, seems properly to deserve neither praise nor blame. He who surprises us by extraordinary and 74 unexpected, though still proper and suitable kindness, or on the contrary, by extraordinary and unexpected as well as unsuitable unkindness, seems praise-worthy in the one case, and blamable in the other.
We must always carefully separate what's just blameworthy, or what deserves disapproval, from the actions that can be taken to punish or prevent. It seems blameworthy when someone falls short of the usual standard of kindness that we expect from everyone, while on the other hand, going above and beyond that standard seems commendable. The average level of behavior itself isn’t seen as either blameworthy or praiseworthy. A father, son, or brother who acts in accordance with how most people typically behave doesn’t truly deserve either praise or blame. When someone surprises us with exceptional and unexpected, yet still appropriate and kind behavior, or conversely, with extraordinary and unexpected but inappropriate unkindness, they seem commendable in the first case and blameworthy in the second.
Even the most ordinary degree of kindness or beneficence, however, cannot among equals, be extorted by force. Among equals each individual is naturally, and antecedent to the institution of civil government, regarded as having a right both to defend himself from injuries, and to exact a certain degree of punishment for those which have been done to him. Every generous spectator not only approves of his conduct when he does this, but enters so far into his sentiments as often to be willing to assist him. When one man attacks, or robs, or attempts to murder another, all the neighbours take the alarm, and think that they do right when they run, either to revenge the person who has been injured, or to defend him who is in danger of being so. But when a father fails in the ordinary degree of parental affection towards a son; when a son seems to want that filial reverence which might be expected to his father; when brothers are without the usual degree of brotherly affection; when a man shuts his breast against compassion, and refuses to relieve the misery of his fellow-creatures, when he can with the greatest ease; in all these cases, though every body blames the conduct, nobody imagines that those who might have reason, perhaps, to expect more kindness, have any right to extort it by force. The sufferer can only complain, and the spectator can intermeddle no other way than by advice and persuasion. Upon all such occasions, for equals to use force against one another, would be thought the highest degree of insolence and presumption.
Even the smallest act of kindness or goodwill, when it comes to equals, can't be obtained through force. Among equals, each person inherently has the right, even before civil government exists, to protect themselves from harm and to seek some level of punishment for wrongs done to them. Everyone watching not only supports their actions when they do this but also empathizes to the point of wanting to help. When one person attacks, robs, or tries to murder another, all the neighbors react, believing they are right to either seek revenge for the person harmed or to protect the one in danger. But when a father shows a lack of the usual parental love for his son; when a son doesn't demonstrate the expected respect for his father; when siblings lack the typical brotherly love; when a person closes themselves off from compassion and refuses to help those in need when it would be easy to do so; in all these cases, while everyone criticizes the behavior, no one thinks that those who might justifiably expect more kindness have the right to demand it through force. The person suffering can only voice their complaint, and bystanders can only intervene through advice and persuasion. In all such situations, it would be viewed as the utmost arrogance and overreach for equals to use force against one another.
A superior may, indeed, sometimes, with universal approbation, oblige those under his jurisdiction to behave, in this respect, with a certain degree of propriety to one another. The laws of all civilized nations oblige parents to maintain their children, and children to maintain their parents, and impose upon men many other duties of beneficence. The civil magistrate is entrusted with the power not only of preserving the public peace by restraining injustice, but of promoting the prosperity of the commonwealth, by establishing good discipline, and by discouraging every sort of vice and impropriety; he may prescribe rules, therefore, which not only prohibit mutual injuries among fellow-citizens, but command mutual good offices to a certain degree. When the sovereign commands what is merely indifferent, and what, antecedent to his orders, might have been omitted without any blame, it becomes not only blamable but punishable to disobey him. When he commands, therefore, what, antecedent to any such order, could not have been omitted without the greatest blame, it surely becomes much more punishable to be wanting in obedience. Of all the duties of a lawgiver, however, this perhaps is that which it requires the greatest delicacy and reserve to execute with propriety and judgment. To 75 neglect it altogether exposes the commonwealth to many gross disorders and shocking enormities, and to push it too far is destructive of all liberty, security, and justice.
A superior can sometimes, with widespread approval, require those under their authority to interact with a certain level of decency with one another. The laws of all civilized nations require parents to support their children, and children to support their parents, and place many other responsibilities of kindness on individuals. The civil authority is given the power not just to maintain public order by preventing injustice, but also to promote the wellbeing of the community by establishing proper conduct and discouraging all kinds of vice and misconduct; they can set rules that not only prevent harm among citizens but also encourage mutual assistance to a certain extent. When the ruler demands something that is simply neutral, and which could have been ignored without any fault before their orders, it becomes not only wrong but subject to punishment to disobey them. Therefore, when they command something that could not have been overlooked without serious blame before such an order, it becomes even more punishable to fail to comply. However, of all the responsibilities of a lawmaker, this one perhaps requires the most sensitivity and discretion to carry out properly and wisely. To 75 ignore it entirely puts the community at risk of serious disorder and shocking wrongs, while taking it too far undermines all freedom, safety, and justice.
Though the mere want of beneficence seems to merit no punishment from equals, the greater exertions of that virtue appear to deserve the highest reward. By being productive of the greatest good, they are the natural and approved objects of the liveliest gratitude. Though the breach of justice, on the contrary, exposes to punishment, the observance of the rules of that virtue seems scarce to deserve any reward. There is, no doubt, a propriety in the practice of justice, and it merits, upon that account, all the approbation which is due to propriety. But as it does no real positive good, it is entitled to very little gratitude. Mere justice is, upon most occasions, but a negative virtue, and only hinders us from hurting our neighbour. The man who barely abstains from violating either the person, or the estate, or the reputation of his neighbours, has surely very little positive merit. He fulfils, however, all the rules of what is peculiarly called justice, and does every thing which his equals can with propriety force him to do, or which they can punish him for not doing. We may often fulfil all the rules of justice by sitting still and doing nothing.
While the simple lack of kindness may not warrant punishment from peers, the greater displays of that virtue certainly deserve the highest rewards. By contributing to the greatest good, they naturally evoke the deepest gratitude. In contrast, violating justice can lead to punishment, while following its rules often seems not to warrant any reward. There's definitely an appropriateness in practicing justice, which deserves all the praise associated with propriety. However, since it doesn’t create any real positive good, it receives very little gratitude. Simply being just is, on most occasions, a negative virtue that merely prevents us from harming others. A person who just refrains from violating the rights, property, or reputation of their neighbors probably holds very little positive merit. However, they still adhere to all the specific rules of what’s known as justice, doing everything their peers can justly enforce upon them or punish them for not doing. Often, we can meet all the requirements of justice just by sitting still and doing nothing.
As every man doth, so shall it be done to him, and retaliation seems to be the great law which is dictated to us by Nature. Beneficence and generosity we think due to the generous and beneficent. Those whose hearts never open to the feelings of humanity, should, we think, be shut out in the same manner, from the affections of all their fellow-creatures, and be allowed to live in the midst of society, as in a great desert where there is nobody to care for them, or to inquire after them. The violator of the laws of justice ought to be made to feel himself that evil which he has done to another; and since no regard to the sufferings of his brethren is capable of restraining him, he ought to be over-awed by the fear of his own. The man who is barely innocent, who only observes the laws of justice with regard to others, and merely abstains from hurting his neighbours, can merit only that his neighbours in their turn should respect his innocence, and that the same laws should be religiously observed with regard to him.
As every person does, so it shall be done to them, and revenge seems to be the big rule that nature has set for us. We believe kindness and generosity should be given to those who are kind and generous. Those whose hearts never open to the feelings of others should, in our opinion, be excluded in the same way from the affections of all their fellow beings and allowed to live among society like they’re in a vast desert where nobody cares about them or checks in on them. Those who break the laws of justice should feel the harm they’ve done to others; and since no consideration for the suffering of their fellow humans can restrain them, they should be intimidated by the fear of their own suffering. A person who is merely innocent, who only follows the laws of justice concerning others and only refrains from harming their neighbors, can only expect that their neighbors will respect their innocence in return and that the same laws will be strictly observed concerning them.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the Sense of Justice, of Remorse, and of the Consciousness of Merit.
THERE can be no proper motive for hurting our neighbour, there can be no incitement to do evil to another, which mankind will go along with, except just indignation for evil which that other has done to us. To disturb his happiness merely because it stands in the way of our own, to take from him what is of real use to him merely because it 76 may be of equal or of more use to us, or to indulge, in this manner, at the expense of other people, the natural preference which every man has for his own happiness above that of other people, is what no impartial spectator can go along with. Every man is, no doubt, by nature, first and principally recommended to his own care; and as he is fitter to take care of himself than of any other person, it is fit and right that it should be so. Every man, therefore, is much more deeply interested in whatever immediately concerns himself, than in what concerns any other man: and to hear, perhaps, of the death of another person, with whom we have no particular connexion, will give us less concern, will spoil our stomach or break our rest much less, than a very insignificant disaster which has befallen ourselves. But though the ruin of our neighbour may affect us much less than a very small misfortune of our own, we must not ruin him to prevent that small misfortune, nor even to prevent our own ruin. We must, here, as in all other cases, view ourselves not so much according to that light in which we may naturally appear to ourselves, as according to that in which we naturally appear to others. Though every man may, according to the proverb, be the whole world to himself, to the rest of mankind he is a most insignificant part of it. Though his own happiness may be of more importance to him than that of all the world besides, to every other person it is of no more consequence than that of any other man. Though it may be true, therefore, that every individual, in his own breast, naturally prefers himself to all mankind, yet he dares not look mankind in the face, and avow that he acts according to this principle. He feels that in this preference they can never go along with him, and that how natural soever it may be to him, it must always appear excessive and extravagant to them. When he views himself in the light in which he is conscious that others will view him, he sees that to them he is but one of the multitude in no respect better than any other in it. If he would act so as that the impartial spectator may enter into the principles of his conduct, which is what of all things he has the greatest desire to do, he must, upon this, as upon all other occasions, humble the arrogance of his self-love, and bring it down to something which other men can go along with. They will indulge it so far as to allow him to be more anxious about, and to pursue with more earnest assiduity, his own happiness than that of any other person. Thus far, whenever they place themselves in his situation, they will readily go along with him. In the race for wealth, for honours, and preferments, he may run as hard as he can, and strain every nerve and every muscle, in order to outstrip all his competitors. But if he should justle, or throw down any of them, the indulgence of the spectators is entirely at an end. It is a violation of fair play, which they cannot admit of. This man is to them, in every respect, as good as he: they do not enter into that self-love by which he prefers himself so 77 much to this other, and cannot go along with the motive from which he hurt him. They readily, therefore, sympathize with the natural resentment of the injured, and the offender becomes the object of their hatred and indignation. He is sensible that he becomes so, and feels that those sentiments are ready to burst out against him.
THERE is no valid reason for hurting our neighbor, and there’s no motivation to do harm to someone else that people will accept, except for justified anger over what that person has done to us. Disturbing his happiness just because it interferes with our own, taking from him what genuinely benefits him simply because it could benefit us more, or indulging the natural preference everyone has for their own happiness over others’ is something that no fair-minded observer can support. Every person, of course, is primarily responsible for their own well-being, and since they are better at looking after themselves than anyone else, that makes sense. Therefore, individuals are much more invested in matters that directly affect them than in what impacts someone else. Hearing about the death of another person, who we don’t have a special connection with, will trouble us less and disrupt our peace much less than a minor inconvenience that happens to us personally. However, even though the downfall of our neighbor may concern us far less than a small misfortune of our own, we must not bring about their ruin to avoid that minor misfortune or even to prevent our own downfall. In such situations, as in all others, we should not see ourselves merely from our own perspective but consider how we come across to others. While one might be the center of their own world, to everyone else, they are just a tiny part of it. Although our own happiness may feel more important than anyone else's, to other people, it holds no more significance than that of any other individual. Therefore, while it may be true that each person naturally prioritizes themselves over all others, they cannot openly admit to this belief when facing society. They know that such self-preference is not something others would share, and that, no matter how natural it feels to them, it will always seem excessive and unreasonable to others. When they consider how others perceive them, they realize that they are just one among many, no better than any other. If they want to conduct themselves in a way that an impartial observer can understand, which is their greatest desire, they must, in this as in all situations, temper their self-love and align it with what others can accept. They will allow him to prioritize his own happiness more than anyone else’s up to a point. Whenever they put themselves in his position, they will readily support him. In the pursuit of wealth, honors, and promotions, he may push himself hard, straining every muscle to outdo his competitors. However, if he pushes or knocks any of them down, the spectators’ tolerance ends. It becomes a breach of fair play that they cannot accept. To them, this man is just as good as he is; they do not share in the self-love that leads him to value himself so 77 much more than that other person, and they can’t align with the motive behind his actions. They readily sympathize with the injured party’s natural anger, and the wrongdoer becomes the target of their hatred and resentment. He senses this and knows that those feelings are about to erupt against him.
As the greater and more irreparable the evil that is done, the resentment of the sufferer runs naturally the higher; so does likewise the sympathetic indignation of the spectator, as well as the sense of guilt in the agent. Death is the greatest evil which one man can inflict upon another, and excites the highest degree of resentment in those who are immediately connected with the slain. Murder, therefore, is the most atrocious of all crimes which affect individuals only, in the sight both of mankind, and of the person who has committed it. To be deprived of that which we are possessed of, is a greater evil than to be disappointed of what we have only the expectation. Breach of property, therefore, theft and robbery, which take from us what we are possessed of, are greater crimes than breach of contract, which only disappoints us of what we expected. The most sacred laws of justice, therefore, those whose violation seems to call loudest for vengeance and punishment, are the laws which guard the life and person of our neighbour; the next are those which guard his property and possessions; and last of all come those which guard what are called his personal rights, or what is due to him from the promises of others.
As the worse and more irreversible the harm done, the more intense the resentment of the victim naturally becomes; the same goes for the sympathetic anger of the observer, as well as the sense of guilt in the perpetrator. Death is the worst harm one person can cause another, sparking the strongest resentment in those who are directly connected to the deceased. Therefore, murder is the most heinous of all crimes that affect individuals, both in the eyes of society and of the person who committed it. Losing what we actually have is a greater harm than being let down by what we only expected. Thus, theft and robbery, which take away what we own, are more serious crimes than breaches of contract, which only disappoint us regarding our expectations. The most fundamental laws of justice, therefore, are those whose violation seems to demand the strongest calls for retribution and punishment; these are the laws that protect the life and safety of our neighbor. Following that are the laws that protect their property and possessions, and finally, those that protect what are known as their personal rights, or what is owed to them based on promises made by others.
The violator of the more sacred laws of justice can never reflect on the sentiments which mankind must entertain with regard to him, without seeing all the agonies of shame, and horror, and consternation. When his passion is gratified, and he begins coolly to reflect on his past conduct, he can enter into none of the motives which influenced it. They appear now as detestable to him as they did always to other people. By sympathizing with the hatred and abhorrence which other men must entertain for him, he becomes in some measure the object of his own hatred and abhorrence. The situation of the person, who suffered by his injustice, now calls upon his pity. He is grieved at the thought of it; regrets the unhappy effects of his own conduct, and feels at the same time that they have rendered him the proper object of the resentment and indignation of mankind, and of what is the natural consequence of resentment, vengeance and punishment. The thought of this perpetually haunts him, and fills him with terror and amazement. He dares no longer look society in the face, but imagines himself as it were rejected, and thrown out from the affections of all mankind. He cannot hope for the consolation of sympathy in this his greatest and most dreadful distress. The remembrance of his crimes has shut out all fellow-feeling with him from the hearts of his fellow-creatures. The sentiments which they entertain with regard to him, are the very thing which he is most afraid of. Every thing seems 78 hostile, and he would be glad to fly to some inhospitable desert, where he might never more behold the face of a human creature, nor read in the countenance of mankind the condemnation of his crimes. But solitude is still more dreadful than society. His own thoughts can present him with nothing but what is black, unfortunate, and disastrous, the melancholy forebodings of incomprehensible misery and ruin. The horror of solitude drives him back into society, and he comes again into the presence of mankind, astonished to appear before them, loaded with shame and distracted with fear, in order to supplicate some little protection from the countenance of those very judges, who he knows have already all unanimously condemned him. Such is the nature of that sentiment, which is properly called remorse; of all the sentiments which can enter the human heart the most dreadful. It is made up of shame from the sense of the impropriety of past conduct; of grief for the effects of it; of pity for those who suffer by it; and of the dread and terror of punishment from the consciousness of the justly provoked resentment of all rational creatures.
The violator of the most sacred laws of justice can never think about how people feel about him without confronting all the pain of shame, horror, and despair. When his desires are satisfied and he starts to reflect on his past actions, he can’t connect with the motivations behind them. They now seem just as detestable to him as they always have to others. By sharing in the hatred and disgust that others feel for him, he becomes, to some extent, the target of his own hatred and disgust. The plight of the person who suffered because of his injustice now calls for his pity. He feels sorrow at the thought of it, regrets the unfortunate consequences of his own actions, and realizes that these consequences have made him a fitting target for the resentment and anger of humanity, along with the natural results of that resentment: vengeance and punishment. The thought of this continuously torments him, filling him with dread and disbelief. He can no longer face society but imagines himself rejected and cast out from the affection of all people. He cannot expect the comfort of sympathy in this, his greatest and most terrifying distress. The memory of his crimes has shut him off from any connection with his fellow humans. The feelings that others have about him are exactly what he fears most. Everything seems hostile, and he wishes he could escape to some unwelcoming desert, where he would never again see another human face or read in their expressions the judgment of his crimes. But solitude is even more frightening than society. His own thoughts can only present him with darkness, misfortune, and disaster—the gloomy forebodings of unimaginable suffering and ruin. The horror of solitude pushes him back into society, and he finds himself again among people, shocked to be before them, burdened with shame and filled with fear, seeking some small protection from the very judges whom he knows have all unanimously condemned him. Such is the nature of that feeling known as remorse; of all the feelings that can enter the human heart, it is the most terrifying. It consists of shame over the inappropriateness of past behavior; grief for its consequences; pity for those who suffer because of it; and the dread and fear of punishment stemming from the awareness of the justified anger of all rational beings.
The opposite behaviour naturally inspires the opposite sentiment. The man who, not from frivolous fancy, but from proper motives, has performed a generous action, when he looks forward to those whom he has served, feels himself to be the natural object of their love and gratitude, and, by sympathy with them, of the esteem and approbation of all mankind. And when he looks backward to the motive from which he acted, and surveys it in the light in which the indifferent spectator will survey it, he still continues to enter into it, and applauds himself by sympathy with the approbation of this supposed impartial judge. In both these points of view his own conduct appears to him every way agreeable. His mind, at the thought of it, is filled with cheerfulness, serenity, and composure. He is in friendship and harmony with all mankind, and looks upon his fellow-creatures with confidence and benevolent satisfaction, secure that he has rendered himself worthy of their most favourable regards. In the combination of all these sentiments consists the consciousness of merit, or of deserved reward.
The opposite behavior naturally leads to the opposite feeling. When a man performs a generous act, not out of trivial whim but from genuine motivation, he feels that those he has helped naturally love and appreciate him. By empathizing with them, he also feels the respect and approval of everyone else. When he reflects on the reasons behind his actions and considers how an indifferent observer would view it, he still engages with those feelings and is pleased with himself, connecting with the approval of this imagined impartial judge. In both perspectives, his actions seem entirely admirable to him. Thinking about it brings him joy, calmness, and peace. He feels a connection and harmony with everyone and views his fellow human beings with trust and kind satisfaction, confident that he has made himself deserving of their most favorable opinions. This mix of feelings forms the sense of merit or deserved reward.
CHAP. Ⅲ.—Of the Utility of this Constitution of Nature.
IT is thus that man, who can subsist only in society, was fitted by nature to that situation for which he was made. All the members of human society stand in need of each others assistance, and are likewise exposed to mutual injuries. Where the necessary assistance is reciprocally afforded from love, from gratitude, from friendship, and esteem, the society flourishes and is happy. All the different members of it are bound together by the agreeable bands of love and affection, 79 and are, as it were, thereby drawn to one common centre of mutual good offices.
IT is clear that humans, who can only survive in a community, are naturally designed for that role. Every member of society relies on one another for help and is also at risk of causing each other harm. When support is given in return out of love, gratitude, friendship, and respect, society thrives and is content. All its diverse members are united by the strong ties of love and affection, 79 and are, in a sense, drawn together towards a common goal of helping one another.
But though the necessary assistance should not be afforded from such generous and disinterested motives, though among the different members of the society there should be no mutual love and affection, the society, though less happy and agreeable, will not necessarily be dissolved. Society may subsist among different men, as among different merchants, from a sense of its utility, without any mutual love or affection; and though no man in it should owe any obligation, or be bound in gratitude to any other, it may still be upheld by a mercenary exchange of good offices according to an agreed valuation.
But even if the necessary help doesn’t come from generous and selfless reasons, and even if the members of the society don’t have mutual love and affection, the society won’t necessarily fall apart, even if it’s less happy and pleasant. Society can exist among different people, just like among different merchants, because of its usefulness, without any mutual love or affection. And even if no one in it feels obligated or grateful to anyone else, it can still be maintained by a business-like exchange of favors based on an agreed value.
Society, however, cannot subsist among those who are at all times ready to hurt and injure one another. The moment that injury begins, the moment that mutual resentment and animosity take place, all the bands of it are broke asunder, and the different members of which it consisted are, as it were, dissipated and scattered abroad by the violence and opposition of their discordant affections. If there is any society among robbers and murderers, they must at least, according to the trite observation, abstain from robbing and murdering one another. Beneficence, therefore, is less essential to the existence of society than justice. Society may subsist, though not in the most comfortable state, without beneficence; but the prevalence of injustice must utterly destroy it.
Society can't survive if people are always ready to hurt each other. The moment injury starts, and mutual resentment and hostility kick in, the bonds that hold society together break apart, and its members become scattered by the chaos of their conflicting emotions. Even among robbers and murderers, they must, as the saying goes, refrain from stealing and killing each other. Therefore, kindness is less crucial for the existence of society than justice. Society can continue to exist, even if it's not in the best condition, without kindness; but if injustice prevails, it will completely collapse.
Though Nature, therefore, exhorts mankind to acts of beneficence, by the pleasing consciousness of deserved reward, she has not thought it necessary to guard and enforce the practice of it by the terrors of merited punishment in case it should be neglected. It is the ornament which embellishes, not the foundation which supports, the building, and which it was, therefore, sufficient to recommend, but by no means necessary to impose. Justice, on the contrary, is the main pillar that upholds the whole edifice. If it is removed, the great, the immense fabric of human society, that fabric which to raise and support seems in this world, if I may say so, to have been the peculiar and darling care of Nature, must in a moment crumble into atoms. In order to enforce the observation of justice, therefore, Nature has implanted in the human breast that consciousness of ill-desert, those terrors of merited punishment which attend upon its violation, as the great safeguards of the association of mankind, to protect the weak, to curb the violent, and to chastise the guilty. Men, though naturally sympathetic, feel so little for another, with whom they have no particular connexion, in comparison of what they feel for themselves; the misery of one, who is merely their fellow-creature, is of so little importance to them in comparison even of a small conveniency of their own; they have it so much in their power to hurt him, and may have so many temptations to do so, that if this principle did not stand up within them in his 80 defence, and overawe them into a respect for his innocence, they would, like wild beasts, be at all times ready to fly upon him; and a man would enter an assembly of men as he enters a den of lions.
While Nature encourages people to do good by giving them the satisfying feeling of earning a reward, she hasn’t deemed it necessary to enforce this with the fear of punishment if they fail to do so. It serves as decoration rather than as the foundation of a structure, which is why it is enough to recommend it but not essential to impose it. Justice, however, is the crucial support that holds up the entire structure. If justice were to be removed, the vast and immense fabric of human society—something that seems to have been Nature’s special and cherished concern—would quickly fall apart. To ensure that justice is observed, Nature has instilled in humans a sense of guilt and the fear of deserved punishment that accompanies its breach, acting as strong protections for human relationships, to defend the vulnerable, control the aggressive, and punish the wrongdoers. People, although naturally empathic, care far less for others with whom they have no specific connection than they do for themselves; the suffering of someone who is simply another human being matters very little to them compared to even a minor inconvenience of their own. They have so much power to harm others and may face many temptations to do so that if this principle didn’t rise up within them to defend others and keep them in check regarding the innocence of those around them, they would act like wild animals, always ready to attack. Entering a crowd of people would feel like stepping into a den of lions.
In every part of the universe we observe means adjusted with the nicest artifice to the ends which they are intended to produce; and in the mechanism of a plant, or animal body, admire how every thing is contrived for advancing the two great purposes of nature, the support of the individual, and the propagation of the species. But in these, and in all such objects, we still distinguish the efficient from the final cause of their several motions and organizations. The digestion of the food, the circulation of the blood, and the secretion of the several juices which are drawn from it, are operations all of them necessary for the great purposes of animal life. Yet we never endeavour to account for them from those purposes as from their efficient causes, nor imagine that the blood circulates, or that the food digests of its own accord, and with a view or intention to the purposes of circulation or digestion. The wheels of the watch are all admirably adjusted to the end for which it was made, the pointing of the hour. All their various motions conspire in the nicest manner to produce this effect. If they were endowed with a desire and intention to produce it, they could not do it better. Yet we never ascribe any such desire or intention to them, but to the watch-maker, and we know that they are put into motion by a spring, which intends the effect it produces as little as they do. But though, in accounting for the operations of bodies, we never fail to distinguish in this manner the efficient from the final cause, in accounting for those of the mind we are very apt to confound these two different things with one another. When by natural principles we are led to advance those ends which a refined and enlightened reason would recommend to us, we are very apt to impute to that reason, as to their efficient cause, the sentiments and actions by which we advance those ends, and to imagine that to be the wisdom of man, which in reality is the wisdom of God. Upon a superficial view, this cause seems sufficient to produce the effects which are ascribed to it; and the system of human nature seems to be more simple and agreeable when all its different operations are thus deduced from a single principle.
In every part of the universe, we see means perfectly adjusted to achieve their intended ends; in the workings of a plant or animal body, we marvel at how everything is designed to serve the two main purposes of nature: supporting the individual and propagating the species. However, in these and similar objects, we still differentiate between the efficient and final causes of their various motions and structures. The digestion of food, the circulation of blood, and the secretion of different juices extracted from it are all necessary functions for the essential purposes of animal life. Yet, we never try to explain them based on those purposes as their efficient causes, nor do we think that blood circulates or food digests automatically, with an intention or purpose behind circulation or digestion. The gears of a watch are all expertly aligned for its intended purpose of keeping time. Their various movements work together seamlessly to achieve this result. If they possessed a desire or intention to do so, they couldn’t execute it any better. Still, we never attribute any desire or intention to them, but rather to the watchmaker, and we understand that they are set in motion by a spring, which has no inherent intention behind the effect it creates, just like they don’t. But while, in explaining the functions of physical bodies, we always distinguish in this way between efficient and final causes, when it comes to the workings of the mind, we tend to confuse these two different concepts. When guided by natural principles to pursue ends that a refined and enlightened reason would suggest, we often mistakenly ascribe to that reason, as its efficient cause, the feelings and actions that help us achieve those ends, believing that to be human wisdom, when in truth, it is divine wisdom. At a superficial glance, this cause seems adequate to produce the effects attributed to it; and the system of human nature appears simpler and more coherent when all its various operations are derived from a single principle.
As society cannot subsist unless the laws of justice are tolerably observed, as no social intercourse can take place among men who do not generally abstain from injuring one another; the consideration of this necessity, it has been thought, was the ground upon which we approved of the enforcement of the laws of justice by the punishment of those who violated them. Man, it has been said, has a natural love for society, and desires that the union of mankind should be preserved for its own sake, and though he himself was to derive no benefit from it. The orderly and flourishing state of society is agreeable to him, and he takes delight in contemplating it. Its disorder and confusion, on the 81 contrary, is the object of his aversion, and he is chagrined at whatever tends to produce it. He is sensible too that his own interest is connected with the prosperity of society, and that the happiness, perhaps the preservation of his existence, depends upon its preservation. Upon every account, therefore, he has an abhorrence at whatever can tend to destroy society, and is willing to make use of every means, which can hinder so hated and so dreadful an event. Injustice necessarily tends to destroy it. Every appearance of injustice, therefore, alarms him, and he runs (if I may say so), to stop the progress of what, if allowed to go on, would quickly put an end to every thing that is dear to him. If he cannot restrain it by gentle and fair means, he must bear it down by force and violence, and at any rate must put a stop to its further progress. Hence it is, they say, that he often approves of the enforcement of the laws of justice even by the capital punishment of those who violate them. The disturber of the public peace is hereby removed out of the world, and others are terrified by his fate from imitating his example.
Since society can't thrive unless the laws of justice are reasonably followed, and no meaningful interactions can happen among people who don't generally avoid harming each other; it's believed that the need for this is the reason we support enforcing the laws of justice by punishing those who break them. It's said that humans have an innate desire for community and want to maintain the bond of humanity for its own sake, even if they don't gain anything from it. A well-ordered and prosperous society is pleasing to them, and they find joy in observing it. On the other hand, its chaos and disorder are what they dislike, and they feel upset by anything that contributes to it. They also recognize that their own well-being is linked to the success of society, and that their happiness, perhaps even their survival, depends on its sustainability. For all these reasons, they detest anything that threatens to destroy society and are willing to use every means necessary to prevent such a terrible event. Injustice inevitably leads to its destruction. Therefore, any sign of injustice raises alarms, prompting them to act quickly to halt its spread, which, if allowed to continue, would swiftly eliminate everything dear to them. If they can’t stop it through gentle and fair methods, they will resort to force and violence to ensure its progress is halted. This is why, they say, they often support enforcing the laws of justice, even to the extent of capital punishment for those who break them. By removing the disruptor of public peace from existence, others are deterred from following in their footsteps due to the fear of the same fate.
Such is the account commonly given of our approbation of the punishment of injustice. And so far this account is undoubtedly true, that we frequently have occasion to confirm our natural sense of the propriety and fitness of punishment, by reflecting how necessary it is for preserving the order of society. When the guilty is about to suffer that just retaliation, which the natural indignation of mankind tells them is due to his crimes; when the insolence of his injustice is broken and humbled by the terror of his approaching punishment; when he ceases to be an object of fear, with the generous and humane he begins to be an object of pity. The thought of what he is about to suffer extinguishes their resentment for the sufferings of others to which he has given occasion. They are disposed to pardon and forgive him, and to save him from that punishment, which in all their cool hours they had considered as the retribution due to such crimes. Here, therefore, they have occasion to call to their assistance the consideration of the general interest of society. They counterbalance the impulse of this weak and partial humanity by the dictates of a humanity that is more generous and comprehensive. They reflect that mercy to the guilty is cruelty to the innocent, and oppose to the emotions of compassion which they feel for a particular person, a more enlarged compassion which they feel for mankind.
This is the typical explanation of why we approve of punishing injustice. And while this explanation is definitely true to some extent, we often need to reaffirm our natural sense of the appropriateness and necessity of punishment by considering how essential it is for maintaining social order. When the guilty individual is about to face the rightful consequences, which our natural outrage tells us they deserve for their wrongdoings; when the arrogance of their injustice is diminished and humbled by the fear of the punishment approaching them; when they stop being something to fear and start being something to pity for the kind and compassionate, the thought of what they are about to endure diminishes their anger for the harm they’ve caused others. They are inclined to pardon and forgive him, wanting to spare him from a punishment that, in calmer moments, they had deemed appropriate for such offenses. Here, they need to remind themselves of the broader societal interest. They counterbalance the urge of this narrow and personal compassion with a more generous and encompassing sense of humanity. They recognize that showing mercy to the guilty is an act of cruelty towards the innocent and oppose the feelings of compassion they have for one individual with a larger compassion they feel for all of humanity.
Sometimes too we have occasion to defend the propriety of observing the general rules of justice by the consideration of their necessity to the support of society. We frequently hear the young and the licentious ridiculing the most sacred rules of morality, and professing, sometimes from the corruption, but more frequently from the vanity of their hearts, the most abominable maxims of conduct. Our indignation rouses, and we are eager to refute and expose such detestable 82 principles. But though it is their intrinsic hatefulness and detestableness, which originally inflames us against them, we are unwilling to assign this as the sole reason why we condemn them, or to pretend that it is merely because we ourselves hate and detest them. The reason, we think, would not appear to be conclusive. Yet why should it not, if we hate and detest them because they are the natural and proper objects of hatred and detestation? But when they are asked why we should not act in such or such a manner, the very question seems to suppose that, to those who ask it, this manner of acting does not appear to be for its own sake the natural and proper object of those sentiments. We must show them, therefore, that it ought to be so for the sake of something else. Upon this account we generally cast about for other arguments, and the consideration which first occurs to us, is the disorder and confusion of society which would result from the universal prevalence of such practices. We seldom fail, therefore, to insist upon this topic.
Sometimes we need to defend the importance of following general rules of justice by considering how necessary they are for supporting society. We often hear young people and those who act recklessly making fun of the most sacred rules of morality, and sometimes, their corrupted or vain hearts lead them to adopt the most abhorrent principles of conduct. This makes us angry, and we feel a strong desire to refute and expose these detestable 82 principles. While it’s their intrinsic hatefulness that initially fuels our anger, we’re reluctant to say this is the only reason we condemn them or to imply that we oppose them just because we personally find them repulsive. We believe such reasoning wouldn’t hold up. Yet, why shouldn’t it, if we detest them because they are genuinely deserving of hatred? However, when asked why we shouldn’t behave in a certain way, the very question suggests that those asking don’t see this way of acting as naturally deserving of those feelings. Therefore, we need to show them that it should be seen as such for the sake of something greater. For this reason, we often look for other arguments, and the first that comes to mind is the disorder and chaos in society that would arise if such practices were to become widespread. So, we typically emphasize this point.
But though it commonly requires no great discernment to see the destructive tendency of all licentious practices to the welfare of society, it is seldom this consideration which first animates us against them. All men, even the most stupid and unthinking, abhor fraud, perfidy and injustice, and delight to see them punished. But few men have reflected upon the necessity of justice to the existence of society, how obvious soever that necessity may appear to be.
But even though it's usually not hard to see how harmful all reckless behaviors are to the well-being of society, it's rarely this thought that drives us to oppose them initially. Everyone, even the least aware and thoughtless individuals, detest fraud, betrayal, and unfairness, and take pleasure in seeing them punished. However, only a few people have considered how essential justice is to the survival of society, no matter how clear that necessity might seem.
That it is not a regard to the preservation of society, which originally interests us in the punishment of crimes committed against individuals, may be demonstrated by many obvious considerations. The concern which we take in the fortune and happiness of individuals does not, in common cases, arise from that which we take in the fortune and happiness of society. We are no more concerned for the destruction or loss of a single man, because this man is a member or part of society, and because we should be concerned for the destruction of society, than we are concerned for the loss of a single guinea, because this guinea is a part of a thousand guineas, and because we should be concerned for the loss of the whole sum. In neither case does our regard for the individuals arise from our regard for the multitude: but in both cases our regard for the multitude is compounded and made up of the particular regards which we feel for the different individuals of which it is composed. As when a small sum is unjustly taken from us, we do not so much prosecute the injury from a regard to the preservation of our whole fortune, as from a regard to that particular sum which we have lost; so when a single man is injured or destroyed, we demand the punishment of the wrong that has been done to him, not so much from a concern for the general interest of society, as from a concern for that very individual who has been injured. It is to be observed, however, that this concern does not necessarily include 83 in it any degree of those exquisite sentiments which are commonly called love, esteem, and affection, and by which we distinguish our particular friends and acquaintance. The concern which is requisite for this, is no more than the general fellow-feeling which we have with every man merely because he is our fellow-creature. We enter into the resentment even of an odious person, when he is injured by those to whom he has given no provocation. Our disapprobation of his ordinary character and conduct does not in this case altogether prevent our fellow-feeling with his natural indignation; though with those who are not either extremely candid, or who have not been accustomed to correct and regulate their natural sentiments by general rules, it is very apt to damp it.
That our interest in punishing crimes against individuals isn't really about preserving society can be shown by many clear points. Our concern for the well-being and happiness of individuals usually doesn't stem from our concern for society as a whole. We don't care about the loss of a single person just because they're part of society or because we would be upset about the loss of society. It’s like not caring about losing one guinea just because it’s part of a larger sum of a thousand guineas. In both cases, our concern for individuals doesn't come from our concern for the group; instead, our concern for the group comes from the specific feelings we have for each individual within it. Just like if a small amount is unfairly taken from us, we pursue justice not just to protect our total fortune, but because we've lost that specific amount; similarly, when a single person is harmed or killed, we seek punishment for the wrong done to them, not just because it affects society but due to our concern for that specific individual. However, it’s important to note that this concern doesn't necessarily include the deep feelings we usually associate with love, respect, and affection for our close friends and acquaintances. The concern needed for this is merely the basic empathy we feel for anyone simply because they are human. We even empathize with someone unpleasant when they're wronged by those who have no reason to harm them. Our dislike for their usual behavior doesn’t completely stop us from feeling for their natural outrage; though for those who aren't very understanding or haven't learned to balance their feelings with general principles, it might dampen that empathy.83
Upon some occasions, indeed, we both punish and approve of punishment, merely from a view to the general interest of society, which, we imagine, cannot otherwise be secured. Of this kind are all the punishments inflicted for breaches of what is called either civil police, or military discipline. Such crimes do not immediately or directly hurt any particular person; but their remote consequences, it is supposed, do produce, or might produce, either a considerable inconveniency, or a great disorder in the society. A sentinel, for example, who falls asleep upon his watch, suffers death by the laws of war, because such carelessness might endanger the whole army. This severity may, upon many occasions, appear necessary, and, for that reason, just and proper. When the preservation of an individual is inconsistent with the safety of a multitude, nothing can be more just than that the many should be preferred to the one. Yet this punishment, how necessary soever, always appears to be excessively severe. The natural atrocity of the crime seems to be so little, and the punishment so great, that it is with great difficulty that our heart can reconcile itself to it. Though such carelessness appears very blamable, yet the thought of this crime does not naturally excite any such resentment as would prompt us to take such dreadful revenge. A man of humanity must recollect himself, must make an effort, and exert his whole firmness and resolution, before he can bring himself either to inflict it, or to go along with it when it is inflicted by others. It is not, however, in this manner, that he looks upon the just punishment of an ungrateful murderer or parricide. His heart, in this case, applauds with ardour, and even with transport, the just retaliation which seems due to such detestable crimes, and which, if, by any accident, they should happen to escape, he would be highly enraged and disappointed. The very different sentiments with which the spectator views those different punishments, is a proof that his approbation of the one is far from being founded upon the same principles with that of the other. He looks upon the sentinel as an unfortunate victim, who, indeed, must, and ought to be, devoted to the safety of numbers, but whom still, in his heart, he would 84 be glad to save; and he is only sorry, that the interest of the many should oppose it. But if the murderer should escape from punishment, it would excite his highest indignation, and he would call upon God to avenge, in another world, that crime which the injustice of mankind had neglected to chastise upon earth.
In some cases, we both accept and endorse punishment simply to serve the greater good of society, which we believe can’t be protected in any other way. This includes all the punishments for violations of what we refer to as civil order or military discipline. These offenses don’t directly harm any specific individual, but their potential consequences are thought to lead to significant inconvenience or serious disorder within society. For instance, a guard who falls asleep on duty faces the death penalty under military law, since such negligence could jeopardize the entire army. This harshness may often seem necessary, and so, it feels just and appropriate. When the safety of one person conflicts with the safety of many, it seems completely reasonable to prioritize the many over the one. Yet, despite its necessity, this punishment feels excessively harsh. The inherent severity of the crime feels minimal compared to the weight of the punishment, making it hard for us to accept it emotionally. Although such negligence is certainly blameworthy, it doesn’t naturally evoke enough outrage to justify such a brutal response. A compassionate person needs to gather their thoughts, make an effort, and summon all their strength and resolve before they can either carry out such punishment or agree with others who do. However, that’s not how they feel about the rightful punishment of a murderous traitor or parricide. In those cases, their heart wholeheartedly supports and even celebrates the deserved retaliation for such heinous acts, and if, by chance, the offender were to avoid justice, it would fill them with great anger and disappointment. The very different feelings the observer has toward these two punishments show that their approval of one is clearly not based on the same principles as that of the other. They see the guard as a tragic victim who, unfortunately, must be sacrificed for the safety of many, and deep down, they would prefer to save him but feel regret that the needs of the many prevent it. On the other hand, if the murderer goes unpunished, it would ignite their utmost fury, and they would call upon God to take revenge in the afterlife for a crime that human injustice has failed to address on earth.
For it well deserves to be taken notice of, that we are so far from imagining that injustice ought to be punished in this life, merely on account of the order of society, which cannot otherwise be maintained, that Nature teaches us to hope, and religion, we suppose, authorises us to expect, that it will be punished, even in a life to come. Our sense of its ill desert pursues it, if I may say so, even beyond the grave, though the example of its punishment there cannot serve to deter the rest of mankind, who see it not, who know it not, from being guilty of the like practices here. The justice of God, however, we think, still requires, that he should hereafter avenge the injuries of the widow and the fatherless, who are here so often insulted with impunity. In every religion, and in every superstition that the world has ever beheld, accordingly, there has been a Tartarus as well as an Elysium; a place provided for the punishment of the wicked, as well as one for the reward of the just.
It's important to note that we are far from thinking that injustice should only be punished in this life just to keep society orderly; instead, nature encourages us to hope, and we believe that religion supports the idea that it will be punished in an afterlife. Our sense of its wrongness follows it, so to speak, even after death, although the punishment there can't deter others who do not see or know about it from committing similar wrongs in this life. However, we believe that God's justice requires him to eventually avenge the wrongs done to widows and orphans, who are often insulted without consequences here. In every religion and superstition the world has ever known, there has been a Tartarus as well as an Elysium; a place set aside for punishing the wicked, as well as one for rewarding the righteous.
SECT. Ⅲ.—OF THE IINFLUENCE OF FFORTUNE UPON THE SFEELINGS OF MANKIND, WITH RREGARDING THE MERIT OR DEMERIT OF THEIR ACTIONS.
INTRODUCTION.—Whatever praise or blame can be due to any action, must belong either, first, to the intention or affection of the heart, from which it proceeds, or, secondly, to the external action or movement of the body, which this affection gives occasion to; or, lastly, to the good or bad consequences, which actually, and in fact, proceed from it. These three different things constitute the whole nature and circumstances of the action, and must be the foundation of whatever quality can belong to it.
IINTRODUCTION.—Any praise or blame for an action must come from one of three sources: first, the intention or feelings in the heart that drive it; second, the physical actions or movements of the body that result from those feelings; or third, the good or bad consequences that actually arise from it. These three aspects make up the complete nature and context of the action and form the basis for any qualities attributed to it.
That the two last of these three circumstances cannot be the foundation of any praise or blame, is abundantly evident; nor has the contrary ever been asserted by any body. The external action or movement of the body is often the same in the most innocent and in the most blamable actions. He who shoots a bird, and he who shoots a man, both of them perform the same external movement: each of them draws the trigger of a gun. The consequences which actually, and in fact, happen to proceed from any action, are, if possible, still more indifferent either to praise or blame, than even the external movement of the body. As they depend, not upon the agent, but upon fortune, they cannot be 85 the proper foundation for any sentiment, of which his character and conduct are the objects.
It's clear that the last two of these three circumstances cannot be the basis for any praise or blame; no one has ever claimed otherwise. The external action or movement of the body can be the same in both innocent and blameworthy acts. The person who shoots a bird and the person who shoots a man both perform the same external action: they each pull the trigger of a gun. The actual consequences that arise from any action are, if anything, even less relevant to praise or blame than the external movement of the body. Since they depend not on the agent but on chance, they cannot be 85 the appropriate basis for any judgment regarding his character and behavior.
The only consequences for which he can be answerable, or by which he can deserve either approbation or disapprobation of any kind, are those which were some way or other intended, or those which, at least, show some agreeable or disagreeable quality in the intention of the heart, from which he acted. To the intention or affection of the heart, therefore, to the propriety or impropriety, to the beneficence or hurtfulness of the design, all praise or blame, all approbation or disapprobation, of any kind, which can justly be bestowed upon any action must ultimately belong.
The only consequences he can be accountable for, or that can earn him any kind of approval or disapproval, are those that were intended in some way, or at least, those that reflect some positive or negative quality in the intentions behind his actions. Therefore, all praise or blame, all approval or disapproval of any kind that can reasonably be given to any action ultimately comes down to the intentions or feelings in the heart, the appropriateness or inappropriateness, and the kindness or harm of the intent.
When this maxim is thus proposed, in abstract and general terms, there is nobody who does not agree to it. Its self-evident justice is acknowledged by all the world, and there is not a dissenting voice among all mankind. Every body allows, that how different soever the accidental, the unintended and unforeseen consequences of different actions, yet, if the intentions or affections from which they arose were, on the one hand, equally proper and equally beneficent, or, on the other, equally improper and equally malevolent, the merit or demerit of the actions is still the same, and the agent is equally the suitable object either of gratitude or of resentment.
When this principle is stated in simple, general terms, everyone agrees with it. Its obvious fairness is recognized by everyone, and there isn't a single opposing voice among all people. Everyone acknowledges that no matter how different the accidental, unintended, and unforeseen outcomes of various actions might be, if the intentions or feelings that led to those actions were, on one hand, equally good and beneficial, or, on the other hand, equally bad and harmful, the value of the actions remains the same, and the person responsible is equally deserving of either gratitude or resentment.
But how well soever we may seem to be persuaded of the truth of this equitable maxim, when we consider it after this manner, in abstract, yet when we come to particular cases, the actual consequences which happen to proceed from any action, have a very great effect upon our sentiments concerning its merit or demerit, and almost always either enhance or diminish our sense of both. Scarce, in any one instance, perhaps, will our sentiments be found, after examination, to be entirely regulated by this rule, which we all acknowledge ought entirely to regulate them.
But no matter how convinced we might seem about the truth of this fair principle when we think about it in general, when we look at specific situations, the real outcomes that result from any action greatly influence how we feel about its value or lack of value, and almost always either boost or lessen our perception of both. Rarely, if ever, will our feelings be found, after careful consideration, to be completely guided by this rule, which we all agree should fully guide them.
This irregularity of sentiment, which every body feels, which scarce any body is sufficiently aware of, and which nobody is willing to acknowledge, I proceed now to explain; and I shall consider, first, the cause which gives occasion to it, or the mechanism by which Nature produces it; secondly, the extent of its influence; and, last of all, the end which it answers, or the purpose which the Author of nature seems to have intended by it.
This inconsistency of feelings, which everyone experiences, hardly anyone fully realizes, and nobody is willing to admit, I will now explain. I will first examine the cause that gives rise to it, or the process by which Nature creates it; second, the scope of its influence; and finally, the purpose it serves, or what the Creator of nature seems to have intended by it.
CHAP. Ⅰ.—Of the Causes of this Influence of Fortune.
THE causes of pain and pleasure, whatever they are, or however they operate, seem to be the objects, which, in all animals, immediately excite those two passions of gratitude and resentment. They are excited by inanimated, as well as by animated objects. We are angry, for a 86 moment, even at the stone that hurts us. A child beats it, a dog barks at it, a choleric man is apt to curse it. The least reflection, indeed, corrects this sentiment, and we soon become sensible, that what has no feeling is a very improper object of revenge. When the mischief, however, is very great, the object which caused it becomes disagreeable to us ever after, and we take pleasure to burn or destroy it. We should treat, in this manner, the instrument which had accidentally been the cause of the death of a friend, and we should often think ourselves guilty of a sort of inhumanity, if we neglected to vent this absurd sort of vengeance upon it.
THE reasons behind pain and pleasure, no matter what they are or how they work, seem to be what triggers the feelings of gratitude and resentment in all animals. These feelings can be provoked by both lifeless and living things. We can feel anger, even for a 86 moment, towards a stone that injures us. A child might hit it, a dog may bark at it, and an irritable person is likely to curse it. However, with a bit of thought, we realize that punishing something without feelings is not appropriate. Yet, when the harm is significant, the thing that caused it remains unpleasant to us forever, and we find satisfaction in burning or destroying it. We would react similarly to the object that accidentally led to a friend's death, and we might feel a sort of inhumanity if we fail to express this irrational desire for revenge against it.
We conceive, in the same manner, a sort of gratitude for those inanimated objects, which have been the causes of great or frequent pleasure to us. The sailor, who, as soon as he got ashore, should mend his fire with the plank upon which he had just escaped from a shipwreck, would seem to be guilty of an unnatural action. We should expect that he would rather preserve it with care and affection, as a monument that was, in some measure, dear to him. A man grows fond of a snuffbox, of a pen-knife, of a staff which he has long made use of, and conceives something like a real love and affection for them. If he breaks or loses them, he is vexed out of all proportion to the value of the damage. The house which we have long lived in, the tree, whose verdure and shade we have long enjoyed, are both looked upon with a sort of respect that seems due to such benefactors. The decay of the one, or the ruin of the other, affects us with a kind of melancholy, though we should sustain no loss by it. The Dryads and the Lares of the ancients, a sort of genii of trees and houses, were probably first suggested by this sort of affection, which the authors of those superstitions felt for such objects, and which seemed unreasonable, if there was nothing animated about them.
We feel a kind of gratitude for inanimate objects that have brought us a lot of joy. For instance, if a sailor, right after reaching land, were to use the board he escaped on from a shipwreck to stoke his fire, it would seem unnatural. We’d expect him to take care of it with love and appreciation, as it represents something important to him. A person becomes attached to a snuffbox, a pocket knife, or a walking stick they’ve used for a long time, feeling a genuine affection for them. If they break or lose these items, their frustration often seems much greater than the actual worth of what was lost. The house we’ve lived in for years or the tree that has given us shade and beauty are viewed with a kind of respect that feels deserved; they are like benefactors. If either one starts to decay or falls into ruin, it brings us a sense of sadness, even if we aren’t losing anything significant. The Dryads and Lares of ancient times, the guardians of trees and homes, likely originated from this deep-seated affection that their creators felt for these objects, which would seem irrational if there were nothing alive about them.
But, before any thing can be the proper object of gratitude or resentment, it must not only be the cause of pleasure or pain, it must likewise be capable of feeling them. Without this other quality, those passions cannot vent themselves with any sort of satisfaction upon it. As they are excited by the causes of pleasure and pain, so their gratification consists in retaliating those sensations upon what gave occasion to them; which it is to no purpose to attempt upon what has no sensibility. Animals, therefore, are less improper objects of gratitude and resentment than animated objects. The dog that bites, the ox that gores, are both of them punished. If they have been the causes of the death of any person, neither the public, nor the relations of the slain, can be satisfied, unless they are put to death in their turn: nor is this merely for the security of the living, but, in some measure, to revenge the injury of the dead. Those animals, on the contrary, that have been remarkably serviceable to their masters, become the objects of a very lively gratitude. We are shocked at the brutality of that officer, 87 mentioned in the Turkish Spy, who stabbed the horse that had carried him across an arm of the sea, lest that animal should afterwards distinguish some other person by a similar adventure.
But before anything can be seen as deserving of gratitude or anger, it must not only cause pleasure or pain, but it must also be able to feel those emotions. Without this ability, those feelings cannot be expressed satisfactorily towards it. Just as they are triggered by sources of pleasure and pain, their satisfaction comes from reflecting those sensations back onto what caused them; it makes no sense to try this with something that cannot feel. Therefore, animals are less appropriate targets for gratitude and resentment than living beings. The dog that bites and the ox that gores are both punished. If they have caused someone's death, neither the public nor the family of the deceased can find peace unless those animals are executed as well; this is not just for the safety of the living, but also, in some way, to avenge the harm done to the dead. In contrast, those animals that have been particularly helpful to their owners inspire a strong sense of gratitude. We are appalled by the cruelty of that officer, 87 mentioned in the Turkish Spy, who stabbed the horse that had carried him across a body of water, fearing that the animal might later recognize someone else from a similar experience.
But, though animals are not only the causes of pleasure and pain, but are also capable of feeling those sensations, they are still far from being complete and perfect objects, either of gratitude or resentment; and those passions still feel, that there is something wanting to their entire gratification. What gratitude chiefly desires, is not only to make the benefactor feel pleasure in his turn, but to make him conscious that he meets with this reward on account of his past conduct, to make him pleased with that conduct, and to satisfy him that the person upon whom he bestowed his good offices was not unworthy of them. What most of all charms us in our benefactor, is the concord between his sentiments and our own, with regard to what interests us so nearly as the worth of our own character, and the esteem that is due to us. We are delighted to find a person who values us as we value ourselves, and distinguishes us from the rest of mankind, with an attention not unlike that with which we distinguish ourselves. To maintain in him these agreeable and flattering sentiments, is one of the chief ends proposed by the returns we are disposed to make to him. A generous mind often disdains the interested thought of extorting new favours from its benefactor, by what may be called the importunities of its gratitude. But to preserve and to increase his esteem, is an interest which the greatest mind does not think unworthy of its attention. And this is the foundation of what I formerly observed, and when we cannot enter into the motives of our benefactor, when his conduct and character appear unworthy of our approbation, let his services have been ever so great, our gratitude is always sensibly diminished. We are less flattered by the distinction; and to preserve the esteem of so weak, or so worthless a patron, seems to be an object which does not deserve to be pursued for its own sake.
But while animals not only cause pleasure and pain, but can also feel those sensations, they still fall short of being perfect objects for gratitude or resentment. Those feelings suggest that something is missing for complete satisfaction. What gratitude mainly seeks is not just to make the benefactor feel pleasure in return, but to make him aware that he is receiving this reward because of his past actions, to ensure he takes pride in those actions, and to reassure him that the person he helped was worthy of his kindness. What captivates us most about our benefactor is the alignment between his feelings and ours, especially concerning the value of our character and the respect we deserve. We’re pleased to meet someone who appreciates us as we appreciate ourselves and recognizes us from the crowd with attention similar to how we recognize ourselves. Keeping those pleasing and flattering feelings alive in him is one of the main goals of our responses to him. An honorable person often overlooks selfishly trying to gain more favors from their benefactor through what could be called the persistent expressions of gratitude. However, maintaining and increasing his respect is an ambition that even the greatest mind considers worthy of its time. This ties back to what I mentioned earlier: when we can't understand our benefactor's motives, and when his actions and character seem unworthy of our approval, even if his services have been significant, our gratitude is always noticeably diminished. We feel less flattered by the recognition, and preserving the esteem of such a weak or worthless patron seems to be a goal not worth pursuing for its own sake.
The object, on the contrary, which resentment is chiefly intent upon, is not so much to make our enemy feel pain in his turn, as to make him conscious that he feels it upon account of his past conduct, to make him repent of that conduct, and to make him sensible, that the person whom he injured did not deserve to be treated in that manner. What chiefly enrages us against the man who injures or insults us, is the little account which he seems to make of us, the unreasonable preference which he gives to himself above us, and that absurd self-love, by which he seems to imagine, that other people may be sacrificed at any time, to his conveniency or his humour. The glaring impropriety of his conduct, the gross insolence and injustice which it seems to involve in it, often shock and exasperate us more than all the mischief which we have suffered. To bring him back to a more just sense of what is due to other people, to make him sensible of what he owes us, and of the wrong that he has 88 done to us, is frequently the principal end proposed in our revenge, which is always imperfect when it cannot accomplish this. When our enemy appears to have done us no injury, when we are sensible that he acted quite properly, that, in his situation, we should have done the same thing, and that we deserved from him all the mischief we met with; in that case, if we have the least spark either of candour or justice, we can entertain no sort of resentment.
The object of resentment isn’t just to make our enemy feel pain in return; it's more about making them aware that they're feeling it because of their past actions, getting them to regret that behavior, and making them realize that the person they harmed didn’t deserve to be treated that way. What mostly fuels our anger towards someone who hurts or insults us is how little they seem to care about us, the unreasonable preference they have for themselves over us, and that ridiculous self-love that leads them to think other people can be sacrificed for their convenience or pleasure. The blatant wrongness of their actions, the severe arrogance and injustice that come with it, often shocks and angers us more than the actual harm we've suffered. Getting them to recognize a more accurate sense of what they owe to others, to understand what they owe us, and to acknowledge the wrong they’ve done to us is often the main goal of our desire for revenge, which feels incomplete if it can’t achieve this. When our enemy seems to have done us no harm, when we recognize that they acted completely appropriately, that we would have done the same in their position, and that we deserved all the mischief we encountered from them; in those situations, if we have even a hint of fairness or justice, we can’t feel any resentment at all.
Before any thing, therefore, can be the complete and proper object, either of gratitude or resentment, it must possess three different qualifications. First, it must be the cause of pleasure in the one case, and of pain in the other. Secondly, it must be capable of feeling those sensations. And, thirdly, it must not only have produced those sensations, but it must have produced them from design, and from a design that is approved of in the one case, and disapproved of in the other. It is by the first qualification, that any object is capable of exciting those passions: it is by the second, that it is in any respect capable of gratifying them: the third qualification is not only necessary for their complete satisfaction, but as it gives a pleasure or pain that is both exquisite and peculiar, it is likewise an additional exciting cause of those passions.
Before anything can truly be the complete and appropriate object of gratitude or resentment, it must meet three different criteria. First, it must be the source of pleasure in one case and of pain in the other. Second, it must be capable of experiencing those feelings. And third, it must not only have caused those feelings, but it must have done so intentionally, with a purpose that is approved in one case and disapproved in the other. The first criterion is what makes any object capable of stirring those emotions: the second is what allows it to some extent to satisfy them; the third criterion is not only essential for their full satisfaction, but since it brings about pleasure or pain that is both intense and specific, it also serves as an additional catalyst for those emotions.
As what gives pleasure or pain, therefore, either in one way or another, is the sole exciting cause of gratitude and resentment; though the intentions of any person should be ever so proper and beneficent, on the one hand, or ever so improper and malevolent on the other; yet, if he has failed in producing either the good or the evil which he intended, as one of the exciting causes is wanting in both cases, less gratitude seems due to him in the one, and less resentment in the other. And, on the contrary, though in the intentions of any person, there was either no laudable degree of benevolence on the one hand, or no blamable degree of malice on the other; yet, if his actions should produce either great good or great evil, as one of the exciting causes takes place upon both these occasions, some gratitude is apt to arise towards him in the one, and some resentment in the other. A shadow of merit seems to fall upon him in the first, a shadow of demerit in the second. And, as the consequences of actions are altogether under the empire of Fortune, hence arises her influence upon the sentiments of mankind with regard to merit and demerit.
What gives us pleasure or pain is the only real reason for feelings of gratitude and resentment. Even if someone has the best intentions and wants to do good, if they fail to achieve the good they intended, they receive less gratitude because the cause for goodwill is absent. Similarly, if their intentions are harmful, but they don’t actually cause any harm, then they don’t evoke much resentment either. On the flip side, if someone has no good intentions or no bad intentions but their actions lead to significant good or evil, then gratitude or resentment can arise. In the first case, a faint sense of merit surrounds them, while in the second, a faint sense of blame does. Since the outcomes of actions are largely influenced by chance, this shapes how people feel about merit and demerit.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the Extent of this Influence of Fortune.
THE effect of this influence of fortune is, first, to diminish our sense of the merit or demerit of those actions which arose from the most laudable or blamable intentions, when they fail of producing their proposed effects: and, secondly, to increase our sense of the merit or demerit of 89 actions, beyond what is due to the motives or affections from which they proceed, when they accidentally give occasion either to extraordinary pleasure or pain.
THE effect of this influence of fate is, first, to reduce our appreciation of the value or fault of actions that stem from the best or worst intentions when they don't achieve their intended outcomes; and, second, to inflate our appreciation of the value or fault of 89 actions, beyond what is warranted by the motives or feelings behind them, when they unexpectedly lead to either great pleasure or pain.
1. First, I say, though the intentions of any person should be ever so proper and beneficent, on the one hand, or ever so improper and malevolent, on the other, yet, if they fail in producing their effects, his merit seems imperfect in the one case, and his demerit incomplete in the other. Nor is this irregularity of sentiment felt only by those who are immediately affected by the consequence of any action. It is felt, in some measure, even by the impartial spectator. The man who solicits an office for another, without obtaining it, is regarded as his friend, and seems to deserve his love and affection. But the man who not only solicits, but procures it, is more peculiarly considered as his patron and benefactor, and is entitled to his respect and gratitude. The person obliged, we are apt to think, may, with some justice, imagine himself on a level with the first: but we cannot enter into his sentiments, if he does not feel himself inferior to the second. It is common indeed to say, that we are equally obliged to the man who has endeavoured to serve, as to him who actually did so. It is the speech which we constantly make upon every unsuccessful attempt of this kind; but which, like all other fine speeches, must be understood with a grain of allowance. The sentiments which a man of generosity entertains for the friend who fails, may often indeed be nearly the same with those which he conceives for him who succeeds: and the more generous he is, the more nearly will those sentiments approach to an exact level. With the truly generous, to be beloved, to be esteemed by those whom they themselves think worthy of esteem, gives more pleasure, and thereby excites more gratitude, than all the advantages which they can ever expect from those sentiments. When they lose those advantages therefore, they seem to lose but a trifle, which is scarce worth regarding. They still however lose something. Their pleasure therefore, and consequently their gratitude, is not perfectly complete: and accordingly if, between the friend who fails and the friend who succeeds, all other circumstances are equal, there will, even in the noblest and best mind, be some little difference of affection in favour of him who succeeds. Nay, so unjust are mankind in this respect, that though the intended benefit should be procured, yet if it is not procured by the means of a particular benefactor, they are apt to think that less gratitude is due to the man, who with the best intentions in the world could do no more than help it a little forward. As their gratitude is in this case divided among the different persons who contributed to their pleasure, a smaller share of it seems due to any one. Such a person, we hear men commonly say, intended no doubt to serve us; and we really believe exerted himself to the utmost of his abilities for that purpose. We are not, however, obliged to him for this benefit; 90 since, had it not been for the concurrence of others, all that he could have done would never have brought it about. This consideration, they imagine, should, even in the eyes of the impartial spectator, diminish the debt which they owe to him. The person himself who has unsuccessfully endeavoured to confer a benefit, has by no means the same dependency upon the gratitude of the man whom he meant to oblige, nor the same sense of his own merit towards him, which he would have had in the case of success.
1. First, I just want to say that even when someone has the best intentions, whether they're good or bad, if they don't achieve their goals, it feels like their efforts are lacking. This feeling isn't only experienced by those directly affected by someone's actions, but also to some extent by the impartial observer. When someone tries to get a job for someone else but fails, they're seen as a friend and seem to deserve their love and appreciation. However, when someone not only tries but actually gets that job, they're viewed as a true benefactor, deserving of respect and gratitude. We often think that the person who is helped might reasonably consider themselves equal to the first friend, but we can't really understand their feelings if they don't see themselves as lesser compared to the second. It's a common belief that we should feel equally grateful to both the person who tried to help and the one who succeeded. We say this often for unsuccessful attempts, but like many pleasant phrases, it needs to be taken with a grain of salt. The feelings that a generous person has for a friend who fails can often be very similar to those for the one who succeeds, and the more generous they are, the closer those feelings will be. For truly generous people, being loved and respected by those they admire brings more joy and gratitude than any benefits they might expect from these feelings. When they miss out on those benefits, it feels like they’ve lost something minimal and not worth much. However, they still lose something. So their joy and thus their gratitude aren't completely fulfilled, and as a result, if all other factors are equal, there will always be a slight difference in affection favoring the person who succeeds, even from the noblest hearts. In fact, people can be so unfair about this that if a benefit is obtained but not through the specific efforts of a particular benefactor, they often feel less gratitude is owed to the person who, with the best intentions, could only help a little. Since their gratitude gets shared among those who contributed to their happiness, it seems like less is owed to each individual. People often say this person clearly meant to help us and we genuinely believe they tried their best. However, we don’t owe them gratitude for the benefit, 90 because without the help of others, their efforts alone wouldn't have made a difference. This thought leads them to believe that even in the eyes of an impartial observer, it should lessen the debt they feel toward that person. The individual who unsuccessfully tried to do a good deed doesn't feel the same dependence on the gratitude of the person they meant to help, nor do they feel the same sense of their own merit as they would have if they had succeeded.
Even the merit of talents and abilities which some accident has hindered from producing their effects, seems in some measure imperfect, even to those who are fully convinced of their capacity to produce them. The general who has been hindered by the envy of ministers from gaining some great advantage over the enemies of his country, regrets the loss of the opportunity for ever after. Nor is it only upon account of the public that he regrets it. He laments that he was hindered from performing an action which would have added a new lustre to his character in his own eyes, as well as in those of every other person. It satisfies neither himself nor others to reflect that the plan or design was all that depended on him, that no greater capacity was required to execute it than what was necessary to concert it: that he was allowed to be every way capable of executing it, and that had he been permitted to go on, success was infallible. He still did not execute it; and though he might deserve all the approbation which is due to a magnanimous and great design, he still wanted the actual merit of having performed a great action. To take the management of any affair of public concern from the man who has almost brought it to a conclusion, is regarded as the most invidious injustice. As he had done so much, he should, we think, have been allowed to acquire the complete merit of putting an end to it. It was objected to Pompey, that he came in upon the victories of Lucullus, and gathered those laurels which were due to the fortune and valour of another. The glory of Lucullus, it seems, was less complete even in the opinion of his own friends, when he was not permitted to finish that conquest which his conduct and courage had put in the power of almost any man to finish. It mortifies an architect when his plans are either not executed at all, or when they are so far altered as to spoil the effect of the building. The plan, however, is all that depends upon the architect. The whole of his genius is, to good judges, as completely discovered in that as in the actual execution. But a plan does not, even to the most intelligent, give the same pleasure as a noble and magnificent building. They may discover as much both of taste and genius in the one as in the other. But their effects are still vastly different, and the amusement derived from the first, never approaches to the wonder and admiration which are sometimes excited by the second. We may believe of many men, that their talents are 91 superior to those of Cæsar and Alexander; and that in the same situations they would perform still greater actions. In the mean time, however, we do not behold them with that astonishment and admiration with which those two heroes have been regarded in all ages and nations. The calm judgments of the mind may approve of them more, but they want the splendour of great actions to dazzle and transport it. The superiority of virtues and talents has not, even upon those who acknowledge that superiority, the same effect with the superiority of achievements.
Even the value of talents and abilities that circumstances have prevented from showing their impact seems somewhat incomplete, even to those who fully believe in their potential. The general who has been blocked by the jealousy of officials from achieving a significant victory over his country’s enemies regrets that lost opportunity forever. And it’s not just because of the public that he feels this way. He mourns not being able to perform an act that would have enhanced his reputation in his own eyes and in the eyes of others. It doesn’t satisfy him or anyone else to think that only the planning was within his control, that no greater skill was needed to carry it out than was required to propose it: that he was entirely capable of executing it, and that if he had been allowed to proceed, success was certain. He still didn’t manage to do it; and while he might deserve all the praise that comes with a noble and grand design, he still lacks the actual merit of having accomplished a significant act. Taking any public issue away from someone who has nearly finished it is considered a severe injustice. Since he has already done so much, we believe he should have been allowed to take full credit for completing it. It was criticized of Pompey that he stepped in to claim the victories of Lucullus, gathering the accolades that rightfully belonged to another's fate and bravery. The glory of Lucullus, it turns out, was seen as less complete even by his own supporters, when he wasn’t allowed to finish that conquest which his leadership and bravery had enabled anyone to complete. It frustrates an architect when his designs are either not realized at all or altered so much that they ruin the overall effect. Regardless, the design is all that rests with the architect. His entire genius is reflected to discerning judges in that as much as in the actual construction. But a design doesn’t provide the same satisfaction to even the most astute as a grand and impressive building. They might recognize equal taste and skill in both, but their effects are still hugely different, and the enjoyment drawn from the first never compares to the wonder and admiration sometimes sparked by the second. We might believe that many individuals have talents 91 superior to those of Caesar and Alexander; and that in the same situations, they would achieve even greater deeds. However, in the meantime, we don’t view them with the same astonishment and admiration that these two heroes have inspired across ages and cultures. The calm reasoning of the mind may judge them more favorably, but they lack the brilliance of great deeds to captivate and elevate it. The superiority of virtues and talents does not have, even on those who acknowledge that superiority, the same impact as the superiority of accomplishments.
As the merit of an unsuccessful attempt to do good seems thus, in the eyes of ungrateful mankind, to be diminished by the miscarriage, so does likewise the demerit of an unsuccessful attempt to do evil. The design to commit a crime, how clearly soever it may be proved, is scarce ever punished with the same severity as the actual commission of it. The case of treason is perhaps the only exception. That crime immediately affecting the being of the government itself, the government is naturally more jealous of it than of any other. In the punishment of treason, the sovereign resents the injuries which are immediately done to himself: in the punishment of other crimes he resents those which are done to other men. It is his own resentment which he indulges in the one case; it is that of his subjects which by sympathy he enters into in the other. In the first case, therefore, as he judges in his own cause, he is very apt to be more violent and sanguinary in his punishments than the impartial spectator can approve of. His resentment too rises here upon smaller occasions, and does not always, as in other cases, wait for the perpetration of the crime, or even for the attempt to commit it. A treasonable concert, though nothing has been done, or even attempted in consequence of it, nay, a treasonable conversation, is in many countries punished in the same manner as the actual commission of treason. With regard to all other crimes, the mere design, upon which no attempt has followed, is seldom punished at all, and is never punished severely. A criminal design, and a criminal action, it may be said indeed, do not necessarily suppose the same degree of depravity, and ought not therefore to be subjected to the same punishment. We are capable, it may be said, of resolving, and even of taking measures to execute, many things which, when it comes to the point, we feel ourselves altogether incapable of executing. But this reason can have no place when the design has been carried the length of the last attempt. The man, however, who fires a pistol at his enemy but misses him, is punished with death by the laws of scarce any country. By the old law of Scotland, though he should wound him, yet, unless death ensues within a certain time, the assassin is not liable to the last punishment. The resentment of mankind, however, runs so high against this crime, their terror for the man who shows himself capable of committing it is so great, that the mere attempt to 92 commit it ought in all countries to be capital. The attempt to commit smaller crimes is almost always punished very lightly, and sometimes is not punished at all. The thief, whose hand has been caught in his neighbour’s pocket before he had taken any thing out of it, is punished with ignominy only. If he had got time to take away an handkerchief, he might have been put to death. The house-breaker, who has been found setting a ladder to his neighbour’s window, but had not got into it, is not exposed to the capital punishment. The attempt to ravish is not punished as a rape. The attempt to seduce a married woman is not punished at all, though seduction is punished severely. Our resentment against the person who only attempted to do a mischief, is seldom so strong as to bear us out in inflicting the same punishment upon him, which we should have thought due if he had actually done it. In the one case, the joy of our deliverance alleviates our sense of the atrocity of his conduct; in the other, the grief of our misfortune increases it. His real demerit, however, is undoubtedly the same in both cases, since his intentions were equally criminal; and there is in this respect, therefore an irregularity in the sentiments of all men, and a consequent relaxation of discipline in the laws of, I believe, all nations of the most civilized, as well as of the most barbarous. The humanity of a civilized people disposes them either to dispense with, or to mitigate punishments, wherever their natural indignation is not goaded on by the consequences of the crime. Barbarians, on the other hand, when no actual consequence has happened from any action, are not apt to be very delicate or inquisitive about the motives.
As the value of a failed attempt to do good seems to be lessened in the eyes of ungrateful people, the same goes for the blame of a failed attempt to do bad. The intent to commit a crime, no matter how clearly it can be proven, is rarely punished as harshly as actually committing the crime. Treason might be the only exception. Since treason directly threatens the existence of the government, authorities are naturally more wary of it than any other crime. When punishing treason, the ruler feels the injuries done to himself; for other crimes, they reflect on the injuries done to others. In the first case, because it’s personal, the ruler is more likely to be harsher and more brutal than an impartial observer would approve. Their anger can also be triggered by smaller issues and doesn’t always wait for the crime to be carried out or even attempted. In many countries, planning treason, even without any actions taken, or even having treasonous conversations, can be punished as if it were the actual crime. For all other crimes, just having the intent without any attempt is rarely punished, and when it is, it’s not severely. Intent to commit a crime and the act itself don’t necessarily show the same level of wrongdoing, so they shouldn’t face the same punishment. We might decide and even plan to do things that we find impossible when the moment comes. But this reasoning doesn’t apply when the plan is advanced to an attempt. However, a person who shoots at their enemy but misses usually isn’t punished by death in most countries. Under old Scottish law, even if he wounds his target, unless death occurs within a certain timeframe, the attacker isn’t subject to the death penalty. Nonetheless, public outrage against this crime is so intense, and the fear of someone willing to commit it is so great, that attempting it should be punished with death in all countries. Attempts to commit lesser crimes are almost always punished lightly, if at all. A thief caught with his hand in his neighbor's pocket before taking anything typically faces only public shame. If he had time to steal a handkerchief, he could face execution. A burglar who is found placing a ladder against someone’s window but hasn’t entered yet typically isn’t at risk of the death penalty. The attempt to rape isn’t punished as severely as actual rape. Attempting to entice a married woman usually goes unpunished, even though actual seduction is harshly penalized. Our anger towards someone who only attempted to do harm isn’t usually strong enough to justify giving them the same punishment we would if they had succeeded. In the first scenario, relief at not being harmed lessens our sense of their wrongdoing; in the second, sorrow over the harm makes it feel worse. However, their actual guilt is definitely the same in both situations, as the intentions were equally harmful. This shows a inconsistency in how people feel, leading to a lack of strict adherence to laws in most civilized as well as barbaric societies. Civilized people tend to either lessen or excuse punishments when their natural anger isn’t provoked by the crime’s consequences. In contrast, barbarians, when no real harm has occurred from an action, usually aren’t very careful or curious about the motives behind it.
The person himself who either from passion, or from the influence of bad company, has resolved, and perhaps taken measures to perpetrate some crime, but who has fortunately been prevented by an accident which put it out of his power, is sure, if he has any remains of conscience, to regard this event all his life after as a great and signal deliverance. He can never think of it without returning thanks to Heaven, for having been thus graciously pleased to save him from the guilt in which he was just ready to plunge himself, and to hinder him from rendering all the rest of his life a scene of horror, remorse, and repentance. But though his hands are innocent, he is conscious that his heart is equally guilty as if he had actually executed what he was so fully resolved upon. It gives great ease to his conscience, however, to consider that the crime was not executed, though he knows that the failure arose from no virtue in him. He still considers himself as less deserving of punishment and resentment; and this good fortune either diminishes, or takes away altogether, all sense of guilt. To remember how much he was resolved upon it, has no other effect than to make him regard his escape as the greater and more miraculous: for he still fancies that he has escaped, and he looks back upon the danger to which his peace of mind was exposed, with that terror, with which one 93 who is in safety may sometimes remember the hazard he was in of falling over a precipice, and shudder with horror at the thought.
The person who, driven by passion or influenced by bad company, has decided and maybe even started to commit a crime, but has luckily been stopped by an accident that made it impossible for them to do so, will certainly view this event as a significant and fortunate escape, if they have any remaining sense of conscience. They will always feel grateful to Heaven for saving them from the guilt they were about to embrace and preventing them from turning their life into a nightmare filled with horror, regret, and remorse. Even though their hands are clean, they know their heart is just as guilty as if they had gone through with their plan. However, it eases their conscience to think that the crime didn’t happen, even though they realize that the reason for that is not due to any virtue on their part. They still see themselves as less deserving of punishment and resentment; this stroke of luck either lessens or completely removes their feelings of guilt. Remembering how determined they were to go through with it only makes them view their escape as even more amazing and miraculous because they still believe they have avoided a disaster, reflecting on the danger that threatened their peace of mind with the kind of fear one might feel when safely looking back at the risk of falling off a cliff, shuddering at the thought.
2. The second effect of this influence of fortune, is to increase our sense of the merit or demerit of actions beyond what is due to the motives or affection from which they proceed, when they happen to give occasion to extraordinary pleasure or pain. The agreeable or disagreeable effects of the action often throw a shadow of merit or demerit upon the agent, though in his intention there was nothing that deserved either praise or blame, or at least that deserved them in the degree in which we are apt to bestow them. Thus, even the messenger of bad news is disagreeable to us, and, on the contrary, we feel a sort of gratitude for the man who brings us good tidings. For a moment we look upon them both as the authors, the one of our good, the other of our bad fortune, and regard them in some measure as if they had really brought about the events which they only give an account of. The first author of our joy is naturally the object of a transitory gratitude: we embrace him with warmth and affection, and should be glad, during the instant of our prosperity, to reward him as for some signal service. By the custom of all courts, the officer, who brings the news of a victory, is entitled to considerable preferments, and the general always chooses one of his principal favourites to go upon so agreeable an errand. The first author of our sorrow is, on the contrary, just as naturally the object of a transitory resentment. We can scarce avoid looking upon him with chagrin and uneasiness; and the rude and brutal are apt to vent upon him that spleen which his intelligence gives occasion to. Tigranes, King of Armenia, struck off the head of the man who brought him the first account of the approach of a formidable enemy. To punish in this manner the author of bad tidings, seems barbarous and inhuman: yet, to reward the messenger of good news, is not disagreeable to us; we think it suitable to the bounty of kings. But why do we make this difference, since, if there is no fault in the one, neither is there any merit in the other? It is because any sort of reason seems sufficient to authorize the exertion of the social and benevolent affections; but it requires the most solid and substantial to make us enter into that of the unsocial and malevolent.
2. The second effect of fortune's influence is that it amplifies our perception of the worthiness or unworthiness of actions beyond what their motivations might merit, especially when they result in extraordinary pleasure or pain. The pleasant or unpleasant outcomes of an action often cast a shadow of worthiness or unworthiness on the person behind it, even if their intentions don’t deserve either praise or blame, or at least not to the extent we tend to give. So, even the bearer of bad news becomes unpleasant to us, while we feel a sense of gratitude toward someone who brings good news. For a brief moment, we see both as the cause of our fortune, one representing our happiness and the other our misery, viewing them as if they had actually caused the events they merely report. The one responsible for our joy usually receives fleeting gratitude: we embrace him warmly and wish to reward him during our moment of happiness as if he had performed a remarkable service. According to custom in all courts, the messenger who announces a victory is entitled to significant rewards, and the general typically chooses one of his favorite officers for such a pleasant task. Conversely, the one who brings us sorrow becomes the target of temporary resentment. We can hardly avoid feeling annoyance and discomfort toward him, and those who are rude or cruel often lash out at him because of the news he carries. Tigranes, the King of Armenia, decapitated the man who first informed him of an approaching formidable enemy. Punishing the bearer of bad news in this way seems barbaric and inhumane; however, rewarding the messenger of good news is something we find acceptable and fitting for a king’s generosity. But why do we judge them differently, when there is no fault in one and no merit in the other? It's because any reason seems sufficient to justify the expression of social and kind feelings, while it takes much stronger justifications for us to engage in unsociable and hostile feelings.
But though in general we are averse to enter into the unsocial and malevolent affections, though we lay it down for a rule that we ought never to approve of their gratification, unless so far as the malicious and unjust intention of the person, against whom they are directed, renders him their proper object; yet, upon some occasions, we relax of this severity. When the negligence of one man has occasioned some unintended damage to another, we generally enter so far into the resentment of the sufferer, as to approve of his inflicting a punishment upon the offender much beyond what the offence would have appeared to deserve, had no such unlucky consequence followed from it.
But even though we usually dislike engaging in unkind and hostile feelings, and we set a rule that we shouldn't endorse their satisfaction unless the malicious and unfair intention of the person they are aimed at makes them a deserving target, there are times when we ease up on this strictness. When one person's carelessness causes unintended harm to another, we often empathize with the injured party enough to agree with them punishing the wrongdoer much more than the original act would seem to warrant if those unfortunate results hadn’t occurred.
94 There is a degree of negligence, which would appear to deserve some chastisement though it should occasion no damage to any body. Thus, if a person should throw a large stone over a wall into a public street without giving warning to those who might be passing by, and without regarding where it was likely to fall, he would undoubtedly deserve some chastisement. A very accurate police would punish so absurd an action, even though it had done no mischief. The person who has been guilty of it, shows an insolent contempt of the happiness and safety of others. There is real injustice in his conduct. He wantonly exposes his neighbour to what no man in his senses would choose to expose himself, and evidently wants that sense of what is due to his fellow-creatures, which is the basis of justice and of society. Gross negligence therefore is, in the law, said to be almost equal to malicious design. (Lata culpa prope dolum est.) When any unlucky consequences happen from such carelessness, the person who has been guilty of it, is often punished as if he had really intended those consequences; and his conduct, which was only thoughtless and insolent, and what deserved some chastisement, is considered as atrocious, and as liable to the severest punishment. Thus if, by the imprudent action above-mentioned, he should accidentally kill a man, he is, by the laws of many countries, particularly by the old law of Scotland, liable to the last punishment. And though this is no doubt excessively severe, it is not altogether inconsistent with our natural sentiments. Our just indignation against the folly and inhumanity of his conduct is exasperated by our sympathy with the unfortunate sufferer. Nothing, however, would appear more shocking to our natural sense of equity, than to bring a man to the scaffold merely for having thrown a stone carelessly into the street without hurting any body. The folly and inhumanity of his conduct, however, would in this case be the same; but still our sentiments would be very different. The consideration of this difference may satisfy us how much the indignation, even of the spectator, is apt to be animated by the actual consequences of the action. In cases of this kind there will, if I am not mistaken, be found a great degree of severity in the laws of almost all nations; as I have already observed that in those of an opposite kind there was a very general relaxation of discipline.
94 There is a level of negligence that seems to deserve some punishment, even if it doesn't cause any harm to anyone. For example, if someone throws a big rock over a wall into a public street without warning those who might be walking by and without considering where it might land, they clearly deserve some consequences. A responsible police force would penalize such a reckless act, regardless of whether any damage was actually done. The person who commits this act shows a blatant disregard for the safety and well-being of others. Their behavior is genuinely unjust. They carelessly put their neighbor at risk in a way that no reasonable person would accept for themselves and clearly lack the sense of obligation to others that forms the foundation of justice and society. Therefore, gross negligence is legally considered almost equivalent to malicious intent. (Lata culpa prope dolum est.) When any unfortunate outcomes arise from such carelessness, the person responsible is often punished as if they had meant for those outcomes to happen; their behavior, which was merely thoughtless and arrogant—and warranted some punishment—is viewed as horrendous and deserving of the harshest penalties. So, if their careless action leads to the accidental death of someone, they could face the ultimate punishment under the laws of many nations, particularly under the old laws of Scotland. While this seems excessively harsh, it isn't completely at odds with our natural feelings. Our anger towards their foolish and cruel actions is intensified by our sympathy for the unfortunate victim. However, nothing seems more shocking to our sense of fairness than to execute someone simply for carelessly throwing a stone into the street without harming anyone. The foolishness and cruelty of their actions would still be the same; nevertheless, our feelings would be quite different. Recognizing this difference helps explain how much the emotions of witnesses can be influenced by the actual consequences of an action. In these situations, I believe there tends to be a significant level of harshness in the laws of nearly all countries, just as I have pointed out that there is a general relaxation of discipline in cases of the opposite nature.
There is another degree of negligence which does not involve in it any sort of injustice. The person who is guilty of it treats his neighbour as he treats himself, means no harm to any body, and is far from entertaining any insolent contempt for the safety and happiness of others. He is not, however, so careful and circumspect in his conduct as he ought to be, and deserves upon this account some degree of blame and censure, but no sort of punishment. Yet if, by a negligence (Culpa levis) of this kind he should occasion some damage to another person, he is by the laws of, I believe, all countries, obliged to compensate it. 95 And though this is, no doubt, a real punishment, and what no mortal would have thought of inflicting upon him, had it not been for the unlucky accident which his conduct gave occasion to; yet this decision of the law is approved of by the natural sentiments of all mankind. Nothing, we think, can be more just than that one man should not suffer by the carelessness of another; and that the damage occasioned by blamable negligence, should be made up by the person who was guilty of it.
There’s another level of negligence that doesn’t involve any kind of injustice. The person who is guilty of it treats others like he treats himself, means no harm to anyone, and doesn’t have any arrogant disregard for the safety and happiness of others. However, he isn’t as careful and thoughtful in his actions as he should be and deserves some blame and criticism for that, but not punishment. Still, if his negligence (Culpa levis) causes harm to someone else, he is required by the laws of, I believe, all countries to make up for it. 95 Although this is, without a doubt, a real punishment that no one would have thought to impose on him if it weren’t for the unfortunate accident caused by his actions, this legal decision is supported by the basic feelings of all people. We believe it’s completely fair that one person shouldn’t suffer because of another’s carelessness, and that the damage caused by blameworthy negligence should be compensated by the person responsible.
There is another species of negligence (Culpa levissima), which consists merely in a want of the most anxious timidity and circumspection, with regard to all the possible consequences of our actions. The want of this painful attention, when no bad consequences follow from it, is so far from being regarded as blamable, that the contrary quality is rather considered as such. That timid circumspection which is afraid of every thing, is never regarded as a virtue, but as a quality which more than any other incapacitates for action and business. Yet when, from a want of this excessive care, a person happens to occasion some damage to another, he is often by the law obliged to compensate it. Thus, by the Aquilian law, the man, who not being able to manage a horse that had accidentally taken fright, should happen to ride down his neighbour’s slave, is obliged to compensate the damage. When an accident of this kind happens, we are apt to think that he ought not to have rode such a horse, and to regard his attempting it as an unpardonable levity; though without this accident we should not only have made no such reflection, but should have regarded his refusing it as the effect of timid weakness, and of an anxiety about merely possible events, which it is to no purpose to be aware of. The person himself, who by an accident even of this kind has involuntarily hurt another, seems to have some sense of his own ill desert, with regard to him. He naturally runs up to the sufferer to express his concern for what has happened, and to make every acknowledgment in his power. If he has any sensibility, he necessarily desires to compensate the damage, and to do every thing he can to appease that animal resentment which he is sensible will be apt to arise in the breast of the sufferer. To make no apology, to offer no atonement, is regarded as the highest brutality. Yet why should he make an apology more than any other person? Why should he, since he was equally innocent with any other by-stander, be thus singled out from among all mankind, to make up for the bad fortune of another? This task would surely never be imposed upon him, did not even the impartial spectator feel some indulgence for what may be regarded as the unjust resentment of that other.
There’s another type of negligence (Culpa levissima), which is simply a lack of extreme caution and carefulness regarding all the potential consequences of our actions. Not being overly attentive when no negative outcomes occur isn’t considered blameworthy; in fact, the opposite quality is often seen as the problem. That extreme caution, which fears everything, is never viewed as a virtue but rather as a trait that hinders action and initiative. However, if someone causes harm to another due to this lack of excessive caution, the law often requires them to compensate for it. For example, under the Aquilian law, a person who, unable to control a horse that suddenly panicked, accidentally knocks down their neighbor’s slave, must compensate for the damage. When such an accident occurs, we tend to think that they shouldn’t have ridden that horse and see their attempt as unforgivable carelessness; yet, without the accident, we wouldn’t have thought that way and would view their refusal as an indication of undue fear and anxiety about merely possible outcomes, which is pointless to worry about. The individual who unintentionally harms someone in such an accident often feels a sense of guilt toward the victim. They naturally rush to express their sympathy for what happened and acknowledge their responsibility as best they can. If they have any empathy, they will want to compensate for the damage and do everything possible to soothe any anger that may arise in the victim’s heart. Failing to apologize or offer restitution is seen as the utmost insensitivity. But why should they apologize more than anyone else? Why should they, since they are just as innocent as any other bystander, be singled out from everyone to compensate for another’s misfortune? This burden surely wouldn’t fall on them if even a neutral observer didn’t feel some sympathy for what could be seen as the unfair grievance of the other person.
CHappiness. Ⅲ.—Of the final Cause of this Irregularity of Sentiments.
SUCH is the effect of the good or bad consequence of actions upon the sentiments both of the person who performs them, and of others; and thus, Fortune, which governs the world, has some influence where we should be least willing to allow her any, and directs in some measure the sentiments of mankind, with regard to the character and conduct both of themselves and others. That the world judges by the event, and not by the design, has been in all ages the complaint, and is the great discouragement of virtue. Every body agrees to the general maxim, that as the event does not depend on the agent, it ought to have no influence upon our sentiments, with regard to the merit or propriety of his conduct. But when we come to particulars, we find that our sentiments are scarce in any one instance exactly conformable to what this equitable maxim would direct. The happy or unprosperous event of any action, is not only apt to give us a good or bad opinion of the prudence with which it was conducted, but almost always too animates our gratitude or resentment, our sense of the merit or demerit of the design.
SUCH is the impact of the good or bad outcome of actions on the feelings of both the person taking those actions and others. Therefore, Fortune, which controls the world, has some influence even in areas where we least want her to, and to some extent shapes people's views on their own character and behavior as well as that of others. It's been a long-standing complaint that the world judges based on results rather than intentions, which discourages virtue. Everyone generally agrees with the principle that since outcomes don't depend on the individual, they shouldn't sway our opinions about the merit or appropriateness of their actions. However, when we look at specific situations, we find that our feelings rarely align exactly with what this fair principle suggests. The positive or negative result of any action tends to not only influence our opinion of the wisdom with which it was carried out but often also stirs our feelings of gratitude or resentment, as well as our judgment of the intention behind it.
Nature, however, when she implanted the seeds of this irregularity in the human breast, seems, as upon all other occasions, to have intended the happiness and perfection of the species. If the hurtfulness of the design, if the malevolence of the affection, were alone the causes which excited our resentment, we should feel all the furies of that passion against any person in whose breast we suspected or believed such designs or affections were harboured, though they had never broke out into any actions. Sentiments, thoughts, intentions, would become the objects of punishment; and if the indignation of mankind run as high against them as against actions; if the baseness of the thought which had given birth to no action, seemed in the eyes of the world as much to call aloud for vengeance as the baseness of the action, every court of judicature would become a real inquisition. There would be no safety for the most innocent and circumspect conduct. Bad wishes, bad views, bad designs, might still be suspected: and while these excited the same indignation with bad conduct, while bad intentions were as much resented as bad actions, they would equally expose the person to punishment and resentment. Actions, therefore, which either produce actual evil, or attempt to produce it, and thereby put us in the immediate fear of it, are by the Author of nature rendered the only proper and approved objects of human punishment and resentment. Sentiments, designs, affections, though it is from these that according to cool reason human actions derive their whole merit or demerit, are placed by the great Judge of hearts beyond the limits of every human jurisdiction, and are reserved for the cognisance of his own unerring tribunal. That necessary rule of justice, therefore, that 97 men in this life are liable to punishment for their actions only, not for their designs and intentions, is founded upon this salutary and useful irregularity in human sentiments concerning merit or demerit, which at first sight appears so absurd and unaccountable. But every part of nature, when attentively surveyed, equally demonstrates the providential care of its Author, and we may admire the wisdom and goodness of God even in the weakness and folly of men.
Nature, however, when she placed the seeds of this irregularity in the human heart, seems, as she does in all other instances, to have aimed for the happiness and perfection of the human race. If the harmfulness of intentions or the malice of feelings were the only reasons to spark our anger, we would unleash all the fury of that emotion on anyone we suspected or believed harbored such intentions, even if they never acted on them. Feelings, thoughts, and intentions would become punishable offenses; if society were to react with as much outrage toward them as it does to actions; if the wickedness of a thought that led to no action seemed to demand as much vengeance as the wrongdoing itself, every court would turn into a real inquisition. There would be no safety for even the most innocent and cautious behavior. Bad wishes, bad goals, and bad designs might always be suspected; and as long as these stirred the same anger as bad behavior, while bad intentions were as resented as bad actions, they would equally leave the person open to punishment and resentment. Therefore, actions that either cause actual harm or attempt to cause it, and provoke our immediate fear of it, are made by the Author of nature the only proper and approved subjects of human punishment and anger. Feelings, designs, and affections, though they are where, according to rational thought, human actions get their entire merit or blame, are placed beyond the reach of any human authority by the great Judge of hearts and are reserved for his own flawless judgment. This necessary rule of justice, therefore, that 97 people in this life are subject to punishment for their actions only, not for their designs and intentions, is based on this beneficial and useful irregularity in human feelings about merit or blame, which at first glance seems so absurd and inexplicable. But every aspect of nature, when carefully observed, reveals the providential care of its Creator, and we can appreciate the wisdom and goodness of God even in the weaknesses and follies of humanity.
Nor is that irregularity of sentiments altogether without its utility, by which the merit of an unsuccessful attempt to serve, and much more that of mere good inclinations and kind wishes, appears to be imperfect. Man was made for action, and to promote by the exertion of his faculties such changes in the external circumstances both of himself and others, as may seem most favourable to the happiness of all. He must not be satisfied with indolent benevolence, nor fancy himself the friend of mankind, because in his heart he wishes well to the prosperity of the world. That he may call forth the whole vigour of his soul, and strain every nerve, in order to produce those ends which it is the purpose of his being to advance, Nature has taught him, that neither himself nor mankind can be fully satisfied with his conduct, nor bestow upon it the full measure of applause, unless he has actually produced them. He is made to know, that the praise of good intentions, without the merit of good offices, will be but of little avail to excite either the loudest acclamations of the world, or even the highest degree of self applause. The man who has performed no single action of importance, but whose whole conversation and deportment express the justest, the noblest, and most generous sentiments, can be entitled to demand no very high reward, even though his inutility should be owing to nothing but the want of an opportunity to serve. We can still refuse it him without blame. We can still ask him, What have you done? What actual service can you produce, to entitle you to so great a recompense? We esteem you, and love you; but we owe you nothing. To reward indeed that latent virtue which has been useless only for want of an opportunity to serve, to bestow upon it those honours and preferments, which, though in some measure it may be said to deserve them, it could not with propriety have insisted upon, is the effect of the most divine benevolence. To punish, on the contrary, for the affections of the heart only, where no crime has been committed, is the most insolent and barbarous tyranny. The benevolent affections seem to deserve most praise, when they do not wait till it becomes almost a crime for them not to exert themselves. The malevolent, on the contrary, can scarce be too tardy, too slow, or deliberate.
The irregularity of feelings isn't without its usefulness, as it highlights how the value of an unsuccessful effort to help, and even more so that of good intentions and kind wishes, appears to fall short. People are meant to take action and use their abilities to create changes in their own and others' lives that could enhance everyone's happiness. They shouldn't settle for passive kindness or think of themselves as friends of humanity just because they genuinely wish for the world's prosperity. Nature has made it clear that neither individuals nor society can fully respect their actions or give full recognition unless they have truly made a difference. It's important to understand that praise for good intentions, without the backing of good deeds, won’t generate much acclaim from others or even a high level of self-worth. A person who hasn't done anything significant, even if their words and behavior reflect the most just, noble, and generous feelings, cannot expect a great reward, even if their lack of action stems solely from not having the chance to help. We can still deny them that reward without guilt. We can still ask, "What have you done? What real contributions can you point to that merit such a great reward?" We admire and care for you, but we owe you nothing. Recognizing that hidden virtue which remained unused only due to lack of opportunity to serve, and granting it honors and promotions, which it might somewhat deserve but cannot rightfully demand, is a sign of the most divine kindness. On the other hand, punishing someone solely for their good feelings, when no wrongdoing has occurred, is the most arrogant and cruel tyranny. The kind feelings deserve the most praise when they act before they risk turning into something unjust. In contrast, malicious feelings can hardly be too slow or deliberate.
It is even of considerable importance, that the evil which is done without design should be regarded as a misfortune to the doer as well as to the sufferer. Man is thereby taught to reverence the happiness of his brethren, to tremble lest he should, even unknowingly, do any thing 98 that can hurt them, and to dread that animal resentment which, he feels, is ready to burst out against him, if he should, without design, be the unhappy instrument of their calamity. As in the ancient heathen religion, that holy ground which had been consecrated to some god, was not to be trod upon but upon solemn and necessary occasions, and the man who had even ignorantly violated it, became piacular from that moment, and, until proper atonement should be made, incurred the vengeance of that powerful and invisible being to whom it had been set apart; so by the wisdom of nature, the happiness of every innocent man is, in the same manner, rendered holy, consecrated, and hedged round against the approach of every other man; not to be wantonly trod upon, not even to be, in any respect, ignorantly and involuntarily violated, without requiring some expiation, some atonement in proportion to the greatness of such undesigned violation. A man of humanity, who accidentally, and without the smallest degree of blamable negligence, has been the cause of the death of another man, feels himself piacular, though not guilty. During his whole life he considers this accident as one of the greatest misfortunes that could have befallen him. If the family of the slain is poor, and he himself in tolerable circumstances, he immediately takes them under his protection, and, without any other merit, thinks them entitled to every degree of favour and kindness. If they are in better circumstances, he endeavours by every submission, by every expression of sorrow, by rendering them every good office which he can devise or they accept of, to atone for what has happened, and to propitiate, as much as possible, their, perhaps natural, though no doubt most unjust resentment, for the great, though involuntary, offence which he has given unto them.
It’s really important that the harm done unintentionally is seen as a misfortune for both the person who caused it and the one who suffers from it. This teaches people to respect the happiness of others and to be careful not to do anything 98 that could hurt them, even unknowingly. It also makes them fearful of the instinctive anger that might arise against them if they become the unfortunate cause of someone else's troubles. Just like in ancient pagan religions, where sacred ground dedicated to a god was only to be entered on serious and necessary occasions, a person who unwittingly trespassed on that ground became tainted from that moment on and would face the wrath of the powerful and unseen deity until proper atonement was made. Similarly, nature’s wisdom protects the happiness of every innocent person, making it sacred and safeguarded from being trampled on. No one should carelessly or even unintentionally violate that happiness without needing to make some form of restitution proportional to the seriousness of the unintentional harm. A compassionate person who accidentally causes someone’s death, with no blame on their part, feels a sense of guilt, even if they are not actually guilty. Throughout their life, they see this incident as one of the worst misfortunes that could happen to them. If the deceased’s family is struggling financially and they are in a better position, they immediately take them under their care, believing they deserve every kindness and favor. If the family is better off, they do everything they can to show their sorrow and offer assistance to make amends and pacify their perhaps natural, but definitely unfair, anger for the serious, albeit unintentional, wrong they have committed against them.
The distress which an innocent person feels, who, by some accident, has been led to do something which, if it had been done with knowledge and design, would have justly exposed him to the deepest reproach, has given occasion to some of the finest and most interesting scenes both of the ancient and of the modern drama. It is this fallacious sense of guilt, if I may call it so, which constitutes the whole distress of Oedipus and Jocasta upon the Greek, of Monimia and Isabella upon the English, theatre. They are all in the highest degree piacular, though not one of them is in the smallest degree guilty.
The distress that an innocent person feels when, by some twist of fate, they end up doing something that, if done on purpose, would justifiably earn them harsh blame, has inspired some of the most powerful and engaging moments in both ancient and modern drama. This misleading sense of guilt, if I can call it that, is what creates the entire turmoil for Oedipus and Jocasta in Greek theatre, and for Monimia and Isabella in English theatre. They are all extremely tragic, yet none of them are actually guilty in any way.
Notwithstanding, however, all these seeming irregularities of sentiment, if man should unfortunately either give occasion to those evils which he did not intend, or fail in producing that good which he intended, Nature has not left his innocence altogether without consolation, nor his virtue altogether without reward. He then calls to his assistance that just and equitable maxim, That those events which did not depend upon our conduct, ought not to diminish the esteem that is due to us. He summons up his whole magnanimity and firmness of 99 soul, and strives to regard himself, not in the light in which he at present appears, but in that in which he ought to appear, in which he would have appeared had his generous designs been crowned with success, and in which he would still appear, notwithstanding their miscarriage, if the sentiments of mankind were either altogether candid and equitable, or even perfectly consistent with themselves. The more candid and humane part of mankind entirely go along with the efforts which he thus makes to support himself in his own opinion. They exert their whole generosity and greatness of mind, to correct in themselves this irregularity of human nature, and endeavour to regard his unfortunate magnanimity in the same light in which, had it been successful, they would, without any such generous exertion, have naturally been disposed to consider it.
Despite all these apparent inconsistencies in feelings, if a person unfortunately causes harm without meaning to, or fails to achieve the good they intended, Nature hasn’t completely left their innocence without comfort, nor their virtue without reward. They rely on the fair and reasonable belief that events outside of our control shouldn’t lessen the respect we deserve. They summon all their courage and strength of character, trying to see themselves not as they currently seem, but as they should appear—how they would appear if their noble intentions had succeeded, and how they would still be seen, despite their failure, if people were completely honest and fair, or even just consistent in their views. The more kind-hearted and humane part of humanity fully supports their efforts to maintain a positive opinion of themselves. They strive to correct the flaws of human nature within themselves and try to view the person’s unfortunate nobility in the same favorable light that they would have naturally held if the endeavor had succeeded, without any need for such generous effort.
Part Ⅲ. Of the Foundation of our Judgments concerning our own Sentiments and Conduct, and of the Sense of Duty.
CHAP. Ⅰ.—Of the Principle of Self-approbation and of Self-disapprobation.
IN the two foregoing parts of this discourse, I have chiefly considered the origin and foundation of our judgments concerning the sentiments and conduct of others. I come now to consider more particularly the origin of those concerning our own.
IN the two previous parts of this discussion, I have mainly looked at the origin and basis of our judgments about the feelings and actions of others. Now, I will focus more specifically on the origin of our judgments about ourselves.
The principle by which we naturally either approve or disapprove of our own conduct, seems to be altogether the same with that by which we exercise the like judgments concerning the conduct of other people. We either approve or disapprove of the conduct of another man according as we feel that, when we bring his case home to ourselves, we either can or cannot entirely sympathize with the sentiments and motives which directed it. And, in the same manner, we either approve or disapprove of our own conduct, according as we feel that, when we place ourselves in the situation of another man, and view it, as it were, with his eyes and from his station, we either can or cannot entirely enter into and sympathize with the sentiments and motives which influenced it. We can never survey our own sentiments and motives, we can never form any judgment concerning them; unless we remove ourselves, as it were, from our own natural station, and endeavour to view them as at a certain distance from us. But we can do this in no other way than by endeavouring to view them with the eyes of other people, or as other people are likely to view them. Whatever judgment we can form concerning them, accordingly, must always bear some secret reference, either to what are, or to what, upon a certain condition, 100 would be, or to what, we imagine, ought to be the judgment of others. We endeavour to examine our own conduct as we imagine any other fair and impartial spectator would examine it. If, upon placing ourselves in his situation, we thoroughly enter into all the passions and motives which influenced it, we approve of it, by sympathy with the approbation of this supposed equitable judge. If otherwise, we enter into his disapprobation, and condemn it.
The principle by which we naturally either approve or disapprove of our own behavior seems to be exactly the same as the one we use to judge the behavior of others. We either approve or disapprove of someone else's actions based on whether we can fully empathize with the feelings and motivations behind them when we relate their situation to ourselves. Similarly, we approve or disapprove of our own actions based on whether we can put ourselves in someone else's shoes and understand the feelings and motivations that influenced those actions. We can never truly assess our own feelings and motivations unless we step back from our own perspective and try to see them from a distance. The only way we can do this is by looking at them through the eyes of others or considering how others might view them. Therefore, any judgment we form about our own feelings must always somehow reference what is, or what under certain conditions 100 could be, or what we think others should conclude. We try to analyze our own behavior as we imagine a fair and impartial observer would. If, after putting ourselves in that person's position, we fully grasp all the emotions and motivations involved, we approve of our actions, feeling sympathy with this imagined fair judge's approval. If not, we align with their disapproval and condemn ourselves.
Were it possible that a human creature could grow up to manhood in some solitary place, without any communication with his own species, he could no more think of his own character, of the propriety or demerit of his own sentiments and conduct, of the beauty or deformity of his own mind, than of the beauty or deformity of his own face. All these are objects which he cannot easily see, which naturally he does not look at, and with regard to which he is provided with no mirror which can present them to his view. Bring him into society, and he is immediately provided with the mirror which he wanted before. It is placed in the countenance and behaviour of those he lives with, which always mark when they enter into, and when they disapprove of his sentiments; and it is here that he first views the propriety and impropriety of his own passions, the beauty and deformity of his own mind. To a man who from his birth was a stranger to society, the objects of his passions, the external bodies which either pleased or hurt him, would occupy his whole attention. The passions themselves, the desires or aversions, the joys or sorrows, which those objects excited, though of all things the most immediately present to him, could scarce ever be the objects of his thoughts. The idea of them could never interest him so much as to call upon his attentive consideration. The consideration of his joy could in him excite no new joy, nor that of his sorrow any new sorrow, though the consideration of the causes of those passions might often excite both. Bring him into society and all his own passions will immediately become the causes of new passions. He will observe that mankind approve of some of them, and are disgusted by others. He will be elevated in the one case, and cast down in the other; his desires and aversions, his joys and sorrows, will now often become the causes of new desires and new aversions, new joys and new sorrows: they will now, therefore, interest him deeply, and often call upon his most attentive consideration.
If a person could grow up completely alone, without any interaction with others, they wouldn’t be able to think about their own character, the rightness or wrongness of their feelings and actions, or the strengths and weaknesses of their mind any more than they could about their own face. These are things that are hard for them to see; naturally, they wouldn't focus on them, and they wouldn’t have a mirror to reflect them back at them. Once they're part of society, they gain that missing mirror. It’s reflected in the expressions and behaviors of the people around them, who readily show when they agree with or disapprove of their feelings. This is when a person first starts to notice the rightness and wrongness of their emotions, as well as the strengths and weaknesses of their mind. For someone who has been isolated since birth, their passions and the external things that either please or hurt them would consume their attention. The passions themselves—those desires or dislikes, joys or sorrows triggered by those external things—while they are the most immediate experience, would hardly register as subjects of reflection. The thought of their joy wouldn't spark more joy in them, nor would the thought of their sorrow spark more sorrow, even though thinking about what causes those feelings could often provoke both. Once they're in society, their passions will quickly become triggers for new passions. They'll notice that some of their feelings are approved of by others, while others are rejected. In the first case, they’ll feel uplifted, and in the second, they’ll feel downcast; their desires and aversions, their joys and sorrows, will now often lead to new desires and aversions, and new joys and sorrows. As a result, these emotions will deeply engage them and frequently demand their full attention.
Our first ideas of personal beauty and deformity, are drawn from the shape and appearance of others, not from our own. We soon become sensible, however, that others exercise the same criticism upon us. We are pleased when they approve of our figure, and are disobliged when they seem to be disgusted. We become anxious to know how far our appearance deserves either their blame or approbation. We examine our persons limb by limb, and by placing ourselves before a looking-glass, or by some such expedient, endeavour as much as 101 possible, to view ourselves at the distance and with the eyes of other people. If, after this examination, we are satisfied with our own appearance, we can more easily support the most disadvantageous judgments of others. If, on the contrary, we are sensible that we are the natural objects of distaste, every appearance of their disapprobation mortifies us beyond all measure. A man who is tolerably handsome, will allow you to laugh at any little irregularity in his person; but all such jokes are commonly unsupportable to one who is really deformed. It is evident, however, that we are anxious about our own beauty and deformity, only upon account of its effect upon others. If we had no connexion with society, we should be altogether indifferent about either.
Our first ideas of personal beauty and deformity come from the looks and shapes of others, not from our own reflections. We quickly realize, though, that others judge us the same way. We're happy when they like our appearance and upset when they seem disgusted. We want to know how much our looks deserve their praise or criticism. We inspect ourselves closely, checking each part of our bodies, and try to see ourselves from a distance, as others do, using a mirror or some other means. If, after this self-examination, we feel good about how we look, we can better handle even the harshest judgments from others. But if we are aware that we're generally seen as unattractive, any sign of disapproval from others can hurt us deeply. A man who is reasonably good-looking might let you joke about a minor flaw in his appearance, but someone who is truly deformed usually can’t stand such jokes. It’s clear that we care about our beauty and deformity mainly because of how they affect others. If we had no connection to society, we wouldn't care about either at all.
In the same manner our first moral criticisms are exercised upon the characters and conduct of other people; and we are all very forward to observe how each of these affects us. But we soon learn, that other people are equally frank with regard to our own. We become anxious to know how far we deserve their censure or applause, and whether to them we must necessarily appear those agreeable or disagreeable creatures which they represent us. We begin, upon this account, to examine our own passions and conduct, and to consider how these must appear to them; by considering how they would appear to us if in their situation. We suppose ourselves the spectators of our own behaviour, and endeavour to imagine what effect it would, in this light, produce upon us. This is the only looking-glass by which we can, in some measure, with the eyes of other people, scrutinize the propriety of our own conduct. If in this view it pleases us, we are tolerably satisfied. We can be more indifferent about the applause, and, in some measure, despise the censure of the world; secure that, however misunderstood or misrepresented, we are the natural and proper objects of approbation. On the contrary, if we are doubtful about it, we are often, upon that very account, more anxious to gain their approbation, and, provided we have not already, as they say, shaken hands with infamy, we are altogether distracted at the thoughts of their censure, which then strikes us with double severity.
In the same way, our initial moral judgments are directed at the characters and actions of others, and we're quick to notice how each of these affects us. But we soon realize that other people are just as open about judging us. We become eager to understand how much we deserve their criticism or praise, and whether we come across to them as the likable or unlikable people they describe us as. Because of this, we start to examine our own feelings and actions, considering how they must look to others by thinking about how we would see them if we were in their position. We envision ourselves as spectators of our own behavior and try to imagine what impact it would have on us in that role. This is the only mirror through which we can somewhat scrutinize the suitability of our actions from other people's perspectives. If, from this viewpoint, we feel satisfied, we find a decent level of contentment. We can be more indifferent to praise and somewhat disregard the criticism of the world, confident that, no matter how misunderstood or misrepresented we might be, we are inherently deserving of approval. Conversely, if we have doubts about it, we often become even more anxious to earn their approval, and as long as we haven't already, as they say, made a deal with disgrace, the thought of their criticism can be overwhelmingly distressing, hitting us even harder.
When I endeavour to examine my own conduct, when I endeavour to pass sentence upon it, and either to approve or condemn it, it is evident that, in all such cases, I divide myself, as it were, into two persons; and that I, the examiner and judge, represent a different character from that other I, the person whose conduct is examined into and judged of. The first is the spectator, whose sentiments with regard to my own conduct I endeavour to enter into, by placing myself in his situation, and by considering how it would appear to me, when seen from that particular point of view. The second is the agent, the person whom I properly call myself, and of whose conduct, under the character of a spectator, I was endeavouring to form some opinion. The first is the judge; the second the person judged of. But that the 102 judge should, in every respect, be the same with the person judged of, is as impossible, as that the cause should, in every respect, be the same with the effect.
When I try to reflect on my own actions, when I try to evaluate them and either approve or condemn them, it's clear that in these situations, I split myself into two individuals; and I, the one doing the examining and judging, have a different role than the other me, the one whose actions are being looked at and judged. The first is the observer, whose feelings about my own actions I try to understand by imagining myself in their position, considering how it would seem to me from that perspective. The second is the doer, the person I really refer to as myself, and whose actions, as an observer, I was trying to form an opinion about. The first is the judge; the second is the one being judged. But for the judge to be exactly the same as the one being judged is as impossible as having the cause be exactly the same as the effect.
To be amiable and to be meritorious; that is, to deserve love and to deserve reward, are the great characters of virtue; and to be odious and punishable, of vice. But all these characters have an immediate reference to the sentiments of others. Virtue is not said to be amiable, or to be meritorious, because it is the object of its own love, or of its own gratitude; but because it excites those sentiments in other men. The consciousness that it is the object of such favourable regards, is the source of that inward tranquillity and self-satisfaction with which it is naturally attended, as the suspicion of the contrary gives occasion to the torments of vice. What so great happiness as to be beloved, and to know that we deserve to be beloved? What so great misery as to be hated, and to know that we deserve to be hated?
To be friendly and deserving; that is, to earn love and to earn reward, are the key traits of virtue; while being unpleasant and deserving punishment are traits of vice. However, all these traits directly relate to how others feel. Virtue is not considered friendly or deserving because it loves or appreciates itself, but because it inspires those feelings in other people. The awareness of being viewed favorably is the source of the inner peace and self-satisfaction that naturally comes with it, whereas the suspicion of the opposite brings the pain of vice. What greater happiness is there than to be loved and to know we deserve that love? What greater misery is there than to be hated and to know we deserve that hatred?
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the Love of Praise, and of that of Praise-worthiness; and of the dread of Blame, and of that of Blame-worthiness.
MAN naturally desires, not only to be loved, but to be lovely; or to be that thing which is the natural and proper object of love. He naturally dreads, not only to be hated, but to be hateful; or to be that thing which is the natural and proper object of hatred. He desires, not only praise, but praise-worthiness; or to be that thing which, though it should be praised by nobody, is, however, the natural and proper object of praise. He dreads, not only blame, but blame-worthiness; or to be that thing which, though it should be blamed by nobody, is, however, the natural and proper object of blame.
MAN naturally wants not just to be loved, but to be lovable; or to be what is naturally and rightfully loved. He naturally fears not just being hated, but being hateful; or to be what is naturally and rightfully hated. He desires not just praise, but to be praiseworthy; or to be what, even if no one praises it, is still the natural and right object of praise. He fears not just criticism, but being blameworthy; or to be what, even if no one blames it, is still the natural and right object of blame.
The love of praise-worthiness is by no means derived altogether from the love of praise. Those two principles, though they resemble one another, though they are connected, and often blended with one another, are yet, in many respects, distinct and independent of one another.
The love of being praiseworthy doesn’t come solely from the love of praise. While these two ideas are similar and often intertwined, they are still, in many ways, separate and independent from each other.
The love and admiration which we naturally conceive for those whose character and conduct we approve of, necessarily dispose us to desire to become ourselves the objects of the like agreeable sentiments, and to be as amiable and as admirable as those whom we love and admire the most. Emulation, the anxious desire that we ourselves should excel, is originally founded in our admiration of the excellence of others. Neither can we be satisfied with being merely admired for what other people are admired. We must at least believe ourselves to be admirable for what they are admirable. But, in order to attain this satisfaction, we must become the impartial spectators of our own character and conduct. We must endeavour to view them with the eyes of other 103 people, or as other people are likely to view them. When seen in this light, if they appear to us as we wish, we are happy and contented. But it greatly confirms this happiness and contentment when we find that other people, viewing them with those very eyes with which we, in imagination only, were endeavouring to view them, see them precisely in the same light in which we ourselves had seen them. Their approbation necessarily confirms our own self-approbation. Their praise necessarily strengthens our own sense of our own praise-worthiness. In this case, so far is the love of praise-worthiness from being derived altogether from that of praise; that the love of praise seems, at least in a great measure, to be derived from that of praise-worthiness.
The love and admiration we naturally feel for those whose character and actions we approve of makes us want to be seen in a similar light and to be just as likable and admirable as the people we love and admire the most. Emulation, which is the strong desire to excel, is rooted in our admiration of others' excellence. We can't just be satisfied with being admired for what others are admired for; we need to believe we are admirable for the same reasons. To reach this satisfaction, we have to become impartial observers of our own character and actions. We should try to view them through the eyes of others or as others might see them. When viewed this way, if we see ourselves as we hope to, we feel happy and content. This happiness and contentment are greatly reinforced when we discover that, when other people look at our character with those same eyes we were using in our imagination, they see it in the exact light we hoped for. Their approval confirms our own sense of self-worth, and their praise boosts our belief in our own worthiness. In this situation, the desire for praise-worthy qualities doesn’t just come from wanting praise; rather, the desire for praise seems to be largely derived from the love of being worthy of that praise.
The most sincere praise can give little pleasure when it cannot be considered as some sort of proof of praise-worthiness. It is by no means sufficient that, from ignorance or mistake, esteem and admiration should, in some way or other, be bestowed upon us. If we are conscious that we do not deserve to be so favourably thought of, and that if the truth were known, we should be regarded with very different sentiments, our satisfaction is far from being complete. The man who applauds us either for actions which we did not perform, or for motives which had no sort of influence upon our conduct, applauds not us, but another person. We can derive no sort of satisfaction from his praises. To us they should be more mortifying than any censure, and should perpetually call to our minds, the most humbling of all reflections, the reflection of what we ought to be, but what we are not. A woman who paints, could derive, one should imagine, but little vanity from the compliments that are paid to her complexion. These, we should expect, ought rather to put her in mind of the sentiments which her real complexion would excite, and mortify her the more by the contrast. To be pleased with such groundless applause is a proof of the most superficial levity and weakness. It is what is properly called vanity, and is the foundation of the most ridiculous and contemptible vices, the vices of affectation and common lying; follies which, if experience did not teach us how common they are, one should imagine the least spark of common sense would save us from. The foolish liar, who endeavours to excite the admiration of the company by the relation of adventures which never had any existence; the important coxcomb, who gives himself airs of rank and distinction which he well knows he has no just pretensions to; are both of them, no doubt, pleased with the applause which they fancy they meet with. But their vanity arises from so gross an illusion of the imagination, that it is difficult to conceive how any rational creature should be imposed upon by it. When they place themselves in the situation of those whom they fancy they have deceived, they are struck with the highest admiration for their own persons. They look upon themselves, not in that light in which, they know, they ought to appear to their companions, but in that in which they believe their 104 companions actually look upon them. Their superficial weakness and trivial folly hinder them from ever turning their eyes inwards, or from seeing themselves in that despicable point of view in which their own consciences must tell them that they would appear to every body, if the real truth should ever come to be known.
The most genuine compliments can offer little joy when they aren’t seen as evidence of being deserving of praise. It's not enough for admiration and respect to be given to us due to ignorance or misunderstanding. If we realize that we don't truly deserve this favorable opinion and that, if the truth were revealed, people would think very differently of us, our satisfaction remains incomplete. The person who praises us for actions we didn’t do or for motives that didn’t influence our behavior isn’t applauding us, but someone else entirely. We gain no satisfaction from their compliments. To us, they should feel more humiliating than any criticism and constantly remind us of the humbling truth of what we should be but are not. A woman who paints, one would think, would feel little pride from compliments about her complexion. Instead, these should remind her of how her actual complexion might be perceived and embarrass her even more in contrast. Taking pleasure in such unfounded praise shows a superficial lightness and weakness. It exemplifies what is truly called vanity and is the root of the most ridiculous and contemptible vices, the vices of pretension and blatant lying—follies that, if we weren't so accustomed to seeing them, one would think a modicum of common sense would prevent. The foolish liar, who tries to impress others by sharing nonexistent adventures; the pompous braggart, who acts as if he has a status he knows he doesn't deserve; both are undoubtedly pleased with the praise they believe they receive. But their vanity stems from such a glaring illusion of the imagination that it’s hard to imagine how any rational person could fall for it. When they view themselves as the people they think they’ve deceived, they feel immense admiration for themselves. They see themselves not in the light they know they should appear to their peers, but in the way they believe their companions actually view them. Their superficial weakness and trivial folly prevent them from looking inward or recognizing how despicable they would seem to everyone if the real truth about them were ever revealed.
As ignorant and groundless praise can give no solid joy, no satisfaction that will bear any serious examination, so, on the contrary, it often gives real comfort to reflect, that though no praise should actually be bestowed upon us, our conduct, however, has been such as to deserve it, and has been in every respect suitable to those measures and rules by which praise and approbation are naturally and commonly bestowed. We are pleased, not only with praise, but with having done what is praise-worthy. We are pleased to think that we have rendered ourselves the natural objects of approbation, though no approbation should ever actually be bestowed upon us: and we are mortified to reflect that we have justly merited the blame of those we live with, though that sentiment should never actually be exerted against us. The man who is conscious to himself that he has exactly observed those measures of conduct which experience informs him are generally agreeable, reflects with satisfaction on the propriety of his own behaviour. When he views it in the light in which the impartial spectator would view it, he thoroughly enters into all the motives which influenced it. He looks back upon every part of it with pleasure and approbation, and though mankind should never be acquainted with what he has done, he regards himself, not so much according to the light in which they actually regard him, as according to that in which they would regard him if they were better informed. He anticipates the applause and admiration which in this case would be bestowed upon him, and he applauds and admires himself by sympathy with sentiments, which do not indeed actually take place, but which the ignorance of the public alone hinders from taking place, which he knows are the natural and ordinary effects of such conduct, which his imagination strongly connects with it, and which he has acquired a habit of conceiving as something that naturally and in propriety ought to follow from it. Men have voluntarily thrown away life to acquire after death a renown which they could no longer enjoy. Their imagination, in the mean time, anticipated that fame which was in future times to be bestowed upon them. Those applauses which they were never to hear rung in their ears; the thoughts of that admiration, whose effects they were never to feel, played about their hearts, banished from their breasts the strongest of all natural fears, and transported them to perform actions which seem almost beyond the reach of human nature. But in point of reality there is surely no great difference between that approbation which is not to be bestowed till we can no longer enjoy it, and that which, indeed, is never to be bestowed, but which would be bestowed, if the world was ever made to 105 understand properly the real circumstances of our behaviour. If the one often produces such violent effects, we cannot wonder that the other should always be highly regarded.
As unfounded and insincere praise can’t bring us real joy or satisfaction that can hold up under scrutiny, it’s comforting to remember that even if we don’t receive any praise, our actions deserve it and align with the standards by which praise and approval are typically given. We take pleasure not just in receiving praise, but also in knowing we’ve done something worthy of it. We feel good thinking that we have made ourselves deserving of approval, even if that approval is never actually given to us. Conversely, it’s disheartening to realize that we have justly earned the criticism of those around us, even if they never voice that sentiment. A person who knows they have followed the standards of behavior that experience tells us others generally appreciate can feel satisfied with their own conduct. When they consider it from the perspective of an impartial observer, they fully understand all the motivations behind it. They look back at every aspect with pleasure and approval, and even if no one else learns of their actions, they see themselves not just as others perceive them, but as how they would be seen if people were better informed. They envision the praise and admiration that would come their way, and they commend and admire themselves, connecting with feelings that, while not currently happening, are just blocked by the public's ignorance. They believe these reactions are the natural outcomes of their conduct, which they strongly associate with it, and they’ve developed a habit of thinking these reactions should naturally and appropriately follow from their actions. People have willingly sacrificed their lives to gain a reputation after death that they can no longer experience. Meanwhile, their imagination anticipated the fame they would receive in future times. The praises they would never hear echoed in their minds; the thought of admiration they would never feel lingered in their hearts, driving away their greatest natural fears and motivating them to take actions that seem almost beyond human capability. However, in reality, there isn’t much difference between the approval that won’t come until we can no longer enjoy it and that which will never be given, but would be awarded if the world truly understood the real circumstances of our behavior. If the former often leads to such intense reactions, it’s no surprise that the latter is always held in high regard.
Nature, when she formed man for society, endowed him with an original desire to please, and an original aversion to offend his brethren. She taught him to feel pleasure in their favourable, and pain in their unfavourable regard. She rendered their approbation most flattering and most agreeable to him for its own sake; and their disapprobation most mortifying and most offensive.
Nature, when she created humans for society, gave them a natural desire to please and a strong dislike for offending others. She made them feel joy in receiving positive attention and pain in facing negative judgment. She designed their approval to be incredibly flattering and enjoyable, while their disapproval felt deeply hurtful and upsetting.
But this desire of the approbation, and this aversion to the disapprobation of his brethren, would not alone have rendered him fit for that society for which he was made. Nature, accordingly, has endowed him, not only with a desire of being approved of, but with a desire of being what ought to be approved of; or of being what he himself approves of in other men. The first desire could only have made him wish to appear to be fit for society. The second was necessary in order to render him anxious to be really fit. The first could only have prompted him to the affectation of virtue, and to the concealment of vice. The second was necessary in order to inspire him with the real love of virtue, and with the real abhorrence of vice. In every well-formed mind this second desire seems to be the strongest of the two. It is only the weakest and most superficial of mankind who can be much delighted with that praise which they themselves know to be altogether unmerited. A weak man may sometimes be pleased with it, but a wise man rejects it upon all occasions. But, though a wise man feels little pleasure from praise where he knows there is no praise-worthiness, he often feels the highest in doing what he knows to be praise-worthy, though he knows equally well that no praise is ever to be bestowed upon it. To obtain the approbation of mankind, where no approbation is due, can never be an object of any importance to him. To obtain that approbation where it is really due, may sometimes be an object of no great importance to him. But to be that thing which deserves approbation, must always be an object of the highest.
But this desire for approval and this dislike of disapproval from his peers wouldn't have been enough to make him suitable for the society he was meant for. Nature has given him not only a desire to be approved of, but also a desire to be worthy of that approval; or to be what he himself admires in others. The first desire would only have made him want to appear suitable for society. The second was essential to make him genuinely eager to be truly fit. The first might have driven him to pretend to be virtuous and to hide his vices. The second was needed to inspire a genuine love for virtue and a true disgust for vice. In every well-balanced mind, this second desire seems to be the stronger of the two. Only the weakest and most superficial people can be genuinely pleased with praise they know they don't deserve. A weak person might sometimes appreciate it, but a wise person dismisses it at all times. Even though a wise person feels little joy from praise when he knows there’s no real worth, he often feels great fulfillment in doing what he knows deserves praise, even if he’s equally aware that no praise will be given for it. Seeking approval from others when it’s unwarranted can never be very important to him. Seeking approval when it is truly deserved may not always be of great significance to him. But being someone who truly deserves approval will always be of the highest importance.
To desire, or even to accept of praise, where no praise is due, can be the effect only of the most contemptible vanity. To desire it where it is really due is to desire no more than that a most essential act of justice should be done to us. The love of just fame, of true glory, even for its own sake, and independent of any advantage which he can derive from it, is not unworthy even of a wise man. He sometimes, however, neglects, and even despises it; and he is never more apt to do so than when he has the most perfect assurance of the perfect propriety of every part of his own conduct. His self-approbation, in this case, stands in need of no confirmation from the approbation of other men. It is alone sufficient, and he is contented with it. This self-approbation, if not the only, is at least the principal object, 106 about which he can or ought to be anxious. The love of it is the love of virtue.
To want, or even to accept praise when it isn’t deserved, can only come from the most pathetic vanity. To want it when it is deserved is simply to wish for a necessary act of fairness to be done for us. The desire for genuine fame and true glory, even for its own sake and without any benefits that might come from it, is not beneath even a wise person. However, they sometimes overlook or even scorn it, especially when they are completely confident that every aspect of their behavior is right. In these moments, their self-approval doesn’t need validation from others. It is enough on its own, and they are satisfied with it. This self-approval, if not the only one, is at least the main focus that they can or should care about. The love of it is the love of virtue.
As the love and admiration which we naturally conceive for some characters, dispose us to wish to become ourselves the proper objects of such agreeable sentiments; so the hatred and contempt which we as naturally conceive for others, dispose us, perhaps still more strongly, to dread the very thought of resembling them in any respect. Neither is it, in this case, too, so much the thought of being hated and despised that we are afraid of, as that of being hateful and despicable. We dread the thought of doing any thing which can render us the just and proper objects of the hatred and contempt of our fellow-creatures; even though we had the most perfect security that those sentiments were never actually to be exerted against us. The man who has broke through all those measures of conduct, which can alone render him agreeable to mankind, though he should have the most perfect assurance that what he had done was for ever to be concealed from every human eye, it is all to no purpose. When he looks back upon it, and views it in the light in which the impartial spectator would view it, he finds that he can enter into none of the motives which influenced it. He is abashed and confounded at the thoughts of it, and necessarily feels a very high degree of that shame which he would be exposed to, if his actions should ever come to be generally known. His imagination, in this case too, anticipates the contempt and derision from which nothing saves him but the ignorance of those he lives with. He still feels that he is the natural object of these sentiments, and still trembles at the thought of what he would suffer, if they were ever actually exerted against him. But if what he had been guilty of was not merely one of those improprieties which are the objects of simple disapprobation, but one of those enormous crimes which excite detestation and resentment, he could never think of it, as long as he had any sensibility left, without feeling all the agony of horror and remorse; and though he could be assured that no man was ever to know it, and could even bring himself to believe that there was no God to revenge it, he would still feel enough of both these sentiments to embitter the whole of his life: he would still regard himself as the natural object of the hatred and indignation of all his fellow-creatures; and, if his heart was not grown callous by the habit of crimes, he could not think without terror and astonishment even of the manner in which mankind would look upon him, of what would be the expression of their countenance and of their eyes, if the dreadful truth should ever come to be known. These natural pangs of an affrighted conscience are the dæmons, the avenging furies, which, in this life, haunt the guilty, which allow them neither quiet nor repose, which often drive them to despair and distraction, from which no assurance of secrecy can protect them, from which no principles of irreligion can entirely deliver them, and from which 107 nothing can free them but the vilest and most abject of all states, a complete insensibility to honour and infamy, to vice and virtue. Men of the most detestable characters, who, in the execution of the most dreadful crimes, had taken their measures so coolly as to avoid even the suspicion of guilt, have sometimes been driven, by the horror of their situation, to discover, of their own accord, what no human sagacity could ever have investigated. By acknowledging their guilt, by submitting themselves to the resentment of their offended fellow-citizens, and, by thus satiating that vengeance of which they were sensible that they had become the proper objects, they hoped, by their death to reconcile themselves, at least in their own imagination, to the natural sentiments of mankind; to be able to consider themselves as less worthy of hatred and resentment; to atone, in some measure, for their crimes, and, by thus becoming the objects rather of compassion than of horror, if possible, to die in peace and with the forgiveness of all their fellow-creatures. Compared to what they felt before the discovery, even the thought of this, it seems was happiness.
As the love and admiration we naturally feel for certain people make us want to be the objects of those positive feelings, the hatred and contempt we equally feel for others push us even more strongly to fear resembling them in any way. It's not just the fear of being hated and despised that troubles us, but the fear of being seen as hateful and despicable. We dread doing anything that could make us deserving of others' hatred and contempt, even if we were completely sure those feelings would never be directed at us. A person who has violated all the social norms that make him likable, even if he believes that what he did will be hidden from the world, finds it futile. When he reflects on his actions, considering how an impartial observer might view them, he realizes he can't relate to the motivations behind his choices. He feels ashamed and humiliated at the mere thought of it, experiencing a deep shame as if everyone knew his actions. His imagination anticipates the contempt and mockery he could face, with nothing shielding him from these sentiments except the ignorance of those around him. He still perceives himself as deserving of that contempt and trembles at what he would endure if it were ever directed at him. If his wrongdoing weren't just a minor offense, but a serious crime that inspires disgust and anger, he could not think of it, as long as he has any sensitivity left, without feeling intense horror and guilt; even if he was assured that no one would ever find out, and could even convince himself that there was no God to punish him, he would still struggle with the reality of being loathed and resented by everyone. If his heart wasn't hardened by committing crimes, he would be horrified and astonished just thinking about how humanity would view him, what expressions would fill their faces and eyes if the terrible truth ever came out. These natural pangs of a guilty conscience are the demons, the avenging furies, that haunt the guilty in this life, leaving them with no peace or rest, often driving them to despair, from which no promises of secrecy can shield them, and from which no lack of belief can fully free them. The only escape lies in the most abject state of complete insensitivity to honor and disgrace, vice and virtue. Those with the most abhorrent characters, who managed to execute dreadful crimes without raising suspicion, have sometimes, out of the horror of their situation, revealed what no one could have ever discovered on their own. By confessing their guilt, submitting to the anger of their offended peers, and thus satisfying the vengeance of which they know they are deserving, they hope to reconcile, even in their own minds, with humanity’s natural sentiments; to see themselves as less deserving of hatred and resentment; to atone for their crimes in some way, and by becoming objects of pity instead of horror, to die in peace, seeking forgiveness from all. Compared to what they felt before their actions were discovered, the thought of this seems like happiness.
In such cases, the horror of blame-worthiness seems, even in persons who cannot be suspected of any extraordinary delicacy or sensibility of character, completely to conquer the dread of blame. In order to allay that horror, in order to pacify, in some degree, the remorse of their own consciences, they voluntarily submitted themselves both to the reproach and to the punishment which they knew were due to their crimes, but which, at the same time, they might easily have avoided.
In these situations, the fear of being blamed appears to completely overpower the common fear of blame, even in people who aren’t particularly sensitive or delicate. To ease that fear and partially soothe their own guilty consciences, they willingly accepted both the criticism and the punishment they knew they deserved for their wrongdoings, despite the fact that they could have easily avoided them.
They are the most frivolous and superficial of mankind only who can be much delighted with that praise which they themselves know to be altogether unmerited. Unmerited reproach, however, is frequently capable of mortifying very severely even men of more than ordinary constancy. Men of the most ordinary constancy, indeed, easily learn to despise those foolish tales which are so frequently circulated in society, and which, from their own absurdity and falsehood, never fail to die away in the course of a few weeks, or of a few days. But an innocent man, though of more than ordinary constancy, is often, not only shocked, but most severely mortified by the serious, though false, imputation of a crime; especially when that imputation happens unfortunately to be supported by some circumstances which gave it an air of probability. He is humbled to find that any body should think so meanly of his character as to suppose him capable of being guilty of it. Though perfectly conscious of his own innocence, the very imputation seems often, even in his own imagination, to throw a shadow of disgrace and dishonour upon his character. His just indignation, too, at so very gross an injury, which, however, it may frequently be improper and sometimes even impossible to revenge, is itself a very painful sensation. There is no greater tormentor of the human breast than violent resentment which cannot be gratified. An innocent man, brought to 108 the scaffold by the false imputation of an infamous or odious crime, suffers the most cruel misfortune which it is possible for innocence to suffer. The agony of his mind may, in this case, frequently be greater than that of those who suffer for the like crimes, of which they have been actually guilty. Profligate criminals, such as common thieves and highwaymen, have frequently little sense of the baseness of their own conduct, and consequently no remorse. Without troubling themselves about the justice or injustice of the punishment, they have always been accustomed to look upon the gibbet as a lot very likely to fall to them. When it does fall to them, therefore, they consider themselves only as not quite so lucky as some of their companions, and submit to their fortune, without any other uneasiness than what may arise from the fear of death; a fear which, even by such worthless wretches, we frequently see, can be so easily, and so very completely conquered. The innocent man, on the contrary, over and above the uneasiness which this fear may occasion, is tormented by his own indignation at the injustice which has been done to him. He is struck with horror at the thoughts of the infamy which the punishment may shed upon his memory, and foresees, with the most exquisite anguish, that he is hereafter to be remembered by his dearest friends and relations, not with regret and affection, but with shame, and even with horror for his supposed disgraceful conduct: and the shades of death appear to close round him with a darker and more melancholy gloom than naturally belongs to them. Such fatal accidents, for the tranquillity of mankind, it is to be hoped, happen very rarely in any country; but they happen sometimes in all countries, even in those where justice is in general very well administered. The unfortunate Calas, a man of much more than ordinary constancy (broke upon the wheel and burnt at Tholouse for the supposed murder of his own son, of which he was perfectly innocent), seemed, with his last breath, to deprecate, not so much the cruelty of the punishment, as the disgrace which the imputation might bring upon his memory. After he had been broke, and was just going to be thrown into the fire, the monk, who attended the execution, exhorted him to confess the crime for which he had been condemned. ‘My father,’ said Calas, ‘can you yourself bring yourself to believe that I am guilty?‘
They are the most trivial and superficial people who can be genuinely pleased by praise that they know they don’t deserve. However, undeserved criticism can deeply wound even those who are usually quite resilient. Ordinary people can easily learn to ignore the foolish rumors that circulate in society, which, due to their absurdity and falsehood, quickly fade away in a matter of days or weeks. But an innocent person, even if they are more resilient than most, can still feel shocked and deeply humiliated by a serious accusation of a crime, especially when that accusation is backed by some circumstances that make it seem believable. It is humbling for him to realize that anyone would think so poorly of his character as to believe he could be guilty of it. Although he is completely aware of his own innocence, the mere accusation can often, in his mind, cast a shadow of disgrace and dishonor over his character. His rightful anger at such a gross injustice, which may frequently be inappropriate to retaliate against and sometimes even impossible, is itself a very painful feeling. There is no greater torment for the human heart than intense anger that cannot be expressed. An innocent person wrongfully condemned to execution by a false charge of a despicable crime endures the most terrible fate that innocence can face. The anguish of his mind may often exceed that of those who suffer for similar crimes they committed. Depraved criminals, like common thieves and robbers, often have little awareness of the shame in their actions, and therefore feel no remorse. They have grown accustomed to viewing the gallows as a possible outcome and, when it happens, consider themselves merely less lucky than some of their peers, accepting their fate with little more discomfort than a fear of death; a fear that, even among such worthless individuals, we often see can be easily overcome. In contrast, the innocent person, in addition to the distress this fear causes, is tormented by his indignation over the wrong done to him. He is horrified by the thought that the punishment could tarnish his memory and anticipates, with unbearable pain, that he will be remembered by his loved ones not with affection and regret, but with shame and disgust for his supposed disgraceful behavior. The shadows of death seem to close in around him with a darker and more sorrowful gloom than they naturally possess. Such tragic events, for the peace of humanity, hopefully occur very rarely anywhere; yet they do happen occasionally in all nations, even in those where justice is generally well enforced. The unfortunate Calas, a man of exceptional resilience (tortured and burned in Toulouse for the alleged murder of his own son, of which he was completely innocent), appeared, with his dying breath, to lament not just the cruelty of his punishment, but the disgrace that the accusation would bring to his memory. After being tortured and just before being thrown into the fire, the monk who was present urged him to confess to the crime he was condemned for. “My father,” said Calas, “can you really believe that I am guilty?”
To persons in such unfortunate circumstances, that humble philosophy which confines its views to this life, can afford, perhaps, but little consolation. Every thing that could render either life or death respectable is taken from them. They are condemned to death and to everlasting infamy. Religion can alone afford them any effectual comfort. She alone can tell them that it is of little importance what man may think of their conduct, while the all-seeing Judge of the world approves of it. She alone can present to them the view of another world; a world of more candour, humanity, and justice, than the present; where their 109 innocence is in due time to be declared, and their virtue to be finally rewarded: and the same great principle which can alone strike terror into triumphant vice, affords the only effectual consolation to disgraced and insulted innocence.
For people in such unfortunate situations, that simple philosophy which focuses only on this life may offer very little comfort. Everything that could make either life or death dignified has been taken from them. They are sentenced to death and lasting shame. Only religion can provide them with real comfort. It is the only thing that can reassure them that it doesn’t matter what others may think of their actions, as long as the all-seeing Judge of the world approves of them. It alone can show them the possibility of another world; a place with more fairness, kindness, and justice than this one, where their 109 innocence will eventually be recognized, and their virtue rewarded at last: and the same powerful principle that can instill fear in victorious wrongdoing offers the only true consolation to those who are wronged and insulted.
In smaller offences, as well as in greater crimes, it frequently happens that a person of sensibility is much more hurt by the unjust imputation, than the real criminal is by the actual guilt. A woman of gallantry laughs even at the well-founded surmises which are circulated concerning her conduct. The worst founded surmise of the same kind is a mortal stab to an innocent virgin. The person who is deliberately guilty of a disgraceful action, we may lay it down, I believe, as a general rule, can seldom have much sense of the disgrace; and the person who is habitually guilty of it, can scarce ever have any.
In minor offenses as well as in major crimes, it often happens that a sensitive person feels more hurt by the unfair accusation than the actual criminal does by their real guilt. A confident woman even laughs at the well-founded rumors about her behavior. The most unfounded rumor of the same kind is a deadly blow to an innocent virgin. It can be generally said that someone who deliberately commits a shameful act rarely feels much sense of disgrace; and someone who does so regularly hardly ever feels any at all.
When every man, even of middling understanding, so readily despises unmerited applause, how it comes to pass that unmerited reproach should often be capable of mortifying so severely men of the soundest and best judgment, may, perhaps, deserve some consideration.
When every man, even those with average intelligence, easily looks down on undeserved praise, it’s worth considering why undeserved criticism can often hurt even the wisest and best judges so deeply.
Pain, I have already had occasion to observe, is, in almost all cases, a more pungent sensation than the opposite and correspondent pleasure. The one, almost always, depresses us much more below the ordinary, or what may be called the natural, state of our happiness, than the other ever raises us above it. A man of sensibility is apt to be more humiliated by just censure than he is ever elevated by just applause. Unmerited applause a wise man rejects with contempt upon all occasions; but he often feels very severely the injustice of unmerited censure. By suffering himself to be applauded for what he has not performed, by assuming a merit which does not belong to him, he feels that he is guilty of a mean falsehood, and deserves, not the admiration, but the contempt of those very persons who, by mistake, had been led to admire him. It may, perhaps, give him some well-founded pleasure to find that he has been, by many people, thought capable of performing what he did not perform. But, though he may be obliged to his friends for their good opinion, he would think himself guilty of the greatest baseness if he did not immediately undeceive them. It gives him little pleasure to look upon himself in the light in which other people actually look upon him, when he is conscious that, if they knew the truth, they would look upon him in a very different light. A weak man, however, is often much delighted with viewing himself in this false and delusive light. He assumes the merit of every laudable action that is ascribed to him, and pretends to that of many which nobody ever thought of ascribing to him. He pretends to have done what he never did, to have written what another wrote, to have invented what another discovered; and is led into all the miserable vices of plagiarism and common lying. But though no man of 110 middling good sense can derive much pleasure from the imputation of a laudable action which he never performed, yet a wise man may suffer great pain from the serious imputation of a crime which he never committed. Nature, in this case, has rendered the pain, not only more pungent than the opposite and correspondent pleasure, but she has rendered it so in a much greater than the ordinary degree. A denial rids a man at once of the foolish and ridiculous pleasure; but it will not always rid him of the pain. When he refuses the merit which is ascribed to him, nobody doubts his veracity. It may be doubted when he denies the crime which he is accused of. He is at once enraged at the falsehood of the imputation, and mortified to find that any credit should be given to it. He feels that his character is not sufficient to protect him. He feels that his brethren, far from looking upon him in that light in which he anxiously desires to be viewed by them, think him capable of being guilty of what he is accused of. He knows perfectly that he has not been guilty. He knows perfectly what he has done; but, perhaps, scarce any man can know perfectly what he himself is capable of doing. What the peculiar constitution of his own mind may or may not admit of, is, perhaps, more or less a matter of doubt to every man. The trust and good opinion of his friends and neighbours, tends more than any thing to relieve him from this most disagreeable doubt; their distrust and unfavourable opinion to increase it. He may think himself very confident that their unfavourable judgment is wrong: but this confidence can seldom be so great as to hinder that judgment from making some impression upon him; and the greater his sensibility, the greater his delicacy, the greater his worth in short, this impression is likely to be the greater.
Pain, as I've mentioned before, is usually a more intense feeling than pleasure. Pain often brings us down far more than pleasure can lift us up. A sensitive person tends to feel more embarrassed by fair criticism than uplifted by fair praise. A wise person dismisses undeserved praise with scorn, but often feels the sting of unfair criticism deeply. When he's wrongly praised for something he hasn't done, he feels he's committed a petty lie and deserves the scorn of those who mistakenly admired him. He might feel some genuine pleasure knowing that many people believe he's capable of things he hasn't actually done. But while he's thankful for his friends' good opinions, he would consider it shameful not to correct their misunderstanding. It brings him little joy to see himself the way others see him when he knows that, if they knew the truth, they would see him very differently. On the other hand, a weak person often enjoys seeing himself in that false light. He takes credit for every good deed attributed to him and even pretends to have done things no one ever thought he did. He claims to have done what he hasn't, to have written what someone else wrote, to have invented what someone else discovered; this leads him to all the miserable vices of stealing others' ideas and outright lying. Yet, while a person of average sense doesn't find much pleasure in being credited for a good deed he hasn't done, a wise person can feel great pain from being accused of a crime he didn't commit. Nature has made this pain not only sharper than the corresponding pleasure but also much more intense than usual. A denial can free a man from the foolish pleasure of false praise, but it won't always free him from the pain. When he denies the merit attributed to him, no one doubts his honesty. But when he denies the crime he’s accused of, doubts can arise. He feels anger at the false accusation and is mortified that anyone would believe it. He realizes that his character is not enough to safeguard him. He understands that his peers, far from seeing him as he wishes to be seen, suspect him capable of the very wrongdoing he’s accused of. He knows he hasn’t done anything wrong. He is fully aware of his own actions, but perhaps no one truly knows what they are capable of. What his own mind may allow or not may be uncertain for anyone. The trust and good opinions of friends and neighbors help to ease this uncomfortable doubt, while their distrust and negative opinions only amplify it. He might be quite sure that their negative judgment is wrong, but that confidence is rarely strong enough to prevent that judgment from having some effect on him; and the more sensitive, delicate, and valuable a person is, the more profound that effect is likely to be.
The agreement or disagreement both of the sentiments and judgments of other people with our own, is, in all cases, it must be observed, of more or less importance to us, exactly in proportion as we ourselves are more or less uncertain about the propriety of our own sentiments, about the accuracy of our own judgments.
The agreement or disagreement between the feelings and opinions of others and our own is, in every case, important to us to varying degrees, depending on how uncertain we are about the appropriateness of our own feelings and the accuracy of our own opinions.
A man of sensibility may sometimes feel great uneasiness lest he should have yielded too much even to what may be called an honourable passion; to his just indignation, perhaps, at the injury which may have been done either to himself or to his friend. He is anxiously afraid lest, meaning only to act with spirit, and to do justice, he may, from the too great vehemence of his emotion, have done a real injury to some other person; who, though not innocent, may not have been altogether so guilty as he at first apprehended. The opinion of other people becomes, in this case, of the utmost importance to him. Their approbation is the most healing balsam; their disapprobation, the bitterest and most tormenting poison that can be poured into his uneasy mind. When he is perfectly satisfied with every part of his own conduct, the judgment of other people is often of less importance to him.
A sensitive person might sometimes feel intense worry that they have given in too much to what could be seen as a noble passion; perhaps to their rightful anger at the harm done to themselves or their friend. They are deeply concerned that, while merely trying to act decisively and seek justice, they may have, due to the intensity of their feelings, unintentionally harmed someone else; who, although not blameless, might not have been as guilty as they initially thought. The views of others become extremely important to them in this situation. Their approval is like the best medicine; their disapproval is the harshest and most agonizing poison that can invade their troubled mind. When they feel completely confident in their own actions, the opinions of others often matter less to them.
111 There are some very noble and beautiful arts, in which the degree of excellence can be determined only by a certain nicety of taste, of which the decisions, however, appear always, in some measure, uncertain. There are others, in which the success admits, either of clear demonstration, or very satisfactory proof. Among the candidates for excellence in those different arts, the anxiety about the public opinion is always much greater in the former than in the latter.
111 There are some really noble and beautiful arts where you can only figure out their level of excellence through a fine sense of taste, but the judgments tend to feel somewhat uncertain. Then, there are other arts where success can be clearly shown or proven satisfactorily. Among those vying for recognition in these different arts, concern about what the public thinks is always much stronger in the first group than in the second.
The beauty of poetry is a matter of such nicety, that a young beginner can scarce ever be certain that he has attained it. Nothing delights him so much, therefore, as the favourable judgments of his friends and of the public; and nothing mortifies him so severely as the contrary. The one establishes, the other shakes, the good opinion which he is anxious to entertain concerning his own performances. Experience and success may in time give him a little more confidence in his own judgment. He is at all times, however, liable to be most severely mortified by the unfavourable judgments of the public. Racine was so disgusted by the indifferent success of his Phædra, the finest tragedy, perhaps, that is extant in any language, that, though in the vigour of his life, and at the height of his abilities, he resolved to write no more for the stage. That great poet used frequently to tell his son, that the most paltry and impertinent criticism had always given him more pain than the highest and justest eulogy had ever given him pleasure. The extreme sensibility of Voltaire to the slightest censure of the same kind is well known to every body. The Dunciad of Mr. Pope is an everlasting monument of how much the most correct, as well as the most elegant and harmonious of all the English poets, had been hurt by the criticisms of the lowest and most contemptible authors. Gray (who joins to the sublimity of Milton the elegance and harmony of Pope, and to whom nothing is wanting to render him, perhaps, the first poet in the English language, but to have written a little more) is said to have been so much hurt by a foolish and impertinent parody of two of his finest odes, that he never afterwards attempted any considerable work. Those men of letters who value themselves upon what is called fine writing in prose, approach somewhat to the sensibility of poets.
The beauty of poetry is so delicate that a young beginner can hardly ever be sure if he has achieved it. Nothing pleases him more than the positive feedback from his friends and the public; and nothing humiliates him more than the opposite. The former reinforces, while the latter undermines, the good opinion he hopes to have about his own work. Over time, experience and success may give him a bit more confidence in his own judgment. However, he remains vulnerable to being deeply hurt by the negative opinions of the public. Racine was so disheartened by the mediocre reception of his Phædra, arguably the greatest tragedy in any language, that even in the prime of his life and skill, he decided to stop writing for the stage. That great poet often told his son that even the most trivial and annoying criticism caused him more pain than the highest and most deserved praise ever brought him pleasure. Voltaire's extreme sensitivity to the slightest criticism of this nature is well-known. Mr. Pope's Dunciad stands as a lasting reminder of how even the most precise, elegant, and harmonious of all the English poets was affected by the critiques of the most trivial and contemptible authors. Gray, who combines Milton's sublimity with Pope's elegance and harmony—and who might be considered the greatest poet in English, except for having written a bit more—is said to have been so hurt by a silly and trivial parody of two of his finest odes that he never attempted any major work afterward. Those writers who pride themselves on what is called fine writing in prose bear some resemblance to the sensitivity of poets.
Mathematicians, on the contrary, who may have the most perfect assurance, both of the truth and of the importance of their discoveries, are frequently very indifferent about the reception which they may meet with from the public. The two greatest mathematicians that I ever had the honour to be known to, and I believe, the two greatest that have lived in my time, Dr. Robert Simpson of Glasgow, and Dr. Matthew Stewart of Edinburgh, never seemed to feel even the slightest uneasiness from the neglect with which the ignorance of the public received some of their most valuable works. The great work of Sir Isaac Newton, his Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, I 112 have been told, was for several years neglected by the public. The tranquillity of that great man, it is probable, never suffered, upon that account, the interruption of a single quarter of an hour. Natural philosophers, in their independency upon the public opinion, approach nearly to mathematicians, and, in their judgments concerning the merit of their own discoveries and observations, enjoy some degree of the same security and tranquillity.
Mathematicians, on the other hand, who often have the utmost confidence in both the truth and significance of their findings, usually don't care much about how the public reacts to them. The two greatest mathematicians I’ve had the privilege to know, and I believe the two greatest of my time, Dr. Robert Simpson from Glasgow and Dr. Matthew Stewart from Edinburgh, never seemed to feel even a bit upset by the public's neglect of some of their most valuable works. I've heard that Sir Isaac Newton's major work, his Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, 112 was ignored by the public for several years. It's likely that the calm of that great man was never disrupted by that for even a moment. Natural philosophers, in their independence from public opinion, are quite similar to mathematicians, and they too experience a level of the same confidence and peace when judging the worth of their own discoveries and observations.
The morals of those different classes of men of letters are, perhaps, sometimes somewhat affected by this very great difference in their situation with regard to the public.
The morals of those different types of writers are, maybe, sometimes a bit influenced by this very significant difference in their relationship with the public.
Mathematicians and natural philosophers, from their independency upon the public opinion, have little temptation to form themselves into factions and cabals, either for the support of their own reputation, or for the depression of that of their rivals. They are almost always men of the most amiable simplicity of manners, who live in good harmony with one another, are the friends of one another’s reputation, enter into no intrigue in order to secure the public applause, but are pleased when their works are approved of, without being either much vexed or very angry when they are neglected.
Mathematicians and natural philosophers, being independent from public opinion, have little reason to form groups or cliques to boost their own reputation or undermine their rivals. They are usually individuals of genuine simplicity, who coexist peacefully with each other, support one another's reputations, and don’t engage in schemes to gain public praise. They feel pleased when their work is recognized, but aren’t overly bothered or angry when it goes unnoticed.
It is not always the same case with poets, or with those who value themselves upon what is called fine writing. They are very apt to divide themselves into a sort of literary faction; each cabal being often avowedly, and almost always secretly, the mortal enemy of the reputation of every other, and employing all the mean arts of intrigue and solicitation to pre-occupy the public opinion in favour of the works of its own members, and against those of its enemies and rivals. In France, Despreaux and Racine did not think it below them to set themselves at the head of a literary cabal, in order to depress the reputation, first of Quinault and Perreault, and afterwards of Fontenelle and La Motte, and even to treat the good La Fontaine with a species of most disrespectful kindness. In England, the amiable Mr. Addison did not think it unworthy of his gentle and modest character to set himself at the head of a little cabal of the same kind, in order to keep down the rising reputation of Mr. Pope. Mr. Fontenelle, in writing the lives and characters of the members of the academy of sciences, a society of mathematicians and natural philosophers, has frequent opportunities of celebrating the amiable simplicity of their manners; a quality which, he observes, was so universal among them as to be characteristical, rather of that whole class of men of letters, than of any individual. Mr. D’Alembert, in writing the lives and characters of the members of the French Academy, a society of poets and fine writers, or of those who are supposed to be such, seems not to have had such frequent opportunities of making any remark of this kind, and no where pretends to represent this amiable quality as characteristical of that class of men of letters whom he celebrates.
It’s not always the same for poets or those who take pride in what’s called fine writing. They tend to split into different literary factions; each group often openly and almost always secretly becomes the enemy of every other group’s reputation, using all sorts of underhanded tactics to sway public opinion in favor of their own members’ works and against those of their rivals. In France, Despreaux and Racine didn’t think it beneath them to lead a literary faction to undermine the reputations of Quinault and Perreault initially, and later Fontenelle and La Motte, even treating the good La Fontaine with a kind of disrespectful kindness. In England, the pleasant Mr. Addison didn’t consider it beneath his gentle and modest character to lead a similar faction to diminish the rising reputation of Mr. Pope. Mr. Fontenelle, while writing about the lives and characters of the members of the Academy of Sciences, a group of mathematicians and natural philosophers, often highlighted the charming simplicity of their manners; a trait he noted was so common among them that it was more characteristic of that entire class of scholars than of any individual. Mr. D’Alembert, in writing about the lives and characters of the members of the French Academy, a society of poets and fine writers, or those thought to be such, doesn’t seem to have had as many chances to make similar observations and doesn’t claim that this charming quality is characteristic of the class of literary figures he celebrates.
113 Our uncertainty concerning our own merit, and our anxiety to think favourably of it, should together naturally enough make us desirous to know the opinion of other people concerning it; to be more than ordinarily elevated when that opinion is favourable, and to be more than ordinarily mortified when it is otherwise: but they should not make us desirous either of obtaining the favourable, or of avoiding the unfavourable opinion, by intrigue and cabal. When a man has bribed all the judges, the most unanimous decision of the court, though it may gain him his law-suit, cannot give him any assurance that he was in the right: and had he carried on his law-suit merely to satisfy himself that he was in the right, he never would have bribed the judges. But though he wished to find himself in the right, he wished likewise to gain his law-suit; and therefore he bribed the judges. If praise were of no consequence to us, but as a proof of our own praise-worthiness, we never should endeavour to obtain it by unfair means. But, though to wise men it is, at least in doubtful cases, of principal consequence upon this account; it is likewise of some consequence upon its own account: and therefore (we cannot, indeed, upon such occasions, call them wise men), but men very much above the common level have sometimes attempted both to obtain praise, and to avoid blame, by very unfair means.
113 Our uncertainty about our own worth and our desire to think well of it naturally make us curious about what others think. We tend to feel really good when their opinions are positive and feel really bad when they aren’t. However, that shouldn’t lead us to seek out favorable opinions or avoid negative ones through manipulation or scheming. If someone has bribed all the judges, even the most unanimous verdict in their favor won’t truly assure them they were right. If their goal was simply to confirm their righteousness, they wouldn’t have felt the need to bribe the judges. While they might want to believe they were right, they also wanted to win their case—that's why they bribed the judges. If praise didn’t matter to us except as evidence of our worthiness, we wouldn’t try to get it through dishonest means. Yet, although it is of primary importance for wise individuals, especially in uncertain situations, it also has its own significance. That's why some individuals, who are certainly above the average level, have sometimes tried to gain praise and avoid criticism through very dishonest means.
Praise and blame express what actually are, praise-worthiness and blame-worthiness what naturally ought to be, the sentiments of other people with regard to our character and conduct. The love of praise is the desire of obtaining the favourable sentiments of our brethren. The love of praise-worthiness is the desire of rendering ourselves the proper objects of those sentiments. So far those two principles resemble and are akin to one another. The like affinity and resemblance take place between dread of blame and that of blame-worthiness.
Praise and blame show what really is, while praise-worthiness and blame-worthiness reflect what should be. These are the feelings that others have about our character and actions. The desire for praise is the wish to gain positive feelings from others. The desire for praise-worthiness is the wish to make ourselves deserving of those positive feelings. In this way, the two principles are similar to each other. The same similarity exists between the fear of blame and the concern for blame-worthiness.
The man who desires to do, or who actually does, a praise-worthy action, may likewise desire the praise which is due to it, and sometimes, perhaps, more than is due to it. The two principles are in this case blended together. How far his conduct may have been influenced by the one, and how far by the other, may frequently be unknown even to himself. It must almost always be so to other people. They who are disposed to lessen the merit of his conduct, impute it chiefly or altogether to the mere love of praise, or to what they call mere vanity. They who are disposed to think more favourably of it, impute it chiefly or altogether to the love of praise-worthiness; to the love of what is really honourable and noble in human conduct; to the desire, not merely of obtaining, but of deserving the approbation and applause of his brethren. The imagination of the spectator throws upon it either the one colour or the other, according either to his habits of thinking, or to the favour or dislike which he may bear to the person whose conduct he is considering.
The man who wants to do, or who actually does, something commendable may also want the praise that comes with it, sometimes even more than he deserves. In this situation, the two motivations are mixed together. How much his actions are influenced by one or the other may often be unclear, even to him. It’s almost always unclear to others as well. Those who tend to downplay the value of his actions attribute it mainly or entirely to a simple desire for praise or what they call vanity. Those who are more inclined to view it positively attribute it mainly or entirely to a love of being commendable; to the appreciation of what is truly honorable and noble in human behavior; to the desire not just to receive, but to earn the approval and admiration of others. The viewpoint of the observer colors it either way, depending on their mindset or their feelings of like or dislike for the person whose actions they are judging.
114 Some splenetic philosophers, in judging of human nature, have done as peevish individuals are apt to do in judging of the conduct of one another, and have imputed to the love of praise, or to what they call vanity, every action which ought to be ascribed to that of praise-worthiness. I shall hereafter have occasion to give an account of some of their systems, and shall not at present stop to examine them.
114 Some angry philosophers, when judging human nature, have acted like cranky people do when evaluating each other's behavior. They have attributed every action to a desire for approval or what they call vanity, rather than recognizing it as a quest for being admirable. I will discuss some of their theories later, so I won't go into detail about them right now.
Very few men can be satisfied with their own private consciousness that they have attained those qualities, or performed those actions, which they admire and think praise-worthy in other people; unless it is, at the same time, generally acknowledged that they possess the one, or have performed the other; or, in other words, unless they have actually obtained that praise which they think due both to the one and to the other. In this respect, however, men differ considerably from one another. Some seem indifferent about the praise, when, in their own minds, they are perfectly satisfied that they have attained the praise-worthiness. Others appear much less anxious about the praise-worthiness than about the praise.
Very few men can be satisfied with their own sense of self if they believe they have the qualities or done the things they admire and consider worthy in others; unless it is widely recognized that they have those qualities or have done those things, or in other words, unless they have actually received the praise they think is deserved for both. In this regard, however, men differ quite a bit from one another. Some seem indifferent to the praise when they are completely content in their own minds that they are worthy of it. Others seem much more concerned about receiving praise than about being worthy of it.
No man can be completely, or even tolerably satisfied, with having avoided every thing blame-worthy in his conduct, unless he has likewise avoided the blame or the reproach. A wise man may frequently neglect praise, even when he has best deserved it; but, in all matters of serious consequence, he will most carefully endeavour so to regulate his conduct as to avoid, not only blame-worthiness, but, as much as possible, every probable imputation of blame. He will never, indeed, avoid blame by doing any thing which he judges blame-worthy; by omitting any part of his duty, or by neglecting any opportunity of doing any thing which he judges to be really and greatly praise-worthy. But, with these modifications, he will most anxiously and carefully avoid it. To show much anxiety about praise, even for praise-worthy actions, is seldom a mark of great wisdom, but generally of some degree of weakness. But, in being anxious to avoid the shadow of blame or reproach, there may be no weakness, but frequently there may be the most praise-worthy prudence.
No one can feel completely, or even somewhat, satisfied after avoiding everything blameworthy in their actions unless they’ve also dodged any blame or criticism. A wise person might often overlook praise, even when they deserve it the most; but when it comes to serious matters, they will carefully try to conduct themselves in a way that avoids not just being blameworthy, but also any likely accusations of blame. They will never evade blame by doing something they see as blameworthy, by skipping out on part of their responsibilities, or by ignoring opportunities to do things they view as truly commendable. However, with these considerations in mind, they will very diligently try to avoid blame. Showing too much concern for praise, even for commendable actions, is rarely a sign of true wisdom; it usually indicates some level of weakness. On the other hand, being eager to steer clear of even the appearance of blame or reproach can reflect considerable wisdom and often merits respect.
‘Many people,’ says Cicero, ‘despise glory, who are yet most severely mortified by unjust reproach; and that most inconsistently.’ This inconsistency, however, seems to be founded in the unalterable principles of human nature.
‘Many people,’ says Cicero, ‘look down on glory, yet are deeply hurt by unfair criticism; and that is quite contradictory.’ This contradiction, however, appears to be rooted in the unchanging principles of human nature.
The all-wise Author of Nature has, in this manner, taught man to respect the sentiments and judgments of his brethren; to be more or less pleased when they approve of his conduct, and to be more or less hurt when they disapprove of it. He has made man, if I may say so, the immediate judge of mankind; and has, in this respect, as in many others, created him after his own image, and appointed him his vicegerent upon earth, to superintend the behaviour of his brethren. They are taught by nature, to acknowledge that power and jurisdiction which 115 has thus been conferred upon him, to be more or less humbled and mortified when they have incurred his censure, and to be more or less elated when they have obtained his applause.
The all-wise Author of Nature has taught humans to respect the feelings and opinions of others; to feel pleased when others approve of their actions, and to feel hurt when they don't. He has made humans, if I can put it that way, the immediate judges of one another; and in this way, as in many others, he has created them in his own image and appointed them as caretakers on earth to oversee the behavior of their peers. They are naturally inclined to recognize the authority and power that 115 has given them, to feel humbled and ashamed when they receive criticism, and to feel proud and happy when they are praised.
But though man has, in this manner, been rendered the immediate judge of mankind, he has been rendered so only in the first instance; and an appeal lies from his sentence to a much higher tribunal, to the tribunal of their own consciences, to that of the supposed impartial and well-informed spectator, to that of the man within the breast, the great judge and arbiter of their conduct The jurisdictions of those two tribunals are founded upon principles which, though in some respects resembling and akin, are, however, in reality different and distinct. The jurisdiction of the man without, is founded altogether in the desire of actual praise, and in the aversion to actual blame. The jurisdiction of the man within, is founded altogether in the desire of praise-worthiness, and in the aversion to blame-worthiness; in the desire of possessing those qualities, and performing those actions, which we love and admire in other people; and in the dread of possessing those qualities, and performing those actions, which we hate and despise in other people. If the man without should applaud us, either for actions which we have not performed, or for motives which had no influence upon us; the man within can immediately humble that pride and elevation of mind which such groundless acclamations might otherwise occasion, by telling us, that as we know that we do not deserve them, we render ourselves despicable by accepting them. If, on the contrary, the man without should reproach us, either for actions which we never performed, or for motives which had no influence upon those which we may have performed, the man within may immediately correct this false judgment, and assure us, that we are by no means the proper objects of that censure which has so unjustly been bestowed upon us. But in this and in some other cases, the man within seems sometimes, as it were, astonished and confounded by the vehemence and clamour of the man without. The violence and loudness with which blame is sometimes poured out upon us, seems to stupify and benumb our natural sense of praise-worthiness and blame-worthiness; and the judgments of the man within, though not, perhaps, absolutely altered or perverted, are, however, so much shaken in the steadiness and firmness of their decision, that their natural effect, in securing the tranquillity of the mind, is frequently in a great measure destroyed. We scarce dare to absolve ourselves, when all our brethren appear loudly to condemn us. The supposed impartial spectator of our conduct seems to give his opinion in our favour with fear and hesitation; when that of all the real spectators, when that of all those with whose eyes and from whose station he endeavours to consider it, is unanimously and violently against us. In such cases, this demigod within the breast appears, like the demigods of the poets, though 116 partly of immortal, yet partly too of mortal extraction. When his judgments are steadily and firmly directed by the sense of praise-worthiness and blame-worthiness, he seems to act suitably to his divine extraction: but when he suffers himself to be astonished and confounded by the judgments of ignorant and weak man, he discovers his connexion with mortality, and appears to act suitably, rather to the human, than to the divine, part of his origin.
But even though people have been made the immediate judges of others, they are only in that position initially; there's an appeal from their decisions to a much higher authority: the tribunal of their own consciences, the perspective of a supposed impartial and informed observer, and the voice within themselves, the ultimate judge of their actions. The authority of these two judges is based on principles that, while somewhat similar, are actually different and distinct. The judgment from the outside is entirely based on the desire for actual praise and the fear of actual blame. The judgment from within is based entirely on the desire to be praiseworthy and the fear of being blameworthy; it’s about wanting to have the qualities and do the actions that we admire in others, while fearing to have traits and commit acts that we despise in others. If the outside observer praises us for actions we didn’t do or motives we didn’t have, the inner voice can quickly diminish that pride and inflated sense of self that such unfounded accolades might provoke by reminding us that we don’t deserve them, making us contemptible if we accept them. Conversely, if the outside observer criticizes us for actions we didn’t take or motives that didn’t influence our actions, the inner voice can correct that false judgment and reassure us that we aren’t deserving of the unfair criticism leveled at us. However, in some cases, the inner voice can seem stunned and confused by the intensity and uproar of the outside observer. The force and volume of criticism directed at us can overwhelm and numb our natural sense of praise and blame; and although the judgments of the inner voice might not be entirely altered or twisted, they are still shaken enough that their usual calming effect on the mind is often significantly undermined. We hardly have the courage to clear ourselves when everyone else is loudly condemning us. The supposed impartial observer of our actions appears to support us with hesitance and doubt when all the actual observers, those looking at us from their own perspectives, are unified and extremely against us. In these situations, this inner demigod seems, like the demigods of myth, partly immortal but also partly mortal. When his judgments are consistently guided by the sense of praise and blame, he acts in line with his divine nature; but when he allows himself to be shocked and bewildered by the judgments of ignorant and weak people, he reveals his connection to mortality and appears to act more according to the human side of his origins than the divine.
In such cases, the only effectual consolation of humbled and afflicted man lies in an appeal to a still higher tribunal, to that of the all-seeing Judge of the world, whose eye can never be deceived, and whose judgments can never be perverted. A firm confidence in the unerring rectitude of this great tribunal, before which his innocence is in due time to be declared, and his virtue to be finally rewarded, can alone support him under the weakness and despondency of his own mind, under the perturbation and astonishment of the man within the breast, whom nature has set up as, in this life, the great guardian, not only of his innocence, but of his tranquillity. Our happiness in this life is thus, upon many occasions, dependent upon the humble hope and expectation of a life to come: a hope and expectation deeply rooted in human nature; which can alone support its lofty ideas of its own dignity; can alone illumine the dreary prospect of its continually approaching mortality, and maintain its cheerfulness under all the heaviest calamities to which, from the disorders of this life, it may sometimes be exposed. That there is a world to come, where exact justice will be done to every man, where every man will be ranked with those who, in the moral and intellectual qualities, are really his equals; where the owner of those humble talents and virtues which, from being depressed by fortunes, had, in this life, no opportunity of displaying themselves; which were unknown, not only to the public, but which he himself could scarce be sure that he possessed, and for which even the man within the breast could scarce venture to afford him any distinct and clear testimony; where that modest, silent, and unknown merit, will be placed upon a level, and sometimes above those who, in this world, had enjoyed the highest reputation, and who, from the advantage of their situation, had been enabled to perform the most splendid and dazzling actions; is a doctrine, in every respect so venerable, so comfortable to the weakness, so flattering to the grandeur of human nature, that the virtuous man who has the misfortune to doubt of it, cannot possibly avoid wishing most earnestly and anxiously to believe it. It could never have been exposed to the derision of the scoffer, had not the distribution of rewards and punishments, which some of its most zealous assertors have taught us was to be made in that world to come, been too frequently in direct opposition to all our moral sentiments.
In such cases, the only real comfort for a humbled and suffering person lies in turning to a higher authority, the all-seeing Judge of the world, whose vision cannot be deceived and whose judgments cannot be twisted. A strong belief in the unquestionable fairness of this great tribunal, where his innocence will eventually be recognized and his virtue rewarded, is the only thing that can support him through the weakness and despair of his own mind, through the turmoil and confusion of his inner self, whom nature has appointed as the guardian of not just his innocence, but also his peace of mind. Our happiness in this life often relies on the humble hope and expectation of an afterlife: a hope and expectation deeply rooted in human nature; which alone can uphold its noble ideas about its own worth; can illuminate the gloomy outlook of its impending mortality, and maintain cheerfulness amid the heaviest adversities that arise from the chaos of this life. The belief in a world to come, where true justice will be served to everyone, where each person will be placed alongside those who are genuinely their equals in moral and intellectual qualities; where the possessor of humble talents and virtues, who were suppressed by circumstances and had no chance to shine in this life; which were unknown not just to the public, but also to themselves, and for which even their inner self could barely provide clear and distinct acknowledgment; where that modest, quiet, and unrecognized merit will stand on par, and sometimes above those who, in this world, held the highest accolades, and who, because of their position, managed to achieve the most impressive and brilliant acts; is a belief, in every way so revered, so comforting to the weak, so flattering to the nobility of human nature, that a virtuous person who doubts it cannot help but wish fervently and anxiously to believe in it. It would never have been exposed to ridicule had the system of rewards and punishments, which some of its most passionate advocates have told us would happen in that afterlife, not often contradicted all our moral feelings.
That the assiduous courtier is often more favoured than the faithful and active servant; that attendance and adulation are often shorter 117 and surer roads to preferment than merit or service; and that a campaign at Versailles or St. James’s is often worth two either in Germany or Flanders, is a complaint which we have all heard from many a venerable, but discontented, old officer. But what is considered as the greatest reproach even to the weakness of earthly sovereigns, has been ascribed, as an act of justice, to divine perfection; and the duties of devotion, the public and private worship of the Deity, have been represented, even by men of virtue and abilities, as the sole virtues which can either entitle to reward or exempt from punishment in the life to come. They were the virtues perhaps, most suitable to their station, and in which they themselves chiefly excelled; and we are all naturally disposed to over-rate the excellencies of our own characters. In the discourse which the eloquent and philosophical Massillon pronounced, on giving his benediction to the standards of the regiment of Catinat, there is the following address to the officers: ‘What is most deplorable in your situation, gentlemen, is, that in a life hard and painful, in which the services and the duties sometimes go beyond the rigour and severity of the most austere cloisters; you suffer always in vain for the life to come, and frequently even for this life. Alas! the solitary monk in his cell, obliged to mortify the flesh and to subject it to the spirit, is supported by the hope of an assured recompense, and by the secret unction of that grace which softens the yoke of the Lord. But you, on the bed of death, can you dare to represent to Him your fatigues and the daily hardships of your employment? can you dare to solicit Him for any recompense? and in all the exertions that you have made, in all the violences that you have done to yourselves, what is there that He ought to place to His own account? The best days of your life, however, have been sacrificed to your profession, and ten years’ service has more worn out your body, than would, perhaps, have done a whole life of repentance and mortification. Alas! my brother, one single day of those sufferings, consecrated to the Lord, would, perhaps, have obtained you an eternal happiness. One single action, painful to nature, and offered up to Him, would, perhaps, have secured to you the inheritance of the saints. And you have done all this, and in vain, for this world.’
That the diligent courtier often receives more favor than the loyal and hardworking servant; that flattery and attendance are often quicker and more reliable paths to getting ahead than true merit or service; and that a stint at Versailles or St. James's is often worth more than two campaigns in Germany or Flanders—this is a complaint we've all heard from many a respected yet unhappy old officer. However, what is considered the greatest criticism against even the frailties of earthly rulers has been attributed, in a spirit of justice, to divine perfection; and the duties of worship, both public and private, have been presented—even by virtuous and capable individuals—as the only virtues that can secure a reward or exempt one from punishment in the afterlife. These may have been the virtues best suited to their roles and in which they themselves excelled; and we all have a tendency to overvalue the strengths of our own character. In the speech delivered by the eloquent and philosophical Massillon, when he gave his blessing to the standards of the Catinat regiment, he addressed the officers with the following words: ‘What is most unfortunate about your situation, gentlemen, is that in a life that is both hard and painful, where your services and duties sometimes exceed the strictness and severity of the most austere monasteries; you always suffer in vain for the life to come, and often even for this life. Alas! the solitary monk in his cell, forced to discipline the flesh and submit it to the spirit, is sustained by the hope of a guaranteed reward and by the quiet grace that eases the burden of the Lord. But you, on your deathbed, can you dare to approach Him with tales of your struggles and the daily hardships of your job? Can you dare to ask Him for any reward? And in all the efforts you've made, in all the sacrifices you've endured, what should He consider as deserving of His attention? The best days of your life, after all, have been given over to your profession, and ten years of service have likely exhausted your body more than a lifetime of penance and self-denial would have. Alas! my brother, just one single day of that suffering, devoted to the Lord, could well have won you eternal happiness. One single action, painful to endure, offered up to Him, could possibly have guaranteed you a place among the saints. And you have done all this in vain for this world.’
To compare, in this manner, the futile mortifications of a monastery, to the ennobling hardships and hazards of war; to suppose that one day, or one hour, employed in the former should, in the eye of the great Judge of the world, have more merit than a whole life spent honourably in the latter, is surely contrary to all our moral sentiments: to all the principles by which nature has taught us to regulate our contempt or admiration. It is this spirit, however, which, while it has reserved the celestial regions for monks and friars, or for those whose conduct and conversation resembled those of monks and friars, has condemned to the infernal all the heroes, all the statesmen and lawgivers, all the poets 118 and philosophers of former ages; all those who have invented, improved, or excelled in the arts, which contribute to the subsistence, to the conveniency, or to the ornament of human life; all the great protectors, instructors, and benefactors of mankind; all those to whom our natural sense of praise-worthiness forces us to ascribe the highest merit and most exalted virtue. Can we wonder that so strange an application of this most respectable doctrine should sometimes have exposed it to contempt and derision; with those at least who had themselves, perhaps, no great taste or turn for the devout and contemplative virtues?3
Comparing the pointless punishments of a monastery to the noble challenges and dangers of war; assuming that spending even a day or an hour in the former has more value, in the eyes of the ultimate Judge of the world, than living a whole life honorably in the latter, contradicts all our moral feelings: everything nature has taught us to gauge our contempt or admiration. This attitude, however, while it has left the heavenly realms for monks and friars, or for those whose behavior and speech were similar to monks and friars, has condemned to hell all the heroes, statesmen and lawmakers, poets 118 and philosophers of past ages; all those who have invented, improved, or excelled in the arts that contribute to human life’s sustenance, convenience, or beauty; all the great protectors, teachers, and benefactors of humanity; all those to whom our natural sense of what is praiseworthy urges us to give the highest merit and noblest virtue. Can we be surprised that such a strange interpretation of this highly respected doctrine has sometimes led to mockery and disdain, especially from those who perhaps had little taste or inclination for the devout and contemplative virtues?
CHappy. Ⅲ.—Of the Influence and Authority of Conscience.
BUT though the approbation of his own conscience can scarce, upon some extraordinary occasions, content the weakness of man; though the testimony of the supposed impartial spectator of the great inmate of the breast, cannot always alone support him; yet the influence and authority of this principle is, upon all occasions, very great; and it is only by consulting this judge within, that we can ever see what relates to ourselves in its proper shape and dimensions; or that we can ever make any proper comparison between our own interests and those of other people.
BUT while the approval of his own conscience can hardly, on some rare occasions, satisfy human weakness; although the judgment of the supposed unbiased observer inside him can't always support him on its own; still, the influence and authority of this principle is, in every situation, very powerful; and it's only by consulting this internal judge that we can truly see how things relate to ourselves in the right context and scale; or that we can make any fair comparison between our own interests and those of others.
As to the eye of the body, objects appear great or small, not so much according to their real dimensions, as according to the nearness or distance of their situation; so do they likewise to what may be called the natural eye of the mind: and we remedy the defects of both these organs pretty much in the same manner. In my present situation an immense landscape of lawns, and woods, and distant mountains, seems to do no more than cover the little window which I write by, and to be out of all proportion less than the chamber in which I am sitting. I can form a just comparison between those great objects and the little objects around me, in no other way, than by transporting myself, at least in fancy, to a different station, from whence I can survey both at nearly equal distances, and thereby form some judgment of their real proportions. Habit and experience have taught me to do this so easily and so readily, that I am scarce sensible that I do it; and a man must be, in some measure, acquainted with the philosophy of vision, before he can be thoroughly convinced, how little those distant objects would appear to the eye, if the imagination, from a knowledge of their real magnitudes, did not swell and dilate them.
As for the eyes of our bodies, things look big or small not just based on their actual size, but also on how near or far away they are. The same goes for what we might call the natural eye of the mind: we fix the shortcomings of both these "organs" in pretty much the same way. Right now, an expansive view of fields, forests, and distant mountains seems to take up no more space than the small window I’m writing by, making them appear much smaller than the room I’m in. The only way I can accurately compare those large objects with the tiny ones around me is by imagining myself, at least in my mind, in a different spot where I can view both at nearly equal distances, which allows me to form some judgment of their actual sizes. Habit and experience have taught me to do this so easily and so naturally that I hardly notice I’m doing it; and a person has to be somewhat familiar with the philosophy of vision to truly understand how small those distant objects would look if our imagination didn't expand and enhance them based on our knowledge of their actual sizes.
In the same manner, to the selfish and original passions of human nature, the loss or gain of a very small interest of our own, appears to be of vastly more importance, excites a much more passionate joy or 119 sorrow, a much more ardent desire or aversion, than the greatest concern of another with, whom we have no particular connexion. His interests, as long as they are surveyed from this station, can never be put into the balance with our own, can never restrain us from doing whatever may tend to promote our own, how ruinous so ever to him. Before we can make any proper comparison of those opposite interests, we must change our position. We must view them, neither from our own place nor yet from his, neither with our own eyes nor yet with his, but from the place and with the eyes of a third person, who has no particular connexion with either, and who judges with impartiality between us. Here, too, habit and experience have taught us to do this so easily and so readily, that we are scarce sensible that we do it; and it requires, in this case too, some degree of reflection, and even of philosophy, to convince us, how little interest we should take in the greatest concerns of our neighbour, how little we should be affected by whatever relates to him, if the sense of propriety and justice did not correct the otherwise natural inequality of our sentiments.
In the same way, the selfish and basic passions of humans make the loss or gain of a tiny personal interest seem far more important. It triggers much stronger feelings of joy or sorrow, and a much deeper desire or aversion, than the biggest concerns of someone else with whom we have no close connection. As long as we view things from our own perspective, that person's interests can't compare to ours and won't stop us from pursuing what benefits us, no matter how harmful it is to them. To properly compare these opposing interests, we need to shift our viewpoint. We have to see them not from our own perspective or theirs, but rather from the standpoint of a neutral third party who has no personal connection to either of us and judges fairly. Habit and experience have made it so easy for us to do this that we hardly notice it. Yet, it takes some reflection and even a bit of philosophical thinking to realize how little concern we should have for our neighbor's biggest issues and how minimally we should be affected by matters related to them, if it weren't for our sense of fairness and justice correcting the natural imbalance in our feelings.
Let us suppose that the great empire of China, with all its myriads of inhabitants, was suddenly swallowed up by an earthquake, and let us consider how a man of humanity in Europe, who had no sort of connexion with that part of the world, would be affected upon receiving intelligence of this dreadful calamity. He would, I imagine, first of all, express very strongly his sorrow for the misfortune of that unhappy people, he would make many melancholy reflections upon the precariousness of human life, and the vanity of all the labours of man, which could thus be annihilated in a moment. He would, too, perhaps, if he was a man of speculation, enter into many reasonings concerning the effects which this disaster might produce upon the commerce of Europe, and the trade and business of the world in general. And when all this fine philosophy was over, when all these humane sentiments had been once fairly expressed, he would pursue his business or his pleasure, take his repose or his diversion, with the same ease and tranquillity, as if no such accident had happened. The most frivolous disaster which could befal himself would occasion a more real disturbance. If he was to lose his little finger to-morrow, he would not sleep to-night; but, provided he never saw them, he will snore with the most profound security over the ruin of a hundred millions of his brethren, and the destruction of that immense multitude seems plainly an object less interesting to him, than this paltry misfortune of his own. To prevent, therefore, this paltry misfortune to himself, would a man of humanity be willing to sacrifice the lives of a hundred millions of his brethren, provided he had never seen them? Human nature startles with horror at the thought, and the world, in its greatest depravity and corruption, never produced such a villain as could be capable of entertaining it. But what makes this 120 difference? When our passive feelings are almost always so sordid and so selfish, how comes it that our active principles should often be so generous and so noble? When we are always so much more deeply affected by whatever concerns ourselves than by whatever concerns other men, what is it which prompts the generous, upon all occasions, and the mean upon many, to sacrifice their own interests to the greater interests of others? It is not the soft power of humanity, it is not that feeble spark of benevolence which Nature has lighted up in the human heart, that is thus capable of counteracting the strongest impulses of self-love. It is a stronger power, a more forcible motive, which exerts itself upon such occasions. It is reason, principle, conscience, the inhabitant of the breast, the man within, the great judge and arbiter of our conduct. It is he who, whenever we are about to act so as to affect the happiness of others, calls to us, with a voice capable of astonishing the most presumptuous of our passions, that we are but one of the multitude, in no respect better than any other in it; and when we prefer ourselves so shamefully and so blindly to others, we become the proper objects of resentment, abhorrence, and execration. It is from him only that we learn the real littleness of ourselves, and of whatever relates to ourselves, and the natural misrepresentations of self-love can be corrected only by the eye of this impartial spectator. It is he who shows us the propriety of generosity and the deformity of injustice; the propriety of resigning the greatest interests of our own, for the yet greater interests of others, and the deformity of doing the smallest injury to another, in order to obtain the greatest benefit to ourselves. It is not the love of our neighbour, it is not the love of mankind, which upon many occasions prompts us to the practice of those divine virtues. It is a stronger love, a more powerful affection, which generally takes place upon such occasions; the love of what is honourable and noble, of the grandeur, and dignity, and superiority of our own characters.
Let’s imagine that the vast empire of China, with all its countless inhabitants, was suddenly wiped out by an earthquake. Consider how a compassionate person in Europe, with no connection to that part of the world, would react upon hearing about this terrible disaster. I think he would first strongly express his sorrow for the misfortune of those unfortunate people. He would reflect sadly on the fragility of human life and the futility of all of humanity's efforts, which could be wiped out in an instant. If he were a reflective person, he might also ponder the impact this disaster could have on European trade and global commerce as a whole. And once he finished these thoughtful reflections and expressed these compassionate sentiments, he would return to his business or leisure, finding the same ease and calm as if nothing had happened. The most trivial disaster in his own life would cause him far more real distress. If he were to lose his little finger tomorrow, he wouldn't sleep tonight; yet, as long as he never met those people, he would peacefully snore away, unfazed by the ruin of a hundred million of his fellow humans, with their destruction clearly seeming less significant to him than his own minor misfortune. To avoid this minor misfortune for himself, would a compassionate man sacrifice the lives of a hundred million of his fellow beings, simply because he had never seen them? The thought horrifies human nature, and even in the worst corruption and depravity, the world has never produced such a villain who could entertain it. So, what accounts for this difference? When our passive feelings are usually so petty and selfish, how is it that our active principles are often so generous and noble? Why are we always more affected by things that concern ourselves than by those that affect others? What drives the generous, at all times, and the selfish, in many cases, to put their own interests aside for the greater good of others? It’s not just the gentle power of humanity or that weak spark of kindness that Nature has ignited in our hearts that can counteract the strongest urges of self-interest. There’s a stronger force, a more compelling motive, at play in such situations. It’s reason, principle, conscience—the inner voice, the true self, the ultimate judge and guide of our actions. It’s this inner voice that, whenever we consider acting in ways that impact the happiness of others, calls out to us, reminding us that we are just one among many, and not in any way superior to anyone else. When we shamefully and blindly prioritize ourselves over others, we become objects of resentment, disgust, and loathing. Only from this inner voice do we learn our own true insignificance and the misleading views of self-interest can only be corrected by the perspective of this impartial observer. It’s this voice that illustrates the importance of generosity and the wrongness of injustice; it highlights our duty to forfeit our own greatest interests for the even greater interests of others and the wrongness of causing even the smallest harm to another in pursuit of our own greatest benefit. It isn't just love for our neighbor or humanity that prompts us to practice these noble virtues in many situations. It’s a stronger love, a more powerful affection— the love for what is honorable and noble, the greatness, dignity, and superiority of our own character.
When the happiness or misery of others depends in any respect upon our conduct, we dare not, as self-love might suggest to us, prefer the interest of one to that of many. The man within immediately calls to us, that we value ourselves too much and other people too little, and that, by doing so, we render ourselves the proper object of the contempt and indignation of our brethren. Neither is this sentiment confined to men of extraordinary magnanimity and virtue. It is deeply impressed upon every tolerably good soldier, who feels that he would become the scorn of his companions, if he could be supposed capable of shrinking from danger, or of hesitating, either to expose or to throw away his life, when the good of the service required it.
When the happiness or suffering of others depends in any way on our actions, we can't, as self-interest might tempt us, prioritize one person's needs over the needs of many. Our conscience reminds us that we value ourselves too much and others too little, and by doing so, we make ourselves deserving of the disdain and anger of those around us. This feeling isn't reserved for only exceptionally noble and virtuous people. It's strongly felt by any decent soldier, who knows that he would be looked down upon by his comrades if he were seen as someone who shies away from danger or hesitates to risk his life when the good of the mission calls for it.
One individual must never prefer himself so much even to any other individual, as to hurt or injure that other, in order to benefit himself, though the benefit to the one should be much greater than the hurt or 121 injury to the other. The poor man must neither defraud nor steal from the rich, though the acquisition might be much more beneficial to the one than the loss could be hurtful to the other. The man within immediately calls to him in this case too, that he is no better than his neighbour, and that by his unjust preference he renders himself the proper object of the contempt and indignation of mankind; as well as of the punishment which that contempt and indignation must naturally dispose them to inflict, for having thus violated one of those sacred rules, upon the tolerable observation of which depend the whole security and peace of human society. There is no commonly honest man who does not more dread the inward disgrace of such an action, the indelible stain which it would for ever stamp upon his own mind, than the greatest external calamity which, without any fault of his own, could possibly befal him; and who does not inwardly feel the truth of that great stoical maxim, that for one man to deprive another unjustly of any thing, or unjustly to promote his own advantage by the loss or disadvantage of another, is more contrary to nature, than death, than poverty, than pain, than all the misfortunes which can affect him, either in his body, or in his external circumstances.
One person should never value themselves so highly that they would harm or injure someone else just to benefit themselves, even if the gain for one person is far greater than the hurt or injury to the other. A poor person should not cheat or steal from a rich person, even if that would be much more advantageous for him than the loss to the other would be harmful. In this case, our conscience reminds us that we are no better than our neighbor, and that by choosing to be unjust, we make ourselves deserving of the contempt and anger of others, as well as the punishment that such contempt and anger will naturally lead to for violating one of those sacred rules, the adherence to which is essential for the security and peace of society. No generally honest person fears the inner disgrace of such an act, the lasting stain it would leave on their mind, more than the worst external tragedy that could befall them without any fault of their own; and everyone instinctively understands the truth of that significant stoic principle, that unjustly depriving another of anything or unfairly advancing one’s own interests at the expense of another is more contrary to nature than death, poverty, pain, or all the misfortunes that could impact them, whether physically or in their external circumstances.
When the happiness or misery of others, indeed, in no respect depends upon our conduct, when our interests are altogether separated and detached from theirs, so that there is neither connexion nor competition between them, we do not always think it so necessary to restrain, either our natural and, perhaps, improper anxiety about our own affairs, or our natural and, perhaps, equally improper indifference about those of other men. The most vulgar education teaches us to act, upon all important occasions, with some sort of impartiality between ourselves and others, and even the ordinary commerce of the world is capable of adjusting our active principles to some degree of propriety. But it is the most artificial and refined education only, it has been said, which can correct the inequalities of our passive feelings; and we must for this purpose, it has been pretended, have recourse to the severest, as well as to the profoundest philosophy.
When the happiness or suffering of others doesn’t depend on how we act, and our interests are completely separate from theirs, so there’s no connection or competition between us, we don’t always feel the need to hold back our natural, and maybe inappropriate, worry about our own issues or our natural, and perhaps equally inappropriate, indifference towards the struggles of others. The most basic education teaches us to behave fairly towards ourselves and others during important situations, and even everyday interactions can help us align our actions with some level of appropriateness. However, it’s said that only the most sophisticated and refined education can address the disparities in our emotional responses; for this, it’s claimed we need to turn to the most rigorous and profound philosophy.
Two different sets of philosophers have attempted to teach us this hardest of all the lessons of morality. One set have laboured to increase our sensibility to the interests of others; another, to diminish that to our own. The first would have us feel for others as we naturally feel for ourselves. The second would have us feel for ourselves as we naturally feel for others. Both, perhaps, have carried their doctrines a good deal beyond the just standard of nature and propriety.
Two different groups of philosophers have tried to teach us this toughest lesson of morality. One group has worked to enhance our sensitivity to the needs of others; the other, to lessen our focus on our own needs. The first group wants us to care for others as we naturally care for ourselves. The second group wants us to care for ourselves as we naturally care for others. Both, perhaps, have taken their ideas a bit too far beyond what is natural and proper.
The first are those whining and melancholy moralists, who are perpetually reproaching us with our happiness, while so many of our brethren are in misery,1* who regard as impious the natural joy of 122 prosperity, which does not think of the many wretches that are at every instant labouring under all sorts of calamities, in the languor of poverty, in the agony of disease, in the horrors of death, under the insults and oppressions of their enemies. Commiseration for those miseries which we never saw, which we never heard of, but which we may be assured are at all times infesting such numbers of our fellow-creatures, ought, they think, to damp the pleasures of the fortunate, and to render a certain melancholy dejection habitual to all men. But first of all, this extreme sympathy with misfortunes which we know nothing about, seems altogether absurd and unreasonable. Take the whole earth at an average, for one man who suffers pain or misery, you will find twenty in prosperity and joy, or at least in tolerable circumstances. No reason, surely, can be assigned why we should rather weep with the one than rejoice with the twenty. This artificial commiseration, besides, is not only absurd, but seems altogether unattainable; and those who affect this character have commonly nothing but a certain affected and sentimental sadness, which, without reaching the heart, serves only to render the countenance and conversation impertinently dismal and disagreeable. And last of all, this disposition of mind, though it could be attained, would be perfectly useless, and could serve no other purpose than to render miserable the person who possessed it. Whatever interest we take in the fortune of those with whom we have no acquaintance or connexion, and who are placed altogether out of the sphere of our activity, can produce only anxiety to ourselves without any manner of advantage to them. To what purpose should we trouble ourselves about the world in the moon? All men, even those at the greatest distance, are no doubt entitled to our good wishes, and our good wishes we naturally give them. But if, notwithstanding, they should be unfortunate, to give ourselves any anxiety upon that account, seems to be no part of our duty. That we should be but little interested, therefore, in the fortune of those whom we can neither serve nor hurt, and who are in every respect so very remote from us, seems wisely ordered by nature; and if it were possible to alter in this respect the original constitution of our frame, we could yet gain nothing by the change.
The first group includes those complaining and gloomy moralists who constantly criticize us for our happiness while many of our fellow humans are suffering. They think it’s wrong to enjoy the natural pleasure of prosperity, ignoring the countless people who are struggling with all kinds of hardships, whether it’s the exhaustion of poverty, the pain of illness, or the terror of death, not to mention the insults and oppression from their enemies. They believe that feeling compassion for those miseries we’ve never witnessed or heard about—miseries that always plague some of our fellow beings—should dampen the joys of the fortunate and make a sense of melancholy sadness a habit for everyone. However, this extreme empathy for suffering we know nothing about seems completely unreasonable. Take the world as a whole; for every person who experiences pain or misery, there are about twenty who are enjoying life or at least in decent circumstances. There’s no reason why we should mourn for the one instead of celebrating with the twenty. This forced compassion not only seems ridiculous but also feels entirely unattainable; those who pretend to have this mindset usually just display a kind of superficial, sentimental sadness that doesn’t touch the heart and only makes their demeanor and conversations irritatingly bleak and unpleasant. Finally, even if we could genuinely adopt this state of mind, it would be utterly pointless and would only serve to make the person who feels it miserable. The concern we have for the fate of those we don’t know, who are beyond our influence, can only lead to anxiety for ourselves without benefiting them in any way. What’s the point of worrying about the world on the moon? Everyone, even those far away, deserves our good wishes, and we naturally offer them. But if, despite that, they end up facing misfortune, it doesn’t seem right to let that distress us. It seems wise that we should have little interest in the fate of people we can neither help nor harm, who are so distant from us in every aspect; even if it were possible to change this inherent aspect of our nature, we wouldn't gain anything from it.
It is never objected to us that we have too little fellow-feeling with the joy of success. Wherever envy does not prevent it, the favour which we bear to prosperity is rather apt to be too great; and the same moralists who blame us for want of sufficient sympathy with the miserable, reproach us for the levity with which we are too apt to admire and almost to worship the fortunate and the powerful.
It’s never pointed out that we lack empathy for the joy of success. Where envy doesn’t get in the way, our affection for prosperity can actually be excessive. The same moralists who criticize us for not having enough sympathy for the miserable also scold us for the way we tend to admire and almost idolize the fortunate and powerful too easily.
Among the moralists who endeavour to correct the natural inequality of our passive feelings by diminishing our sensibility to what peculiarly concerns ourselves, we may count all the ancient sects of philosophers, but particularly the ancient Stoics. Man, according to the Stoics, 123 ought to regard himself, not as something separated and detached, but as a citizen of the world, a member of the vast commonwealth of nature. To the interest of this great community, he ought at all times to be willing that his own little interest should be sacrificed. Whatever concerns himself, ought to affect him no more than whatever concerns any other equally important part of this immense system. We should view ourselves, not in the light in which our own selfish passions are apt to place us, but in the light in which any other citizen of the world would view us. What befalls ourselves we should regard as what befalls our neighbour, or, what comes to the same thing, as our neighbour regards what befalls us. ‘When our neighbour,’ says Epictetus, ‘loses his wife, or his son, there is nobody who is not sensible that this is a human calamity, a natural event altogether according to the ordinary course of things; but when the same thing happens to ourselves, then we cry out, as if we had suffered the most dreadful misfortune. We ought, however, to remember how we were affected when this accident happened to another, and such as we were in his case, such ought we to be in our own.’
Among the moralists who try to balance out our natural feelings of inequality by reducing how much we focus on our own concerns, we can include all the ancient philosophical schools, especially the ancient Stoics. According to the Stoics, 123 we should see ourselves not as separate beings but as citizens of the world, part of the larger community of nature. For the benefit of this vast community, we should always be prepared to sacrifice our own small interests. What affects us should matter to us no more than what affects any other equally significant part of this immense system. We should see ourselves not through the lens of our own selfish desires, but through the perspective that any other citizen of the world would have. We should regard our own experiences as we regard our neighbor's, or, in other words, as our neighbor regards what happens to us. "When our neighbor," says Epictetus, "loses his wife or his son, everyone senses that this is a human tragedy, a natural event that follows the usual course of life; but when the same thing happens to us, we cry out as if we have faced the worst disaster. Yet, we should remember how we felt when this happened to someone else, and the way we were in their situation is how we should be in our own."
Those private misfortunes, for which our feelings are apt to go beyond the bounds of propriety, are of two different kinds. They are either such as affect us only indirectly, by affecting, in the first place, some other persons who are particularly dear to us; such as our parents, our children, our brothers and sisters, our intimate friends; or they are such as affect ourselves immediately and directly, either in our body, in our fortune, or in our reputation; such as pain, sickness, approaching death, poverty, disgrace, etc.
Those personal misfortunes that often make our emotions go beyond what’s considered appropriate can be categorized into two types. The first type involves issues that impact us indirectly by affecting someone we deeply care about, like our parents, children, siblings, or close friends. The second type includes situations that directly affect us, whether it’s physically, financially, or reputationally—like suffering, illness, impending death, poverty, or shame.
In misfortunes of the first kind, our emotions may, no doubt, go very much beyond what exact propriety will admit of; but they may likewise fall short of it, and they frequently do so. The man who should feel no more for the death or distress of his own father, or son, than for those of any other man’s father or son, would appear neither a good son nor a good father. Such unnatural indifference, far from exciting our applause, would incur our highest disapprobation. Of these domestic affections, however, some are most apt to offend by their excess, and others by their defect. Nature, for the wisest purposes, has rendered, in most men, perhaps in all men, parental tenderness a much stronger affection than filial piety. The continuance and propagation of the species depend altogether upon the former, and not upon the latter. In ordinary cases, the existence and preservation of the child depend altogether upon the care of the parents. Those of the parents seldom depend upon that of the child. Nature, therefore, has rendered the former affection so strong, that it generally requires not to be excited, but to be moderated; and moralists seldom endeavour to teach us how to indulge, but generally how to restrain our fondness, our excessive attachment, the unjust preference which we 124 are disposed to give to our own children above those of other people. They exhort us, on the contrary, to an affectionate attention to our parents, and to make a proper return to them, in their old age, for the kindness which they had shown to us in our infancy and youth. In the Decalogue we are commanded to honour our fathers and mothers. No mention is made of the love of our children. Nature has sufficiently prepared us for the performance of this latter duty. Men are seldom accused of affecting to be fonder of their children than they really are. They have sometimes been suspected of displaying their piety to their parents with too much ostentation. The ostentatious sorrow of widows has, for a like reason, been suspected of insincerity. We should respect, could we believe it sincere, even the excess of such kind affections; and though we might not perfectly approve, we should not severely condemn it. That it appears praise-worthy, at least in the eyes of those who affect it, the very affectation is a proof.
In the first type of misfortunes, our emotions can definitely go beyond what is considered appropriate; but they can also fall short, and often do. A person who feels no more for the death or suffering of their own father or son than for anyone else's father or son would seem neither like a good son nor a good father. That kind of unnatural indifference wouldn’t earn our admiration; instead, it would deserve our strongest disapproval. Among these family affections, some are more likely to be problematic due to their excess, while others are problematic due to their deficiency. Nature, for wise reasons, has made parental tenderness a much stronger emotion than filial piety in most people, maybe in all people. The continuation and survival of the species depend entirely on the former, not the latter. In normal circumstances, a child's existence and well-being depend entirely on the parents' care, while parents' well-being rarely hinges on the child’s. Therefore, nature has made this parental affection so strong that it usually needs to be moderated rather than sparked. Moralists rarely try to teach us how to indulge in our affection; instead, they typically instruct us on how to curtail our fondness, our excessive attachment, and the unfair preference we often show to our own children over others. They instead encourage us to pay loving attention to our parents and to repay them, in their old age, for the kindness they showed us when we were young. In the Ten Commandments, we are instructed to honor our fathers and mothers. There is no mention of loving our children. Nature has already equipped us for that responsibility. Men are rarely criticized for pretending to love their children more than they do. They have sometimes been suspected of showing their devotion to their parents too ostentatiously. Similarly, the exaggerated mourning of widows is often doubted for its sincerity. We should respect these displays, if we could believe they are genuine; and while we may not fully approve, we shouldn’t harshly condemn them. The fact that it appears commendable, at least to those who show it, is proof of the very affectation itself.
Even the excess of those kind affections which are most apt to offend by their excess, though it may appear blamable, never appears odious. We blame the excessive fondness and anxiety of a parent, as something which may, in the end, prove hurtful to the child, and which, in the mean time, is excessively inconvenient to the parent; but we easily pardon it, and never regard it with hatred and detestation. But the defect of this usually excessive affection appears always peculiarly odious. The man who appears to feel nothing for his own children, but who treats them upon all occasions with unmerited severity and harshness, seems of all brutes the most detestable. The sense of propriety, so far from requiring us to eradicate altogether that extraordinary sensibility which we naturally feel for the misfortunes of our nearest connections, is always much more offended by the defect, than it ever is by the excess of that sensibility. The stoical apathy is, in such cases, never agreeable, and all the metaphysical sophism by which it is supported can seldom serve any other purpose than to blow up the hard insensibility of a coxcomb to ten times its native impertinence. The poets and romance writers, who best paint the refinements and delicacies of love and friendship, and of all other private and domestic affections, Racine and Voltaire; Richardson, Maurivaux, and Riccoboni; are, in such cases, much better instructors than the philosophers Zeno, Chrysippus, or Epictetus.
Even an overload of feelings that can often offend us, while it might seem blameworthy, never feels truly obnoxious. We criticize a parent's excessive love and worry as things that could eventually harm the child and, in the meantime, are incredibly inconvenient for the parent; however, we easily forgive it and never view it with hatred or disgust. On the other hand, the lack of this usually excessive affection is always seen as particularly detestable. A person who seems indifferent to their own children, treating them with undue harshness and severity, appears more loathsome than any beast. Our sense of propriety does not demand that we completely eliminate the strong emotions we naturally feel for the troubles of our closest relatives; instead, it is much more offended by a lack of feeling than it is by an abundance of it. Stoic indifference in such cases is never appealing, and all the complicated arguments supporting it typically serve only to inflate the callous insensitivity of a fool by tenfold. The poets and writers of romance, who best capture the nuances and subtleties of love, friendship, and other personal and familial emotions—such as Racine and Voltaire, Richardson, Marivaux, and Riccoboni—are far better teachers in these matters than philosophers like Zeno, Chrysippus, or Epictetus.
That moderated sensibility to the misfortunes of others, which does not disqualify us for the performance of any duty; the melancholy and affectionate remembrance of our departed friends; the pang, as Gray says, to secret sorrow dear; are by no means undelicious sensations. Though they outwardly wear the features of pain and grief, they are all inwardly stamped with the ennobling characters of virtue and of self-approbation.
That balanced sensitivity to the hardships of others, which doesn’t stop us from fulfilling our responsibilities; the sad and loving memories of our lost friends; the pang, as Gray puts it, to secret sorrow dear; are certainly not unpleasant feelings. Although they may externally show signs of pain and sadness, they are all internally marked by the uplifting qualities of goodness and self-respect.
It is otherwise in the misfortunes which affect ourselves immediately 125 and directly, either in our body, in our fortune, or in our reputation. The sense of propriety is much more apt to be offended by the excess, than by the defect of our sensibility, and there are but few cases in which we can approach too near to the stoical apathy and indifference.
It’s different when it comes to the misfortunes that directly affect us, whether in our health, our financial situation, or our reputation. We’re more likely to be bothered by excessive sensitivity than by a lack of it, and there are very few situations where we can get too close to complete indifference and apathy. 125
That we have very little fellow-feeling with any of the passions which take their origin from the body, has already been observed. That pain which is occasioned by an evident cause; such as, the cutting or tearing of the flesh; is, perhaps, the affection of the body with which the spectator feels the most lively sympathy. The approaching death of his neighbour, too, seldom fails to affect him a good deal. In both cases, however, he feels so very little in comparison of what the person principally concerned feels, that the latter can scarce ever offend the former by appearing to suffer with too much ease.
We notice that we have very little empathy for feelings that come from the body. Pain that has a clear cause, like cutting or tearing flesh, probably evokes the strongest sympathy in spectators. The impending death of someone nearby also tends to deeply affect them. However, in both situations, their feelings are minimal compared to what the person directly involved is experiencing, so the person in pain can hardly offend the onlooker by seeming to endure it too calmly.
The mere want of fortune, mere poverty, excites little compassion. Its complaints are too apt to be the objects rather of contempt than of fellow-feeling. We despise a beggar; and, though his importunities may extort an alms from us, he is scarce ever the object of any serious commiseration. The fall from riches to poverty, as it commonly occasions the most real distress to the sufferer, so it seldom fails to excite the most sincere commiseration in the spectator. Though, in the present state of society, this misfortune can seldom happen without some misconduct, and some very considerable misconduct too, in the sufferer; yet he is almost always so much pitied that he is scarce ever allowed to fall into the lowest state of poverty; but by the means of his friends, frequently by the indulgence of those very creditors who have much reason to complain of his imprudence, is almost always supported in some degree of decent, though humble, mediocrity. To persons under such misfortunes, we could, perhaps, easily pardon some degree of weakness; but at the same time, they who carry the firmest countenance, who accommodate themselves with the greatest ease to their new situation, who seem to feel no humiliation from the change, but to rest their rank in the society, not upon their fortune, but upon their character and conduct, are always the most approved of, and command our highest and most affectionate admiration.
The simple lack of wealth, pure poverty, doesn’t really inspire much compassion. Its complaints often face more contempt than sympathy. We look down on a beggar, and while his pleas might get us to give him some change, we hardly ever feel genuine pity for him. The shift from wealth to poverty usually causes the greatest distress for the one suffering, and it tends to evoke the deepest compassion from onlookers. Even though in today’s society such a downfall rarely happens without some mistakes—often quite serious ones—made by the person affected, they are still typically so pitied that they hardly ever hit the lowest point of poverty. Instead, thanks to friends and often the leniency of creditors who have good reason to be upset about their poor decisions, they are usually kept afloat in a state of decent, if humble, modesty. For those facing such hardships, we might easily forgive a bit of weakness; however, those who maintain a strong demeanor, who adapt smoothly to their new circumstances, and who appear to feel no embarrassment from their change, resting their place in society not on their wealth but on their character and behavior, always earn our highest and most heartfelt admiration.
As, of all the external misfortunes which can affect an innocent man immediately and directly, the undeserved loss of reputation is certainly the greatest; so a considerable degree of sensibility to whatever can bring on so great a calamity, does not always appear ungraceful or disagreeable. We often esteem a young man the more, when he resents, though with some degree of violence, any unjust reproach that may have been thrown upon his character or his honour. The affliction of an innocent young lady, on account of the groundless surmises which may have been circulated concerning her conduct, appears often perfectly amiable. Persons of an advanced age, whom long experience of the folly and injustice of the world has taught to pay little regard, 126 either to its censure or to its applause, neglect and despise obloquy, and do not even deign to honour its futile authors with any serious resentment. This indifference, which is founded altogether on a firm confidence in their own well-tried and well-established characters, would be disagreeable in young people, who neither can nor ought to have any such confidence. It might in them be supposed to forebode, in their advancing years, a most improper insensibility to real honour and infamy of character.
As one of the worst external misfortunes that can directly impact an innocent person, the undeserved loss of reputation is certainly the greatest. Therefore, having a strong sensitivity to anything that could cause such a significant tragedy doesn't always seem unappealing or unpleasant. We often admire a young man more when he reacts, even somewhat forcefully, to any unjust criticism directed at his character or honor. The distress of an innocent young woman due to baseless rumors about her behavior often appears completely admirable. Older individuals, who have learned from long experience the foolishness and unfairness of the world, tend to pay little attention to either its criticism or praise. They disregard and scorn slander and don't even feel it’s worth their time to respond seriously to its pointless creators. This indifference, based entirely on strong confidence in their proven and well-established characters, would be unappealing in young people, who cannot and should not have such confidence. In them, it could be seen as a sign that, as they grow older, they might develop an inappropriate insensitivity to true honor and dishonor of character.
In all other private misfortunes which affect ourselves immediately and directly, we can very seldom offend by appearing to be too little affected. We frequently remember our sensibility to the misfortunes of others with pleasure and satisfaction. We can seldom remember that to our own, without some degree of shame and humiliation.
In all other personal misfortunes that impact us directly, we rarely hurt ourselves by seeming too indifferent. We often take pride in our sensitivity to the hardships of others. However, when it comes to our own misfortunes, we can hardly remember feeling the same way without a sense of shame and humiliation.
If we examine the different shades and gradations of weakness and self-command, as we meet with them in common life, we shall very easily satisfy ourselves that this control of our passive feeling must be acquired, not from the abstruse syllogisms of a quibbling dialectic, but from that great discipline which Nature has established for the acquisition of this and of every other virtue; a regard to the sentiments of the real or supposed spectator of our conduct.
If we look at the various levels of weakness and self-control we see in everyday life, we can quickly realize that managing our emotions has to come not from complicated arguments or pointless debates, but from the important lessons that nature has set up for us to learn this and all other virtues; considering the opinions of those who actually see or think they see how we behave.
A very young child has no self-command; but, whatever are its emotions, whether fear, or grief, or anger, it endeavours always, by the violence of his outcries, to alarm, as much as it can, the attention of its nurse or of its parents. While it remains under the custody of such partial protectors, its anger is the first and, perhaps, the only passion which it is taught to moderate. By noise and threatening they are, for their own ease, often obliged to frighten it into good temper; and the passion which incites it to attack, is restrained by that which teaches it to attend to its own safety. When it is old enough to go to school, or to mix with its equals, it soon finds that they have no such indulgent partiality. It naturally wishes to gain their favour, and to avoid their hatred or contempt. Regard even to its own safety teaches it to do so; and it soon finds that it can do so in no other way than by moderating not only its anger, but all its other passions, to the degree which its play-fellows and companions are likely to be pleased with. It thus enters into the great school of self-command, it studies to be more and more master of itself, and begins to exercise over its own feelings a discipline which the practice of the longest life is very seldom sufficient to bring to complete perfection.
A very young child has no self-control; however, whatever emotions it feels—be it fear, sadness, or anger—it always tries, through loud cries, to get the attention of its caregiver or parents. While it is under the care of these biased protectors, its anger is often the first and perhaps the only emotion it is taught to manage. Out of their own convenience, caregivers often end up scaring it into a better mood using noise and threats, and the emotion that drives it to react aggressively is held back by the instinct for self-preservation. Once it is old enough to go to school or interact with peers, it quickly realizes that they don’t show the same leniency. It naturally wants to win their approval and avoid their disdain or scorn. Even for its own safety, it learns that the only way to achieve this is by moderating not just its anger, but all of its emotions, in ways that will please its friends and companions. In doing so, it enters into the important lesson of self-control, striving to master itself more and more, and starts to impose a discipline over its feelings that often takes a lifetime to perfect.
In all private misfortunes, in pain, in sickness, in sorrow, the weakest man, when his friend, and still more when a stranger visits him, is immediately impressed with the view in which they are likely to look upon his situation. Their view calls off his attention from his own view; and his breast is, in some measure, becalmed the moment they come into his presence. This effect is produced instantaneously and, 127 as it were, mechanically; but, with a weak man, it is not of long continuance. His own view of his situation immediately recurs upon him. He abandons himself, as before, to sighs and tears and lamentations; and endeavours, like a child that has not yet gone to school, to produce some sort of harmony between his own grief and the compassion of the spectator, not by moderating the former, but by importunately calling upon the latter.
In all personal hardships, whether it's pain, illness, or sadness, the weakest person feels a shift in perspective as soon as a friend or even a stranger comes to visit. Their presence distracts him from his own view, and it calms him down a bit right when they arrive. This change happens instantly and almost automatically; however, for someone weak, it doesn’t last long. His own thoughts come rushing back, and he falls back into sighs, tears, and laments. He tries, like a child who hasn’t yet started school, to create some sort of connection between his own sorrow and the compassion of those watching him, not by easing his grief, but by insistently seeking their sympathy.
With a man of a little more firmness, the effect is somewhat more permanent. He endeavours, as much as he can, to fix his attention upon the view which the company are likely to take of his situation. He feels, at the same time, the esteem and approbation which they naturally conceive for him when he thus preserves his tranquillity; and, though under the pressure of some recent and great calamity, appears to feel for himself no more than what they really feel for him. He approves and applauds himself by sympathy with their approbation, and the pleasure which he derives from this sentiment supports and enables him more easily to continue this generous effort. In most cases he avoids mentioning his own misfortune; and his company, if they are tolerably well bred, are careful to say nothing which can put him in mind of it. He endeavours to entertain them, in his usual way, upon indifferent subjects, or, if he feels himself strong enough to venture to mention his misfortune, he endeavours to talk of it as, he thinks, they are capable of talking of it, and even to feel it no further than they are capable of feeling it. If he has not, however, been well inured to the hard discipline of self-command, he soon grows weary of this restraint. A long visit fatigues him; and, towards the end of it, he is constantly in danger of doing, what he never fails to do the moment it is over, of abandoning himself to all the weakness of excessive sorrow. Modern good manners, which are extremely indulgent to human weakness, forbid, for some time, the visits of strangers to persons under great family distress, and permit those only of the nearest relations and most intimate friends. The presence of the latter, it is thought, will impose less restraint than that of the former; and the sufferers can more easily accommodate themselves to the feelings of those, from whom they have reason to expect a more indulgent sympathy. Secret enemies, who fancy that they are not known to be such, are frequently fond of making those charitable visits as early as the most intimate friends. The weakest man in the world, in this case, endeavours to support his manly countenance, and, from indignation and contempt of their malice to behave with as much gaiety and ease as he can.
With a man who has a bit more strength, the effects can be a bit more lasting. He tries, as much as he can, to focus on how others will view his situation. At the same time, he senses the respect and approval they naturally have for him when he maintains his calm; and, despite dealing with a recent major tragedy, he seems to care for himself no more than they genuinely care for him. He approves of and praises himself through their approval, and the comfort he gets from this feeling helps him continue this noble effort more easily. Most of the time, he avoids bringing up his own misfortune; and his companions, if they're reasonably well-mannered, make sure not to say anything that would remind him of it. He tries to entertain them, as usual, with light topics, or if he feels strong enough to mention his misfortune, he tries to discuss it in a way that he thinks they would handle it, and to feel it only as much as they would feel it. However, if he hasn't been well-trained in the tough discipline of self-control, he quickly tires of this restraint. A long visit exhausts him; and by the end, he is always at risk of doing what he inevitably does the moment it's over—giving in to all the weakness of overwhelming grief. Modern etiquette, which is quite forgiving of human frailty, prevents strangers from visiting individuals in deep family distress for some time, allowing only the closest relatives and dearest friends. It’s believed that the presence of the latter will impose less pressure than that of the former; and those suffering can more easily adjust to the feelings of those whom they expect to have a more sympathetic response. Disguised foes, who think they’re not recognized as such, often love to make those charitable visits as soon as the closest friends do. In this case, the most fragile man strives to keep up a brave face, and, out of anger and disdain for their malice, tries to behave as cheerfully and easily as he can.
The man of real constancy and firmness, the wise and just man who has been thoroughly bred in the great school of self-command, in the bustle and business of the world, exposed, perhaps, to the violence and injustice of faction, and to the hardships and hazards of war, maintains this control of his passive feelings upon all occasions; and whether in 128 solitude or in society, wears nearly the same countenance, and is affected very nearly in the same manner. In success and in disappointment, in prosperity and in adversity, before friends and before enemies, he has often been under the necessity of supporting this manhood. He has never dared to forget for one moment the judgment which the impartial spectator would pass upon his sentiments and conduct. He has never dared to suffer the man within his breast to be absent one moment from his attention. With the eyes of this great inmate he has always been accustomed to regard whatever relates to himself. This habit has become perfectly familiar to him. He has been in the constant practice, and, indeed, under the constant necessity, of modelling, or of endeavouring to model, not only his outward conduct and behaviour, but, as much as he can, even his inward sentiments and feelings, according to those of this awful and respectable judge. He does not merely affect the sentiments of the impartial spectator. He really adopts them. He almost identifies himself with, he almost becomes himself that impartial spectator, and scarce even feels but as that great arbiter of his conduct directs him to feel.
The truly steadfast and strong person, the wise and fair individual who has been shaped by the great lessons of self-control amidst the chaos of life, facing the challenges of bias and the difficulties of war, maintains this control over his emotions at all times; whether alone or with others, he presents a similar demeanor and is affected in nearly the same way. In times of success or failure, in wealth or hardship, in front of friends or foes, he has often needed to uphold this resilience. He never forgets for a moment how an unbiased observer would judge his thoughts and actions. He has never let the person inside him slip from his focus, always viewing his life through the eyes of this inner critic. This practice has become second nature to him. He is in a continuous cycle of adjusting, or trying to adjust, not just his outward actions, but, as much as possible, even his internal thoughts and feelings to align with those of this formidable and esteemed judge. He doesn’t just pretend to hold the views of the impartial observer; he genuinely embraces them. He nearly merges with this impartial observer, often feeling only as this great arbiter of his actions instructs him to feel.
The degree of the self-approbation with which every man, upon such occasions, surveys his own conduct, is higher or lower, exactly in proportion to the degree of self-command which is necessary in order to obtain that self-approbation. Where little self-command is necessary, little self-approbation is due. The man who has only scratched his finger, cannot much applaud himself, though he should immediately appear to have forgot this paltry misfortune. The man who has lost his leg by a cannon shot, and who, the moment after, speaks and acts with his usual coolness and tranquillity, as he exerts a much higher degree of self-command, so he naturally feels a much higher degree of self-approbation. With most men, upon such an accident, their own natural view of their own misfortune would force itself upon them with such a vivacity and strength of colouring, as would entirely efface all thought of every other view. They would feel nothing, they could attend to nothing, but their own pain and their own fear; and not only the judgment of the ideal man within the breast, but that of the real spectators who might happen to be present, would be entirely overlooked and disregarded.
The level of self-approval that each person feels in such moments depends on how much self-control is needed to achieve that self-approval. When little self-control is needed, there's little self-approval to be had. A person who has only scratched their finger can’t think highly of themselves, even if they seem to quickly forget that minor incident. Meanwhile, a person who has lost a leg to a cannon shot and still manages to speak and act calmly right afterward demonstrates a much greater level of self-control, which leads to a much greater sense of self-approval. For most people, after such an accident, their immediate perception of their misfortune would hit them with such intensity that it would completely overshadow any other perspective. They would feel nothing else, they wouldn't focus on anything but their own pain and fear; and both their inner ideal judgment and the judgments of any outsiders present would be entirely ignored.
The reward which Nature bestows upon good behaviour under misfortune, is thus exactly proportioned to the degree of that good behaviour. The only compensation she could possibly make for the bitterness of pain and distress is thus, too, in equal degrees of good behaviour, exactly proportioned to the degree of that pain and distress. In proportion to the degree of self-command which is necessary in order to conquer our natural sensibility, the pleasure and pride of the conquest are so much the greater; and this pleasure and pride are so great that no man can be altogether unhappy who completely enjoys them. Misery 129 and wretchedness can never enter the breast in which dwells complete self-satisfaction; and though it may be too much, perhaps, to say, with the Stoics, that, under such an accident as that above mentioned, the happiness of a wise man is in every respect equal to what it could have been under any other circumstances; yet it must be acknowledged, at least, that this complete enjoyment of his own self-applause, though it may not altogether extinguish, must certainly very much alleviate his sense of his own sufferings.
The reward that Nature provides for good behavior during tough times is directly related to how good that behavior is. The only way she can make up for the pain and distress we experience is by offering rewards that also match the level of that pain and distress. The more self-control we need to manage our natural sensitivity, the greater the pleasure and pride we feel from overcoming it; and this pleasure and pride are so significant that no one can be completely unhappy if they fully experience them. Misery and suffering can’t take root in someone who feels completely satisfied with themselves; and while it might be too much to claim, like the Stoics do, that a wise person’s happiness during such a situation is just as great as it would be under any other circumstances, we can at least acknowledge that fully appreciating one’s own accomplishments can significantly lessen their awareness of their suffering.
In such paroxysms of distress, if I may be allowed to call them so, the wisest and firmest man, in order to preserve his equanimity, is obliged, I imagine, to make a considerable, and even a painful exertion. His own natural feeling of his own distress, his own natural view of his own situation, presses hard upon him, and he cannot, without a very great effort, fix his attention upon that of the impartial spectator. Both views present themselves to him at the same time. His sense of honour, his regard to his own dignity, directs him to fix his whole attention upon the one view. His natural, his untaught, and undisciplined feelings, are continually calling it off to the other. He does not, in this case, perfectly identify himself with the ideal man within the breast, he does not become himself the impartial spectator of his own conduct. The different views of both characters exist in his mind separate and distinct from one another, and each directing him to a behaviour different from that to which the other directs him. When he follows that view which honour and dignity point out to him, Nature does not, indeed, leave him without a recompense. He enjoys his own complete self-approbation, and the applause of every candid and impartial spectator. By her unalterable laws, however, he still suffers; and the recompense which she bestows, though very considerable, is not sufficient completely to compensate the sufferings which those laws inflict. Neither is it fit that it should. If it did completely compensate them, he could, from self-interest, have no motive for avoiding an accident which must necessarily diminish his utility both to himself and to society; and Nature, from her parental care of both, meant that he should anxiously avoid all such accidents. He suffers, therefore; and though in the agony of the paroxysm, he maintains, not only the manhood of his countenance, but sedateness and sobriety of judgment, it requires his utmost and most fatiguing exertions to do so.
In moments of extreme distress, I would argue that even the wisest and strongest person has to make a significant, often painful effort to keep their composure. Their awareness of their own suffering and the reality of their situation can weigh heavily on them, making it difficult to focus on the perspective of an impartial observer. Both viewpoints are present simultaneously. Their sense of honor and concern for their dignity pushes them to concentrate solely on one perspective, while their natural, untrained feelings keep pulling them back to the other. In this situation, they don’t completely align themselves with the ideal person within; they don’t truly become an impartial observer of their own actions. The conflicting views of both perspectives are clear in their mind, each guiding them towards different behaviors. When they choose the path suggested by honor and dignity, Nature doesn’t leave them without some reward. They experience a deep sense of self-approval and the admiration of any fair-minded observer. However, according to her unchanging laws, they still endure pain, and the rewards, though substantial, don’t fully make up for the suffering those laws impose. Nor should they. If the rewards fully compensated for the pain, there would be no incentive for them to avoid a situation that would ultimately reduce their value both to themselves and to society; Nature, in her caring role, intended for them to be motivated to avoid such situations. Thus, they suffer, and even as they endure the intensity of their distress, managing to hold onto their composure and clarity of thought, it takes all their strength and effort to do so.
By the constitution of human nature, however, agony can never be permanent; and, if he survives the paroxysm, he soon comes, without any effort, to enjoy his ordinary tranquillity. A man with a wooden leg suffers, no doubt, and foresees that he must continue to suffer during the remainder of his life, a very considerable inconveniency. He soon comes to view it, however, exactly as every impartial spectator views it; as an inconveniency under which he can enjoy all the ordinary pleasures both of solitude and of society. He soon identifies 130 himself with the ideal man within the breast, he soon becomes himself the impartial spectator of his own situation. He no longer weeps, he no longer laments, he no longer grieves over it, as a weak man may sometimes do in the beginning. The view of the impartial spectator becomes so perfectly habitual to him, that, without effort, without exertion, he never thinks of surveying his misfortune in any other view.
By the nature of being human, pain can never last forever; and if a person gets through the worst of it, they quickly find themselves enjoying their usual peace of mind without any struggle. A man with a wooden leg definitely feels pain and knows he will have to deal with this significant inconvenience for the rest of his life. However, he soon starts to see it just like any neutral observer would: as an inconvenience that doesn’t stop him from enjoying all the regular joys of being alone or with others. He quickly connects 130 with the ideal version of himself inside, becoming his own impartial observer of his situation. He stops crying, stops mourning, and stops grieving over it like a weak person might do at first. The perspective of the impartial observer becomes so natural to him that, effortlessly and without any strain, he doesn’t think about his misfortune in any other way.
The never-failing certainty with which all men, sooner or later, accommodate themselves to whatever becomes their permanent situation, may, perhaps, induce us to think that the Stoics were, at least, thus far very nearly in the right; that, between one permanent situation and another, there was, with regard to real happiness, no essential difference: or that, if there were any difference, it was no more than just sufficient to render some of them the objects of simple choice or preference; but not of any earnest or anxious desire: and others, of simple rejection, as being fit to be set aside or avoided; but not of any earnest or anxious aversion. Happiness consists in tranquillity and enjoyment. Without tranquillity there can be no enjoyment; and where there is perfect tranquillity there is scarce any thing which is not capable of amusing. But in every permanent situation, where there is no expectation of change, the mind of every man, in a longer or shorter time, returns to its natural and usual state of tranquillity. In prosperity, after a certain time, it falls back to that state; in adversity, after a certain time, it rises up to it. In the confinement and solitude of the Bastile, after a certain time, the fashionable and frivolous Count de Lauzun recovered tranquillity enough to be capable of amusing himself with feeding a spider. A mind better furnished would, perhaps, have both sooner recovered its tranquillity, and sooner found, in its own thoughts, a much better amusement.
The unwavering way in which all people eventually adapt to their permanent situations might make us consider that the Stoics were, in at least this regard, quite right; that there isn't a significant difference in real happiness between one permanent situation and another. Or if there is any difference, it might just be enough to make some situations preferable or more appealing, but not intensely desired, while others are simply rejected as ones to be avoided, but not passionately hated. Happiness comes from being calm and enjoying life. Without calmness, you can't truly enjoy yourself; and with complete calmness, there's hardly anything that can't entertain you. In any permanent situation, where change isn't anticipated, everyone’s mind eventually returns to its natural state of calmness, whether in prosperity or adversity. After a while in good times, it settles back into that state; in tough times, it rises to it. Even in the confinement and solitude of the Bastille, after some time, the stylish and shallow Count de Lauzun managed to find enough calm to amuse himself by feeding a spider. A more thoughtful person might have regained their calmness quicker and found much better entertainment in their own thoughts.
The great source of both the misery and disorders of human life, seems to arise from over-rating the difference between one permanent situation and another. Avarice over-rates the difference between poverty and riches: ambition, that between a private and a public station: vain-glory, that between obscurity and extensive reputation. The person under the influence of any of those extravagant passions, is not only miserable in his actual situation, but is often disposed to disturb the peace of society, in order to arrive at that which he so foolishly admires. The slightest observation, however, might satisfy him, that, in all the ordinary situations of human life, a well-disposed mind may be equally calm, equally cheerful, and equally contented. Some of those situations may, no doubt, deserve to be preferred to others: but none of them can deserve to be pursued with that passionate ardour which drives us to violate the rules either of prudence or of justice; or to corrupt the future tranquillity of our minds, either by shame from the remembrance of our own folly, or by remorse from the horror of our own injustice. Wherever prudence does not direct, 131 wherever justice does not permit, the attempt to change our situation, the man who does attempt it, plays at the most unequal of all games of hazard, and stakes every thing against scarce any thing. What the favourite of the King of Epirus said to his master, may be applied to men in all the ordinary situations of human life. When the king had recounted to him, in their proper order, all the conquests which he proposed to make, and had come to the last of them; And what does your Majesty propose to do then? said the favourite:—I propose then, said the king, to enjoy myself with my friends, and endeavour to be good company over a bottle.—And what hinders your Majesty from doing so now? replied the favourite. In the most glittering and exalted situation that our idle fancy can hold out to us, the pleasures from which we propose to derive our real happiness, are almost always the same with those which, in our actual, though humble station, we have at all times at hand, and in our power. Except the frivolous pleasures of vanity and superiority, we may find, in the most humble station, where there is only personal liberty, every other which the most exalted can afford; and the pleasures of vanity and superiority are seldom consistent with perfect tranquillity, the principle and foundation of all real and satisfactory enjoyment. Neither is it always certain that, in the splendid situation which we aim at, those real and satisfactory pleasures can be enjoyed with the same security as in the humble one which we are so very eager to abandon. Examine the records of history, recollect what has happened within the circle of your own experience, consider with attention what has been the conduct of almost all the greatly unfortunate, either in private or public life, whom you may have either read of, or heard of, or remember; and you will find that the misfortunes of by far the greater part of them have arisen from their not knowing when they were well, when it was proper for them to sit still and to be contented. The inscription upon the tomb-stone of the man who had endeavoured to mend a tolerable constitution by taking physic; ‘I was well; I wished to be better; here I am;’ may generally be applied with great justness to the distress of disappointed avarice and ambition.
The main cause of both the suffering and problems in human life seems to come from overestimating the differences between one stable situation and another. Greed overestimates the difference between being poor and being wealthy: ambition overestimates the difference between a private life and a public role: vanity overestimates the difference between being unknown and having a wide reputation. Someone driven by these extreme desires is not only unhappy with their current situation, but also often inclined to disrupt the peace of society in order to achieve what they foolishly admire. However, a little reflection could show them that, in all the usual circumstances of human life, a well-balanced mind can be equally calm, cheerful, and content. Some situations may indeed be better than others, but none deserve to be pursued with such intense passion that it leads us to ignore the principles of prudence or justice, or to compromise our future peace of mind, either through shame over our own foolishness or guilt from our own wrongdoing. Wherever prudence doesn't guide us, 131 and wherever justice doesn't allow, attempting to change our situation is the most unequal gamble, risking everything for very little. What the favorite of the King of Epirus said to his master can apply to everyone in ordinary circumstances. When the king listed all his planned conquests and reached the last one, the favorite asked, “What does your Majesty intend to do then?” The king replied, “I plan to enjoy myself with my friends and try to be good company over drinks.” The favorite then questioned, “And what’s stopping your Majesty from doing that now?” In the most dazzling and elevated situation our imagination can conceive, the joys we expect to find are almost always the same as the ones we can easily access in our current, though humble, circumstances. Excluding the trivial pleasures of vanity and superiority, we can find in the most modest position, where we have personal freedom, every other pleasure that the most exalted can provide; and the pleasures of vanity and superiority rarely align with true tranquility, which is the essence of genuine and fulfilling enjoyment. It's also not always guaranteed that, in the grand situation we desire, we can enjoy those true and satisfying pleasures with the same assurance as in the humble position we are eager to leave behind. Look at the records of history, recall what you've experienced, and carefully consider the behavior of most of the greatly unfortunate, whether in private or public life, whom you've read about, heard of, or remember; you will find that most of their misfortunes resulted from not recognizing when they were well, and when it was better for them to stay put and be content. The inscription on the tombstone of a man who tried to improve a decent position by taking medicine—’I was well; I wished to be better; here I am’—often applies accurately to the suffering of unfulfilled greed and ambition.
It may be thought a singular, but I believe it to be a just, observation, that, in the misfortunes which admit of some remedy, the greater part of men do not either so readily or so universally recover their natural and usual tranquillity, as in those which plainly admit of none. In misfortunes of the latter kind, it is chiefly in what may be called the paroxysm, or in the first attack, that we can discover any sensible difference between the sentiments and behaviour of the wise and those of the weak man. In the end, Time, the great and universal comforter, gradually composes the weak man to the same degree of tranquillity which a regard to his own dignity, which manhood teaches the wise man to assume in the beginning. The case of the man with the wooden 132 leg is an obvious example of this. In the irreparable misfortunes occasioned by the death of children, or of friends and relations, even a wise man may for some time indulge himself in some degree of moderated sorrow. An affectionate, but weak woman, is often, upon such occasions, almost perfectly distracted. Time, however, in a longer or shorter period, never fails to compose the weakest woman to the same degree of tranquillity as the strongest man. In all the irreparable calamities which affect himself immediately and directly, a wise man endeavours, from the beginning, to anticipate and to enjoy before-hand, that tranquillity which he foresees the course of a few months, or a few years, will certainly restore to him in the end.
It might seem odd, but I think it's a fair observation that, in situations of misfortune where there’s some chance of recovery, most people don’t bounce back to their usual state of calm as quickly or as completely as they do in cases where recovery is clearly impossible. In those latter situations, we can mostly see a noticeable difference in how wise people and weak individuals react during the height of their distress or crisis. Ultimately, over time, the great and universal healer, Time, helps even the weakest person reach the same level of calm that a wise man manages to maintain from the start, due to his sense of dignity and maturity. A clear example of this is a man with a wooden leg. When faced with the irreparable loss of children or loved ones, even a wise person may allow himself to feel a certain amount of measured sadness for a while. Meanwhile, a caring but weaker woman can become almost entirely overwhelmed in such situations. However, over time, whether it takes a short or long while, Time never fails to bring even the most fragile individuals to the same level of peace as the strongest individuals. In all the irreparable tragedies that directly impact him, a wise man tries from the beginning to anticipate and appreciate that calm he knows will eventually return after a few months or years.
In the misfortunes for which the nature of things admits, or seems to admit, of a remedy, but in which the means of applying that remedy are not within the reach of the sufferer, his vain and fruitless attempts to restore himself to his former situation, his continual anxiety for their success, his repeated disappointments upon their miscarriage, are what chiefly hinder him from resuming his natural tranquillity, and frequently render miserable, during the whole of his life, a man to whom a greater misfortune, but which plainly admitted of no remedy, would not have given a fortnight’s disturbance. In the fall from royal favour to disgrace, from power to insignificancy, from riches to poverty, from liberty to confinement, from strong health to some, lingering, chronical, and perhaps incurable disease, the man who struggles the least, who most easily and readily acquiesces in the fortune which has fallen to him, very soon recovers his usual and natural tranquillity, and surveys the most disagreeable circumstances of his actual situation in the same light, or, perhaps, in a much less unfavourable light, than that in which the most indifferent spectator is disposed to survey them. Faction, intrigue, and cabal, disturb the quiet of the unfortunate statesman. Extravagant projects, visions of gold mines, interrupt the repose of the ruined bankrupt. The prisoner, who is continually plotting to escape from his confinement, cannot enjoy that careless security which even a prison can afford him. The medicines of the physician are often the greatest torment of the incurable patient. The monk who, in order to comfort Joanna of Castile, upon the death of her husband Philip, told her of a king, who, fourteen years after his decease, had been restored to life again, by the prayers of his afflicted queen, was not likely, by his legendary tale, to restore sedateness to the distempered mind of that unhappy princess. She endeavoured to repeat the same experiment in hopes of the same success; resisted for a long time the burial of her husband, soon after raised his body from the grave, attended it almost constantly herself, and watched, with all the impatient anxiety of frantic expectation, the happy moment when her wishes were to be gratified by the revival of her beloved Philip.4
In the unfortunate situations where things seem to allow for a solution, but the person suffering can't reach the means to implement that solution, their pointless and unsuccessful attempts to return to their previous state, their ongoing worry about whether those attempts will succeed, and their repeated letdowns when they fail, are what mainly keep them from regaining their natural peace of mind. This often makes their life miserable, while a bigger misfortune that clearly has no remedy wouldn't have troubled them for more than a couple of weeks. In the fall from royal favor to disgrace, from power to obscurity, from wealth to poverty, from freedom to confinement, or from good health to a lingering, chronic, and possibly incurable illness, the person who struggles the least and adapts most readily to their new fortune quickly regains their usual sense of tranquility. They can view the most unpleasant aspects of their current situation in the same way, or maybe even in a less negative light, than an indifferent observer would. Political conflicts, scheming, and conspiracies disturb the peace of the unfortunate politician. Unrealistic dreams and visions of quick riches interrupt the calm of a bankrupt individual. The prisoner constantly plotting an escape cannot enjoy the carefree security that even a prison can provide. A doctor's treatments often cause more suffering for the incurable patient than the illness itself. The monk who tried to comfort Joanna of Castile after the death of her husband Philip by telling her about a king who was brought back to life fourteen years after his death by the prayers of his grieving queen was unlikely to bring peace to the troubled mind of that heartbroken princess. She attempted the same tactic, hoping for the same outcome; she resisted burying her husband for a long time, soon exhumed his body, tended to it almost constantly, and eagerly awaited the moment when her wish to see her beloved Philip revived would finally be fulfilled.4
133 Our sensibility to the feelings of others, so far from being inconsistent with the manhood of self-command, is the very principle upon which that manhood is founded. The very same principle or instinct which, in the misfortune of our neighbour, prompts us to compassionate his sorrow; in our own misfortune, prompts us to restrain the abject and miserable lamentations of our own sorrow. The same principle or instinct which, in his prosperity and success, prompts us to congratulate his joy; in our own prosperity and success, prompts us to restrain the levity and intemperance of our own joy. In both cases, the propriety of our own sentiments and feelings seems to be exactly in proportion to the vivacity and force with which we enter into and conceive his sentiments and feelings.
133 Our ability to empathize with others' feelings, rather than conflicting with self-control, is actually the foundation of that very self-control. The same instinct that drives us to feel compassion for a neighbor's misfortune also encourages us to hold back our own despair in tough times. Similarly, the same instinct that leads us to celebrate when someone else succeeds also helps us temper our own joy in our successes. In both situations, the appropriateness of our feelings seems directly linked to how deeply we connect with and understand the feelings of others.
The man of the most perfect virtue, the man whom we naturally love and revere the most, is he who joins, to the most perfect command of his own original and selfish feelings, the most exquisite sensibility both to the original and sympathetic feelings of others. The man who, to all the soft, the amiable, and the gentle virtues, joins all the great, the awful, and the respectable, must surely be the natural and proper object of our highest love and admiration.
The person with the highest virtue, the one we naturally love and admire the most, is the one who has total control over their own selfish feelings while also having a deep sensitivity to the feelings of others. The person who combines all the kind, gentle, and compassionate traits with all the great, powerful, and admirable qualities must surely be the most deserving of our deepest love and admiration.
The person best fitted by nature for acquiring the former of those two sets of virtues, is likewise necessarily best fitted for acquiring the latter. The man who feels the most for the joys and sorrows of others, is best fitted for acquiring the most complete control of his own joys and sorrows. The man of the most exquisite humanity, is naturally the most capable of acquiring the highest degree of self-command. He may not, however, always have acquired it; and it very frequently happens that he has not. He may have lived too much in ease and tranquillity. He may have never been exposed to the violence of faction, or to the hardships and hazards of war. He may have never experienced the insolence of his superiors, the jealous and malignant envy of his equals, or the pilfering injustice of his inferiors. When, in an advanced age, some accidental change of fortune exposes him to all these, they all make too great an impression upon him. He has the disposition which fits him for acquiring the most perfect self-command; but he has never had the opportunity of acquiring it. Exercise and practice have been wanting; and without these no habit can ever be tolerably established. Hardships, dangers, injuries, misfortunes, are the only masters under whom we can learn the exercise of this virtue. But these are all masters to whom nobody willingly puts himself to school.
The person best suited by nature to develop the first of those two sets of virtues is also inevitably best suited for developing the second. The person who feels the most for the joys and sorrows of others is best equipped to gain full control over his own joys and sorrows. A person with the most refined humanity is naturally the most capable of achieving the highest level of self-control. However, he may not have always achieved it, and often he hasn’t. He might have lived too comfortably and peacefully. He may never have faced the chaos of conflict or the hardships and risks of war. He may never have dealt with the arrogance of his superiors, the jealousy and spite of his peers, or the petty injustices of his subordinates. When, later in life, some unexpected change in fortune exposes him to all of these, they leave too strong an impact on him. He has the potential to develop perfect self-control, but he has never had the chance to do so. He lacks the exercise and practice, and without these, no habit can ever be properly established. Hardships, dangers, injuries, and misfortunes are the only teachers under whom we can learn to exercise this virtue. But these are all teachers to whom no one willingly subjects themselves.
The situations in which the gentle virtue of humanity can be most happily cultivated, are by no means the same with those which are best fitted for forming the austere virtue of self-command. The man who is himself at ease can best attend to the distress of others. The man who is himself exposed to hardships is most immediately called 134 upon to attend to, and to control his own feelings. In the mild sunshine of undisturbed tranquillity, in the calm retirement of undissipated and philosophical leisure, the soft virtue of humanity flourishes the most, and is capable of the highest improvement. But, in such situations, the greatest and noblest exertions of self-command have little exercise. Under the boisterous and stormy sky of war and faction, of public tumult and confusion, the sturdy severity of self-command prospers the most, and can be the most successfully cultivated. But, in such situations, the strongest suggestions of humanity must frequently be stifled or neglected; and every such neglect necessarily tends to weaken the principle of humanity. As it may frequently be the duty of a soldier not to take, so it may sometimes be his duty not to give quarter; and the humanity of the man who has been several times under the necessity of submitting to this disagreeable duty, can scarce fail to suffer a considerable diminution. For his own ease, he is too apt to learn to make light of the misfortunes which he is so often under the necessity of occasioning; and the situations which call forth the noblest exertions of self-command, by imposing the necessity of violating sometimes the property, and sometimes the life of our neighbour, always tend to diminish, and too often to extinguish altogether, that sacred regard to both, which is the foundation of justice and humanity. It is upon this account, that we so frequently find in the world men of great humanity who have little self-command, but who are indolent and irresolute, and easily disheartened, either by difficulty or danger, from the most honourable pursuits; and, on the contrary, men of the most perfect self-command, whom no difficulty can discourage, no danger appal, and who are at all times ready for the most daring and desperate enterprises, but who, at the same time, seem to be hardened against all sense either of justice or humanity.
The situations where the gentle quality of humanity can flourish are definitely not the same as those that are best for developing the strict quality of self-control. A person who is comfortable themselves is best able to notice and respond to others' suffering. Meanwhile, someone facing their own challenges is most urgently called upon to manage their own emotions. In the gentle warmth of uninterrupted peace, in the serene space of undistracted and thoughtful leisure, the soft quality of humanity thrives and has the potential for the greatest growth. However, in these situations, the most significant and noble displays of self-control have little opportunity to manifest. In the chaotic and turbulent environment of war and conflict, public disorder, and confusion, the tough strength of self-control flourishes and can be best nurtured. Yet, in such circumstances, the strongest calls for humanity must often be suppressed or overlooked, and every time this happens, it inevitably weakens the principle of humanity. A soldier might sometimes have the duty not to show mercy, and the compassion of someone who frequently has to carry out this unpleasant responsibility is bound to diminish significantly. To maintain their own comfort, they are likely to become indifferent to the tragedies they repeatedly cause; the situations that demand the greatest acts of self-control, by necessitating occasional violations of others' rights and lives, always serve to reduce, and often entirely extinguish, the sacred respect for both, which is the basis of justice and humanity. This is why we often see individuals with great compassion who lack self-control, appearing lazy and indecisive, easily discouraged by hardship or risk from the noblest pursuits. Conversely, we also find people with perfect self-control, undeterred by difficulties or fears, always prepared for the most audacious and risky endeavors, but who, at the same time, seem indifferent to any sense of justice or humanity.
In solitude, we are apt to feel too strongly whatever relates to ourselves: we are apt to over-rate the good offices we may have done, and the injuries we may have suffered: we are apt to be too much elated by our own good, and too much dejected by our own bad fortune. The conversation of a friend brings us to a better, that of a stranger to a still better, temper. The man within the breast, the abstract and ideal spectator of our sentiments and conduct, requires often to be awakened and put in mind of his duty, by the presence of the real spectator: and it is always from that spectator, from whom we can expect the least sympathy and indulgence, that we are likely to learn the most complete lesson of self-command.
In solitude, we tend to feel our emotions very intensely, especially when it comes to ourselves. We often exaggerate the good things we've done and the wrongs we've endured. We can easily become overly pleased with our own successes and too downhearted about our misfortunes. Talking with a friend helps us feel more balanced, while interacting with a stranger can lift our spirits even more. The inner critic, the abstract and ideal observer of our feelings and actions, often needs to be reminded of his role by the presence of a real observer. It's usually from that observer—who we expect to show the least sympathy and understanding—that we learn the most valuable lessons in self-control.
Are you in adversity? Do not mourn in the darkness of solitude, do not regulate your sorrow according to the indulgent sympathy of your intimate friends; return, as soon as possible, to the daylight of the world and of society. Live with strangers, with those who know nothing, or care nothing about your misfortune; do not even shun the 135 company of enemies; but give yourself the pleasure of mortifying their malignant joy, by making them feel how little you are affected by your calamity, and how much you are above it.
Are you facing tough times? Don't wallow in the darkness of loneliness, and don't let your sadness be dictated by the sympathetic responses of your close friends. Instead, as soon as you can, return to the light of the world and society. Surround yourself with strangers, with people who know nothing about your troubles or don't care about them at all; don't even avoid being around your enemies. Instead, take pleasure in upsetting their malicious delight by showing them just how little your misfortune affects you and how much you rise above it.
Are you in prosperity? Do not confine the enjoyment of your good fortune to your own house, to the company of your own friends, perhaps of your flatterers, of those who build upon your fortune the hopes of mending their own; frequent those who are independent of you, who can value you only for your character and conduct, and not for your fortune. Neither seek nor shun, neither intrude yourself into nor run away from the society of those who were once your superiors, and who may be hurt at finding you their equal, or, perhaps, even their superior. The impertinence of their pride may, perhaps, render their company too disagreeable: but if it should not, be assured that it is the best company you can possibly keep; and if, by the simplicity of your unassuming demeanour, you can gain their favour and kindness, you may rest satisfied that you are modest enough, and that your head has been in no respect turned by your good fortune.
Are you doing well? Don’t keep the enjoyment of your good luck to yourself, in your own home, with just your friends—maybe those who flatter you, or those who hope to benefit from your success. Spend time with people who are independent of you, who appreciate you for your character and actions, not your wealth. Don't actively seek out or avoid, intrude upon or shy away from, the company of those who were once above you, who might feel uncomfortable seeing you as their equal or even their superior. Their arrogance might make their company unpleasant, but if it doesn’t, know that it’s the best company you could have. And if, through your genuine modesty, you can earn their favor and kindness, you can be confident that you are humble enough and that your good fortune hasn't gone to your head.
The propriety of our moral sentiments is never so apt to be corrupted, as when the indulgent and partial spectator is at hand, while the indifferent and impartial one is at a great distance.
The appropriateness of our moral feelings is never more likely to be corrupted than when a biased and sympathetic observer is nearby, while the neutral and unbiased one is far away.
Of the conduct of one independent nation towards another, neutral nations are the only indifferent and impartial spectators. But they are placed at so great a distance that they are almost quite out of sight. When two nations are at variance, the citizen of each pays little regard to the sentiments which foreign nations may entertain concerning his conduct. His whole ambition is to obtain the approbation of his own fellow-citizens; and as they are all animated by the same hostile passions which animate himself, he can never please them so much as by enraging and offending their enemies. The partial spectator is at hand: the impartial one at a great distance. In war and negotiation, therefore, the laws of justice are very seldom observed. Truth and fair dealing are almost totally disregarded. Treaties are violated; and the violation, if some advantage is gained by it, sheds scarce any dishonour upon the violator. The ambassador who dupes the minister of a foreign nation, is admired and applauded. The just man who disdains either to take or to give any advantage, but who would think it less dishonourable to give than to take one; the man who, in all private transactions, would be the most beloved and the most esteemed; in those public transactions is regarded as a fool and an idiot, who does not understand his business; and he incurs always the contempt, and sometimes even the detestation of his fellow-citizens. In war, not only what are called the laws of nations, are frequently violated, without bringing (among his own fellow-citizens, whose judgments he only regards) any considerable dishonour upon the violator; but those laws themselves are, the greater part of them, laid down with 136 very little regard to the plainest and most obvious rules of justice. That the innocent, though they may have some connexion or dependency upon the guilty (which, perhaps, they themselves cannot help), should not, upon that account, suffer or be punished for the guilty, is one of the plainest and most obvious rules of justice. In the most unjust war, however, it is commonly the sovereign or the rulers only who are guilty. The subjects are almost always perfectly innocent. Whenever it suits the conveniency of a public enemy, however, the goods of the peaceable citizens are seized both at land and at sea; their lands are laid waste, their houses are burnt, and they themselves, if they presume to make any resistance, are murdered or led into captivity; and all this in the most perfect conformity to what are called the laws of nations.
Of how one independent nation treats another, neutral nations are the only truly indifferent and impartial observers. However, they are far enough away that they often seem out of view. When two nations are in conflict, citizens of each pay little attention to what foreign nations might think about their actions. Their main goal is to gain approval from their fellow citizens, and since they're all driven by the same hostile feelings, they can only win their favor by angering and offending their enemies. The partial observer is right there, while the impartial one is far away. Because of this, the rules of justice are rarely upheld in war and negotiations. Truth and fairness are almost entirely ignored. Treaties get broken, and if some benefit comes from that violation, it rarely brings any shame to the violator. An ambassador who tricks a foreign minister is celebrated and praised. The fair person who refuses to accept or offer any advantage — who would consider it less dishonorable to give than to take — is often seen as foolish and clueless in public dealings, and they earn the contempt or sometimes even the hatred of their fellow citizens. In war, not only are what are known as the laws of nations often broken without causing much disgrace among fellow citizens (whose opinions matter most to the violator), but those laws are largely defined with very little consideration for the simplest and most obvious principles of justice. That innocent people, even if they have some connection or dependence on the guilty (which they may not be able to avoid), shouldn't be harmed or punished because of the guilty is one of the most basic rules of justice. Yet, in the most unjust wars, it's usually just the rulers or sovereigns who are to blame, while the subjects are typically totally innocent. However, when it benefits a public enemy, the property of peaceful citizens is taken by force, both on land and at sea; their homes are destroyed, their lands ruined, and they themselves, if they dare to resist, are killed or captured, all in complete accordance with what are labeled as the laws of nations.
The animosity of hostile factions, whether civil or ecclesiastical, is often still more furious than that of hostile nations; and their conduct towards one another is often still more atrocious. What may be called the laws of faction have often been laid down by grave authors with still less regard to the rules of justice than what are called the laws of nations. The most ferocious patriot never stated it as a serious question, Whether faith ought to be kept with public enemies?—Whether faith ought to be kept with rebels? Whether faith ought to be kept with heretics? are questions which have been often furiously agitated by celebrated doctors both civil and ecclesiastical. It is needless to observe, I presume, that both rebels and heretics are those unlucky persons, who, when things have come to a certain degree of violence, have the misfortune to be of the weaker party. In a nation distracted by faction, there are, no doubt, always a few, though commonly but a very few, who preserve their judgment untainted by the general contagion. They seldom amount to more than, here and there, a solitary individual, without any influence, excluded, by his own candour, from the confidence of either party, and who, though he may be one of the wisest, is necessarily, upon that very account, one of the most insignificant men in the society. All such people are held in contempt and derision, frequently in detestation, by the zealots of both parties.
The hostility between opposing groups, whether in politics or religion, is often more intense than that between rival countries, and their behaviors toward each other can be even more barbaric. What could be referred to as the rules of faction have frequently been established by serious thinkers with even less consideration for justice than what are known as the laws of nations. The most extreme patriot has never seriously questioned whether promises should be kept with public enemies, rebels, or heretics. These are questions that have often been heatedly debated by well-known scholars in both civil and religious contexts. It’s probably unnecessary to point out that both rebels and heretics are unfortunate individuals who, when violence escalates, find themselves on the weaker side. In a country torn apart by faction, there are usually a few, although often just a handful, who manage to keep their opinions clear of the widespread bias. They rarely make up more than a few isolated individuals, lacking any real influence, kept outside the trust of either side due to their own integrity, and who, while they may be the wisest, are by that very reason among the least important people in society. Such individuals are often looked down upon, mocked, and sometimes even hated by the extremists of both factions.
A true party-man hates and despises candour; and, in reality, there is no vice which could so effectually disqualify him for the trade of a party-man as that single virtue. The real, revered, and impartial spectator, therefore, is, upon no occasion, at a greater distance than amidst the violence and rage of contending parties. To them, it may be said, that such a spectator scarce exists any where in the universe. Even to the great Judge of the universe, they impute all their own prejudices, and often view that Divine Being as animated by all their own vindictive and implacable passions. Of all the corrupters of moral sentiments, therefore, faction and fanaticism have always been by far the greatest.
A true party loyalist hates and looks down on honesty; in fact, there’s no trait that could disqualify them more from being a party loyalist than that one quality. The genuine, respected, and fair observer, therefore, is never closer than amidst the chaos and anger of opposing parties. It can be said that such an observer barely exists anywhere in the world. Even the great Judge of the universe is projected with all their own biases, and they often see that Divine Being as driven by their own vengeful and unforgiving feelings. Among all the corruptors of moral values, faction and fanaticism have always been the most significant.
137 Concerning the subject of self-command, I shall only observe further, that our admiration for the man who, under the heaviest and most unexpected misfortunes, continues to behave with fortitude and firmness, always supposes that his sensibility to those misfortunes is very great, and such as it requires a very great effort to conquer or command. The man who was altogether insensible to bodily pain, could deserve no applause from enduring the torture with the most perfect patience and equanimity. The man who had been created without the natural fear of death, could claim no merit from preserving his coolness and presence of mind in the midst of the most dreadful dangers. It is one of the extravagancies of Seneca, that the Stoical wise man was, in this respect, superior even to a god; that the security of the god was altogether the benefit of nature, which had exempted him from suffering; but that the security of the wise man was his own benefit, and derived altogether from himself and from his own exertions.
137 Regarding self-control, I’ll just add that our admiration for someone who, despite facing severe and unexpected hardships, continues to act with courage and steadiness assumes that their sensitivity to those hardships is quite significant and requires a great deal of effort to overcome. A person who feels no physical pain wouldn’t deserve praise for enduring torture with perfect patience and calm. Similarly, someone created without the natural fear of death wouldn’t earn any credit for staying composed and clear-headed in the face of terrifying dangers. It’s one of Seneca’s odd ideas that the Stoic wise person was, in this regard, superior even to a god; the god’s security comes solely from nature, which has spared them from suffering, while the wise person’s security is a result of their own efforts and personal strength.
The sensibility of some men, however, to some of the objects which immediately affect themselves, is sometimes so strong as to render all self-command impossible. No sense of honour can control the fears of the man who is weak enough to faint, or to fall into convulsions, upon the approach of danger. Whether such weakness of nerves, as it has been called, may not, by gradual exercise and proper discipline, admit of some cure, may, perhaps, be doubtful. It seems certain that it ought never to be trusted or employed.
The sensitivity of some men to things that directly impact them can be so intense that it makes self-control impossible. No sense of honor can keep a man from feeling fear if he's weak enough to faint or have convulsions when faced with danger. It's uncertain whether this type of nervous weakness can be improved with gradual practice and proper training. However, it’s clear that it should never be relied upon or used.
CHappiness. Ⅳ.—Of the Nature of Self-deceit, and of the Origin and Use of general Rules.
IN order to pervert the rectitude of our own judgments concerning the propriety of our own conduct, it is not always necessary that the real and impartial spectator should be at a great distance. When he is at hand, when he is present, the violence and injustice of our own selfish passions are sometimes sufficient to induce the man within the breast to make a report very different from what the real circumstances of the case are capable of authorising.
IN order to distort our own judgments about the rightness of our actions, it isn’t always necessary for an unbiased observer to be far away. When that observer is nearby and present, the force and unfairness of our selfish desires can sometimes be enough to lead the inner voice to give a report that's very different from what the actual circumstances would allow.
There are two different occasions upon which we examine our own conduct, and endeavour to view it in the light in which the impartial spectator would view it: first, when we are about to act; and secondly, after we have acted. Our views are apt to be very partial in both cases; but they are apt to be most partial when it is of most importance that they should be otherwise.
There are two times when we reflect on our actions and try to see them the way an unbiased observer would: first, when we're about to take action; and second, after we've taken action. Our perspectives tend to be really biased in both situations, but they're usually the most biased when it's most crucial for them to be fair.
When we are about to act, the eagerness of passion will seldom allow us to consider what we are doing, with the candour of an indifferent person. The violent emotions which at that time agitate us, discolour our views of things, even when we are endeavouring to place ourselves 138 in the situation of another, and to regard the objects that interest us in the light in which they will naturally appear to him. The fury of our own passions constantly calls us back to our own place, where every thing appears magnified and misrepresented by self-love. Of the manner in which those objects would appear to another, of the view which he would take of them, we can obtain, if I may say so, but instantaneous glimpses, which vanish in a moment, and which, even while they last, are not altogether just. We cannot even for that moment divest ourselves entirely of the heat and keenness with which our peculiar situation inspires us, nor consider what we are about to do with the complete impartiality of an equitable judge. The passions, upon this account, as Father Malebranche says, all justify themselves, and seem reasonable and proportioned to their objects, as long as we continue to feel them.
When we're about to take action, our intense emotions usually prevent us from thinking about what we're doing as objectively as someone who's indifferent. The strong feelings that drive us can distort our perception of things, even when we try to empathize with someone else's situation and see things from their perspective. The intensity of our own emotions keeps pulling us back to our own viewpoint, where everything appears exaggerated and skewed by self-interest. We can only catch fleeting glimpses of how those things might look to someone else, and even then, those glimpses are not entirely accurate. We can’t completely separate ourselves from the heat and intensity that our unique circumstances create, nor can we evaluate our actions with the same fairness as an unbiased judge. Because of this, as Father Malebranche suggests, all our emotions justify themselves and seem reasonable and appropriate to what we’re experiencing as long as we continue to feel them.
When the action is over, indeed, and the passions which prompted it have subsided, we can enter more coolly into the sentiments of the indifferent spectator. What before interested us is now become almost as indifferent to us as it always was to him, and we can now examine our own conduct with his candour and impartiality. The man of today is no longer agitated by the same passions which distracted the man of yesterday: and when the paroxysm of emotion, in the same manner as when the paroxysm of distress, is fairly over, we can identify ourselves, as it were, with the ideal man within the breast, and, in our own character, view, as in the one case, our own situation, so in the other, our own conduct, with the severe eyes of the most impartial spectator. But our judgments now are often of little importance in comparison of what they were before; and can frequently produce nothing but vain regret and unavailing repentance; without always securing us from the like errors in time to come. It is seldom, however, that they are quite candid even in this case. The opinion which we entertain of our own character depends entirely on our judgment concerning our past conduct. It is so disagreeable to think ill of ourselves, that we often purposely turn away our view from those circumstances which might render that judgment unfavourable. He is a bold surgeon, they say, whose hand does not tremble when he performs an operation upon his own person; and he is often equally bold who does not hesitate to pull off the mysterious veil of self-delusion, which covers from his view the deformities of his own conduct. Rather than see our own behaviour under so disagreeable an aspect, we too often, foolishly and weakly, endeavour to exasperate anew those unjust passions which had formerly misled us; we endeavour by artifice to awaken our old hatreds, and irritate afresh our almost forgotten resentments: we even exert ourselves for this miserable purpose, and thus persevere in injustice, merely because we once were unjust, and because we are ashamed and afraid to see that we were so.
Once the action is done and the feelings that drove it have calmed down, we can reflect more rationally like an indifferent observer. What once engaged us now barely matters to us, just as it always did to him, and we can now evaluate our own actions with the same honesty and neutrality. The person today is no longer stirred by the same emotions that troubled the person yesterday: and when the outburst of feelings, just like the outburst of pain, has passed, we can connect with the ideal self within us and, in our own character, assess our situation just as we do our actions through the critical eyes of the most unbiased observer. However, our judgments now often mean little compared to what they meant before; they can frequently result in nothing but pointless regret and ineffective remorse without necessarily preventing us from repeating the same mistakes in the future. Still, it’s rare that they are completely honest even then. Our opinion of ourselves relies entirely on how we evaluate our past actions. It’s so uncomfortable to think poorly of ourselves that we often purposely look away from the situations that might make that judgment harsh. They say a bold surgeon is the one whose hand doesn’t shake when operating on himself; and similarly, it takes courage not to shy away from the uncomfortable truth that our own actions might not be as admirable as we’d like to think. Rather than face our behavior in such an unflattering light, we too often, foolishly and weakly, try to reignite the unjust feelings that misled us before; we attempt, through manipulation, to stir up old hatreds and revive nearly forgotten grudges: we even go out of our way for this sad purpose, and thus continue to act unjustly simply because we once did and because we’re ashamed and scared to acknowledge that it was so.
139 So partial are the views of mankind with regard to the propriety of their own conduct, both at the time of action and after it; and so difficult is it for them to view it in the light in which any indifferent spectator would consider it. But if it was by a peculiar faculty, such as the moral sense is supposed to be, that they judged of their own conduct, if they were endued with a particular power of perception which distinguished the beauty or deformity of passions and affections; as then passions would be more immediately exposed to the view of this faculty, it would judge more accurately concerning them, than concerning those of other men, of which it had only a more distant prospect.
139 People have very narrow views about the appropriateness of their own actions, both when they are happening and in hindsight; and it's really hard for them to see it the way an impartial observer would. If they were judging their own behavior through a special insight, like what we call a moral sense, and if they had a unique ability to recognize the beauty or ugliness of their emotions and feelings, then this insight would have a clearer view of their own passions. It would be better at judging them than it would be at judging the emotions of others, which it only sees from a distance.
This self-deceit, this fatal weakness of mankind, is the source of half the disorders of human life. If we saw ourselves in the light in which others see us, or in which they would see us if they knew all, a reformation would generally be unavoidable. We could not otherwise endure the sight exposed to us.
This self-deception, this critical flaw of humanity, is the cause of half the troubles in life. If we could see ourselves the way others see us, or how they would see us if they knew everything, change would often be inevitable. We wouldn't be able to handle the reality laid bare before us.
Nature, however, has not left this weakness, which is of so much importance, altogether without a remedy; nor has she abandoned us entirely to the delusions of self-love. Our continual observations upon the conduct of others, insensibly lead us to form to ourselves certain general rules concerning what is fit and proper either to be done or to be avoided. Some of their actions shock all our natural sentiments. We hear every body about us express the like detestation against them. This still further confirms, and even exasperates our natural sense of their deformity. It satisfies us that we view them in the proper light, when we see other people view them in the same light. We resolve never to be guilty of the like, nor ever, upon any account, to render ourselves in this manner the objects of universal disapprobation. We thus naturally lay down to ourselves a general rule, that all such actions are to be avoided, as tending to render us odious, contemptible, or punishable, the objects of all those sentiments for which we have the greatest dread and aversion. Other actions, on the contrary, call forth our approbation, and we hear every body around us express the same favourable opinion concerning them. Every body is eager to honour and reward them. They excite all those sentiments for which we have by nature the strongest desire; the love, the gratitude, the admiration of mankind. We become ambitious of performing the like; and thus naturally lay down to ourselves a rule of another kind, that every opportunity of acting in this manner is to be sought after.
Nature, however, hasn’t left this important weakness without a remedy, nor has she completely handed us over to the illusions of self-love. Our constant observations of others’ behavior lead us to unknowingly create general guidelines about what is appropriate to do or avoid. Some of their actions shock our natural feelings. We hear everyone around us express the same disgust towards them. This further reinforces and even intensifies our natural sense of their wrongness. It reassures us that we see them correctly when we notice other people see them the same way. We resolve never to behave like that, nor let ourselves become the objects of widespread disapproval. We naturally establish a rule for ourselves that all such actions should be avoided, as they make us despicable, contemptible, or subject to punishment—the very feelings we fear and dislike the most. Conversely, some actions earn our approval, and we hear everyone around us sharing the same positive opinion about them. Everyone is eager to honor and reward these actions. They evoke all the feelings we naturally desire the most: love, gratitude, and admiration from others. We become motivated to perform similarly and thus create a new rule for ourselves: that every chance to act in this way should be actively pursued.
It is thus that the general rules of morality are formed. They are ultimately founded upon experience of what, in particular instances, our moral faculties, our natural sense of merit and propriety, approve, or disapprove of. We do not originally approve or condemn particular actions; because, upon examination, they appear to be agreeable or inconsistent with a certain general rule. The general rule, on the contrary, is formed, by finding from experience, that all actions of a 140 certain kind, or circumstanced in a certain manner, are approved or disapproved of. To the man who first saw an inhuman murder, committed from avarice, envy, or unjust resentment, and upon one too that loved and trusted the murderer, who beheld the last agonies of the dying person, who heard him, with his expiring breath, complain more of the perfidy and ingratitude of his false friend, than of the violence which had been done to him, there could be no occasion, in order to conceive how horrible such an action was, that he should reflect, that one of the most sacred rules of conduct was what prohibited the taking away the life of an innocent person, that this was a plain violation of that rule, and consequently a very blamable action. His detestation of this crime, it is evident, would arise instantaneously and antecedent to his having formed to himself any such general rule. The general rule, on the contrary, which he might afterwards form, would be founded upon the detestation which he felt necessarily arise in his own breast, at the thought of this and every other particular action of the same kind.
This is how the general rules of morality are created. They are ultimately based on our experiences of what our moral senses, our natural understanding of right and wrong, approve or disapprove of in specific situations. We don’t initially judge specific actions; rather, they seem acceptable or unacceptable because they align with a particular general rule upon examination. In contrast, the general rule is developed through experience, where we find that all actions of a certain type, or occurring in a specific context, are either approved or disapproved of. For someone who first witnessed a horrific murder committed out of greed, envy, or unjust anger—especially against someone who loved and trusted the murderer—who saw the victim's final moments and heard him complain more about the betrayal and ingratitude of his false friend than the violence done to him, there would be no need to reflect on the horror of such an act by thinking about one of the most fundamental rules of conduct that prohibits killing an innocent person. They would realize it was a clear violation of that rule and therefore a very blameworthy act. Obviously, their revulsion toward this crime would arise instantly and before they had any general rule in mind. In contrast, any general rule they might later establish would be based on the disgust they felt naturally arise within themselves when contemplating this and every other similar action.
When we read in history or romance, the account of actions either of generosity or of baseness, the admiration which we conceive for the one, and the contempt which we feel for the other, neither of them arise from reflecting that there are certain general rules which declare all actions of the one kind admirable, and all actions of the other contemptible. Those general rules, on the contrary, are all formed from the experience we have had of the effects which actions of all different kinds naturally produce upon us.
When we read about history or romance, whether it’s stories of generosity or disgraceful acts, the admiration we feel for the former and the contempt we have for the latter don’t come from thinking there are general rules that label all actions of one type as admirable and those of the other as contemptible. In fact, those general rules are based on our experiences of how different types of actions affect us.
An amiable action, a respectable action, an horrid action, are all of them actions which naturally excite for the person who performs them, the love, the respect, or the horror of the spectator. The general rules which determine what actions are, and what are not, the objects of each of those sentiments, can be formed no other way than by observing what actions actually and in fact excite them.
An agreeable action, a respectable action, and a horrifying action are all actions that naturally evoke love, respect, or horror from the observer toward the person performing them. The general rules that determine which actions provoke these sentiments can only be established by observing which actions genuinely trigger them.
When these general rules, indeed, have been formed, when they are universally acknowledged and established, by the concurring sentiments of mankind, we frequently appeal to them as to the standards of judgment, in debating concerning the degree of praise or blame that is due to certain actions of a complicated and dubious nature. They are upon these occasions commonly cited as the ultimate foundations of what is just and unjust in human conduct; and this circumstance seems to have misled several very eminent authors, to draw up their systems in such a manner, as if they had supposed that the original judgments of mankind with regard to right and wrong, were formed like the decisions of a court of judicatory, by considering first the general rule, and then, secondly, whether the particular action under consideration fell properly within its comprehension.
When these general rules have been established and are widely recognized by people's shared opinions, we often refer to them as standards for judgment when discussing the degree of praise or blame that certain complicated and unclear actions deserve. They are frequently cited as the fundamental basis for what is considered just or unjust in human behavior; this seems to have led several notable writers to structure their systems as if they believed that people's original judgments about right and wrong were made in the same way a court makes decisions, first considering the general rule and then determining whether the specific action in question fits within that rule.
Those general rules of conduct, when they have been fixed in our mind by habitual reflection, are of great use in correcting the 141 misrepresentations of self-love concerning what is fit and proper to be done in our particular situation. The man of furious resentment, if he was to listen to the dictates of that passion, would perhaps regard the death of his enemy, as but a small compensation for the wrong, he imagines, he has received; which, however, may be no more than a very slight provocation. But his observations upon the conduct of others, have taught him how horrible all such sanguinary revenges appear. Unless his education has been very singular, he has laid it down to himself as an inviolable rule, to abstain from them upon all occasions. This rule preserves its authority with him, and renders him incapable of being guilty of such a violence. Yet the fury of his own temper may be such, that had this been the first time in which he considered such an action, he would undoubtedly have determined it to be quite just and proper, and what every impartial spectator would approve of. But that reverence for the rule which past experience has impressed upon him, checks the impetuosity of his passion, and helps him to correct the too partial views which self-love might otherwise suggest, of what was proper to be done in his situation. If he should allow himself to be so far transported by passion as to violate this rule, yet, even in this case, he cannot throw off altogether the awe and respect with which he has been accustomed to regard it. At the very time of acting, at the moment in which passion mounts the highest, he hesitates and trembles at the thought of what he is about to do: he is secretly conscious to himself that he is breaking through those measures of conduct which, in all his cool hours, he had resolved never to infringe, which he had never seen infringed by others without the highest disapprobation, and of which the infringement, his own mind forebodes, must soon render him the object of the same disagreeable sentiments. Before he can take the last fatal resolution, he is tormented with all the agonies of doubt and uncertainty; he is terrified at the thought of violating so sacred a rule, and at the same time is urged and goaded on by the fury of his desires to violate it. He changes his purpose every moment; sometimes he resolves to adhere to his principle, and not indulge a passion which may corrupt the remaining part of his life with the horrors of shame and repentance; and a momentary calm takes possession of his breast, from the prospect of that security and tranquillity which he will enjoy when he thus determines not to expose himself to the hazard of a contrary conduct. But immediately the passion rouses anew, and with fresh fury drives him on to commit what he had the instant before resolved to abstain from. Wearied and distracted with those continual irresolutions, he at length, from a sort of despair, makes the last fatal and irrecoverable step; but with that terror and amazement with which one flying from an enemy, throws himself over a precipice, where he is sure of meeting with more certain destruction than from any thing that pursues him from behind. Such 142 are his sentiments even at the time of acting; though he is then, no doubt, less sensible of the impropriety of his own conduct than afterwards, when his passion being gratified and palled, he begins to view what he has done in the light in which others are apt to view it; and actually feels, what he had only foreseen very imperfectly before, the stings of remorse and repentance begin to agitate and torment him.
Those general rules of behavior, when they're ingrained in our minds through regular reflection, are really helpful in correcting the misjudgments of self-love about what is appropriate and right to do in our specific situations. A person filled with rage, if they followed the impulses of that anger, might see their enemy's death as a minor payback for the wrong they believe has been done to them, which might just be a minor annoyance. However, observing how others act has taught them how terrible such violent revenge looks. Unless their upbringing has been quite unusual, they've instilled in themselves a firm rule to avoid such actions at all costs. This rule maintains its power over them and makes it impossible for them to commit such an act of violence. Yet, the intensity of their own feelings may be such that if it were the first time they considered such an action, they might have deemed it fully justified and something anyone unbiased would support. But their respect for the rule that past experiences have imprinted on them curbs the intensity of their emotions and helps them adjust the biased perceptions that self-love might otherwise suggest about what should be done in their situation. If they allow themselves to be so overtaken by passion as to break this rule, even then, they can't completely shake off the fear and respect they've always had for it. At the moment of acting, at the peak of their passion, they hesitate and tremble at the thought of what they're about to do: deep down, they know they're disregarding the guidelines of behavior they've vowed never to violate in their calmer moments, which they've never seen anyone else break without strong disapproval, and they sense that breaking them will soon lead them to the same unpleasant feelings directed at themselves. Before they can make that final, disastrous choice, they're torn apart by doubts and uncertainties; they're frightened at the thought of breaching such a sacred rule, and at the same time, they're driven and pushed toward breaking it by the intensity of their desires. They change their mind every moment; sometimes they decide to stick to their principle and not give in to a passion that might taint the rest of their life with shame and regret, and they briefly enjoy a sense of peace and security at the thought of avoiding risky behavior. But then, the passion flares up again and pushes them to do what they'd just decided not to. Exhausted and confused by these constant reversals, they finally, out of a kind of despair, take that last irrevocable step, but with the fright and shock of someone fleeing from an enemy, jumping off a cliff knowing they will face certain destruction rather than whatever is chasing them from behind. Such are their feelings even as they act; though at that moment, they are certainly less aware of the inappropriateness of their actions than afterward, when their passion is satisfied and dulled, and they begin to see what they've done from the perspective that others would typically have, actually feeling the pangs of guilt and regret beginning to disturb and torment them.
CHAP. Ⅴ.—Of the Influence and Authority of the general Rules of Morality, and that they are justly regarded as the Laws of the Deity.
THE regard of those general rules of conduct, is what is properly called a sense of duty, a principle of the greatest consequence in human life, and the only principle by which the bulk of mankind are capable of directing their actions. Many men behave very decently, and through the whole of their lives avoid any considerable degree of blame, who yet, perhaps, never felt the sentiment upon the propriety of which we found our approbation of their conduct, but acted merely from a regard to what they saw were the established rules of behaviour. The man who has received great benefits from another person, may, by the natural coldness of his temper, feel but a very small degree of the sentiment of gratitude. If he has been virtuously educated, however, he will often have been made to observe how odious those actions appear which denote a want of this sentiment, and how amiable the contrary. Though his heart therefore is not warmed with any grateful affection, he will strive to act as if it was, and will endeavour to pay all those regards and attentions to his patron which the liveliest gratitude could suggest. He will visit him regularly; he will behave to him respectfully; he will never talk of him but with expressions of the highest esteem, and of the many obligations which he owes to him. And what is more, he will carefully embrace every opportunity of making a proper return for past services. He may do all this too without any hypocrisy or blamable dissimulation, without any selfish intention of obtaining new favours, and without any design of imposing either upon his benefactor or the public. The motive of his actions may be no other than a reverence for the established rule of duty, a serious and earnest desire of acting, in every respect, according to the law of gratitude. A wife, in the same manner, may sometimes not feel that tender regard for her husband which is suitable to the relation that subsists between them. If she has been virtuously educated, however, she will endeavour to act as if she felt it, to be careful, officious, faithful, and sincere, and to be deficient in none of those attentions which the sentiment of conjugal affection could have prompted her to perform. Such a friend, and such a wife, are neither of them, undoubtedly, the very best of their 143 kinds; and though both of them may have the most serious and earnest desire to fulfil every part of their duty, yet they will fail in many nice and delicate regards, they will miss many opportunities of obliging, which they could never have overlooked if they had possessed the sentiment that is proper to their situation. Though not the very first of their kinds, however, they are perhaps the second; and if the regard to the general rules of conduct has been very strongly impressed upon them, neither of them will fail in any very essential part of their duty. None but those of the happiest mould are capable of suiting, with exact justness, their sentiments and behaviour to the smallest difference of situation, and of acting upon all occasions with the most delicate and accurate propriety. The coarse clay of which the bulk of mankind are formed, cannot be wrought up to such perfection. There is scarce any man, however, who by discipline, education, and example, may not be so impressed with a regard to general rules, as to act upon almost every occasion with tolerable decency, and through the whole of his life to avoid any considerable degree of blame.
THE consideration of those general rules of conduct is what we properly call a sense of duty, a principle of great importance in human life and the only principle by which most people can guide their actions. Many people behave quite decently and manage to avoid significant blame throughout their lives, even if they might never truly feel the sentiment that justifies our approval of their conduct, instead acting simply out of respect for the established rules of behavior. A person who has received significant benefits from someone else might, due to their naturally reserved nature, feel only a small sense of gratitude. However, if they have been well-educated, they will often recognize how appalling actions that show a lack of gratitude appear, and how commendable the opposite behavior is. So even if their heart isn’t filled with genuine gratitude, they will try to act as if it is, making an effort to show all the respect and attention to their benefactor that true gratitude would inspire. They will visit regularly, treat their benefactor with respect, and only speak of them with the highest regard and acknowledgment of the many favors they’ve received. Moreover, they will carefully look for every opportunity to properly repay past services. They can do all this without hypocrisy or blameworthy deceit, without selfish motives for seeking new favors, and without trying to deceive either their benefactor or the public. The motivation behind their actions may simply be a respect for established rules of duty and a sincere desire to act according to the laws of gratitude. Similarly, a wife might sometimes lack the tender affection for her husband that should come with their relationship. However, if she has been well-educated, she will strive to behave as if she does feel it, being caring, helpful, faithful, and sincere, and will not neglect any of the attentions that genuine conjugal affection would have inspired. Such a friend and such a wife are neither of them, undoubtedly, the very best at their roles; and even though they may genuinely want to fulfill their duties, they will fall short in many subtle and delicate ways, missing many opportunities to be of service that they would never overlook if they truly felt the appropriate sentiment for their situations. Still, while they might not be the very best, they are perhaps the second best, and if they have a strong sense of the general rules of conduct impressed upon them, neither will fail in any truly essential part of their duties. Only those with the happiest disposition can perfectly align their feelings and actions to the tiniest variations in circumstance and behave with the utmost delicacy and exactness at all times. The average person cannot achieve such perfection. However, there is hardly a person who, through discipline, education, and example, can't be so influenced by a sense of general rules that they act with reasonable decency in almost every situation and manage to avoid significant blame throughout their lives.
Without this sacred regard to general rules, there is no man whose conduct can be much depended upon. It is this which constitutes the most essential difference between a man of principle and honour and a worthless fellow. The one adheres, on all occasions, steadily and resolutely to his maxims, and preserves through the whole of his life one even tenor of conduct. The other, acts variously and accidentally, as humour, inclination, or interest chance to be uppermost. Nay, such are the inequalities of humour to which all men are subject, that without this principle, the man who, in all his cool hours, had the most delicate sensibility to the propriety of conduct, might often be led to act absurdly upon the most frivolous occasions, and when it was scarce possible to assign any serious motive for his behaving in this manner. Your friend makes you a visit when you happen to be in a humour which makes it disagreeable to receive him: in your present mood his civility is very apt to appear an impertinent intrusion; and if you were to give way to the views of things which at this time occur, though civil in your temper, you would behave to him with coldness and contempt. What renders you incapable of such a rudeness, is nothing but a regard to the general rules of civility and hospitality, which prohibit it. That habitual reverence which your former experience has taught you for these, enables you to act, upon all such occasions, with nearly equal propriety, and hinders those inequalities of temper, to which all men are subject, from influencing your conduct in any very sensible degree. But if without regard to these general rules, even the duties of politeness, which are so easily observed, and which one can scarce have any serious motive to violate, would yet be so frequently violated, what would become of the duties of justice, of truth, of chastity, of fidelity, which it is often so difficult to observe, and which there may be so 144 many strong motives to violate? But upon the tolerable observance of these duties depends the very existence of human society, which would crumble into nothing if mankind were not generally impressed with a reverence for those important rules of conduct.
Without respect for general rules, there's no one whose behavior can be trusted. This is what sets apart a person of principle and honor from a worthless individual. The former consistently sticks to his principles in every situation and maintains a steady course throughout his life. The latter, however, acts randomly and inconsistently, influenced by mood, desire, or self-interest at any given moment. In fact, the fluctuations of mood that everyone experiences are such that without these principles, someone who normally has a keen sense of appropriate behavior might often act oddly for trivial reasons, and it would be hard to find a serious motive for such actions. For example, a friend visits when you’re in a bad mood and find his politeness annoying; if you let your current feelings guide your actions, you might respond to him with coldness and disdain, even though you're generally polite. What keeps you from acting rudely is simply your respect for the general rules of politeness and hospitality that discourage such behavior. That habitual respect you've developed helps you act appropriately in all situations and prevents your natural mood swings from significantly affecting how you behave. But if we disregard these general rules, even the easily followed duties of politeness, which we rarely have strong reasons to break, would often be violated. What would happen then to the duties of justice, truth, chastity, and fidelity, which are frequently hard to uphold and can have many strong motives for violation? The stability of these duties is essential for the very existence of human society, which would fall apart if people didn't generally hold a deep respect for these vital rules of conduct.
This reverence is still further enhanced by an opinion which is first impressed by nature, and afterwards confirmed by reasoning and philosophy, that those important rules of morality are the commands and laws of the Deity, who will finally reward the obedient and punish the transgressors of their duty.
This respect is even more strengthened by a belief that is initially instilled by nature and later backed by reason and philosophy: that these essential moral principles are the commands and laws of God, who will ultimately reward those who obey and punish those who fail to fulfill their duties.
This opinion or apprehension, I say, seems first to be impressed by nature. Men are naturally led to ascribe to those mysterious beings, whatever they are, which happen, in any country to be the objects of religious fear, all their own sentiments and passions. They have no other, they can conceive no other to ascribe to them. Those unknown intelligences which they imagine but see not, must necessarily be formed with some sort of resemblance to those intelligences of which they have experience. During the ignorance and darkness of pagan superstition, mankind seem to have formed the ideas of their divinities with so little delicacy, that they ascribed to them, indiscriminately, all the passions of human nature, those not excepted which do the least honour to our species, such as lust, hunger, avarice, envy, revenge. They could not fail, therefore, to ascribe to those beings, for the excellence of whose nature they still conceived the highest admiration, those sentiments and qualities which are the great ornaments of humanity, and which seem to raise it to a resemblance of divine perfection, the love of virtue and beneficence, and the abhorrence of vice and injustice. The man who was injured, called upon Jupiter to be witness of the wrong that was done to him, and could not doubt, but that divine being would behold it with the same indignation which would animate the meanest of mankind, who looked on when injustice was committed. The man who did the injury, felt himself to be the proper object of the detestation and resentment of mankind; and his natural fears led him to impute the same sentiments to those awful beings, whose presence he could not avoid, and whose power he could not resist. These natural hopes, and fears, and suspicions, were propagated by sympathy, and confirmed by education; and the gods were universally represented and believed to be the rewarders of humanity and mercy, and the avengers of perfidy and injustice. And thus religion, even in its rudest form, gave a sanction to the rules of morality, long before the age of artificial reasoning and philosophy. That the terrors of religion should thus enforce the natural sense of duty, was of too much importance to the happiness of mankind, for nature to leave it dependent upon the slowness and uncertainty of philosophical researches.
This opinion or concern, I say, seems to be first instilled by nature. People are naturally inclined to attribute their own feelings and passions to those mysterious beings—whatever they are—that happen to be the focus of religious fear in any given country. They have no other feelings; they can’t even imagine attributing anything else to them. Those unknown intelligences that they imagine but cannot see must inevitably resemble the intelligences they are familiar with. During the ignorance and darkness of pagan superstition, humanity seemed to construct the ideas of their gods without much subtlety, ascribing to them all the passions of human nature, including those that reflect poorly on our species, like lust, hunger, greed, envy, and revenge. Therefore, they couldn't help but assign to those beings, whom they still admired, the sentiments and qualities that elevate humanity and seem to reflect divine perfection—the love of virtue and kindness, and the disdain for vice and injustice. The person who was wronged called upon Jupiter to witness the injustice done to him, believing that the divine being would respond with the same outrage that would compel even the lowest of humans to react when witnessing injustice. The person who committed the wrongdoing recognized himself as deserving of the disdain and anger of humanity; his natural fears made him attribute the same sentiments to those formidable beings whose presence he couldn’t escape and whose power he couldn’t withstand. These natural hopes, fears, and suspicions spread through empathy and were reinforced by education; the gods were universally portrayed and believed to reward humanity and mercy while punishing treachery and injustice. Thus, religion, even in its most primitive form, provided a foundation for moral rules long before the age of structured reasoning and philosophy. The fear of religion enforcing the natural sense of duty was too crucial for the well-being of humanity for nature to leave it reliant on the slow and uncertain nature of philosophical inquiry.
These researches, however, when they came to take place, confirmed those original anticipations of nature. Upon whatever we suppose that 145 moral faculties are founded, whether upon a certain modification of reason, upon an original instinct, called a moral sense, or upon some other principle of our nature, it cannot be doubted, that they were given us for the direction of our conduct in this life. They carry along with them the most evident badges of this authority, which denote that they were set up within us to be the supreme arbiters of all our actions, to superintend all our senses, passions, and appetites, and to judge how each of them was either to be indulged or restrained. Our moral faculties are by no means, as some have pretended, upon a level in this respect with the other faculties and appetites of our nature, endowed with no more right to restrain these last, than these last are to restrain them. No other faculty or principle of action judges of any other. Love does not judge of resentment, nor resentment of love. Those two passions may be opposite to one another, but cannot, with any propriety, be said to approve or disapprove of one another. But it is the peculiar office of those faculties now under our consideration to judge, to bestow censure or applause upon all the other principles of our nature. They may be considered as a sort of senses of which those principles are the objects. Every sense is supreme over its own objects. There is no appeal from the eye with regard to the beauty of colours, nor from the ear with regard to the harmony of sounds, nor from the taste with regard to the agreeableness of flavours. Each of those senses judges in the last resort of its own objects. Whatever gratifies the taste is sweet, whatever pleases the eye is beautiful, whatever soothes the ear is harmonious. The very essence of each of those qualities consists in its being fitted to please the sense to which it is addressed. It belongs to our moral faculties, in the same manner to determine when the ear ought to be soothed, when the eye ought to be indulged, when the taste ought to be gratified, when and how far every other principle of our nature ought either to be indulged or restrained. What is agreeable to our moral faculties, is fit, and right, and proper to be done; the contrary wrong, unfit, and improper. The sentiments which they approve of, are graceful and becoming: the contrary, ungraceful and unbecoming. The very words, right, wrong, fit, improper, graceful, unbecoming, mean only what pleases or displeases those faculties.
These studies, however, when conducted, confirmed those initial expectations about nature. Regardless of what we believe our moral faculties are based on—whether it’s a specific way of reasoning, an inherent instinct called a moral sense, or some other aspect of our nature—it’s undeniable that they were given to us to guide our behavior in this life. They come with clear signs of authority, indicating that they were established within us to be the ultimate decision-makers of our actions, overseeing all our senses, emotions, and desires, and judging how each should be expressed or controlled. Our moral faculties are not at all equal to our other abilities and desires in this regard, with no more right to limit them than they have to limit our moral faculties. No other ability or motivating principle evaluates another. Love doesn’t judge resentment, nor does resentment judge love. While these two emotions might be opposites, it wouldn’t make sense to say one approves or disapproves of the other. However, it is the specific role of the faculties we’re discussing to assess, to give praise or criticism to all other driving principles of our nature. They can be viewed as a kind of sense, with those principles as their objects. Each sense governs its own objects. There’s no questioning the eye about the beauty of colors, nor the ear about the harmony of sounds, nor the taste about the appeal of flavors. Each of those senses ultimately judges its own objects. Whatever pleases the taste is sweet, whatever delights the eye is beautiful, whatever calms the ear is harmonious. The essence of each quality lies in its ability to please the corresponding sense. It is the role of our moral faculties, in the same way, to determine when the ear should be soothed, when the eye should be pleased, when the taste should be satisfied, and to what extent every other aspect of our nature should be expressed or controlled. What aligns with our moral faculties is appropriate, right, and proper; the opposite is wrong, unsuitable, and improper. The feelings they endorse are graceful and appropriate; the opposite is clumsy and inappropriate. The very terms right, wrong, fitting, improper, graceful, and inappropriate simply reflect what pleases or displeases those faculties.
Since these, therefore, were plainly intended to be the governing principles of human nature, the rules which they prescribe are to be regarded as the commands and laws of the Deity, promulgated by those vicegerents which he has thus set up within us. All general rules are commonly denominated laws: thus the general rules which bodies observe in the communication of motion, are called the laws of motion. But those general rules which our moral faculties observe in approving or condemning whatever sentiment or action is subjected to their examination, may much more justly be denominated such. They have a much greater resemblance to what are properly called laws, those 146 general rules which the sovereign lays down to direct the conduct of his subjects. Like them they are rules to direct the free actions of men: they are prescribed most surely by a lawful superior, and are attended too with the sanction of rewards and punishments. Those vicegerents of God within us, never fail to punish the violation of them, by the torments of inward shame, and self-condemnation; and on the contrary, always reward obedience with tranquillity of mind, with full contentment and self-satisfaction.
Since these were clearly meant to be the guiding principles of human nature, the rules they set forth should be seen as the commands and laws of God, conveyed through the representatives He has placed within us. All general rules are typically called laws; for example, the general rules that objects follow when they transfer motion are known as the laws of motion. However, the general rules that our moral faculties follow in either approving or condemning any sentiment or action they evaluate deserve to be called laws even more. They closely resemble what we properly call laws: those general rules established by a sovereign to guide the behavior of their subjects. Like those, they direct the free actions of people; they are firmly set by a lawful authority and come with the promise of rewards and punishments. Those representatives of God within us never fail to punish the breach of these laws with the pain of internal shame and self-condemnation; conversely, they always reward compliance with peace of mind, complete contentment, and self-satisfaction.
There are innumerable other considerations which serve to confirm the same conclusion. The happiness of mankind, as well as of all other rational creatures, seems to have been the original purpose intended by the Author of nature, when he brought them into existence. No other end seems worthy of that supreme wisdom and divine benignity which we necessarily ascribe to him; and this opinion, which we are led to by the abstract consideration of his infinite perfections, is still more confirmed by the examination of the works of nature, which seem all intended to promote happiness, and to guard against misery. But by acting accordingly to the dictates of our moral faculties, we necessarily pursue the most effectual means for promoting the happiness of mankind, and may therefore be said, in some sense, to co-operate with the Deity, and to advance as far as in our power the plan of Providence. By acting otherwise, on the contrary, we seem to obstruct, in some measure, the scheme which the Author of nature has established for the happiness and perfection of the world, and to declare ourselves, if I may say so, in some measure the enemies of God. Hence we are naturally encouraged to hope for his extraordinary favour and reward in the one case, and to dread his sure vengeance and punishment in the other.
There are countless other factors that reinforce the same conclusion. The happiness of humanity, and all other rational beings, appears to be the original intention of the Creator when they were brought into existence. No other goal seems worthy of the supreme wisdom and divine goodness we attribute to Him; and this belief, guided by our understanding of His infinite qualities, is further supported by examining the natural world, which seems designed to promote happiness and prevent suffering. By following our moral instincts, we are naturally led to pursue the most effective ways to enhance human happiness, and can thus be seen, in a way, as collaborating with the Divine and advancing the plan of Providence as best we can. Conversely, acting against this leads us to hinder, to some extent, the design that the Creator has put in place for the happiness and perfection of the world, which could be viewed as positioning ourselves, if I may say, as adversaries of God. Therefore, we are naturally encouraged to hope for His exceptional favor and rewards in one situation, and to fear His certain vengeance and punishment in the other.
There are besides many other reasons, and many other natural principles, which all tend to confirm and inculcate the same salutary doctrine. If we consider the general rules by which external prosperity and adversity are commonly distributed in this life, we shall find, that notwithstanding the disorder in which all things appear to be in this world, yet even here every virtue naturally meets with its proper reward, with the recompense which is most fit to encourage and promote it; and this too so surely, that it requires a very extraordinary concurrence of circumstances entirely to disappoint it. What is the reward most proper for encouraging industry, prudence, and circumspection? Success in every sort of business. And is it possible that in the whole of life these virtues should fail of attaining it? Wealth and external honours are their proper recompense, and the recompense which they can seldom fail of acquiring. What reward is most proper for promoting the practice of truth, justice, and humanity? The confidence, the esteem, the love of those we live with. Humanity does not desire to be great, but to be beloved. It is not in being rich that truth 147 and justice would rejoice, but in being trusted and believed, recompenses which those virtues must almost always acquire. By some very extraordinary and unlucky circumstance, a good man may come to be suspected of a crime of which he was altogether incapable, and upon that account be most unjustly exposed for the remaining part of his life to the horror and aversion of mankind. By an accident of this kind he may be said to lose his all, notwithstanding his integrity and justice; in the same manner as a cautious man, notwithstanding his utmost circumspection, may be ruined by an earthquake or an inundation. Accidents of the first kind, however, are perhaps still more rare, and still more contrary to the common course of things than those of the second; and it still remains true, that the practice of truth, justice, and humanity is a certain and almost infallible method of acquiring what these virtues chiefly aim at, the confidence and love of those we live with. A person may be very easily misrepresented with regard to a particular action; but it is scarce possible that he should be so with regard to the general tenor of his conduct. An innocent man may be believed to have done wrong: this, however, will rarely happen. On the contrary, the established opinion of the innocence of his manners, will often lead us to absolve him where he has really been in the fault, notwithstanding very strong presumptions. A knave, in the same manner, may escape censure, or even meet with applause, for a particular knavery, in which his conduct is not understood. But no man was ever habitually such, without being almost universally known to be so, and without being even frequently suspected of guilt, when he was in reality perfectly innocent. And so far as vice and virtue can be either punished or rewarded by the sentiments and opinions of mankind, they both, according to the common course of things meet even here with something more than exact and impartial justice.
There are many other reasons and natural principles that support the same helpful idea. If we look at the general rules that determine how prosperity and hardship are usually distributed in life, we'll see that despite the chaos in the world, every virtue typically receives its appropriate reward, which is best suited to encourage and promote it. This happens so reliably that it takes a very unusual set of circumstances to prevent it. What’s the best reward for encouraging hard work, wisdom, and caution? Success in all kinds of endeavors. Is it possible for these virtues to fail at achieving such success throughout life? Wealth and social status are their natural rewards, and they rarely fail to attain them. What’s the best reward for encouraging truth, justice, and kindness? The trust, respect, and love of those around us. Kindness doesn’t seek to be great but rather to be loved. Truth and justice find joy not in wealth but in being trusted and believed—rewards that these virtues almost always achieve. Under some very unusual and unfortunate circumstance, a good person may be wrongly suspected of a crime they didn’t commit, leading to their unjust scorn for the rest of their lives. In such cases, they may seem to lose everything despite their integrity and justice, much like a cautious individual might meet ruin due to an earthquake or flood. However, these first kinds of accidents are probably rarer and more contrary to the usual course of events than the second type; yet, it remains true that practicing truth, justice, and kindness is a reliable and nearly foolproof way to gain what these virtues primarily seek: the trust and affection of those we share our lives with. A person can easily be misrepresented regarding a specific action, but it is very unlikely they can be misrepresented concerning their overall behavior. An innocent person may be believed to have done something wrong, but that is rare. On the contrary, the overall perception of their innocence often leads us to forgive them, even when they might actually be at fault, despite strong evidence to the contrary. Likewise, a deceitful person might avoid criticism or even gain praise for a specific act of dishonesty if their actions are misunderstood. But no one can be habitually deceitful without being widely recognized as such, and they are often suspected of wrongdoing even when they are completely innocent. In terms of how society punishes or rewards virtue and vice, both find something more than just and fair treatment, according to the usual course of events.
But though the general rules by which prosperity and adversity are commonly distributed, when considered in this cool and philosophical light, appear to be perfectly suited to the situation of mankind in this life, yet they are by no means suited to some of our natural sentiments. Our natural love and admiration for some virtues is such, that we should wish to bestow on them all sorts of honours and rewards, even those which we must acknowledge to be the proper recompenses of other qualities, with which those virtues are not always accompanied. Our detestation, on the contrary, for some vices is such, that we should desire to heap upon them every sort of disgrace and disaster, those not excepted which are the natural consequences of very different qualities. Magnanimity, generosity, and justice, command so high a degree of admiration, that we desire to see them crowned with wealth, and power, and honours of every kind, the natural consequences of prudence, industry, and application; qualities with which those virtues are not inseparably connected. Fraud, falsehood, brutality, and 148 violence, on the other hand, excite in every human breast such scorn and abhorrence, that our indignation rouses to see them possess those advantages which they may in some sense be said to have merited, by the diligence and industry with which they are sometimes attended. The industrious knave cultivates the soil, the indolent man leaves it uncultivated. Who ought to reap the harvest? Who starve, and who live in plenty? The natural course of things decides it in favour of the knave: the natural sentiments of mankind in favour of the man of virtue. Man judges, that the good qualities of the one are greatly over-recompensed by those advantages which they tend to procure him, and that the omissions of the other are by far too severely punished by the distress which they naturally bring upon him; and human laws, the consequences of human sentiments, forfeit the life and the estate of the industrious and cautious traitor, and reward, by extraordinary recompenses, the fidelity and public spirit of the improvident and careless good citizen. Thus man is by Nature directed to correct, in some measure, that distribution of things which she herself would otherwise have made. The rules which for this purpose she prompts him to follow, are different from those which she herself observes. She bestows upon every virtue, and upon every vice, that precise reward or punishment which is best fitted to encourage the one, or to restrain the other. She is directed by this sole consideration, and pays little regard to the different degrees of merit and demerit, which they may seem to possess in the sentiments and passions of man. Man, on the contrary, pays regard to this only, and would endeavour to render the state of every virtue precisely proportioned to that degree of love and esteem, and of every vice to that degree of contempt and abhorrence, which he himself conceives for it. The rules which she follows are fit for her, as, those which he follows are for him: but both are calculated to promote the same great end, the order of the world, and the perfection and happiness of human nature.
But even though the general rules for how prosperity and adversity are usually distributed, when looked at in a calm and philosophical way, seem perfectly suited to human life, they don’t align with some of our inherent feelings. Our natural love and admiration for certain virtues is so strong that we want to reward them in every way possible, including with honors and accolades, even those that should rightly go to other qualities that don’t always accompany those virtues. On the other hand, our disgust for certain vices is such that we want to see them punished with every kind of shame and disaster, even those that stem from very different qualities. Magnanimity, generosity, and justice earn such high admiration that we wish to see them rewarded with wealth, power, and all forms of honor, which are typically the results of prudence, hard work, and dedication; qualities that aren’t necessarily tied to those virtues. In contrast, fraud, deception, brutality, and 148 violence provoke so much scorn and loathing in everyone that we feel outraged to see them benefit from the rewards they may seem to merit due to the diligence and hard work that sometimes accompany them. The hardworking scoundrel tends to the land, while the lazy person leaves it unworked. Who deserves to harvest the crops? Who should struggle, and who should thrive? The natural order favors the scoundrel, while people’s natural feelings favor the virtuous individual. People judge that the good traits of one person are excessively rewarded by the benefits they bring, and that the failings of the other are far too harshly punished by the suffering they naturally cause. Human laws, reflecting human sentiments, strip away the life and possessions of the scheming and cautious traitor, and reward the loyalty and public spirit of the imprudent and careless good citizen. Thus, by Nature’s design, humans are led to partially correct the distribution of rewards and punishments that Nature would have made on her own. The rules she encourages them to follow differ from those she applies herself. She gives each virtue and vice the exact reward or punishment needed to encourage the former or restrain the latter. Her focus is solely on this, and she pays little attention to the varying degrees of merit and fault that these may appear to have in human feelings and passions. In contrast, humans focus solely on this and strive to align the status of each virtue precisely with how much love and esteem they feel for it, and each vice with the contempt and disgust they have for it. The rules she follows are suitable for her, just as the ones he follows are for him; but both aim to achieve the same ultimate goal: the order of the world and the perfection and happiness of human nature.
But though man is thus employed to alter that distribution of things which natural events would make, if left to themselves; though, like the gods of the poets, he is perpetually interposing, by extraordinary means, in favour of virtue, and in opposition to vice, and, like them, endeavours to turn away the arrow that is aimed at the head of the righteous, but to accelerate the sword of destruction that is lifted up against the wicked; yet he is by no means able to render the fortune of either quite suitable to his own sentiments and wishes. The natural course of things cannot be entirely controlled by the impotent endeavours of man: the current is too rapid and too strong for him to stop it; and though the rules which direct it appear to have been established for the wisest and best purposes, they sometimes produce effects which shock all his natural sentiments. That a great combination of men should prevail over a small one; that those who engage in an 149 enterprise with forethought and all necessary preparation, should prevail over such as oppose them without any; and that every end should be acquired by those means only which nature has established for acquiring it, seems to be a rule not only necessary and unavoidable in itself, but even useful and proper for rousing the industry and attention of mankind. Yet, when, in consequence of this rule, violence and artifice prevail over sincerity and justice, what indignation does it not excite in the breast of every human spectator? What sorrow and compassion for the sufferings of the innocent, and what furious resentment against the success of the oppressor? We are equally grieved and enraged at the wrong that is done, but often find it altogether out of our power to redress it. When we thus despair of finding any force upon earth which can check the triumph of injustice, we naturally appeal to heaven, and hope that the great Author of our nature will himself execute hereafter what all the principles which he has given us for the direction of our conduct prompt us to attempt even here; that he will complete the plan which he himself has thus taught us to begin; and will, in a life to come, render to every one according to the works which he has performed in this world. And thus we are led to the belief of a future state, not only by the weaknesses, by the hopes and fears of human nature, but by the noblest and best principles which belong to it, by the love of virtue, and by the abhorrence of vice and injustice.
But even though people are constantly trying to change the distribution of things that natural events would create on their own; even as they, like the gods from ancient stories, are always stepping in with extraordinary means to support virtue and oppose vice, and, like those gods, attempt to deflect the dangers aimed at the righteous while hastening the downfall of the wicked; they still can’t fully align fortune with their own feelings and desires. The natural order of things can't be completely controlled by the feeble efforts of humanity: the current is too fast and too strong for them to halt; and although the guidelines that govern it seem to have been set for the wisest and best reasons, they sometimes result in outcomes that disturb all of our basic feelings. It seems only natural and necessary that a large group of people should overcome a small one; that those who embark on a plan with careful thought and thorough preparation should succeed against those who confront them unprepared; and that every goal should be achieved through the means established by nature. This seems to be a rule not only essential and unavoidable, but also beneficial in motivating human effort and attention. Yet, when, as a result of this rule, violence and deceit prevail over honesty and justice, what outrage does it not provoke in the hearts of every observer? What sorrow and compassion for the suffering of the innocent, and what intense anger against the success of the oppressor? We feel both grief and rage over the wrongs done, but often find ourselves completely powerless to correct them. When we lose hope in discovering any force on earth that can stop the triumph of injustice, we naturally turn to the heavens, hoping that the great Author of our nature will eventually carry out what all the principles he has given us for guiding our actions lead us to attempt here; that he will complete the plan he has taught us to start; and will, in a future life, reward everyone according to the deeds they have done in this world. In this way, we are led to believe in an afterlife, not only by the frailties, hopes, and fears of human nature, but by the highest and best principles of it: by our love of virtue, and by our hatred of vice and injustice.
‘Does it suit the greatness of God,’ says the eloquent and philosophical bishop of Clermont, with that passionate and exaggerating force of imagination, which seems sometimes to exceed the bounds of decorum; ‘does it suit the greatness of God, to leave the world which he has created in so universal a disorder? To see the wicked prevail almost always over the just; the innocent dethroned by the usurper; the father become the victim of the ambition of an unnatural son; the husband expiring under the stroke of a barbarous and faithless wife? From the height of his greatness ought God to behold those melancholy events as a fantastical amusement, without taking any share in them? Because he is great, should he be weak, or unjust, or barbarous? Because men are little, ought they to be allowed either to be dissolute without punishment or virtuous without reward? O God! if this is the character of your Supreme Being; if it is you whom we adore under such dreadful ideas; I can no longer acknowledge you for my father, for my protector, for the comforter of my sorrow, the support of my weakness, the rewarder of my fidelity. You would then be no more than an indolent and fantastical tyrant, who sacrifices mankind to his vanity, and who has brought them out of nothing only to make them serve for the sport of his leisure and of his caprice.’
‘Is it fitting for the greatness of God,’ says the eloquent and philosophical bishop of Clermont, with a passionate and exaggerated imagination that sometimes seems to go beyond what is proper; ‘is it fitting for the greatness of God to leave the world He created in such a state of chaos? To see the wicked almost always triumph over the righteous; the innocent overtaken by usurpers; the father victimized by the ambition of a cruel son; the husband dying at the hands of a treacherous and brutal wife? From the height of His greatness, should God witness these tragic events as mere entertainment, without engaging in them? Just because He is great, does that mean He should be weak, unjust, or cruel? Should the smallness of men allow them to act without punishment or to be virtuous without reward? O God! If this is the nature of Your Supreme Being; if it is You whom we worship under such horrifying ideas; I can no longer call You my father, my protector, the comforter of my sorrow, the support of my weakness, the rewarder of my faithfulness. You would then be nothing more than an indifferent and whimsical tyrant, who sacrifices humanity to His vanity, and who brought them from nothing only to amuse Himself with their plight and whims.’
When the general rules which determine the merit and demerit of actions, come thus to be regarded as the laws of an all-powerful Being, who watches over our conduct and, who, in a life to come, will reward 150 the observance, and punish the breach of them; they necessarily acquire a new sacredness from this consideration. That our regard to the will of the Deity ought to be the supreme rule of our conduct, can be doubted of by nobody who believes his existence. The very thought of disobedience appears to involve in it the most shocking impropriety. How vain, how absurd would it be for man, either to oppose or to neglect the commands that were laid upon him by Infinite Wisdom, and Infinite Power! How unnatural, how impiously ungrateful, not to reverence the precepts that were prescribed to him by the infinite goodness of his Creator, even though no punishment was to follow their violation. The sense of propriety too is here well supported by the strongest motives of self-interest. The idea that, however we may escape the observation of man, or be placed above the reach of human punishment, yet we are always acting under the eye, and exposed to the punishment of God, the great avenger of injustice, is a motive capable of restraining the most headstrong passions, with those at least who, by constant reflection, have rendered it familiar to them.
When the general rules that determine what actions are good or bad come to be seen as the laws of an all-powerful Being who oversees our behavior and will reward observance while punishing violations in an afterlife, they gain a new level of significance. No one who believes in God's existence can doubt that our respect for His will should be the highest guideline for our actions. The mere thought of disobeying feels extremely inappropriate. How pointless and ridiculous it would be for a person to oppose or ignore the commands set forth by Infinite Wisdom and Infinite Power! How unnatural and ungratefully wrong it is not to honor the guidelines established by the infinite goodness of the Creator, even if disobeying them would go unpunished. The sense of what is proper is also strongly supported by self-interest. The idea that, no matter how much we might evade human observation or escape human punishment, we are always under the gaze of God, the great avenger of injustice, is a powerful motivator that can control even the most rebellious passions, especially for those who have made this thought a regular part of their reflections.
It is in this manner that religion enforces the natural sense of duty: and hence it is, that mankind are generally disposed to place great confidence in the probity of those who seem deeply impressed with religious sentiments. Such persons, they imagine, act under an additional tie, besides those which regulate the conduct of other men. The regard to the propriety of action, as well as to reputation, the regard to the applause of his own breast, as well as to that of others, are motives which they suppose have the influence over the religious man, as over the man of the world. But the former lies under another restraint, and never acts deliberately but as in the presence of that Great Superior who is finally to recompense him according to his deeds. A greater trust is reposed, upon this account, in the regularity and exactness of his conduct. And wherever the natural principles of religion are not corrupted by the factious and party zeal of some worthless cabal; wherever the first duty which it requires, is to fulfil all the obligations of morality; wherever men are not taught to regard frivolous observances, as more immediate duties of religion than acts of justice and beneficence; and to imagine, that by sacrifices, and ceremonies, and vain supplications, they can bargain with the Deity for fraud, and perfidy, and violence, the world undoubtedly judges right in this respect, and justly places a double confidence in the rectitude of the religious man’s behaviour.
Religion reinforces our natural sense of duty, and for this reason, people tend to trust those who seem genuinely committed to their faith. They believe that such individuals follow an extra obligation beyond what guides others. They think that concerns about appropriate actions and reputation, as well as the satisfaction of their own conscience and the opinions of others, motivate religious people just like anyone else. However, religious individuals feel an additional restraint, acting with the awareness of a higher power who will ultimately reward or punish them based on their actions. Because of this, there’s a greater trust in the consistency and integrity of their behavior. In places where the core principles of religion aren’t distorted by divisive zeal from unworthy groups; where the primary demand of faith is to fulfill moral obligations; and where people aren't taught to view trivial rituals as more important than acts of justice and kindness, believing that they can negotiate with God through sacrifices, ceremonies, and empty prayers in exchange for deceitful or violent behavior, society rightly believes and places extra trust in the integrity of religious individuals.
CHap. Ⅵ.—In what Cases the Sense of Duty ought to be the sole Principle of our Conduct; and in what Cases it ought to concur with other Motives.
RELIGION affords such strong motives to the practice of virtue, and 151 guards us by such powerful restraints from the temptations of vice, that many have been led to suppose, that religious principles were the sole laudable motives of action. We ought neither, they said, to reward from gratitude, nor punish from resentment; we ought neither to protect the helplessness of our children, nor afford support to the infirmities of our parents, from natural affection. All affections for particular objects, ought to be extinguished in our breast, and one great affection take the place of all others, the love of the Deity, the desire of rendering ourselves agreeable to him, and of directing our conduct, in every respect, according to his will. We ought not to be grateful from gratitude, we ought not to be charitable from humanity, we ought not to be public-spirited from the love of our country, nor generous and just from the love of mankind. The sole principle and motive of our conduct in the performance of all those different duties, ought to be a sense that God has commanded us to perform them. I shall not at present take time to examine this opinion particularly; I shall only observe, that we should not have expected to have found it entertained by any sect, who professed themselves of a religion in which, as it is the first precept to love the Lord our God with all our heart, with all our soul, and with all our strength, so it is the second to love our neighbour as we love ourselves; and we love ourselves surely for our own sakes, and not merely because we are commanded to do so. That the sense of duty should be the sole principle of our conduct, is no where the precept of Christianity; but that it should be the ruling and the governing one, as philosophy, and as, indeed, common sense directs. It may be a question, however, in what cases our actions ought to arise chiefly or entirely from a sense of duty, or from a regard to general rules; and in what cases some other sentiment or affection ought to concur, and have a principal influence on our conduct.
RRELIGION provides such strong motivations for practicing virtue, and 151 protects us with powerful restraints against the temptations of vice, that many people have come to believe that religious principles are the only commendable reasons for acting. They argue we shouldn’t help others out of gratitude, nor punish out of resentment; we shouldn’t support our children just because we feel a natural affection for them, nor should we support our parents' weaknesses solely from love. All specific feelings towards individuals should be suppressed, and one overarching feeling should take their place: the love of God, the desire to please Him, and to guide our actions in every way according to His will. We shouldn’t be grateful out of gratitude, we shouldn’t be charitable from a sense of humanity, we shouldn’t be patriotic out of love for our country, or generous and just just because we care for humanity. The only principle and motivation for our actions in fulfilling all those different duties should be the understanding that God has commanded us to do so. I won’t take the time now to examine this viewpoint in detail; I’ll just point out that we wouldn’t expect to find it held by any group who professes a faith that teaches, as the first commandment, to love the Lord our God with all our heart, soul, and strength, and as the second, to love our neighbor as we love ourselves; and we surely love ourselves for our own reasons, not just because we’re told to. The idea that our actions should be guided solely by a sense of duty isn’t a core teaching of Christianity; rather, it should be a leading and guiding principle, as philosophy and common sense suggest. However, it remains a question as to when our actions should predominantly stem from a sense of duty, based on general rules, and when some other feeling or emotion should play a significant role in guiding our conduct.
The decision of this question, which cannot, perhaps, be given with any very great accuracy, will depend upon two different circumstances; first, upon the natural agreeableness or deformity of the sentiment or affection which would prompt us to any action independent of all regard to general rules; and, secondly, upon the precision and exactness, or the looseness and inaccuracy, of the rules themselves.
The answer to this question, which may not be very precise, will depend on two factors: first, the inherent appeal or unattractiveness of the feeling or emotion that drives us to act without considering general rules; and second, the clarity and accuracy, or the vagueness and inaccuracy, of the rules themselves.
Ⅰ. First, I say, it will depend upon the natural agreeableness or deformity of the affection itself, how far our actions ought to arise from it, or entirely proceed from a regard to the general rule.
Ⅰ. First, I say, it will depend on how pleasant or unpleasant the emotion itself is, how much our actions should come from it, or whether they should fully follow the general rule.
All those graceful and admired actions, to which the benevolent affections would prompt us, ought to proceed as much from the passions themselves, as from any regard to the general rules of conduct. A benefactor thinks himself but ill requited, if the person upon whom he has bestowed his good offices, repays them merely from a cold sense of duty, and without any affection to his person. A husband is dissatisfied with the most obedient wife, when he imagines her conduct is animated 152 by no other principle besides her regard to what the relation she stands in requires. Though a son should fail in none of the offices of filial duty, yet if he wants that affectionate reverence which it so well becomes him to feel, the parent may justly complain of his indifference. Nor could a son be quite satisfied with a parent who, though he performed all the duties of his situation, had nothing of that fatherly fondness which might have been expected from him. With regard to all such benevolent and social affections, it is agreeable to see the sense of duty employed rather to restrain than to enliven them, rather to hinder us from doing too much, than to prompt us to do what we ought. It gives us pleasure to see a father obliged to check his own fondness for his children, a friend obliged to set bounds to his natural generosity, a person who has received a benefit, obliged to restrain the too sanguine gratitude of his own temper.
All those graceful and admired actions that our kind feelings encourage us to take should come as much from our emotions as from any sense of general conduct rules. A benefactor feels only partially rewarded if the person he has helped repays that kindness solely out of a cold sense of duty, without any affection for him. A husband is unhappy with the most obedient wife if he believes her actions are motivated only by her obligation to their relationship. Even if a son fulfills all his filial duties, if he lacks the loving respect he should feel, the parent can justifiably complain about his indifference. Similarly, a son wouldn’t feel completely satisfied with a parent who, while performing all the necessary duties, lacks the expected fatherly warmth. For all such kind and social feelings, it’s nice to see a sense of duty used to hold back rather than ignite them, to keep us from doing too much rather than push us to do what we should. It’s pleasing to witness a father having to restrain his own affection for his children, a friend needing to limit his natural generosity, or a person who has received help having to temper his overly enthusiastic gratitude.
The contrary maxim takes place with regard to the malevolent and unsocial passions. We ought to reward from the gratitude and generosity of our own hearts, without any reluctance, and without being obliged to reflect how great the propriety of rewarding: but we ought always to punish with reluctance, and more from a sense of the propriety of punishing, than from any savage disposition to revenge. Nothing is more graceful than the behaviour of the man who appears to resent the greatest injuries, more from a sense that they deserve, and are the proper objects of resentment, than from feeling himself the furies of that disagreeable passion; who, like a judge, considers only the general rule, which determines what vengeance is due for each particular offence; who, in executing that rule, feels less for what himself has suffered, than for what the offender is about to suffer; who, though in wrath, does ever remember mercy, and is disposed to interpret the rule in the most gentle and favourable manner, and to allow all the alleviations which the most candid humanity could, consistently with good sense, admit of.
The opposite principle applies when it comes to harmful and antisocial feelings. We should give freely from our own gratitude and kindness, without hesitation, and without needing to think about how appropriate it is to reward. However, we should always punish reluctantly, more out of a sense of what’s right than from a desire for revenge. Nothing is more admirable than the person who seems to resent the worst wrongs, not because of personal hurt, but because they believe these wrongs deserve it and are rightly deserving of resentment; who, like a judge, focuses only on the general guideline that determines the appropriate response for each specific offense; who, in carrying out that guideline, feels more for what the offender will endure than for their own suffering; who, even in anger, always remembers mercy and tends to interpret the guideline in the most compassionate and favorable way, allowing for all the leniencies that reasonable humanity could, while still being sensible.
As the selfish passions, according to what has formerly been observed, hold, in other respects, a sort of middle place, between the social and unsocial affections, so do they likewise in this. The pursuit of the objects of private interest, in all common, little, and ordinary cases, ought to flow rather from a regard to the general rules which prescribe such conduct, than from any passion for the objects themselves; but upon more important and extraordinary occasions, we should be awkward, insipid, and ungraceful, if the objects themselves did not appear to animate us with a considerable degree of passion. To be anxious, or to be laying a plot either to gain or to save a single shilling, would degrade the most vulgar tradesman in the opinion of all his neighbours. Let his circumstances be ever so mean, no attention to any such small matters, for the sake of the things themselves, must appear in his conduct. His situation may require the most severe œconomy and the 153 most exact assiduity: but each particular exertion of that œconomy and assiduity must proceed, not so much from a regard for that particular saving or gain, as for the general rule which to him prescribes, with the utmost rigour, such a tenor of conduct. His parsimony to-day must not arise from a desire of the particular three-pence which he will save by it, nor his attendance in his shop from a passion for the particular ten-pence which he will acquire by it: both the one and the other ought to proceed solely from a regard to the general rule, which prescribes, with the most unrelenting severity, this plan of conduct to all persons in his way of life. In this consists the difference between the character of a miser and that of a person of exact œconomy and assiduity. The one is anxious about small matters for their own sake; the other attends to them only in consequence of the scheme of life which he has laid down to himself.
As we've previously noted, selfish desires occupy a middle ground between social and unsocial feelings. This applies here as well. In most everyday situations, pursuing personal interests should come from following general rules about behavior rather than from a personal passion for the specific things themselves. However, in more significant and unusual cases, we would come off as awkward and unappealing if we weren’t genuinely passionate about those objects. If someone is overly concerned or scheming over how to gain or save just a single dollar, it would lower the view others have of even the most ordinary shopkeeper. No matter how humble his circumstances are, he shouldn't show any concern for these trivial matters just for their own sake. His situation might demand strict budgeting and close attention to detail, but every instance of that budgeting and diligence should come not so much from a desire to save or gain in those moments, but rather from the broader rule that insists he act this way with the utmost seriousness. His frugality today shouldn't stem from a wish to save a specific three cents, nor should his time spent at his shop be driven by a desire for the specific ten cents he might make. Instead, both actions should arise solely from adherence to the general rule that strictly dictates such behavior for everyone in his position. This distinction highlights the difference between a miser and someone who practices careful budgeting and diligence. A miser worries about small amounts just for their own sake, while the other pays attention to them only as part of the life plan they've set for themselves.
It is quite otherwise with regard to the more extraordinary and important objects of self-interest. A person appears mean-spirited, who does not pursue these with some degree of earnestness for their own sake. We should despise a prince who was not anxious about conquering or defending a province. We should have little respect for a private gentleman who did not exert himself to gain an estate, or even a considerable office, when he could acquire them without either meanness or injustice. A member of parliament who shews no keenness about his own election, is abandoned by his friends, as altogether unworthy of their attachment. Even a tradesman is thought a poor-spirited fellow among his neighbours, who does not bestir himself to get what they call an extraordinary job, or some uncommon advantage. This spirit and keenness constitutes the difference between the man of enterprise and the man of dull regularity. Those great objects of self-interest, of which the loss or acquisition quite changes the rank of the person, are the objects of the passion properly called ambition; a passion, which when it keeps within the bounds of prudence and justice, is always admired in the world, and has even sometimes a certain irregular greatness, which dazzles the imagination, when it passes the limits of both these virtues, and is not only unjust but extravagant. Hence the general admiration for heroes and conquerors, and even for statesmen, whose projects have been very daring and extensive though altogether devoid of justice, such as those of the Cardinals of Richlieu and of Retz. The objects of avarice and ambition differ only in their greatness. A miser is as furious about a halfpenny, as a man of ambition about the conquest of a kingdom.
It’s quite different when it comes to the more extraordinary and significant pursuits of self-interest. A person seems petty if they don’t go after these with some level of seriousness for their own sake. We’d look down on a prince who didn’t care about conquering or defending a province. We’d have little respect for a private individual who didn’t make an effort to gain property or even a substantial position when they could achieve them without being mean or unjust. A member of parliament who shows no enthusiasm for their own election is abandoned by their friends, seen as completely unworthy of their loyalty. Even a tradesman is viewed as weak among his neighbors if he doesn’t make an effort to land what they call an extraordinary job or some special benefit. This drive and enthusiasm set apart the person of action from the person of dull routine. Those significant self-interest goals, the ones whose loss or gain can completely change a person's status, are what we call ambition—a passion that, when it stays within the boundaries of prudence and justice, is always admired in society and occasionally has a certain wild grandeur that captivates the imagination, especially when it goes beyond these virtues and becomes not only unjust but excessive. This explains the widespread admiration for heroes and conquerors, and even for politicians whose plans have been bold and far-reaching yet entirely lacking in justice, like those of the Cardinals of Richelieu and Retz. The objects of greed and ambition only differ in their scale. A miser is just as passionate about a penny as an ambitious person is about conquering a kingdom.
Ⅱ. Secondly, I say, it will depend partly upon the precision and upon the exactness, or the looseness and the inaccuracy of the general rules themselves, how far our conduct ought to proceed entirely from a regard to them.
Ⅱ. Secondly, I would say that whether our actions should be completely guided by these rules will partly depend on how precise and accurate, or how loose and inaccurate, the general rules are.
The general rules of almost all the virtues, the general rules which 154 determine what are the offices of prudence, of charity, of generosity, of gratitude, of friendship, are in many respects loose and inaccurate, admit of many exceptions, and require so many modifications, that it is scarce possible to regulate our conduct entirely by a regard to them. The common proverbial maxims of prudence, being founded in universal experience, are perhaps the best general rules which can be given about it. To affect, however, a very strict and literal adherence to them would evidently be the most absurd and ridiculous pedantry. Of all the virtues I have just now mentioned, gratitude is that, perhaps, of which the rules are the most precise, and admit of the fewest exceptions. That as soon as we can we should make a return of equal, and if possible of superior, value to the services we have received, would seem to be a pretty plain rule, and one which admitted of scarce any exceptions. Upon the most superficial examination, however, this rule will appear to be in the highest degree loose and inaccurate, and to admit of ten thousand exceptions. If your benefactor attended you in your sickness, ought you to attend him in his? or can you fulfil the obligation of gratitude, by making a return of a different kind? If you ought to attend him, how long ought you to attend him? The same time which he attended you, or longer, and how much longer? If your friend lent you money in your distress, ought you to lend him money in his? How much ought you to lend him? When ought you to lend him? Now, or to-morrow, or next month? And for how long a time? It is evident, that no general rule can be laid down, by which a precise answer can, in all cases, be given to any of these questions. The difference between his character and yours, between his circumstances and yours, may be such, that you may be perfectly grateful, and justly refuse to lend him a half-penny: and, on the contrary, you may be willing to lend, or even to give him ten times the sum which he lent you, and yet justly be accused of the blackest ingratitude, and of not having fulfilled the hundredth part of the obligation you lie under. As the duties of gratitude, however, are perhaps the most sacred of all those which the beneficent virtues prescribe to us, so the general rules which determine them are, as I said before, the most accurate. Those which ascertain the actions required by friendship, humanity, hospitality, generosity, are still more vague and indeterminate.
The general rules of nearly all virtues—those that define the roles of prudence, charity, generosity, gratitude, and friendship—are often vague and imprecise. They allow for many exceptions and require so many adjustments that it’s hardly possible to guide our behavior solely by following them. The common sayings about prudence, grounded in universal experience, are probably the best general guidance we can have. However, trying to adhere to them too strictly would clearly be the height of absurdity and ridiculousness. Among all the virtues I just mentioned, gratitude has the most precise rules and fewest exceptions. It seems like a straightforward rule that we should repay the services we’ve received with equal or, if possible, greater value. However, upon even a superficial look, this rule appears extremely loose and inaccurate, allowing for countless exceptions. If your benefactor cared for you during your illness, should you care for him during his? Or can you express your gratitude in a different way? If you should care for him, how long should you do so? For the same length of time he cared for you, or longer, and how much longer? If your friend lent you money during your tough times, should you lend him money when he needs it? How much should you lend him? Should you do it now, tomorrow, or next month? And for how long? It's clear that no universal rule can provide a precise answer to any of these questions. The differences in your character and situation compared to his may mean you can be genuinely grateful while justifiably refusing to lend him even a penny. Conversely, you might be willing to lend or even give him ten times the amount he lent you and still be accused of the worst ingratitude and failing to fulfill even a fraction of your obligation. Nonetheless, the duties of gratitude are likely the most sacred among the beneficent virtues we are bound to uphold, and the general rules guiding these duties are, as I mentioned before, the most accurate. In contrast, the rules governing the actions required by friendship, humanity, hospitality, and generosity are even more vague and unclear.
There is, however, one virtue of which the general rules determine with the greatest exactness every external action which it requires. This virtue is justice. The rules of justice are accurate in the highest degree, and admit of no exceptions or modifications, but such as may be ascertained as accurately as the rules themselves, and which generally, indeed, flow from the very same principles with them. If I owe a man ten pounds, justice requires that I should precisely pay him ten pounds, either at the time agreed upon, or when he demands it. What I ought to perform, how much I ought to perform, when and where I 155 ought to perform it, the whole nature and circumstances of the action prescribed, are all of them precisely fixed and determined. Though it may be awkward and pedantic, therefore, to affect too strict an adherence to the common rules of prudence or generosity, there is no pedantry in sticking fast by the rules of justice. On the contrary, the most sacred regard is due to them; and the actions which this virtue requires are never so properly performed, as when the chief motive for performing them is a reverential and religious regard to those general rules which require them. In the practice of the other virtues, our conduct should rather be directed by a certain idea of propriety, by a certain taste for a particular tenor of conduct, than by any regard to a precise maxim or rule; and we should consider the end and foundation of the rule, more than the rule itself. But it is otherwise with regard to justice: the man who in that refines the least, and adheres with the most obstinate steadfastness to the general rules themselves, is the most commendable, and the most to be depended upon. Though the end of the rules of justice be, to hinder us from hurting our neighbour, it may frequently be a crime to violate them, though we could pretend with some pretext of reason, that this particular violation could do no hurt. A man often becomes a villain the moment he begins, even in his own heart, to chicane in this manner. The moment he thinks of departing from the most staunch and positive adherence to what those inviolable precepts prescribe to him, he is no longer to be trusted, and no man can say what degree of guilt he may not arrive at. The thief imagines he does no evil, when he steals from the rich, what he supposes they may easily want, and what possibly they may never even know has been stolen from them. The adulterer imagines he does no evil, when he corrupts the wife of his friend, provided he covers his intrigue from the suspicion of the husband, and does not disturb the peace of the family. When once we begin to give way to such refinements, there is no enormity so gross of which we may not be capable.
There is, however, one virtue that the general rules define with great precision for every external action it demands. This virtue is justice. The rules of justice are extremely accurate and allow for no exceptions or modifications, except those that can be just as precisely determined as the rules themselves, which generally come from the same fundamental principles. If I owe someone ten pounds, justice requires that I pay him exactly ten pounds, either at the agreed time or when he asks for it. What I should do, how much I should do, when and where I should do it, and all the details and circumstances of the action are all clearly fixed and defined. While it may seem awkward and overly formal to strictly follow the common rules of prudence or generosity, there is no such thing as being overly formal when it comes to the rules of justice. On the contrary, these rules deserve our utmost respect; the actions required by this virtue are best performed when the main motivation is a deep and respectful acknowledgment of those general rules. In the practice of other virtues, our actions should be guided more by a sense of appropriateness and a particular taste for a certain type of behavior rather than by strict adherence to a specific rule or maxim; we should focus more on the purpose and rationale behind the rule than on the rule itself. But justice is different: the person who least complicates things and clings most stubbornly to the general rules is the most admirable and trustworthy. Even if the goal of the rules of justice is to prevent us from hurting our neighbor, it can often be a serious wrongdoing to violate them, even if we argue that this specific violation would cause no harm. A person often becomes immoral the moment they start to rationalize in this way. The moment they consider straying from strict adherence to what those unbreakable rules dictate, they can no longer be trusted, and no one can tell what level of wrongdoing they may reach. A thief believes they are doing no wrong when they steal from the wealthy, thinking they can afford it and that they might never even realize something is missing. An adulterer believes they are doing no harm when they seduce their friend's wife, provided they keep their affair hidden from the husband and maintain the family's peace. Once we start to entertain these kinds of justifications, there is no boundary to how morally reprehensible we might become.
The rules of justice may be compared to the rules of grammar; the rules of the other virtues, to the rules which critics lay down for the attainment of what is sublime and elegant in composition. The one, are precise, accurate, and indispensable. The other, are loose, vague, and indeterminate, and present us rather with a general idea of the perfection we ought to aim at, than afford us any certain and infallible directions for acquiring it. A man may learn to write grammatically by rule, with the most absolute infallibility; and so, perhaps, he may be taught to act justly. But there are no rules whose observance will infallibly lead us to the attainment of elegance or sublimity in writing; though there are some which may help us, in some measure, to correct, and ascertain the vague ideas which we might otherwise have entertained of those perfections. And there are no rules by the knowledge of which we can infallibly be taught to act upon all occasions with 156 prudence, with just magnanimity, or proper beneficence: though there are some which may enable us to correct and ascertain, in several respects, the imperfect ideas which we might otherwise have entertained of those virtues—the rules of justice.
The rules of justice can be compared to grammar rules; the rules of other virtues are similar to the guidelines critics suggest for achieving what is sublime and elegant in writing. The former are precise, accurate, and essential. The latter are loose, vague, and unclear, offering us more of a general idea of the perfection we should strive for, rather than providing certain and infallible instructions on how to achieve it. A person can learn to write correctly following grammar rules with complete certainty; similarly, one might be taught to act justly. However, there are no rules that will guarantee our success in achieving elegance or sublimity in writing; although some guidelines might help us refine and clarify the unclear ideas we might otherwise have about those qualities. And there are no rules that will teach us how to act with complete prudence, just magnanimity, or proper beneficence in every situation: yet, there are some that can help us refine and clarify our imperfect understanding of those virtues—the rules of justice.
It may sometimes happen, that with the most serious and earnest desire of acting so as to deserve approbation, we may mistake the proper rules of conduct, and thus be misled by that very principle which ought to direct us. It is in vain to expect, that in this case mankind should entirely approve of our behaviour. They cannot enter into that absurd idea of duty which influenced us, nor go along with any of the actions which follow from it. There is still, however, something respectable in the character and behaviour of one who is thus betrayed into vice, by a wrong sense of duty, or by what is called an erroneous conscience. How fatally soever he maybe misled by it, he is still, with the generous and humane, more the object of commiseration than of hatred or resentment. They lament the weakness of human nature, which exposes us to such unhappy delusions, even while we are most sincerely labouring after perfection, and endeavouring to act according to the best principle which can possibly direct us. False notions of religion are almost the only causes which can occasion any very gross perversion of our natural sentiments in this way; and that principle which gives the greatest authority to the rules of duty, is alone capable of distorting our ideas of them in any considerable degree. In all other cases, common sense is sufficient to direct us, if not to the most exquisite propriety of conduct, yet to something which is not very far from it; and provided we are in earnest desirous to do well, our behaviour will always, upon the whole, be praiseworthy. That to obey the will of the Deity, is the first rule of duty, all men are agreed. But concerning the particular commandments which that will may impose upon us, they differ widely from one another. In this, therefore, the greatest mutual forbearance and toleration is due; and though the defence of society requires that crimes should be punished, from whatever motives they proceed, yet a good man will always punish them with reluctance, when they evidently proceed from false notions of religious duty. He will never feel against those who commit them that indignation which he feels against other criminals, but will rather regret, and sometimes even admire their unfortunate firmness and magnanimity, at the very time that he punishes their crime. In the tragedy of Mahomet, one of the finest of Mr. Voltaire’s, it is well represented, what ought to be our sentiments for crimes which proceed from such motives. In that tragedy, two young people of different sexes, of the most innocent and virtuous dispositions, and without any other weakness except what endears them the more to us, a mutual fondness for one another, are instigated by the strongest motives of a false religion, to commit a horrid murder, that shocks all the principles of human nature. A 157 venerable old man, who had expressed the most tender affection for them both, for whom, notwithstanding he was the avowed enemy of their religion, they had both conceived the highest reverence and esteem, and who was in reality their father, though they did not know him to be such, is pointed out to them as a sacrifice which God had expressly required at their hands, and they are commanded to kill him. While about executing this crime, they are tortured with all the agonies which can arise from the struggle between the idea of the indispensableness of religious duty on the one side, and compassion, gratitude, reverence for the age, and love for the humanity and virtue of the person whom they are going to destroy, on the other. The representation of this exhibits one of the most interesting, and perhaps the most instructive spectacle that was ever introduced upon any theatre. The sense of duty, however, at last prevails over all the amiable weaknesses of human nature. They execute the crime imposed upon them; but immediately discover their error, and the fraud which had deceived them, and are distracted with horror, remorse, and resentment. Such as are our sentiments for the unhappy Seid and Palmira, such ought we to feel for every person who is in this manner misled by religion, when we are sure that it is really religion which misleads him, and not the pretence of it, which is made too often a cover to some of the worst of human passions.
Sometimes, despite our sincere and earnest desire to act in a way that earns approval, we can misunderstand the right way to behave and be misled by the very principle that should guide us. It's pointless to expect that people will fully approve of our actions in such cases. They can't grasp the misguided sense of duty that drives us, nor can they align with the actions that result from it. However, there is still something respectable about someone who is led astray by a misunderstanding of duty or what’s called a misguided conscience. No matter how disastrously they are misled, they evoke more compassion than hatred or resentment from the kind-hearted. People lament the weaknesses of human nature, which expose us to such unfortunate delusions, even when we are genuinely striving for perfection and trying to follow the best guiding principles available. False ideas about religion are often the main causes that lead to significant distortions in our natural sentiments. The principle that gives the strongest weight to the rules of duty is the only one capable of significantly skewing our understanding of them. In all other situations, common sense is enough to guide us, even if it doesn't lead to the highest standard of behavior; as long as we genuinely want to do well, our overall conduct will be commendable. Everyone agrees that obeying the will of God is the first rule of duty. However, there is a wide disparity of opinions regarding the specific commandments that this will may impose on us. Therefore, the greatest mutual tolerance and understanding are necessary here, and while society requires that crimes be punished, regardless of their motivations, a good person will always approach punishment with reluctance when the offenses clearly stem from misguided notions of religious duty. They won't feel the same indignation towards those who commit such crimes as they do for other criminals; instead, they will feel regret and, at times, even admiration for their unfortunate courage and nobility at the moment they impose punishment. In Voltaire’s tragedy "Mahomet," it is poignantly illustrated what our feelings should be towards crimes driven by such motives. In this play, two innocent and virtuous young people, bonded by a sincere affection for one another, are driven by misguided religious beliefs to commit a shocking murder that violates all principles of human nature. An esteemed old man, who cares deeply for them both and whom, although he openly opposes their religion, they hold in the highest regard and esteem—who is actually their father, though they do not know it—is pointed out to them as a sacrifice that God is said to have commanded them to make, and they are instructed to kill him. As they prepare to commit this crime, they suffer the torment of a profound conflict between the perceived necessity of religious duty and their compassion, gratitude, respect for age, and love for the humanity and goodness of the person they are about to destroy. This portrayal offers one of the most compelling, and perhaps the most educational spectacles ever staged. Ultimately, however, the sense of duty wins over all the endearing weaknesses of human nature. They carry out the crime imposed upon them, but then immediately realize their mistake and the deception that led them there, leaving them consumed by horror, guilt, and anger. Our feelings for the unfortunate Seid and Palmira should reflect our feelings for anyone misled by religion in this way, provided we are certain it is truly religion that misleads them, and not the misuse of it, which often serves as a cover for some of humanity's worst passions.
As a person may act wrong by following a wrong sense of duty, so nature may sometimes prevail, and lead him to act right in opposition to it. We cannot in this case be displeased to see that motive prevail, which we think ought to prevail though the person himself is so weak as to think otherwise. As his conduct, however, is the effect of weakness, not principle, we are far from bestowing upon it any thing that approaches to complete approbation. A bigoted Roman Catholic, who, during the massacre of St. Bartholomew, had been so overcome by compassion, as to save some unhappy Protestants, whom he thought it his duty to destroy, would not seem to be entitled to that high applause which we should have bestowed upon him, had he exerted the same generosity with complete self-approbation. We might be pleased with the humanity of his temper, but we should still regard him with a sort of pity which is altogether inconsistent with the admiration that is due to perfect virtue. It is the same case with all the other passions. We do not dislike to see them exert themselves properly, even when a false notion of duty would direct the person to restrain them. A very devout Quaker, who upon being struck upon one cheek, instead of turning up the other, should so far forget his literal interpretation of our Saviour’s precept, as to bestow some good discipline upon the brute that insulted him, would not be disagreeable to us. We should laugh and be diverted with his spirit, and rather like him the better for it. But we should by no means regard him with that respect and esteem which would seem due to one 158 who, upon a like occasion, had acted properly from a just sense of what was proper to be done. No action can properly be called virtuous, which is not accompanied with the sentiment of self-approbation.
As someone might do the wrong thing by following a misguided sense of duty, nature can sometimes take charge and lead them to act correctly, despite that. In this situation, we can’t be upset that the positive motive prevails, even if the person themselves is too weak to see it. However, since their actions stem from weakness rather than principle, we don't fully approve of what they did. A committed Roman Catholic who, during the St. Bartholomew's Day massacre, was moved by compassion to save some unfortunate Protestants—whom he believed it was his duty to kill—wouldn't deserve the same high praise we would give if he had shown that generosity with complete self-approval. While we might admire his humane nature, we'd still pity him in a way that doesn't fit the admiration due to true virtue. The same applies to all other emotions. We don't mind seeing them expressed correctly, even when a mistaken sense of duty might lead someone to hold them back. A very devout Quaker who, when struck on one cheek, forgets the literal interpretation of our Savior’s teaching and retaliates against the attacker wouldn't bother us. We’d find his spirited response amusing and actually like him more for it. But we wouldn’t regard him with the same respect and esteem that would go to someone who had acted rightly based on a genuine understanding of what was proper to do in that situation. No action can rightly be called virtuous unless it comes with a sense of self-approval.
Part Ⅳ. Of the Effect of Utility upon the Sentiment of Approbation.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.— Of the Beauty which the Appearance of Utility bestows upon all the Productions of Art, and of the extensive Influence of this Species of Beauty.
THAT utility is one of the principal sources of beauty has been observed by every body, who has considered with any attention what constitutes the nature of beauty. The conveniency of a house gives pleasure to the spectator as well as its regularity, and he is as much hurt when he observes the contrary defect, as when he sees the correspondent windows of different forms, or the door not placed exactly in the middle of the building. That the fitness of any system or machine to produce the end for which it was intended, bestows a certain propriety and beauty upon the whole, and renders the very thought and contemplation of it agreeable, is so obvious that nobody has over-looked it.
THat utility is one of the main sources of beauty, and it's something everyone who has thought about what beauty really is has noticed. The practicality of a house brings joy to the viewer just as much as its symmetry does, and they feel just as bothered by a lack of these qualities as they do when they see windows of different shapes or a door that isn’t centered. It's clear that the effectiveness of any system or machine in achieving its intended purpose adds a certain appropriateness and beauty to the whole, making the very thought of it pleasing; this is something no one has missed.
The cause too, why utility pleases, has of late been assigned by an ingenious and agreeable philosopher, who joins the greatest depth of thought to the greatest elegance of expression, and possesses the singular and happy talent of treating the abstrusest subjects not only with the most perfect perspicuity, but with the most lively eloquence. The utility of any object, according to him, pleases the master by perpetually suggesting to him the pleasure or conveniency which it is fitted to promote. Every time he looks at it, he is put in mind of this pleasure; and the object in this manner becomes a source of perpetual satisfaction and enjoyment. The spectator enters by sympathy into the sentiments of the master, and necessarily views the object under the same agreeable aspect. When we visit the palaces of the great, we cannot help conceiving the satisfaction we should enjoy if we ourselves were the masters, and were possessed of so much artful and ingeniously contrived accommodation. A similar account is given why the appearance of inconveniency should render any object disagreeable both to the owner and to the spectator.
The reason why we find utility enjoyable has recently been explained by a clever and engaging philosopher, who combines deep thinking with elegant expression. He has the unique talent of discussing complex topics with both clarity and lively eloquence. According to him, the usefulness of an object pleases the owner by constantly reminding them of the joy or convenience it provides. Every time they see it, they're reminded of this pleasure, and the object thus becomes a continuous source of satisfaction and enjoyment. The observer empathizes with the owner’s feelings and naturally sees the object in the same positive light. When we visit the homes of the wealthy, we can’t help but imagine the joy we would feel if we were the owners, enjoying such skillfully designed comforts. A similar explanation is given for why something that seems inconvenient can make an object unappealing to both the owner and the observer.
But that this fitness, this happy contrivance of any production of art, should often be more valued, than the very end for which it was intended; and that the exact adjustment of the means for attaining any conveniency or pleasure, should frequently be more regarded, than that very conveniency or pleasure, in the attainment of which their whole merit would seem to consist, has not, so far as I know, been yet taken 159 notice of by any body. That this, however, is very frequently the case, may be observed in a thousand instances, both in the most frivolous and in the most important concerns of human life.
But the fact that this fitness, this clever arrangement in any piece of art, is often valued more than the actual purpose for which it was created; and that the precise setup of the means to achieve any convenience or pleasure is frequently given more attention than the convenience or pleasure itself, which is where the true value lies, has not, as far as I know, been noticed by anyone. However, this is often the case, and it can be seen in countless examples, in both trivial and significant aspects of human life. 159
When a person comes into his chamber, and finds the chairs all standing in the middle of the room, he is angry with his servant, and rather than see them continue in that disorder, perhaps takes the trouble himself to set them all in their places with their backs to the wall. The whole propriety of this new situation arises from its superior conveniency in leaving the floor free and disengaged. To attain this conveniency he voluntarily puts himself to more trouble than all he could have suffered from the want of it; since nothing was more easy, than to have set himself down upon one of them, which is probably what he does when his labour is over. What he wanted, therefore, it seems, was not so much this conveniency, as that arrangement of things which promotes it. Yet it is this conveniency alone which may ultimately recommend that arrangement, and bestows upon it the whole of its propriety and beauty.
When someone walks into their room and sees all the chairs in the middle of the space, they get frustrated with their servant. Rather than leave things in that mess, they might take the time to rearrange everything, pushing the chairs against the wall. The reason this new setup makes sense is that it keeps the floor clear and open. To achieve this convenience, they willingly go through more effort than they would have faced if they just left things as they were, since it would have been much easier to sit in one of the chairs, which they likely do once they're done. So, what they really wanted wasn’t just the convenience itself, but the arrangement of things that enables it. However, it's this convenience that ultimately makes that arrangement worthwhile and gives it its sense of order and attractiveness.
A watch, in the same manner, that falls behind above two minutes in a day, is despised by one curious in watches. He sells it perhaps for a couple of guineas, and purchases another at fifty, which will not lose above a minute in a fortnight. The sole use of watches, however, is to tell us what o’clock it is, and to hinder us from breaking any engagement, or suffering any other inconveniency by our ignorance in that particular point. But the person so nice with regard to this machine, will not always be found either more scrupulously punctual than other men, or more anxiously concerned upon any other account, to know precisely what time of day it is. What interests him is not so much the attainment of this piece of knowledge, as the perfection of the machine which enables him to attain it.
A watch that loses more than two minutes a day is looked down upon by those who are particular about watches. They might sell it for a couple of guineas and buy another that costs fifty, one that won’t lose more than a minute in two weeks. The main purpose of watches, though, is simply to tell us the time and to help us avoid missing appointments or facing other inconveniences due to our lack of awareness in that area. However, the person who is so particular about this device is not always more punctual than others or more concerned about knowing exactly what time it is. What really matters to them isn’t just knowing the time, but the perfection of the device that allows them to know it.
How many people ruin themselves by laying out money on trinkets of frivolous utility? What pleases these lovers of toys is not so much the utility, as the aptness of the machines which are fitted to promote it. All their pockets are stuffed with little conveniences. They contrive new pockets, unknown in the clothes of other people, in order to carry a greater number. They walk about loaded with a multitude of baubles, in weight and sometimes in value not inferior to an ordinary Jew’s-box, some of which may sometimes be of some little use, but all of which might at all times be very well spared, and of which the whole utility is not worth the fatigue of bearing the burden.
How many people destroy themselves by spending money on useless little gadgets? What these toy lovers enjoy isn’t really the usefulness but rather the cleverness of the gadgets that are designed to help. Their pockets are stuffed with all sorts of little conveniences. They even create new pockets, unlike anything other people wear, to carry even more. They walk around weighed down by a bunch of trinkets, which in weight and sometimes value can rival an average jewelry box. Some of these items might be slightly useful, but all of them could easily be left behind, and the overall usefulness doesn’t justify the effort of carrying them around.
Nor is it only with regard to such frivolous objects that our conduct is influenced by this principle; it is often the secret motive of the most serious and important pursuits of both private and public life.
Nor is it just with trivial things that our behavior is affected by this principle; it often serves as the hidden motivation behind the most serious and significant endeavors in both personal and public life.
The poor man’s son, whom Heaven in its anger has visited with ambition, when he begins to look around him, admires the condition of the rich. He finds the cottage of his father too small for his 160 accommodation, and fancies he should be lodged more at his ease in a palace. He is displeased with being obliged to walk a-foot, or to endure the fatigue of riding on horseback. He sees his superiors carried about in machines, and imagines that in one of these he could travel with less inconveniency. He feels himself naturally indolent, and willing to serve himself with his own hands as little as possible; and judges, that a numerous retinue of servants would save him from a great deal of trouble. He thinks if he had attained all these, he would sit still contentedly, and be quiet, enjoying himself in the thought of the happiness and tranquillity of his situation. He is enchanted with the distant idea of this felicity. It appears in his fancy like the life of some superior rank of beings, and, in order to arrive at it, he devotes himself for ever to the pursuit of wealth and greatness. To obtain the conveniences which these afford, he submits in the first year, nay, in the first month of his application, to more fatigue of body and more uneasiness of mind than he could have suffered through the whole of his life from the want of them. He studies to distinguish himself in some laborious profession. With the most unrelenting industry he labours night and day to acquire talents superior to all his competitors. He endeavours next to bring those talents into public view, and with equal assiduity solicits every opportunity of employment. For this purpose he makes his court to all mankind; he serves those whom he hates, and is obsequious to those whom he despises. Through the whole of his life he pursues the idea of a certain artificial and elegant repose which he may never arrive at, for which he sacrifices a real tranquillity that is at all times in his power, and which, if in the extremity of old age he should at last attain to it, he will find to be in no respect preferable to that humble security and contentment which he had abandoned for it. It is then, in the last dregs of life, his body wasted with toil and diseases, his mind galled and ruffled by the memory of a thousand injuries and disappointments which he imagines he has met with from the injustice of his enemies, or from the perfidy and ingratitude of his friends, that he begins at last to find that wealth and greatness are mere trinkets of frivolous utility, no more adapted for procuring ease of body or tranquillity of mind than the tweezer-cases of the lover of toys; and, like them too, more troublesome to the person who carries them about with him than all the advantages they can afford him are commodious. There is no other real difference between them, except that the conveniences of the one are somewhat more observable than those of the other. The palaces, the gardens, the equipage, the retinue of the great, are objects of which the obvious conveniency strikes every body. They do not require that their masters should point out to us wherein consists their utility. Of our own accord we readily enter into it, and by sympathy enjoy and thereby applaud the satisfaction which they are fitted to afford him. But the 161 curiosity of a tooth-pick, of an ear-picker, of a machine for cutting the nails, or of any other trinket of the same kind, is not so obvious. Their conveniency may perhaps be equally great, but it is not so striking, and we do not so readily enter into the satisfaction of the man who possesses them. They are therefore less reasonable subjects of vanity than the magnificence of wealth and greatness; and in this consists the sole advantage of these last. They more effectually gratify that love of distinction so natural to man. To one who was to live alone in a desolate island it might be a matter of doubt, perhaps, whether a palace, or a collection of such small conveniencies as are commonly contained in a tweezer-case, would contribute most to his happiness and enjoyment. If he is to live in society, indeed, there can be no comparison, because in this, as in all other cases, we constantly pay more regard to the sentiments of the spectator, than to those of the person principally concerned, and consider rather how his situation will appear to other people, than how it will appear to himself. If we examine, however, why the spectator distinguishes with such admiration the condition of the rich and the great, we shall find that is is not so much upon account of the superior ease or pleasure which they are supposed to enjoy, as of the numberless artificial and elegant contrivances for promoting this ease or pleasure. He does not even imagine that they are really happier than other people: but he imagines that they possess more means of happiness. And it is the ingenious and artful adjustment of those means to the end for which they were intended, that is the principal source of his admiration. But in the languor of disease and the weariness of old age, the pleasures of the vain and empty distinctions of greatness disappear. To one, in this situation, they are no longer capable of recommending those toilsome pursuits in which they had formerly engaged him. In his heart he curses ambition, and vainly regrets the ease and the indolence of youth, pleasures which are fled for ever, and which he has foolishly sacrificed for what, when he has got it, can afford him no real satisfaction. In this miserable aspect does greatness appear to every man when reduced either by spleen or disease to observe with attention his own situation, and to consider what it is that is really wanting to his happiness. Power and riches appear then to be, what they are, enormous and operose machines contrived to produce a few trifling conveniencies to the body, consisting of springs the most nice and delicate, which must be kept in order with the most anxious attention, and which in spite of all our care are ready every moment to burst into pieces, and to crush in their ruins their unfortunate possessor. They are immense fabrics, which it requires the labour of a life to raise, which threaten every moment to overwhelm the person that dwells in them, and which while they stand, though they may save him from some smaller inconveniencies, can protect him from none of the severer 162 inclemencies of the season. They keep off the summer shower, not the winter storm, but leave him always as much, and sometimes more, exposed than before, to anxiety, to fear, and to sorrow; to diseases, to danger, and to death.
The poor man’s son, whom fate has cursed with ambition, when he starts to look around him, admires the lifestyle of the rich. He sees his father's cottage as too small for his comfort and imagines that he would be more at ease in a palace. He is annoyed at having to walk or endure the discomfort of riding on horseback. He observes his betters being carried around in carriages and thinks that he could travel more comfortably in one of those. He feels naturally lazy and would prefer not to work with his own hands; he believes that having many servants would save him from a lot of inconvenience. He thinks if he achieves all of this, he would be able to sit back contentedly, enjoying the happiness and calm of his situation. He is enchanted by the distant idea of this happiness. It appears to him like the life of a superior being, and to reach it, he dedicates himself endlessly to the pursuit of wealth and greatness. To obtain the comforts these bring, he submits, in the first year, even in the first month of his efforts, to more physical exhaustion and mental stress than he could have suffered his entire life without them. He strives to stand out in some demanding profession. With relentless determination, he works day and night to acquire talents that surpass all his competitors. He then seeks to showcase those talents publicly and diligently looks for every opportunity for employment. For this purpose, he ingratiates himself with everyone; he serves those he dislikes and is subservient to those he looks down on. Throughout his life, he chases the idea of a certain artificial and elegant peace that he may never achieve, sacrificing a real tranquility that is always within his grasp. If, in the extreme old age, he finally attains it, he will find it in no way preferable to the humble security and contentment he discarded for it. It is then, in the final days of life, his body worn out from toil and ailments, his mind troubled by memories of countless wrongs and disappointments he imagines he has faced from his enemies' injustice or his friends' betrayal and ingratitude, that he starts to realize that wealth and greatness are just superficial trinkets offering little real comfort, not suited for achieving physical ease or mental tranquility any more than the trinkets of a toy lover; and like them, they prove more burdensome to carry than they are useful. The only real difference between them is that the conveniences of one are somewhat more noticeable than those of the other. The palaces, gardens, fancy cars, and entourage of the wealthy are obvious sources of convenience that impress everyone. They don’t need their owners to explain their utility. We instinctively appreciate them and share in the enjoyment they provide. However, the usefulness of a toothpick, ear cleaner, nail cutter, or any similar trinket is not so clear. Their utility may be equally significant, but it isn't as striking, and we don’t readily understand the satisfaction of the person who owns them. This makes them less reasonable subjects for vanity than the grandeur of wealth and greatness; this is the main advantage of the latter. They better satisfy the human desire for distinction. To someone who might live alone on a deserted island, it might be uncertain whether a palace or a collection of small conveniences typical of a grooming kit would bring more happiness. However, in society, there's no contest, because in this, as in all other situations, we consistently pay more attention to how others perceive us than how we feel ourselves, focusing more on how our situation looks to others rather than to ourselves. If we examine why observers admire the condition of the rich and the powerful, we find it is not so much because they believe they enjoy superior ease or pleasure, but because of the countless artificial and elegant ways to promote this ease or pleasure. They don’t even think that the rich are truly happier, but they believe they have more means of happiness. The clever and artful arrangement of those means towards their intended purpose is what sparks the most admiration. Yet in the torpor of sickness and the weariness of old age, the pleasures of the hollow and superficial distinctions of greatness fade away. For someone in this state, they no longer hold the appeal of the hard-fought struggles that once engaged him. In his heart, he curses ambition and foolishly longs for the ease and laziness of youth, pleasures that are lost forever, sacrificed for what, once achieved, offers no real satisfaction. In this miserable light, greatness appears to anyone reduced by misery or illness to carefully consider his own situation and to think about what he truly needs for his happiness. Power and wealth then seem to be, as they are, huge and cumbersome machines designed to produce a few trivial comforts for the body, consisting of the most delicate springs that demand constant care and which, despite all our efforts, are liable to collapse at any moment and crush their unfortunate owner. They are immense structures that take a lifetime to build, threatening to crush the person living within them at any moment, and while they may shield him from some minor inconveniences, they can’t protect him from the more serious difficulties of life. They may keep off the summer rain, not the winter storm, but leave him just as exposed, and sometimes even more so, to worry, fear, and sorrow; to diseases, dangers, and death.
But though this splenetic philosophy, which in time of sickness or low spirits is familiar to every man, thus entirely depreciates those great objects of human desire, when in better health and in better humour, we never fail to regard them under a more agreeable aspect. Our imagination, which in pain and sorrow seems to be confined and cooped up within our own persons, in times of ease and prosperity expands itself to every thing around us. We are then charmed with the beauty of that accommodation which reigns in the palaces and œconomy of the great: and admire how every thing is adapted to promote their ease, to prevent their wants, to gratify their wishes, and to amuse and entertain their most frivolous desires. If we consider the real satisfaction which all these things are capable of affording, by itself and separated from the beauty of that arrangement which is fitted to promote it, it will always appear in the highest degree contemptible and trifling. But we rarely view it in this abstract and philosophical light. We naturally confound it in our imagination with the order, the regular and harmonious movement of the system, the machine or œconomy by means of which it is produced. The pleasures of wealth and greatness, when considered in this complex view, strike the imagination as something grand and beautiful and noble, of which the attainment is well worth all the toil and anxiety which we are so apt to bestow upon it.
But even though this cynical perspective, which we all recognize during times of illness or sadness, completely diminishes those big things we desire, when we're feeling better and in a good mood, we always see them in a more positive light. Our imagination, which feels trapped and limited when we're in pain or sorrow, expands to everything around us during times of comfort and happiness. We then find delight in the beauty of the elegance that exists in the homes and lifestyles of the wealthy: and we admire how everything is designed to enhance their comfort, meet their needs, satisfy their wishes, and entertain their most trivial desires. If we think about the actual satisfaction these things can provide, apart from the beauty of the arrangement that makes it possible, it often seems quite worthless and insignificant. But we rarely see it this way, in an abstract or philosophical sense. We tend to mix it up in our minds with the order and harmonious operation of the system, the machinery or economy that brings it to life. The pleasures of wealth and status, when looked at through this complex lens, strike us as something grand and beautiful and noble, making all the effort and worry we put into achieving them seem worth it.
And it is well that nature imposes upon us in this manner. It is this deception which rouses and keeps in continual motion the industry of mankind. It is this which first prompted them to cultivate the ground, to build houses, to found cities and commonwealths, and to invent and improve all the sciences and arts, which ennoble and embellish human life; which have entirely changed the whole face of the globe, have turned the rude forests of nature into agreeable and fertile plains, and made the trackless and barren ocean a new fund of subsistence, and the great high road of communication to the different nations of the earth. The earth by these labours of mankind has been obliged to redouble her natural fertility, and to maintain a greater multitude of inhabitants. It is to no purpose, that the proud and unfeeling landlord views his extensive fields, and without a thought for the wants of his brethren, in imagination consumes himself the whole harvest that grows upon them. The homely and vulgar proverb, that the eye is larger than the belly, never was more fully verified than with regard to him. The capacity of his stomach bears no proportion to the immensity of his desires, and will receive no more than that of the meanest peasant. The rest he is obliged to distribute among those, 163 who prepare, in the nicest manner, that little which he himself makes use of, among those who fit up the palace in which this little is to be consumed, among those who provide and keep in order all the different baubles and trinkets which are employed in the œconomy of greatness; all of whom thus derive from his luxury and caprice, that share of the necessaries of life, which they would in vain have expected from his humanity or his justice. The produce of the soil maintains at all times nearly that number of inhabitants which it is capable of maintaining. The rich only select from the heap what is most precious and agreeable. They consume little more than the poor, and in spite of their natural selfishness and rapacity, though they mean only their own conveniency, though the sole end which they propose from the labours of all the thousands whom they employ, be the gratification of their own vain and insatiable desires, they divide with the poor the produce of all their improvements. They are led by an invisible hand to make nearly the same distribution of the necessaries of life, which would have been made, had the earth been divided into equal portions among all its inhabitants, and thus without intending it, without knowing it, advance the interest of the society, and afford means to the multiplication of the species. When Providence divided the earth among a few lordly masters, it neither forgot nor abandoned those who seemed to have been left out in the partition. These last, too, enjoy their share of all that it produces. In what constitutes the real happiness of human life, they are in no respect inferior to those who would seem so much above them. In ease of the body and peace of the mind, all the different ranks of life are nearly upon a level, and the beggar, who suns himself by the side of the highway, possesses that security which kings are fighting for.
And it's good that nature imposes limitations on us like this. This trickery is what sparks and keeps the hustle of humanity going. It's what first inspired people to farm the land, build homes, establish cities and communities, and create and refine all the sciences and arts that enrich and enhance human life. These advancements have transformed the entire face of the world, turning wild forests into pleasant and fertile plains, and converting the vast and desolate ocean into a new source of sustenance and a major highway for communication between different nations. Because of these efforts by humanity, the earth has had to increase its natural fertility, supporting a larger population. It doesn’t matter that the proud and uncaring landlord looks over his vast fields and selfishly imagines consuming all the harvest without considering the needs of others. The old saying, "the eye is bigger than the stomach," has never been truer than in his case. His appetite is far larger than what he can actually eat, and he can only consume as much as the humblest peasant can. The rest he must share with those who carefully prepare the little he does use, those who furnish the palace where that little is consumed, and those who maintain all the various luxuries and trinkets involved in living large. All of these individuals receive a portion of the necessities of life from his indulgence and whims, which they would not have received if they relied on his kindness or fairness. The output of the land consistently supports nearly the number of people it can sustain. The wealthy only choose the most valuable and desirable items from what’s available. They don’t consume much more than the poor, and despite their natural selfishness and greed, even though they are primarily focused on their own convenience and aim to satisfy their endless desires through the labor of thousands, they end up sharing the fruits of their prosperity with the less fortunate. They are guided by an unseen hand to distribute life’s necessities almost the same way it would have been done had the earth been evenly shared among all its inhabitants, thus unintentionally, and without realizing it, benefitting society and enabling population growth. When Providence divided the earth among a few powerful landowners, it didn’t forget or forsake those who seemed excluded from this division. Those left out also enjoy a share of everything it produces. In terms of true happiness in life, they are in no way inferior to those who seem to be above them. When it comes to physical comfort and mental peace, people from all walks of life are fairly equal, and the beggar sunbathing by the roadside has a security that kings are fighting to achieve.
The same principle, the same love of system, the same regard to the beauty of order, of art and contrivance, frequently serves to recommend those institutions which tend to promote the public welfare. When a patriot exerts himself for the improvement of any part of the public police, his conduct does not always arise from pure sympathy with the happiness of those who are to reap the benefit of it. It is not commonly from a fellow-feeling with carriers and waggoners that a public-spirited man encourages the mending of high roads. When the legislature establishes premiums and other encouragements to advance the linen or woollen manufactures, its conduct seldom proceeds from pure sympathy with the wearer of cheap or fine cloth, and much less from that with the manufacturer or merchant. The perfection of police, the extension of trade and manufactures, are noble and magnificent objects. The contemplation of them pleases us, and we are interested in whatever can tend to advance them. They make part of the great system of government, and the wheels of the political machine seem to move with more harmony and ease by means of them. We 164 take pleasure in beholding the perfection of so beautiful and grand a system, and we are uneasy till we remove any obstruction that can in the least disturb or encumber the regularity of its motions. All constitutions of government, however, are valued only in proportion as they tend to promote the happiness of those who live under them. This is their sole use and end. From a certain spirit of system, however, from a certain love of art and contrivance, we sometimes seem to value the means more than the end, and to be eager to promote the happiness of our fellow-creatures, rather from a view to perfect and improve a certain beautiful and orderly system, than from any immediate sense or feeling of what they either suffer or enjoy. There have been men of the greatest public spirit, who have shown themselves in other respects not very sensible to the feelings of humanity. And on the contrary, there have been men of the greatest humanity, who seem to have been entirely devoid of public spirit. Every man may find in the circle of his acquaintance instances both of the one kind and the other. Who had ever less humanity, or more public spirit, than the celebrated legislator of Muscovy? The social and well-natured James the First of Great Britain seems, on the contrary, to have had scarce any passion, either for the glory or the interest of his country. Would you awaken the industry of the man who seems almost dead to ambition, it will often be to no purpose to describe to him the happiness of the rich and the great; to tell him that they are generally sheltered from the sun and the rain, that they are seldom hungry, that they are seldom cold, and that they are rarely exposed to weariness, or to want of any kind. The most eloquent exhortation of this kind will have little effect upon him. If you would hope to succeed, you must describe to him the conveniency and arrangement of the different apartments in their palaces; you must explain to him the propriety of their equipages, and point out to him the number, the order, and the different offices of all their attendants. If any thing is capable of making impression upon him, this will. Yet all these things tend only to keep off the sun and the rain, and save them from hunger and cold, from want and weariness. In the same manner, if you would implant public virtue in the breast of him who seems heedless of the interest of his country, it will often be to no purpose to tell him, what superior advantages the subjects of a well-governed state enjoy; that they are better lodged, that they are better clothed, that they are better fed. These considerations will commonly make no great impression. You will be more likely to persuade, if you describe the great system of public police which procures these advantages, if you explain the connexions and dependencies of its several parts, their mutual subordination to one another, and their general subserviency to the happiness of the society; if you show how this system might be introduced into his own country, what it is that hinders it from taking place there at present, how those 165 obstructions might be removed, and all the several wheels of the machine of government be made to move with more harmony and smoothness, without grating upon one another, or mutually retarding one another’s motions. It is scarce possible that a man should listen to a discourse of this kind, and not feel himself animated to some degree of public spirit. He will, at least for a moment, feel some desire to remove those obstructions, and to put into motion so beautiful and so orderly a machine. Nothing tends so much to promote public spirit as the study of politics, of the several systems of civil government, their advantages and disadvantages, of the constitution of our own country, its situation, and interest with regard to foreign nations, its commerce, its defence, the disadvantages it labours under, the dangers to which it may be exposed, how to remove the one, and how to guard against the other. Upon this account political disquisition, if just and reasonable and practicable, are of all the works of speculation the most useful. Even the weakest and the worst of them are not altogether without their utility. They serve at least to animate the public passions of men, and rouse them to seek out the means of promoting the happiness of the society.
The same principle, the same appreciation for systems, and the same respect for the beauty of order, art, and design often help promote institutions that benefit the public good. When a patriot works to improve any part of public administration, their actions don't always stem from genuine concern for the happiness of those who will benefit. Public-spirited individuals don’t usually encourage the fixing of roads out of sympathy for carriers and wagon drivers. When lawmakers offer incentives to boost the linen or wool industries, their motivations rarely come from pure empathy for the people wearing cheap or high-quality cloth, and even less for the manufacturers or merchants. The perfecting of public order and the expansion of trade and industry are truly noble goals. They captivate us, and we care about anything that can help advance them. They are part of the grand system of governance, and these mechanisms seem to run more smoothly and harmoniously because of them. We 164 take joy in witnessing the perfection of such a beautiful and grand system, and we feel uneasy until we remove any obstacles that disrupt its regular functions. However, all government forms are valued only to the extent that they promote the happiness of those living under them. This is their only purpose. Yet, driven by a certain love for structure, we sometimes value the means over the end and seem eager to enhance the happiness of others, more out of a desire to perfect and improve a beautiful and orderly system than from any immediate awareness of their suffering or enjoyment. There have been people with immense public spirit who were often not very aware of the feelings of others. Conversely, there have also been highly compassionate individuals who seemed entirely lacking in public spirit. Everyone can find examples of both kinds among their acquaintances. Who had less compassion or more public spirit than the famous legislator of Muscovy? The sociable and kind James the First of Great Britain, on the other hand, seemed to have little passion for his country's glory or interests. If you want to inspire ambition in someone who seems almost indifferent to it, talking about the happiness of the wealthy and powerful often will not help; telling him they are generally sheltered from the elements, rarely hungry or cold, and seldom facing hardship usually has little impact. If you hope to succeed, you need to describe the comfort and layout of their palaces; explain the elegance of their carriages and highlight the number, organization, and roles of their servants. If anything will resonate with him, this will. Yet all these things merely protect them from the sun and rain and save them from hunger and cold, from need and exhaustion. Similarly, if you want to instill a sense of public virtue in someone who seems to disregard their country's interests, it often won't help to point out the superior benefits enjoyed by citizens of a well-governed state, like better housing, clothing, and food. Such considerations usually leave little impression. You'll be more persuasive if you illustrate the grand system of public administration that creates these benefits, explaining how its various parts are connected and depend on each other, how they all serve the happiness of society together; show how this system could be introduced into his own country, what currently prevents it from happening, how to eliminate those obstacles, and how to ensure the different parts of government work together smoothly without impeding each other's operations. It's hard not to feel inspired by discussions of this nature, even if just for a moment, and desire to remove those barriers and set into motion such a beautiful and orderly mechanism. Nothing promotes public spirit like studying politics, various civil government systems, their pros and cons, our own constitution, its situation and interests regarding other nations, its trade, defense, and the challenges it faces, as well as ways to overcome those challenges and protect against threats. For this reason, political discussions, if they are well-founded, reasonable, and feasible, are among the most beneficial of speculative endeavors. Even the weakest and worst of them hold some value, at least by stirring the public's passions and motivating them to find means to enhance society's happiness.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the Beauty which the Appearance of Utility bestows upon the Characters and the Actions of Men; and how far the Perception of this Beauty may be regarded as one of the original Principles of Approbation.
THE characters of men, as well as the contrivances of art, or the institutions of civil government, may be fitted either to promote or to disturb the happiness both of the individual and of the society. The prudent, the equitable, the active, resolute, and sober character promises prosperity and satisfaction, both to the person himself and to every one connected with him. The rash, the insolent, the slothful, effeminate, and voluptuous, on the contrary, forebodes ruin to the individual, and misfortune to all who have any thing to do with him. The first turn of mind has at least all the beauty which can belong to the most perfect machine that was ever invented for promoting the most agreeable purpose: and the second, all the deformity of the most awkward and clumsy contrivance. What institution of government could tend so much to promote the happiness of mankind as the general prevalence of wisdom and virtue? All government is but an imperfect remedy for the deficiency of these. Whatever beauty, therefore, can belong to civil government upon account of its utility, must in a far superior degree belong to these. On the contrary, what civil policy can be so ruinous and destructive as the vices of men? The fatal effects of bad government arise from nothing, but that it does not 166 sufficiently guard against the mischiefs which human wickedness so often gives occasion to.
THE character of individuals, as well as the methods of art and the systems of civil government, can either enhance or disrupt the happiness of both the individual and society. A wise, fair, active, determined, and sensible character leads to success and contentment for both the person and those around them. On the other hand, a reckless, arrogant, lazy, weak, and indulgent character predicts disaster for the individual and misfortune for anyone associated with them. The first mindset has at least all the appeal of the best machine designed for the most pleasing purpose, while the second embodies all the flaws of the most awkward and clumsy invention. What type of government could better promote humanity's happiness than the widespread presence of wisdom and virtue? All government is just an imperfect solution for the lack of these qualities. Therefore, any beauty associated with civil government due to its usefulness must be far surpassed by that of wisdom and virtue. Conversely, what civil policy can be more harmful and destructive than human vices? The disastrous consequences of poor governance stem from its failure to adequately protect against the harm that human wickedness frequently causes.
This beauty and deformity which characters appear to derive from their usefulness or inconveniency, are apt to strike, in a peculiar manner, those who consider, in an abstract and philosophical light, the actions and conduct of mankind. When a philosopher goes to examine why humanity is approved of, or cruelty condemned, he does not always form to himself, in a very clear and distinct manner, the conception of any one particular action either of cruelty or of humanity, but is commonly contented with the vague and indeterminate idea which the general names of those qualities suggest to him. But it is in particular instances only that the propriety or impropriety, the merit or demerit of actions is very obvious and discernible. It is only when particular examples are given that we perceive distinctly either the concord or disagreement between our two affections and those of the agent, or feel a social gratitude arise towards him in the one case, or a sympathetic resentment in the other. When we consider virtue and vice in an abstract and general manner, the qualities by which they excite these several sentiments seem in a great measure to disappear, and the sentiments themselves become less obvious and discernible. On the contrary, the happy effects of the one and the fatal consequences of the other seem then to rise up to the view, and as it were to stand out and distinguish themselves from all the other qualities of either.
This beauty and deformity that characters seem to derive from their usefulness or drawbacks tends to impact those who view human actions and behaviors in a more abstract, philosophical way. When a philosopher looks into why humanity is praised or cruelty condemned, they don't always have a clear and distinct idea of any specific act of cruelty or kindness in mind; instead, they often settle for the vague and undefined notion that the general terms for these qualities evoke. However, it’s in specific cases that the rightness or wrongness, the merit or fault of actions becomes very clear and noticeable. It’s only when particular examples are presented that we can clearly see either the alignment or conflict between our feelings and those of the person acting, or feel a sense of social gratitude towards them in one scenario, or sympathetic resentment in another. When we think about virtue and vice in a general way, the traits that trigger these feelings seem to largely fade away, and the feelings themselves become less evident and distinguishable. In contrast, the positive outcomes of virtue and the disastrous consequences of vice then come into clearer focus, standing out and distinguishing themselves from all other qualities of either.
The same ingenious and agreeable author who first explained why utility pleases, has been so struck with this view of things, as to resolve our whole approbation of virtue into a perception of this species of beauty which results from the appearance of utility. No qualities of the mind, he observes, are approved of as virtuous, but such as are useful or agreeable either to the person himself or to others; and no qualities are disapproved of as vicious but such as have a contrary tendency. And Nature, indeed, seems to have so happily adjusted our sentiments of approbation and disapprobation, to the conveniency both of the individual and of the society, that after the strictest examination it will be found, I believe, that this is universally the case. But still I affirm, that it is not the view of this utility or hurtfulness which is either the first or principal source of our approbation and disapprobation. These sentiments are no doubt enhanced and enlivened by the perception of the beauty or deformity which results from this utility or hurtfulness. But still, I say, that they were originally and essentially different from this perception.
The same clever and likable author who first explained why we find utility appealing has been so impressed by this perspective that he has concluded our entire approval of virtue comes from recognizing a kind of beauty tied to utility. He points out that no mental traits are seen as virtuous unless they are useful or pleasing either to the individual or to others; likewise, no traits are regarded as vicious unless they have an opposite effect. Nature really seems to have aligned our feelings of approval and disapproval with what benefits both the individual and society, and after the closest scrutiny, I believe it will be shown that this holds true everywhere. However, I still maintain that it’s not the perception of this utility or harm that is the first or main source of our approval and disapproval. These feelings are certainly heightened and brought to life by the recognition of the beauty or ugliness that arises from this utility or harm. But still, I assert that these feelings were originally and fundamentally distinct from that perception.
For first of all, it seems impossible that the approbation of virtue should be a sentiment of the same kind with that by which we approve of a convenient and well-contrived building; or that we should have no other reason for praising a man than that for which we commend a chest of drawers.
For starters, it seems hard to believe that our approval of virtue is the same kind of feeling we get when we admire a well-designed and functional building; or that we would have no other reason to praise a person than we do for appreciating a chest of drawers.
167 And secondly, it will be found, upon examination, that the usefulness of any disposition of mind is seldom the first ground of our approbation; and that the sentiment of approbation always involves in it a sense of propriety quite distinct from the perception of utility. We may observe this with regard to all the qualities which are approved of as virtuous, both those which, according to this system, are originally valued as useful to ourselves, as well as those which are esteemed on account of their usefulness to others.
167 Secondly, upon closer look, we often find that the usefulness of a mindset is rarely the main reason for our approval; instead, the feeling of approval includes a sense of appropriateness that is separate from the perception of usefulness. We can see this in all the qualities that are considered virtuous, whether those qualities are valued for being beneficial to ourselves or appreciated for being helpful to others.
The qualities most useful to ourselves are, first of all, superior reason and understanding, by which we are capable of discerning the remote consequences of all our actions, and of fore-seeing the advantage or detriment which is likely to result from them: and secondly, self-command, by which we are enabled to abstain from present pleasure or to endure present pain, in order to obtain a greater pleasure, or to avoid a greater pain in some future time. In the union of those two qualities consists the virtue of prudence, of all the virtues that which is the most useful to the individual.
The qualities that are most beneficial to us are, first and foremost, superior reasoning and understanding, which allow us to see the long-term effects of our actions and to anticipate the benefits or drawbacks that may come from them. Secondly, self-control enables us to resist immediate pleasure or endure current pain to achieve greater satisfaction or avoid greater suffering in the future. The combination of these two qualities forms the virtue of prudence, which is the most useful virtue for an individual.
With regard to the first of those qualities, it has been observed on a former occasion, that superior reason and understanding are originally approved of as just and right and accurate, and not merely as useful or advantageous. It is in the abstruser sciences, particularly in the higher parts of mathematics, that the greatest and most admired exertions of human reason have been displayed. But the utility of those sciences, either to the individual or to the public, is not very obvious, and to prove it, requires a discussion which is not always very easily comprehended. It was not, therefore, their utility which first recommended them to the public admiration. This quality was but little insisted upon, till it became necessary to make some reply to the reproaches of those, who, having themselves no taste for such sublime discoveries, endeavoured to depreciate them as useless.
Regarding the first of those qualities, it has been noted before that superior reasoning and understanding are originally recognized as just, right, and accurate, not just as useful or beneficial. It's in the more complex sciences, especially in advanced mathematics, that the greatest and most admired displays of human reasoning have been shown. However, the usefulness of those sciences, whether to individuals or society, isn’t very clear, and demonstrating it requires a discussion that isn’t always easy to grasp. Therefore, it wasn’t their usefulness that first brought them public admiration. This aspect was mentioned only when it became necessary to respond to criticisms from those who, lacking an appreciation for such profound discoveries, tried to undermine them as useless.
That self-command, in the same manner, by which we restrain our present appetites, in order to gratify them more fully upon another occasion, is approved of, as much under the aspect of propriety, as under that of utility. When we act in this manner, the sentiments which influence our conduct seem exactly to coincide with those of the spectator. The spectator, however, does not feel the solicitations of our present appetites.
That self-control, in the same way that we hold back our current desires to enjoy them more fully later, is valued for both its appropriateness and its usefulness. When we behave this way, the feelings that guide our actions seem to align perfectly with those of the observer. However, the observer does not experience the temptations of our current desires.
To him the pleasure which we are to enjoy a week hence, or a year hence, is just as interesting as that which we are to enjoy this moment. When for the sake of the present, therefore, we sacrifice the future, our conduct appears to him absurd and extravagant in the highest degree, and he cannot enter into the principles which influence it. On the contrary, when we abstain from present pleasure, in order to secure greater pleasure to come, when we act as if the remote object interested us as much as that which immediately presses upon the senses, as our 168 affections exactly correspond with his own, he cannot fail to approve of our behaviour: and as he knows from experience, how few are capable of this self-command, he looks upon our conduct with a considerable degree of wonder and admiration. Hence arises that eminent esteem with which all men naturally regard a steady perseverance in the practice of frugality, industry, and application, though directed to no other purpose than the acquisition of fortune. The resolute firmness of the person who acts in this manner, and in order to obtain a great though remote advantage, not only gives up all present pleasures, but endures the greatest labour both of mind and body, necessarily commands our approbation. That view of his interest and happiness which appears to regulate his conduct, exactly tallies with the idea which we naturally form of it. There is the most perfect correspondence between his sentiments and our own, and at the same time, from our experience of the common weakness of human nature, it is a correspondence which we could not reasonably have expected. We not only approve, therefore, but in some measure admire his conduct, and think it worthy of a considerable degree of applause. It is the consciousness of this merited approbation and esteem which is alone capable of supporting the agent in this tenor of conduct. The pleasure which we are to enjoy ten years hence interests us so little in comparison with that which we may enjoy today, the passion which the first excites, is naturally so weak in comparison with that violent emotion which the second is apt to give occasion to, that the one could never be any balance to the other, unless it was supported by the sense of propriety, by the consciousness that we merited the esteem and approbation of every body, by acting in the one way, and that we became the proper objects of their contempt and derision by behaving in the other.
To him, the pleasure we will enjoy in a week or a year is just as interesting as the pleasure we are having right now. When we sacrifice the future for the sake of the present, our actions seem completely absurd and extravagant to him, and he can't understand the reasoning behind it. On the other hand, when we hold back from immediate pleasure to secure greater enjoyment later, when we act as if the distant goal matters just as much as the immediate one, our feelings align perfectly with his own. He can't help but admire our behavior: knowing from experience how few people can manage this kind of self-control, he looks at us with a significant amount of wonder and respect. This is why all people naturally hold in high regard those who consistently practice frugality, hard work, and dedication, even if it’s solely to accumulate wealth. The strong determination of someone who behaves this way, sacrificing immediate pleasures and enduring great mental and physical effort for a distant, significant reward, naturally earns our approval. His view of his own interest and happiness, which seems to guide his actions, perfectly aligns with what we would expect. There is complete harmony between his feelings and ours, and at the same time, based on our awareness of human nature's typical weaknesses, this alignment is something we wouldn’t have reasonably anticipated. Thus, we not only approve but admire his actions to some extent and deem them deserving of considerable praise. It's this awareness of the praise and respect that he rightfully earns which can support him in maintaining this path. The pleasure that we may enjoy ten years from now matters so little compared to the pleasure we can have today; the excitement the former creates is naturally much weaker than the intense feelings brought on by the latter. This means one could never outweigh the other unless it’s backed by a sense of propriety and the knowledge that we deserve everyone’s esteem and approval by choosing one way of acting, while behaving the other way would render us the targets of their contempt and mockery.
Humanity, justice, generosity, and public spirit, are the qualities most useful to others. Wherein consists the propriety of humanity and justice has been explained upon a former occasion, where it was shown how much our esteem and approbation of those qualities depended upon the concord between the affections of the agent and those of the spectators.
Humanity, justice, generosity, and a sense of community are the qualities that benefit others the most. The appropriateness of humanity and justice has been discussed before, where it was demonstrated how much our respect and admiration for those qualities rely on the alignment between the feelings of the person acting and those of the observers.
The propriety of generosity and public spirit is founded upon the same principle with that of justice. Generosity is different from humanity. Those two qualities, which at first sight seem so nearly allied, do not always belong to the same person. Humanity is the virtue of a woman, generosity of a man. The fair sex, who have commonly much more tenderness than ours, have seldom so much generosity. That women rarely make considerable donations, is an observation of the civil law. (Raro mulieres donare solent.) Humanity consists merely in the exquisite fellow-feeling which the spectator entertains with the sentiments of the persons principally concerned, so as to grieve for their sufferings, to resent their injuries, and to rejoice at their good 169 fortune. The most humane actions require no self-denial, no self-command, no great exertion of the sense of propriety. They consist only in doing what this exquisite sympathy would of its own accord prompt us to do. But it is otherwise with generosity. We never are generous except when in some respect we prefer some other person to ourselves, and sacrifice some great and important interest of our own to an equal interest of a friend or of a superior. The man who gives up his pretensions to an office that was the great object of his ambition, because he imagines that the services of another are better entitled to it; the man who exposes his life to defend that of his friend, which he judges to be of more importance, neither of them act from humanity, or because they feel more exquisitely what concerns that other person that what concerns themselves. They both consider those opposite interests, not in the light in which they naturally appear to themselves, but in that in which they appear to others. To every bystander, the success or preservation of this other person may justly be more interesting than their own; but it cannot be so to themselves. When to the interest of this other person, therefore, they sacrifice their own, they accommodate themselves to the sentiments of the spectator, and by an effort of magnanimity act according to those views of things which they feel must naturally occur to any third person. The soldier who throws away his life in order to defend that of his officer, would perhaps be but little affected by the death of that officer, if it should happen without any fault of his own; and a very small disaster which had befallen himself might excite a much more lively sorrow. But when he endeavours to act so as to deserve applause, and to make the impartial spectator enter into the principles of his conduct, he feels, that to every body but himself, his own life is a trifle compared with that of his officer, and that when he sacrifices the one to the other, he acts quite properly and agreeably to what would be the natural apprehensions of every impartial bystander.
The principles behind generosity and public spirit are rooted in the same idea as justice. Generosity differs from humanity. Although these two traits may seem closely related at first glance, they don't always belong to the same person. Humanity is typically a woman's virtue, while generosity is often associated with men. Women, who usually exhibit more tenderness than men, tend to show less generosity. It's a fact noted by civil law that women rarely make significant donations. Humanity is simply the deep empathy that a person feels for others, leading them to share in their pain, feel anger over their wrongs, and celebrate their successes. The most humane actions don't require self-denial, discipline, or great adherence to propriety; they are about instinctively acting on that profound empathy. Generosity, on the other hand, is different. We are only generous when we prioritize someone else's needs over our own and sacrifice something important to us for the sake of a friend or someone in a higher position. A man who relinquishes his ambition for a position because he believes someone else deserves it more, or a man who risks his life to save a friend’s, isn't motivated by humanity or because they feel the other's situation means more than their own. They view those conflicting interests not as they typically do, but from an outsider’s perspective. To any observer, the success or safety of the other person might justifiably seem more significant than their own; however, that perception doesn’t translate to their personal feelings. When they put this other person's interests above their own, they are aligning with how an observer would feel and are acting out of a sense of honor based on what any impartial bystander would naturally think. The soldier who sacrifices his life for his officer might not feel as deep a loss for that officer if he dies through no fault of his own, while a minor setback he experiences could evoke much stronger sadness. However, when he tries to act in a way that earns admiration and helps the impartial observer understand his motives, he realizes that for everyone except him, his own life is insignificant compared to his officer's. By sacrificing one for the other, he believes he is acting correctly and in line with what any neutral observer would see as appropriate.
It is the same case with the greater exertions of public spirit. When a young officer exposes his life to acquire some inconsiderable addition to the dominions of his sovereign, it is not because the acquisition of the new territory is, to himself, an object more desirable than the preservation of his own life. To him his own life is of infinitely more value than the conquest of a whole kingdom for the state which he serves. But when he compares those two objects with one another, he does not view them in the light in which they naturally appear to himself, but in that in which they appear to the nation he fights for. To them the success of the war is of the highest importance; the life of a private person of scarce any consequence. When he puts himself in their situation, he immediately feels that he cannot be too prodigal of his blood, if, by shedding it, he can promote so valuable a purpose. In thus thwarting, from a sense of duty and propriety, the strongest of 170 all natural propensities, consists the heroism of his conduct. There is many an honest Englishman, who, in his private station, would be more seriously disturbed by the loss of a guinea, than by the national loss of Minorca, who yet, had it been in his power to defend that fortress, would have sacrificed his life a thousand times rather than, through his fault, have let it fall into the hands of the enemy. When the first Brutus led forth his own sons to a capital punishment, because they had conspired against the rising liberty of Rome, he sacrificed what, if he had consulted his own breast only, would appear to be the stronger to the weaker affection. Brutus ought naturally to have felt much more for the death of his own sons, than for all that probably Rome could have suffered from the want of so great an example. But he viewed them, not with the eyes of a father, but with those of a Roman citizen. He entered so thoroughly into the sentiments of this last character, that he paid no regard to that tie, by which he himself was connected with them; and to a Roman citizen, the sons even of Brutus seemed contemptible, when put into the balance with the smallest interest of Rome. In these and in all other cases of this kind, our admiration is not so much founded upon the utility, as upon the unexpected, and on that account the great, the noble, and exalted propriety of such actions. This utility, when we come to view it, bestows upon them, undoubtedly a new beauty, and upon that account still further recommends them to our approbation. This new beauty, however, is chiefly perceived by men of reflection and speculation, and it is by no means the quality which first recommends such actions to the natural sentiments of the bulk of mankind.
It's the same with the greater efforts of public spirit. When a young officer risks his life to gain a small piece of land for his country, it's not because that new territory means more to him than his own life. To him, his life is way more valuable than the conquest of an entire kingdom for the state he serves. But when he compares the two, he doesn't see them the way he naturally would; he sees them from the perspective of the nation he's fighting for. To them, winning the war is incredibly important, while the life of an individual is hardly significant. When he considers their viewpoint, he quickly realizes he can't be too reckless with his own blood if shedding it will help such an important cause. By setting aside his natural instincts out of a sense of duty and propriety, he demonstrates the heroism of his actions. There are many decent Englishmen who, in their private lives, would be more upset by losing a guinea than by England losing Minorca, yet if it were up to them to defend that fortress, they would willingly sacrifice their lives a thousand times over rather than let it fall to the enemy due to their negligence. When the first Brutus led his own sons to their death for conspiring against the emerging liberty of Rome, he sacrificed what might have seemed like a stronger love to uphold a weaker one. Naturally, Brutus would feel much more anguish for his sons' deaths than for whatever Rome would suffer from the lack of such an example. But he didn’t see them through the eyes of a father; he saw them as a Roman citizen. He identified so completely with this role that he overlooked the bond that connected him to them. To a Roman citizen, even the sons of Brutus seemed insignificant when weighed against the smallest interest of Rome. In these and similar situations, our admiration isn't truly based on utility, but rather on the unexpectedness, and thus the greatness and nobility of such actions. When we consider the utility, it certainly adds a new kind of beauty to them and further earns our approval. However, this new beauty is mostly noticed by those who reflect and speculate, and it's not what first appeals to the general sentiments of most people.
It is to be observed, that so far as the sentiment of approbation arises from the perception of this beauty of utility, it has no reference of any kind to the sentiments of others. If it was possible, therefore, that a person should grow up to manhood without any communication with society, his own actions might, notwithstanding, be agreeable or disagreeable to him on account of their tendency to his happiness or disadvantage. He might perceive a beauty of this kind in prudence, temperance, and good conduct, and a deformity in the opposite behaviour: he might view his own temper and character with that sort of satisfaction with which we consider a well-contrived machine, in the one case: or with that sort of distaste and dissatisfaction with which we regard a very awkward and clumsy contrivance, in the other. As these perceptions, however, are merely a matter of taste, and have all the feebleness and delicacy of that species of perceptions, upon the justness of which what is properly called taste is founded, they probably would not be much attended to by one in his solitary and miserable condition. Even though they should occur to him, they would by no means have the same effect upon him, antecedent to his connexion with society, which they would have in consequence of that connexion. He 171 would not be cast down with inward shame at the thought of this deformity; nor would he be elevated with secret triumph of mind from the consciousness of the contrary beauty. He would not exult from the notion of deserving reward in the one case, nor tremble from the suspicion of meriting punishment in the other. All such sentiments suppose the idea of some other being, who is the natural judge of the person that feels them; and it is only by sympathy with the decisions of this arbiter of his conduct, that he can conceive, either the triumph of self-applause, or the shame of self-condemnation.
It's noticeable that when feelings of approval come from recognizing the beauty of usefulness, they aren't connected to how others feel. If it were possible for someone to grow up entirely isolated from society, their own actions could still be pleasing or displeasing to them based on whether they contribute to their happiness or unhappiness. They might see beauty in traits like prudence, temperance, and good behavior, while viewing the opposite behavior as ugly. They could assess their own temperament and character with the same satisfaction we get from a well-designed machine in one scenario, or with the distaste and disappointment we feel towards a poorly made contraption in the other. However, since these perceptions are simply a matter of personal taste and are as fragile and delicate as true taste itself, they probably wouldn't be given much attention by someone in a lonely and miserable state. Even if such thoughts crossed their mind, they wouldn't affect them in the same way before connecting with society as they would after. They wouldn't feel inward shame for their flaws, nor would they feel triumphant from recognizing their strengths. They wouldn't rejoice at the idea of being worthy of reward, nor be anxious over the possibility of deserving punishment. All these feelings assume the presence of another being who acts as a natural judge for the one experiencing them; only through the recognition of this judge's opinions can they conceive of self-praise or self-condemnation.
Part Ⅴ.—Of the Influence of Custom and Fashion upon the Sentiments of Moral Approbation and Disapprobation.
CHAP. Ⅰ.—Of the Influence of Custom and Fashion upon our notions of Beauty and Deformity.
THERE are other principles besides those already enumerated, which have a considerable influence upon the moral sentiments of mankind, and are the chief causes of the many irregular and discordant opinions which prevail in different ages and nations concerning what is blamable or praise-worthy. These principles are custom and fashion, principles which extend their dominion over our judgments concerning beauty of every kind.
THERE are other principles beyond the ones already mentioned, which significantly influence people's moral feelings and are the main reasons behind the various irregular and conflicting opinions that exist in different times and cultures regarding what is blameworthy or praiseworthy. These principles are tradition and trend, which shape our judgments about beauty in all its forms.
When two objects have frequently been seen together, the imagination acquires a habit of passing easily from the one to the other. If the first appear, we lay our account that the second is to follow. Of their own accord they put us in mind of one another, and the attention glides easily along them. Though, independent of custom, there should be no real beauty in their union, yet when custom has thus connected them together, we feel an impropriety in their separation. The one we think is awkward when it appears without its usual companion. We miss something which we expected to find, and the habitual arrangement of our ideas is disturbed by the disappointment. A suit of clothes, for example, seems to want something if they are without the most insignificant ornament which usually accompanies them, and we find a meanness or awkwardness in the absence even of a haunch button. When there is any natural propriety in the union, custom increases our sense of it, and makes a different arrangement appear still more disagreeable than it would otherwise seem to be. Those who have been accustomed to see things in a good taste, are more disgusted by whatever is clumsy or awkward. Where the conjunction is improper, custom either diminishes, or takes away altogether, our sense of the impropriety. Those who have been accustomed to slovenly disorder lose all sense of neatness or elegance. The modes of furniture or dress which 172 seem ridiculous to strangers, give no offence to the people who have been used to them.
When two things are often seen together, our minds start to readily connect the two. If we see one, we expect the other to show up soon after. They remind us of each other automatically, and our thoughts flow easily between them. Even if there’s no real beauty in their pairing, once we get used to seeing them together, it feels wrong to separate them. When one appears alone, it seems out of place. We feel like something's missing, and our usual way of thinking gets thrown off by the disappointment. For instance, an outfit feels incomplete without even the smallest accessory that typically goes with it, and we sense a certain lack or awkwardness without even a simple button. When there’s a natural fit in their combination, our custom enhances that feeling, making any different arrangement seem even more off than it might normally appear. People who are used to seeing things done well are more bothered by anything clumsy or awkward. When the combination doesn’t make sense, our familiarity either lessens or completely removes our sense of it being inappropriate. Those used to messy disorder lose any appreciation for neatness or style. The styles of furniture or clothing that 172 seem silly to outsiders don’t bother those who are accustomed to them.
Fashion is different from custom, or rather is a particular species of it. That is not the fashion which every body wears, but which those wear who are of a high rank, or character. The graceful, the easy, and commanding manners of the great, joined to the usual richness and magnificence of their dress, give a grace to the very form which they happen to bestow upon it. As long as they continue to use this form, it is connected in our imaginations with the idea of something that is genteel and magnificent, and though in itself it should be indifferent, it seems, on account of this relation, to have something about it that is genteel and magnificent too. As soon as they drop it, it loses all the grace, which it had appeared to possess before, and being now used only by the inferior ranks of people, seems to have something of their meanness and their awkwardness.
Fashion is different from custom; in fact, it's a specific type of it. It’s not about what everyone wears, but what those of high status or character wear. The elegant, effortless, and commanding presence of the elite, combined with the usual richness and splendor of their clothing, adds a certain grace to the way they carry themselves. As long as they continue to present themselves this way, it becomes associated in our minds with something classy and grand. Even if the style itself should be neutral, it seems to carry a sense of elegance and magnificence because of this association. But once they abandon it, it loses all the grace it once had and, since it's then only worn by lower-status people, it starts to reflect their lack of refinement and awkwardness.
Dress and furniture are allowed by all the world to be entirely under the dominion of custom and fashion. The influence of those principles, however, is by no means confined to so narrow a sphere, but extends itself to whatever is in any respect the object of taste, to music, to poetry, to architecture. The modes of dress and furniture are continually changing, and that fashion appearing ridiculous to-day which was admired five years ago, we are experimentally convinced that it owed its vogue chiefly or entirely to custom and fashion. Clothes and furniture are not made of very durable materials. A well-fancied coat is done in a twelve-month, and cannot continue longer to propagate, as the fashion, that form according to which it was made. The modes of furniture change less rapidly than those of dress; because furniture is commonly more durable. In five or six years, however, it generally undergoes an entire revolution, and every man in his own time sees the fashion in this respect change many different ways. The productions of the other arts are much more lasting, and, when happily imagined, may continue to propagate the fashion of their make for a much longer time. A well-contrived building may endure many centuries: a beautiful air may be delivered down by a sort of tradition, through many successive generations: a well-written poem may last as long as the world; and all of them continue for ages together, to give the vogue to that particular style, to that particular taste or manner, according to which each of them was composed. Few men have an opportunity of seeing in their own times the fashion in any of these arts change very considerably. Few men have so much experience and acquaintance with the different modes which have obtained in remote ages and nations, as to be thoroughly reconciled to them, or to judge with impartiality between them and what takes place in their own age and country. Few men therefore are willing to allow, that custom or fashion have much influence upon their judgments concerning what is beautiful 173 or otherwise, in the productions of any of those arts; but imagine that all the rules, which they think ought to be observed in each of them, are founded upon reason and nature, not upon habit or prejudice. A very little attention may convince them of the contrary, and satisfy them, that the influence of custom and fashion over dress and furniture, is not more absolute than over architecture, poetry, and music.
Dress and furniture are completely shaped by trends and customs everywhere. However, these influences aren't limited to just those areas; they also extend to anything related to taste—like music, poetry, and architecture. Fashion in clothing and furniture is always changing, and what seems silly today may have been admired five years ago, showing us that its popularity was mostly due to trends. Clothes and furniture aren't made to last forever. A stylish coat is out of fashion within a year and can't keep up with the trends it was designed for. Furniture changes less frequently than clothing because it's usually more durable. Nevertheless, it often goes through a complete shift in style every five to six years, and everyone in their own time sees multiple changes in fashion. The other arts tend to last longer, and well-designed works can maintain their style for much longer. A sturdy building can stand for centuries, a lovely melody can be passed down through generations, and a well-crafted poem can endure forever, all continuing to embody the style and taste of their time. However, few people get the chance to witness significant changes in these arts during their lives. Few have enough understanding of different styles from past cultures to judge them fairly against the current trends. As a result, many don't acknowledge that custom or fashion significantly impacts their views on beauty in these arts, believing instead that the principles they consider important are rooted in reason and nature, not habit or bias. A little reflection can show them otherwise, revealing that the influence of trends on clothing and furniture is just as strong as it is on architecture, poetry, and music. 173
Can any reason, for example, be assigned why the Doric capital should be appropriated to a pillar, whose height is equal to eight diameters; the Ionic volute to one of nine; and the Corinthian foliage to one of ten? The propriety of each of those appropriations can be founded upon nothing but habit and custom. The eye having been used to see a particular proportion connected with a particular ornament, would be offended if they were not joined together. Each of the five orders has its peculiar ornaments, which cannot be changed for any other, without giving offence to all those who know any thing of the rules of architecture. According to some architects, indeed, such is the exquisite judgment with which the ancients have assigned to each order its proper ornaments, that no others can be found which are equally suitable. It seems, however, a little difficult to be conceived that these forms, though, no doubt, extremely agreeable, should be the only forms which can suit those proportions, or that there should not be five hundred others which, antecedent to established custom, would have fitted them equally well. When custom, however, has established particular rules of building, provided they are not absolutely unreasonable, it is absurd to think of altering them for others which are only equally good, or even for others which, in point of elegance and beauty, have naturally some little advantage over them. A man would be ridiculous who should appear in public with a suit of clothes quite different from those which are commonly worn, though the new dress should in itself be ever so graceful or convenient. And there seems to be an absurdity of the same kind in ornamenting a house after a quite different manner from that which custom and fashion have prescribed; though the new ornaments should in themselves be somewhat superior to the common ones in use.
Can anyone explain why the Doric capital is used for a column that's eight times its diameter, the Ionic volute for one that's nine, and the Corinthian foliage for one that's ten? The appropriateness of each of these choices is based only on tradition and custom. Our eyes have grown accustomed to seeing a specific proportion paired with a specific ornament, and would be unsettled if they weren’t matched together. Each of the five orders has its distinctive ornaments that cannot be swapped for any others without upsetting those who understand architectural rules. Some architects believe that the ancients had such great insight in assigning the right ornaments to each order that no alternatives would be as fitting. However, it seems a bit hard to believe that these designs, although certainly pleasing, are the only forms that can match those proportions, or that there aren’t countless others that, before established custom, would have been just as appropriate. However, when custom has set particular building rules, as long as they aren’t completely unreasonable, it’s foolish to think of changing them for others that are merely just as good, or even for those that might have a slight edge in elegance and beauty. It would be ridiculous for someone to show up in public wearing a completely different outfit from what is normally worn, even if the new clothing is very stylish or practical. There seems to be a similar absurdity in decorating a house in a way that goes against what custom and fashion dictate, even if the new decorations are somewhat better than the usual ones.
According to the ancient rhetoricians, a certain measure or verse was by nature appropriated to each particular species of writing, as being naturally expressive of that character, sentiment, or passion, which ought to predominate in it. One verse, they said, was fit for grave and another for gay works, which could not, they thought, be interchanged without the greatest impropriety. The experience of modern times, however, seems to contradict this principle, though in itself it would appear to be extremely probable. What is the burlesque verse in English, is the heroic verse in French. The tragedies of Racine and the Henriad of Voltaire, are nearly in the same verse with,
According to ancient rhetoricians, each type of writing naturally suited a specific measure or verse, reflecting the character, sentiment, or emotion that should dominate it. They believed some verses were appropriate for serious works while others were better for light-hearted ones, and exchanging them would be highly inappropriate. However, modern experience seems to challenge this principle, even though it initially appears quite likely. What is considered a comedic verse in English is seen as a heroic verse in French. The tragedies of Racine and the Henriad of Voltaire are almost in the same verses as,
Let me have your advice in a weighty affair.
Please give me your advice on an important matter.
174 The burlesque verse in French, on the contrary, is pretty much the same with the heroic verse of ten syllables in English. Custom has made the one nation associate the ideas of gravity, sublimity, and seriousness, to that measure which the other has connected with whatever is gay, flippant, and ludicrous. Nothing would appear more absurd in English, than a tragedy written in the Alexandrine verses of the French; or in French, than a work of the same kind in hexametery, or verses of ten syllables.
174 The burlesque verse in French, on the other hand, is pretty much like the heroic verse of ten syllables in English. Tradition has led the one culture to associate gravity, grandeur, and seriousness with that form, while the other links it to everything lighthearted, trivial, and funny. Nothing would seem more ridiculous in English than a tragedy written in the Alexandrine verses of the French; or, in French, than a similar work written in hexameter or ten-syllable verses.
An eminent artist will bring about a considerable change in the established modes of each of those arts, and introduce a new fashion of writing, music, or architecture. As the dress of an agreeable man of high rank recommends itself, and how peculiar and fantastical soever, comes soon to be admired and imitated; so the excellencies of an eminent master recommend his peculiarities, and his manner becomes the fashionable style in the art which he practises. The taste of the Italians in music and architecture has, within these fifty years, undergone a considerable change, from imitating the peculiarities of some eminent masters in each of those arts. Seneca is accused by Quintilian of having corrupted the taste of the Romans, and of having introduced a frivolous prettiness in the room of majestic reason and masculine eloquence. Sallust and Tacitus have by others been charged with the same accusation, though in a different manner. They gave reputation, it is pretended, to a style, which though in the highest degree concise, elegant, expressive, and even poetical, wanted, however, ease, simplicity, and nature, and was evidently the production of the most laboured and studied affectation. How many great qualities must that writer possess, who can thus render his very faults agreeable? After the praise of refining the taste of a nation, the highest eulogy, perhaps, which can be bestowed upon any author, is to say, that he corrupted it. In our own language, Mr. Pope and Dr. Swift have each of them introduced a manner different from what was practised before, into all works that are written in rhyme, the one in long verses, the other in short. The quaintness of Butler has given place to the plainness of Swift. The rambling freedom of Dryden, and the correct but often tedious and prosaic languor of Addison, are no longer the objects of imitation, but all long verses are now written after the manner of the nervous precision of Mr. Pope.
An influential artist will bring significant change to the established styles of each of those arts and introduce a new way of writing, music, or architecture. Just as the clothing of a well-dressed nobleman is quickly admired and copied, no matter how unique or extravagant it may be, the talents of a great master highlight his individual traits, and his style becomes the trend in his art. Over the past fifty years, Italian taste in music and architecture has significantly changed, influenced by the distinctive styles of some renowned masters in those fields. Seneca has been criticized by Quintilian for corrupting Roman taste by replacing majestic reasoning and masculine eloquence with a shallow prettiness. Sallust and Tacitus have faced similar criticism, though in different contexts. It is claimed that they popularized a style that, while highly concise, elegant, expressive, and even poetic, lacked ease, simplicity, and naturalness, showing clear signs of overly studied affectation. What remarkable qualities must a writer possess to make even his flaws appealing? After the praise for refining a nation's taste, the highest compliment that can be given to any author might be to claim that he corrupted it. In our own language, Mr. Pope and Dr. Swift each introduced a style that was different from what had been common before in all rhymed works—one in longer verses and the other in shorter ones. Butler's quirky style has been replaced by Swift's straightforwardness. The loose, free-flowing style of Dryden and the correct but often dull and prosaic style of Addison are no longer the models to emulate; instead, all long verses are now written in the precise and vigorous manner of Mr. Pope.
Neither is it only over the productions of the arts, that custom and fashion exert their dominion. They influence our judgments, in the same manner, with regard to the beauty of natural objects. What various and opposite forms are deemed beautiful in different species of things? The proportions which are admired in one animal, are altogether different from those which are esteemed in another. Every class of things has its own peculiar conformation, which is approved of, and has a beauty of its own, distinct from that of every other species. 175 It is upon this account that a learned Jesuit, Father Buffier, has determined that the beauty of every object consists in that form and colour, which is most usual among things of that particular sort to which it belongs. Thus, in the human form, the beauty of each feature lies in a certain middle, equally removed from a variety of other forms that are ugly. A beautiful nose, for example, is one that is neither very long, nor very short, neither very straight, nor very crooked, but a sort of middle among all these extremes, and less different from any one of them, than all of them are from one another. It is the form which nature seems to have aimed at in them all, which, however, she deviates from in a great variety of ways, and very seldom hits exactly; but to which all those deviations still bear a very strong resemblance. When a number of drawings are made after one pattern, though they may all miss it in some respects, yet they will all resemble it more than they resemble one another; the general character of the pattern will run through them all; the most singular and odd will be those which are most wide of it; and though very few will copy it exactly, yet the most accurate delineations will bear a greater resemblance to the most careless, than the careless ones will bear to one another. In the same manner, in each species of creatures, what is most beautiful bears the strongest characters of the general fabric of the species, and has the strongest resemblance to the greater part of the individuals with which it is classed. Monsters, on the contrary, or what is perfectly deformed, are always most singular and odd, and have the least resemblance to the generality of that species to which they belong. And thus the beauty of each species, though in one sense the rarest of all things, because few individuals hit this middle form exactly, yet in another, is the most common, because all the deviations from it resemble it more than they resemble one another. The most customary form, therefore, is in each species of things, according to him, the most beautiful. And hence it is that a certain practice and experience in contemplating each species of objects is requisite before we can judge of its beauty, or know wherein the middle and most usual form consists. The nicest judgment concerning the beauty of the human species will not help us to judge of that of flowers, or horses, or any other species of things. It is for the same reason that in different climates, and where different customs and ways of living take place, as the generality of any species receives a different conformation from those circumstances, so different ideas of its beauty prevail. The beauty of a Moorish is not exactly the same with that of an English horse. What different ideas are formed in different nations concerning the beauty of the human shape and countenance? A fair complexion is a shocking deformity upon the coast of Guinea. Thick lips and a flat nose are a beauty. In some nations long ears that hang down upon the shoulders are the objects of universal admiration. In China if a lady’s foot is so 176 large as to be fit to walk upon, she is regarded as a monster of ugliness. Some of the savage nations in North America tie four boards round the heads of their children, and thus squeeze them, while the bones are tender and gristly, into a form that is almost perfectly square. Europeans are astonished at the absurd barbarity of this practice, to which some missionaries have imputed the singular stupidity of those nations among whom it prevails. But when they condemn those savages, they do not reflect that the ladies in Europe had, till within these very few years, been endeavouring, for near a century past, to squeeze the beautiful roundness of their natural shape into a square form of the same kind. And that, notwithstanding the many distortions and diseases which this practice was known to occasion, custom had rendered it agreeable among some of the most civilized nations which, perhaps, the world has ever beheld.
Neither is it just the arts that are controlled by customs and trends. They also affect our opinions about the beauty of natural objects. What different and opposing forms are considered beautiful across various types of things? The proportions admired in one animal are completely different from those appreciated in another. Every category of things has its unique shape that is valued and has an individual beauty, distinct from every other kind. 175 For this reason, a knowledgeable Jesuit, Father Buffier, concluded that the beauty of every object lies in the shape and color that are most common among things of that specific type. So, in the human form, the beauty of each feature is found in a certain middle ground, equally distanced from various other forms that are unattractive. A beautiful nose, for instance, is one that is neither very long nor very short, neither very straight nor very crooked, but strikes a sort of balance among all these extremes, appearing less different from any one of them than all of them are from one another. It’s the form that nature seems to have aimed for in all of them but often varies from in many ways, seldom achieving it perfectly; yet all those variations still strongly resemble it. When multiple drawings are made based on one pattern, even if they all miss it in some ways, they will resemble it more than they resemble each other; the overall character of the pattern will be present in all of them; the most unique and unusual will be those that deviate most from it, and although very few will replicate it exactly, the closest representations will look more like the most careless ones than the careless ones will look like each other. Similarly, in every species of creatures, what is most beautiful shows the strongest characteristics of the general makeup of the species and resembles most individuals within that group. In contrast, monsters or those that are completely deformed are always the most unique and strange, having the least resemblance to the typical members of their species. Thus, the beauty of each species, while in one sense the rarest of all things because few individuals exactly match this ideal form, is in another sense the most common, as all the deviations from it resemble it more than they resemble one another. Therefore, the most common form in each species, according to him, is considered the most beautiful. This is why a certain level of practice and experience in viewing each type of object is necessary before we can judge its beauty or understand what the ideal and most typical form consists of. Even the best judgment about the beauty of humans won’t help us assess that of flowers, horses, or any other types of things. For the same reasons, in different climates where different customs and lifestyles exist, as the general population of any species takes on new shapes due to those circumstances, different ideas of beauty emerge. The beauty of a Moorish horse is not exactly the same as that of an English horse. What different ideas do different nations have about the beauty of the human shape and face? A fair complexion is considered a terrible deformity on the coast of Guinea. Thick lips and a flat nose are seen as attractive. In some nations, long ears that hang down to the shoulders are objects of universal admiration. In China, if a lady’s foot is large enough to walk on, she is considered a monster of ugliness. Some of the indigenous tribes in North America bind four boards around their children’s heads, squashing them while their bones are soft and pliable into a shape that is almost perfectly square. Europeans are shocked by the ridiculous cruelty of this practice, which some missionaries have attributed to the extreme ignorance of those nations. Yet when they condemn these tribes, they fail to realize that until very recently, women in Europe had been trying for almost a century to compress the natural roundness of their bodies into a square form. And despite the numerous distortions and diseases this practice was known to cause, custom made it acceptable among some of the most civilized nations the world has ever seen.
Such is the system of this learned and ingenious father, concerning the nature of beauty; of which the whole charm, according to him, would thus seem to arise from its falling in with the habits which custom had impressed upon the imagination, with regard to things of each particular kind. I cannot, however, be induced to believe that our sense even of external beauty is founded altogether on custom. The utility of any form, its fitness for the useful purposes for which it was intended evidently recommends it, and renders it agreeable to us, independent of custom. Certain colours are more agreeable than others, and give more delight to the eye the first time it ever beholds them. A smooth surface is more agreeable than a rough one. Variety is more pleasing than a tedious undiversified uniformity. Connected variety, in which each new appearance seems to be introduced by what went before it, and in which all the adjoining parts seem to have some natural relation to one another, is more agreeable than a disjointed and disorderly assemblage of unconnected objects. But though I cannot admit that custom is the sole principle of beauty, yet I can so far allow the truth of this ingenious system as to grant, that there is scarce any one external form so beautiful as to please, if quite contrary to custom and unlike whatever we have ever been used to in that particular species of things: or so deformed as not to be agreeable, if custom uniformly supports it, and habituates us to see it in every single individual of the kind.
This is the theory of this knowledgeable and clever father regarding the nature of beauty; according to him, the entire allure of beauty seems to come from its alignment with the habits that custom has instilled in our imagination about specific types of things. However, I can't be convinced that our perception of external beauty relies solely on custom. The usefulness of a form and how appropriate it is for its intended purposes clearly makes it appealing to us, regardless of custom. Certain colors are more pleasing than others and bring more joy to the eye the first time we see them. A smooth surface is more pleasant than a rough one. Variety is more enjoyable than a boring, uniform sameness. Connected variety, where each new aspect seems to flow from what came before and where all the parts appear to have some natural connection to one another, is more enjoyable than a random and chaotic mix of unrelated objects. However, while I can't accept that custom is the only basis of beauty, I can acknowledge the accuracy of this clever theory to some extent, allowing that there's hardly an external form so beautiful that it would please us if it were completely opposed to the customs we are familiar with in its specific category; or so distorted that it would not be appealing if custom consistently supports it and gets us used to seeing it in every single example of that kind.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the Influence of Custom and Fashion upon Moral Sentiments.
SINCE our sentiments concerning beauty of every kind, are so much influenced by custom and fashion, it cannot be expected, that those, concerning the beauty of conduct, should be entirely exempted from 177 the dominion of those principles. Their influence here, however, seems to be much less than it is every where else. There is, perhaps, no form of external objects, how absurd and fantastical soever, to which custom will not reconcile us, or which fashion will not render even agreeable. But the characters and conduct of a Nero, or a Claudius, are what no custom will ever reconcile us to, what no fashion will ever render agreeable; but the one will always be the object of dread and hatred; the other of scorn and derision. The principles of the imagination, upon which our sense of beauty depends, are of a very nice and delicate nature, and may easily be altered by habit and education: but the sentiments of moral approbation and disapprobation, are founded on the strongest and most vigorous passions of human nature; and though they may be warped, cannot be entirely perverted.
SINCE our feelings about beauty in all its forms are heavily influenced by societal norms and trends, it’s unrealistic to think that our views on the beauty of behavior would be completely unaffected by these same forces. However, their impact on conduct seems to be much less pronounced than in other areas. There’s probably no strange or outlandish external appearance that we can’t come to accept or that trends can’t make appealing. But the actions and characters of someone like Nero or Claudius are things that no societal norm will ever make us accept, nor will any trend make them seem appealing; one will always evoke fear and loathing, while the other will be met with ridicule and contempt. The principles of imagination, on which our sense of beauty relies, are quite delicate and can be easily influenced by experience and education; but our feelings of moral approval and disapproval are rooted in the deepest and strongest human emotions; and while they can be swayed, they can’t be completely twisted.
But though the influence of custom and fashion upon moral sentiments, is not altogether so great, it is however perfectly similar to what it is every where else. When custom and fashion coincide with the natural principles of right and wrong, they heighten the delicacy of our sentiments, and increase our abhorrence for every thing which approaches to evil. Those who have been educated in what is really good company, not in what is commonly called such, who have been accustomed to see nothing in the persons whom they esteemed and lived with, but justice, modesty, humanity, and good order; are more shocked with whatever seems to be inconsistent with the rules which those virtues prescribe. Those, on the contrary, who have had the misfortune to be brought up amidst violence, licentiousness, falsehood, and injustice, lose, though not all sense of the impropriety of such conduct, yet all sense of its dreadful enormity, or of the vengeance and punishment due to it. They have been familiarized with it from their infancy, custom has rendered it habitual to them, and they are very apt to regard it as, what is called, the way of the world, something which either may, or must be practised, to hinder us from being made the dupes of our own integrity.
But while the impact of custom and fashion on moral feelings isn't entirely overwhelming, it is pretty similar to how it works everywhere else. When tradition and trends align with the natural understanding of right and wrong, they sharpen our feelings and deepen our disgust for anything that leans toward evil. Those raised in genuinely good company—not just what is often called good—who have seen nothing in the people they respected and lived alongside but justice, modesty, humanity, and order, are more disturbed by anything that seems inconsistent with the standards those virtues set. On the other hand, those who have unfortunately grown up surrounded by violence, lawlessness, deceit, and injustice lose, though not entirely, the awareness of how unacceptable such behavior is, along with the sense of its horrific gravity or the punishment it deserves. They have been exposed to it from a young age; custom has made it a habit for them, and they are likely to see it as, what people call, the way of the world—something that can or must be done to prevent us from becoming victims of our own integrity.
Fashion, too, will sometimes give reputation to a certain degree of disorder, and, on the contrary, discountenance qualities which deserve esteem. In the reign of Charles Ⅱ. a degree of licentiousness was deemed the characteristic of a liberal education. It was connected, according to the notions of those times, with generosity, sincerity, magnanimity, loyalty, and proved that the person who acted in this manner, was a gentleman, and not a puritan. Severity of manners, and regularity of conduct, on the other hand, were altogether unfashionable, and were connected, in the imagination of that age, with cant, cunning, hypocrisy, and low manners. To superficial minds, the vices of the great seem at all times agreeable. They connect them, not only with the splendour of fortune, but with many superior virtues, which they ascribe to their superiors; with the spirit of freedom and 178 independency, with frankness, generosity, humanity, and politeness. The virtues of the inferior ranks of people, on the contrary, their parsimonious frugality, their painful industry, and rigid adherence to rules, seems to them mean and disagreeable. They connect them, both with the meanness of the station to which those qualities do commonly belong, and with many great vices which, they suppose, very usually accompany them; such as an abject, cowardly, ill-natured, lying, and pilfering disposition.
Fashion can sometimes elevate a certain level of chaos and, conversely, disregard qualities that deserve respect. During Charles II's reign, a degree of recklessness was seen as a sign of a well-rounded education. It was believed, according to the ideas of that time, to be linked with generosity, sincerity, nobility, loyalty, and demonstrated that someone who behaved this way was a gentleman, not a puritan. On the other hand, strict behavior and orderly conduct were completely out of style, associated in the minds of that era with false piety, trickery, hypocrisy, and lowly behavior. To shallow thinkers, the faults of the wealthy often appear appealing. They associate these faults not only with the glamour of wealth but also with various admirable traits that they attribute to their betters, like the spirit of freedom and independence, as well as openness, generosity, kindness, and good manners. The virtues of lower-class people, in contrast, such as their frugal savings, hard work, and strict adherence to rules, seem petty and unattractive to them. They link these traits not only with the low status that typically possesses them but also with many significant vices that they believe usually accompany them, such as being servile, cowardly, ill-tempered, dishonest, and prone to theft.
The objects with which men in the different professions and states of life are conversant, being very different, and habituating them to very different passions, naturally form in them very different characters and manners. We expect in each rank and profession, a degree of those manners, which, experience has taught us, belong to it. But as in each species of things, we are particularly pleased with the middle conformation, which, in every part and feature, agrees most exactly with the general standard which nature seems to have established for things of that kind; so in each rank, or, if I may say so, in each species of men, we are particularly pleased, if they have neither too much, nor too little of the character which usually accompanies their particular condition and situation. A man, we say, should look like his trade and profession; yet the pedantry of every profession is disagreeable. The different periods of life have, for the same reason, different manners assigned to them. We expect in old age, that gravity and sedateness which its infirmities, its long experience, and its worn-out sensibility seem to render both natural and respectable; and we lay our account to find in youth that sensibility, that gaiety and sprightly vivacity which experience teaches us to expect from the lively impressions that all interesting objects are apt to make upon the tender and unpractised senses of that early period of life. Each of those two ages, however, may easily have too much of these peculiarities which belong to it. The flirting levity of youth, and the immovable insensibility of old age, are equally disagreeable. The young, according to the common saying, are most agreeable when in their behaviour there is something of the manners of the old, and the old, when they retain something of the gaiety of the young. Either of them, however, may easily have too much of the manners of the other. The extreme coldness, and the dull formality, which are pardoned in old age, make youth ridiculous. The levity, the carelessness, and the vanity, which are indulged in youth, will render old age contemptible.
The things that people in different jobs and walks of life deal with are very different and lead them to have very different passions, naturally shaping their characters and behaviors. We expect a certain level of manners from each rank and profession, based on what experience has shown us belongs to them. Just like we appreciate the best version of each type of thing, which fits the general standard that nature seems to have set, we also prefer that each rank, or type of person, has just the right amount of the traits usually associated with their specific role and situation. We believe a person should reflect their job and profession, but the pretentiousness found in any profession can be off-putting. Different stages of life also come with their own expected behaviors. In old age, we look for the seriousness and calmness that its weaknesses, long experiences, and dulled sensitivities seem to make both natural and admirable. In youth, we anticipate the sensitivity, cheerfulness, and lively energy that experience tells us come from the vibrant impressions that interesting things make on the fresh and inexperienced senses typical of that early stage of life. However, each of these ages can easily have too much of their distinctive traits. The carefree frivolity of youth and the rigid insensitivity of old age are both unappealing. Young people, as the saying goes, are most charming when their behavior shows some aspects of older manners, and older individuals are more likable when they keep some of the youthful joy. Yet, either group can easily take on too much of the other's style. The extreme aloofness and dullness that society forgives in old age can make youth seem foolish. Meanwhile, the frivolity, carelessness, and vanity that are tolerated in young people can make old age seem disgraceful.
The peculiar character and manners which we are led by custom to appropriate to each rank and profession, have sometimes perhaps a propriety independent of custom; and are what we should approve of for their own sakes, if we took into consideration all the different circumstances which naturally affect those in each different state of life. The propriety of a person’s behaviour, depends not upon its 179 suitableness to any one circumstance of his situation, but to all the circumstances, which, when we bring his case home to ourselves, we feel, should naturally call upon his attention. If he appears to be so much occupied by any one of them, as entirely to neglect the rest, we disapprove of his conduct, as something which we cannot entirely go along with, because not properly adjusted to all the circumstances of his situation: yet, perhaps, the emotion he expresses for the object which principally interests him, does not exceed what we should entirely sympathize with, and approve of, in one whose attention was not required by any other thing. A parent in private life might, upon the loss of an only son, express without blame a degree of grief and tenderness, which would be unpardonable in a general at the head of an army, when glory, and the public safety, demanded so great a part of his attention. As different objects ought, upon common occasions, to occupy the attention of men of different professions, so different passions ought naturally to become habitual to them; and when we bring home to ourselves their situation in this particular respect, we must be sensible, that every occurrence should naturally affect them more or less, according as the emotion which it excites, coincides or disagrees with the fixed habit and temper of their minds. We cannot expect the same sensibility to the gay pleasures and amusements of life in a clergyman, which we lay our account with in an officer. The man whose peculiar occupation it is to keep the world in mind of that awful futurity which awaits him, who is to announce what may be the fatal consequences of every deviation from the rules of duty, and who is himself to set the example of the most exact conformity, seems to be the messenger of tidings, which cannot, in propriety, be delivered either with levity or indifference. His mind is supposed to be continually occupied with what is too grand and solemn, to leave any room for the impressions of those frivolous objects, which fill up the attention of the dissipated and the gay. We readily feel therefore, that, independent of custom, there is a propriety in the manners which custom has allotted to this profession; and that nothing can be more suitable to the character of a clergyman, than that grave, that austere and abstracted severity, which we are habituated to expect in his behaviour. These reflections are so very obvious, that there is scarce any man so inconsiderate, as not, at some time, to have made them, and to have accounted to himself in this manner for his approbation of the useful character of the clerical order.
The unique qualities and behaviors that we associate with each rank and profession often have a significance beyond just tradition. These qualities are worth valuing on their own if we consider all the different factors that influence people in various walks of life. A person's behavior isn't judged solely by how it fits any one situation but by all the relevant circumstances that we recognize in our own lives. If someone seems so focused on one aspect that they completely ignore the others, we tend to disapprove of their actions, feeling they haven't adjusted properly to their overall situation. However, the emotion they show towards what primarily concerns them may be something we can fully relate to and support if they weren't distracted by other obligations. For example, a parent in private life might express deep sorrow and affection after losing their only son without facing criticism, whereas a general leading an army would be expected to balance their grief with the demands of honor and public safety. Just as different situations should command the attention of people in various professions, so should different emotions become second nature to them; we need to recognize that each event should impact them differently based on the feelings it stirs in relation to their established mindset and temperament. We can't expect a clergyman to react with the same enthusiasm for the joys and entertainments of life that we would anticipate from an officer. The person whose job is to remind others of the serious future awaiting them, who must highlight the potential dangers of straying from duty, and who should model perfect behavior, is expected to deliver such messages with seriousness and care. His thoughts are believed to be consistently focused on ideas that are too significant and grave to allow for distractions from the trivial matters that capture the attention of the carefree and frivolous. Thus, it is clear that beyond tradition, there is an inherent appropriateness to the behaviors expected in this profession; nothing suits a clergyman's role better than the serious, austere, and detached demeanor that we’ve come to expect from them. These insights are so obvious that barely anyone is so thoughtless as not to have pondered them at some point and to have rationalized their appreciation for the essential role of the clergy in this way.
The foundation of the customary character of some other professions is not so obvious, and our approbation of it is founded entirely in the habit, without being either confirmed or enlivened by any reflections of this kind. We are led by custom, for example, to annex the character of gaiety, levity, and sprightly freedom, as well as of some degree of dissipation, to the military profession. Yet, if we were 180 to consider what mood or tone of temper would be most suitable to this situation, we should be apt to determine, perhaps, that the most serious and thoughtful turn of mind would best become those whose lives are continually exposed to uncommon danger, and who should therefore be more constantly occupied with the thoughts of death and its consequences than other men. It is this very circumstance, however, which is not improbably the occasion why the contrary turn of mind prevails so much among men of this profession. It requires so great an effort to conquer the fear of death, when we survey it with steadiness and attention, that those who are constantly exposed to it, find it easier to turn away their thoughts from it altogether, to wrap themselves up in careless security and indifference, and to plunge themselves, for this purpose, into every sort of amusement and dissipation. A camp is not the element of a thoughtful or a melancholy man: persons of that cast, indeed, are often abundantly determined, and are capable, by a great effort, of going on with inflexible resolution to the most unavoidable death. But to be exposed to continual, though less imminent danger, to be obliged to exert, for a long time, a degree of this effort, exhausts and depresses the mind, and renders it incapable of all happiness and enjoyment. The gay and careless, who have occasion to make no effort at all, who fairly resolve never to look before them, but to lose in continual pleasures and amusements all anxiety about their situation, more easily support such circumstances. Whenever, by any peculiar circumstances, an officer has no reason to lay his account with being exposed to any uncommon danger, he is very apt to lose the gaiety and dissipated thoughtlessness of his character. The captain of a city guard is commonly as sober, careful, and penurious an animal as the rest of his fellow-citizens. A long peace is, for the same reason, very apt to diminish the difference between the civil and the military character. The ordinary situation, however, of men of this profession, renders gaiety, and a degree of dissipation, so much their usual character; and custom has, in our imagination, so strongly connected this character with this state of life, that we are very apt to despise any man, whose peculiar humour or situation renders him incapable of acquiring it. We laugh at the grave and careful faces of a city guard, which so little resemble those of their profession. They themselves seem often to be ashamed of the regularity of their own manners, and, not to be out of the fashion of their trade, are fond of affecting that levity, which is by no means natural to them. Whatever is the deportment which we have been accustomed to see in a respectable order of men, it comes to be so associated in our imagination with that order, that whenever we see the one, we lay our account that we are to meet with the other, and when disappointed, miss something which we expected to find. We are embarrassed, and put to a stand, and know not how to address ourselves to a character, which plainly 181 affects to be of a different species from those with which we should have been disposed to class it.
The basis of the typical character of some professions isn’t as obvious, and our approval of it comes purely from habit, not from deeper thoughts. For instance, we’re used to linking traits like cheerfulness, lightheartedness, and a sense of freedom, along with some level of recklessness, to the military profession. However, if we were to think about what mindset would be most appropriate in this line of work, we might conclude that a serious and reflective attitude would suit those who are frequently faced with unusual danger, as they would likely be more preoccupied with thoughts of death and its implications than others. Ironically, this very situation may be why a lighter mindset prevails among military personnel. It takes a significant effort to face the fear of death directly; those who are often in danger find it easier to distract themselves completely, wrapping themselves in a carefree attitude and indulging in all sorts of entertainment and distractions. A camp isn’t the ideal environment for a thoughtful or melancholy person: such individuals can be quite determined and capable of facing inevitable death with resolve. But being subjected to ongoing, albeit less immediate danger, and having to sustain that level of effort over time, drains and demoralizes the mind, leaving little room for happiness or enjoyment. The cheerful and carefree, who don’t need to exert any effort and who decide to avoid worrying by immersing themselves in constant pleasures, handle such situations much more easily. When an officer finds that he isn’t likely to face unusual danger, he often becomes more serious and less carefree. The captain of a city guard tends to be just as sober, cautious, and frugal as the rest of the citizens. Prolonged peace tends to blur the lines between civil and military characters for the same reasons. Still, the typical situation for those in this profession makes cheerfulness and a level of recklessness their normal traits; custom has so strongly linked this character to this lifestyle in our minds that we often look down on anyone whose unique temperament or circumstances prevent them from embodying it. We laugh at the serious and careful expressions of a city guard, which are so different from what we expect of their role. They often seem embarrassed by their own regular behavior and, to fit in with their profession, try to adopt a lightheartedness that doesn’t come naturally to them. The behaviors we’ve come to expect from a respectable group of people become so associated in our minds with that group that whenever we encounter one, we assume we’ll encounter the other as well; when that expectation isn’t met, we feel as though we’re missing something we anticipated. We find ourselves confused, unsure how to engage with someone whose demeanor clearly seems to belong to a different category than what we’re accustomed to.
The different situations of different ages and countries are apt, in the same manner, to give different characters to the generality of those who live in them, and their sentiments concerning the particular degree of each quality, that is either blamable or praise-worthy, vary according to that degree which is usual in their own country, and in their own times. That degree of politeness which would be highly esteemed, perhaps would be thought effeminate adulation, in Russia, would be regarded as rudeness and barbarism at the court of France. That degree of order and frugality, which, in a Polish nobleman, would be considered as excessive parsimony, would be regarded as extravagance in a citizen of Amsterdam. Every age and country look upon that degree of each quality, which is commonly to be met with in those who are esteemed among themselves, as the golden mean of that particular talent or virtue. And as this varies, according as their different circumstances render different qualities more or less habitual to them, their sentiments concerning the exact propriety of character and behaviour vary accordingly.
The different situations in various ages and countries tend to shape the general character of the people living there, and their views on what qualities are blameworthy or praiseworthy change based on what is typical in their own country and time. For example, a level of politeness that would be highly valued in one place might be seen as weak flattery in Russia, while in France, it could be viewed as rude and uncivilized. Similarly, an excessive sense of order and thrift in a Polish nobleman could be seen as stinginess, while a citizen of Amsterdam might be viewed as extravagant for the same behavior. Each age and country perceives their own version of what constitutes the ideal balance of qualities as the standard for that particular skill or virtue. As this standard shifts due to their varying circumstances, their opinions about the appropriate character and behavior also change accordingly.
Among civilized nations, the virtues which are founded upon humanity, are more cultivated than those which are founded upon self-denial and the command of the passions. Among rude and barbarous nations, it is quite otherwise, the virtues of self-denial are more cultivated than those of humanity. The general security and happiness which prevail in ages of civility and politeness, afford little exercise to the contempt of danger, to patience in enduring labour, hunger, and pain. Poverty may easily be avoided, and the contempt of it therefore almost ceases to be a virtue. The abstinence from pleasure becomes less necessary, and the mind is more at liberty to unbend and to indulge its natural inclinations in all those particular respects.
Among civilized nations, the values based on compassion are more emphasized than those based on self-restraint and control over desires. In contrast, among uncivilized and barbaric societies, self-restraint is more valued than compassion. The general safety and happiness found in civilized and polite societies provide little opportunity to demonstrate bravery in the face of danger or to show patience in enduring hard work, hunger, and pain. Poverty can be easily avoided, so the disdain for it nearly stops being a virtue. Resisting pleasure becomes less essential, and people have more freedom to relax and indulge their natural instincts in these areas.
Among savages and barbarians it is quite otherwise. Every savage undergoes a sort of Spartan discipline, and by the necessity of his situation is inured to every sort of hardship. He is in continual danger: he is often exposed to the greatest extremities of hunger, and frequently dies of pure want. His circumstances not only habituate him to every sort of distress, but teach him to give way to none of the passions which that distress is apt to excite. He can expect from his countrymen no sympathy or indulgence for such weakness. Before we can feel much for others, we must in some measure be at ease ourselves. If our own misery pinches us very severely, we have no leisure to attend to that of our neighbour: and all savages are too much occupied with their own wants and necessities, to give much attention to those of another person. A savage, therefore, whatever be the nature of his distress, expects no sympathy from those about him, and disdains, upon that account, to expose himself, by allowing the least weakness to escape 182 him. His passions, how furious and violent soever, are never permitted to disturb the serenity of his countenance or the composure of his conduct and behaviour. The savages in North America, we are told, assume upon all occasions the greatest indifference, and would think themselves degraded if they should ever appear in any respect to be overcome, either by love, or grief, or resentment. Their magnanimity and self-command, in this respect, are almost beyond the conception of Europeans. In a country in which all men are upon a level, with regard to rank and fortune, it might be expected that the mutual inclinations of the two parties should be the only thing considered in marriages, and should be indulged without any sort of control. This, however, is the country in which all marriages, without exception, are made up by the parents, and in which a young man would think himself disgraced for ever, if he showed the least preference of one woman above another, or did not express the most complete indifference, both about the time when, and the person to whom, he was to be married. The weakness of love, which is so indulged in ages of humanity and politeness, is regarded among savages as the most unpardonable effeminacy. Even after the marriage, the two parties seem to be ashamed of a connexion which is founded upon so sordid a necessity. They do not live together. They see one another by stealth only. They both continue to dwell in the houses of their respective fathers, and the open cohabitation of the two sexes, which is permitted without blame in all other countries, is here considered as the most indecent and unmanly sensuality. Nor is it only over this agreeable passion that they exert this absolute self-command. They often bear, in the sight of all their countrymen, with injuries, reproach, and the grossest insults, with the appearance of the greatest insensibility, and without expressing the smallest resentment. When a savage is made prisoner of war, and receives, as is usual, the sentence of death from his conquerors, he hears it without expressing any emotion, and afterwards submits to the most dreadful torments, without ever bemoaning himself, or discovering any other passion but contempt of his enemies. While he is hung by the shoulders over a slow fire, he derides his tormentors, and tells them with how much more ingenuity he himself had tormented such of their countrymen as had fallen into his hands. After he has been scorched and burnt, and lacerated in all the most tender and sensible parts of his body for several hours together, he is often allowed, in order to prolong his misery, a short respite, and is taken down from the stake: he employs this interval in talking upon all indifferent subjects, inquires after the news of the country, and seems indifferent about nothing but his own situation. The spectators express the same insensibility; the sight of so horrible an object seems to make no impression upon them; they scarce look at the prisoner, except when they lend a hand to torment him. At other times they smoke tobacco, and amuse themselves 183 with any common object, as if no such matter was going on. Every savage is said to prepare himself from his earliest youth for this dreadful end. He composes, for this purpose, what they call the song of death, a song which he is to sing when he has fallen into the hands of his enemies, and is expiring under the tortures which they inflict upon him. It consists of insults upon his tormentors, and expresses the highest contempt of death and pain. He sings this song upon all extraordinary occasions, when he goes out to war, when he meets his enemies in the field, or whenever he has a mind to show that he has familiarised his imagination to the most dreadful misfortunes, and that no human event can daunt his resolution or alter his purpose. The same contempt of death and torture prevails among all other savage nations. There is not a negro from the coast of Africa, who does not in this respect, possess a degree of magnanimity which the soul of his sordid master is too often scarce capable of conceiving. Fortune never exerted more cruelly her empire over mankind, than when she subjected those nations of heroes to the refuse of the jails of Europe, to wretches who possess the virtues neither of the countries which they come from, nor of those which they go to, and whose levity, brutality, and baseness, expose them to the contempt of the vanquished.
Among savages and barbarians, it’s quite different. Every savage goes through a type of Spartan discipline and, due to their circumstances, becomes accustomed to various hardships. They are in constant danger; they often face extreme hunger and frequently die from sheer lack of food. Their situation not only toughens them to all kinds of distress but also teaches them not to give in to the emotions that distress can provoke. They expect no sympathy or leniency from their fellow tribespeople for such weaknesses. To genuinely feel for others, we must be somewhat comfortable ourselves. If our own pain is severe, we don't have the capacity to care for our neighbor's suffering; and all savages are too preoccupied with their own needs and necessities to pay much attention to someone else's problems. A savage, therefore, regardless of the nature of their distress, anticipates no compassion from those around them and, for this reason, refuses to show any weakness. Their emotions, no matter how fierce or intense, never disrupt the calmness of their face or the steadiness of their actions and behavior. The savages in North America, we're told, always display great indifference and would consider it degrading to appear overcome by love, grief, or anger. Their bravery and self-control in this regard are almost beyond European comprehension. In a society where everyone is equal in terms of rank and wealth, it could be expected that mutual feelings would be the sole consideration in marriages and allowed without any constraints. However, this is the land where all marriages are arranged by the parents, and a young man would feel eternally ashamed if he showed even the slightest preference for one woman over another, or didn’t express complete indifference about when and to whom he would marry. The weakness of love, which is very much indulged in civilized societies, is seen among savages as the most unforgivable weakness. Even after marriage, the couple seems embarrassed by a connection rooted in such a base necessity. They do not live together. They only see each other in secret. They both continue to reside in their respective fathers’ homes, and open cohabitation between the sexes, which is accepted without judgment in other countries, is viewed here as the most disgraceful and unmanly behavior. It's not just this pleasant passion that they control completely. They often endure injuries, insults, and the harshest aggressions in front of all their fellow tribespeople with the appearance of great indifference and without showing the slightest anger. When a savage is captured in battle and receives, as usual, a death sentence from his captors, he hears it without displaying any emotion and then endures the worst tortures without lamenting or revealing any passion other than contempt for his enemies. While he is suspended over a slow fire, he mocks his torturers and tells them how much more inventively he had tortured some of their countrymen who had fallen into his hands. After he has been scorched and mutilated in all the most sensitive and vulnerable parts of his body for hours, he is sometimes allowed a brief respite to prolong his suffering and is taken down from the stake. He uses this time to talk about all kinds of trivial subjects, asks for news from the land, and appears indifferent about everything except his own situation. The onlookers exhibit the same insensitivity; the sight of such a horrific scene seems to leave them unfazed; they hardly glance at the prisoner except to help in his torment. At other times they smoke tobacco and entertain themselves with common matters, as though nothing terrible is happening. Every savage is said to prepare for this dreadful fate from their earliest years. To this end, they compose what they call the song of death, a song they sing when they find themselves in the hands of their enemies and are facing torture. It contains insults directed at their tormentors and shows a profound contempt for death and pain. They sing this song on special occasions, when heading into battle, when confronting enemies in the field, or whenever they want to display that they've trained their minds to confront the most horrific misfortunes, showing that no human event can shake their resolve or change their intent. The same disregard for death and torture is present among all other savage nations. There isn't a single man from the African coast who doesn’t possess a level of bravery that the wretched soul of his vile master is often incapable of even imagining. Fortune has never cruelly ruled over mankind more than when it subjected those nations of heroes to the dregs of European jails, to wretches who have neither the virtues of their homelands nor those of the lands they arrive in, and whose lightheartedness, brutality, and lowliness expose them to the disdain of the conquered.
This heroic and unconquerable firmness, which the custom and education of his country demand of every savage, is not required of those who are brought up to live in civilized societies. If these last complain when they are in pain, if they grieve when they are in distress, if they allow themselves either to be overcome by love, or to be discomposed by anger, they are easily pardoned. Such weaknesses are not apprehended to affect the essential parts of their character. As long as they do not allow themselves to be transported to do anything contrary to justice or humanity, they lose but little reputation, though the serenity of their countenance, or the composure of their discourse and behaviour should be somewhat ruffled and disturbed. A humane and polished people, who have more sensibility to the passions of others, can more readily enter into an animated and passionate behaviour, and can more easily pardon some little excess. The person principally concerned is sensible of this; and being assured of the equity of his judges, indulges himself in stronger expressions of passion, and is less afraid of exposing himself to their contempt by the violence of his emotions. We can venture to express more emotion in the presence of a friend than in that of a stranger, because we expect more indulgence from the one than from the other. And in the same manner the rules of decorum amongst civilized nations, admit of a more animated behaviour, than is approved of among barbarians. The first converse together with the openness of friends; the second with the reserve of strangers. The emotion and vivacity with which the French and the Italians, the two most polished nations upon the continent, express 184 themselves on occasions that are at all interesting, surprise at first those strangers who happen to be travelling among them, and who, having been educated among a people of duller sensibility, cannot enter into this passionate behaviour, of which they have never seen any example in their own country. A young French nobleman will weep in the presence of the whole court upon being refused a regiment. An Italian, says the Abbot Du Bos, expresses more emotion on being condemned in a fine of twenty shillings, than an Englishman on receiving the sentence of death. Cicero, in the times of the highest Roman politeness, could, without degrading himself, weep with all the bitterness of sorrow in the sight of the whole senate and the whole people; as it is evident he must have done in the end of almost every oration. The orators of the earlier and ruder ages of Rome could not probably, consistent with the manners of the times, have expressed themselves with so much emotion. It would have been regarded, I suppose, as a violation of nature and propriety in the Scipios, in the Leliuses, and in the elder Cato, to have exposed so much tenderness to the view of the public. Those ancient warriors could express themselves with order, gravity, and good judgment: but are said to have been strangers to that sublime and passionate eloquence which was first introduced into Rome, not many years before the birth of Cicero, by the two Gracchi, by Crassus, and by Sulpitius. This animated eloquence, which has been long practised, with or without success, both in France and Italy, is but just beginning to be introduced into England. So wide is the difference between the degrees of self-command which are required in civilized and in barbarous nations, and by such different standards do they judge of the propriety of behaviour.
This brave and unbreakable strength, which customs and education demand from every savage, isn't expected of those raised in civilized societies. If these individuals show pain or distress, or if they're overcome by love or anger, they are more easily forgiven. Such weaknesses aren't seen as affecting their core character. As long as they don’t act against justice or humanity, they lose little reputation, even if their calm demeanor or composed speech and behavior show some signs of being disturbed. A compassionate and refined society, which is more attuned to the feelings of others, can more easily engage in passionate behavior and forgive minor excesses. The person affected knows this; confident in the fairness of their judges, they allow themselves to express stronger emotions without fear of being looked down upon. We tend to express more feelings in front of friends than strangers because we expect more understanding from the former. Similarly, the rules of decorum among civilized nations allow for more animated behavior than what is considered acceptable among savages. The former communicate openly as friends, while the latter do so with the restraint typical of strangers. The vibrant expressions of emotion from the French and Italians, the two most refined nations on the continent, initially astonish travelers who have grown up among people with less emotional sensitivity and cannot relate to this passionate display they've never encountered back home. A young French noble might weep openly before the entire court upon being denied a military position. An Italian, according to Abbot Du Bos, shows more emotion over being fined twenty shillings than an Englishman does upon receiving a death sentence. Cicero, during the peak of Roman politeness, could openly weep with deep sorrow before the whole senate and populace, which he clearly did at the end of nearly every speech. The orators from earlier, less refined Roman times likely couldn't show such emotion without compromising their dignity. It would have been seen as unnatural and inappropriate for figures like the Scipios, Leliuses, and the elder Cato to reveal such vulnerability in public. Those ancient warriors could communicate with order, seriousness, and good judgment but were said to lack the passionate eloquence that emerged in Rome shortly before Cicero's birth, introduced by the Gracchi brothers, Crassus, and Sulpitius. This vibrant style of speech, practiced for a long time in France and Italy, is just beginning to take hold in England. The gap in expected self-control between civilized and barbaric nations is vast, and they judge appropriate behavior by very different standards.
This difference gives occasion to many others that are not less essential. A polished people being accustomed to give way, in some measure, to the movements of nature, become frank, open, and sincere. Barbarians, on the contrary, being obliged to smother and conceal the appearance of every passion, necessarily acquire the habits of falsehood and dissimulation. It is observed by all those who have been conversant with savage nations, whether in Asia, Africa, or America, that they are equally impenetrable, and that, when they have a mind to conceal the truth, no examination is capable of drawing it from them. They cannot be trepanned by the most artful questions. The torture itself is incapable of making them confess any thing which they have no mind to tell. The passions of a savage too, though they never express themselves by an outward emotion, but lie concealed in the breast of the sufferer, are, notwithstanding, all mounted to the highest pitch of fury. Though he seldom shows any symptoms of anger, yet his vengeance, when he comes to give way to it, is always sanguinary and dreadful. The least affront drives him to despair. His countenance and discourse indeed, are still sober and composed, and express nothing 185 but the most perfect tranquillity of mind: but his actions are often the most furious and violent. Among the North Americans it is not uncommon for persons of the tenderest age and more fearful sex to drown themselves upon receiving only a slight reprimand from their mothers, and this too without expressing any passion, or saying any thing, except, you shall no longer have a daughter. In civilized nations the passions of men are not commonly so furious or so desperate. They are often clamorous and noisy, but are seldom very hurtful; and seem frequently to aim at no other satisfaction, but that of convincing the spectator, that they are in the right to be so much moved, and of procuring his sympathy and approbation.
This difference leads to many other important ones. A refined society, used to aligning with nature's rhythms, becomes straightforward, open, and genuine. In contrast, those who are less developed must hide and suppress any display of emotion, which leads to habits of deceit and pretense. Observers of primitive cultures in Asia, Africa, or America note that these groups are equally opaque; when they want to keep something hidden, no interrogation can pry the truth from them. They cannot be tricked by even the most skillful questioning. Even torture fails to make them reveal anything they're unwilling to share. A savage's emotions, while not outwardly expressed but kept hidden within, can escalate to extreme intensity. Although they rarely show signs of anger, when they do unleash it, their vengeance is often brutal and terrifying. A minor slight can drive them to the brink of despair. Their faces and words typically remain calm and composed, reflecting a serene mindset, yet their actions can be extremely violent and aggressive. Among North Americans, it's not unusual for even the youngest and most vulnerable to take their lives over a minor scolding from their mothers, doing so without any display of emotion, simply stating, you shall no longer have a daughter. In more civilized societies, people’s emotions are usually not as ferocious or desperate. They tend to be loud and unrestrained but are rarely truly harmful, often seeking only to demonstrate to onlookers that they have a right to feel so strongly and to gain their sympathy and approval.
All these effects of custom and fashion, however, upon the moral sentiments of mankind, are inconsiderable, in comparison of those which they give occasion to in some other cases; and it is not concerning the general style of character and behaviour, that those principles produce the greatest perversion of judgment, but concerning the propriety or impropriety of particular usages.
All these impacts of custom and fashion on people's moral feelings are minor compared to the significant effects they cause in other situations. It's not the overall style of character and behavior that leads to the most significant distortion of judgment; rather, it's about the appropriateness or inappropriateness of specific practices.
The different manners which custom teaches us to approve of in the different professions and states of life, do not concern things of the greatest importance. We expect truth and justice from an old man as well as from a young, from a clergyman as well as from an officer; and it is in matters of small moment only that we look for the distinguishing marks of their respective characters. With regard to these, too, there is often some unobserved circumstance which, if it was attended to, would show us, that, independent of custom, there was a propriety in the character which custom had taught us to allot to each profession. We cannot complain, therefore, in this case, that the perversion of natural sentiment is very great. Though the manners of different nations require different degrees of the same quality, in the character which they think worthy of esteem, yet the worst that can be said to happen even here, is that the duties of one virtue are sometimes extended so as to encroach a little upon the precincts of some other. The rustic hospitality that is in fashion among the Poles encroaches, perhaps, a little upon œconomy and good order; and the frugality that is esteemed in Holland, upon generosity and good-fellowship. The hardiness demanded of savages diminishes their humanity; and, perhaps, the delicate sensibility required in civilized nations, sometimes destroys the masculine firmness of the character. In general, the style of manners which takes place in any nation, may commonly upon the whole be said to be that which is most suitable to its situation. Hardiness is the character most suitable to the circumstances of a savage; sensibility to those of one who lives in a very civilized country. Even here, therefore, we cannot complain that the moral sentiments of men, as displayed by them, are very grossly perverted.
The different ways that customs teach us to judge various professions and life situations don't really involve the most important matters. We expect truth and justice from an elderly person just as much as from a young one, from a clergy member just as from a military officer; it's only in minor matters that we look for the unique traits associated with their specific roles. Even in these cases, there are often unnoticed factors that, if acknowledged, would reveal that, aside from custom, there is an appropriateness in the character that custom has led us to assign to each profession. So, we can’t really complain that the distortion of natural feelings is very significant. Although different cultures might require varying levels of the same qualities in characters they respect, the worst that could happen here is that the responsibilities of one virtue sometimes overlap slightly with those of another. The rustic hospitality popular among the Poles might encroach a bit on economy and orderliness, while the frugality valued in Holland could encroach upon generosity and camaraderie. The toughness expected from savages tends to diminish their compassion; similarly, maybe the heightened sensitivity required in civilized societies sometimes undermines the masculine strength of one’s character. In general, the social behaviors prevalent in any nation can usually be said to align with its specific situation. Toughness is the character trait best suited to the lifestyle of a savage; sensitivity fits those in a highly civilized society. Therefore, even here, we can't really say that the moral feelings of people, as displayed by them, are grossly distorted.
It is not therefore in the general style of conduct or behaviour that 186 custom authorises the widest departure from what is the natural propriety of action. With regard to particular usages, its influence is often much more destructive of good morals, and it is capable of establishing, as lawful and blameless, particular actions, which shock the very plainest principles of right and wrong.
It’s not usually in overall behavior that 186 custom allows the greatest deviation from natural propriety. When it comes to specific practices, its impact can often be much more harmful to good morals, and it can make certain actions seem acceptable and innocent, even when they violate the most basic principles of right and wrong.
Can there be greater barbarity, for example, than to hurt an infant? Its helplessness, its innocence, its amiableness, call forth the compassion, even of an enemy, and not to spare that tender age is regarded as the most furious effort of an enraged and cruel conqueror. What then should we imagine must be the heart of a parent who could injure that weakness which even a furious enemy is afraid to violate? Yet the exposition, that is, the murder of new-born infants, was a practice allowed of in almost all the states of Greece, even among the polite and civilized Athenians; and whenever the circumstances of the parent rendered it inconvenient to bring up the child, to abandon it to hunger or to wild beasts was regarded without blame or censure. This practice had probably begun in times of the most savage barbarity. The imaginations of men had been first made familiar with it in that earliest period of society, and the uniform continuance of the custom had hindered them afterwards from perceiving its enormity. We find, at this day, that this practice prevails among all savage nations; and in that rudest and lowest state of society it is undoubtedly more pardonable than in any other. The extreme indigence of a savage is often such that he himself is frequently exposed to the greatest extremity of hunger, he often dies of pure want, and it is frequently impossible for him to support both himself and his child. We cannot wonder, therefore, that in this case he should abandon it. One who, in flying from an enemy, whom it was impossible to resist, should throw down his infant, because it retarded his flight, would surely be excusable; since, by attempting to save it, he could only hope for the consolation of dying with it. That in this state of society, therefore, a parent should be allowed to judge whether he can bring up his child, ought not to surprise us so greatly. In the latter ages of Greece, however, the same thing was permitted from views of remote interest or conveniency, which could by no means excuse it. Uninterrupted custom had by this time so thoroughly authorised the practice, that not only the loose maxims of the world tolerated this barbarous prerogative, but even the doctrine of philosophers, which ought to have been more just and accurate, was led away by the established custom, and upon this, as upon many other occasions, instead of censuring, supported the horrible abuse, by far-fetched considerations of public utility. Aristotle talks of it as of what the magistrate ought upon many occasions to encourage. The humane Plato is of the same opinion, and, with all that love of mankind which seems to animate all his writings, no where marks this practice with disapprobation. When custom can give sanction to so dreadful a violation of humanity; we 187 may well imagine that there is scarce any particular practice so gross which it cannot authorise. Such a thing, we hear men every day saying, is commonly done, and they seem to think this a sufficient apology for what, in itself, is the most unjust and unreasonable conduct.
Can there be anything more barbaric than hurting an infant? Its helplessness, innocence, and cuteness provoke compassion—even from an enemy. Not sparing such a tender age is seen as the most vicious act of a raging and cruel conqueror. What kind of heart must a parent have to harm that vulnerability, which even a furious enemy fears to violate? Yet, the practice of exposing, or murdering, newborns was allowed in almost all Greek states, even among the refined and civilized Athenians. Whenever a parent found it inconvenient to raise the child, abandoning it to hunger or wild animals was viewed without blame or criticism. This practice likely started in the most savage times. People became accustomed to it early in society's development, and the ongoing tradition hindered them from recognizing its horror. Today, we see that this practice persists among all savage nations; in the most primitive state of society, it is definitely more excusable than in any other. A savage's extreme poverty often puts him in dire situations of hunger, and he may die from absolute want, making it impossible to care for both himself and his child. Therefore, it is not surprising that he might abandon it in such cases. A person fleeing from an unresistable enemy might drop their infant to escape quicker, and they would likely be excused for doing so; after all, attempting to save the child would only lead to the consolation of dying together. Therefore, it shouldn’t shock us that in such a society, a parent would be allowed to decide whether they can raise their child. However, in later ages of Greece, the same permission was granted based on distant interests or convenience, which can never justify it. By then, uninterrupted custom had fully legitimized the practice so much that not only the loose standards of society accepted it, but even the philosophical teachings, which should have been more just and precise, were swayed by established customs. Instead of condemning it, they supported this terrible abuse with far-fetched arguments of public benefit. Aristotle mentions it as something magistrates should sometimes promote. The compassionate Plato agrees, and despite his evident love for humanity in his writings, he never expresses disapproval of this practice. When custom can legitimize such a terrible violation of humanity, we can well imagine there’s hardly any specific act so egregious that it can't gain approval. Every day we hear people say such things are commonly done, and they seem to think that this is a sufficient excuse for what is, in itself, the most unjust and unreasonable behavior.
There is an obvious reason why custom should never pervert our sentiments with regard to the general style and character of conduct and behaviour, in the same degree as with regard to the propriety or unlawfulness of particular usages. There never can be any such custom. No society could subsist a moment, in which the usual strain of men’s conduct and behaviour was of a piece with the horrible practice I have just now mentioned.
There’s a clear reason why tradition should never distort our feelings about the general style and nature of conduct and behavior, just as it should not affect our views on the appropriateness or legality of specific customs. Such a tradition can never exist. No society could survive for even a moment if the typical behavior of its members aligned with the terrible practice I just mentioned.
Part Ⅵ.—Of the Character of Virtue.
INTRODUCTION.—When we consider the character of any individual, we naturally view it under two different aspects; first, as it may affect his own happiness; and secondly, as it may affect that of other people.
IINTRODUCTION.—When we think about someone's character, we naturally look at it in two ways: first, how it impacts their own happiness; and second, how it impacts the happiness of others.
SEC. Ⅰ.—OF THE CHARACTER OF THE INDIVIDUAL, SO FAR AS IT AFFECTS HIS OWN HAPPINESS; OR OF PRUDENCE.
THE preservation and healthful state of the body seem to be the objects which Nature first recommends to the care of every individual. The appetites of hunger and thirst, the agreeable or disagreeable sensations of pleasure and pain, of heat and cold, &c., may be considered as lessons delivered by the voice of Nature herself, directing him what he ought to choose, and what he ought to avoid, for this purpose. The first lessons which he is taught by those to whom his childhood is entrusted, tend, the greater part of them, to the same purpose. Their principal object is to teach him how to keep out of harm’s way.
THE preservation and well-being of the body seem to be the priorities that Nature first emphasizes for everyone. The feelings of hunger and thirst, and the pleasant or unpleasant sensations of pleasure and pain, heat and cold, etc., can be seen as lessons from Nature herself, guiding individuals on what to pursue and what to avoid for this reason. The initial lessons taught by those responsible for a child's upbringing mostly aim at the same goal. Their main focus is to teach the child how to stay safe.
As he grows up, he soon learns that some care and foresight are necessary for providing the means of gratifying those natural appetites, of procuring pleasure and avoiding pain, of procuring the agreeable and avoiding the disagreeable temperature of heat and cold. In the proper direction of this care and foresight consists the art of preserving and increasing what is called his external fortune.
As he matures, he quickly realizes that some planning and consideration are essential for satisfying those natural desires, for seeking pleasure and avoiding pain, and for managing the comfortable and uncomfortable temperatures of heat and cold. The skill of effectively directing this planning and consideration is key to maintaining and growing what is known as his external fortune.
Though it is in order to supply the necessities and conveniencies of the body, that the advantages of external fortune are originally recommended to us, yet we cannot live long in the world without perceiving that the respect of our equals, our credit and rank in the society we live in, depend very much upon the degree in which we possess, or are supposed to possess, those advantages. The desire of becoming the 188 proper objects of this respect, of deserving and obtaining this credit and rank among our equals, is, perhaps, the strongest of all our desires, and our anxiety to obtain the advantages of fortune is accordingly much more excited and irritated by this desire, than by that of supplying all the necessities and conveniencies of the body, which are always very easily supplied to us.
Though it’s essential to meet our physical needs and comfort, the perks of external fortune are often pointed out to us because of this. However, we can't go through life without realizing that how our peers see us, along with our reputation and status in society, largely depends on how much we have, or are believed to have, those advantages. The desire to be recognized as worthy of that respect, and to earn and maintain our status among peers, is probably our strongest desire. Our drive to gain these advantages is fueled much more by this wish than by the need to fulfill our basic physical necessities, which are usually pretty easy to meet.
Our rank and credit among our equals, too, depend very much upon, what, perhaps, a virtuous man would wish them to depend entirely, our character and conduct, or upon the confidence, esteem, and good-will, which these naturally excite in the people we live with.
Our status and reputation among our peers largely depend on what a decent person would ideally want them to depend on: our character and behavior, or the trust, respect, and goodwill that these naturally inspire in the people around us.
The care of the health, of the fortune, of the rank and reputation of the individual, the objects upon which his comfort and happiness in this life are supposed principally to depend, is considered as the proper business of that virtue which is commonly called Prudence.
The management of one's health, wealth, social status, and reputation—things that are seen as essential for comfort and happiness in life—is generally regarded as the main focus of the virtue known as Prudence.
We suffer more, it has already been observed, when we fall from a better to a worse situation, than we ever enjoy when we rise from a worse to a better. Security, therefore, is the first and the principal object of prudence. It is averse to expose our health, our fortune, our rank, or reputation, to any sort of hazard. It is rather cautious than enterprising, and more anxious to preserve the advantages which we already possess, than forward to prompt us to the acquisition of still greater advantages. The methods of improving our fortune, which it principally recommends to us, are those which expose to no loss or hazard; real knowledge and skill in our trade or profession, assiduity and industry in the exercise of it, frugality, and even some degree of parsimony, in all our expenses.
We suffer more, as has been noted, when we go from a better situation to a worse one, than we ever enjoy when we move from a worse situation to a better one. So, security is the main focus of good judgment. It avoids putting our health, wealth, status, or reputation at any risk. It's more about being cautious than taking risks, and it's more concerned with holding on to what we already have than pushing us to seek even greater gains. The ways it mainly suggests for improving our circumstances are those that involve no loss or risk; true knowledge and skill in our job or profession, dedication and hard work in doing it, being careful with our spending, and even a bit of frugality in our expenses.
The prudent man always studies seriously and earnestly to understand whatever he professes to understand, and not merely to persuade other people that he understands it; and though his talents may not always be very brilliant, they are always perfectly genuine. He neither endeavours to impose upon you by the cunning devices of an artful impostor, nor by the arrogant airs of an assuming pedant, nor by the confident assertions of a superficial and impudent pretender. He is not ostentatious even of the abilities which he really possesses. His conversation is simple and modest, and he is averse to all the quackish arts by which other people so frequently thrust themselves into public notice and reputation. For reputation in his profession he is naturally disposed to rely a good deal upon the solidity of his knowledge and abilities; and he does not always think of cultivating the favour of those little clubs and cabals, who, in the superior arts and sciences, so often erect themselves into the supreme judges of merit; and who make it their business to celebrate the talents and virtues of one another, and to decry whatever can come into competition with them. If he ever connects himself with any society of this kind, it is merely in self-defence, not with a view to impose upon the public, but to 189 hinder the public from being imposed upon, to his disadvantage, by the clamours, the whispers, or the intrigues, either of that particular society, or of some other of the same kind.
The wise person consistently studies seriously and sincerely to understand whatever they claim to understand, not just to convince others that they get it; and while their talents might not always shine brightly, they are always completely genuine. They don't try to deceive you with the clever tricks of a crafty fraud, the pompous attitude of a show-off, or the self-assured claims of a shallow and brash impostor. They aren't flashy even about the skills they genuinely have. Their conversations are straightforward and humble, and they steer clear of all the flashy tactics that others often use to thrust themselves into the spotlight and gain recognition. When it comes to their reputation in their field, they naturally depend on the strength of their knowledge and skills, rather than constantly trying to win the favor of those small groups and cliques that often set themselves up as the ultimate judges of merit in the higher arts and sciences. These groups tend to celebrate each other’s talents and virtues while dismissing anything that might compete with them. If they ever associate with any such organization, it’s solely for self-protection, not to deceive the public, but to 189 prevent the public from being misled, to their detriment, by the outcries, whispers, or schemes of that particular group, or any similar ones.
The prudent man is always sincere, and feels horror at the very thought of exposing himself to the disgrace which attends upon the detection of falsehood. But though always sincere, he is not always frank and open; and though he never tells any thing but the truth, he does not always think himself bound, when not properly called upon, to tell the whole truth. As he is cautious in his actions, so he is reserved in his speech; and never rashly or unnecessarily obtrudes his opinion concerning either things or persons.
The wise person is always honest and is horrified by the idea of facing the shame that comes with being caught in a lie. However, while they are always truthful, they aren't always straightforward and open; and even though they never say anything but the truth, they don't always feel obligated to share the whole truth unless specifically asked. Just as they are careful in their actions, they are also reserved in their words, never irresponsibly or unnecessarily imposing their opinions about things or people.
The prudent man, though not always distinguished by the most exquisite sensibility, is always very capable of friendship. But his friendship is not that ardent and passionate, but too often transitory affection, which appears so delicious to the generosity of youth and inexperience. It is a sedate, but steady and faithful attachment to a few well-tried and well-chosen companions; in the choice of whom he is not guided by the giddy admiration of shining accomplishments, but by the sober esteem of modesty, discretion, and good conduct. But though capable of friendship, he is not always much disposed to general sociality. He rarely frequents, and more rarely figures in those convivial societies which are distinguished for the jollity and gaiety of their conversation. Their way of life might too often interfere with the regularity of his temperance, might interrupt the steadiness of his industry, or break in upon the strictness of his frugality.
The wise person, while not always marked by the most delicate feelings, is always quite capable of friendship. However, their friendship isn't the fiery and passionate kind; it often resembles a fleeting affection that seems so appealing to the generosity of youth and naivety. Instead, it’s a calm, yet steady and loyal connection with a few carefully chosen and well-trusted companions. In selecting these friends, they're not swayed by the shallow admiration of impressive achievements but by a genuine respect for modesty, discretion, and good behavior. Even though they're capable of friendship, they don't often seek out social gatherings. They rarely attend, and even less frequently participate in those lively social settings known for their cheerful and upbeat discussions. Such a lifestyle could easily disrupt their commitment to moderation, disturb their consistent work ethic, or infringe upon their careful frugality.
But though his conversation may not always be very sprightly or diverting, it is always perfectly inoffensive. He hates the thought of being guilty of any petulance or rudeness. He never assumes impertinently over any body, and, upon all common occasions, is willing to place himself rather below than above his equals. Both in his conduct and conversation, he is an exact observer of decency, and respects with an almost religious scrupulosity, all the established decorums and ceremonials of society. And, in this respect, he sets a much better example than has frequently been done by men of much more splendid talents and virtues, who, in all ages, from that of Socrates and Aristippus, down to that of Dr. Swift and Voltaire, and from that of Philip and Alexander the Great, down to that of the great Czar Peter of Muscovy, have too often distinguished themselves by the most improper and even insolent contempt of all the ordinary decorums of life and conversation, and who have thereby set the most pernicious example to those who wish to resemble them, and who too often content themselves with imitating their follies, without even attempting to attain their perfections.
But even though his conversation might not always be very lively or entertaining, it’s always completely harmless. He dislikes the idea of being rude or petulant. He never acts disrespectfully toward anyone, and on most occasions, he prefers to place himself below rather than above his peers. In both his behavior and conversation, he is meticulous about decency and almost religiously respects all the accepted norms and rituals of society. In this way, he sets a much better example than many who have had much more impressive talents and virtues, who, throughout history—from Socrates and Aristippus to Dr. Swift and Voltaire, and from Philip and Alexander the Great to the great Czar Peter of Muscovy—have often displayed the most inappropriate and even arrogant disregard for the usual social decorum and conversation etiquette. This behavior has set a very harmful example for those who wish to emulate them, who often settle for mimicking their mistakes instead of striving to achieve their qualities.
In the steadiness of his industry and frugality, in his steadily sacrificing the ease and enjoyment of the present moment for the probable 190 expectation of the still greater ease and enjoyment of a more distant but more lasting period of time, the prudent man is always both supported and rewarded by the entire approbation of the impartial spectator, and of the representative of the impartial spectator, the man within the breast. The impartial spectator does not feel himself worn out by the present labour of those whose conduct he surveys; nor does he feel himself solicited by the importunate calls of their present appetites. To him their present, and what is likely to be their future, situation, are very nearly the same: he sees them nearly at the same distance, and is affected by them very nearly in the same manner. He knows, however, that to the persons principally concerned, they are very far from being the same, and that they naturally affect them in a very different manner. He cannot therefore but approve, and even applaud, that proper exertion of self-command, which enables them to act as if their present and their future situation affected them nearly in the same manner in which they affect him.
In his consistent hard work and thriftiness, sacrificing the comfort and enjoyment of the present moment for the likely greater comfort and enjoyment of a more distant yet lasting future, the wise man is always both supported and rewarded by the complete approval of the impartial observer and the representative of that impartial observer—the person within himself. The impartial observer doesn’t feel exhausted by the current efforts of those he observes, nor does he feel overwhelmed by their urgent desires. For him, their present situation and what will likely happen in the future are almost the same; he perceives them at nearly the same distance and is affected by them in similar ways. He understands, however, that for the people directly involved, the situations are far from the same and affect them in very different ways. Therefore, he can't help but approve of, and even commend, that appropriate display of self-control that allows them to act as if their present and future situations impact them in the same way that they impact him.
The man who lives within his income, is naturally contented with his situation, which, by continual, though small accumulations, is growing better and better every day. He is enabled gradually to relax, both in the rigour of his parsimony and in the severity of his application; and he feels with double satisfaction this gradual increase of ease and enjoyment, from having felt before the hardship which attended the want of them. He has no anxiety to change so comfortable a situation and does not go in quest of new enterprises and adventures, which might endanger, but could not well increase the secure tranquillity which he actually enjoys. If he enters into any new projects or enterprises, they are likely to be well concerted and well prepared. He can never be hurried or driven into them by any necessity, but has always time and leisure to deliberate soberly and coolly concerning what are likely to be their consequences.
The man who lives within his means is naturally satisfied with his situation, which, through constant, albeit small gains, is getting better every day. He can gradually ease up, both on his strict saving habits and on his intense work ethic; and he feels even more satisfied with this slow increase in comfort and happiness because he has felt the challenges that come with not having them. He has no urge to change such a comfortable situation and doesn’t seek out new ventures and adventures that might disrupt, but wouldn’t really enhance, the secure peace he currently enjoys. If he decides to take on any new projects or ventures, they are likely to be well thought out and well planned. He is never rushed or forced into them by any necessity, but always has the time and space to think carefully and calmly about what their potential outcomes might be.
The prudent man is not willing to subject himself to any responsibility which his duty does not impose upon him. He is not a bustler in business where he has no concern; is not a meddler in other people’s affairs; is not a professed counsellor or adviser, who obtrudes his advice where nobody is asking it. He confines himself, as much as his duty will permit, to his own affairs, and has no taste for that foolish importance which many people wish to derive from appearing to have some influence in the management of those of other people. He is averse to enter into any party disputes, hates faction, and is not always very forward to listen to the voice even of noble and great ambition. When distinctly called upon, he will not decline the service of his country, but he will not cabal in order to force himself into it, and would be much better pleased that the public business were well managed by some other person, than that he himself should have the trouble, and incur the responsibility, of managing it. In the bottom of his heart he 191 would prefer the undisturbed enjoyment of secure tranquillity, not only to all the vain splendour of successful ambition, but to the real and solid glory of performing the greatest and most magnanimous actions.
The wise person doesn't want to take on any responsibility that their duty doesn't require of them. They aren't aggressive in business where they have no stake, don't interfere in others' matters, and aren't self-proclaimed advisors who push their opinions where they haven't been asked. They stick to their own affairs as much as their responsibilities allow and have no interest in the foolish importance that many seek by pretending to influence the decisions of others. They shy away from party conflicts, dislike factions, and aren't always eager to heed the calls of noble and ambitious pursuits. If explicitly asked, they won't hesitate to serve their country, but they won't scheme to impose themselves, and they would actually prefer that someone else efficiently manage public duties rather than take on the hassle and responsibility themselves. Deep down, they would choose the peaceful enjoyment of calmness over all the empty glory of ambition or even the real honor of achieving the greatest and most noble deeds.
Prudence, in short, when directed merely to the care of the health, of the fortune, and the rank and reputation of the individual, though it is regarded as a most respectable, and even in some degree, as an amiable and agreeable quality, yet it never is considered as one, either of the most endearing, or of the most ennobling of the virtues. It commands a certain cold esteem, but does not seem entitled to any very ardent love or admiration.
Prudence, simply put, when focused only on taking care of one's health, wealth, social status, and reputation, is seen as a respectable quality and even somewhat likable and pleasant. However, it is never considered one of the most cherished or uplifting virtues. It earns a certain level of respect but doesn't seem to deserve deep love or admiration.
Wise and judicious conduct, when directed to greater and nobler purposes than the care of the health, the fortune, the rank and reputation of the individual, is frequently and very properly called prudence. We talk of the prudence of the great general, of the great statesman, of the great legislator. Prudence is, in all these cases, combined with many greater and more splendid virtues, with valour, with extensive and strong benevolence, with a sacred regard to the rules of justice, and all these supported by a proper degree of self-command. This superior prudence, when carried to the highest degree of perfection, necessarily supposes the art, the talent, and the habit or disposition of acting with the most perfect propriety in every possible circumstance and situation. It necessarily supposes the utmost perfection of all the intellectual and of all the moral virtues. It is the best head joined to the best heart. It is the most perfect wisdom combined with the most perfect virtue. It constitutes very nearly the character of the Academical or Peripatetic sage, as the superior prudence does that of the Epicurean.
Wise and thoughtful behavior, when focused on greater and more noble purposes than just caring for one’s health, wealth, status, or reputation, is often rightfully called prudence. We refer to the prudence of great generals, notable statesmen, and accomplished legislators. In all these examples, prudence is paired with many greater and more remarkable virtues, such as bravery, deep compassion, an unwavering commitment to justice, and a healthy level of self-control. This higher level of prudence, when taken to its fullest expression, requires the skill, talent, and habit of acting appropriately in any circumstance. It inherently includes the highest excellence of all intellectual and moral virtues. It represents the best mind combined with the best heart. It embodies perfect wisdom coupled with perfect virtue. It nearly defines the character of the Academic or Peripatetic sage, just as superior prudence characterizes the Epicurean.
Mere imprudence, or the mere want of the capacity to take care of one’s-self, is, with the generous and humane, the object of compassion; with those of less delicate sentiments, of neglect, or, at worst, of contempt, but never of hatred or indignation. When combined with other vices, however, it aggravates in the highest degree the infamy and disgrace which would otherwise attend them. The artful knave, whose dexterity and address exempt him, though not from strong suspicions, yet from punishment or distinct detection, is too often received in the world with an indulgence which he by no means deserves. The awkward and foolish one, who, for want of this dexterity and address, is convicted and brought to punishment, is the object of universal hatred, contempt, and derision. In countries where great crimes frequently pass unpunished, the most atrocious actions become almost familiar, and cease to impress the people with that horror which is universally felt in countries where an exact administration of justice takes place. The injustice is the same in both countries; but the imprudence is often very different. In the latter, great crimes are evidently great follies. In the former, they are not always considered as 192 such. In Italy, during the greater part of the sixteenth century, assassinations, murders, and even murders under trust, seem to have been almost familiar among the superior ranks of people. Cæsar Borgia invited four of the little princes in his neighbourhood, who all possessed little sovereignties, and commanded little armies of their own, to a friendly conference at Senigaglia, where, as soon as they arrived, he put them all to death. This infamous action, though certainly not approved of even in that age of crimes, seems to have contributed very little to the discredit, and not in the least to the ruin of the perpetrator. That ruin happened a few years after from causes altogether disconnected with this crime. Machiavel, not indeed a man of the nicest morality even for his own times, was resident, as minister from the republic of Florence, at the court of Cæsar Borgia when this crime was committed. He gives a very particular account of it, and in that pure, elegant, and simple language which distinguishes all his writings. He talks of it very coolly; is pleased with the address with which Cæsar Borgia conducted it; has much contempt for the dupery and weakness of the sufferers; but no compassion for their miserable and untimely death, and no sort of indignation at the cruelty and falsehood of their murderer. The violence and injustice of great conquerors are often regarded with foolish wonder and admiration; those of petty thieves, robbers, and murderers, with contempt, hatred, and even horror upon all occasions. The former, though they are a hundred times more mischievous and destructive, yet when successful, they often pass for deeds of the most heroic magnanimity. The latter are always viewed with hatred and aversion, as the follies, as well as the crimes, of the lowest and most worthless of mankind. The injustice of the former is certainly, at least, as great as that of the latter; but the folly and imprudence are not near so great. A wicked and worthless man of parts often goes through the world with much more credit than he deserves. A wicked and worthless fool appears always, of all mortals, the most hateful, as well as the most contemptible. As prudence combined with other virtues, constitutes the noblest; so imprudence combined with other vices, constitutes the vilest of all characters.
Just being careless, or lacking the ability to take care of oneself, is something that kind and compassionate people feel sorry for; those who are less sensitive might simply ignore it, or at worst, look down on it, but they'll never feel hatred or anger. However, when it’s mixed with other bad behaviors, it makes the shame and disgrace that come with them even worse. The clever scoundrel, whose skill and charm keep him from facing strong suspicions, punishment, or being caught, is often welcomed in society far more than he deserves. In contrast, the clumsy and foolish person, who lacks that skill and gets caught and punished, becomes a target of widespread hatred, contempt, and mockery. In places where serious crimes often go unpunished, terrible actions become almost routine and lose the shocking impact they have in regions where justice is strictly enforced. The injustice is the same in both situations; but the carelessness is often quite different. In the latter, serious crimes are seen as significant mistakes. In the former, they aren’t always seen that way. In Italy, throughout much of the sixteenth century, assassinations, murders, and even betrayals seemed almost normal among the upper class. Cæsar Borgia invited four local princes, each with their own small realms and armies, to a friendly meeting in Senigaglia, where, upon arrival, he killed them all. This infamous act, though certainly not admired even in that crime-filled era, didn’t seem to harm his reputation or lead to his downfall. That downfall came a few years later due to reasons completely unrelated to this crime. Machiavelli, not exactly a model of morality even for his time, was serving as the representative from Florence at Cæsar Borgia’s court when this crime took place. He provides a detailed account of it, using the clear, elegant, and straightforward language that characterizes all his works. He describes it quite casually, admires the skill with which Cæsar Borgia executed it, shows disdain for the gullibility and weakness of the victims, but feels no pity for their tragic and premature deaths and no anger towards their cruel and deceitful killer. The brutality and injustice of great conquerors are often met with foolish awe and admiration; while the actions of petty thieves, robbers, and murderers are viewed with contempt, hatred, and horror at all times. The former, despite being far more harmful and destructive, are often celebrated as acts of the highest nobility when they succeed. The latter are constantly seen with disdain and disgust, as the foolishness and crimes of the lowest and most worthless individuals. The injustice of the former is definitely, at least, as severe as that of the latter; but the foolishness and carelessness aren't nearly as great. A clever but wicked and worthless person often moves through life with far more respect than he deserves. A wicked and foolish person, however, stands out as the most despicable and contemptible of all. Just as prudence combined with other virtues creates the noblest character, imprudence mixed with other vices creates the most vile character of all.
SECT. Ⅱ.—OF THE CCHARACTER OF THE IINDIVIDUAL, AS FAR AS IT CAN AFFECT THE HHappiness of Others PPEOPLE.
INTRODUCTION.—The character of every individual, so far as it can affect the happiness of other people, must do so by its disposition either to hurt or to benefit them.
IINTRODUCTION.—The character of each person, in terms of how it can impact the happiness of others, must do so through its tendency to either harm or help them.
Proper resentment for injustice attempted, or actually committed, is the only motive which, in the eyes of the impartial spectator, can justify our hurting or disturbing in any respect the happiness of our neighbour. 193 To do so from any other motive is itself a violation of the laws of justice, which force ought to be employed either to restrain or to punish. The wisdom of every state or commonwealth endeavours, as well as it can, to employ the force of the society to restrain those who are subject to its authority from hurting or disturbing the happiness of one another. The rules which it establishes for this purpose, constitute the civil and criminal law of each particular state or country. The principles upon which those rules either are, or ought to be founded, are the subject of a particular science, of all sciences by far the most important, but hitherto, perhaps, the least cultivated, that of natural jurisprudence; concerning which it belongs not to our present subject to enter into any detail. A sacred and religious regard not to hurt or disturb in any respect the happiness of our neighbour, even in those cases where no law can properly protect him, constitutes the character of the perfectly innocent and just man; a character which, when carried to a certain delicacy of attention, is always highly respectable and even venerable for its own sake, and can scarce ever fail to be accompanied with many other virtues, with great feeling for other people, with great humanity and great benevolence. It is a character sufficiently understood, and requires no further explanation. In the present section I shall only endeavour to explain the foundation of that order which nature seems to have traced out for the distribution of our good offices, or for the direction and employment of our very limited powers of beneficence: first, towards individuals; and secondly, towards societies.
Proper resentment for injustice, whether attempted or actually committed, is the only reason that can justify, in the eyes of an impartial observer, our hurting or disturbing our neighbor's happiness. 193 To do so for any other reason is itself a violation of the laws of justice, which should be enforced to either restrain or punish such actions. The wisdom of every state or community tries, as best as it can, to use the society's power to prevent those under its authority from harming or disrupting each other's happiness. The rules established for this purpose make up the civil and criminal law of each specific state or country. The principles that these rules are based on, or should be based on, are the focus of a specific field of study—by far the most important of all sciences, yet perhaps the least developed: natural jurisprudence. It's not within the scope of our current discussion to go into detail about this. A sacred and respectful commitment not to harm or disturb our neighbor's happiness, even in cases where no law can adequately protect him, defines the perfectly innocent and just person. This character, when taken to a certain level of sensitivity, is always highly respected and even revered for its own sake, and is usually accompanied by many other virtues, such as strong empathy for others, great humanity, and immense kindness. This character is well understood and needs no further explanation. In this section, I will only aim to clarify the foundation of the order that nature seems to have outlined for distributing our good deeds, or for directing and using our limited capacity for kindness: first, toward individuals; and second, toward societies.
The same unerring wisdom, it will be found, which regulates every other part of her conduct, directs, in this respect too, the order of her recommendations; which are always stronger or weaker in proportion as our beneficence is more or less necessary, or can be more or less useful.
The same undeniable wisdom that guides all other parts of her behavior also influences the way she makes recommendations; these are always stronger or weaker based on how much our generosity is needed or how useful it can be.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—Of the Order in which Individuals are recommended by Nature to our Care and Attention.
EVERY man, as the Stoics used to say, is first and principally recommended to his own care; and every man is certainly, in every respect, fitter and abler to take care of himself than of any other person. Every man feels his own pleasures and his own pains more sensibly than those of other people. The former are the original sensations; the latter the reflected or sympathetic images of those sensations. The former may be said to be the substance; the latter the shadow.
EVERY person, as the Stoics used to say, is primarily responsible for taking care of themselves; and everyone is definitely more capable of looking after themselves than anyone else. Each person experiences their own joys and sorrows more intensely than those of others. The joys are the genuine feelings; the sorrows are merely reflections or sympathetic responses to those feelings. The joys can be considered the essence; the sorrows the shadow.
After himself, the members of his own family, those who usually live in the same house with him, his parents, his children, his brothers and sisters, are naturally the objects of his warmest affections. They are naturally and usually the persons upon whose happiness or misery his conduct must have the greatest influence. He is more habituated to 194 sympathize with them. He knows better how every thing is likely to affect them, and his sympathy with them is more precise and determinate, than it can be with the greater part of other people. It approaches nearer, in short, to what he feels for himself.
After himself, the people who are closest to him—his parents, children, siblings, and others who live in the same house—are naturally the ones he cares for the most. They are usually the ones whose happiness or unhappiness is most affected by his actions. He is more accustomed to 194 empathizing with them. He understands better how everything is likely to impact them, and his feelings for them are more specific and defined than they can be for most other people. In short, it’s closer to what he feels for himself.
This sympathy too, and the affections which are founded on it, are by nature more strongly directed towards his children than towards his parents, and his tenderness for the former seems generally a more active principle, than his reverence and gratitude towards the latter. In the natural state of things, it has already been observed, the existence of the child, for some time after it comes into the world, depends altogether upon the care of the parent; that of the parent does not naturally depend upon the care of the child. In the eye of nature, it would seem, a child is a more important object than an old man; and excites a much more lively, as well as a much more universal sympathy. It ought to do so. Every thing may be expected, or at least hoped, from the child. In ordinary cases, very little can be either expected or hoped from the old man. The weakness of childhood interests the affections of the most brutal and hard-hearted. It is only to the virtuous and humane, that the infirmities of old age are not the objects of contempt and aversion. In ordinary cases, an old man dies without being much regretted by any body. Scarce a child can die without rending asunder the heart of somebody.
This sympathy, along with the feelings based on it, is naturally more focused on his children than on his parents, and his affection for the former typically seems like a more driving force than his respect and gratitude toward the latter. As has already been noted, in the natural course of things, the survival of the child, for some time after entering the world, entirely relies on the care of the parent, while the parent's life does not naturally depend on the care of the child. From a natural perspective, it seems that a child is a more significant concern than an old man and invokes a much stronger and more widespread sympathy. It should be that way. Everything can be anticipated, or at least hoped for, from the child. In typical situations, very little can be expected or hoped for from the old man. The weakness of childhood draws the compassion of even the most brutal and hard-hearted individuals. Only the kind-hearted and virtuous do not view the frailties of old age with contempt and disdain. Generally, an old man passes away without being deeply mourned by anyone. Hardly a child can die without breaking someone's heart.
The earliest friendships, the friendships which are naturally contracted when the heart is most susceptible of that feeling, are those among brothers and sisters. Their good agreement, while they remain in the same family, is necessary for its tranquillity and happiness. They are capable of giving more pleasure or pain to one another than to the greater part of other people. Their situation renders their mutual sympathy of the utmost importance to their common happiness; and, by the wisdom of nature, the same situation, by obliging them to accommodate to one another, renders that sympathy more habitual, and thereby more lively, more distinct, and more determinate.
The earliest friendships, those that form naturally when our hearts are most open to connection, are often between siblings. Their good relationship is essential for the peace and happiness of the family they share. They can bring each other more joy or hurt than most other people can. Their close living situation makes their mutual support crucial for their shared happiness; and, through the wisdom of nature, this situation forces them to adjust to one another, making that support more consistent, alive, clear, and defined.
The children of brothers and sisters are naturally connected by the friendship which, after separating into different families, continues to take place between their parents. Their good agreement improves the enjoyment of that friendship; their discord would disturb it. As they seldom live in the same family, however, though of more importance to one another than to the greater part of other people, they are of much less than brothers and sisters. As their mutual sympathy is less necessary, so it is less habitual, and therefore proportionally weaker.
The kids of siblings are naturally linked by the friendship that continues between their parents even after they separate into different families. A good relationship enhances that friendship, while conflict would disrupt it. However, since they rarely live in the same household, even though they matter more to each other than to most other people, their bond is much weaker than that of siblings. Because their mutual support is less crucial, it becomes less routine and, therefore, proportionally weaker.
The children of cousins, being still less connected, are of still less importance to one another; and the affection gradually diminishes as the relation grows more and more remote.
The children of cousins, being even less related, matter even less to each other; and the affection slowly fades as the relationship becomes more and more distant.
What is called affection, is in reality nothing but habitual sympathy. Our concern in the happiness or misery of those who are the objects of 195 what we call our affections; our desire to promote the one, and to prevent the other; are either the actual feeling of that habitual sympathy, or the necessary consequences of that feeling. Relations being usually placed in situations which naturally create this habitual sympathy, it is expected that a suitable degree of affection should take place among them. We generally find that it actually does take place; we therefore naturally expect that it should; and we are, upon that account, more shocked when, upon any occasion, we find that it does not. The general rule is established, that persons related to one another in a certain degree, ought always to be affected towards one another in a certain manner, and that there is always the highest impropriety, and sometimes even a sort of impiety, in their being affected in a different manner. A parent without parental tenderness, a child devoid of all filial reverence, appear monsters, the objects, not of hatred only, but of horror to their neighbours.
What we call affection is really just habitual sympathy. Our concern for the happiness or suffering of those we consider our loved ones drives our desire to support the first and prevent the second; these feelings either stem from that habitual sympathy or are the inevitable results of it. Since family members are typically in situations that naturally foster this habitual sympathy, we expect a certain level of affection among them. We usually observe that it exists, so we naturally anticipate it will; thus, we are more surprised when it doesn't happen. The general expectation is that people related by blood should have a certain emotional response to each other, and it's considered highly inappropriate—sometimes even a bit wrong—if they don't. A parent lacking parental love or a child lacking any respect for their parents seem monstrous, evoking not just disdain, but horror from those around them.
Though in a particular instance, the circumstances which usually produce those natural affections, as they are called, may, by some accident, not have taken place, yet respect for the general rule will frequently, in some measure, supply their place, and produce something which, though not altogether the same, may bear, however, a very considerable resemblance to those affections. A father is apt to be less attached to a child, who, by some accident, has been separated from him in its infancy, and who does not return to him till it is grown up to manhood. The father is apt to feel less paternal tenderness for the child; the child, less filial reverence for the father. Brothers and sisters, when they have been educated in distant countries, are apt to feel a similar diminution of affection. With the dutiful and the virtuous, however, respect for the general rule will frequently produce something which, though by no means the same, yet may very much resemble those natural affections. Even during the separation, the father and the child, the brothers or the sisters, are by no means indifferent to one another. They all consider one another as persons to and from whom certain affections are due, and they live in the hopes of being some time or another in a situation to enjoy that friendship which ought naturally to have taken place among persons so nearly connected. Till they meet, the absent son, the absent brother, are frequently the favourite son, the favourite brother. They have never offended, or, if they have, it is so long ago, that the offence is forgotten, as some childish trick not worth the remembering. Every account they have heard of one another, if conveyed by people of any tolerable good nature, has been, in the highest degree, flattering and favourable. The absent son, the absent brother, is not like other ordinary sons and brothers; but an all-perfect son, an all-perfect brother; and the most romantic hopes are entertained of the happiness to be enjoyed in the friendship and conversation of such persons. When they meet, it is 196 often with so strong a disposition to conceive that habitual sympathy which constitutes the family affection, that they are very apt to fancy they have actually conceived it, and to behave to one another as if they had. Time and experience, however, I am afraid, too frequently undeceive them. Upon a more familiar acquaintance, they frequently discover in one another habits, humours, and inclinations, different from what they expected, to which, from want of habitual sympathy, from want of the real principle and foundation of what is properly called family-affection, they cannot now easily accommodate themselves. They have never lived in the situation which almost necessarily forces that easy accommodation, and though they may now be sincerely desirous to assume it, they have really become incapable of doing so. Their familiar conversation and intercourse soon become less pleasing to them, and, upon that account, less frequent. They may continue to live with one another in the mutual exchange of all essential good offices, and with every other external appearance of decent regard. But that cordial satisfaction, that delicious sympathy, that confidential openness and ease, which naturally take place in the conversation of those who have lived long and familiarly with one another, it seldom happens that they can completely enjoy.
Though in a specific situation, the usual factors that create those natural feelings may not have occurred due to some accident, respect for the general principle often fills that gap and leads to feelings that, while not exactly the same, closely resemble those affections. A father is likely to feel less attached to a child who, by some chance, has been separated from him in infancy and doesn't return until adulthood. The father may experience less paternal warmth for the child, and the child, in turn, may feel less filial respect for the father. Siblings raised in different countries often experience similar reductions in affection. However, for the dutiful and virtuous, respect for the general principle can create feelings that, while not identical, can closely mirror those natural affections. Even during their separation, the father and child, as well as the siblings, are not indifferent to each other. They regard one another as people to whom certain feelings are owed, and they live in hope of one day enjoying the friendship that should naturally exist between those so closely connected. Until they reunite, the absent son or brother is often viewed as the favorite son or brother. They have not wronged each other, or if they have, it's been so long that any offense is forgotten, like a childish prank not worth recalling. Every story they hear about one another, conveyed by decent-hearted people, is highly flattering and positive. The absent son or brother isn't like ordinary siblings but rather a perfect son, a perfect brother; and they cherish romantic hopes about the joy to be found in the friendship and conversation with these idealized figures. When they do meet, it’s often with such a strong inclination to feel that familial bond that they easily convince themselves they’ve truly developed it and act toward each other as if they have. However, time and experience often reveal the truth. Upon getting to know each other better, they frequently find habits, quirks, and attitudes that differ from what they anticipated, which they struggle to adjust to due to a lack of that inherent connection that defines genuine family affection. They have never lived in conditions that naturally encourage that easy adjustment, and even though they may genuinely want to adopt it now, they find themselves unable to do so. Their casual conversations and interactions soon become less enjoyable, and for that reason, less frequent. They may still coexist while exchanging necessary kindnesses and maintaining an outward appearance of mutual respect. But the warm satisfaction, delightful empathy, and honest openness that typically arise in the conversations of those who have known each other well for a long time are seldom fully realized between them.
It is only, however, with the dutiful and the virtuous, that the general rule has even this slender authority. With the dissipated, the profligate, and the vain, it is entirely disregarded. They are so far from respecting it, that they seldom talk of it but with the most indecent derision; and an early and long separation of this kind never fails to estrange them most completely from one another. With such persons, respect for the general rule can at best produce only a cold and affected civility (a very slender semblance of real regard); and even this, the slightest offence, the smallest opposition of interest, commonly puts an end to altogether.
It’s only with the responsible and virtuous that the general rule holds even a little bit of influence. With the irresponsible, the reckless, and the self-absorbed, it’s completely ignored. They not only fail to respect it, but they often discuss it with the most disrespectful mockery; a lengthy and early separation of this kind always completely drives them apart. With such people, respect for the general rule can at most lead to a superficial and forced civility (a very faint imitation of genuine concern); and even this is usually destroyed by the slightest offense or the smallest clash of interests.
The education of boys at distant great schools, of young men at distant colleges, of young ladies in distant nunneries and boarding-schools, seems, in the higher ranks of life, to have hurt most essentially the domestic morals, and consequently the domestic happiness, both of France and England. Do you wish to educate your children to be dutiful to their parents, to be kind and affectionate to their brothers and sisters? put them under the necessity of being dutiful children, of being kind and affectionate brothers and sisters: educate them in your own house. From their parent’s house, they may, with propriety and advantage, go out every day to attend public schools: but let their dwelling be always at home. Respect for you must always impose a very useful restraint upon their conduct; and respect for them may frequently impose no useless restraint upon your own. Surely no acquirement, which can possibly be derived from what is called a public education, can make any sort of compensation for what 197 is almost certainly and necessarily lost by it. Domestic education is the institution of nature; public education, the contrivance of man. It is surely unnecessary to say, which is likely to be the wisest.
The education of boys at distant prestigious schools, young men at faraway colleges, and young women in remote nunneries and boarding schools seems, among the upper classes, to have significantly damaged family values and, as a result, the happiness of families in both France and England. If you want to raise your children to be respectful to their parents and kind and loving to their siblings, you should make sure they learn how to be good children and caring brothers and sisters: teach them at home. From their parents' house, they can properly and beneficially go out every day to attend public schools, but always let their home base be at home. Your children’s respect for you will naturally create a helpful restraint on their behavior, and their respect for you can also, at times, help you be more restrained in your actions. Certainly, no benefits gained from what is called public education can ever truly make up for the vital family connections that are almost certainly lost by it. Home education is the way of nature; public education is a human invention. It's clear which is likely to be the wiser choice.
In some tragedies and romances, we meet with many beautiful and interesting scenes, founded upon what is called, the force of blood, or upon the wonderful affection which near relations are supposed to conceive for one another, even before they know that they have any such connection. This force of blood, however, I am afraid, exists no where but in tragedies and romances. Even in tragedies and romances, it is never supposed to take place between any relations, but those who are naturally bred up in the same house; between parents and children, between brothers and sisters. To imagine any such mysterious affection between cousins, or even between aunts or uncles, and nephews or nieces, would be too ridiculous.
In some tragic stories and romances, we encounter many beautiful and intriguing scenes that are based on what’s referred to as the force of blood, or the deep bond that close relatives are believed to feel for each other, even before they realize they are connected. However, I’m afraid this force of blood only exists in tragedies and romances. Even within those genres, it’s only thought to happen between relatives who grow up together in the same household; between parents and children, and between siblings. The idea of such a mysterious bond between cousins, or even between aunts or uncles and their nephews or nieces, would be too absurd.
In pastoral countries, and in all countries where the authority of law is not alone sufficient to give perfect security to every member of the state, all the different branches of the same family commonly choose to live in the neighbourhood of one another. Their association is frequently necessary for their common defence. They are all, from the highest to the lowest, of more or less importance to one another. Their concord strengthens their necessary association: their discord always weakens, and might destroy it. They have more intercourse with one another, than with the members of any other tribe. The remotest members of the same tribe claim some connection with one another; and, where all other circumstances are equal, expect to be treated with more distinguished attention than is due to those who have no such pretensions. It is not many years ago that, in the Highlands of Scotland, the chieftain used to consider the poorest man of his clan, as his cousin and relation. The same extensive regard to kindred is said to take place among the Tartars, the Arabs, the Turkomans, and, I believe, among all other nations who are nearly in the same state of society in which the Scots Highlanders were about the beginning of the present century.
In rural areas, and in places where the law alone isn't enough to ensure complete safety for every person in the community, members of the same family often choose to live close to each other. Their connection is often essential for their mutual protection. Everyone, from the highest-ranking to the lowest, is of varying importance to one another. Their unity reinforces their necessity for each other, while their conflicts weaken or could even ruin it. They interact with each other more than with people from other groups. The most distant members of the same group feel a bond with one another; and when conditions are similar, they expect to receive more special treatment than those without such ties. Not long ago, in the Highlands of Scotland, the chieftain regarded even the poorest man in his clan as his cousin and kin. This same strong sense of family ties is said to occur among the Tartars, the Arabs, the Turkomans, and, I believe, among all other societies that are similar to how the Scots Highlanders were at the beginning of the current century.
In commercial countries, where the authority of law is always perfectly sufficient to protect the meanest man in the state, the descendants of the same family, having no such motive for keeping together, naturally separate and disperse, as interest or inclination may direct. They soon cease to be of importance to one another; and, in a few generations, not only lose all care about one another, but all remembrance of their common origin, and of the connection which took place among their ancestors. Regard for remote relations becomes, in every country, less and less, according as this state of civilization has been longer and more completely established. It has been longer and more completely established in England than in Scotland; and remote relations are, accordingly, more considered in the latter country than in the 198 former, though, in this respect, the difference between the two countries is growing less and less every day. Great lords, indeed, are, in every country, proud of remembering and acknowledging their connection with one another, however remote. The remembrance of such illustrious relations flatters not a little the family pride of them all; and it is neither from affection, nor from any thing which resembles affection, but from the most frivolous and childish of all vanities, that this remembrance is so carefully kept up. Should some more humble, though, perhaps, much nearer kinsman, presume to put such great men in mind of his relation to their family, they seldom fail to tell him that they are bad genealogists, and miserably ill-informed concerning their own family history. It is not in that order that we are to expect any extraordinary extension of, what is called, natural affection.
In commercial countries, where the law is always strong enough to protect even the lowest individuals, members of the same family, lacking a strong reason to stay united, tend to split apart and scatter based on their interests or preferences. They quickly stop being important to each other; and within a few generations, not only do they lose all concern for one another, but they also forget their shared origins and the connections their ancestors once had. In every country, the regard for distant relatives decreases as this level of civilization has been more established and longer lasting. This has been more firmly established in England than in Scotland, so distant relatives are more recognized in Scotland than in England, although this gap is slowly narrowing every day. Indeed, great lords in every country take pride in remembering and acknowledging their connections, no matter how distant. Remembering such distinguished relations boosts their family pride, and it’s not out of affection or anything resembling it, but rather from the most superficial and childish vanity that this memory is maintained. If some less prominent but possibly closer relative dares to remind these high-status individuals of their connection, they usually respond by saying that they are poor genealogists and woefully uninformed about their own family history. In this context, we shouldn’t expect any significant increase in what’s called natural affection.
I consider what is called natural affection as more the effect of the moral than of the supposed physical connection between the parent and the child. A jealous husband, indeed, notwithstanding the moral connection, notwithstanding the child’s having been educated in his own house, often regards, with hatred and aversion, that unhappy child which he supposes to be the offspring of his wife’s infidelity. It is the lasting monument of a most disagreeable adventure; of his own dishonour, and of the disgrace of his family.
I believe that what people refer to as natural affection is more about moral ties than the supposed physical connection between a parent and a child. A jealous husband, despite the moral bond and the fact that the child was raised in his home, often looks at that unfortunate child—whom he thinks is a result of his wife’s betrayal—with hatred and disdain. The child becomes a constant reminder of a painful experience, his dishonor, and his family’s shame.
Among well-disposed people, the necessity or conveniency of mutual accommodation, very frequently produces a friendship not unlike that which takes place among those who are born to live in the same family. Colleagues in office, partners in trade, call one another brothers; and frequently feel towards one another as if they really were so. Their good agreement is an advantage to all; and, if they are tolerably reasonable people, they are naturally disposed to agree. We expect that they should do so; and their disagreement is a sort of a small scandal. The Romans expressed this sort of attachment by the word necessitudo, which, from the etymology, seems to denote that it was imposed by the necessity of the situation.
Among friendly people, the need or convenience of getting along often creates a friendship similar to that found among family members. Colleagues at work and business partners refer to each other as brothers and often feel that way towards one another. Their good relationship benefits everyone, and if they are reasonably sensible, they naturally tend to agree. We expect them to do so; any disagreement is seen as a small scandal. The Romans expressed this kind of bond with the word necessitudo, which, based on its origin, suggests it was created by the necessity of the situation.
Even the trifling circumstance of living in the same neighbourhood, has some effect of the same kind. We respect the face of a man whom we see every day, provided he has never offended us. Neighbours can be very convenient, and they can be very troublesome, to one another. If they are good sort of people, they are naturally disposed to agree. We expect their good agreement; and to be a bad neighbour is a very bad character. There are certain small good offices, accordingly, which are universally allowed to be due to a neighbour in preference to any other person who has no such connection.
Even the simple fact of living in the same neighborhood has a similar effect. We respect the face of someone we see every day, as long as they haven't done anything to offend us. Neighbors can be really helpful, but they can also be quite annoying to each other. If they are decent people, they tend to get along. We expect good relationships between neighbors, and being a bad neighbor is seen as a very negative trait. There are certain small acts of kindness that are generally expected to be given to neighbors rather than to other people without that connection.
This natural disposition to accommodate and to assimilate, as much as we can, our own sentiments, principles, and feelings, to those which we see fixed and rooted in the persons whom we are obliged to live and converse a great deal with, is the cause of the contagious effects of both 199 good and bad company. The man who associates chiefly with the wise and the virtuous, though he may not himself become either wise or virtuous, cannot help conceiving a certain respect at least for wisdom and virtue; and the man who associates chiefly with the profligate and the dissolute, though he may not himself become profligate and dissolute, must soon lose, at least, all his original abhorrence of profligacy and dissolution of manners. The similarity of family characters, which we so frequently see transmitted through several successive generations, may, perhaps, be partly owing to this disposition to assimilate ourselves to those whom we are obliged to live and converse a great deal with. The family character, however, like the family countenance, seems to be owing, not altogether to the moral, but partly too to the physical connection. The family countenance is certainly altogether owing to the latter.
This natural tendency to adapt and incorporate our own beliefs, principles, and feelings to those that are firmly established in the people we have to live and interact with a lot is what causes the contagious effects of both 199 good and bad company. A person who mainly interacts with the wise and virtuous, even if they don't become wise or virtuous themselves, will at least develop some respect for wisdom and virtue. In contrast, someone who primarily associates with the immoral and careless may not become immoral or careless themselves, but they will soon lose their original disgust for those behaviors. The similarities in family traits that we often see passed down through generations might be partly due to this tendency to assimilate with those we frequently live and interact with. However, the family trait, much like the family resemblance, seems to stem not just from moral influences, but also, in part, from physical connection. The family resemblance is definitely entirely due to the latter.
But of all attachments to an individual, that which is founded altogether upon esteem and approbation of his good conduct and behaviour, confirmed by much experience and long acquaintance, is, by far, the most respectable. Such friendships, arising not from a constrained sympathy, not from a sympathy which has been assumed and rendered habitual for the sake of convenience and accommodation; but from a natural sympathy, from an involuntary feeling that the persons to whom we attach ourselves are the natural and proper objects of esteem and approbation; can exist only among men of virtue. Men of virtue only can feel that entire confidence in the conduct and behaviour of one another, which can, at all times, assure them that they can never either offend or be offended by one another. Vice is always capricious: virtue only is regular and orderly. The attachment which is founded upon the love of virtue, as it is certainly, of all attachments, the most virtuous; so it is likewise the happiest, as well as the most permanent and secure. Such friendships need not be confined to a single person, but may safely embrace all the wise and virtuous, with whom we have been long and intimately acquainted, and upon whose wisdom and virtue we can, upon that account, entirely depend. They who would confine friendship to two persons, seem to confound the wise security of friendship with the jealousy and folly of love. The hasty, fond, and foolish intimacies of young people, founded, commonly, upon some slight similarity of character, altogether unconnected with good conduct, upon a taste, perhaps, for the same studies, the same amusements, the same diversions, or upon their agreement in some singular principle or opinion, not commonly adopted; those intimacies which a freak begins, and which a freak puts an end to, how agreeable soever they may appear while they last, can by no means deserve the sacred and the venerable name of friendship.
But of all attachments to someone, the one that is entirely based on respect and approval of their good behavior, confirmed by a lot of experience and long acquaintance, is by far the most admirable. These friendships come not from forced sympathy, nor from a sympathy that has been assumed and made habitual for convenience; rather, they arise from a natural sympathy, from an involuntary feeling that the people we connect with are genuinely deserving of respect and approval. Such connections can only exist among virtuous individuals. Only those with virtue can have complete trust in each other's actions and behavior, reassuring them at all times that they can never offend or be offended by one another. Vice is always unpredictable; only virtue is consistent and orderly. The bond built on the love of virtue is certainly the most virtuous attachment of all; it is also the happiest, as well as the most lasting and secure. Such friendships don’t have to be limited to just one person, but can include all the wise and virtuous individuals we've known and trusted for a long time due to their wisdom and virtue. Those who want to limit friendship to just two people seem to confuse the secure nature of friendship with the jealousy and foolishness of love. The quick, naive, and foolish connections young people often make, which are usually based on some minor similarity in character unrelated to good behavior, perhaps a shared interest in the same studies, hobbies, or opinions that are not commonly accepted; those bonds that start on a whim and end just as quickly, no matter how pleasant they might seem while they last, do not deserve the sacred and honorable title of friendship.
Of all the persons, however, whom nature points out for our peculiar beneficence, there are none to whom it seems more properly directed 200 than to those whose beneficence we have ourselves already experienced. Nature, which formed men for that mutual kindness so necessary for their happiness, renders every man the peculiar object of kindness to the persons to whom he himself has been kind. Though their gratitude should not always correspond to his beneficence, yet the sense of his merit, the sympathetic gratitude of the impartial spectator, will always correspond to it. The general indignation of other people against the baseness of their ingratitude will even, sometimes, increase the general sense of his merit. No benevolent man ever lost altogether the fruits of his benevolence. If he does not always gather them from the persons from whom he ought to have gathered them, he seldom fails to gather them, and with a tenfold increase, from other people. Kindness is the parent of kindness; and if to be beloved by our brethren be the great object of our ambition, the surest way of obtaining it is, by our conduct to show that we really love them.
Of all the people, however, whom nature suggests we should be especially kind to, there are none more deserving of our kindness than those from whom we have already received kindness ourselves. Nature, which designed humans for the mutual kindness essential for their happiness, makes every person a unique recipient of kindness from those they have been kind to. While their gratitude may not always match their generosity, the acknowledgment of their worth and the sincere gratitude of an unbiased observer will always reflect that generosity. The shared disapproval from others regarding the meanness of ingratitude can sometimes amplify the appreciation of their worth. No kind person ever completely loses the rewards of their kindness. Even if they don’t always receive it from those they should, they often find it, multiplied many times over, from others. Kindness breeds kindness; and if being loved by our peers is a primary goal in life, the best way to achieve that is by demonstrating through our actions that we truly love them.
After the persons who are recommended to our beneficence, either their connection with ourselves, by their personal qualities, or by their past services, come those who are pointed out, not indeed to, what is called, our friendship, but to our benevolent attention and good offices; those who are distinguished by their extraordinary situation; the greatly fortunate and the greatly unfortunate, the rich and the powerful, the poor and the wretched. The distinction of ranks, the peace and order of society, are, in a great measure, founded upon the respect which we naturally conceive for the former. The relief and consolation of human misery depend altogether upon our compassion for the latter. The peace and order of society, is of more importance than even the relief of the miserable. Our respect for the great, accordingly, is most apt to offend by its excess; our fellow-feeling for the miserable, by its defect. Moralists exhort us to charity and compassion. They warn us against the fascination of greatness. This fascination, indeed, is so powerful, that the rich and the great are too often preferred to the wise and the virtuous. Nature has wisely judged that the distinction of ranks, the peace and order of society, would rest more securely upon the plain and palpable difference of birth and fortune, than upon the invisible and often uncertain difference of wisdom and virtue. The undistinguishing eyes of the great mob of mankind can well enough perceive the former: it is with difficulty that the nice discernment of the wise and the virtuous can sometimes distinguish the latter. In the order of all those recommendations to virtue, the benevolent wisdom of nature is equally evident.
After the people who are recommended for our kindness, whether due to their connection with us, their personal qualities, or their past services, come those who are pointed out, not really to our friendship, but to our compassionate attention and helpful actions; those who stand out because of their extraordinary situation; the very fortunate and the very unfortunate, the rich and the powerful, the poor and the miserable. The distinction of social ranks, the peace and order of society, largely depend on the respect we naturally feel for the former. The relief and comfort of human suffering rely entirely on our compassion for the latter. The peace and order of society are even more important than the relief of those in misery. Our respect for the powerful can often be excessive, while our empathy for the suffering can be lacking. Moralists encourage us to show charity and compassion. They caution us about the allure of greatness. This allure is so strong that wealthy and powerful people are often favored over the wise and virtuous. Nature seems to have wisely decided that the distinction of ranks, the peace, and order of society would be more securely based on the clear and obvious differences of birth and wealth than on the often unseen and uncertain differences of wisdom and virtue. The unthinking eyes of the general public can easily recognize the former; it's much harder for the discerning judgments of the wise and virtuous to sometimes identify the latter. In the arrangement of all these recommendations for virtue, the benevolent wisdom of nature is equally clear.
It may, perhaps, be unnecessary to observe, that the combination of two or more of those exciting causes of kindness, increases the kindness. The favour and partiality which, when there is no envy in the case, we naturally bear to greatness, are much increased when it is joined with wisdom and virtue. If, notwithstanding that wisdom and 201 virtue, the great man should fall into those misfortunes, those dangers and distresses, to which the most exalted stations are often the most exposed, we are much more deeply interested in his fortune than we should be in that of a person equally virtuous, but in a more humble situation. The most interesting subjects of tragedies and romances are the misfortunes of virtuous and magnanimous kings and princes. If, by the wisdom and manhood of their exertions, they should extricate themselves from those misfortunes, and recover completely their former superiority and security, we cannot help viewing them with the most enthusiastic and even extravagant admiration. The grief which we felt for their distress, the joy which we feel for their prosperity, seem to combine together in enhancing that partial admiration which we naturally conceive both for the station and the character.
It might be unnecessary to point out that combining two or more of those triggers of kindness increases the kindness. The favor and bias we naturally have towards greatness, when there’s no envy involved, are significantly heightened when it’s paired with wisdom and virtue. If, despite that wisdom and virtue, a great person experiences the misfortunes, dangers, and struggles that often come with high positions, we feel much more invested in their fate than we would for someone equally virtuous but in a lower position. The most compelling themes in tragedies and romances are the misfortunes of virtuous and noble kings and princes. If they manage to pull themselves out of those hardships through their wisdom and courage and regain their former status and security, we can’t help but admire them with great enthusiasm, even to the point of extravagance. The sorrow we felt for their suffering and the joy we experience for their success seem to come together to amplify that natural admiration we have for both their position and their character.
When those different beneficent affections happen to draw different ways, to determine by any precise rules in what cases we ought to comply with the one, and in what with the other, is, perhaps, altogether impossible. In what cases friendship ought to yield to gratitude, or gratitude to friendship; in what cases the strongest of all natural affections ought to yield to a regard for the safety of those superiors upon whose safety often depends that of the whole society; and in what cases natural affection may, without impropriety, prevail over that regard; must be left altogether to the decision of the man within the breast, the supposed impartial spectator, the great judge and arbiter of our conduct. If we place ourselves completely in his situation, if we really view ourselves with his eyes, and as he views us, and listen with diligent and reverential attention to what he suggests to us, his voice will never deceive us. We shall stand in need of no casuistic rules to direct our conduct. These it is often impossible to accommodate to all the different shades and gradations of circumstance, character, and situation, to differences and distinctions which, though not imperceptible, are, by their nicety and delicacy, often altogether undefinable. In that beautiful tragedy of Voltaire, the Orphan of China, while we admire the magnanimity of Zamti, who is willing to sacrifice the life of his own child, in order to preserve that of the only feeble remnant of his ancient sovereigns and masters; we not only pardon, but love the maternal tenderness of Idame, who, at the risk of discovering the important secret of her husband, reclaims her infant from the cruel hands of the Tartars, into which it had been delivered.
When those different kind feelings pull us in different directions, figuring out exactly when we should prioritize one over the other is probably impossible. In what situations should friendship take a backseat to gratitude, or vice versa? When should the strongest natural feelings give way to concern for the safety of those in higher positions, whose safety often impacts the entire society? And when is it acceptable for natural affection to take precedence over that concern? These decisions must ultimately be left to our inner selves, the imagined impartial observer, the main judge and arbiter of our actions. If we fully put ourselves in that observer's shoes, if we truly see ourselves through their eyes and listen carefully and respectfully to their guidance, their voice will never lead us astray. We won’t need complicated rules to guide our actions. Often, it’s impossible to apply these rules to the various nuances and complexities of circumstances, character, and situations—differences and distinctions that, while noticeable, are often too subtle and delicate to define. In that beautiful tragedy by Voltaire, the Orphan of China, while we admire the nobility of Zamti, who is willing to sacrifice his own child's life to save the last weak remnant of his ancient rulers; we not only forgive but also love the maternal affection of Idame, who, at the risk of uncovering her husband’s crucial secret, rescues her infant from the harsh hands of the Tartars into which it had been given.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of the Order in which Societies are by Nature recommended to our Beneficence.
THE same principles that direct the order in which individuals are recommended to our beneficence, direct that likewise in which societies 202 are recommended to it. Those to which it is, or may be of most importance, are first and principally recommended to it.
THe same principles that guide the order in which people are recommended for our kindness also apply to the order in which organizations 202 are recommended for it. Those that matter the most are recommended first and foremost.
The state or sovereignty in which we have been born and educated, and under the protection of which we continue to live, is, in ordinary cases, the greatest society upon whose happiness or misery our good or bad conduct can have much influence. It is accordingly, by nature, most strongly recommended to us. Not only we ourselves, but all the objects of our kindest affections, our children, our parents, our relations, our friends, our benefactors, all those whom we naturally love and revere the most, are commonly comprehended within it; and their prosperity and safety depend in some measure upon its prosperity and safety. It is by nature, therefore, endeared to us, not only by all our selfish, but by all our private benevolent affections. Upon account of our own connexion with it, its prosperity and glory seem to reflect some sort of honour upon ourselves. When we compare it with other societies of the same kind, we are proud of its superiority, and mortified in some degree if it appears in any respect below them. All the illustrious characters which it has produced in former times (for against those of our own times envy may sometimes prejudice us a little), its warriors, its statesmen, its poets, its philosophers, and men of letters of all kinds; we are disposed to view with the most partial admiration, and to rank them (sometimes most unjustly) above those of all other nations. The patriot who lays down his life for the safety, or even for the vain-glory of this society, appears to act with the most exact propriety. He appears to view himself in the light in which the impartial spectator naturally and necessarily views him, as but one of the multitude, in the eye of that equitable judge, of no more consequence than any other in it, but bound at all times to sacrifice and devote himself to the safety, to the service, and even to the glory of the greater number. But though this sacrifice appears to be perfectly just and proper, we know how difficult it is to make it, and how few people are capable of making it. His conduct, therefore, excites not only our entire approbation, but our highest wonder and admiration, and seems to merit all the applause which can be due to the most heroic virtue. The traitor, on the contrary, who, in some peculiar situation, fancies he can promote his own little interest by betraying to the public enemy that of his native country; who, regardless of the judgment of the man within the breast, prefers himself, in this respect so shamefully and so basely, to all those with whom he has any connexion; appears to be of all villains the most detestable.
The country or sovereignty where we were born and raised, and under whose protection we continue to live, is, in most cases, the largest community whose happiness or suffering our good or bad actions can significantly affect. It is, therefore, naturally a priority for us. Not only do we ourselves, but also all the people we care about—our children, parents, relatives, friends, and benefactors—are typically included in this. Their well-being and safety are somewhat dependent on the well-being and safety of the community. This connection makes it dear to us, not just because of our self-interests but also because of our genuine feelings for others. Because of our link to it, its success and honor seem to reflect positively on us. When we compare it to other similar societies, we feel proud of its strengths and somewhat embarrassed if it appears inferior in any way. All the great individuals it has produced in the past—its warriors, statesmen, poets, philosophers, and writers—we tend to view with great admiration and often place them (sometimes unfairly) above those from other countries. The patriot who sacrifices his life for the safety or even the pride of this society appears to act with the utmost virtue. He sees himself through the lens that an impartial observer naturally would, as just one among many, in the view of that fair judge, of no more importance than anyone else, but always obligated to dedicate himself to the safety, service, and even the glory of the greater community. However, although this sacrifice seems completely right and proper, we understand how challenging it is to accomplish, and how few are truly capable of it. His actions, therefore, inspire not just our full approval, but our deepest wonder and admiration, and seem to deserve all the praise that can be given to the most heroic virtue. In contrast, the traitor, who, in a particular situation, thinks he can benefit his own narrow interests by betraying his country to its enemies—who, ignoring his own conscience, shamefully prioritizes himself over everyone he is connected to—appears to be the most despicable villain of all.
The love of our own nation often disposes us to view, with the most malignant jealousy and envy, the prosperity and aggrandisement of any other neighbouring nation. Independent and neighbouring nations, having no common superior to decide their disputes, all live in continual dread and suspicion of one another. Each sovereign, expecting 203 little justice from his neighbours, is disposed to treat them with as little as he expects from them. The regard for the laws of nations, or for those rules which independent states profess or pretend to think themselves bound to observe in their dealings with one another, is often very little more than mere pretence and profession. From the smallest interest, upon the slightest provocation, we see those rules every day, either evaded or directly violated without shame or remorse. Each nation foresees, or imagines it foresees, its own subjugation in the increasing power and aggrandisement of any of its neighbours; and the mean principle of national prejudice is often founded upon the noble one of the love of our own country. The sentence with which the elder Cato is said to have concluded every speech which he made in the senate, whatever might be the subject, ‘It is my opinion likewise that Carthage ought to be destroyed,’ was the natural expression of the savage patriotism of a strong but coarse mind, enraged almost to madness against a foreign nation from which his own had suffered so much. The more humane sentence with which Scipio Nasica is said to have concluded all his speeches, ‘It is my opinion likewise that Carthage ought not to be destroyed,’ was the liberal expression of a more enlarged and enlightened mind, who felt no aversion to the prosperity even of an old enemy, when reduced to a state which could no longer be formidable to Rome. France and England may each of them have some reason to dread the increase of the naval and military power of the other; but for either of them to envy the internal happiness and prosperity of the other, the cultivation of its lands, the advancement of its manufactures, the increase of its commerce, the security and number of its ports and harbours, its proficiency in all the liberal arts and sciences, is surely beneath the dignity of two such great nations. These are all real improvements of the world we live in. Mankind are benefited, human nature is ennobled by them. In such improvements each nation ought, not only to endeavour itself to excel, but from the love of mankind, to promote, instead of obstructing the excellence of its neighbours. These are all proper objects of national emulation, not of national prejudice or envy.
The love for our own country often leads us to look at the success and growth of neighboring countries with jealousy and resentment. Independent countries, with no higher authority to settle their conflicts, live in constant fear and suspicion of one another. Each ruler, expecting 203 little fairness from their neighbors, tends to treat them just as poorly as they expect to be treated. Respect for international laws or the guidelines that independent states say they follow in their relations with each other is often just for show. For the smallest of reasons, or even the slightest provocation, we regularly see these rules ignored or outright violated without guilt or shame. Each nation anticipates—or thinks it anticipates—its own downfall in the growing strength and expansion of any of its neighbors; and the negative sentiment that comes from national pride is often rooted in the noble idea of loving one's own country. The phrase attributed to the older Cato, which he supposedly ended every speech with in the senate, “It is my opinion likewise that Carthage ought to be destroyed,” reflects the raw patriotism of a strong but harsh individual, driven almost to madness by resentment towards a foreign nation that had harmed his own. In contrast, the more compassionate words of Scipio Nasica, who reportedly concluded all his speeches with, “It is my opinion likewise that Carthage ought not to be destroyed,” showcased the generous mindset of someone open to the prosperity of an old rival when that rival could no longer threaten Rome. France and England may have valid reasons to fear each other's growing naval and military power, but for either to resent the internal peace and success of the other—the improvement of its lands, the growth of its industries, the expansion of its trade, the safety and number of its ports and harbors, and its advancement in liberal arts and sciences—is truly unworthy of two such significant nations. These are all genuine advancements in our world. Humanity benefits, and human nature is elevated by them. Each nation should strive not only to excel but, out of love for mankind, to foster the achievements of its neighbors instead of hindering them. These are worthy goals for national pride, not for national envy or prejudice.
The love of our own country seems not to be derived from the love of mankind. The former sentiment is altogether independent of the latter, and seems sometimes even to dispose us to act inconsistently with it. France may contain, perhaps, near three times the number of inhabitants which Great Britain contains. In the great society of mankind, therefore, the prosperity of France should appear to be an object of much greater importance than that of Great Britain. The British subject, however, who, upon that account, should prefer upon all occasions the prosperity of the former to that of the latter country, would not be thought a good citizen of Great Britain. We do not love our country merely as a part of the great society of mankind: we love 204 it for its own sake, and independently of any such consideration. That wisdom which contrived the system of human affections, as well as that of every other part of nature, seems to have judged that the interest of the great society of mankind would be best promoted by directing the principal attention of each individual to that particular portion of it, which was most within the sphere both of his abilities and of his understanding.
The love we have for our own country doesn't seem to come from our love for humanity. This feeling is completely separate from the other and sometimes even leads us to act in ways that contradict it. France might have nearly three times as many people as Great Britain. So, in the larger context of humanity, France's success should seem far more significant than that of Great Britain. However, a British citizen who consistently prioritizes the prosperity of France over that of their own country would likely not be seen as a good citizen of Great Britain. We don't love our country just as part of the larger society of humanity; we love 204 it for its own sake, regardless of that idea. The wisdom that shaped human emotions, as well as everything else in nature, seems to have determined that the best way to promote the interest of humanity is to focus each person's attention on the specific part that they can understand and engage with the most.
National prejudices and hatreds seldom extend beyond neighbouring nations. We very weakly and foolishly, perhaps, call the French our natural enemies; and they perhaps, as weakly and foolishly, consider us in the same manner. Neither they nor we bear any sort of envy to the prosperity of China or Japan. It very rarely happens, however, that our good-will towards such distant countries can be exerted with much effect.
National prejudices and animosities rarely go beyond neighboring countries. We naively and maybe foolishly call the French our natural enemies; they probably, just as naively and foolishly, see us the same way. Neither they nor we feel any jealousy towards the prosperity of China or Japan. However, it rarely happens that our goodwill towards such distant nations can make a significant impact.
The most extensive public benevolence which can commonly be exerted with any considerable effect, is that of the statesmen, who project and form alliances among neighbouring or not very distant nations, for the preservation either of, what is called, the balance of power, or of the general peace and tranquillity of the states within the circle of their negotiations. The statesmen, however, who plan and execute such treaties, have seldom anything in view, but the interest of their respective countries. Sometimes, indeed, their views are more extensive. The Count d’Avaux, the plenipotentiary of France, at the treaty of Munster, would have been willing to sacrifice his life (according to the Cardinal de Retz, a man not over-credulous in the virtue of other people) in order to have restored, by that treaty, the general tranquillity of Europe. King William seems to have had a zeal for the liberty and independency of the greater part of the sovereign states of Europe; which, perhaps, might be a good deal stimulated by his particular aversion to France, the state from which, during his time, that liberty and independency were principally in danger. Some share of the same spirit seems to have descended to the first ministry of Queen Anne.
The most extensive public goodwill that can usually be effectively exerted comes from statesmen who create alliances among neighboring or nearby countries to maintain what’s known as the balance of power or to ensure general peace and stability among the states involved in their negotiations. However, the statesmen who design and implement these treaties often only have the interests of their own countries in mind. Sometimes, their ambitions are broader. The Count d’Avaux, the French plenipotentiary at the Treaty of Munster, would have been willing to sacrifice his life (according to Cardinal de Retz, a man who wasn’t easily fooled by others’ virtues) to achieve a restoration of general peace in Europe through that treaty. King William appeared to genuinely care about the freedom and independence of many European sovereign states, possibly driven by his particular dislike for France, the nation that posed the greatest threat to that liberty and independence during his time. A similar spirit seems to have carried over to the early ministry of Queen Anne.
Every independent state is divided into many different orders and societies, each of which has its own particular powers, privileges, and immunities. Every individual is naturally more attached to his own particular order or society, than to any other. His own interest, his own vanity, the interest and vanity of many of his friends and companions, are commonly a good deal connected with it. He is ambitious to extend its privileges and immunities. He is zealous to defend them against the encroachments of every other order of society.
Every independent state is divided into various orders and societies, each with its own specific powers, privileges, and protections. Individuals tend to feel a stronger attachment to their own order or society than to any other. Their personal interests, pride, and the interests and pride of their friends and peers are often closely tied to it. They are eager to expand its privileges and protections and are passionate about defending them against the challenges from other societies.
Upon the manner in which any state is divided into the different orders and societies which compose it, and upon the particular distribution which has been made of their respective powers, privileges, and immunities, depends, what is called, the constitution of that particular state.
The way a state is divided into the various orders and societies that make it up, along with how their powers, privileges, and protections are distributed, determines what is referred to as the constitution of that state.
205 Upon the ability of each particular order or society to maintain its own powers, privileges, and immunities, against the encroachments of every other, depends the stability of that particular constitution. That particular constitution is necessarily more or less altered, whenever any of its subordinate parts is either raised above or depressed below whatever had been its former rank and condition.
205 The stability of a particular order or society relies on its ability to defend its powers, privileges, and rights against the encroachments of others. The specific constitution is inevitably changed, to some extent, whenever any of its subordinate parts is either elevated above or lowered below its previous rank and status.
All those different orders and societies are dependent upon the state to which they owe their security and protection. That they are all subordinate to that state, and established only in subserviency to its prosperity and preservation, is a truth acknowledged by the most partial member of every one of them. It may often, however, be hard to convince him that the prosperity and preservation of the state requires any diminution of the powers, privileges, and immunities of his own particular order of society. This partiality, though it may sometimes be unjust, may not, upon that account, be useless. It checks the spirit of innovation. It tends to preserve whatever is the established balance among the different orders and societies into which the state is divided; and while it sometimes appears to obstruct some alterations of government which may be fashionable and popular at the time, it contributes in reality to the stability and permanency of the whole system.
All those various orders and societies rely on the state for their security and protection. They all recognize that they are subordinate to that state, which exists to ensure its prosperity and survival, a fact acknowledged even by the most biased member of any of them. However, it can be difficult to convince him that the state’s prosperity and survival require any reduction in the powers, privileges, and rights of his specific order of society. This bias, while it may sometimes be unfair, can still be valuable. It restrains the urge for change and helps maintain the established balance among the different orders and societies within the state. While it may seem to hinder some governmental changes that are fashionable and popular, it actually contributes to the stability and durability of the entire system.
The love of our country seems, in ordinary cases, to involve in it two different principles; first, a certain respect and reverence for that constitution or form of government which is actually established; and secondly, an earnest desire to render the condition of our fellow-citizens as safe, respectable, and happy as we can. He is not a citizen who is not disposed to respect the laws and to obey the civil magistrate; and he is certainly not a good citizen who does not wish to promote, by every means in his power, the welfare of the whole society of his fellow citizens.
The love for our country typically involves two main principles: first, a genuine respect and admiration for the existing constitution or form of government; and secondly, a sincere desire to make the lives of our fellow citizens as safe, dignified, and happy as possible. A person who isn't willing to respect the laws and follow the civil authorities cannot be considered a citizen, and certainly, someone who doesn't actively seek to improve the well-being of the entire community isn't a good citizen.
In peaceable and quiet times, those two principles generally coincide and lead to the same conduct. The support of the established government seems evidently the best expedient for maintaining the safe, respectable, and happy situation of our fellow-citizens; when we see that this government actually maintains them in that situation. But in times of public discontent, faction, and disorder, those two different principles may draw different ways, and even a wise man may be disposed to think some alteration necessary in that constitution or form of government, which, in its actual condition, appears plainly unable to maintain the public tranquillity. In such cases, however, it often requires, perhaps, the highest effort of political wisdom to determine when a real patriot ought to support and endeavour to re-establish the authority of the old system, and when we ought to give way to the more daring, but often dangerous, spirit of innovation.
In peaceful and quiet times, those two principles usually align and lead to the same actions. Supporting the established government genuinely seems like the best way to keep our fellow citizens safe, respected, and happy; especially when we see that this government is actually doing that. However, during times of public discontent, conflict, and chaos, those two different principles may diverge, and even a wise person might feel that some change is necessary in the system or structure of government, which, in its current state, clearly struggles to maintain public peace. In such situations, it often takes, perhaps, the greatest political wisdom to figure out when a true patriot should support and work to restore the authority of the old system, and when we should yield to the more adventurous, but often risky, spirit of change.
Foreign war and civil faction are the two situations which afford the most splendid opportunities for the display of public spirit. The hero 206 who serves his country successfully in foreign war gratifies the wishes of the whole nation, and is, upon that account, the object of universal gratitude and admiration. In times of civil discord, the leaders of the contending parties, though they may be admired by one half of their fellow-citizens, are commonly execrated by the other. Their characters and the merit of their respective services appear commonly more doubtful. The glory which is acquired by foreign war is, upon this account, almost always more pure and more splendid than that which can be acquired in civil faction.
Foreign wars and civil conflicts are the two situations that provide the greatest opportunities for showing public spirit. A hero who successfully serves their country in a foreign war fulfills the wishes of the entire nation, earning widespread gratitude and admiration. In times of civil strife, however, the leaders of opposing factions may be celebrated by one half of the population but usually condemned by the other. Their characters and the value of their respective actions often seem more questionable. The glory gained from foreign warfare is generally much purer and more impressive than that which can be achieved in civil conflict.
The leader of the successful party, however, if he has authority enough to prevail upon his own friends to act with proper temper and moderation (which he frequently has not), may sometimes render to his country a service much more essential and important than the greatest victories and the most extensive conquests. He may re-establish and improve the constitution, and from the very doubtful and ambiguous character of the leader of a party, he may assume the greatest and noblest of all characters, that of the reformer and legislator of a great state; and, by the wisdom of his institutions, secure the internal tranquillity and happiness of his fellow-citizens for many succeeding generations.
The leader of a successful political party, if he's influential enough to persuade his own allies to act with the right mindset and moderation (which he often isn't), can sometimes provide his country with a service that’s far more crucial and valuable than even the biggest victories and the widest conquests. He can restore and enhance the constitution, and from the often questionable and uncertain role of a party leader, he can take on the most admirable role of all—the reformer and legislator of a great state. Through the wisdom of his policies, he can ensure the lasting peace and happiness of his fellow citizens for many generations to come.
Amidst the turbulence and disorder of faction, a certain spirit of system is apt to mix itself with that public spirit which is founded upon the love of humanity, upon a real fellow-feeling with the inconveniencies and distresses to which some of our fellow-citizens may be exposed. This spirit of system commonly takes the direction of that more gentle public spirit, always animates it, and often inflames it even to the madness of fanaticism. The leaders of the discontented party seldom fail to hold out some plausible plan of reformation which, they pretend, will not only remove the inconveniencies and relieve the distresses immediately complained of, but will prevent, in all time coming, any return of the like inconveniencies and distresses. They often propose, upon this account, to new model the constitution, and to alter, in some of its most essential parts, that system of government under which the subjects of a great empire have enjoyed, perhaps, peace, security, and even glory, during the course of several centuries together. The great body of the party are commonly intoxicated with the imaginary beauty of this ideal system, of which they have no experience, but which has been represented to them in all the most dazzling colours in which the eloquence of their leaders could paint it. Those leaders themselves, though they originally may have meant nothing but their own aggrandisement, become many of them in time the dupes of their own sophistry, and are as eager for this great reformation as the weakest and most foolish of their followers. Even though the leaders should have preserved their own heads, as indeed they commonly do, free from this fanaticism, yet they dare not always disappoint the expectation of their 207 followers; but are often obliged, though contrary to their principle and their conscience, to act as if they were under the common delusion. The violence of the party, refusing all palliatives, all temperaments, all reasonable accommodations, by requiring too much frequently obtains nothing; and those inconveniencies and distresses which, with a little moderation, might in a great measure have been removed and relieved, are left altogether without the hope of a remedy.
Amid the chaos and conflict of factions, a certain spirit of order tends to mix with the public spirit that comes from a love for humanity and a genuine empathy for the hardships and struggles some of our fellow citizens face. This spirit of order usually enhances that softer public spirit, often igniting it, sometimes even leading to fanaticism. The leaders of the discontented group often present a convincing plan for reform that they claim will not only address the immediate hardships but also prevent any similar issues from arising in the future. They frequently propose to reshape the constitution and change some of its most fundamental aspects, which have allowed the subjects of a great empire to enjoy peace, security, and even glory for several centuries. The majority of the party is often caught up in the false allure of this ideal system, which they have never experienced but which their leaders have painted in the most vivid and appealing colors. Over time, many of those leaders, who may have initially sought only to enhance their own power, become victims of their own persuasive arguments and become just as eager for this grand reform as their weakest and most naive followers. Even if the leaders manage to keep their own heads clear of this fanaticism, which they usually do, they cannot always disappoint their followers' expectations; they often find themselves forced, despite their principles and conscience, to act as if they share the common illusion. The party's aggression, rejecting all compromises, all reasonable solutions, frequently achieves nothing; and the issues and struggles that could have been substantially alleviated with a little moderation are left entirely without hope for a solution.
The man whose public spirit is prompted altogether by humanity and benevolence, will respect the established powers and privileges even of individuals, and still more those of the great orders and societies, into which the state is divided. Though he should consider some of them as in some measure abusive, he will content himself with moderating what he often cannot annihilate without great violence. When he cannot conquer the rooted prejudices of the people by reason and persuasion, he will not attempt to subdue them by force; but will religiously observe what, by Cicero, is justly called the divine maxim of Plato, never to use violence to his country no more than to his parents. He will accommodate, as well as he can, his public arrangements to the confirmed habits and prejudices of the people; and will remedy, as well as he can, the inconveniencies which may flow from the want of those regulations which the people are averse to submit to. When he cannot establish the right, he will not disdain to ameliorate the wrong; but like Solon, when he cannot establish the best system of laws, he will try to establish the best that the people can bear.
The man whose sense of public duty is driven entirely by compassion and kindness will honor the established powers and privileges of individuals, especially those of the larger groups and organizations into which society is divided. Even if he views some of these as somewhat unjust, he will focus on moderating them rather than trying to completely eliminate them through extreme measures. When he can't change the deep-seated beliefs of the people through reason and persuasion, he won't try to force them; instead, he will faithfully follow what Cicero rightly refers to as Plato's divine principle: never to use violence against his country any more than against his parents. He will do his best to align his public policies with the established habits and biases of the people and will address, as best he can, the issues that arise from the absence of regulations that the people resist. When he can't enforce what's right, he won't look down on the effort to improve what's wrong; like Solon, when he can't create the best legal system, he'll aim to establish the best one that the people can accept.
The man of system, on the contrary, is apt to be very wise in his own conceit: and is often so enamoured with the supposed beauty of his own ideal plan of government, that he cannot suffer the smallest deviation from any part of it. He goes on to establish it completely and in all its parts, without any regard either to the great interests, or to the strong prejudices which may oppose it. He seems to imagine that he can arrange the different members of a great society with as much ease as the hand arranges the different pieces upon a chess-board. He does not consider that the pieces upon the chess-board have no other principle of motion besides that which the hand impresses upon them; but that, in the great chess-board of human society, every single piece has a principle of motion of its own, altogether different from that which the legislature might choose to impress upon it. If those two principles coincide and act in the same direction, the game of human society will go on easily and harmoniously, and is very likely to be happy and successful. If they are opposite or different, the game will go on miserably, and human society must be at all times in the highest degree of disorder.
The man of the system, on the other hand, tends to be very confident in his own ideas: he often becomes so obsessed with the perceived perfection of his ideal plan for government that he cannot tolerate even the slightest deviation from it. He insists on implementing it in full, without considering the significant interests or strong biases that may oppose it. He thinks he can arrange the different parts of a large society as easily as one moves pieces on a chessboard. He fails to acknowledge that the pieces on a chessboard have no other source of movement besides what the hand gives them; in contrast, in the vast chessboard of human society, each piece has its own motivation, completely different from what the lawmakers might want. If those motivations align and act in the same direction, society will function smoothly and harmoniously, likely leading to happiness and success. If they conflict or diverge, society will struggle, and chaos will reign.
Some general, and even systematical, idea of the perfection of policy and law, may no doubt be necessary for directing the views of the statesman. But to insist upon establishing, and upon establishing all 208 at once, and in spite of all opposition, every thing which that idea may seem to require, must often be the highest degree of arrogance. It is to erect his own judgment into the supreme standard of right and wrong. It is to fancy himself the only wise and worthy man in the commonwealth, and that his fellow-citizens should accommodate themselves to him and not he to them. It is upon this account, that of all political speculators, sovereign princes are by far the most dangerous. This arrogance is perfectly familiar to them. They entertain no doubt of the immense superiority of their own judgment. When such imperial and royal reformers, therefore, condescend to contemplate the constitution of the country which is committed to their government, they seldom see any thing so wrong in it as the obstructions which it may sometimes oppose to the execution of their own will. They hold in contempt the divine maxim of Plato, and consider the state as made for themselves, not themselves for the state. The great object of their reformation, therefore, is to remove those obstructions; to reduce the authority of the nobility; to take away the privileges of cities and provinces, and to render both the greatest individuals and the greatest orders of the state, as incapable of opposing their commands, as the weakest and most insignificant.
Some general, and even systematic, understanding of the ideal of policy and law is undoubtedly necessary to guide the statesman’s perspectives. However, insisting on implementing everything that this ideal seems to demand, all at once and regardless of any opposition, often shows the highest level of arrogance. It is to elevate one’s own judgment to the ultimate standard of right and wrong. It implies believing oneself to be the only wise and worthy person in the community, expecting fellow citizens to adapt to him rather than him to them. For this reason, among all political theorists, sovereign rulers are by far the most dangerous. This arrogance is completely familiar to them. They have no doubt about the vast superiority of their own judgment. When such imperial and royal reformers reluctantly examine the constitution of the country they govern, they rarely identify anything more wrong with it than the barriers it sometimes places in the way of executing their own will. They disregard Plato’s divine principle and view the state as existing for their benefit, rather than themselves existing for the state. Consequently, their primary goal for reform is to eliminate those barriers; to diminish the power of the nobility; to strip cities and provinces of their privileges, and to make both the most prominent individuals and the most powerful institutions as incapable of defying their commands as the weakest and least significant.
CHappiness. Ⅲ.—Of Universal Benevolence.
THOUGH our effectual good offices can very seldom be extended to any wider society than that of our country; our good-will is circumscribed by no boundary, but may embrace the immensity of the universe. We cannot form the idea of any innocent and sensible being, whose happiness we should not desire, or to whose misery, when distinctly brought home to the imagination, we should not have some degree of aversion. The idea of a mischievous, though sensible, being, indeed, naturally provokes our hatred: but the ill-will which, in this case, we bear to it, is really the effect of our universal benevolence. It is the effect of the sympathy which we feel with the misery and resentment of those other innocent and sensible beings, whose happiness is disturbed by its malice.
THOUGH our ability to help can rarely extend beyond our own country, our goodwill knows no limits and can encompass the vastness of the universe. We can't imagine any innocent and conscious being whose happiness we wouldn't want, or whose suffering, when clearly in front of us, wouldn't make us feel some aversion. The thought of a harmful, yet aware being does, of course, trigger our hatred; however, that animosity we feel is really a result of our overarching kindness. It's because we empathize with the pain and anger of those other innocent and aware beings whose happiness is affected by its wrongdoing.
This universal benevolence, how noble and generous soever, can be the source of no solid happiness to any man who is not thoroughly convinced that all the inhabitants of the universe, the meanest as well as the greatest, are under the immediate care and protection of that great, benevolent, and all-wise Being, who directs all the movements of nature; and who is determined, by his own unalterable perfections, to maintain in it, at all times, the greatest possible quantity of happiness. To this universal benevolence, on the contrary, the very suspicion of a fatherless world, must be the most melancholy of all reflections; from the 209 thought that all the unknown regions of infinite and incomprehensible space may be filled with nothing but endless misery and wretchedness. All the splendour of the highest prosperity can never enlighten the gloom with which so dreadful an idea must necessarily overshadow the imagination; nor, in a wise and virtuous man, can all the sorrow of the most afflicting adversity ever dry up the joy which necessarily springs from the habitual and thorough conviction of the truth of the contrary system.
This universal kindness, no matter how noble and generous, can't truly bring happiness to anyone who isn't completely convinced that everyone in the universe, from the least to the greatest, is under the direct care and protection of a great, kind, and all-knowing Being, who guides all natural events and is determined, by his unchanging perfection, to maintain the highest amount of happiness possible at all times. On the other hand, the mere thought of a world without a father figure must be the saddest reflection of all; the idea that all the unknown regions of infinite and incomprehensible space might be filled with nothing but endless misery and suffering. All the glory of the highest prosperity can never brighten the darkness cast by such a terrible thought on the mind; nor can, in a wise and virtuous person, all the grief from the most painful adversity ever diminish the joy that naturally arises from the deep and abiding belief in the truth of the opposite view.
The wise and virtuous man is at all times willing that his own private interest should be sacrificed to the public interest of his own particular order or society. He is at all times willing, too, that the interest of this order or society should be sacrificed to the greater interest of the state or sovereignty, of which it is only a subordinate part. He should, therefore, be equally willing that all those inferior interests should be sacrificed to the greater interest of the universe, to the interest of that great society of all sensible and intelligent beings, of which God himself is the immediate administrator and director. If he is deeply impressed with the habitual and thorough conviction that this benevolent and all-wise Being can admit into the system of his government, no partial evil which is not necessary for the universal good, he must consider all the misfortunes which may befal himself, his friends, his society, or his country, as necessary for the prosperity of the universe, and therefore as what he ought, not only to submit to with resignation, but as what he himself, if he had known all the connexions and dependencies of things, ought sincerely and devoutly to have wished for.
The wise and virtuous person is always ready to put their own interests aside for the greater good of their community or society. They are also willing to sacrifice the interests of their community for the broader interests of the state or sovereignty, which is just a smaller part of a larger whole. Therefore, they should be equally prepared to let go of all those lesser interests for the greater good of the universe, which includes the well-being of all intelligent and capable beings, with God as the ultimate overseer and guide. If they are truly convinced that this kind and all-knowing Being allows no unnecessary harm within the system of governance that doesn't serve the universal good, they must view any hardships that come to themselves, their friends, their community, or their country as essential for the well-being of the universe. Thus, they should not only accept these hardships with grace but should also feel, if they understood all the connections and dependencies in life, that they should have genuinely and sincerely wished for them.
Nor does this magnanimous resignation to the will of the great Director of the universe, seem in any respect beyond the reach of human nature. Good soldiers, who both love and trust their general, frequently march with more gaiety and alacrity to the forlorn station, from which they never expect to return, than they would to one where there was neither difficulty nor danger. In marching to the latter, they could feel no other sentiment than that of the dulness of ordinary duty; in marching to the former, they feel that they are making the noblest exertion which it is possible for man to make. They know that their general would not have ordered them upon this station, had it not been necessary for the safety of the army, for the success of the war. They cheerfully sacrifice their own little systems to the prosperity of a greater system. They take an affectionate leave of their comrades, to whom they wish all happiness and success; and march out, not only with submissive obedience, but often with shouts of the most joyful exultation, to that fatal, but splendid and honourable station to which they are appointed. No conductor of an army can deserve more unlimited trust, more ardent and zealous affection, than the great Conductor of the universe. In the greatest public as well as private disasters, a wise man ought to consider that he himself, his friends and countrymen, 210 have only been ordered upon the forlorn station of the universe; that had it not been necessary for the good of the whole, they would not have been so ordered; and that it is their duty, not only with humble resignation to submit to this allotment, but to endeavour to embrace it with alacrity and joy. A wise man should surely be capable of doing what a good soldier holds himself at all times in readiness to do.
Nor does this generous acceptance of the will of the great Director of the universe seem out of reach for human nature. Good soldiers, who both love and trust their general, often march with more enthusiasm and eagerness to the hopeless position from which they know they won't return than they would to one where there is no challenge or risk. When heading to the latter, they can only feel the boredom of routine duty; but when going to the former, they feel that they are making the noblest effort possible for a person to make. They understand that their general wouldn’t have sent them to this position unless it was crucial for the safety of the army and the success of the war. They gladly set aside their own small concerns for the well-being of a larger cause. They say heartfelt goodbyes to their comrades, wishing them all happiness and success, and march out not just with obedient acceptance, but often with shouts of joyful celebration, to that fateful yet glorious and honorable position to which they are assigned. No leader of an army deserves more complete trust or more passionate and dedicated affection than the great Leader of the universe. In major public as well as private crises, a wise person should recognize that he himself, his friends, and his fellow citizens, 210 have merely been assigned to the hopeless position in the universe; that if it wasn’t necessary for the greater good, they wouldn’t have been so ordered; and that it is their responsibility not only to humbly accept this role but also to try to embrace it with enthusiasm and joy. A wise person should surely be capable of doing what a good soldier is always ready to do.
The idea of that divine Being, whose benevolence and wisdom have, from all eternity, contrived and conducted the immense machine of the universe, so as at all times to produce the greatest possible quantity of happiness, is certainly of all the objects of human contemplation by far the most sublime. Every other thought necessarily appears mean in the comparison. The man whom we believe to be principally occupied in this sublime contemplation, seldom fails to be the object of our highest veneration; and though his life should be altogether contemplative, we often regard him with a sort of religious respect much superior to that with which we look upon the most active and useful servant of the commonwealth. The Meditations of Marcus Antoninus, which turn principally upon this subject, have contributed more, perhaps, to the general admiration of his character, than all the different transactions of his just, merciful, and beneficent reign.
The concept of that divine Being, whose kindness and wisdom have, since forever, designed and managed the vast mechanism of the universe to consistently create the greatest possible amount of happiness, is definitely the most profound subject of human thought. Any other idea simply seems trivial in comparison. The person we consider to be primarily focused on this profound contemplation often becomes the object of our deepest respect; and even if his life is entirely contemplative, we tend to regard him with a kind of reverential respect that far surpasses how we view the most active and helpful contributor to society. The Meditations of Marcus Antoninus, which mainly focus on this topic, have likely done more to enhance overall admiration for his character than all the various actions of his fair, merciful, and generous reign combined.
The administration of the great system of the universe, however, the care of the universal happiness of all rational and sensible beings, is the business of God and not of man. To man is allotted a much humbler department, but one much more suitable to the weakness of his powers, and to the narrowness of his comprehension; the care of his own happiness, of that of his family, his friends, his country: that he is occupied in contemplating the more sublime, can never be an excuse for his neglecting the more humble department; and he must not expose himself to the charge which Avidius Cassius is said to have brought, perhaps unjustly, against Marcus Antoninus; that while he employed himself in philosophical speculations, and contemplated the prosperity of the universe, he neglected that of the Roman empire. The most sublime speculation of the contemplative philosopher can scarce compensate the neglect of the smallest active duty.
The management of the vast universe and the responsibility for the universal happiness of all rational beings is God's role, not man's. Man has a much smaller, but more fitting, responsibility that aligns with the limits of his abilities and understanding: the care for his own happiness and that of his family, friends, and country. Being preoccupied with grand ideas is no excuse for neglecting these more modest duties; he must avoid the accusation that Avidius Cassius allegedly leveled against Marcus Antoninus—that while engaging in philosophical thoughts and considering the prosperity of the universe, he ignored the well-being of the Roman Empire. The most profound ideas of a contemplative philosopher can hardly make up for the neglect of even the smallest active duty.
SEC. Ⅲ.—OF SELF-COMMAND.
THE man who acts according to the rules of perfect prudence, of strict justice, and of proper benevolence, may be said to be perfectly virtuous. But the most perfect knowledge of those rules will not alone enable him to act in this manner: his own passions are very apt to mislead him: sometimes to drive him and sometimes to seduce him to violate all the rules which he himself, in all his sober and cool hours, approves of. The most perfect knowledge, if it is not supported by the most perfect self-command, will not always enable him to do his duty.
THE man who follows the principles of complete prudence, strict justice, and genuine kindness can be considered truly virtuous. However, just having a deep understanding of these principles isn’t enough for him to act accordingly; his own passions can easily lead him astray. They can sometimes push him to act against those very rules he supports when he's calm and rational. The highest level of understanding won’t be sufficient if he lacks self-control.
211 Some of the best of the ancient moralists seem to have considered those passions as divided into two different classes: first, into those which it requires a considerable exertion of self-command to restrain even for a single moment; and secondly, into those which it is easy to restrain for a single moment, or even for a short period of time; but which, by their continual and almost incessant solicitations, are, in the course of a life, very apt to mislead into great deviations.
211 Some of the best ancient moralists seem to have viewed passions as falling into two categories: first, those that require significant self-control to hold back, even for just a moment; and second, those that can be easily restrained for a moment or a short time but, due to their constant and almost relentless demands, are likely to lead one into major mistakes over the course of a lifetime.
Fear and anger, together with some other passions which are mixed or connected with them, constitute the first class. The love of ease, of pleasure, of applause, and of many other selfish gratifications, constitute the second. Extravagant fear and furious anger, it is often difficult to restrain even for a single moment. The love of ease, of pleasure, of applause, and other selfish gratifications, it is always easy to restrain for a single moment, or even for a short period of time; but, by their continual solicitations, they often mislead us into many weaknesses which we have afterwards much reason to be ashamed of. The former set of passions may often be said to drive, the latter to seduce us, from our duty. The command of the former was, by the ancient moralists above alluded to, denominated fortitude, manhood, and strength of mind; that of the latter, temperance, decency, modesty, and moderation.
Fear and anger, along with some other emotions that are tied to them, make up the first group. The desire for comfort, pleasure, recognition, and other selfish rewards make up the second. It’s often hard to control intense fear and rage, even for a moment. The desire for comfort, pleasure, and recognition can usually be held back for a moment or even a short time; however, their constant pull can lead us into many weaknesses, which we later regret. The first set of emotions often pushes us, while the second can tempt us away from our responsibilities. The control of the first was referred to by ancient moralists as courage, strength, and determination; the control of the second was called self-restraint, propriety, modesty, and moderation.
The command of each of those two sets of passions, independent of the beauty which it derives from its utility; from its enabling us upon all occasions to act according to the dictates of prudence, of justice, and of proper benevolence; has a beauty of its own, and seems to deserve for its own sake a certain degree of esteem and admiration. In the one case, the strength and greatness of the exertion excites some degree of that esteem and admiration. In the other, the uniformity, the equality and unremitting steadiness of that exertion.
The control of each of those two types of passions, apart from the beauty it gets from being useful—since it allows us to act according to the principles of wisdom, fairness, and genuine kindness—has its own beauty and seems to deserve a certain level of respect and admiration for its own sake. In one case, the strength and intensity of the effort inspires some level of respect and admiration. In the other case, it's the consistency, balance, and unwavering steadiness of that effort.
The man who, in danger, in torture, upon the approach of death, preserves his tranquillity unaltered, and suffers no word, no gesture to escape him which does not perfectly accord with the feelings of the most indifferent spectator, necessarily commands a very high degree of admiration. If he suffers in the cause of liberty and justice, for the sake of humanity and the love of his country, the most tender compassion for his sufferings, the strongest indignation against the injustice of his persecutors, the warmest sympathetic gratitude for his beneficent intentions, the highest sense of his merit, all join and mix themselves with the admiration of his magnanimity, and often inflame that sentiment into the most enthusiastic and rapturous veneration. The heroes of ancient and modern history, who are remembered with the most peculiar favour and affection, are many of them those who, in the cause of truth, liberty, and justice, have perished upon the scaffold, and who behaved there with that ease and dignity which became them. Had the enemies of Socrates suffered him to die quietly in his bed, the 212 glory even of that great philosopher might possibly never have acquired that dazzling splendour in which it has been beheld in all succeeding ages. In the English history, when we look over the illustrious heads which have been engraven by Vertue and Howbraken, there is scarce any body, I imagine, who does not feel that the axe, the emblem of having been beheaded, which is engraved under some of the most illustrious of them, under those of the Sir Thomas Mores, of the Raleighs, the Russels, the Sydneys, &c., sheds a real dignity and depth of interest over the characters to which it is affixed, much superior to what they can derive from all the futile ornaments of heraldry, with which they are sometimes accompanied.
The man who, when facing danger, torture, or death, remains calm and lets nothing escape him—no words or gestures—that doesn’t match the feelings of a completely neutral observer, naturally earns a tremendous amount of admiration. If he suffers for the cause of freedom and justice, for humanity and the love of his country, the deepest compassion for his pain, the strongest anger towards those who wrong him, the warmest gratitude for his good intentions, and the highest appreciation for his worth all blend together with the admiration of his nobility, often turning that admiration into the most passionate and fervent respect. The heroes from both ancient and modern history who are remembered with the most special fondness are often those who lost their lives on the scaffold in the name of truth, freedom, and justice, who maintained their composure and dignity in those final moments. If Socrates’ enemies had allowed him to die peacefully in his bed, the 212 glory of that great philosopher might never have gained the brilliant shine it has held through the ages. In English history, when we look at the famous figures depicted by Vertue and Howbraken, I believe hardly anyone can feel otherwise than that the axe, a symbol of having been beheaded, engraved beneath some of the most eminent figures like Sir Thomas More, Raleigh, Russell, Sidney, etc., adds a genuine dignity and depth of interest to those characters, far greater than anything they could gain from all the meaningless adornments of heraldry that sometimes accompany them.
Nor does this magnanimity give lustre only to the characters of innocent and virtuous men. It draws some degree of favourable regard even upon those of the greatest criminals; and when a robber or highwayman is brought to the scaffold, and behaves there with decency and firmness, though we perfectly approve of his punishment, we often cannot help regretting that a man who possessed such great and noble powers should have been capable of such mean enormities.
Nor does this generosity only enhance the reputations of innocent and virtuous people. It also earns a certain degree of positive attention for even the worst criminals. When a robber or highwayman is brought to the gallows and acts with dignity and composure, even though we completely support their punishment, we often can't help but feel sorry that someone with such great potential could commit such despicable acts.
War is the great school both for acquiring and exercising this species of magnanimity. Death, as we say, is the king of terrors; and the man who has conquered the fear of death, is not likely to lose his presence of mind at the approach of any other natural evil. In war, men become familiar with death, and are thereby necessarily cured of that superstitious horror with which it is viewed by the weak and inexperienced. They consider it merely as the loss of life, and as no further the object of aversion than as life may happen to be that of desire. They learn from experience, too, that many seemingly great dangers are not so great as they appear; and that, with courage, activity, and presence of mind, there is often a good probability of extricating themselves with honour from situations where at first they could see no hope. The dread of death is thus greatly diminished; and the confidence or hope of escaping it, augmented. They learn to expose themselves to danger with less reluctance. They are less anxious to get out of it, and less apt to lose their presence of mind while they are in it. It is this habitual contempt of danger and death which ennobles the profession of a soldier, and bestows upon it, in the natural apprehensions of mankind, a rank and dignity superior to that of any other profession; and the skilful and successful exercise of this profession, in the service of their country, seems to have constituted the most distinguishing feature in the character of the favourite heroes of all ages.
War is a great teacher for both gaining and showcasing this type of bravery. As we say, death is the ultimate fear, and someone who has overcome the fear of death is less likely to lose their cool in the face of any other natural threat. In war, people become accustomed to death, which helps them shake off the superstitious dread that the weak and inexperienced have towards it. They see it simply as the end of life, and it becomes less of a source of fear than it is tied to the value of life they desire. They also learn from experience that many dangers, which seem huge, aren’t as significant as they seem; with courage, quick thinking, and composure, they often find a decent chance of escaping challenging situations that initially look hopeless. Their fear of death greatly decreases, and their confidence or hope of avoiding it increases. They become more willing to face danger. They're less eager to avoid it and better at keeping calm while in it. This learned indifference to danger and death elevates the soldier's profession, giving it a status and dignity that surpasses other professions in the minds of people. The skilled and successful practice of this profession in service to their country defines many of the beloved heroes throughout history.
Great warlike exploit, though undertaken contrary to every principle of justice, and carried on without any regard to humanity, sometimes interests us, and commands even some degree of a certain sort of esteem for the very worthless characters which conduct it. We are 213 interested even in the exploits of the buccaneers; and read with some sort of esteem and admiration, the history of the most worthless men, who, in pursuit of the most criminal purposes, endured greater hardships, surmounted greater difficulties, and encountered greater dangers, than perhaps any which the course of history gives an account of.
Great military adventures, even when they go against all principles of justice and show no regard for humanity, sometimes capture our interest and even earn a certain level of respect for the truly despicable characters who carry them out. We are 213 intrigued by the deeds of pirates and read with some admiration the stories of the most worthless individuals who, in pursuit of their most criminal goals, endured extreme hardships, overcame significant challenges, and faced dangers perhaps greater than any recorded in history.
The command of anger appears upon many occasions not less generous and noble than that of fear. The proper expression of just indignation composes many of the most splendid and admired passages both of ancient and modern eloquence. The Philippics of Demosthenes, the Catalinarians of Cicero, derive their whole beauty from the noble propriety with which this passion is expressed. But this just indignation is nothing but anger restrained and properly attempered to what the impartial spectator can enter into. The blustering and noisy passion which goes beyond this, is always odious and offensive, and interests us, not for the angry man, but for the man with whom he is angry. The nobleness of pardoning appears, upon many occasions, superior even to the most perfect propriety of resenting. When either proper acknowledgments have been made by the offending party, or even without any such acknowledgments, when the public interest requires that the most mortal enemies should unite for the discharge of some important duty, the man who can cast away all animosity, and act with confidence and cordiality towards the person who had most grievously offended him, does seem most justly to merit our highest admiration.
The control of anger can sometimes seem just as generous and noble as that of fear. The proper expression of righteous indignation makes up many of the most impressive and celebrated passages in both ancient and modern speeches. The Philippics of Demosthenes and the Catalinarians of Cicero derive their entire beauty from the noble way in which this feeling is expressed. But this righteous indignation is really just anger that is held back and properly balanced to what an impartial observer can relate to. The loud and aggressive emotion that goes beyond this is always unpleasant and offensive—it concerns us, not out of sympathy for the angry person, but for the person with whom they are angry. The greatness of forgiving often appears superior to even the most fitting way of expressing resentment. When the wrongdoer has made proper acknowledgments, or even when no such acknowledgments are made, if the common good requires that sworn enemies come together to fulfill some important task, the person who can let go of all resentment and act with trust and warmth toward the person who has wronged them seems to deserve our greatest admiration.
The command of anger, however, does not always appear in such splendid colours. Fear is contrary to anger, and is often the motive which restrains it; and in such cases the meanness of the motive takes away all the nobleness of the restraint. Anger prompts to attack, and the indulgence of it seems sometimes to show a sort of courage and superiority to fear. The indulgence of anger is sometimes an object of vanity. That of fear never is. Vain and weak men, among their inferiors, or those who dare not resist them, often affect to be ostentatiously passionate, and fancy that they show, what is called, spirit in being so. A bully tells many stories of his own insolence, which are not true, and imagines that he thereby renders himself, if not more amiable and respectable, at least more formidable to his audience. Modern manners, which, by favouring the practice of duelling, may be said, in some cases, to encourage private revenge, contribute, perhaps, a good deal to render, in modern times, the restraint of anger by fear still more contemptible than it might otherwise appear to be. There is always something dignified in the command of fear, whatever may be the motive upon which it is founded. It is not so with the command of anger. Unless it is founded altogether in the sense of decency, of dignity, and propriety, it never is perfectly agreeable.
The control of anger doesn't always look so impressive. Fear is the opposite of anger and often holds it back; in these cases, the weakness of the motivation makes the restraint feel less admirable. Anger pushes us to attack, and letting it out can sometimes come across as a display of courage and superiority over fear. Giving in to anger can also be a matter of pride. But for fear, that’s never the case. Vain and weak individuals, especially among those who are beneath them or too scared to stand up to them, often pretend to be theatrically angry, thinking they show what’s called spirit by doing so. A bully tells exaggerated stories of their own misbehavior, which aren’t true, and believes that this makes them more likeable, respectable, or at least more intimidating to their audience. Modern customs, which encourage dueling in certain cases, might elevate the idea of personal revenge, making it even more embarrassing to see someone restrain their anger out of fear. There's always something noble about controlling fear, no matter what motivates it. That’s not true for controlling anger. Unless it’s based entirely on a sense of decency, dignity, and appropriateness, it’s never fully agreeable.
To act according to the dictates of prudence, of justice, and proper 214 beneficence, seems to have no great merit where there is no temptation to do otherwise. But to act with cool deliberation in the midst of the greatest dangers and difficulties; to observe religiously the sacred rules of justice in spite both of the greatest interests which might tempt, and the greatest injuries which might provoke us to violate them; never to suffer the benevolence of our temper to be damped or discouraged by the malignity and ingratitude of the individuals towards whom it may have been exercised; is the character of the most exalted wisdom and virtue. Self-command is not only itself a great virtue, but from it all the other virtues seem to derive their principal lustre.
To act based on good judgment, fairness, and proper 214 kindness doesn’t seem that impressive when there’s no temptation to do otherwise. But to make level-headed decisions in the face of the greatest dangers and challenges; to strictly follow the important rules of justice even in the face of significant temptations and provocations that could lead us to break them; and to never let our kindness be diminished or discouraged by the malice and ungratefulness of those we’ve tried to help—this shows the highest level of wisdom and virtue. Self-control is not only a major virtue in itself, but it seems to enhance the brilliance of all other virtues as well.
The command of fear, the command of anger, are always great and noble powers. When they are directed by justice and benevolence, they are not only great virtues, but increase the splendour of those other virtues. They may, however, sometimes be directed by very different motives; and in this case, though still great and respectable, they may be excessively dangerous. The most intrepid valour may be employed in the cause of the greatest injustice. Amidst great provocations, apparent tranquillity and good humour may sometimes conceal the most determined and cruel resolution to revenge. The strength of mind requisite for such dissimulation, though always and necessarily contaminated by the baseness of falsehood, has, however, been often much admired by many people of no contemptible judgment. The dissimulation of Catherine of Medicis is often celebrated by the profound historian Davila; that of Lord Digby, afterwards Earl of Bristol, by the grave and conscientious Lord Clarendon; that of the first Ashley Earl of Shaftesbury, by the judicious Mr. Locke. Even Cicero seems to consider this deceitful character, not indeed as of the highest dignity, but as not unsuitable to a certain flexibility of manners, which, he thinks may, notwithstanding, be, upon the whole, both agreeable and respectable. He exemplifies it by the characters of Homer’s Ulysses, of the Athenian Themistocles, of the Spartan Lysander, and of the Roman Marcus Crassus. This character of dark and deep dissimulation occurs most commonly in times of great public disorder; amidst the violence of faction and civil war. When law has become in a great measure impotent, when the most perfect innocence cannot alone insure safety, regard to self-defence obliges the greatest part of men to have recourse to dexterity, to address, and to apparent accommodation to whatever happens to be, at the moment, the prevailing party. This false character, too, is frequently accompanied with the coolest and most determined courage. The proper exercise of it supposes that courage, as death is commonly the certain consequence of detection. It may be employed indifferently, either to exasperate or to allay those furious animosities of adverse factions which impose the necessity of assuming it; and though it may sometimes be useful, it is at least equally liable to be excessively pernicious.
The control of fear and anger are always powerful and noble forces. When guided by justice and kindness, they not only become great virtues but also enhance the brilliance of other virtues. However, they can sometimes be driven by very different motives; in such cases, while still powerful and admirable, they can also become extremely dangerous. Even the bravest courage can be used in the name of the greatest injustice. During severe provocations, apparent calmness and good humor can sometimes hide a fierce and cruel desire for revenge. The mental strength required for such deception, though always tainted by the dishonesty of falsehood, has often been admired by people of considerable judgment. The cunning of Catherine de' Medici is frequently highlighted by the insightful historian Davila; that of Lord Digby, later the Earl of Bristol, by the serious and principled Lord Clarendon; and that of the first Ashley Earl of Shaftesbury, by the thoughtful Mr. Locke. Even Cicero seems to view this deceitful trait, not as the highest moral quality, but as compatible with a certain adaptability in behavior, which he believes can still be, overall, both agreeable and respectable. He illustrates this with the examples of Homer’s Ulysses, the Athenian Themistocles, the Spartan Lysander, and the Roman Marcus Crassus. This trait of deep and dark deception is most common in times of significant public chaos; amidst the strife of factions and civil war. When laws have become largely ineffective, when perfect innocence cannot guarantee safety, the need for self-defense compels many people to resort to cunning, to tact, and to apparent compromise with whatever group is currently in power. This deceptive nature is often paired with the calmest and most resolute bravery. Properly exercising it assumes that courage is necessary, as exposure typically results in certain death. It can be used either to inflame or to soothe the intense hostilities of opposing factions, which create the need for such behavior; and while it can sometimes be helpful, it is just as likely to be extremely harmful.
215 The command of the less violent and turbulent passions seems much less liable to be abused to any pernicious purpose. Temperance, decency, modesty, and moderation, are always amiable, and can seldom be directed to any bad end. It is from the unremitting steadiness of those gentler exertions of self-command, that the amiable virtue of chastity, that the respectable virtues of industry and frugality, derive all that sober lustre which attends them. The conduct of all those who are contented to walk in the humble paths of private and peaceable life, derives from the same principle the greater part of the beauty and grace which belong to it; a beauty and grace, which, though much less dazzling, is not always less pleasing than those which accompany the more splendid actions of the hero, the statesman, or the legislator.
215 The management of milder and less intense emotions is much less likely to be misused for harmful purposes. Self-control, decency, modesty, and moderation are always admirable and are rarely directed towards a negative end. It is the constant reliability of these gentler acts of self-discipline that gives the admirable quality of chastity, as well as the respectable traits of hard work and frugality, their sober brightness. The behavior of those who are satisfied to live in the modest ways of a private and peaceful life gets much of its beauty and grace from the same principle; a beauty and grace that, while not as flashy, can be just as pleasing as those that come with the more glamorous actions of a hero, politician, or lawmaker.
After what has already been said, in several different parts of this discourse, concerning the nature of self-command, I judge it unnecessary to enter into any further detail concerning those virtues. I shall only observe at present, that the point of propriety, the degree of any passion which the impartial spectator approves of, is differently situated in different passions. In some passions the excess is less disagreeable than the defect; and in such passions the point of propriety seems to stand high, or nearer to the excess than to the defect. In other passions, the defect is less disagreeable than the excess; and in such passions the point of propriety seems to stand low, or nearer to the defect than to the excess. The former are the passions which the spectator is most, the latter, those which he is least disposed to sympathize with. The former, too, are the passions of which the immediate feeling or sensation is agreeable to the person principally concerned; the latter, those of which it is disagreeable. It may be laid down as a general rule, that the passions which the spectator is most disposed to sympathize with, and in which, upon that account, the point of propriety may be said to stand high, are those of which the immediate feeling or sensation is more or less agreeable to the person principally concerned: and that, on the contrary, the passions which the spectator is least disposed to sympathize with, and in which, upon that account, the point of propriety may be said to stand low, are those of which the immediate feeling or sensation is more or less disagreeable, or even painful, to the person principally concerned. This general rule, so far as I have been able to observe, admits not of a single exception. A few examples will at once both sufficiently explain it and demonstrate the truth of it.
After everything that’s been said in various parts of this discussion about self-control, I think it’s unnecessary to go into more detail about those virtues. I’ll just point out right now that the ideal level of emotion, the amount of any passion that an impartial observer would approve of, varies between different emotions. In some emotions, having too much is less off-putting than having too little; in these cases, the ideal level seems to be higher, closer to the excess than the deficiency. In other emotions, having too little is less off-putting than having too much; in these cases, the ideal level seems to be lower, closer to the deficiency than the excess. The former are the emotions that observers are most likely to sympathize with, while the latter are the ones they’re least likely to engage with. The former emotions also provide a pleasant immediate feeling to the person involved, while the latter are often unpleasant. It can be said as a general rule that the emotions that the observer is most willing to sympathize with, and therefore where the ideal level seems to be higher, are those whose immediate sensation is somewhat pleasant for the person involved. Conversely, the emotions that the observer is least willing to sympathize with, and where the ideal level seems to be lower, are those that are somewhat unpleasant or even painful for the person involved. This general rule, as far as I can tell, has no exceptions. A few examples will clearly illustrate and prove its truth.
The disposition to the affections which tend to unite men in society to humanity, kindness, natural affection, friendship, esteem, may sometimes be excessive. Even the excess of this disposition, however, renders a man interesting to every body. Though we blame it, we still regard it with compassion, and even with kindness, and never with dislike. We are more sorry for it than angry at it. To the person 216 himself, the indulgence even of such excessive affections is, upon many occasions, not only agreeable, but delicious. Upon some occasions, indeed, especially when directed, as is too often the case, towards unworthy objects, it exposes him to much real and heartfelt distress. Even upon such occasions, however, a well-disposed mind regards him with the most exquisite pity, and feels the highest indignation against those who affect to despise him for his weakness and imprudence. The defect of this disposition, on the contrary, what is called hardness of heart, while it renders a man insensible to the feelings and distresses of other people, renders other people equally insensible to his; and, by excluding him from the friendship of all the world, excludes him from the best and most comfortable of all social enjoyments.
The tendency to feel emotions that connect people to each other and to humanity—like kindness, natural affection, friendship, and esteem—can sometimes be too strong. However, even an excess of these feelings makes a person interesting to everyone. Although we might criticize it, we still view it with compassion and even kindness, never with dislike. We feel more sympathy for it than anger towards it. For the person themselves, indulging in such intense emotions can often be enjoyable and even delightful. In some cases, especially when these feelings are directed towards unworthy people, it can lead to real and deep distress. Even in those moments, a kind-hearted person looks at them with great pity and feels a strong indignation towards those who pretend to look down on them for their vulnerability and poor judgment. On the other hand, a lack of this tendency—what’s often called hardness of heart—makes a person insensitive to the feelings and struggles of others, which in turn makes others indifferent to theirs. This alienates them from friendships and deprives them of the best and most comforting aspects of social life.
The disposition to the affections which drive men from one another, and which tend, as it were, to break the bands of human society; the disposition to anger, hatred, envy, malice, revenge; is, on the contrary, much more apt to offend by its excess than by its defect. The excess renders a man wretched and miserable in his own mind, and the object of hatred, and sometimes even of horror, to other people. The defect is very seldom complained of. It may, however, be defective. The want of proper indignation is a most essential defect in the manly character, and, upon many occasions, renders a man incapable of protecting either himself or his friends from insult and injustice. Even that principle, in the excess and improper direction of which consists the odious and detestable passion of envy, may be defective. Envy is that passion which views with malignant dislike the superiority of those who are really entitled to all the superiority they possess. The man, however, who, in matters of consequence, tamely suffers other people, who are entitled to no such superiority, to rise above him or get before him, is justly condemned as mean-spirited. This weakness is commonly founded in indolence, sometimes in good nature, in an aversion to opposition, to bustle and solicitation, and sometimes, too, in a sort of ill-judged magnanimity, which fancies that it can always continue to despise the advantage which it then despises, and, therefore, so easily gives up. Such weakness, however, is commonly followed by much regret and repentance; and what had some appearance of magnanimity in the beginning frequently gives place to a most malignant envy in the end, and to a hatred of that superiority, which those who have once attained it, may often become really entitled to, by the very circumstance of having attained it. In order to live comfortably in the world, it is, upon all occasions, as necessary to defend our dignity and rank, as it is to defend our life or our fortune.
The tendency to feel emotions that push people apart and that seem to break the bonds of society—like anger, hatred, envy, malice, and revenge—is actually more likely to cause problems when it’s excessive rather than when it’s lacking. Too much of these feelings can make a person wretched and miserable internally, and may even make them the target of hatred or horror from others. A lack of these feelings is rarely complained about, but it can still be a serious issue. Not having the right amount of righteous anger can be a major flaw in a person’s character and can prevent them from standing up for themselves or their friends against insult and injustice. Even the principle behind envy, which is often seen as a horrible and loathsome passion, can be lacking. Envy is that feeling that resents the achievements and superiority of those who genuinely deserve it. However, a person who passively lets others who aren’t entitled to superiority rise above them is rightly seen as lacking spirit. This weakness is usually rooted in laziness or sometimes in a good-hearted nature, a desire to avoid conflict, or even a misguided sense of nobility that believes it can overlook advantages it currently dismisses, thus easily giving them up. However, this weakness often leads to much regret and remorse; what might have seemed noble at first can eventually turn into deep-seated envy and resentment towards the superiority that those who have achieved it might genuinely deserve simply by having reached that point. To live well in the world, it is essential to defend our dignity and status as much as it is to protect our life or our wealth.
Our sensibility to personal danger and distress, like that to personal provocation, is much more apt to offend by its excess than by its defect. No character is more contemptible than that of a coward; no character is more admired than that of the man who faces death with intrepidity, 217 and maintains his tranquillity and presence of mind amidst the most dreadful dangers. We esteem the man who supports pain and even torture with manhood and firmness; and we can have little regard for him who sinks under them, and abandons himself to useless outcries and womanish lamentations. A fretful temper, which feels, with too much sensibility, every little cross accident, renders a man miserable in himself and offensive to other people. A calm one, which does not allow its tranquillity to be disturbed, either by the small injuries, or by the little disasters incident to the usual course of human affairs; but which, amidst the natural and moral evils infesting the world, lays its account and is contented to suffer a little from both, is a blessing to the man himself, and gives ease and security to all his companions.
Our sensitivity to personal danger and distress, just like our reaction to provocation, is more likely to offend when it's excessive than when it's lacking. There's no character more despicable than that of a coward; and no character is more admired than someone who bravely faces death, 217 and keeps calm and collected in the scariest situations. We respect those who endure pain and even torture with strength and resilience; we have little respect for those who crumble under it and resort to pointless cries and tears. A grumpy attitude, which feels every minor setback too strongly, makes a person miserable and bothersome to others. A calm demeanor, which remains undisturbed by small slights or minor disasters that come with everyday life; but which, amidst the natural and moral troubles in the world, accepts and endures a little from both, is a blessing to the individual and brings comfort and stability to everyone around them.
Our sensibility, however, both to our own injuries and to our own misfortunes, though generally too strong, may likewise be too weak. The man who feels little for his own misfortunes, must always feel less for those of other people, and be less disposed to relieve them. The man who has little resentment for the injuries which are done to himself, must always have less for those which are done to other people, and be less disposed either to protect or to avenge them. A stupid insensibility to the events of human life necessarily extinguishes all that keen and earnest attention to the propriety of our own conduct, which constitutes the real essence of virtue. We can feel little anxiety about the propriety of our own actions, when we are indifferent about the events which may result from them. The man who feels the full distress of the calamity which has befallen him, who feels the whole baseness of the injustice which has been done to him, but who feels still more strongly what the dignity of his own character requires; who does not abandon himself to the guidance of the undisciplined passions which his situation might naturally inspire; but who governs his whole behaviour and conduct according to those restrained and corrected emotions which the great inmate, the great demi-god within the breast prescribes and approves of; is alone the real man of virtue, the only real and proper object of love, respect, and admiration. Insensibility and that noble firmness, that exalted self-command, which is founded in the sense of dignity and propriety, are so far from being altogether the same, that in proportion as the former takes place, the merit of the latter is, in many cases, entirely taken away.
Our sensitivity to our own injuries and misfortunes, while generally too intense, can also be too weak. A person who doesn’t care much about their own problems will likely care even less about those of others and be less willing to help. Someone who doesn't hold much resentment for the wrongs done to themselves will also have less resentment towards the wrongs done to others, making them less likely to protect or avenge those wrongs. A numbness to life's events naturally dulls our keen and earnest attention to how we conduct ourselves, which is the true essence of virtue. If we are indifferent to the consequences of our actions, we won’t worry much about whether those actions are appropriate. The person who feels the full weight of their own misfortunes and the complete unfairness of the injustices he has faced, but who feels even more strongly about the dignity of his own character; someone who doesn’t let their uncontrolled emotions take over, but instead manages their behavior according to the controlled and tempered feelings that their inner sense of dignity dictates, is the true virtuous individual—the only real and worthy object of love, respect, and admiration. Insensitivity and noble strength, that elevated self-control rooted in dignity and propriety, are not at all the same; in fact, as insensitivity increases, the value of that self-control can, in many cases, be totally diminished.
But though the total want of sensibility to personal injury, to personal danger and distress, would, in such situations, take away the whole merit of self-command, that sensibility, however, may very easily be too exquisite, and it frequently is so. When the sense of propriety, when the authority of the judge within the breast, can control this extreme sensibility, that authority must no doubt appear very noble and very great. But the exertion of it may be too fatiguing; it may have too much to do. The individual, by a great effort, may behave perfectly 218 well. But the contest between the two principles, the warfare within the breast, may be too violent to be at all consistent with internal tranquillity and happiness. The wise man whom Nature has endowed with this too exquisite sensibility, and whose too lively feelings have not been sufficiently blunted and hardened by early education and proper exercise, will avoid, as much as duty and propriety will permit, the situations for which he is not perfectly fitted. The man whose feeble and delicate constitution renders him too sensible to pain, to hardship, and to every sort of bodily distress, should not wantonly embrace the profession of a soldier. The man of too much sensibility to injury, should not rashly engage in the contests of faction. Though the sense of propriety should be strong enough to command all those sensibilities, the composure of the mind must always be disturbed in the struggle. In this disorder the judgment cannot always maintain its ordinary acuteness and precision; and though he may always mean to act properly, he may often act rashly and imprudently, and in a manner which he himself will, in the succeeding part of his life, be for ever ashamed of. A certain intrepidity, a certain firmness of nerves and hardiness of constitution, whether natural or acquired, are undoubtedly the best preparatives for all the great exertions of self-command.
But while a complete lack of awareness toward personal injury, danger, and distress would take away the whole merit of self-control in such situations, that awareness can easily become too intense, and it often is. When the sense of propriety, when the authority of the inner judge, can manage this extreme sensitivity, that authority appears very noble and significant. However, exercising that authority can be exhausting; there might be too much to handle. An individual might behave perfectly well with great effort. But the conflict between these two principles, the struggle within, can be so intense that it disrupts internal peace and happiness. The wise person endowed by nature with this heightened sensitivity, whose feelings are not sufficiently dulled and hardened by early education and proper practice, will avoid, as much as duty and propriety allow, situations for which they aren’t perfectly suited. A person with a frail and delicate constitution, who is too sensitive to pain, hardship, and all sorts of physical distress, shouldn’t carelessly choose to be a soldier. Likewise, someone who is overly sensitive to injury shouldn’t hastily engage in factional disputes. Even if the sense of propriety is strong enough to manage all those sensitivities, the mind will always be unsettled in the struggle. In this chaos, judgment can't always maintain its usual sharpness and precision; and although they may always intend to act correctly, they might often act impulsively and recklessly, in ways they will later regret. A certain courage, a certain steadiness of nerves and resilience, whether natural or learned, is undoubtedly the best preparation for all significant acts of self-control.
Though war and faction are certainly the best schools for forming every man to this hardiness and firmness of temper, though they are the best remedies for curing him of the opposite weaknesses, yet, if the day of trial should happen to come before he has completely learned his lesson, before the remedy has had time to produce its proper effect, the consequences might not be agreeable.
Though war and conflict are definitely the best ways to toughen a person and build their resilience, and though they are the best solutions for overcoming weaknesses, if a moment of trial comes before someone has fully learned these lessons, before the remedy has had enough time to work, the results might not be pleasant.
Our sensibility to the pleasures, to the amusements, and enjoyments of human life, may offend, in the same manner, either by its excess or by its defect. Of the two, however, the excess seems less disagreeable than the defect. Both to the spectator and to the person principally concerned, a strong propensity to joy is certainly more pleasing than a dull insensibility to the objects of amusement and diversion. We are charmed with the gaiety of youth, and even with the playfulness of childhood: but we soon grow weary of the flat and tasteless gravity which too frequently accompanies old age. When this propensity, indeed, is not restrained by the sense of propriety, when it is unsuitable to the time or to the place, to the age or to the situation of the person, when, to indulge it, he neglects either his interest or his duty; it is justly blamed as excessive, and as hurtful both to the individual and to the society. In the greater part of such cases, however, what is chiefly to be found fault with is, not so much the strength of the propensity to joy, as the weakness of the sense of propriety and duty. A young man who has no relish for the diversions and amusements that are natural and suitable to his age, who talks of nothing but his book or his business, is disliked as formal and pedantic; and we give him no credit 219 for his abstinence even from improper indulgences, to which he seems to have so little inclination.
Our sensitivity to the pleasures, amusements, and joys of life can offend, either through being excessive or lacking. Of the two, though, being excessive seems less unpleasant than lacking. For both the observer and the person involved, a strong tendency towards joy is definitely more enjoyable than a lack of sensitivity to what brings amusement and fun. We are delighted by the liveliness of youth and the playfulness of childhood; however, we quickly grow tired of the dull and flavorless seriousness that often comes with old age. When this tendency is not kept in check by a sense of what’s appropriate—when it doesn’t fit the time, place, age, or situation—or when pursuing it leads someone to neglect their responsibilities or interests, it is rightly criticized as excessive and harmful to both the individual and society. In many of these situations, the main issue isn’t so much the intensity of the joy-seeking tendency, but rather the lack of a sense of propriety and duty. A young man who shows no interest in the fun and entertainment that are natural and appropriate for his age, who only talks about his studies or work, is seen as stiff and pedantic; we don’t commend him for avoiding inappropriate indulgences, as he seems to have little desire for them. 219
The principle of self-estimation may be too high, and it may likewise be too low. It is so very agreeable to think highly, and so very disagreeable to think meanly of ourselves, that, to the person himself, it cannot well be doubted, but that some degree of excess must be much less disagreeable than any degree of defect. But to the impartial spectator, it may perhaps be thought, things must appear quite differently, and that to him, the defect must always be less disagreeable than the excess. And in our companions, no doubt, we much more frequently complain of the latter than of the former. When they assume upon us, or set themselves before us, their self-estimation mortifies our own. Our own pride and vanity prompt us to accuse them of pride and vanity, and we cease to be the impartial spectators of their conduct. When the same companions, however, suffer any other man to assume over them a superiority which does not belong to him, we not only blame them, but often despise them as mean-spirited. When, on the contrary, among other people, they push themselves a little more forward, and scramble to an elevation disproportioned, as we think, to their merit, though we may not perfectly approve of their conduct, we are often, upon the whole, diverted with it; and, where there is no envy in the case, we are almost always much less displeased with them, than we should have been, had they only suffered themselves to sink below their proper station.
The idea of self-esteem can be either too high or too low. It’s really nice to think highly of ourselves and really unpleasant to think poorly of ourselves, so for the individual, it’s easy to believe that being overly confident is much less disagreeable than being too self-critical. However, to an unbiased observer, it might seem quite different; for them, being self-critical could appear less objectionable than being overly proud. We often complain more about our friends' arrogance than their modesty. When they act superior or flaunt their self-worth, it diminishes our own. Our pride and vanity lead us to accuse them of being arrogant, and we stop being objective about their behavior. Conversely, when these same friends let someone else exert an unwarranted superiority over them, we not only criticize them but often look down on them for being timid. However, when they confidently assert themselves amongst others, even if we think their achievements are inflated, we might not fully approve of their actions but are often amused by it; and if there’s no jealousy involved, we’re usually much less bothered by their confidence than we would be if they had just allowed themselves to fall below where they truly belong.
In estimating our own merit, in judging of our own character and conduct, there are two different standards to which we naturally compare them. The one is the idea of exact propriety and perfection, so far as we are each of us capable of comprehending that idea. The other is that degree of approximation to this idea which is commonly attained in the world, and which the greater part of our friends and companions, of our rivals and competitors, may have actually arrived at. We very seldom (I am disposed to think, we never) attempt to judge of ourselves without giving more or less attention to both these different standards. But the attention of different men, and even of the same man at different times, is often very unequally divided between them; and is sometimes principally directed towards the one, and sometimes towards the other.
In evaluating our own worth and assessing our character and actions, we naturally compare ourselves to two different standards. One is the idea of absolute propriety and perfection, as much as each of us can understand that concept. The other is the level of closeness to this ideal that is typically seen in the world, which most of our friends, companions, rivals, and competitors may have reached. We rarely (I believe we never) try to judge ourselves without considering both of these different standards to some extent. However, the focus of different people, and even the same person at different times, can be very unevenly split between them; sometimes we mainly focus on one, and sometimes on the other.
So far as our attention is directed towards the first standard, the wisest and best of us all, can, in his own character and conduct, see nothing but weakness and imperfection; can discover no ground for arrogance and presumption, but a great deal for humility, regret, and repentance. So far as our attention is directed towards the second, we may be affected either in the one way or in the other, and feel ourselves, either really above, or really below, the standard with which we seek to compare ourselves.
As far as our focus is on the first standard, the wisest and best among us can only see weakness and flaws in their own character and actions. They find no reason for arrogance or entitlement, but plenty of reasons for humility, regret, and repentance. When we focus on the second standard, we may feel one way or the other, and see ourselves as either genuinely above or genuinely below the standard we’re trying to measure ourselves against.
220 The wise and virtuous man directs his principal attention to the first standard; the idea of exact propriety and perfection. There exists in the mind of every man, an idea of this kind, gradually formed from his observations upon the character and conduct both of himself and of other people. It is the slow, gradual, and progressive work of the great demigod within the breast, the great judge and arbiter of conduct. This idea is in every man more or less accurately drawn, its colouring is more or less just, its outlines are more or less exactly designed, according to the delicacy and acuteness of that sensibility, with which those observations were made, and according to the care and attention employed in making them. In the wise and virtuous man they have been made with the most acute and delicate sensibility, and the utmost care and attention have been employed in making them. Every day some feature is improved; every day some blemish is corrected. He has studied this idea more than other people, he comprehends it more distinctly, he has formed a much more correct image of it, and is much more deeply enamoured of its exquisite and divine beauty. He endeavours, as well as he can, to assimilate his own character to this archetype of perfection. But he imitates the work of a divine artist, which can never be equalled. He feels the imperfect success of all his best endeavours, and sees, with grief and affliction, in how many different features the mortal copy falls short of the immortal original. He remembers, with concern and humiliation, how often, from want of attention, from want of judgment, from want of temper, he has, both in words and actions, both in conduct and conversation, violated the exact rules of perfect propriety; and has so far departed from that model, according to which he wished to fashion his own character and conduct. When he directs his attention towards the second standard, indeed, that degree of excellence which his friends and acquaintances have commonly arrived at, he may be sensible of his own superiority. But, as his principal attention is always directed towards the first standard, he is necessarily much more humbled by the one comparison, than he ever can be elevated by the other. He is never so elated as to look down with insolence even upon those who are really below him. He feels so well his own imperfection, he knows so well the difficulty with which he attained his own distant approximation to rectitude, that he cannot regard with contempt the still greater imperfections of other people. Far from insulting over their inferiority, he views it with the most indulgent commiseration, and, by his advice as well as example, is at all times willing to promote their further advancement. If, in any particular qualification, they happen to be superior to him (for who is so perfect as not to have many superiors in many different qualifications?), far from envying their superiority, he, who knows how difficult it is to excel, esteems and honours their excellence, and never fails to bestow upon it the full measure of applause 221 which it deserves. His whole mind, in short, is deeply impressed, his whole behaviour and deportment are distinctly stamped with the character of real modesty; with that of a very moderate estimation of his own merit, and, at the same time, with a very full sense of the merit of other people.
220 The wise and virtuous person focuses mainly on the first standard: the concept of true appropriateness and perfection. Every person has a version of this idea in their mind, shaped over time by their observations of their own behavior and that of others. It’s a slow, gradual process driven by the innate demigod within us, the ultimate judge and arbiter of our actions. For each person, this idea is drawn with varying degrees of accuracy; its nuances vary based on the sensitivity and sharpness with which these observations were made, and the care and attention put into making them. For the wise and virtuous person, these observations are made with a high level of sensitivity, and utmost care and attention are given. Each day, some aspect of this ideal is refined; every day, a flaw is corrected. They have studied this idea more than most, they grasp it more clearly, and they have developed a much more accurate image of it and are more deeply captivated by its exquisite and divine beauty. They strive, as best as they can, to align their own character with this archetype of perfection. However, they are attempting work that resembles the creations of a divine artist, which can never be matched. They feel the incomplete success of all their best efforts and recognize, with sadness, how the mortal representation falls short of the immortal original in many ways. They remember, with concern and humility, how often they have, due to a lack of attention, judgment, or composure, violated the precise standards of perfect propriety, straying from the model they aspire to reflect in their character and behavior. When they focus on the second standard, which is the level of excellence typically reached by their friends and acquaintances, they may sense their own superiority. But because their primary focus remains on the first standard, they feel more humbled by that comparison than they could ever feel uplifted by the other. They never rise so high as to look down disdainfully on those who are truly beneath them. They are acutely aware of their own imperfections and understand the challenges involved in achieving even a distant semblance of righteousness, so they cannot scorn the greater shortcomings of others. Rather than mock their inferiority, they view it with a compassionate understanding and are always willing, through both advice and example, to support their further growth. If others happen to excel in a certain area (after all, who is so perfect as to lack superiors in many respects?), instead of envying their superiority, they, knowing how hard it is to excel, appreciate and respect their excellence and make sure to give it the recognition it deserves. In short, their entire mindset is profoundly influenced, and their behavior is distinctly marked by genuine modesty; they hold a very moderate view of their own worth while fully acknowledging the merits of others. 221
In all the liberal and ingenious arts, in painting, in poetry, in music, in eloquence, in philosophy, the great artist feels always the real imperfection of his own best works, and is more sensible than any man how much they fall short of that ideal perfection of which he has formed some conception, which he imitates as well as he can, but which he despairs of ever equalling. It is the inferior artist only, who is ever perfectly satisfied with his own performances. He has little conception of this ideal perfection, about which he has little employed his thoughts; and it is chiefly to the works of other artists, of, perhaps, a still lower order, that he deigns to compare his own works. Boileau, the great French poet (in some of his works, perhaps not inferior to the greatest poet of the same kind, either ancient or modern), used to say, that no great man was ever completely satisfied with his own works. His acquaintance Santeuil (a writer of Latin verses, and who, on account of that school-boy accomplishment, had the weakness to fancy himself a poet), assured him that he himself was always completely satisfied with his own. Boileau replied, with, perhaps, an arch ambiguity, that he certainly was the only great man that ever was so. Boileau, in judging of his own works, compared them with the standard of ideal perfection, which, in his own particular branch of the poetic art, he had, I presume, meditated as deeply, and conceived as distinctly, as it is possible for man to conceive it. Santeuil, in judging of his own works, compared them, I suppose, chiefly to those of the other Latin poets of his own time, to the great part of whom he was certainly very far from being inferior. But to support and finish off, if I may say so, the conduct and conversation of a whole life to some resemblance of this ideal perfection, is surely much more difficult than to work up to an equal resemblance any of the productions of any of the ingenious arts. The artist sits down to his work undisturbed, at leisure, in the full possession and recollection of all his skill, experience, and knowledge. The wise man must support the propriety of his own conduct in health and sickness, in success and in disappointment, in the hour of fatigue and drowsy indolence, as well as in that of the most awakened attention. The most sudden and unexpected assaults of difficulty and distress must never surprise him. The injustice of other people must never provoke him to injustice. The violence of faction must never confound him. All the hardships and hazards of war must never either dishearten or appal him.
In all the creative and skilled fields, like painting, poetry, music, or philosophy, a great artist always feels the true shortcomings of their best work. They’re more aware than anyone else of how much it strays from the ideal perfection they envision. They try to imitate that ideal as best they can, but they despair of ever reaching it. Only the lesser artist is ever completely satisfied with their own creations. They have little understanding of this ideal perfection because they rarely think about it; they usually compare their work to that of other, possibly even lesser, artists. Boileau, the famous French poet (whose works may rival the greatest poets of any time, ancient or modern), used to say that no great person is ever fully satisfied with their work. His friend Santeuil (a writer of Latin verses who, due to that schoolboy skill, fancied himself a poet) claimed he was always completely satisfied with his own work. Boileau responded, perhaps with a clever hint, that he was indeed the only great man who ever was. Boileau, when evaluating his own works, compared them with the standard of ideal perfection he had likely thought about deeply and clearly, more than most could imagine. Santeuil, in judging his own work, probably mostly compared it to that of other Latin poets of his time, many of whom he certainly wasn't inferior to. But maintaining and shaping a whole life to somewhat resemble that ideal perfection is definitely much harder than matching any of the creations in the arts. The artist approaches their work calmly, at their own pace, fully aware of all their skills, experience, and knowledge. The wise person must navigate their own behavior through health and sickness, success and failure, during tired moments and those of heightened alertness. They must never be caught off guard by sudden challenges and distress. The unfairness of others should never lead them to act unjustly. The chaos of parties should never confuse them. The struggles and dangers of war should never discourage or frighten them.
Of the persons who, in estimating their own merit, in judging of their own character and conduct, direct by far the greater part of their 222 attention to the second standard, to that ordinary degree of excellence which is commonly attained by other people, there are some who really and justly feel themselves very much above it, and who, by every intelligent and impartial spectator, are acknowledged to be so. The attention of such persons, however, being always principally directed, not to the standard of ideal, but to that of ordinary perfection, they have little sense of their own weaknesses and imperfections; they have little modesty; and are often assuming, arrogant, and presumptuous; great admirers of themselves, and great contemners of other people. Though their characters are in general much less correct, and their merit much inferior to that of the man of real and modest virtue; yet their excessive presumption, founded upon their own excessive self-admiration, dazzles the multitude, and often imposes even upon those who are much superior to the multitude. The frequent, and often wonderful, success of the most ignorant quacks and impostors, both civil and religious, sufficiently demonstrate how easily the multitude are imposed upon by the most extravagant and groundless pretensions. But when those pretensions are supported by a very high degree of real and solid merit, when they are displayed with all the splendour which ostentation can bestow upon them, when they are supported by high rank and great power, when they have often been successfully exerted, and are, upon that account, attended by the loud acclamations of the multitude; even the man of sober judgment often abandons himself to the general admiration. The very noise of those foolish acclamations often contributes to confound his understanding, and while he sees those great men only at a certain distance, he is often disposed to worship them with a sincere admiration, superior even to that with which they appear to worship themselves. When there is no envy in the case, we all take pleasure in admiring, and are, upon that account, naturally disposed, in our own fancies, to render complete and perfect in every respect the characters which, in many respects, are so very worthy of admiration. The excessive self-admiration of those great men is well understood, perhaps, and even seen through, with some degree of derision, by those wise men who are much in their familiarity, and who secretly smile at those lofty pretensions, which, by people at a distance, are often regarded with reverence, and almost with adoration. Such, however, have been, in all ages, the greater part of those men who have procured to themselves the most noisy fame, the most extensive reputation; a fame and reputation, too, which have too often descended to the remotest posterity.
Of the people who, when assessing their own worth and judging their character and actions, focus mostly on the average level of excellence usually achieved by others, some genuinely and rightfully see themselves as much better than that, and are recognized as such by any thoughtful and fair observer. However, since these individuals mainly concentrate on the standard of ordinary perfection rather than an ideal one, they have little awareness of their own flaws and shortcomings; they show little humility; and tend to be arrogant and presumptuous, highly admiring themselves while looking down on others. Although their characters are generally much less admirable, and their worth significantly less than that of a truly humble and virtuous person, their excessive self-importance, driven by their own self-admiration, impresses the masses and can even fool those who are much more discerning than the general public. The frequent and often astonishing success of the most ignorant charlatans and frauds, both in civil and religious matters, clearly shows just how easily people can be swayed by the most outrageous and baseless claims. But when such claims are backed by a high level of genuine merit, displayed with all the flash that showiness can add, and supported by high status and great power, and when they have often been successfully demonstrated, accompanied by loud praise from the crowd, even the most level-headed person may succumb to the collective admiration. The sheer volume of those foolish cheers can confuse their judgment, and as they view these great figures from a distance, they may find themselves sincerely admiring them, even more than those figures seem to admire themselves. When there's no jealousy involved, we naturally enjoy admiration and are inclined to elevate, in our minds, the characters we find so worthy of respect. The excessive self-praise of these prominent individuals is often seen through, maybe with a bit of mockery, by the wise who are close to them, who secretly smirk at those lofty claims that are often regarded with reverence or even worship by those further away. This has been true throughout history for most of the men who have gained the loudest fame and the broadest reputation, a fame and reputation that all too often endure for distant future generations.
Great success in the world, great authority over the sentiments and opinions of mankind, have very seldom been acquired without some degree of this excessive self-admiration. The most splendid characters, the men who have performed the most illustrious actions, who have brought about the greatest revolutions, both in the situations and 223 opinions of mankind; the most successful warriors, the greatest statesmen and legislators, the eloquent founders and leaders of the most numerous and most successful sects and parties; have many of them been, not more distinguished for their very great merit, than for a degree of presumption and self-admiration altogether disproportioned even to that very great merit. This presumption was, perhaps, necessary, not only to prompt them to undertakings which a more sober mind would never have thought of, but to command the submission and obedience of their followers to support them in such undertakings. When crowned with success, accordingly, this presumption has often betrayed them into a vanity that approached almost to insanity and folly. Alexander the Great appears, not only to have wished that other people should think him a god, but to have been at least very well-disposed to fancy himself such. Upon his deathbed, the most ungodlike of all situations, he requested of his friends that, to the respectable list of deities, into which himself had long before been inserted, his old mother Olympia might likewise have the honour of being added. Amidst the respectful admiration of his followers and disciples, amidst the universal applause of the public, after the oracle, which probably had followed the voice of that applause, had pronounced him the wisest of men, the great wisdom of Socrates, though it did not suffer him to fancy himself a god, yet was not great enough to hinder him from fancying that he had secret and frequent intimations from some invisible and divine being. The sound head of Cæsar was not so perfectly sound as to hinder him from being much pleased with his divine genealogy from the goddess Venus; and, before the temple of this pretended great-grandmother, to receive, without rising from his seat, the Roman senate, when that illustrious body came to present him with some decrees conferring upon him the most extravagant honours. This insolence, joined to some other acts of an almost childish vanity, little to be expected from an understanding at once so very acute and comprehensive, seems, by exasperating the public jealousy, to have emboldened his assassins, and to have hastened the execution of their conspiracy. The religion and manners of modern times give our great men little encouragement to fancy themselves either gods or even prophets. Success, however, joined to great popular favour, has often so far turned the heads of the greatest of them, as to make them ascribe to themselves both an importance and an ability much beyond what they really possessed; and, by this presumption, to precipitate themselves into many rash and sometimes ruinous adventures. It is a characteristic almost peculiar to the great Duke of Marlborough, that ten years of such uninterrupted and such splendid success as scarce any other general could boast of, never betrayed him into a a single rash action, scarce into a single rash word or expression. The same temperate coolness and self-command cannot, I think, be ascribed to any other great warrior of later times; not to Prince Eugene, not to 224 the late King of Prussia, not the great Prince of Condé, not even to Gustavus Adolphus. Turenne seems to have approached the nearest to it; but several different transactions of his life sufficiently demonstrate that it was in him by no means so perfect as it was in the great Duke of Marlborough.
Great success in the world and strong influence over the feelings and opinions of people are rarely achieved without some level of excessive self-admiration. The most outstanding figures, those who have accomplished remarkable deeds and instigated significant changes in both the circumstances and 223 viewpoints of humanity—like the most successful warriors, top statesmen and lawmakers, and charismatic founders and leaders of the largest and most successful groups—often have been marked not just by their extraordinary merit, but also by a level of arrogance and self-admiration that is disproportionate to that merit. This arrogance was perhaps necessary not only to inspire them to pursue endeavors that a more realistic mindset would never entertain, but also to ensure the loyalty and compliance of their followers to support them in such pursuits. When they achieved success, this arrogance frequently led them into a vanity that bordered on madness and foolishness. Alexander the Great seemed not only to want others to view him as a god, but also to genuinely believe he was one. On his deathbed, in the most un-godlike of all situations, he asked his friends to add his mother Olympias to the esteemed list of deities, which he had long insisted he belonged to. Surrounded by the respectful admiration of his followers and the widespread acclaim of the public, after an oracle, likely influenced by that applause, declared him the wisest of men, Socrates’ great wisdom didn’t stop him from thinking he was receiving secret and frequent messages from an invisible divine entity. Julius Caesar’s mind wasn’t so flawless that he didn’t feel pleased with his divine descent from the goddess Venus; before the shrine of this supposed great-grandmother, he sat without standing to receive the Roman Senate when they presented him with decrees granting him the most extravagant honors. This arrogance, along with other childish displays of vanity, which one wouldn’t expect from someone with such acute and comprehensive understanding, seemed to have provoked public suspicion, emboldening his assassins and speeding up their plot. The religion and customs of modern times offer little support for our prominent figures to see themselves as gods or even prophets. However, success combined with popularity has often led even the greatest among them to overestimate their importance and abilities, pushing them into rash and sometimes disastrous ventures. A notable trait of the great Duke of Marlborough is that his ten years of remarkable and unparalleled success, which few other generals can claim, never led him into a single reckless act or hardly even a careless word or remark. I don’t think this same level of calm composure and self-control can be attributed to any other notable military leader of recent times—neither Prince Eugene, nor the late King of Prussia, nor the great Prince of Condé, nor even Gustavus Adolphus. Turenne seems to have come closest to this quality, but several events in his life clearly show that it was not as complete in him as it was in the great Duke of Marlborough.
In the humble projects of private life, as well as in the ambitious and proud pursuits of high stations, great abilities and successful enterprise, in the beginning, have frequently encouraged to undertakings which necessarily led to bankruptcy and ruin in the end.
In both the simple aspects of private life and the lofty ambitions of high positions, significant talent and early success often motivate endeavors that ultimately result in failure and disaster.
The esteem and admiration which every impartial spectator conceives for the real merit of those spirited, magnanimous, and high-minded persons, as it is a just and well-founded sentiment, so it is a steady and permanent one, and altogether independent of their good or bad fortune. It is otherwise with that admiration which he is apt to conceive for their excessive self-estimation and presumption. While they are successful, indeed, he is often perfectly conquered and overborne by them. Success covers from his eyes, not only the great imprudence, but frequently the great injustice of their enterprises; and far from blaming this defective part of their character, he often views it with the most enthusiastic admiration. When they are unfortunate, however, things change their colours and their names. What was before heroic magnanimity, resumes its proper appellation of extravagant rashness and folly; and the blackness of that avidity and injustice, which was before hid under the splendour of prosperity, comes full into view, and blots the whole lustre of their enterprise. Had Cæsar, instead of gaining, lost the battle of Pharsalia, his character would, at this hour, have ranked a little above that of Cataline, and the weakest man would have viewed his enterprise against the laws of his country in blacker colours, than, perhaps even Cato, with all the animosity of a party-man, ever viewed it at the time. His real merit, the justness of his taste, the simplicity and elegance of his writings, the propriety of his eloquence, his skill in war, his resources in distress, his cool and sedate judgment in danger, his faithful attachment to his friends, his unexampled generosity to his enemies, would all have been acknowledged; as the real merit of Cataline, who had many great qualities, is acknowledged at this day. But the insolence and injustice of his all-grasping ambition would have darkened and extinguished the glory of all that real merit. Fortune has in this, as well as in some other respects already mentioned, great influence over the moral sentiments of mankind, and, according as she is either favourable or adverse, can render the same character the object, either of general love and admiration, or of universal hatred and contempt. This great disorder in our moral sentiments is by no means, however, without its utility; and we may on this, as well as on many other occasions, admire the wisdom of God even in the weakness and folly of man. Our admiration of 225 success is founded upon the same principle with our respect for wealth and greatness, and is equally necessary for establishing the distinction of ranks and the order of society. By this admiration of success we are taught to submit more easily to those superiors, whom the course of human affairs may assign to us; to regard with reverence, and sometimes even with a sort of respectful affection, that fortunate violence which we are no longer capable of resisting; not only the violence of such splendid characters as those of a Cæsar or an Alexander, but often that of the most brutal and savage barbarians, of an Attila, a Gengis, or a Tamerlane. To all such mighty conquerors the great mob of mankind are naturally disposed to look up with a wondering, though, no doubt, with a very weak and foolish admiration. By this admiration, however, they are taught to acquiesce with less reluctance under that government which an irresistible force imposes upon them, and from which no reluctance could deliver them.
The respect and admiration that an unbiased observer feels for the true worth of those bold, noble, and principled individuals is a genuine and well-founded sentiment; it’s steady and lasting, entirely unaffected by their good or bad luck. However, this admiration differs from what one might feel for their excessive self-confidence and arrogance. When they succeed, people are often completely swept away by them. Success blinds them to not only the major recklessness but often the significant unfairness of their actions; instead of criticizing these flaws in their character, they frequently view them with intense admiration. Yet when they face misfortune, perspectives shift. What was once seen as heroic nobility becomes labeled as reckless folly, and the darkness of their greed and injustice, previously hidden by their success, becomes evident, tarnishing their entire achievement. If Caesar had lost the battle of Pharsalia instead of winning, his reputation would now be just slightly above that of Catiline, and even the least esteemed person would regard his actions against the laws of his country in a harsher light than even Cato, despite all his party biases, did at the time. His true merit—his keen judgment, the simplicity and elegance of his writings, his proper command of language, his military expertise, his resourcefulness in tough times, his calm demeanor in danger, his loyalty to friends, and his extraordinary generosity towards enemies—would all have been recognized, just as we recognize Catiline’s notable qualities today. But the arrogance and injustice of his all-consuming ambition would have overshadowed and obliterated the glory of all that true merit. Fortune, as mentioned before, has a significant impact on people's moral judgments, and depending on whether she is favorable or unfavorable, she can make the same character the focus of either widespread admiration or universal disdain. This significant disruption in our moral thoughts is not without its usefulness; we can, in this context and others, admire the wisdom of God even amidst human weakness and folly. Our admiration for success is based on the same principle as our respect for wealth and power and is essential for maintaining social hierarchies and order. Through this admiration of success, we learn to more easily accept those superiors assigned to us by the course of life, to regard them with reverence, and sometimes even with a form of respectful affection, for that fortunate force we can no longer resist—whether it be the force of remarkable figures like Caesar or Alexander, or that of the most brutal and savage conquerors like Attila, Genghis, or Tamerlane. The general populace naturally tends to look up to all such powerful conquerors with a sense of awe, albeit a weak and foolish one. However, through this admiration, they find it easier to accept the rule imposed upon them by an unstoppable force, from which no amount of resistance could free them.
Though in prosperity, however, the man of excessive self-estimation may sometimes appear to have some advantage over the man of correct and modest virtue; though the applause of the multitude, and of those who see them both only at a distance, is often much louder in favour of the one than it ever is in favour of the other; yet, all things fairly computed, the real balance of advantage is, perhaps in all cases, greatly in favour of the latter and against the former. The man who neither ascribes to himself, nor wishes that other people should ascribe to him, any other merit besides that which really belongs to him, fears no humiliation, dreads no detection; but rests contented and secure upon the genuine truth and solidity of his own character. His admirers may neither be very numerous nor very loud in their applauses; but the wisest man who sees him the nearest and who knows him the best, admires him the most. To a real wise man the judicious and well-weighed approbation of a single wise man, gives more heartfelt satisfaction than all the noisy applauses of ten thousand ignorant though enthusiastic admirers. He may say with Parmenides, who, upon reading a philosophical discourse before a public assembly at Athens, and observing, that, except Plato, the whole company had left him, continued, notwithstanding, to read on, and said that Plato alone was audience sufficient for him.
Even if he's thriving, a man with excessive self-esteem may sometimes seem to have an edge over someone who has genuine and humble virtue; the cheers from the crowd and those who only see them from afar often favor him much more than they do the other. However, when everything is taken into account, the true advantage is likely, in every case, significantly on the side of the latter rather than the former. The man who doesn’t claim any merit for himself, nor desires others to do so beyond what he truly has, fears no embarrassment and dreads no exposure; he is content and secure in the authenticity and strength of his own character. His supporters may not be very many or very loud, but the wisest person who observes him closely and knows him well admires him the most. For a genuinely wise person, the thoughtful approval of a single wise individual is far more rewarding than the loud cheers of ten thousand ignorant but enthusiastic fans. He might echo Parmenides, who, after reading a philosophical text before a public gathering in Athens and noticing that everyone except Plato had left, continued to read on, stating that Plato alone was enough of an audience for him.
It is otherwise with the man of excessive self-estimation. The wise men who see him the nearest, admire him the least. Amidst the intoxication of prosperity, their sober and just esteem falls so far short of the extravagance of his own self-admiration, that he regards it as mere malignity and envy. He suspects his best friends. Their company becomes offensive to him. He drives them from his presence, and often rewards their services, not only with ingratitude, but with cruelty and injustice. He abandons his confidence to flatterers and traitors, who pretend to idolize his vanity and presumption; and that 226 character which in the beginning, though in some respects defective, was, upon the whole, both amiable and respectable, becomes contemptible and odious in the end. Amidst the intoxication of prosperity, Alexander killed Clytus, for having preferred the exploits of his father Philip to his own; put Calisthenes to death in torture, for having refused to adore him in the Persian manner; and murdered the great friend of his father, the venerable Parmenio, after having, upon the most groundless suspicions, sent first to the torture and afterwards to the scaffold the only remaining son of that old man, the rest having all before died in his own service. This was that Parmenio of whom Philip used to say, that the Athenians were very fortunate who could find ten generals every year, while he himself, in the whole course of his life, could never find one but Parmenio. It was upon the vigilance and attention of this Parmenio that he reposed at all times with confidence and security, and, in his hours of mirth and jollity, used to say, ‘Let us drink, my friends: we may do it with safety, for Parmenio never drinks.’ It was this same Parmenio, with whose presence and counsel, it had been said, Alexander had gained all his victories; and without his presence and counsel, he had never gained a single victory. The humble, admiring, and flattering friends, whom Alexander left in power and authority behind him, divided his empire among themselves, and after having thus robbed his family and kindred of their inheritance, put, one after another, every single surviving individual of them, whether male or female, to death.
It’s different for the man who thinks too highly of himself. The wise people closest to him admire him the least. In the haze of success, their clear and fair judgment pales in comparison to his own extreme self-adoration, leading him to view it as mere malice and jealousy. He starts to suspect his closest friends. Their company becomes intolerable to him. He pushes them away, often responding to their help not only with ingratitude but also with cruelty and unfairness. He turns to flatterers and traitors who pretend to worship his vanity and arrogance; that character which, at first, though imperfect, was generally likable and respected, becomes despicable and hated in the end. In the intoxication of success, Alexander killed Clytus for favoring the achievements of his father, Philip, over his own; tortured Calisthenes to death for refusing to worship him in the Persian way; and murdered his father’s great friend, the esteemed Parmenio, after sending his only surviving son—the rest having already died in his service—to torture and then to execution based on unfounded suspicions. This was the same Parmenio that Philip used to say the Athenians were lucky to have ten generals each year, while he could never find even one during his entire life except for Parmenio. Philip relied on Parmenio’s vigilance and attention to feel secure at all times, and during moments of celebration, he would say, “Let’s drink, my friends: we can do it safely, because Parmenio never drinks.” This same Parmenio, whose presence and advice, it was said, helped Alexander win all his victories, and without him, he would never have won a single battle. The humble, admiring, and flattering friends Alexander left in power divided his empire among themselves, and after robbing his family of their inheritance, they killed every surviving member, male or female, one after another.
We frequently, not only pardon, but thoroughly enter into and sympathize with the excessive self-estimation of those splendid characters in which we observe a great and distinguished superiority above the common level of mankind. We call them spirited, magnanimous, and high-minded; words which all involve in their meaning a considerable degree of praise and admiration. But we cannot enter into and sympathize with the excessive self-estimation of those characters in which we can discern no such distinguished superiority. We are disgusted and revolted by it; and it is with some difficulty that we can either pardon or suffer it. We call it pride or vanity; two words, of which the latter always, and the former for the most part, involve in their meaning a considerable degree of blame.
We often not only forgive but also deeply understand and connect with the inflated self-image of those remarkable individuals whom we see as having a significant advantage over the average person. We describe them as spirited, generous, and noble; terms that carry a lot of praise and admiration. However, we struggle to empathize with the inflated self-image of those we don’t see as having any notable superiority. It disgusts and repulses us, and it’s hard to either forgive or tolerate it. We label it pride or vanity; the latter always, and the former usually, carry a weight of criticism.
Those two vices, however, though resembling, in some respects, as being both modifications of excessive self-estimation, are yet, in many respects, very different from one another.
Those two vices, although similar in some ways since they both stem from an inflated sense of self-worth, are actually quite different from each other in many respects.
The proud man is sincere, and, in the bottom of his heart, is convinced of his own superiority; though it may sometimes be difficult to guess upon what that conviction is founded. He wishes you to view him in no other light than that in which, when he places himself in your situation, he really views himself. He demands no more of you than, what he thinks, justice. If you appear not to respect him as he 227 respects himself, he is more offended than mortified, and feels the same indignant resentment as if he had suffered a real injury. He does not even then, however, deign to explain the grounds of his own pretensions. He disdains to court your esteem. He affects even to despise it, and endeavours to maintain his assumed station, not so much by making you sensible of his superiority, as of your own meanness. He seems to wish not so much to excite your esteem for himself, as to mortify that for yourself.
The proud person is genuine and, deep down, believes in their own superiority, although it can be hard to pinpoint what that belief is based on. They want you to see them only in the way they see themselves when they put themselves in your shoes. They expect nothing more from you than what they believe is fair. If you don't show them the same respect they have for themselves, they feel more anger than embarrassment, experiencing a similar sense of indignation as if they had faced a real offense. Even then, they don’t bother to explain their reasons for feeling superior. They refuse to seek your approval. They even act like they look down on it and try to hold on to their perceived status, not so much by making you aware of their superiority, but by making you feel your own inferiority. They seem more interested in making you feel bad about yourself than in earning your respect for them.
The vain man is not sincere, and, in the bottom of his heart, is very seldom convinced of that superiority which he wishes you to ascribe to him. He wishes you to view him in much more splendid colours than those in which, when he places himself in your situation, and supposes you to know all that he knows, he can really view himself. When you appear to view him, therefore, in different colours, perhaps in his proper colours, he is much more mortified than offended. The grounds of his claim to that character which he wishes you to ascribe to him, he takes every opportunity of displaying, both by the most ostentatious and unnecessary exhibition of the good qualities and accomplishments which he possesses in some tolerable degree, and sometimes even by false pretensions to those which he either possesses in no degree, or in so very slender a degree that he may well enough be said to possess them in no degree. Far from despising your esteem, he courts it with the most anxious assiduity. Far from wishing to mortify your self-estimation, he is happy to cherish it, in hopes that in return you will cherish his own. He flatters in order to be flattered. He studies to please, and endeavours to bribe you into a good opinion of him by politeness and complaisance, and sometimes even by real and essential good offices, though often displayed, perhaps, with unnecessary ostentation.
The vain man isn't genuine, and deep down, he rarely believes in the superiority he wants you to see in him. He wants you to perceive him in much more flattering ways than he can see himself when he puts himself in your shoes and thinks you know everything he knows. So, when you seem to see him in a more accurate light, he feels more embarrassed than offended. He goes out of his way to show off the qualities and skills he has, sometimes boasting about things he either doesn't have at all or has to such a minimal degree that it’s practically nothing. Far from disregarding your admiration, he actively seeks it out with great effort. He doesn't want to undermine your self-worth; instead, he’s glad to support it, hoping you'll do the same for him. He flatters to receive flattery in return. He tries to be pleasing and works to win your approval through politeness and kindness, sometimes even through genuine good deeds, although they may often come across as unnecessarily showy.
The vain man sees the respect which is paid to rank and fortune, and wishes to usurp this respect, as well as that for talents and virtues. His dress, his equipage, his way of living, accordingly, all announce both a higher rank and a greater fortune than really belong to him; and in order to support this foolish imposition for a few years in the beginning of his life, he often reduces himself to poverty and distress long before the end of it. As long as he can continue his expense, however, his vanity is delighted with viewing himself, not in the light in which you would view him if you knew all that he knows; but in that in which, he imagines, he has, by his own address, induced you actually to view him. Of all the illusions of vanity that is, perhaps, the most common. Obscure strangers who visit foreign countries, or who, from a remote province, come to visit, for a short time, the capital of their own country, most frequently attempt to practise it. The folly of the attempt, though always very great and most unworthy of a man of sense, may not be altogether so great upon such as upon most other 228 occasions. If their stay is short, they may escape any disgraceful detection; and, after indulging their vanity for a few months or a few years, they may return to their own homes, and repair, by future parsimony, the waste of their past profusion.
The vain man notices the respect given to status and wealth, and he wants to take this respect for himself, along with that for talents and virtues. Therefore, his clothing, his possessions, and his lifestyle all signal that he has a higher status and greater wealth than he actually does; and to maintain this foolish pretense for a few years at the start of his life, he often leads himself into poverty and hardship long before it ends. However, as long as he can keep up his spending, his vanity enjoys seeing himself not as you would see him if you knew everything he knows, but as he believes you see him because of his charm. Of all the delusions of vanity, this might be the most common. Obscure tourists who visit other countries, or those from a distant province who briefly visit their own capital, most often try to pull this off. The foolishness of this attempt, though always significant and unworthy of a sensible person, might not be as severe in these situations as in others. If their visit is short, they may avoid being embarrassingly exposed; and after indulging their vanity for a few months or years, they can return home and make up for their past excesses with future frugality.
The proud man can very seldom be accused of this folly. His sense of his own dignity renders him careful to preserve his independency, and, when his fortune happens not to be large, though he wishes to be decent, he studies to be frugal and attentive in all his expenses. The ostentatious expense of the vain man is highly offensive to him. It outshines, perhaps, his own. It provokes his indignation as an insolent assumption of a rank which is by no means due; and he never talks of it without loading it with the harshest and severest reproaches.
The proud person is rarely guilty of this foolishness. Their strong sense of dignity makes them careful to maintain their independence. When their wealth isn’t substantial, even though they want to appear respectable, they try to be frugal and mindful of their spending. The flashy spending of a vain person really bothers them. It may overshadow their own efforts. It angers them as a disrespectful display of a status they haven’t earned, and they never speak of it without harsh and severe criticism.
The proud man does not always feel himself at his ease in the company of his equals, and still less in that of his superiors. He cannot lay down his lofty pretensions, and the countenance and conversation of such company overawe him so much that he dare not display them. He has recourse to humbler company, for which he has little respect, which he would not willingly choose, and which is by no means agreeable to him; that of his inferiors, his flatterers, and dependants. He seldom visits his superiors, or, if he does, it is rather to show that he is entitled to live in such company, than for any real satisfaction that he enjoys in it. It is as Lord Clarendon says of the Earl of Arundel, that he sometimes went to court, because he could there only find a greater man than himself; but that he went very seldom, because he found there a greater man than himself.
The proud man doesn't always feel comfortable around his equals, and even less so around his superiors. He can't let go of his high expectations, and the looks and conversations in such company intimidate him so much that he doesn't dare to show them. Instead, he turns to less esteemed company, which he doesn’t respect, wouldn’t choose willingly, and which is by no means pleasant for him; that includes his inferiors, his flatterers, and his dependents. He rarely visits his superiors, and if he does, it's more to prove that he deserves to be in their presence than for any real enjoyment he finds there. As Lord Clarendon noted about the Earl of Arundel, he sometimes went to court because he could only find someone greater than himself there; however, he went very rarely because he encountered someone greater than himself.
It is quite otherwise with the vain man. He courts the company of his superiors as much as the proud man shuns it. Their splendour, he seems to think, reflects a splendour upon those who are much about them. He haunts the courts of kings and the levees of ministers, and gives himself the air of being a candidate for fortune and preferment, when in reality he possesses the much more precious happiness, if he knew how to enjoy it, of not being one. He is fond of being admitted to the tables of the great, and still more fond of magnifying to other people the familiarity with which he is honoured there. He associates himself, as much as he can, with fashionable people, with those who are supposed to direct the public opinion, with the witty, with the learned, with the popular; and he shuns the company of his best friends whenever the very uncertain current of public favour happens to run in any respect against them. With the people to whom he wishes to recommend himself, he is not always very delicate about the means which he employs for that purpose; unnecessary ostentation, groundless pretensions, constant assentation, frequently flattery, though for the most part a pleasant and sprightly flattery, and very seldom the gross and fulsome flattery of a parasite. The proud man, on the contrary, never flatters, and is frequently scarce civil to any body.
It’s totally different with the vain person. They seek the company of their superiors just as much as the proud person avoids it. They believe that the glory of others reflects positively on themselves. They hang around royal courts and minister gatherings, putting on the appearance of being a contender for wealth and status, when in reality, they possess a far more valuable happiness—if they knew how to appreciate it—by not being one. They love being invited to the tables of the influential and are even more eager to brag about the close relationships they have there. They associate themselves, as much as possible, with trendy people, those seen as shaping public opinion, the witty, the educated, and the popular; and they avoid their closest friends whenever the unpredictable winds of public favor blow against them. With those they want to impress, they aren't always subtle about the tactics they use; they resort to unnecessary showiness, unfounded claims, constant agreement, and frequent flattery, though usually it’s a light and cheerful flattery, rarely the crass and excessive flattery of a sycophant. In contrast, the proud person never flatters and is often barely civil to anyone.
229 Notwithstanding all its groundless pretensions, however, vanity is almost always a sprightly and a gay, and very often a good-natured passion. Pride is always a grave, a sullen, and a severe one. Even the falsehoods of the vain man are all innocent falsehoods, meant to raise himself, not to lower other people. To do the proud man justice he very seldom stoops to the baseness of falsehood. When he does, however, his falsehoods are by no means so innocent. They are all mischievous, and meant to lower other people. He is full of indignation at the unjust superiority, as he thinks it, which is given to them. He views them with malignity and envy, and, in talking of them, often endeavours, as much as he can, to extenuate and lessen whatever are the grounds upon which their superiority is supposed to be founded. Whatever tales are circulated to their disadvantage, though he seldom forges them himself, yet he often takes pleasure in believing them, is by no means unwilling to repeat them, and even sometimes with some degree of exaggeration. The worst falsehoods of vanity are what we call white lies: those of pride, whenever it condescends to falsehood, are all of the opposite complexion.
229 Despite all its baseless claims, vanity is usually a lively, cheerful, and often a kind-hearted emotion. Pride, on the other hand, is always serious, moody, and harsh. Even the lies of a vain person are generally harmless, intended to boost themselves rather than to bring others down. To be fair to the proud person, they rarely stoop to the dishonesty of lying. When they do, however, their lies are definitely not innocent. They tend to be harmful and meant to undermine others. They are filled with anger towards what they see as an undeserved advantage given to others. They look at them with resentment and jealousy, and when talking about them, they often try as much as possible to downplay and diminish whatever reasons are thought to support their advantage. Whatever bad stories are spread about these people, even if they don’t make them up themselves, they often enjoy believing them, aren’t hesitant to share them, and even sometimes add a bit of exaggeration. The worst lies from vanity are what we call white lies; those of pride, whenever it lowers itself to lying, are all quite the opposite.
Our dislike to pride and vanity generally disposes us to rank the persons whom we accuse of those vices rather below than above the common level. In this judgment however, I think, we are most frequently in the wrong, and that both the proud and the vain man are often (perhaps for the most part) a good deal above it; though not near so much as either the one really thinks himself, or as the other wishes you to think him. If we compare them with their own pretensions, they may appear the just objects of contempt. But when we compare them with what the greater part of their rivals and competitors really are, they may appear quite otherwise, and very much above the common level. Where there is this real superiority, pride is frequently attended with many respectable virtues; with truth, with integrity, with a high sense of honour, with cordial and steady friendship, with the most inflexible firmness and resolution. Vanity, with many amiable ones; with humanity, with politeness, with a desire to oblige in all little matters, and sometimes with a real generosity in great ones; a generosity, however, which it often wishes to display in the most splendid colours that it can. By their rivals and enemies, the French, in the last century, were accused of vanity; the Spaniards, of pride; and foreign nations were disposed to consider the one as the more amiable; the other, as the more respectable people.
Our dislike for pride and vanity usually leads us to think of those we accuse of those traits as being below average rather than above it. However, I believe we are often mistaken in this judgment, as both the proud and the vain individuals are often much above average—though not nearly as much as they believe themselves to be or as they want you to think. If we compare them to their own claims, they might seem deserving of contempt. But when we compare them to most of their rivals and competitors, they can appear quite different and much above the average. Where there is actual superiority, pride is often accompanied by many admirable virtues: truth, integrity, a strong sense of honor, warm and steadfast friendships, and unwavering firmness and resolve. Vanity comes with many likable traits too: kindness, politeness, a willingness to help with small matters, and sometimes real generosity in bigger ones—though this generosity often seeks to present itself in the most impressive way possible. Last century, the French were criticized for vanity, while the Spaniards were seen as proud; foreign nations tended to view the French as more charming and the Spaniards as more respectable.
The words vain and vanity are never taken in a good sense. We sometimes say of a man, when we are talking of him in good humour, that he is the better for his vanity, or that his vanity is more diverting than offensive; but we still consider it as a foible and a ridiculous feature in his character.
The words vain and vanity are never seen in a positive light. We sometimes remark about a guy, when we're in a good mood, that his vanity makes him better, or that his vanity is more amusing than annoying; but we still view it as a flaw and a silly trait in his personality.
The words proud and pride, on the contrary, are sometimes taken in 230 a good sense. We frequently say of a man, that he is too proud, or that he has too much noble pride, ever to suffer himself to do a mean thing. Pride is, in this case, confounded with magnanimity. Aristotle, a philosopher who certainly knew the world, in drawing the character of the magnanimous man, paints him with many features which, in the two last centuries, were commonly ascribed to the Spanish character: that he was deliberate in all his resolutions; slow, and even tardy, in all his actions; that his voice was grave, his speech deliberate, his step and motion slow; that he appeared indolent and even slothful, not at all disposed to bustle about little matters, but to act with the most determined and vigorous resolution upon all great and illustrious occasions: that he was not a lover of danger, or forward to expose himself to little dangers, but to great dangers; and that, when he exposed himself to danger, he was altogether regardless of his life.
The words proud and pride, on the other hand, are sometimes used in 230 a positive way. We often say someone is too proud, or that they have too much noble pride to ever do something petty. In this context, pride is mixed up with greatness of spirit. Aristotle, a philosopher who definitely understood human nature, describes the character of a great person by highlighting many traits that, over the last two centuries, were often associated with the Spanish character: being thoughtful in all decisions; slow and even hesitant in actions; having a serious voice, carefully chosen words, and a slow pace; appearing lazy or sluggish, not at all inclined to rush around with trivial matters, but acting with strong and decisive determination on significant and noble occasions; not being drawn to danger or eager to put himself in minor risks, but rather facing major ones; and when he did put himself at risk, being completely indifferent to his own life.
The proud man is commonly too well contented with himself to think that his character requires any amendment. The man who feels himself all-perfect, naturally enough despises all further improvement. His self-sufficiency and absurd conceit of his own superiority, commonly attend him from his youth to his most advanced age; and he dies, as Hamlet says, ‘with all his sins upon his head, unanointed, unanealed.’
The proud person is usually too satisfied with themselves to believe that they need to change anything about their character. Someone who thinks they are perfect naturally looks down on any chance for improvement. Their self-satisfaction and ridiculous belief in their own superiority often stay with them from their youth into old age; they end up dying, as Hamlet says, ‘with all their sins upon their head, unanointed, unanealed.’
It is frequently quite otherwise with the vain man. The desire of the esteem and admiration of other people, when for qualities and talents which are the natural and proper objects of esteem and admiration, is the real love of true glory; a passion which, if not the very best passion of human nature, is certainly one of the best. Vanity is very frequently no more than an attempt prematurely to usurp that glory before it is due. Though your son, under five-and-twenty years of age, should be but a coxcomb; do not, upon that account, despair of his becoming, before he is forty, a very wise and worthy man, and a real proficient in all those talents and virtues to which, at present, he may only be an ostentatious and empty pretender. The great secret of education is to direct vanity to proper objects. Never suffer him to value himself upon trivial accomplishments. But do not always discourage his pretensions to those that are of real importance. He would not pretend to them if he did not earnestly desire to possess them. Encourage this desire; afford him every means to facilitate the acquisition; and do not take too much offence, although he should sometimes assume the air of having attained it a little before the time.
It often works out differently with the vain person. Wanting the respect and admiration of others, particularly for qualities and talents that genuinely deserve it, reflects a true love for glory; a passion that, if it’s not the absolute best in human nature, is definitely one of the best. Vanity is often just an attempt to claim that glory before it's really deserved. Even if your son, at under twenty-five, seems like a fool, don't lose hope that by the time he turns forty, he could become a wise and admirable man, genuinely skilled in the talents and virtues that he might currently only be pretending to possess. The key to education is to channel vanity toward the right goals. Never let him take pride in trivial achievements. However, don’t always dismiss his ambitions for things that truly matter. He wouldn’t aim for them if he didn’t sincerely want to achieve them. Foster this desire; give him every opportunity to succeed; and try not to get too annoyed if he occasionally acts like he’s reached those goals a bit too soon.
Such, I say, are the distinguishing characteristics of pride and vanity, when each of them acts according to its proper character. But the proud man is often vain; and the vain man is often proud. Nothing can be more natural than that the man, who thinks much more highly of himself than he deserves, should wish that other people should think still more highly of him: or that the man, who wishes that other people 231 should think more highly of him than he thinks of himself, should, at the same time, think much more highly of himself than he deserves. Those two vices being frequently blended in the same character, the characteristics of both are necessarily confounded; and we sometimes find the superficial and impertinent ostentation of vanity joined to the most malignant and derisive insolence of pride. We are sometimes, upon that account, at a loss how to rank a particular character, or whether to place it among the proud or among the vain.
Such are the distinct traits of pride and vanity when each acts in its true form. However, a proud person often displays vanity, and a vain person often exhibits pride. It's only natural that someone who thinks much more of themselves than they deserve would want others to think even more of them. Similarly, someone who desires that others view them more favorably than they view themselves likely thinks way too highly of themselves as well. These two flaws often mix in the same individual, causing their traits to blend together. As a result, we sometimes encounter the shallow and annoying display of vanity combined with the harsh and mocking arrogance of pride. Because of this, we can be uncertain about how to categorize a person's character, or whether to label them as proud or vain.
Men of merit considerably above the common level, sometimes underrate as well as over-rate themselves. Such characters, though not very dignified, are often, in private society, far from being disagreeable. His companions all feel themselves much at their ease in the society of a man so perfectly modest and unassuming. If those companions, however, have not both more discernment and more generosity than ordinary, though they may have some kindness for him, they have seldom much respect; and the warmth of their kindness is very seldom sufficient to compensate the coldness of their respect. Men of no more than ordinary discernment never rate any person higher than he appears to rate himself. He seems doubtful himself, they say, whether he is perfectly fit for such a situation or such an office; and immediately give the preference to some impudent blockhead who entertains no doubt about his own qualifications. Though they should have discernment, yet, if they want generosity, they never fail to take advantage of his simplicity, and to assume over him an impertinent superiority which they are by no means entitled to. His good nature may enable him to bear this for some time; but he grows weary at last, and frequently when it is too late, and when that rank, which he ought to have assumed, is lost irrecoverably, and usurped, in consequence of his own backwardness, by some of his more forward, though much less meritorious companions. A man of this character must have been very fortunate in the early choice of his companions, if, in going through the world, he meets always with fair justice, even from those whom, from his own past kindness, he might have some reason to consider as his best friends; and a youth, who may be too unassuming and too unambitious, is frequently followed by an insignificant, complaining, and discontented old age.
Men who are significantly more talented than average sometimes underestimate or overestimate themselves. These individuals, while not very dignified, are often quite agreeable in private situations. Their friends tend to feel comfortable around someone so modest and unpretentious. However, if those friends lack both greater insight and generosity, they may show some kindness but rarely much respect; and their kindness is seldom enough to make up for their lack of respect. People with average insight will not think more highly of someone than that person thinks of themselves. If he seems unsure about whether he is truly fit for a certain role or position, they will immediately favor some arrogant fool who has no doubts about his own abilities. Even if they have insight, if they lack generosity, they will take advantage of his humility and unfairly elevate themselves over him. His good nature might allow him to tolerate this for a while, but eventually, he becomes tired of it. Often, by the time he does, it’s too late, and the position he should have claimed is irretrievably lost, usurped by some of his more assertive but less deserving peers. A person like this must have been very fortunate in choosing his friends early on if he expects fair treatment throughout life, even from those he might consider his best friends due to his past kindness. A young person who is too modest and unambitious often finds himself followed by an insignificant, complaining, and dissatisfied old age.
Those unfortunate persons whom nature has formed a good deal below the common level, seem oftentimes to rate themselves still more below it than they really are. This humility appears sometimes to sink them into idiotism. Whoever has taken the trouble to examine idiots with attention, will find that, in many of them, the faculties of the understanding are by no means weaker than in several other people, who, though acknowledged to be dull and stupid, are not, by any body, accounted idiots. Many idiots, with no more than ordinary education, have been taught to read, write, and account tolerably well. Many 232 persons, never accounted idiots, notwithstanding the most careful education, and notwithstanding that, in their advanced age, they have had spirit enough to attempt to learn what their early education had not taught them, have never been able to acquire, in any tolerable degree, any one of those three accomplishments. By an instinct of pride, however, they set themselves upon a level with their equals in age and situation; and, with courage and firmness, maintain their proper station among their companions. By an opposite instinct, the idiot feels himself below every company into which you can introduce him. Ill-usage, to which he is extremely liable, is capable of throwing him into the most violent fits of rage and fury. But no good usage, no kindness or indulgence, can ever raise him to converse with you as your equal. If you can bring him to converse with you at all, however, you will frequently find his answers sufficiently pertinent, and even sensible. But they are always stamped with a distinct consciousness of his own great inferiority. He seems to shrink and, as it were, to retire from your look and conversation; and to feel, when he places himself in your situation, that, notwithstanding your apparent condescension, you cannot help considering him as immensely below you. Some idiots, perhaps the greater part, seem to be so, chiefly or altogether, from a certain numbness or torpidity in the faculties of the understanding. But there are others, in whom those faculties do not appear more torpid or benumbed than in many other people who are not accounted idiots. But that instinct of pride, necessary to support them upon an equality with their brethren, seems to be totally wanting in the former and not in the latter.
Those unfortunate people who nature has made quite a bit below the average often seem to think even less of themselves than they actually are. This humility sometimes leads them to appear almost idiotic. Anyone who has taken the time to closely observe individuals labeled as idiots will find that many of them possess cognitive abilities that are not weaker than those of various other people who, while recognized as dullards, are not considered idiots by anyone. Many idiots, with just a basic education, have learned to read, write, and do math reasonably well. Many 232 individuals, who are never deemed idiots, despite thorough education and their determination to learn what they missed in early schooling, have never been able to achieve any considerable proficiency in those three skills. Driven by a sense of pride, they align themselves with their peers in age and status, boldly and confidently upholding their positions among their friends. In contrast, the idiot feels inferior to every social circle he’s introduced to. Mistreatment, which he is particularly susceptible to, can lead him into extreme fits of rage and anger. Yet, no amount of kindness or compassion can elevate him to interact with you as an equal. If you manage to engage him at all, you’ll often find his responses quite relevant and even wise. However, these reactions are consistently marked by a clear awareness of his significant inferiority. He seems to withdraw and, in a way, shy away from your gaze and conversation; he realizes that, despite your apparent friendliness, you cannot help but view him as far beneath you. Some idiots, probably the majority, seem to be that way largely due to a certain numbness or sluggishness in their cognitive abilities. But there are others whose faculties do not seem any more sluggish or dulled than those of many people who are not considered idiots. However, the pride needed to maintain equality with their peers seems to be completely absent in the former group and present in the latter.
That degree of self-estimation, therefore, which contributes most to the happiness and contentment of the person himself, seems likewise most agreeable to the impartial spectator.
That level of self-esteem, therefore, which contributes the most to a person's happiness and satisfaction, also seems to be the most pleasing to an impartial observer.
The man who esteems himself as he ought, and no more than he ought, seldom fails to obtain from other people all the esteem that he himself thinks due. He desires no more than is due to him, and he rests upon it with complete satisfaction.
The man who values himself rightly and not more than he should, rarely fails to get the respect from others that he believes he deserves. He wants no more than what is rightfully his, and he is completely content with it.
The proud and the vain man, on the contrary, are constantly dissatisfied. The one is tormented with indignation at the unjust superiority, as he thinks it, of other people. The other is in continual dread of the shame, which, he foresees, would attend upon the detection of his groundless pretensions. Even the extravagant pretensions of the man of real magnanimity, though, when supported by splendid abilities and virtues, and, above all, by good fortune, they impose upon the multitude, whose applauses he little regards, do not impose upon those wise men whose approbation he can only value, and whose esteem he is most anxious to acquire. He feels that they see through, and suspects that they despise his excessive presumption; and he often suffers the cruel misfortune of becoming, first the jealous 233 and secret, and at last the open, furious, and vindictive enemy of those very persons, whose friendship it would have given him the greatest happiness to enjoy with unsuspicious security.
The proud and vain person, on the other hand, are always unhappy. One is tormented by anger at what he sees as the unfair superiority of others. The other constantly fears the shame that would come from being discovered to have unfounded pretensions. Even the outrageous claims of a truly noble person, when backed by impressive abilities and virtues, and especially by good luck, may fool the masses, whose praise he doesn't care much about. However, they don't fool the wise, whose approval he truly values and whose respect he desperately wants to earn. He realizes they see through his excessive arrogance and suspects that they look down on him for it. He often ends up suffering the painful fate of becoming, first jealously secretive and then openly angry and vengeful towards those very people whose friendship would have brought him the greatest happiness and peace of mind.
Though our dislike to the proud and the vain often disposes us to rank them rather below than above their proper station, yet, unless we are provoked by some particular and personal impertinence, we very seldom venture to use them ill. In common cases, we endeavour, for our own ease, rather to acquiesce, and, as well as we can, to accommodate ourselves to their folly. But, to the man who under-rates himself, unless we have both more discernment and more generosity than belong to the greater part of men, we seldom fail to do, at least, all the injustice which he does to himself, and frequently a great deal more. He is not only more unhappy in his own feelings than either the proud or the vain, but he is much more liable to every sort of ill-usage from other people. In almost all cases, it is better to be a little too proud, than, in any respect, too humble; and, in the sentiment of self-estimation, some degree of excess seems, both to the person himself and to the impartial spectator, to be less disagreeable than any degree of defect of that feeling.
Though we often dislike the proud and vain and tend to place them lower than they deserve, we rarely mistreat them unless we’re provoked by a specific personal offense. Generally, we try to just go along and adapt to their foolishness for our own peace of mind. However, when it comes to someone who undervalues themselves, unless we have significantly more insight and kindness than most people, we often end up doing them at least as much injustice as they do to themselves, and frequently much more. They not only feel more unhappy than the proud or the vain, but they are also more vulnerable to mistreatment by others. In most cases, it’s better to be a little too proud than to be too humble in any way. For both the individual and the unbiased observer, even a bit of excess in self-esteem seems less unpleasant than any lack of that feeling.
In this, therefore, as well as in every other emotion, passion, and habit, the degree that is most agreeable to the impartial spectator is likewise most agreeable to the person himself; and according as either the excess or the defect is least offensive to the former, so, either the one or the other is in proportion least disagreeable to the latter.
In this way, as in every other emotion, passion, and habit, the level that is most pleasing to the neutral observer is also the most pleasing to the individual themselves; and depending on whether the excess or the deficiency is least objectionable to the observer, either one or the other is proportionally least unpleasant to the individual.
CCONCLUSION OF THE SIXTH PART.
CONCERN for our own happiness recommends to us the virtue of prudence: concern for that of other people, the virtues of justice and beneficence; of which, the one restrains us from hurting, the other prompts us to promote that happiness. Independent of any regard either to what are, or to what ought to be, or to what upon a certain condition would be, the sentiments of other people, the first of those three virtues is originally recommended to us by our selfish, the other two by our benevolent affections. Regard to the sentiments of other people, however, comes afterwards both to enforce and to direct the practice of all those virtues; and no man during, either the whole course of his life, or that of any considerable part of it, ever trod steadily and uniformly in the paths of prudence, of justice, or of proper beneficence, whose conduct was not principally directed by a regard to the sentiments of the supposed impartial spectator, of the great inmate of the breast, the great judge and arbiter of conduct. If in the course of the day we have swerved in any respect from the rules which he prescribes to us; if we have either exceeded or relaxed in our frugality; 234 if we have either exceeded or relaxed in our industry; if through passion or inadvertency, we have hurt in any respect the interest or happiness of our neighbour; if we have neglected a plain and proper opportunity of promoting that interest and happiness; it is this inmate who, in the evening, calls us to an account for all those omissions and violations, and his reproaches often make us blush inwardly both for our folly and inattention to our own happiness, and for our still greater indifference and inattention, perhaps, to that of other people.
CONCERN for our happiness suggests that we practice prudence; caring about others leads us to the virtues of justice and kindness, where one keeps us from causing harm and the other encourages us to help promote happiness. These virtues are initially driven by our selfish instincts for the first one, and by our compassionate feelings for the other two. However, the consideration of others' feelings later comes into play to strengthen and guide the practice of all three virtues. No one, throughout their life or even a significant portion of it, consistently follows the paths of prudence, justice, or kindness without being largely influenced by how an imagined neutral observer—the great conscience within us, the ultimate judge of our actions—would view their conduct. If during the day we've deviated from the guidelines this inner voice sets for us; if we have either been too extravagant or too frugal; 234 if we've fallen short in our efforts; or if, out of passion or carelessness, we've harmed someone’s well-being; or if we've missed a clear chance to help others—it's this inner voice that holds us accountable in the evening for all our mistakes and lapses. Its criticisms often make us internally ashamed, not only for our own negligence and disregard for our happiness but perhaps even more so for our lack of attention to the happiness of others.
But though the virtues of prudence, justice, and beneficence, may, upon different occasions, be recommended to us almost equally by two different principles; those of self-command are, upon most occasions, principally and almost entirely recommended to us by one; by the sense of propriety, by regard to the sentiments of the supposed impartial spectator. Without the restraint which this principle imposes, every passion would, upon most occasions, rush headlong, if I may say so, to its own gratification. Anger would follow the suggestions of its own fury; fear those of its own violent agitations. Regard to no time or place would induce vanity to refrain from the loudest and most impertinent ostentation; or voluptuousness from the most open, indecent, and scandalous indulgence. Respect for what are, or for what ought to be, or for what upon a certain condition would be, the sentiments of other people, is the sole principle which, upon most occasions, over-awes all those mutinous and turbulent passions into that tone and temper which the impartial spectator can enter into and cordially sympathize with.
But while the virtues of prudence, justice, and kindness can often be promoted to us almost equally by two different principles, the virtues of self-control are typically emphasized by one main source: our sense of what's appropriate, shaped by how an impartial observer might feel. Without the limitations imposed by this principle, our emotions would often act recklessly, if I may put it that way, pursuing their own desires uncontrollably. Anger would give in to its own rage, while fear would succumb to its own intense distress. There would be no regard for time or place to stop vanity from the loudest and most obnoxious displays, or to prevent indulgence from the most blatant, indecent, and scandalous behaviors. Consideration for what others feel, what they should feel, or what they might feel under certain conditions is the only principle that usually manages to keep those rebellious and chaotic emotions in check, guiding them to a state and attitude that an impartial observer can understand and genuinely empathize with.
Upon some occasions, indeed, those passions are restrained, not so much by a sense of their impropriety, as by prudential considerations of the bad consequences which might follow from their indulgence. In such cases, the passions, though restrained, are not always subdued, but often remain lurking in the breast with all their original fury. The man whose anger is restrained by fear, does not always lay aside his anger, but only reserves its gratification for a more safe opportunity. But the man who, in relating to some other person the injury which has been done to him, feels at once the fury of his passion cooled and becalmed by sympathy with the more moderate sentiments of his companion, who at once adopts those more moderate sentiments, and comes to view that injury, not in the black and atrocious colours in which he had originally beheld it, but in the much milder and fairer light in which his companion naturally views it; not only restrains, but in some measure subdues, his anger. The passion becomes really less than it was before, and less capable of exciting him to the violent and bloody revenge which at first, perhaps, he might have thought of inflicting on his enemy.
Sometimes, those feelings are held back, not so much because we think they're wrong, but because we're worried about the negative consequences that might come from giving in to them. In these cases, the feelings might be restrained but not entirely gone; they often linger within us with all their original intensity. A man who holds back his anger due to fear doesn't completely get rid of it; he just waits for a safer moment to express it. However, when he talks about the hurt someone caused him to another person, he might find that his anger cools down and calms because of his companion's more moderate feelings. His friend adopts these calmer views and helps him see that hurt in a softer, less harsh way than he initially did. This not only restrains his anger but also helps to lessen it. As a result, his feelings become less intense and less likely to drive him toward the violent revenge he might have initially considered against his foe.
Those passions which are restrained by the sense of propriety, are all in some degree moderated and subdued by it. But those which are 235 restrained only by prudential considerations of any kind, are, on the contrary, frequently inflamed by the restraint, and sometimes (long after the provocation given, and when nobody is thinking about it) burst out absurdly and unexpectedly, and that with tenfold fury and violence.
Those passions that are held back by a sense of propriety are, to some extent, toned down and subdued by it. However, those that are only held back by practical concerns are often intensified by the restraint and can sometimes, long after the initial provocation and when no one is paying attention, erupt in a completely absurd and unexpected way, often with ten times the rage and intensity.
Anger, however, as well as every other passion, may, upon many occasions, be very properly restrained by prudential considerations. Some exertion of manhood and self-command is even necessary for this sort of restraint; and the impartial spectator may sometimes view it with that sort of cold esteem due to that species of conduct which he considers as a mere matter of vulgar prudence; but never with that affectionate admiration with which he surveys the same passions, when, by the sense of propriety, they are moderated and subdued to what he himself can readily enter into. In the former species of restraint, he may frequently discern some degree of propriety, and, if you will, even of virtue; but it is a propriety and virtue of a much inferior order to those which he always feels with transport and admiration in the latter.
Anger, like any other strong emotion, can often be appropriately held in check due to practical reasons. It requires a degree of strength and self-control to achieve this kind of restraint. An impartial observer might view it with a certain cold respect, seeing it as just a matter of ordinary caution. However, they rarely feel the same warm admiration for this approach as they do for those emotions that have been tempered and refined in a way that they can easily understand. In the first type of restraint, the observer might notice a level of appropriateness, and even, if you will, a kind of virtue; but it’s a lesser kind of propriety and virtue compared to what they always appreciate and admire in the latter.
The virtues of prudence, justice, and beneficence, have no tendency to produce any but the most agreeable effects. Regard to those effects, as it originally recommends them to the actor, so does it afterwards to the impartial spectator. In our approbation of the character of the prudent man, we feel, with peculiar complacency, the security which he must enjoy while he walks under the safeguard of that sedate and deliberate virtue. In our approbation of the character of the just man, we feel, with equal complacency, the security which all those connected with him, whether in neighbourhood, society, or business must derive from his scrupulous anxiety never either to hurt or offend. In our approbation of the character of the beneficent man, we enter into the gratitude of all those who are within the sphere of his good offices, and conceive with them the highest sense of his merit. In our approbation of all those virtues, our sense of their agreeable effects, of their utility, either to the person who exercises them, or to some other persons, joins with our sense of their propriety, and constitutes always a considerable, frequently the greater part of that approbation.
The virtues of prudence, justice, and kindness tend to bring about the most pleasant outcomes. When we consider those effects, they not only appeal to the person acting but also to an unbiased observer. When we appreciate the character of a prudent person, we feel a special satisfaction in the safety they experience due to their calm and thoughtful nature. In our appreciation of a just person, we similarly feel satisfaction in the security that all those around them—whether in their community, social circles, or work—derive from their careful effort to avoid causing harm or offense. In our admiration for a generous person, we connect with the gratitude of everyone benefiting from their kindness and recognize their significant value. In our appreciation of all these virtues, our understanding of their positive effects, whether for the person practicing them or for others, combines with our sense of their appropriateness, forming a large, often the predominant part of that admiration.
But in our approbation of the virtues of self-command, complacency with their effects sometimes constitutes no part, and frequently but a small part, of that approbation. Those effects may sometimes be agreeable, and sometimes disagreeable; and though our approbation is no doubt stronger in the former case, it is by no means altogether destroyed in the latter. The most heroic valour may be employed indifferently in the cause either of justice or of injustice; and though it is no doubt much more loved and admired in the former case, it still appears a great and respectable quality even in the latter. In that, and in all the other Virtues of self-command, the splendid and dazzling 236 quality seems always to be the greatness and steadiness of the exertion, and the strong sense of propriety which is necessary in order to make and to maintain that exertion. The effects are too often but too little regarded.
But when we appreciate the virtues of self-control, our satisfaction with their outcomes isn’t always significant, and often it’s only a small part of that appreciation. Those outcomes can be pleasant at times and unpleasant at others; while we definitely value them more in the positive scenarios, we don’t entirely disregard their merit in negative ones. Even the most heroic courage can be used in the name of either justice or injustice, and though it’s certainly more admired and respected when associated with justice, it still holds value even in unjust causes. In this regard, and in all the other virtues of self-control, the remarkable quality seems to lie in the strength and consistency of the effort, along with the strong sense of appropriateness needed to create and sustain that effort. The outcomes are too often overlooked.
Part Ⅶ.—Of Systems of Moral Philosophy.
SEC. Ⅰ.—OF THE QUESTIONS WHICH OUGHT TO BE EXAMINED IN A THEORY OF MORAL SENTIMENTS.
IF we examine the most celebrated and remarkable of the different theories which have been given concerning the nature and origin of our moral sentiments, we shall find that almost all of them coincide with some part or other of that which I have been endeavouring to give an account of; and that if every thing which has already been said be fully considered, we shall be at no loss to explain what was the view or aspect of nature which led each particular author to form his particular system. From some one or other of those principles which I have been endeavouring to unfold, every system of morality that ever had any reputation in the world has, perhaps, ultimately been derived. As they are all of them, in this respect, founded upon natural principles, they are all of them in some measure in the right. But as many of them are derived from a partial and imperfect view of nature, there are many of them too in some respects in the wrong.
If we look at the most celebrated and notable theories that have been proposed about the nature and origin of our moral feelings, we'll find that nearly all of them align with some aspect of what I've been trying to explain. If we carefully consider everything that's been said, we won't struggle to understand the perspective of nature that influenced each author to create their specific system. Every recognized system of morality in the world likely stems from one or more of the principles I’ve been discussing. Since they are all based on natural principles, they all have some validity. However, because many of them arise from a limited and imperfect understanding of nature, they are also, in certain respects, incorrect.
In treating of the principles of morals there are two questions to be considered. First, wherein does virtue consist? Or what is the tone of temper, and tenor of conduct, which constitutes the excellent and praise-worthy character, the character which is the natural object of esteem, honour, and approbation? And, secondly, by what power or faculty in the mind is it, that this character, whatever it be, is recommended to us? Or in other words, how and by what means does it come to pass, that the mind prefers one tenor of conduct to another, denominates the one right and the other wrong; considers the one as the object of approbation, honour, and reward, and the other of blame, censure, and punishment?
When discussing the principles of morality, two questions need to be addressed. First, what is the essence of virtue? What traits of character and behavior define an admirable and commendable person—someone who is naturally worthy of respect, honor, and approval? Second, what mental ability or faculty allows us to appreciate this character, whatever it may be? In other words, how does the mind choose one type of behavior over another, labeling one as right and the other as wrong, viewing one as deserving of praise, honor, and rewards, while regarding the other as deserving of blame, criticism, and punishment?
We examine the first question when we consider whether virtue consists in benevolence, as Dr. Hutcheson imagines; or in acting suitably to the different relations we stand in, as Dr. Clark supposes; or in the wise and prudent pursuit of our own real and solid happiness, as has been the opinion of others.
We look into the first question when we think about whether virtue is about kindness, like Dr. Hutcheson believes; or about acting appropriately based on the various relationships we have, as Dr. Clark thinks; or about the smart and careful pursuit of our true and lasting happiness, as some others have suggested.
We examine the second question, when we consider, whether the virtuous character, whatever it consists in, be recommended to us by self-love, which makes us perceive that this character, both in ourselves and others, tends most to promote our own private interest; or by reason, which points out to us the difference between one character and 237 another, in the same manner as it does that between truth and falsehood; or by a peculiar power of perception, called a moral sense, which this virtuous character gratifies and pleases, as the contrary disgusts and displeases it; or last of all, by some other principle in human nature, such as a modification of sympathy, or the like.
We look into the second question: does self-love recommend a virtuous character, making us realize that this character, both in ourselves and others, tends to support our own personal interests? Or is it reason that shows us the difference between one character and another, just like it distinguishes between truth and falsehood? Or is it a unique ability to perceive, known as a moral sense, that this virtuous character satisfies and pleases, while the opposite character repulses and displeases it? Or is it ultimately guided by some other principle in human nature, like a variation of sympathy, or something similar?
I shall begin with considering the systems which have been formed concerning the first of these questions, and shall proceed afterwards to examine those concerning the second.
I will start by looking at the systems that have been created related to the first of these questions, and then I will go on to explore those concerning the second.
SEC. Ⅱ.—OF THE DIFFERENT ACCOUNTS WHICH HAVE BEEN GIVEN OF THE NATURE OF VIRTUE.
INTRODUCTION. The different accounts which have been given of the nature of virtue, or of the temper of mind which constitutes the excellent and praise-worthy character, may be reduced to three different classes. According to some, the virtuous temper of mind does not consist in any one species of affections, but in the proper government and direction of all our affections, which may be either virtuous or vicious according to the objects which they pursue, and the degree of vehemence with which they pursue them. According to these authors, therefore, virtue consists in propriety.
IINTRODUCTION. The various descriptions of what virtue is, or the mindset that makes up an excellent and admirable character, can be categorized into three main groups. Some believe that a virtuous mindset doesn't stem from a specific type of emotion, but rather from the appropriate management and guidance of all our emotions, which can be either good or bad depending on the goals they chase and the intensity with which they do so. Thus, according to these writers, virtue is about doing what is right.
According to others, virtue consists in the judicious pursuit of our own private interest and happiness, or in the proper government and direction of those selfish affections which aim solely at this end. In the opinion of these, therefore, virtue consists in prudence.
According to some, virtue is about wisely pursuing our own interests and happiness, or properly managing those selfish feelings that are focused solely on that goal. So, in their view, virtue is all about being prudent.
Another set of authors make virtue consist in those affections only which aim at the happiness of others, not in those which aim at our own. According to them, therefore, disinterested benevolence is the only motive which can stamp upon actions the character of virtue.
Another group of authors argues that virtue is based solely on those feelings that seek the happiness of others, not those that seek our own. So, according to them, selfless goodwill is the only motivation that can give actions the quality of virtue.
The character of virtue, it is evident, must either be ascribed indifferently to all our affections, when under proper government and direction; or be confined to some one class or division of them.
The nature of virtue, it’s clear, can either be applied to all our feelings when they are properly managed and guided, or it can be limited to a specific group or category of them.
The great division of our affections is into the selfish and the benevolent. If the character of virtue, therefore, cannot be ascribed indifferently to all our affections, when under proper government and direction, it must be confined either to those which aim directly at our own private happiness, or to those which aim directly at that of others. If virtue, therefore, does not consist in propriety, it must consist either in prudence or in benevolence. Besides these three, it is scarce possible to imagine that any other account can be given of the nature of virtue. I shall endeavour to show hereafter how all the other accounts, which are seemingly different from any of these, coincide at bottom with some one or other of them.
The main split in our feelings is between selfishness and kindness. If we can't say that virtue applies equally to all our feelings when they're well-managed and guided, then it must be limited to those that focus on our own happiness or those that focus on the happiness of others. So, if virtue doesn’t come from being proper, it must come from either wisdom or kindness. Aside from these three, it's hard to believe that any other explanation for the nature of virtue exists. I will attempt to show later how all the other explanations that seem different from these actually connect back to one of them.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—Of those Systems which make Virtue consist in Propriety.
ACCORDING to Plato, to Aristotle, and to Zeno, virtue consists in the propriety of conduct, or in the suitableness of the affection from which we act to the object which excites it.
AAccording to to Plato, to Aristotle, and to Zeno, virtue is about behaving appropriately, or how suitable our feelings are in relation to the situation that triggers them.
Ⅰ. In the system of Plato (See Plato de Rep. lib. iv.) the soul is considered as something like a little state or republic, composed of three different faculties or orders.
Ⅰ. In Plato's system (See Plato de Rep. lib. iv.), the soul is viewed as similar to a small state or republic, made up of three distinct faculties or orders.
The first is the judging faculty, the faculty which determines not only what are the proper means for attaining any end, but also what ends are fit to be pursued, and what degree of relative value we ought to put upon each. This faculty Plato called, as it is very properly called, reason, and considered it as what had a right to be the governing principle of the whole. Under this appellation, it is evident, he comprehended not only that faculty by which we judge of truth and falsehood, but that by which we judge of the propriety or the impropriety of our desires and affections.
The first is the judging faculty, which determines not just the right means to achieve any goal, but also what goals are worth pursuing and how much value we should assign to each. Plato referred to this as reason, a term that accurately describes it, and he viewed it as the rightful guiding principle of everything. Clearly, under this term, he included not only the ability to discern truth from falsehood but also the ability to evaluate the appropriateness of our desires and feelings.
The different passions and appetites, the natural subjects of this ruling principle, but which are so apt to rebel against their master, he reduced to two different classes or orders. The first consisted of those passions, which are founded in pride and resentment, or in what the schoolmen called the irascible part of the soul; ambition, animosity, the love of honour, and the dread of shame, the desire of victory, superiority, and revenge; all those passions, in short, which are supposed either to rise from, or to denote what, by a metaphor in our language, we commonly call spirit or natural fire. The second consisted of those passions which are founded in the love of pleasure, or in what the schoolmen called the concupiscible part of the soul. It comprehended all the appetites of the body, the love of ease and of security, and of all the sensual gratifications.
The various passions and desires, which are the natural subjects of this controlling principle but often rebel against it, were categorized into two classes. The first class included passions rooted in pride and resentment, or what scholars refer to as the irascible part of the soul; this comprised ambition, hostility, the pursuit of honor, fear of shame, the desire for victory, superiority, and revenge—essentially, all those emotions that are thought to stem from, or to express what we commonly refer to as spirit or natural fire. The second class consisted of passions based on the love of pleasure, or what scholars called the concupiscible part of the soul. This included all bodily desires, the love of comfort, safety, and all forms of sensory enjoyment.
It rarely happens that we break in upon that plan of conduct, which the governing principle prescribes, and which in all our cool hours we had laid down to ourselves as what was most proper for us to pursue, but when prompted by one or other of those two different sets of passions; either by ungovernable ambition and resentment, or by the importunate solicitations of present ease and pleasure. But though these two orders of passions are so apt to mislead us, they are still considered as necessary parts of human nature: the first having been given to defend us against injuries, to assert our rank and dignity in the world, to make us aim at what is noble and honourable, and to make us distinguish those who act in the same manner; the second, to provide for the support and necessities of the body.
It rarely happens that we stray from the plan of action that our guiding principles dictate, which we've decided during our calm moments is what we should follow. Instead, we are often swayed by one of two sets of emotions: either uncontrollable ambition and resentment, or the relentless urges for immediate comfort and pleasure. Even though these two types of emotions can easily mislead us, they're still seen as essential parts of human nature. The first helps protect us from harm, assert our status and dignity in the world, inspire us to strive for what is noble and honorable, and differentiate those who behave similarly. The second is meant to cater to our physical needs and well-being.
In the strength, acuteness, and perfection of the governing principle was placed the essential virtue of prudence, which, according to Plato, 239 consisted in a just and clear discernment, founded upon general and scientific ideas, of the ends which were proper to be pursued, and of the means which were proper for attaining them.
In the strength, clarity, and excellence of the governing principle lay the core virtue of prudence, which, according to Plato, 239 involved a fair and clear understanding, based on general and scientific concepts, of the goals that should be pursued and the methods that were appropriate for achieving them.
When the first set of passions, those of the irascible part of the soul, had that degree of strength and firmness, which enabled them, under the direction of reason, to despise all dangers in the pursuit of what was honourable and noble; it constituted the virtue of fortitude and magnanimity. This order of passions, according to this system, was of a more generous and noble nature than the other. They were considered upon many occasions as the auxiliaries of reason, to check and restrain the inferior and brutal appetites. We are often angry at ourselves, it was observed, we often become the objects of our own resentment and indignation, when the love of pleasure prompts to do what we disapprove of; and the irascible part of our nature is in this manner called in to assist the rational against the concupiscible.
When the first set of emotions, those from the fiery part of the soul, had enough strength and stability to, guided by reason, disregard all dangers in the pursuit of what is honorable and noble, it created the virtue of courage and greatness of spirit. This category of emotions, according to this system, was seen as more generous and noble than the others. They were often considered allies of reason, helping to restrain the lower and baser desires. It was noted that we frequently feel angry with ourselves and become targets of our own resentment and indignation when the desire for pleasure pushes us to act against our own values; in this way, the fiery part of our nature is called upon to support reason against desire.
When all those three different parts of our nature were in perfect concord with one another, when neither the irascible nor concupiscible passions ever aimed at any gratification which reason did not approve of, and when reason never commanded any thing, but what these of their own accord were willing to perform: this happy composure, this perfect and complete harmony of soul, constituted that virtue which in their language is expressed by a word which we commonly translate temperance, but which might more properly be translated good temper, or sobriety and moderation of mind.
When all three parts of our nature were in perfect agreement with each other, and neither our angry nor our desire-driven feelings aimed for any pleasures that reason didn’t approve of, while reason commanded only what those parts were naturally willing to do: this state of happiness, this complete harmony of the soul, represented the virtue we often translate as temperance, but which could be better translated as good temper, or mental sobriety and moderation.
Justice, the last and greatest of the four cardinal virtues, took place, according to this system, when each of those three faculties of the mind confined itself to its proper office, without attempting to encroach upon that of any other; when reason directed and passion obeyed, and when each passion performed its proper duty, and exerted itself towards its proper object easily and without reluctance, and with that degree of force and energy, which was suitable to the value of what it pursued. In this consisted that complete virtue, that perfect propriety of conduct, which Plato, after some of the ancient Pythagoreans, has well denominated Justice.
Justice, the final and most important of the four cardinal virtues, occurs in this framework when each of the three faculties of the mind sticks to its own role, without overstepping into the territory of the others; when reason leads and passion follows, and when each passion fulfills its specific duty, engaging with its intended object easily and willingly, with the intensity and energy appropriate to the significance of what it seeks. This is where true virtue lies, that ideal standard of behavior which Plato, following some of the ancient Pythagoreans, aptly calls Justice.
The word, it is to be observed, which expresses justice in the Greek language, has several different meanings; and as the correspondent word in all other languages, so far as I know, has the same, there must be some natural affinity among those various significations. In one sense we are said to do justice to our neighbour when we abstain from doing him any positive harm, and do not directly hurt him, either in his person, or in his estate, or in his reputation. This is that justice which I have treated of above, the observance of which may be extorted by force, and the violation of which exposes to punishment. In another sense we are said not to do justice to our neighbour unless we conceive for him all that love, respect, and esteem, which his character, his 240 situation, and his connexion with ourselves, render suitable and proper for us to feel, and unless we act accordingly. It is in this sense that we are said to do injustice to a man of merit who is connected with us, though we abstain from hurting him in every respect, if we do not exert ourselves to serve him and to place him in that situation in which the impartial spectator would be pleased to see him. The first sense of the word coincides with what Aristotle and the Schoolmen call commutative justice, and with what Grotius calls the justitia expletrix, which consists in abstaining from what is another’s, and in doing voluntarily whatever we can with propriety be forced to do. The second sense of the word coincides with what some have called distributive justice,5 and with the justitia attributrix of Grotius, which consists in proper beneficence, in the becoming use of what is our own, and in the applying it to those purposes, either of charity or generosity, to which it is most suitable, in our situation, that it should be applied. In this sense justice comprehends all the social virtues. There is yet another sense in which the word justice is sometimes taken, still more extensive than either of the former, though very much akin to the last; and which runs too, so far as I know, through all languages. It is in this last sense that we are said to be unjust, when we do not seem to value any particular object with that degree of esteem, or to pursue it with that degree of ardour which to the impartial spectator it may appear to deserve or to be naturally fitted for exciting. Thus we are said to do injustice to a poem or a picture, when we do not admire them enough, and we are said to do them more than justice when we admire them too much. In the same manner we are said to do injustice to ourselves when we appear not to give sufficient attention to any particular object of self-interest. In this last sense, what is called justice means the same thing with exact and perfect propriety of conduct and behaviour, and comprehends in it, not only the offices of both commutative and distributive justice, but of every other virtue, of prudence, of fortitude, of temperance. It is in this last sense that Plato evidently understands what he calls justice, and which, therefore, according to him, comprehends in it the perfection of every sort of virtue.
The word that expresses justice in Greek has several different meanings, and since the corresponding word in other languages, as far as I know, has the same variations, there must be some natural connection among those meanings. In one sense, we are doing justice to our neighbor when we avoid causing him any harm, directly hurting him, whether in his person, property, or reputation. This is the type of justice I discussed earlier, which can be enforced by force, and violating it leads to punishment. In another sense, we are said not to do justice to our neighbor unless we feel all the love, respect, and esteem that his character, his situation, and his relationship with us make appropriate. We aren’t doing justice to a deserving person connected to us if we refrain from hurting him in any way but don’t make the effort to help him and place him in a situation the impartial observer would find pleasing. The first sense aligns with what Aristotle and the Schoolmen refer to as commutative justice, and what Grotius calls justitia expletrix, which involves not taking what belongs to others and voluntarily doing what we can be reasonably compelled to do. The second sense aligns with what some term distributive justice, 240 and Grotius’s justitia attributrix, focusing on proper beneficence, the appropriate use of our own resources, and applying them to the charitable or generous purposes that are most suitable in our situation. In this sense, justice includes all social virtues. There is yet another meaning of justice that is even broader than the previous ones, although still closely related to the last. This meaning seems to appear across all languages as well. In this sense, we are considered unjust when we fail to appreciate a specific object with the level of esteem or pursue it with the fervor that an impartial observer might believe it deserves or is naturally suited to evoke. Thus, we are seen as doing injustice to a poem or painting if we don’t admire them enough, and we are said to do them more than justice when we admire them excessively. Similarly, we do injustice to ourselves when we fail to give appropriate attention to an area of self-interest. In this final sense, so-called justice equates to exact and perfect propriety of conduct and behavior, encompassing not just the duties of both commutative and distributive justice, but of every virtue, including prudence, courage, and temperance. It is in this last sense that Plato clearly interprets what he means by justice, which, according to him, includes the perfection of all types of virtue.
5 The distributive justice of Aristotle is somewhat different. It consists in the proper distribution of rewards from the public stock of a community. See Aristotle Ethic. Nic. 1. 5. c. 2.
5 Aristotle's concept of distributive justice is a bit different. It involves fairly distributing rewards from the community's shared resources. See Aristotle Ethic. Nic. 1. 5. c. 2.
Such is the account given by Plato of the nature of virtue, or of that temper of mind which is the proper object of praise and approbation. It consists, according to him, in that state of mind in which every faculty confines itself within its proper sphere without encroaching upon that of any other, and performs its proper office with that precise degree of strength and vigour which belongs to it. His account, it is evident, coincides in every respect with what we have said above concerning the propriety of conduct.
Such is the description provided by Plato about the nature of virtue, or the mindset that deserves praise and approval. According to him, it exists in a state of mind where each ability stays within its own limits without interfering with others and operates with the exact level of strength and energy that is appropriate for it. His explanation clearly aligns with what we've discussed earlier about proper behavior.
Ⅱ. Virtue, according to Aristotle (Ethic. Nic. 1. 2. c. 5. et seq. et 1. 3. 241 c. 4. et seq.), consists in the habit of mediocrity according to right reason. Every particular virtue, according to him, lies in a kind of middle between two opposite vices, of which the one offends from being too much, the other from being too little affected by a particular species of objects. Thus the virtue of fortitude or courage lies in the middle between the opposite vices of cowardice and of presumptuous rashness, of which the one offends from being too much, and the other from being too little affected by the objects of fear. Thus too the virtue of frugality lies in a middle between avarice and profusion, of which the one consists in an excess, the other in a defect of the proper attention to the objects of self-interest. Magnanimity, in the same manner, lies in a middle between the excess of arrogance and the defect of pusillanimity, of which the one consists in too extravagant, the other in too weak a sentiment of our own worth and dignity. It is unnecessary to observe that this account of virtue corresponds, too, pretty exactly with what has been said above concerning the propriety and impropriety of conduct.
Ⅱ. According to Aristotle (Ethic. Nic. 1. 2. c. 5. et seq. et 1. 3. 241 c. 4. et seq.), virtue is about having a habit of finding the right balance according to reason. He suggests that each specific virtue is a middle ground between two opposing vices, where one is excessive, and the other is deficient regarding a certain type of situation. For example, the virtue of courage stands between the vices of cowardice and reckless rashness, where cowardice is too much and rashness is too little in the face of fear. Similarly, the virtue of frugality is in the middle of greed and extravagance, with greed being an excess and extravagance a lack of proper attention to one’s interests. Magnanimity also falls between the extremes of arrogance and timidity, where arrogance is an excessive view of our own value, while timidity is an insufficient one. It's worth noting that this understanding of virtue closely aligns with the earlier discussion on the appropriateness and inappropriateness of actions.
According to Aristotle (Ethic. Nic. lib. ii. ch. 1, 2, 3, and 4.), indeed, virtue did not so much consist in those moderate and right affections, as in the habit of this moderation. In order to understand this, it is to be observed, that virtue may be considered either as the quality of an action, or the quality of a person. Considered as the quality of an action, it consists, even according to Aristotle, in the reasonable moderation of the affection from which the action proceeds, whether this disposition be habitual to the person or not. Considered as the quality of a person, it consists in the habit of this reasonable moderation, in its having become the customary and usual disposition of the mind. Thus the action which proceeds from an occasional fit of generosity is undoubtedly a generous action, but the man who performs it, is not necessarily a generous person, because it may be the single action of the kind which he ever performed. The motive and disposition of heart, from which this action was performed, may have been quite just and proper: but as this happy mood seems to have been the effect rather of accidental humour than of any thing steady or permanent in the character, it can reflect no great honour on the performer. When we denominate a character generous or charitable, or virtuous in any respect, we mean to signify that the disposition expressed by each of those appellations is the usual and customary disposition of the person. But single actions of any kind, how proper and suitable soever, are of little consequence to show that this is the case. If a single action was sufficient to stamp the character of any virtue upon the person who performed it, the most worthless of mankind might lay claim to all the virtues; since there is no man who has not, upon some occasions, acted with prudence, justice, temperance, and fortitude. But though single actions, how laudable soever, reflect very little praise upon the 242 person who performs them, a single vicious action performed by one whose conduct is usually pretty regular, greatly diminishes and sometimes destroys altogether our opinion of his virtue. A single action of this kind sufficiently shows that his habits are not perfect, and that he is less to be depended upon, than, from the usual train of his behaviour, we might have been apt to imagine.
According to Aristotle (Ethic. Nic. lib. ii. ch. 1, 2, 3, and 4), virtue isn't just about having moderate and appropriate feelings; it's about consistently practicing that moderation. To grasp this, we need to see that virtue can be viewed as either the quality of an action or the quality of a person. When we look at it as the quality of an action, it involves a reasonable moderation of the feelings that lead to the action, regardless of whether that moderation is a habit for the person or not. When viewed as the quality of a person, it means that reasonable moderation has become a regular part of their mindset. Therefore, an action that comes from a moment of generosity is indeed a generous act, but the person who does it isn't automatically considered generous, especially if it's the only such action they’ve ever done. The intention and mindset behind that act may have been good and appropriate, but if that generous mood seems to be just a temporary feeling rather than a stable part of their character, it doesn't add much credit to the person. When we call someone generous, charitable, or virtuous, we mean that these traits are their usual way of being. However, one-off actions, no matter how appropriate, don’t prove that this is true. If a single act were enough to define a person's character as virtuous, then even the worst people could claim to be virtuous since every person has acted with wisdom, fairness, restraint, and bravery at least once. But while single good actions do little to enhance someone's reputation, a single bad action from someone who normally behaves well can significantly lower and sometimes completely undermine our view of their virtue. Such an action clearly indicates that their habits aren’t flawless and that they may not be as reliable as we might have thought based on their usual behavior.
Aristotle too (Mag. Mor. lib. i. ch. Ⅰ.) when he made virtue to consist in practical habits, had it probably in his view to oppose the doctrine of Plato, who seems to have been of opinion that just sentiments and reasonable judgments concerning what was fit to be done or to be avoided, were alone sufficient to constitute the most perfect virtue. Virtue, according to Plato, might be considered as a species of science, and no man, he thought, could see clearly and demonstratively what was right and what was wrong, and not act accordingly. Passion might make us act contrary to doubtful and uncertain opinions, not to plain and evident judgments. Aristotle, on the contrary, was of opinion that no conviction of the understanding was capable of getting the better of inveterate habits, and that our good morals arose not from knowledge but from action.
Aristotle (Mag. Mor. lib. i. ch. Ⅰ) believed that virtue comes from practical habits, likely to counter Plato's view. Plato thought that just feelings and reasonable judgments about what should and shouldn't be done were enough to define perfect virtue. He viewed virtue as a type of knowledge and believed that anyone who understood clearly what was right and wrong would act accordingly. Passion might lead us to act against unclear opinions but not against clear judgments. In contrast, Aristotle argued that no understanding could overcome deep-rooted habits and that good morals arise from actions, not just knowledge.
Ⅲ. According to Zeno,6 the founder of the Stoical doctrine, every animal was by nature recommended to its own care, and was endowed with the principle of self-love, that it might endeavour to preserve, not only its existence, but all the different parts of its nature, in the best and most perfect state of which they were capable.
Ⅲ. According to Zeno,6 the founder of Stoicism, every animal is naturally inclined to take care of itself and is equipped with a sense of self-love, so it can strive to preserve not only its existence but also all the various aspects of its being in the best and most perfect condition possible.
The self-love of man embraced, if I may say so, his body and all its different members, his mind and all its different faculties and powers, and desired the preservation and maintenance of them all in their best and most perfect condition. Whatever tended to support this state of existence was, therefore, by nature pointed out to him as fit to be chosen; and whatever tended to destroy it, as fit to be rejected. Thus health, strength, agility, and ease of body as well as the external conveniences which could promote these; wealth, power, honours, the respect and esteem of those we live with; were naturally pointed out to us as things eligible, and of which the possession was preferable to the want. On the other hand, sickness, infirmity, unwieldiness, pain of body, as well as all the external inconveniences which tend to occasion or bring on any of them; poverty, the want of authority, the contempt or hatred of those we live with; were, in the same manner, pointed out to us as things to be shunned and avoided. In each of those two opposite classes of objects, there were some which appeared to be more the objects either of choice or rejection, than others in the same class. Thus, in the first class, health appeared evidently preferable to strength, and strength to agility; reputation to power, and power to riches. And thus too, in the second class, sickness was more to be avoided than 243 unwieldiness of body, ignominy than poverty, and poverty than the loss of power. Virtue and the propriety of conduct consisted in choosing and rejecting all different objects and circumstances according as they were by nature rendered more or less the objects of choice or rejection; in selecting always from among the several objects of choice presented to us, that which must be chosen, when we could not obtain them all; and in selecting, too, out of the several objects of rejection offered to us, that which was least to be avoided, when it was not in our power to avoid them all. By choosing and rejecting with this just and accurate discernment, by thus bestowing upon every object the precise degree of attention it deserved, according to the place which it held in this natural scale of things, we maintained, according to the Stoics, that perfect rectitude of conduct which constituted the essence of virtue. This was what they called to live consistently, to live according to nature, and to obey those laws and directions which nature, or the Author of nature, had prescribed for our conduct.
The self-love of humans includes, if I can put it that way, their bodies and all their different parts, their minds and all their different abilities and strengths, and desires to keep all of them in the best and most perfect condition. Anything that helps to support this way of living is naturally seen as something to choose, while anything that might destroy it is seen as something to reject. Therefore, health, strength, agility, and physical comfort, as well as the external comforts that can promote these; wealth, power, honors, and the respect and esteem of those around us; were naturally highlighted as desirable things, and having them was better than lacking them. On the flip side, sickness, weakness, clumsiness, physical pain, as well as all the external discomforts that can lead to these; poverty, lack of authority, and the contempt or hatred of those around us; were similarly marked as things to avoid. Within each of those two opposite categories, some things seemed more worthy of choice or rejection than others in the same group. In the first group, health was clearly better than strength, and strength was better than agility; reputation was better than power, and power was better than wealth. Likewise, in the second group, sickness was more to be avoided than clumsiness, shame was worse than poverty, and poverty was worse than losing power. Virtue and proper conduct involved choosing and rejecting various objects and circumstances based on how naturally they were seen as more or less worthy of choice or rejection; always selecting from the different options presented to us the one that should be chosen when we couldn't have them all; and also selecting the least undesirable option from the rejections offered to us when avoiding them all wasn't possible. By choosing and rejecting with this careful discernment, by giving every option the exact level of attention it deserved according to its place in this natural order, we upheld, according to the Stoics, the perfect correctness of behavior that represents the essence of virtue. This is what they meant by living consistently, living according to nature, and following the laws and guidelines that nature or its Creator set for our behavior.
So far the Stoical idea of propriety and virtue is not very different from that of Aristotle and the ancient Peripatetics.
So far, the Stoic concept of propriety and virtue isn't very different from Aristotle's and the ancient Peripatetics'.
Among those primary objects which nature had recommended to us as eligible, was the prosperity of our family, of our relations, of our friends, of our country, of mankind, and of the universe in general. Nature too, had taught us, that as the prosperity of two was preferable to that of one, that of many, or of all, must be infinitely more so. That we ourselves were but one, and that consequently wherever our prosperity was inconsistent with that, either of the whole, or of any considerable part of the whole, it ought, even in our own choice, to yield to what was so vastly preferable. As all the events in this world were conducted by the providence of a wise, powerful, and good God, we might be assured that whatever happened tended to the prosperity and perfection of the whole. If we ourselves, therefore, were in poverty, in sickness, or in any other calamity, we ought, first of all, to use our utmost endeavours, so far as justice and our duty to others will allow, to rescue ourselves from this disagreeable circumstance. But if, after all we could do, we found this impossible, we ought to rest satisfied that the order and perfection of the universe required that we should in the mean time continue in this situation. And as the prosperity of the whole should, even to us, appear preferable to so insignificant a part as ourselves, our situation, whatever it was, ought from that moment to become the object of our liking, if we would maintain that complete propriety and rectitude of sentiment and conduct in which consisted the perfection of our nature. If, indeed, any opportunity of extricating ourselves should offer, it became our duty to embrace it. The order of the universe, it was evident, no longer required our continuance in this situation, and the great Director of the world plainly called upon us to leave it, by so clearly pointing out 244 the road which we were to follow. It was the same case with the adversity of our relations, our friends, our country. If, without violating any more sacred obligation, it was in our power to prevent or put an end to their calamity, it undoubtedly was our duty to do so. The propriety of action, the rule which Jupiter had given us for the direction of our conduct, evidently required this of us. But if it was altogether out of our power to do either, we ought then to consider this event as the most fortunate which could possibly have happened: because we might be assured that it tended most to the prosperity and order of the whole, which was that we ourselves, if we were wise and equitable, ought most of all to desire. It was our own final interest considered as a part of that whole, of which the prosperity ought to be, not only the principal, but the sole object of our desire.
Among the main things that nature has advised us to focus on is the well-being of our family, friends, our country, humanity, and the universe as a whole. Nature has also shown us that the success of two people is better than the success of one, and that the success of many, or of everyone, is even more important. We are just one part of the whole, and therefore, whenever our prosperity conflicts with that of the entire group or a significant part of it, we should prioritize the greater good. Since everything in this world is guided by the wisdom and goodness of a powerful God, we can trust that whatever happens is meant to contribute to the well-being and perfection of the whole. So, if we find ourselves in poverty, illness, or any other misfortune, we should first do everything we can, within the bounds of justice and our responsibilities to others, to improve our situation. However, if we still can’t change our circumstances after doing our best, we should accept that the order and perfection of the universe requires us to remain in that state for now. Recognizing that the good of the whole is more important than our individual plight, we should learn to find contentment in our situation, no matter what it is, if we want to maintain the integrity and moral goodness that defines our nature. If an opportunity arises for us to improve our situation, it’s our duty to take it. Clearly, the order of the universe no longer demands that we stay where we are, and the great Director of the world is guiding us to move forward by pointing out 244 the path we should take. The same goes for the hardships faced by our family, friends, and country. If we can help alleviate their suffering without breaching any higher obligation, we absolutely should do so. The correctness of our actions, the guideline given to us by Jupiter for how to act, clearly requires this. But if we are completely unable to help, we should then view this event as perhaps the best thing that could have happened, because it likely serves the greater good and the organization of the whole, which is what we should ultimately desire above all else. Our own best interest must be seen as part of that whole, whose prosperity should be not only our main priority but our only goal.
‘In what sense,’ says Epictetus, ‘are some things said to be according to our nature, and others contrary to it? It is in that sense in which we consider ourselves as separated and detached from all other things. For thus it may be said to be according to the nature of the foot to be always clean. But if you consider it as a foot, and not as something detached from the rest of the body, it must behove it some times to trample in the dirt, and sometimes to tread upon thorns, and sometimes, too, to be cut off for the sake of the whole body; and if it refuses this, it is no longer a foot. Thus, too, ought we to conceive with regard to ourselves. What are you? A man. If you consider yourself as something separated and detached, it is agreeable to your nature to live to old age, to be rich, to be in health. But if you consider yourself as a man, and as a part of a whole, upon account of that whole, it will behove you sometimes to be in sickness, sometimes to be exposed to the inconveniency of a sea voyage, sometimes to be in want, and at last perhaps to die before your time. Why then do you complain? Do not you know that by doing so, as the foot ceases to be a foot, so you cease to be man?’
‘In what way,’ says Epictetus, ‘are some things considered in line with our nature, while others are against it? It’s in the way we see ourselves as separate and disconnected from everything else. For example, it can be said that it's natural for a foot to stay clean. But if you think of it as just a foot, not as something separate from the body, it has to step in dirt sometimes, walk on thorns, and occasionally even be cut off for the good of the whole body; if it refuses this, it stops being a foot. Similarly, we should think about ourselves. What are you? A human. If you see yourself as something separate and detached, then it seems natural to live to an old age, be wealthy, and be healthy. But if you recognize yourself as a human, as part of a whole, then you will sometimes be sick, occasionally face the challenges of traveling by sea, sometimes be in need, and ultimately, you might die before your time. So why do you complain? Don’t you realize that by doing so, just as the foot stops being a foot, you stop being a human?’
A wise man never complains of the destiny of Providence, nor thinks the universe in confusion when he is out of order. He does not look upon himself as a whole, separated and detached from every other part of nature, to be taken care of by itself and for itself. He regards himself in the light in which he imagines the great genius of human nature, and of the world, regards him. He enters, if I may say so, into the sentiments of that divine Being, and considers himself as an atom, a particle, of an immense and infinite system, which must and ought to be disposed of according to the conveniency of the whole. Assured of the wisdom which directs all the events of human life, whatever lot befalls him, he accepts it with joy, satisfied that, if he had known all the connections and dependencies of the different parts of the universe, it is the very lot which he himself would have wished for. If it is life, he is contented to live; and if it is death, as nature must have no further 245 occasion for his presence here, he willingly goes where he is appointed. I accept, said a cynical philosopher, whose doctrines were in this respect the same as those of the Stoics, I accept, with equal joy and satisfaction, whatever fortune can befall me. Riches or poverty, pleasure or pain, health or sickness, all is alike: nor would I desire that the gods should in any respect change my destination. If I was to ask of them any thing beyond what their bounty has already bestowed, it should be that they would inform me beforehand what it was their pleasure should be done with me, that I might of my own accord place myself in this situation, and demonstrate the cheerfulness with which I embraced their allotment. If I am going to sail, says Epictetus, I choose the best ship and the best pilot, and I wait for the fairest weather that my circumstances and duty will allow. Prudence and propriety, the principles which the gods have given me for the direction of my conduct, require this of me; but they require no more: and if, notwithstanding, a storm arises, which neither the strength of the vessel nor the skill of the pilot are likely to withstand, I give myself no trouble about the consequence. All that I had to do is done already. The directors of my conduct never command me to be miserable, to be anxious, desponding, or afraid. Whether we are to be drowned, or to come to a harbour, is the business of Jupiter, not mine. I leave it entirely to his determination, nor ever break my rest with considering which way he is likely to decide it, but receive whatever may come with equal indifference and security.
A wise person never complains about fate or thinks the universe is chaotic when things go wrong. They don’t see themselves as an isolated entity, existing apart from the rest of nature, needing to be cared for on its own. Instead, they understand how they fit into the larger picture of humanity and the world. They connect with the feelings of that higher power and view themselves as a small part of a vast and infinite system that should be handled for the benefit of the whole. Confident in the wisdom that guides all human experiences, whatever happens to them is accepted with gladness, knowing that if they could see all the connections in the universe, they would choose the same outcome for themselves. If it's life, they are happy to live; if it's death, understanding that nature has no further need for them here, they willingly go wherever they are meant to. A cynical philosopher, sharing views similar to the Stoics, stated, “I accept, with equal joy and satisfaction, whatever fortune comes my way. Wealth or poverty, pleasure or pain, health or sickness—all are the same to me; I wouldn’t want the gods to change my fate in any way. If I were to ask them for anything more than what they’ve already given me, it would be to let me know in advance what they intend for me, so that I could willingly place myself in that situation and show how happily I accept their decision.” As Epictetus said, “If I’m going to sail, I choose the best ship and a skilled captain, and I wait for the best weather my circumstances allow. Prudence and decency, the guides the gods have given me for my conduct, require this; but nothing more. If a storm arises that neither the ship's strength nor the captain's skill can manage, I don't stress about the outcome. All I had to do is already done. My guides never tell me to be unhappy, anxious, bleak, or fearful. Whether we sink or reach a safe harbor is up to Jupiter, not me. I leave that entirely to him and never lose sleep over which way he might decide, facing whatever comes with the same calmness and assurance.
From this perfect confidence in that benevolent wisdom which governs the universe, and from this entire resignation to whatever order that wisdom might think proper to establish, it necessarily followed, that to the Stoical wise man, all the events of human life must be in a great measure indifferent. His happiness consisted altogether, first, in the contemplation of the happiness and perfection of the great system of the universe, of the good government of the great republic of gods and men, of all rational and sensible beings; and, secondly, in discharging his duty, in acting properly in the affairs of this great republic whatever little part that wisdom had assigned to him. The propriety or impropriety of his endeavours might be of great consequence to him. Their success or disappointment could be of none at all; could excite no passionate joy or sorrow, no passionate desire or aversion. If he preferred some events to others, if some situations were the objects of his choice and others of his rejection, it was not because he regarded the one as in themselves in any respect better than the other, or thought that his own happiness would be more complete in what is called the fortunate than in what is regarded as the distressful situation; but because the propriety of action, the rule which the gods had given him for the direction of his conduct, required him to choose and reject in this manner. All his affections were absorbed and swallowed up in 246 two great affections; in that for the discharge of his own duty, and in that for the greatest possible happiness of all rational and sensible beings. For the gratification of this latter affection, he rested with the most perfect security upon the wisdom and power of the great Superintendent of the universe. His sole anxiety was about the gratification of the former; not about the event, but about the propriety of his own endeavours. Whatever the event might be, he trusted to a superior power and wisdom for turning it to promote that great end which he himself was most desirous of promoting.
From this total confidence in the kind wisdom that guides the universe, and from this complete acceptance of whatever order that wisdom decides to establish, it naturally followed that, for the Stoic wise person, all events in human life would be largely unimportant. Their happiness was entirely based, first, on contemplating the happiness and perfection of the vast system of the universe, the good governance of the grand republic of gods and humans, and all rational and sentient beings; and, second, on fulfilling their duty, acting appropriately in the matters of this great republic, no matter how small a role that wisdom assigned to them. Whether their efforts were suitable or unsuitable could matter greatly to them. Their success or failure wouldn’t affect them at all; it wouldn’t provoke any intense joy or sorrow, nor any strong desires or aversions. If they preferred some outcomes over others, if some situations were what they chose and others were what they rejected, it wasn’t because they thought one was inherently better than the other or believed their own happiness would be greater in what’s considered fortunate versus what’s viewed as distressing; rather, it was because the appropriateness of action, the guideline the gods had given them for directing their behavior, necessitated choosing and rejecting this way. All their emotions were consumed by two main feelings: one for fulfilling their own duty, and the other for the greatest possible happiness of all rational and sentient beings. To satisfy this latter emotion, they placed complete trust in the wisdom and power of the great Overseer of the universe. Their only concern was about fulfilling the former; not about the outcome, but about the appropriateness of their own efforts. Whatever the outcome might be, they relied on a higher power and wisdom to align it with that grand purpose they were most eager to promote.
This propriety of choosing and rejecting, though originally pointed out to us, and as it were recommended and introduced to our acquaintance by the things, and for the sake of the things, chosen and rejected; yet when we had once become thoroughly acquainted with it, the order, the grace, the beauty which we discerned in this conduct, the happiness which we felt resulted from it, necessarily appeared to us of much greater value than the actual obtaining of all the different objects of choice, or the actual avoiding of all those of rejection. From the observation of this propriety arose the happiness and the glory; from the neglect of it, the misery and the disgrace of human nature.
This ability to choose what to embrace and what to discard, although it was initially pointed out to us and kind of suggested and introduced through the things we chose and rejected; once we fully understood it, the order, grace, and beauty we recognized in this behavior, along with the happiness we derived from it, seemed far more valuable than actually acquiring all the different things we could choose or successfully avoiding all those we rejected. Observing this ability brought us happiness and glory; neglecting it led to the misery and disgrace of humanity.
But to a wise man, to one whose passions were brought under perfect subjection to the ruling principles of his nature, the exact observation of this propriety was equally easy upon all occasions. Was he in prosperity, he returned thanks to Jupiter for having joined him with circumstances which were easily mastered, and in which there was little temptation to do wrong. Was he in adversity, he equally returned thanks to the director of this spectacle of human life, for having opposed to him a vigorous athlete, over whom, though the contest was likely to be more violent, the victory was more glorious, and equally certain. Can there be any shame in that distress which is brought upon us without any fault of our own, and in which we behave with perfect propriety? There can, therefore, be no evil, but, on the contrary, the greatest good and advantage. A brave man exults in those dangers in which, from no rashness of his own, his fortune has involved him. They afford an opportunity of exercising that heroic intrepidity, whose exertion gives the exalted delight which flows from the consciousness of superior propriety and deserved admiration. One who is master of all his exercises has no aversion to measure his strength and activity with the strongest. And, in the same manner, one who is master of all his passions, does not dread any circumstance in which the Superintendent of the universe may think proper to place him. The bounty of that divine Being has provided him with virtues which render him superior to every situation. If it is pleasure, he has temperance to refrain from it; if it is pain, he has constancy to bear it; if it is danger or death, he has magnanimity and fortitude to despise it. The events of human life can never find him unprepared, or at a loss how to maintain that 247 propriety of sentiment and conduct which, in his own apprehension, constitutes at once his glory and his happiness.
But for a wise person, someone whose passions are fully controlled by their guiding principles, maintaining good behavior was just as easy in every situation. When they were prosperous, they thanked Jupiter for giving them circumstances that were manageable and presented little temptation to do wrong. When faced with hardships, they also expressed gratitude to the director of this human experience for placing a tough challenge before them, knowing that even though the struggle might be more intense, the victory would be more rewarding and assured. Is there any shame in distress that comes upon us without any fault of our own, especially when we handle it properly? Therefore, there is no harm; rather, it brings the greatest good and advantage. A courageous person finds joy in challenges that their fortune has brought upon them without any recklessness on their part. These challenges allow them to showcase their heroic bravery, which brings the great pleasure of knowing they embody true propriety and merit admiration. Someone who has mastered all their skills is not afraid to test their strength and agility against the toughest competitors. Similarly, one who has control over all their emotions does not fear any situation the Universe’s Supervisor may place them in. The generosity of that divine being has given them virtues that make them superior to any circumstance. If faced with pleasure, they have the self-control to resist; if faced with pain, they have the resilience to endure it; if faced with danger or death, they have the courage and strength to disregard it. The events of life will never catch them off guard or unsure of how to uphold the proper sentiment and behavior that, in their view, represent their glory and happiness.
Human life the Stoics appear to have considered as a game of great skill; in which, however, there was a mixture of chance, or of what is vulgarly understood to be chance. In such games the stake is commonly a trifle, and the whole pleasure of the game arises from playing well, from playing fairly, and playing skilfully. If notwithstanding all his skill, however, the good player should, by the influence of chance, happen to lose, the loss ought to be a matter, rather of merriment, than of serious sorrow. He has made no false stroke; he has done nothing which he ought to be ashamed of; he has enjoyed completely the whole pleasure of the game. If, on the contrary, the bad player notwithstanding all his blunders, should, in the same manner, happen to win, his success can give him but little satisfaction. He is mortified by the remembrance of all the faults which he committed. Even during the play he can enjoy no part of the pleasure which it is capable of affording. From ignorance of the rules of the game, fear and doubt and hesitation are the disagreeable sentiments that precede almost every stroke which he plays; and when he has played it, the mortification of finding it a gross blunder, commonly completes the unpleasing circle of his sensations. Human life, with all the advantages which can possibly attend it, ought, according to the Stoics, to be regarded but as a mere twopenny stake; a matter by far too insignificant to merit any anxious concern. Our only anxious concern ought to be, not about the stake, but about the proper method of playing. If we placed our happiness in winning the stake, we placed it in what depended upon causes beyond our power and out of our direction. We necessarily exposed ourselves to perpetual fear and uneasiness, and frequently to grievous and mortifying disappointments. If we placed it in playing well, in playing fairly, in playing wisely and skilfully; in the propriety of our own conduct in short; we placed it in what, by proper discipline, education, and attention, might be altogether in our own power, and under our own direction. Our happiness was perfectly secure, and beyond the reach of fortune. The event of our actions, if it was out of our power, was equally out of our concern, and we could never feel either fear or anxiety about it; nor ever suffer any grievous, or even any serious disappointment.
Human life, the Stoics seemed to view as a highly skilled game, which also involved a bit of chance, or what people typically think of as chance. In such games, the stakes are usually low, and the enjoyment comes from playing well, fairly, and skillfully. If a skilled player happens to lose because of chance, it should be more of a lighthearted moment than a source of deep sadness. They haven't made any bad moves or done anything to be ashamed of; they've fully enjoyed the game. On the flip side, if a poor player wins despite their mistakes, their victory won't bring much satisfaction. They’re bothered by all the mistakes they made. Even while playing, they can't enjoy any of the fun the game offers because their ignorance of the rules creates feelings of fear, doubt, and hesitation before nearly every move. And when they realize they've made a big mistake, it adds to their overall disappointment. According to the Stoics, human life, no matter how many advantages it might bring, should be seen as just a trivial stake—too minor to warrant any serious worry. Our main concern should not be the stake, but how we play the game. If we tie our happiness to winning the stake, we're depending on factors beyond our control, which leads to ongoing anxiety and often major letdowns. If we focus on playing well, fairly, wisely, and skillfully—on behaving properly—then we base our happiness on things we can control through discipline, education, and attention. Our happiness would be secure and immune to fortune. If the outcomes of our actions are out of our control, they should also be out of our concern, and we wouldn't feel fear or anxiety about them, nor experience any significant disappointment.
Human life itself, as well as every different advantage or disadvantage which can attend it, might, they said, according to different circumstances, be the proper object either of our choice or of our rejection. If, in our actual situation, there were more circumstances agreeable to nature than contrary to it; more circumstances which were the objects of choice than of rejection; life, in this case, was, upon the whole, the proper object of choice, and the propriety of conduct required that we should remain in it. If, on the other hand, there 248 were, in our actual situation, without any probable hope of amendment, more circumstances contrary to nature than agreeable to it; more circumstances which were the objects of rejection than of choice; life itself, in this case, became, to a wise man, the object of rejection, and he was not only at liberty to remove out of it, but the propriety of conduct, the rule which the gods had given him for the direction of his conduct, required him to do so. I am ordered, says Epictetus, not to dwell at Nicopolis. I do not dwell there. I am ordered not to dwell at Athens. I do not dwell at Athens. I am ordered not to dwell in Rome. I do not dwell in Rome. I am ordered to dwell in the little and rocky island of Gyaræ. I go and dwell there. But the house smokes in Gyaræ. If the smoke is moderate, I will bear it, and stay there. If it is excessive, I will go to a house from whence no tyrant can remove me. I keep in mind always that the door is open, that I can walk out when I please, and retire to that hospitable house which is at all times open to all the world; for beyond my undermost garment, beyond my body, no man living has any power over me. If your situation is upon the whole disagreeable; if your house smokes too much for you, said the Stoics, walk forth by all means. But walk forth without repining; without murmuring or complaining. Walk forth calm, contented, rejoicing, returning thanks to the gods, who, from their infinite bounty, have opened the safe and quiet harbour of death, at all times ready to receive us from the stormy ocean of human life; who have prepared this sacred, this inviolable, this great asylum, always open, always accessible; altogether beyond the reach of human rage and injustice; and large enough to contain both all those who wish, and all those who do not wish to retire to it: an asylum which takes away from every man every pretence of complaining, or even of fancying that there can be any evil in human life, except such as he may suffer from his own folly and weakness.
Human life, along with all the different advantages or disadvantages that come with it, can be either chosen or rejected based on different circumstances. If, in our current situation, there are more circumstances that align with nature than oppose it; more choices to embrace than to reject; then, overall, life becomes the right choice, and good conduct requires us to stay in it. However, if in our current situation, without any real hope for improvement, there are more conditions that go against nature than those that support it; more reasons to reject than to choose life; then, for a wise person, life itself becomes something to reject, and they not only have the right to leave it, but good conduct—the guidance that the gods have given—requires them to do so. As Epictetus says, "I am told not to stay in Nicopolis. So, I don’t. I am told not to stay in Athens. So, I don’t stay in Athens. I am told not to stay in Rome. So, I don’t stay in Rome. I am told to live on the little rocky island of Gyaræ. So, I go and live there." But the house on Gyaræ is smoky. If the smoke is manageable, I’ll endure it and stay. If it becomes too much, I’ll find a place where no tyrant can remove me. I always remember that the door is open, and I can leave whenever I want, retreating to that welcoming place that is always available to everyone; because beyond my clothes, beyond my body, no one has power over me. If your situation is mostly unpleasant; if your house has too much smoke for you, the Stoics would say, definitely leave. But leave without resentment; without grumbling or complaining. Leave calmly, content, grateful to the gods, who, in their endless kindness, have opened the safe and peaceful harbor of death, ready to welcome us from the stormy sea of human life; who have created this sacred, inviolable, great refuge, always open, always accessible; completely beyond the reach of human anger and injustice; large enough to accommodate everyone who wishes to retreat and those who do not wish to retire to it: a refuge that removes any excuse for complaining or even imagining that there can be any evil in human life, except for what one may suffer due to their own foolishness and weakness.
The Stoics, in the few fragments of their philosophy which have come down to us, sometimes talk of leaving life with a gaiety, and even with a levity, which, were we to consider those passages by themselves, might induce us to believe that they imagined we could with propriety leave it whenever we had a mind, wantonly and capriciously, upon the slightest disgust or uneasiness. ‘When you sup with such a person,’ says Epictetus, ‘you complain of the long stories which he tells you about his Mysian wars. “Now my friend,” says he, “having told you how I took possession of an eminence at such a place, I will tell you how I was besieged in such another place.” But if you have a mind not to be troubled with his long stories, do not accept of his supper. If you accept of his supper, you have not the least pretence to complain of his long stories. It is the same case with what you call the evils of human life. Never complain of that of which it is at all times in your power to rid yourself.’ Notwithstanding this gaiety and even 249 levity of expression, however, the alternative of leaving life, or of remaining in it, was, according to the Stoics, a matter of the most serious and important deliberation. We ought never to leave it till we were distinctly called upon to do so by that superintending Power which had originally placed us in it. But we were to consider ourselves as called upon to do so, not merely at the appointed and unavoidable term of human life. Whenever the providence of that superintending Power had rendered our condition in life upon the whole the proper object rather of rejection than of choice; the great rule which he had given us for the direction of our conduct, then required us to leave it. We might then be said to hear the awful and benevolent voice of that divine Being distinctly calling upon us to do so.
The Stoics, in the few fragments of their philosophy that have survived, sometimes discuss leaving life with a light-heartedness and even a carelessness that, if we look at those passages alone, might lead us to think they believed we could leave whenever we felt like it, whimsically and impulsively, just over the smallest annoyance or discomfort. “When you have dinner with someone,” Epictetus says, “and you complain about the long stories he tells about his Mysian wars. ‘Now my friend,’ he says, ‘after telling you how I took a high point at such a place, I will tell you how I was besieged in another place.’ But if you don't want to be bothered by his long stories, don’t accept his dinner invitation. If you accept it, you have no right to complain about his long stories. The same goes for what you call the evils of human life. Never complain about something you can easily escape from.” Yet, in spite of this lightness and even 249 casualness of expression, the choice of leaving life or staying in it was, according to the Stoics, a matter of utmost seriousness and significance. We should never leave life until we are clearly called to do so by that higher Power that initially placed us in it. But we should consider ourselves called to do so not just at the inevitable end of life. Whenever the guidance of that higher Power makes our situation in life more suited for rejection than for choice, the great principle it has provided for the guidance of our conduct then requires us to leave. At that point, we might think we hear the profound and compassionate voice of that divine Being clearly urging us to do so.
It was upon this account that, according to the Stoics, it might be the duty of a wise man to remove out of life though he was perfectly happy; while, on the contrary, it might be the duty of a weak man to remain in it, though he was necessarily miserable. If, in the situation of the wise man, there were more circumstances which were the natural objects of rejection than of choice, the whole situation became the object of rejection, and the rule which the gods had given him for the direction of his conduct, required that he should remove out of it as speedily as particular circumstances might render convenient. He was, however, perfectly happy even during the time that he might think proper to remain in it. He had placed his happiness, not in obtaining the objects of his choice, or in avoiding those of his rejection; but in always choosing and rejecting with exact propriety; not in the success, but in the fitness of his endeavours and exertions. If, in the situation of the weak man, on the contrary, there were more circumstances which were the natural objects of choice than of rejection; his whole situation became the proper object of choice, and it was his duty to remain in it. He was unhappy, however, from not knowing how to use those circumstances. Let his cards be ever so good, he did not know how to play them, and could enjoy no sort of real satisfaction, either in the progress, or in the event of the game, in whatever manner it might happen to turn out. (Cicero de finibus, lib. 3. c. 13.)
It was based on this idea that, according to the Stoics, it might be the responsibility of a wise person to exit life even if they were completely happy; while, on the other hand, it could be the duty of a weaker individual to stay in it, even when they were inevitably miserable. If, in the wise person’s situation, there were more reasons to reject life than to embrace it, the entire situation became one of rejection, and the guidance provided by the gods for his actions required him to leave as soon as the circumstances allowed. However, he remained completely happy even while he chose to stay. His happiness didn’t depend on getting what he wanted or avoiding what he rejected; it was based on always making the right choices and decisions. It wasn't about success but about the appropriateness of his attempts and efforts. In contrast, if the weak person found themselves in a situation with more opportunities to embrace than to reject, then their entire situation became appropriate for choice, and it was their duty to stay. Nevertheless, they were unhappy because they didn’t know how to utilize those opportunities. No matter how favorable their situation was, they didn’t know how to handle it, and they couldn't find any real satisfaction in the journey or the outcome of their situation, regardless of how it turned out. (Cicero de finibus, lib. 3. c. 13.)
The propriety, upon some occasions, of voluntary death, though it was, perhaps, more insisted upon by the Stoics, than by any other sect of ancient philosophers, was, however, a doctrine common to them all, even to the peaceable and indolent Epicureans. During the age in which flourished the founders of all the principal sects of ancient philosophy; during the Peloponnesian war and for many years after its conclusion, all the different republics of Greece were, at home, almost always distracted by the most furious factions; and abroad, involved in the most sanguinary wars, in which each fought, not merely for superiority or dominion, but either completely to extirpate all its enemies, or, what was not less cruel, to reduce them into the vilest of 250 all states, that of domestic slavery, and to sell them, man, woman, and child, like so many herds of cattle, to the highest bidder in the market. The smallness of the greater part of those states, too, rendered it, to each of them, no very improbable event, that it might itself fall into that very calamity which it had so frequently, either, perhaps, actually inflicted, or at least attempted to inflict upon some of its neighbours. In this disorderly state of things, the most perfect innocence, joined to both the highest rank and the greatest public services, could give no security to any man that, even at home and among his own relations and fellow-citizens, he was not, at some time or another, from the prevalence of some hostile and furious faction, to be condemned to the most cruel and ignominious punishment. If he was taken prisoner in war, or if the city of which he was a member was conquered, he was exposed, if possible, to still greater injuries and insults. But every man naturally, or rather necessarily, familiarizes his imagination with the distresses to which he foresees that his situation may frequently expose him. It is impossible that a sailor should not frequently think of storms and shipwrecks and foundering at sea, and of how he himself is likely both to feel and to act upon such occasions. It was impossible, in the same manner, that a Grecian patriot or hero should not familiarize his imagination with all the different calamities to which he was sensible his situation must frequently, or rather constantly, expose him. As an American savage prepares his death-song, and considers how he should act when he has fallen into the hands of his enemies, and is by them put to death in the most lingering tortures, and amidst the insults and derision of all the spectators; so a Grecian patriot or hero could not avoid frequently employing his thoughts in considering what he ought both to suffer and to do in banishment, in captivity, when reduced to slavery, when put to the torture, when brought to the scaffold. But the philosophers of all the different sects very justly represented virtue; that is, wise, just, firm and temperate conduct; not only as the most probable, but as the certain and infallible road to happiness even in this life. This conduct, however, could not always exempt, and might even sometimes expose the person who followed it to all the calamities which were incident to that unsettled situation of public affairs. They endeavoured, therefore, to show that happiness was either altogether, or at least in a great measure, independent of fortune; the Stoics, that it was so altogether; the Academic and Peripatetic philosophers, that it was so in a great measure. Wise, prudent, and good conduct was, in the first place, the conduct most likely to ensure success in every species of undertaking; and secondly, though it should fail of success, yet the mind was not left without consolation. The virtuous man might still enjoy the complete approbation of his own breast; and might still feel that, how untoward soever things might be without, all was calm and peace and 251 concord within. He might generally comfort himself, too, with the assurance that he possessed the love and esteem of every intelligent and impartial spectator, who could not fail both to admire his conduct, and to regret his misfortune.
The appropriateness of choosing to end one's life voluntarily, while perhaps more emphasized by the Stoics than by other ancient philosophical groups, was a belief shared by all, including the peaceful and relaxed Epicureans. During the time when the founders of major ancient philosophical schools thrived, throughout the Peloponnesian War and for many years afterward, the various Greek republics were often torn apart by intense internal conflicts and were embroiled in brutal wars abroad. Each city-state fought not just for power or control but aimed either to completely eliminate its enemies or, just as cruelly, to reduce them to the deepest level of servitude and sell them, men, women, and children, like cattle to the highest bidder at the market. The small size of most of these states made it very likely that any of them could fall victim to the same fate they often inflicted or tried to inflict on their neighbors. In this chaotic situation, even the most innocent individual, no matter how high their status or how great their public service, had no guarantee that they wouldn’t, at some point, be condemned to the most severe and disgraceful punishment by a dominant, hostile faction among their own relatives and fellow citizens. If captured in war or if their city fell, they could face even greater harm and humiliation. Naturally, people often envision the hardships they might encounter in their circumstances. It’s impossible for a sailor not to think about storms, shipwrecks, and sinking at sea, and how he would feel and act in such times. Similarly, a Greek patriot or hero would inevitably ponder the various misfortunes that his situation might put him through constantly. Just as a Native American prepares his death song and considers how he would handle being captured by enemies and tortured, a Greek patriot couldn’t help but spend time thinking about what he should endure and do in exile, captivity, slavery, torture, or when facing execution. However, philosophers from all schools rightly portrayed virtue—defined as wise, just, resolute, and moderate behavior—not just as the most likely but as the sure and unfailing path to happiness even during life. Yet, this conduct couldn’t always protect individuals and sometimes might even expose them to the very misfortunes that arose from the turmoil of public affairs. Therefore, they tried to demonstrate that happiness was either entirely or at least largely independent of luck; the Stoics maintained it was entirely so, while the Academic and Peripatetic philosophers believed it was mainly so. Wise, prudent, and good behavior was, firstly, the approach most likely to lead to success in any endeavor, and secondly, even if it didn't lead to success, it didn’t leave the mind without comfort. The virtuous person could still enjoy a clear conscience and feel that, no matter how adverse circumstances were outside, there was calm and harmony within. They could generally take solace in the knowledge that they had the love and respect of every thoughtful and fair observer who would not fail to admire their actions and regret their unfortunate situation.
Those philosophers endeavoured, at the same time, to show, that the greatest misfortunes to which human life was liable, might be supported more easily than was commonly imagined. They endeavoured to point out the comforts which a man might still enjoy when reduced to poverty, when driven into banishment, when exposed to the injustice of popular clamour, when labouring under blindness, under deafness, in the extremity of old age, upon the approach of death. They pointed out, too, the considerations which might contribute to support his constancy under the agonies of pain and even of torture, in sickness, in sorrow for the loss of children, for the death of friends and relations, etc. The few fragments which have come down to us of what the ancient philosophers had written upon these subjects, form, perhaps, one of the most instructive, as well as one of the most interesting remains of antiquity. The spirit and manhood of their doctrines make a wonderful contrast with the desponding, plaintive, and whining tone of some modern systems.
Those philosophers aimed to show that the biggest misfortunes in life can be handled more easily than most people think. They tried to highlight the comforts a person can still enjoy when facing poverty, exile, public injustice, blindness, deafness, extreme old age, or approaching death. They also pointed out the ideas that can help someone endure the pain and torture of illness, the grief of losing children, and the death of friends and family. The few fragments we have left of what ancient philosophers wrote on these topics are perhaps some of the most instructive and interesting remnants of the past. The strength and resilience of their teachings stand in stark contrast to the hopeless, whining tone found in some modern systems.
But while those ancient philosophers endeavoured in this manner to suggest every consideration which could, as Milton says, arm the obdured breast with stubborn patience, as with triple steel; they, at the same time, laboured above all to convince their followers that there neither was nor could be any evil in death; and that, if their situation became at any time too hard for their constancy to support, the remedy was at hand, the door was open, and they might, without fear, walk out when they pleased. If there was no world beyond the present, death, they said, could be no evil; and if there was another world, the gods must likewise be in that other, and a just man could fear no evil while under their protection. Those philosophers, in short, prepared a death-song, if I may say so, which the Grecian patriots and heroes might make use of upon the proper occasions; and, of all the different sects, the Stoics, I think it must be acknowledged, had prepared by far the most animated and most spirited song.
But while those ancient philosophers tried to offer every argument that could, as Milton says, help harden the heart with stubborn patience, like it was made of steel; they also worked hard to persuade their followers that there was no evil in death, nor could there ever be. They argued that if their situation became too tough to handle, the solution was always within reach, the way out was open, and they could, without fear, leave whenever they wanted. If there was no world beyond this one, then death couldn’t be seen as evil; and if there was another world, then the gods must also exist there, and a good person had nothing to fear while under their protection. In short, those philosophers created a kind of death anthem, if I can put it that way, which the Greek patriots and heroes could use in the right moments; and, of all the various schools of thought, the Stoics had undeniably crafted the most passionate and spirited song.
Suicide, however, never seems to have been very common among the Greeks. Excepting Cleomenes, I cannot at present recollect any very illustrious either patriot or hero of Greece, who died by his own hand. The death of Aristomenes is as much beyond the period of true history as that of Ajax. The common story of the death of Themistocles, though within that period, bears upon its face all the marks of a most romantic fable. Of all the Greek heroes whose lives have been written by Plutarch, Cleomenes appears to have been the only one who perished in this manner. Theramines, Socrates, and Phocion, who certainly did not want courage, suffered themselves to be sent to prison, and 252 submitted patiently to that death to which the injustice of their fellow-citizens had condemned them. The brave Eumenes allowed himself to be delivered up, by his own mutinous soldiers, to his enemy Antigonus, and was starved to death, without attempting any violence. The gallant Philopœmen suffered himself to be taken prisoner by the Messenians, was thrown into a dungeon, and was supposed to have been privately poisoned. Several of the philosophers, indeed, are said to have died in this manner; but their lives have been so very foolishly written, that very little credit is due to the greater part of the tales which are told of them. Three different accounts have been given of the death of Zeno the Stoic. One is, that after enjoying, for ninety-eight years, the most perfect state of health, he happened, in going out of his school, to fall; and though he suffered no other damage than that of breaking or dislocating one of his fingers, he struck the ground with his hand, and, in the words of the Niobe of Euripides, said, I come, why doest thou call me? and immediately went home and hanged himself. At that great age, one should think, he might have had a little more patience. Another account is, that, at the same age, and in consequence of a like accident, he starved himself to death. The third account is, that, at seventy-two years of age, he died in the natural way; by far the most probable account of the three, and supported too by the authority of a cotemporary, who must have had every opportunity of being well-informed; of Persæus, originally the slave, and afterwards the friend and disciple of Zeno. The first account is given by Apollonius of Tyre, who flourished about the time of Augustus Cæsar, between two and three hundred years after the death of Zeno. I know not who is the author of the second account. Apollonius, who was himself a Stoic, had probably thought it would do honour to the founder of a sect which talked so much about voluntary death, to die in this manner by his own hand. Men of letters, though, after their death, they are frequently more talked of than the greatest princes or statesmen of their times, are generally, during their life, so obscure and insignificant that their adventures are seldom recorded by cotemporary historians. Those of after-ages, in order to satisfy the public curiosity, and having no authentic documents either to support or to contradict their narratives, seem frequently to have fashioned them according to their own fancy; and almost always with a great mixture of the marvellous. In this particular case the marvellous, though supported by no authority, seems to have prevailed over the probable, though supported by the best. Diogenes Laertius plainly gives the preference to the story of Apollonius. Lucian and Lactantius appear both to have given credit to that of the great age and of the violent death.
Suicide, however, doesn't seem to have been very common among the Greeks. Aside from Cleomenes, I can't currently recall any notable patriot or hero of Greece who died by their own hand. The death of Aristomenes is as far removed from true history as that of Ajax. The popular account of Themistocles' death, although from that time, clearly seems like a romantic tale. Among all the Greek heroes whose lives were written by Plutarch, Cleomenes seems to be the only one who died this way. Theramines, Socrates, and Phocion, who certainly had their share of courage, allowed themselves to be imprisoned and 252 accepted the death that their fellow citizens unjustly dealt to them. The brave Eumenes let himself be surrendered by his own rebellious soldiers to his enemy Antigonus and was starved to death without resistance. The valiant Philopœmen allowed himself to be captured by the Messenians, was thrown into a dungeon, and is believed to have been poisoned in secret. Several philosophers are said to have died this way; however, their lives have been recorded so foolishly that most of the stories about them are hardly credible. There are three different accounts of the death of Zeno the Stoic. One claims that after enjoying perfect health for ninety-eight years, he happened to fall while leaving his school, and though he only broke or dislocated a finger, he struck the ground with his hand and, quoting Euripides' Niobe, said, I come, why do you call me? and then went home and hung himself. At that age, you would think he might have had a bit more patience. Another account suggests that, at the same age and after a similar accident, he starved himself to death. The third account states that at seventy-two years old, he died naturally; this is the most likely of the three and is corroborated by a contemporary who had every reason to be informed: Persæus, originally a slave, later a friend and disciple of Zeno. The first account comes from Apollonius of Tyre, who lived around the time of Augustus Caesar, two or three hundred years after Zeno's death. I'm unsure who authored the second account. Apollonius, being a Stoic himself, probably thought it would bring honor to the founder of a sect that spoke so highly of voluntary death to die in such a manner. Writers, however, often remain so obscure and insignificant during their lives that their stories are rarely documented by contemporary historians. Later generations, aiming to satisfy public curiosity and lacking authentic documents to back or refute their narratives, often seem to have constructed them based more on imagination, frequently mixing in elements of the fantastic. In this case, the fantastic, despite having no supportive authority, appears to have overshadowed the probable, which had strong backing. Diogenes Laertius clearly favors Apollonius’ version. Both Lucian and Lactantius seem to have accepted the stories of the great age and the violent death.
This fashion of voluntary death appears to have been much more prevalent among the proud Romans, than it ever was among the lively, ingenious, and accommodating Greeks. Even among the Romans, the 253 fashion seems not to have been established in the early and, what are called, the virtuous ages of the republic. The common story of the death of Regulus, though probably a fable, could never have been invented, had it been supposed that any dishonour could fall upon that hero, from patiently submitting to the tortures which the Carthaginians are said to have inflicted upon him. In the later ages of the republic, some dishonour, I apprehend, would have attended this submission. In the different civil wars which preceded the fall of the commonwealth, many of the eminent men of all the contending parties chose rather to perish by their own hands, than to fall into those of their enemies. The death of Cato, celebrated by Cicero, and censured by Cæsar, and become the subject of a very serious controversy between, perhaps, the two most illustrious advocates that the world had ever beheld, stamped a character of splendour upon this method of dying which it seems to have retained for several ages after. The eloquence of Cicero was superior to that of Cæsar. The admiring prevailed greatly over the censuring party, and the lovers of liberty, for many ages afterwards, looked up to Cato as to the most venerable martyr of the republican party. The head of a party, the Cardinal de Retz observes, may do what he pleases; as long as he retains the confidence of his own friends, he can never do wrong; a maxim of which his eminence had himself, upon several occasions, an opportunity of experiencing the truth. Cato, it seems, joined to his other virtues that of an excellent bottle companion. His enemies accused him of drunkenness, but, says Seneca, whoever objected this vice to Cato, will find it easier to prove that drunkenness is a virtue, than that Cato could be addicted to any vice.
This way of choosing death seems to have been much more common among the proud Romans than it ever was among the lively, clever, and adaptable Greeks. Even among the Romans, this trend doesn't appear to have been established during the early, what are called, virtuous years of the republic. The well-known story of Regulus's death, while likely a myth, could never have been created if people thought that any shame could come to that hero for enduring the tortures that the Carthaginians supposedly inflicted on him. In the later years of the republic, some shame, I believe, would have been associated with such endurance. During the various civil wars leading up to the collapse of the commonwealth, many prominent figures from all sides preferred to take their own lives rather than fall into the hands of their enemies. Cato's death, praised by Cicero and criticized by Caesar, became the center of a significant debate between perhaps the two most renowned advocates the world has ever seen, casting a glow over this way of dying that it seems to have maintained for several ages after. Cicero's eloquence was greater than Caesar's. The admirers greatly outnumbered the critics, and the lovers of liberty looked up to Cato as the most revered martyr of the republican cause for many years afterward. The leader of a movement, Cardinal de Retz noted, can do whatever he wants; as long as he has the trust of his supporters, he can never be wrong—a principle his eminence himself had the chance to experience on several occasions. Cato, it seems, also had the virtue of being a great drinking companion. His enemies accused him of alcoholism, but Seneca pointed out that anyone who claimed Cato had this fault would find it easier to argue that drunkenness is a virtue than to prove that Cato was guilty of any vice.
Under the Emperors this method of dying seems to have been, for a long time, perfectly fashionable. In the epistles of Pliny we find an account of several persons who chose to die in this manner, rather from vanity and ostentation, it would seem, than from what would appear, even to a sober and judicious Stoic, any proper or necessary reason. Even the ladies, who are seldom behind in following the fashion, seem frequently to have chosen, most unnecessarily, to die in this manner; and, like the ladies in Bengal, to accompany, upon some occasions, their husbands to the tomb. The prevalence of this fashion certainly occasioned many deaths which would not otherwise have happened. All the havoc, however, which this, perhaps the highest exertion of human vanity and impertinence, could occasion, would, probably, at no time, be very great.
Under the Emperors, this method of dying seemed to be quite trendy for a long time. In Pliny's letters, we find accounts of several people who chose to die this way, seemingly out of vanity and show rather than for any reasonable or necessary cause, even according to a sober and sensible Stoic. Even the women, who are usually quick to follow fashion trends, often chose to die this way, most unnecessarily; and, like the women in Bengal, would sometimes accompany their husbands to the grave. The popularity of this trend certainly led to many deaths that might not have occurred otherwise. However, the overall impact of this, perhaps the ultimate display of human vanity and audacity, was probably never that significant.
The principle of suicide, the principle which would teach us, upon some occasions, to consider that violent action as an object of applause and approbation, seems to be altogether a refinement of philosophy. Nature, in her sound and healthful state, seems never to prompt us to suicide. There is, indeed, a species of melancholy (a disease to which human nature, among its other calamities, is unhappily subject) which 254 seems to be accompanied with, what one may call, an irresistible appetite for self-destruction. In circumstances often of the highest external prosperity, and sometimes too, in spite even of the most serious and deeply impressed sentiments of religion, this disease has frequently been known to drive its wretched victims to this fatal extremity. The unfortunate persons who perish in this miserable manner, are the proper objects, not of censure, but of commiseration. To attempt to punish them, when they are beyond the reach of all human punishment, is not more absurd than it is unjust. That punishment can fall only on their surviving friends and relations, who are always perfectly innocent, and to whom the loss of their friend, in this disgraceful manner, must always be alone a very heavy calamity. Nature, in her sound and healthful state, prompts us to avoid distress upon all occasions; upon many occasions to defend ourselves against it, though at the hazard, or even with the certainty of perishing in that defence. But, when we have neither been able to defend ourselves from it, nor have perished in that defence, no natural principle, no regard to the approbation of the supposed impartial spectator, to the judgment of the man within the breast, seems to call upon us to escape from it by destroying ourselves. It is only the consciousness of our own weakness, of our own incapacity to support the calamity with proper manhood and firmness, which can drive us to this resolution. I do not remember to have either read or heard of any American savage, who, upon being taken prisoner by some hostile tribe, put himself to death, in order to avoid being afterwards put to death in torture, and amidst the insults and mockery of his enemies. He places his glory in supporting those torments with manhood, and in retorting those insults with tenfold contempt and derision.
The idea of suicide, which suggests that, at times, we might view such drastic action as worthy of praise and approval, seems to be a complex philosophical concept. Nature, when in a healthy and balanced state, doesn't seem to encourage us toward suicide. There is, unfortunately, a kind of melancholy (a condition that human nature is tragically prone to) which appears to come with what could be called an overwhelming urge for self-destruction. In situations where everything seems to be going well externally, and sometimes even in the face of deeply held religious beliefs, this condition has often led its miserable victims to take this extreme step. The people who die in this sad way should not be judged, but rather pitied. Trying to punish them when they are past any form of human punishment is as absurd as it is unfair. The consequences of their actions affect only their surviving friends and family, who are completely innocent, and endure the heavy burden of losing their loved one in such a disgraceful manner. Nature, in her healthy state, encourages us to avoid distress whenever possible; in many situations, we are even compelled to protect ourselves from harm, even risking or guaranteeing our own death in that fight. However, when we find ourselves unable to defend against distress and have not died in the attempt, there’s no natural impulse, no call for us to escape by ending our lives. It’s only our awareness of our own weaknesses, our inability to endure hardships with strength and dignity, that can push us toward this choice. I don’t recall ever reading or hearing of any American Indian who, upon being captured by an enemy tribe, killed himself to avoid being tortured and humiliated by his captors. Instead, he takes pride in enduring those sufferings with bravery and in responding to the insults with even greater scorn and mockery.
This contempt of life and death, however, and, at the same time, the most entire submission to the order of Providence; the most complete contentment with every event which the current of human affairs could possibly cast up, may be considered as the two fundamental doctrines upon which rested the whole fabric of Stoical morality. The independent and spirited, but often harsh Epictetus, may be considered as the great apostle of the first of those doctrines: the mild, the humane, the benevolent Antoninus, of the second.
This disregard for life and death, along with a complete acceptance of the order of Providence and total satisfaction with every event that life throws our way, can be seen as the two key principles that underpin Stoic morality. The independent and strong-willed, yet often unyielding, Epictetus can be viewed as the primary advocate of the first principle, while the gentle, kind, and compassionate Antoninus represents the second.
The emancipated slave of Epaphroditus, who, in his youth, had been subjected to the insolence of a brutal master, who, in his riper years, was, by the jealousy and caprice of Domitian, banished from Rome and Athens, and obliged to dwell at Nicopolis, and who, by the same tyrant, might expect every moment to be sent to Gyaræ, or, perhaps, to be put to death; could preserve his own tranquillity only by fostering in his mind the most sovereign contempt of human life. He never exults so much, accordingly; his eloquence is never so animated as when he represents the futility and nothingness of all its pleasures and all its pains.
The freed slave of Epaphroditus, who had endured the arrogance of a cruel master in his youth, and who, in his later years, was exiled from Rome and Athens due to Domitian's jealousy and whims, living in Nicopolis, constantly faced the threat of being sent to Gyaræ or even executed by the same tyrant; could only maintain his peace of mind by cultivating a deep disdain for human life. He never feels as triumphant or expresses his thoughts with such passion as when he talks about the emptiness and insignificance of all its pleasures and pains.
255 The good-natured emperor, the absolute sovereign of the whole civilized part of the world, who certainly had no peculiar reason to complain of his own allotment, delights in expressing his contentment with the ordinary course of things, and in pointing out beauties even in those parts of it where vulgar observers are not apt to see any. There is a propriety and even an engaging grace, he observes, in old age as well as in youth; and the weakness and decrepitude of the one state are as suitable to nature as the bloom and vigour of the other. Death, too, is just as proper a termination of old age, as youth is of childhood, or manhood of youth. ‘As we frequently say,’ he remarks upon another occasion, ‘that the physician has ordered to such a man to ride on horseback, or to use the cold bath, or to walk barefooted; so ought we to say, that Nature, the great conductor and physician of the universe, has ordered to such a man a disease, or the amputation of a limb, or the loss of a child.’ By the prescriptions of ordinary physicians the patient swallows many a bitter potion, undergoes many a painful operation. From the very uncertain hope, however, that health may be the consequence, he gladly submits to all. The harshest prescriptions of the great Physician of nature, the patient may, in the same manner, hope will contribute to his own health, to his own final prosperity and happiness: and he may be perfectly assured that they not only contribute, but are indispensably necessary to the health, to the prosperity and happiness of the universe, to the furtherance and advancement of the great plan of Jupiter. Had they not been so, the universe would never have produced them; its all-wise Architect and Conductor would never have suffered them to happen. As all, even the smallest of the co-existent parts of the universe, are exactly fitted to one another, and all contribute to compose one immense and connected system, so all, even apparently the most insignificant of the successive events which follow one another, make parts, and necessary parts, of that great chain of causes and effects which had no beginning, and which will have no end; and which, as they all necessarily result from the original arrangement and contrivance of the whole; so they are all essentially necessary, not only to its prosperity, but to its continuance and preservation. Whoever does not cordially embrace whatever befalls him, whoever is sorry that it has befallen him, whoever wishes that it had not befallen him, wishes, so far as in him lies, to stop the motion of the universe, to break that great chain of succession, by the progress of which that system can alone be continued and preserved, and, for some little conveniency of his own, to disorder and discompose the whole machine of the world. ‘O world,’ says he, in another place, ‘all things are suitable to me which are suitable to thee. Nothing is too early or too late to me which is seasonable for thee. All is fruit to me which thy seasons bring forth. From thee are all things; in thee are all things; for thee are all things. One man 256 says, O beloved city of Cecrops. Wilt not thou say, O beloved city of God?’
255 The kind-hearted emperor, the absolute ruler of the entire civilized world, who certainly had no specific reason to be dissatisfied with his lot, enjoys expressing his satisfaction with the ordinary course of life and highlighting the beauty in areas where common observers might not see any. He notes there is dignity and even a charming grace in old age just as much as in youth; the frailty and decline of old age are just as natural as the youthfulness and vigor of being younger. Death, he states, is just as appropriate an end to old age as youth is to childhood, or adulthood is to youth. ‘As we often say,’ he comments on another occasion, ‘that the doctor has advised someone to ride a horse, take cold baths, or walk barefoot; we should also say that Nature, the great director and doctor of the universe, has prescribed for someone a disease, the amputation of a limb, or the loss of a child.’ Through the directives of ordinary doctors, the patient swallows many bitter medicines and undergoes painful procedures. Yet from the uncertain hope that health may result, he willingly endures it all. Similarly, the patient may hope that the harsh prescriptions of the great Physician of nature will also benefit his health, his ultimate well-being and happiness: and he can be completely confident that these prescriptions are not only beneficial but absolutely necessary for the health, prosperity, and happiness of the universe, as well as for the progress and advancement of Jupiter's grand design. If they weren't necessary, the universe wouldn’t have produced them; its all-wise Creator wouldn’t have allowed them to occur. Just as all the smallest parts of the universe fit perfectly together and contribute to form one vast and interconnected system, everything, even the seemingly most insignificant events that follow one another, are necessary components of that great chain of causes and effects which has no beginning and will have no end; and since they all result from the original plan and design of the whole, they are all fundamentally essential, not only for its prosperity but for its continuity and preservation. Whoever does not wholeheartedly accept whatever happens to him, whoever regrets that it has happened, or wishes it hadn’t happened, wishes, as much as they can, to halt the movement of the universe, to break that great chain of succession by which this system can only be maintained and preserved, and for some minor convenience of their own, to disrupt and ruin the entire machinery of the world. ‘O world,’ he remarks elsewhere, ‘everything that suits you suits me. Nothing is too early or too late for me that is timely for you. Everything that your seasons produce is a benefit to me. From you come all things; in you are all things; for you are all things. One man 256 says, O beloved city of Cecrops. Will you not say, O beloved city of God?’
From these very sublime doctrines the Stoics, or at least some of the Stoics, attempted to deduce all their paradoxes.
From these highly elevated teachings, the Stoics, or at least some of them, tried to derive all their paradoxes.
The Stoical wise man endeavoured to enter into the views of the great Superintendent of the universe, and to see things in the same light in which that divine Being beheld them. But, to the great Superintendent of the universe, all the different events which the course of his providence may bring forth, what to us appear the smallest and the greatest, the bursting of a bubble, as Mr. Pope says, and that of a world, for example, were perfectly equal, were equally parts of that great chain which he had predestined from all eternity, were equally the effects of the same unerring wisdom, of the same universal and boundless benevolence. To the Stoical wise man, in the same manner, all those different events were perfectly equal. In the course of those events, indeed, a little department, in which he had himself some little management and direction, had been assigned to him. In this department he endeavoured to act as properly as he could, and to conduct himself according to those orders which, he understood, had been prescribed to him. But he took no anxious or passionate concern either in the success, or in the disappointment of his own most faithful endeavours. The highest prosperity and the total destruction of that little department, of that little system which had been in some measure committed to his charge, were perfectly indifferent to him. If those events had depended upon him, he would have chosen the one, and he would have rejected the other. But as they did not depend upon him, he trusted to a superior wisdom, and was perfectly satisfied that the event which happened, whatever it might be, was the very event which he himself, had he known all the connections and dependencies of things, would most earnestly and devoutly have wished for. Whatever he did under the influence and direction of those principles was equally perfect; and when he stretched out his finger, to give the example which they commonly made use of, he performed an action in every respect as meritorious, as worthy of praise and admiration, as when he laid down his life for the service of his country. As, to the great Superintendent of the universe, the greatest and the smallest exertions of his power, the formation and dissolution of a world, the formation and dissolution of a bubble, were equally easy, were equally admirable, and equally the effects of the same divine wisdom and benevolence; so, to the Stoical wise man, what we would call the great action required no more exertion than the little one, was equally easy, proceeded from exactly the same principles, was in no respect more meritorious, nor worthy of any higher degree of praise and admiration.
The Stoic wise person tried to understand the perspective of the great Supervisor of the universe, seeing things through the same lens as that divine Being. For this great Supervisor, all events that arise from His providence, whether they seem minor or significant to us—like the popping of a bubble, as Mr. Pope puts it, or the collapse of a world—are perfectly equal. They are all parts of the grand chain He predestined from eternity, stemming equally from the same infallible wisdom and limitless benevolence. Similarly, to the Stoic wise person, all these events are completely equal. Throughout these events, he does have a small area where he has some influence and guidance. In this area, he aims to act as effectively as he can, following the directives he understands were given to him. However, he feels no anxious or passionate concern for the success or failure of his own sincere efforts. The highest success and total failure of that small area, that little system assigned to him, mean nothing to him. If those outcomes were up to him, he would choose one and reject the other. But since they are not up to him, he relies on a higher wisdom, fully trusting that whatever outcome occurs is the one he would have earnestly and prayerfully wished for, had he known all the connections and dependencies involved. Everything he does under the influence of those principles is equally perfect; when he stretches out his finger to demonstrate a commonly used example, that action is just as commendable and deserving of praise as if he had laid down his life for his country. Just as, for the great Supervisor of the universe, the biggest and smallest acts of His power—the creation and destruction of a world, the creation and destruction of a bubble—are equally easy, equally impressive, and equally expressions of the same divine wisdom and benevolence; for the Stoic wise person, what we perceive as a major action requires no more effort than a minor one, is equally easy, comes from exactly the same principles, and is in no way more praiseworthy or deserving of greater admiration.
As all those who had arrived at this state of perfection were equally 257 happy, so all those who fell in the smallest degree short of it, how nearly soever they might approach to it, were equally miserable. As the man, they said, who was but an inch below the surface of the water, could no more breathe than he who was an hundred yards below it; so the man who had not completely subdued all his private, partial, and selfish passions, who had any other earnest desire but that for the universal happiness, who had not completely emerged from that abyss of misery and disorder into which his anxiety for the gratification of those private, partial, and selfish passions had involved him, could no more breathe the free air of liberty and independency, could no more enjoy the security and happiness of the wise man, than he who was most remote from that situation. As all the actions of the wise man were perfect and equally perfect; so all those of the man who had not arrived at this supreme wisdom were faulty, and, as some Stoics pretended, equally faulty. As one truth, they said, could not be more true, nor one falsehood more false than another; so an honourable action could not be more honourable, nor a shameful one more shameful than another. As in shooting at a mark, the man who missed it by an inch had equally missed it with him who had done so by a hundred yards; so the man who, in what to us appears the most insignificant action, had acted improperly and without a sufficient reason, was equally faulty with him who had done so in, what to us appears, the most important; the man who has killed a cock, for example, improperly and without a sufficient reason, was as criminal as he who had murdered his father.
As everyone who reached this level of excellence was equally 257 happy, those who fell just a bit short, no matter how close they were, were equally miserable. They argued that a person who was only an inch underwater couldn’t breathe any better than someone who was a hundred yards deep. Similarly, a person who hadn’t fully conquered all their personal, selfish desires or who had any ambition other than the overall well-being of others, who hadn’t completely risen from that pit of misery and chaos caused by their urge for those personal, selfish desires, couldn’t enjoy the fresh air of freedom and independence, nor the security and happiness that comes with wisdom, just like someone far away from that state. Every action of the wise person was perfect and equally so; on the other hand, all actions of someone who hadn’t attained this highest wisdom were flawed, and, as some Stoics insisted, equally flawed. They believed that one truth couldn’t be more true, nor one falsehood more false than another; likewise, an honorable act couldn’t be more honorable, nor a shameful one more shameful than another. Just as in aiming at a target, someone who missed by an inch had failed just as much as someone who missed by a hundred yards; thus, a person who acted wrongly in what might seem like the most trivial action, without a good reason—like improperly killing a chicken—was as guilty as someone who had murdered their father.
If the first of those two paradoxes should appear sufficiently violent, the second is evidently too absurd to deserve any serious consideration. It is, indeed, so very absurd that one can scarce help suspecting that it must have been in some measure misunderstood or misrepresented. At any rate, I cannot allow myself to believe that such men as Zeno or Cleanthes, men, it is said, of the most simple as well as of the most sublime eloquence, could be the authors, either of these, or of the greater part of the other Stoical paradoxes, which are in general mere impertinent quibbles, and do so little honour to their system that I shall give no further account of them. I am disposed to impute them rather to Chrysippus, the disciple and follower, indeed, of Zeno and Cleanthes, but who, from all that has been delivered down to us concerning him, seems to have been a mere dialectical pedant, without taste or elegance of any kind. He may have been the first who reduced their doctrines into a scholastic or technical system of artificial definitions, divisions, and subdivisions; one of the most effectual expedients, perhaps, for extinguishing whatever degree of good sense there may be in any moral or metaphysical doctrine. Such a man may very easily be supposed to have understood too literally some animated expressions of his masters in describing the happiness of the man of 258 perfect virtue, and the unhappiness of whoever might fall short of that character.
If the first of those two paradoxes seems quite extreme, the second is clearly too ridiculous to take seriously. It's so ridiculous that you can't help but think it must have been misunderstood or misrepresented in some way. At any rate, I can't believe that someone like Zeno or Cleanthes, who are said to be both straightforward and profoundly eloquent, could have come up with these or most of the other Stoical paradoxes, which mostly consist of silly arguments that don’t do their philosophy any justice, so I won’t go into them further. I tend to think these are more likely credited to Chrysippus, who was a disciple of Zeno and Cleanthes. But from what we've learned about him, he seems to have been just a pedantic thinker without any style or grace. He may have been the first to organize their teachings into a structured system of definitions and categories, which is probably one of the best ways to drain any sense out of a moral or philosophical doctrine. It's easy to believe that he took some of his masters' more passionate descriptions of the happiness of the perfectly virtuous person and the unhappiness of those who fall short a bit too literally.
The Stoics in general seem to have admitted that there might be a degree of proficiency in those who had not advanced to perfect virtue and happiness. They distributed those proficients into different classes, according to the degree of their advancement; and they called the imperfect virtues which they supposed them capable of exercising, not rectitudes, but proprieties, fitnesses, decent and becoming actions, for which a plausible or probable reason could be assigned, what Cicero expresses by the Latin word officia, and Seneca, I think more exactly, by that of convenientia. The doctrine of those imperfect, but attainable virtues, seems to have constituted what we may call the practical morality of the Stoics. It is the subject of Cicero’s Offices; and is said to have been that of another book written by Marcus Brutus, but which is now lost.
The Stoics generally acknowledged that some people could achieve a level of skill without reaching complete virtue and happiness. They categorized these individuals into different groups based on how advanced they were, referring to the imperfect virtues they believed these people could practice not as rectitudes, but as proprieties, appropriateness, and actions that are decent and fitting, for which a reasonable or likely justification could be provided. Cicero refers to this concept with the Latin word officia, while Seneca uses the term convenientia, which I think is more precise. The idea of these imperfect but achievable virtues seems to form what we can call the practical morality of the Stoics. This concept is the focus of Cicero’s Offices and is said to have also been the subject of another book written by Marcus Brutus, which is now lost.
The plan and system which Nature has sketched out for our conduct, seems to us to be altogether different from that of the Stoical philosophy.
The plan and system that Nature has laid out for our behavior seems to be completely different from that of Stoic philosophy.
By Nature the events which immediately affect that little department in which we ourselves have some little management and direction, which immediately affect ourselves, our friends, our country, are the events which interest us the most, and which chiefly excite our desires and aversions, our hopes and fears, our joys and sorrows. Should those passions be, what they are very apt to be, too vehement, Nature has provided a proper remedy and correction. The real or even the imaginary presence of the impartial spectator, the authority of the man within the breast, is always at hand to overawe them into the proper tone and temper of moderation.
By nature, the events that directly impact the small area where we have some control and influence—events that affect us, our friends, and our country—are the ones that capture our attention the most. These are what mainly stir our desires and dislikes, hopes and fears, joys and sorrows. If those feelings become, as they often do, too intense, nature provides a suitable remedy and correction. The actual or even imagined presence of an impartial observer, the voice of reason within us, is always there to keep these emotions in check and guide us towards moderation.
If, notwithstanding our most faithful exertions, all the events which can affect this little department, should turn out the most unfortunate and disastrous, Nature has by no means left us without consolation. That consolation may be drawn, not only from the complete approbation of the man within the breast, but, if possible, from a still nobler and more generous principle, from a firm reliance upon, and a reverential submission to, that benevolent wisdom which directs all the events of human life, and which, we may be assured, would never have suffered those misfortunes to happen, had they not been indispensably necessary for the good of the whole.
If, despite our best efforts, everything that can affect this small department turns out to be unfortunate and disastrous, Nature hasn't left us without comfort. This comfort can come not only from having a clear conscience but also, if possible, from an even greater and more noble principle: a strong trust in and respectful acceptance of that kind, guiding wisdom that oversees all aspects of human life. We can be confident that those misfortunes would not have happened if they weren't absolutely necessary for the greater good.
Nature has not prescribed to us this sublime contemplation as the great business and occupation of our lives. She only points it out to us as the consolation of our misfortunes. The Stoical philosophy prescribes it as the great business and occupation of our lives. That philosophy teaches us to interest ourselves earnestly and anxiously in no events, external to the good order of our own minds, to the propriety of our own choosing and rejecting, except in those which concern a 259 department where we neither have nor ought to have any sort of management or direction, the department of the great Superintendent of the universe. By the perfect apathy which it prescribes to us, by endeavouring, not merely to moderate, but to eradicate all our private, partial, and selfish affections, by suffering us to feel for whatever can befall ourselves, our friends, our country, not even the sympathetic and reduced passions of the impartial spectator, it endeavours to render us altogether indifferent and unconcerned in the success or miscarriage of every thing which Nature has prescribed to us as the proper business and occupation of our lives.
Nature hasn’t set this lofty contemplation as the main purpose and focus of our lives. She simply highlights it as a comfort for our struggles. Stoic philosophy, on the other hand, identifies it as the primary purpose and focus of our lives. This philosophy teaches us to genuinely invest ourselves in nothing outside of maintaining the harmony of our own minds, in choosing and rejecting things based on our own judgment, except for matters that involve a 259 area where we have no control or should have no influence, that is, the domain of the great Superintendent of the universe. Through the complete indifference it advocates, by aiming not just to control but to eliminate all our personal, biased, and selfish feelings, and by allowing us to care only for what affects ourselves, our friends, and our country, without even the limited empathy of an impartial observer, it seeks to make us totally indifferent and unconcerned about the outcomes of everything that Nature has defined as the true purpose and focus of our lives.
The reasonings of philosophy, it may be said, though they may confound and perplex the understanding, can never break down the necessary connection which Nature has established between causes and their effects. The causes which naturally excite our desires and aversions, our hopes and fears, our joys and sorrows, would no doubt, notwithstanding all the reasonings of Stoicism, produce upon each individual, according to the degree of his actual sensibility, their proper and necessary effects. The judgments of the man within the breast, however, might be a good deal affected by those reasonings, and that great inmate might be taught by them to attempt to overawe all our private, partial, and selfish affections into a more or less perfect tranquillity. To direct the judgments of this inmate is the great purpose of all systems of morality. That the Stoical philosophy had very great influence upon the character and conduct of its followers, cannot be doubted; and that, though it might sometimes incite them to unnecessary violence, its general tendency was to animate them to actions of the most heroic magnanimity and most extensive benevolence.
The arguments of philosophy, even though they can confuse and complicate our understanding, can never break the essential link that Nature has created between causes and their effects. The causes that naturally stir our desires and aversions, hopes and fears, joys and sorrows will undoubtedly produce their proper and necessary effects on each individual, depending on their level of sensitivity, regardless of all the reasoning from Stoicism. However, the judgments of the person within us might be significantly influenced by those arguments, and that inner voice might be taught to try to suppress all our personal, biased, and selfish feelings into a more or less perfect calm. Guiding the judgments of this inner voice is the main goal of all moral systems. There's no doubt that Stoic philosophy had a strong impact on the character and actions of its followers; while it might sometimes push them towards unnecessary violence, its overall tendency was to inspire them to acts of great courage and widespread kindness.
Ⅳ. Besides these ancient, there are some modern systems, according to which virtue consists in propriety; or in the suitableness of the affection from which we act, to the cause or object which excites it. The system of Dr. Clark, which places virtue in acting according to the relation of things, in regulating our conduct according to the fitness or incongruity which there may be in the application of certain actions to certain things, or to certain relations: that of Mr. Wollaston, which places it in acting according to the truth of things, according to their proper nature and essence, or in treating them as what they really are, and not as what they are not: that of my Lord Shaftesbury, which places it in maintaining a proper balance of the affections, and in allowing no passion to go beyond its proper sphere; are all of them more or less inaccurate descriptions of the same fundamental idea.
Ⅳ. In addition to these ancient views, there are some modern systems that suggest virtue is about propriety, or how suitable our feelings and actions are in relation to the cause or object that triggers them. Dr. Clark's system argues that virtue comes from acting in accordance with the relationships between things, guiding our behavior based on how appropriate or inappropriate specific actions are for certain situations or connections. Mr. Wollaston's perspective states that virtue is found in acting according to the truth of things, recognizing their true nature and essence, and treating them as they really are rather than how we might wish them to be. My Lord Shaftesbury believes virtue lies in maintaining a balanced set of emotions, ensuring that no passion extends beyond its proper limits. All of these ideas offer somewhat imprecise interpretations of the same core concept.
None of those systems either give, or even pretend to give, any precise or distinct measure by which this fitness or propriety of affection can be ascertained or judged of. That precise and distinct measure can be found no where but in the sympathetic feelings of the impartial and well-informed spectator.
None of those systems provide, or even claim to provide, any clear or specific way to assess or judge the fitness or appropriateness of affection. That clear and specific measure can only be found in the sympathetic feelings of an impartial and well-informed observer.
260 The description of virtue, besides, which is either given, or at least meant and intended to be given in each of those systems, for some of the modern authors are not very fortunate in their manner of expressing themselves, is no doubt quite just, so far as it goes. There is no virtue without propriety, and wherever there is propriety some degree of approbation is due. But still this description is imperfect. For though propriety is an essential ingredient in every virtuous action, it is not always the sole ingredient. Beneficent actions have in them another quality by which they appear not only to deserve approbation but recompense. None of those systems account either easily or sufficiently for that superior degree of esteem which seems due to such actions, or for that diversity of sentiment which they naturally excite. Neither is the description of vice more complete. For, in the same manner, though impropriety is a necessary ingredient in every vicious action, it is not always the sole ingredient; and there is often the highest degree of absurdity and impropriety in very harmless and insignificant actions. Deliberate actions, of a pernicious tendency to those we live with, have, besides their impropriety, a peculiar quality of their own by which they appear to deserve, not only disapprobation, but punishment; and to be the objects, not of dislike merely, but of resentment and revenge: and none of those systems easily and sufficiently account for that superior degree of detestation which we feel for such actions.
260 The definition of virtue, which is either provided or at least intended to be conveyed in each of those systems, is certainly quite accurate, as far as it goes. There’s no virtue without propriety, and wherever there’s propriety, some level of approval is warranted. However, this definition is incomplete. While propriety is an essential part of every virtuous action, it isn’t always the only aspect. Beneficial actions have another quality that makes them deserving not just of approval but also of reward. None of those systems can easily or adequately explain the higher level of respect that seems appropriate for such actions, or the variety of feelings they naturally provoke. The definition of vice is similarly lacking. Just as impropriety is a necessary part of every vicious action, it’s not the only part; there can also be a high level of absurdity and impropriety in actions that are actually harmless and trivial. Deliberate actions that have harmful effects on those around us possess, in addition to their impropriety, a unique quality that makes them deserving of not just disapproval but also punishment—and to be the targets of resentment and revenge. None of those systems can easily and adequately explain the stronger feelings of hatred we have for such actions.
CHappiness. Ⅱ.—Of those Systems which make Virtue consist in Prudence.
THE most ancient of those systems which make virtue consist in prudence, and of which any considerable remains have come down to us, is that of Epicurus, who is said, however, to have borrowed all the leading principles of his philosophy from some of those who had gone before him, particularly from Aristippus; though it is very probable, notwithstanding this allegation of his enemies, that at least his manner of applying those principles was altogether his own.
THE oldest of the systems that define virtue as being based on wisdom, and of which we have any significant remnants, is that of Epicurus. However, it's said that he borrowed many key ideas from earlier thinkers, especially Aristippus. Still, despite what his critics claim, it's likely that his unique approach to applying these ideas was entirely his own.
According to Epicurus (Cicero de finibus, lib. i. Diogenes Laert. 1. x.) bodily pleasure and pain were the sole ultimate objects of natural desire and aversion. That they were always the natural objects of those passions, he thought required no proof. Pleasure might, indeed, appear sometimes to be avoided; not, however, because it was pleasure, but because, by the enjoyment of it, we should either forfeit some greater pleasure, or expose ourselves to some pain that was more to be avoided than this pleasure was to be desired. Pain, in the same manner, might appear sometimes to be eligible; not, however, because it was pain, but because by enduring it we might either avoid a still 261 greater pain, or acquire some pleasure of much more importance. That bodily pain and pleasure, therefore, were always the natural objects of desire and aversion, was, he thought, abundantly evident. Nor was it less so, he imagined, that they were the sole ultimate objects of those passions. Whatever else was either desired or avoided, was so, according to him, upon account of its tendency to produce one or other of those sensations. The tendency to procure pleasure rendered power and riches desirable, as the contrary tendency to produce pain made poverty and insignificancy the objects of aversion. Honour and reputation were valued, because the esteem and love of those we live with were of the greatest consequence both to procure pleasure and to defend us from pain. Ignominy and bad fame, on the contrary, were to be avoided, because the hatred, contempt, and resentment of those we lived with, destroyed all security, and necessarily exposed us to the greatest bodily evils.
According to Epicurus (Cicero de finibus, lib. i. Diogenes Laert. 1. x.), physical pleasure and pain were the only ultimate targets of natural desire and aversion. He believed it required no proof that these were always the natural objects of those feelings. Pleasure might sometimes seem like something to avoid; not because it was pleasure, but because enjoying it could mean losing out on a greater pleasure or putting ourselves at risk of a pain that was worse than the pleasure was good. Similarly, pain might sometimes seem like an option to choose; not because it was pain, but because enduring it could help us avoid an even greater pain, or gain a pleasure that was far more significant. He thought it was clear that physical pain and pleasure were always the natural objects of desire and aversion, and he believed it was equally clear that they were the only ultimate targets of those feelings. Anything else that was either desired or avoided was so, according to him, because of its potential to produce one or the other of those sensations. The desire for pleasure made power and wealth attractive, while the opposite— the ability to cause pain— made poverty and insignificance something to avoid. Honor and reputation were valued because the respect and love of those around us were crucial for both obtaining pleasure and protecting us from pain. In contrast, shame and a bad reputation should be avoided because the hatred, contempt, and anger of those we live with can strip away all security and expose us to significant physical harm.
All the pleasures and pains of the mind were, according to Epicurus, ultimately derived from those of the body. The mind was happy when it thought of the past pleasures of the body, and hoped for others to come: and it was miserable when it thought of the pains which the body had formerly endured, and dreaded the same or greater thereafter.
All the joys and sorrows of the mind, according to Epicurus, ultimately came from the body. The mind felt happy when it reflected on past physical pleasures and looked forward to new ones. It felt miserable when it recalled the pains the body had previously experienced and feared similar or worse ones in the future.
But the pleasures and pains of the mind, though ultimately derived from those of the body, were vastly greater than their originals. The body felt only the sensation of the present instant, whereas the mind felt also the past and the future, the one by remembrance, the other by anticipation, and consequently both suffered and enjoyed much more. When we are under the greatest bodily pain, he observed, we shall always find, if we attend to it, that it is not the suffering of the present instant which chiefly torments us, but either the agonizing remembrance of the past, or the yet more horrible dread of the future. The pain of each instant, considered by itself, and cut off from all that goes before and all that comes after it, is a trifle, not worth the regarding. Yet this is all which the body can ever be said to suffer. In the same manner, when we enjoy the greatest pleasure, we shall always find that the bodily sensation, the sensation of the present instant, makes but a small part of our happiness, that our enjoyment chiefly arises either from the cheerful recollection of the past, or the still more joyous anticipation of the future, and that the mind always contributes by much the largest share of the entertainment.
But the pleasures and pains of the mind, although ultimately stemming from those of the body, were much greater than their origins. The body only experiences the sensation of the current moment, while the mind also feels the past and the future—one through memory and the other through anticipation—therefore both suffer and enjoy far more. When we are in the most intense physical pain, he noted, we will always find that it’s not the suffering of the current moment that mainly torments us, but either the agonizing memories of the past or the even more dreadful fear of the future. The pain of each moment, considered in isolation and separated from everything that has come before and everything that will come after, is minor, hardly worth acknowledging. Yet this is all that the body can be said to endure. Similarly, when we experience the greatest pleasure, we will always find that the physical sensation of the present moment is only a small part of our happiness; our enjoyment mainly comes from the cheerful recollection of the past or the even more joyous anticipation of the future, with the mind always providing the largest share of the enjoyment.
Since our happiness and misery, therefore, depended chiefly on the mind, if this part of our nature was well disposed, if our thoughts and opinions were as they should be, it was of little importance in what manner our body was affected. Though under great bodily pain, we might still enjoy a considerable share of happiness, if our reason and judgment maintained their superiority. We might entertain ourselves 262 with the remembrance of past, and with the hopes of future pleasure; we might soften the rigour of our pains, by recollecting what it was which, even in this situation, we were under any necessity of suffering. That this was merely the bodily sensation, the pain of the present instant, which by itself could never be very great. That whatever agony we suffered from the dread of its continuance, was the effect of an opinion of the mind, which might be corrected by juster sentiments; by considering that, if our pains were violent, they would probably be of short duration; and that if they were of long continuance, they would probably be moderate, and admit of many intervals of ease; and that, at any rate, death was always at hand and within call to deliver us, which as, according to him, it put an end to all sensation, either of pain or pleasure, could not be regarded as an evil. When we are, said he, death is not; and when death is, we are not; death therefore can be nothing to us.
Since our happiness and suffering mainly depend on the mind, if this part of our nature is in a good place, if our thoughts and opinions are as they should be, it doesn’t matter much how our bodies feel. Even when we’re in severe physical pain, we can still experience a good amount of happiness if our reason and judgment stay strong. We can comfort ourselves with memories of past joys and hopes for future ones; we can lessen our pain by remembering that it’s just the physical sensation we’re feeling right now, which by itself isn’t really that intense. Any anguish we feel about the possibility of it lasting longer is just a result of our thoughts, which can be adjusted by thinking more clearly; by realizing that if our pain is severe, it will likely be short-lived, and if it lasts a long time, it will probably be bearable with moments of relief. Ultimately, death is always nearby, ready to free us, and since, according to him, it ends all sensation, whether pain or pleasure, it shouldn’t be seen as a bad thing. He said that when we exist, death isn’t present; and when death is here, we aren’t, so death really can’t mean anything to us.
If the actual sensation of positive pain was in itself so little to be feared, that of pleasure was still less to be desired. Naturally the sensation of pleasure was much less pungent than that of pain. If, therefore, this last could take so very little from the happiness of a well-disposed mind, the other could add scarce any thing to it. When the body was free from pain and the mind from fear and anxiety, the superadded sensation of bodily pleasure could be of very little importance; and though it might diversify, could not properly be said to increase the happiness of this situation.
If the actual feeling of positive pain was so easy to handle, the feeling of pleasure was even less valuable. Naturally, pleasure felt much less intense than pain. So, if pain took very little away from the happiness of a good mind, pleasure added hardly anything to it. When the body was free from pain and the mind from fear and anxiety, the added feeling of physical pleasure was not very significant; and while it could bring variety, it couldn’t really be said to enhance the happiness of that situation.
In ease of body, therefore, and in security of tranquillity of mind, consisted, according to Epicurus, the most perfect state of human nature, the most complete happiness which man was capable of enjoying. To obtain this great end of natural desire was the sole object of all the virtues, which, according to him, were not desirable upon their own account, but chiefly upon account of their tendency to bring about this situation.
In physical comfort and mental peace, Epicurus believed, lies the highest state of human nature, the greatest happiness that people can achieve. The main goal of all virtues, he argued, was to attain this fundamental desire, and they were not valuable on their own, but mainly for their ability to create this state.
Prudence, for example, though, according to this philosophy, the source and principle of all the virtues, was not desirable upon its own account. That careful and laborious and circumspect state of mind, ever watchful and ever attentive to the most distant consequences of every action, could not be a thing pleasant or agreeable for its own sake, but upon account of its tendency to procure the greatest goods and to keep off the greatest evils.
Prudence, for example, according to this philosophy, is the source and foundation of all virtues, but it isn't valued just for its own sake. That careful, hardworking, and cautious mindset, always alert and aware of the far-reaching consequences of every action, can't be enjoyable or pleasing for its own reasons, but rather because it helps achieve the greatest benefits and avoid the worst harms.
To abstain from pleasure too, to curb and restrain our natural passions for enjoyment, which was the office of temperance, could never be desirable for its own sake. The whole value of this virtue arose from its utility, from its enabling us to postpone the present enjoyment for the sake of a greater to come, or to avoid a greater pain that might ensue from it. Temperance, in short, was, according to the Epicureans, nothing but prudence with regard to pleasure.
To avoid pleasure as well, to hold back and control our natural desires for enjoyment, which was the purpose of temperance, could never be desirable just for its own sake. The true value of this virtue came from its usefulness; it allowed us to delay immediate satisfaction for the sake of a greater reward later or to prevent a greater pain that might follow. In short, temperance was, according to the Epicureans, simply being smart about pleasure.
263 To support labour, to endure pain, to be exposed to danger or to death, the situations which fortitude would often lead us into, were surely still less the objects of natural desire. They were chosen only to avoid greater evils. We submitted to labour, in order to avoid the greater shame and pain of poverty, and we exposed ourselves to danger and to death in defence of our liberty and property, the means and instruments of pleasure and happiness; or in defence of our country, in the safety of which our own was necessarily comprehended. Fortitude enabled us to do all this cheerfully, as the best which, in our present situation, could possibly be done, and was in reality no more than prudence, good judgment, and presence of mind in properly appreciating pain, labour, and danger, always choosing the less in order to avoid the greater evil.
263 Supporting work, enduring pain, and facing danger or death—situations that require courage—are definitely not what we naturally desire. We take them on only to avoid worse outcomes. We work hard to escape the greater shame and suffering of poverty, and we put ourselves at risk and even face death to defend our freedom and belongings, which are essential for our pleasure and happiness; or to protect our country, which ensures our own safety. Courage allows us to do all this willingly, as it is the best course of action given our circumstances, and it’s really just about being sensible, having good judgment, and staying level-headed in recognizing pain, hard work, and danger, always opting for the lesser challenge to avoid the greater threat.
It is the same case with justice. To abstain from what is another’s was not desirable on its own account, and it could not surely be better for you, that I should possess what is my own, than that you should possess it. You ought, however, to abstain from whatever belongs to me, because by doing otherwise you will provoke the resentment and indignation of mankind. The security and tranquillity of your mind will be entirely destroyed. You will be filled with fear and consternation at the thought of that punishment which you will imagine that men are at all times ready to inflict upon you, and from which no power, no art, no concealment, will ever, in your own fancy, be sufficient to protect you. The other species of justice which consists in doing proper good offices to different persons, according to the various relations of neighbours, kinsmen, friends, benefactors, superiors, or equals, which they may stand in to us, is recommended by the same reasons. To act properly in all these different relations procures us the esteem and love of those we live with; as to do otherwise excites their contempt and hatred. By the one we naturally secure, by the other we necessarily endanger our own ease and tranquillity, the great and ultimate objects of all our desires. The whole virtue of justice, therefore, the most important of all the virtues, is no more than discreet and prudent conduct with regard to our neighbours.
It’s the same with justice. Not taking what belongs to others isn’t good just by itself, and it’s definitely not better for you that I have what’s mine instead of you having it. You should avoid taking what’s mine because, if you don’t, you’ll trigger the anger and outrage of others. Your peace of mind will be completely shattered. You’ll be overwhelmed with fear and anxiety, thinking of the punishment you believe others are always ready to impose on you, and no amount of power, skill, or hiding will ever seem enough to shield you in your own mind. The other kind of justice, which involves doing good deeds for others based on our various roles—like neighbors, family, friends, helpers, superiors, or equals—is supported by the same reasons. Acting rightly in these relationships earns us the respect and affection of those around us, while acting poorly will lead to their disdain and anger. By doing the right thing, we naturally secure our own comfort and peace, which are our ultimate goals. Therefore, the essence of justice, which is the most important virtue of all, is simply wise and careful behavior towards our neighbors.
Such is the doctrine of Epicurus concerning the nature of virtue. It may seem extraordinary that this philosopher, who is described as a person of the most amiable manners, should never have observed, that, whatever may be the tendency of those virtues, or of the contrary vices, with regard to our bodily ease and security, the sentiments which they naturally excite in others are the objects of a much more passionate desire or aversion than all their other consequences; that to be amiable, to be respectable, to be the proper object of esteem, is by every well-disposed mind more valued than all the ease and security which love, respect, and esteem can procure us; that, on the contrary, to be odious, to be contemptible, to be the proper object of indignation, is 264 more dreadful than all that we can suffer in our body from hatred, contempt, or indignation; and that consequently our desire of the one character, and our aversion to the other, cannot arise from any regard to the effects which either of them may produce upon the body.
Such is Epicurus's view on the nature of virtue. It might seem surprising that this philosopher, known for his friendly nature, never noticed that, regardless of how those virtues or their opposing vices affect our physical comfort and safety, the feelings they provoke in others are much more passionately desired or rejected than all their other outcomes. To be likable, to be respected, and to be someone worthy of esteem is valued by any kind-hearted person more than all the comfort and safety that love, respect, and esteem can bring us. Conversely, to be detestable, to be despised, and to be the target of others' anger is way more terrifying than anything we might suffer physically from hatred, contempt, or indignation. Therefore, our desire for one character and our dislike for the other can't stem from any concern for the effects that either may have on our bodies.
This system is, no doubt, altogether inconsistent with that which I have been endeavouring to establish. It is not difficult, however, to discover from what phasis, if I may say so, from what particular view or aspect of nature, this account of things derives its probability. By the wise contrivance of the Author of nature, virtue is upon all ordinary occasions, even with regard to this life, real wisdom, and the surest and readiest means of obtaining both safety and advantage. Our success or disappointment in our undertakings must very much depend upon the good or bad opinion which is commonly entertained of us, and upon the general disposition of those we live with, either to assist or to oppose us. But the best, the surest, the easiest, and the readiest way of obtaining the advantageous, and of avoiding the unfavourable judgments of others, is undoubtedly to render ourselves the proper objects of the former and not of the latter. ‘Do you desire,’ said Socrates, ‘the reputation of a good musician? The only sure way of obtaining it, is to become a good musician. Would you desire in the same manner to be thought capable of serving your country either as a general or as a statesman? The best way in this case too is really to acquire the art and experience of war and government, and to become really fit to be a general or a statesman. And in the same manner if you would be reckoned sober, temperate, just, and equitable, the best way of acquiring this reputation is to become sober, temperate, just, and equitable. If you can really render yourself amiable, respectable, and the proper object of esteem, there is no fear of your not soon acquiring the love, the respect, and esteem of those you live with.’ Since the practice of virtue, therefore, is in general so advantageous, and that of vice so contrary to our interest, the consideration of those opposite tendencies undoubtedly stamps an additional beauty and propriety upon the one, and a new deformity and impropriety upon the other. Temperance, magnanimity, justice, and beneficence, come thus to be approved of, not only under their proper characters, but under the additional character of the highest wisdom and most real prudence. And in the same manner, the contrary vices of intemperance, pusillanimity, injustice, and either malevolence or sordid selfishness, come to be disapproved of, not only under their proper characters, but under the additional character of the most short-sighted folly and weakness. Epicurus appears in every virtue to have attended to this species of propriety only. It is that which is most apt to occur to those who are endeavouring to persuade others to regularity of conduct. When men by their practice, and perhaps too by their maxims, manifestly show that the natural beauty of virtue is not like to have much effect upon 265 them, how is it possible to move them but by representing the folly of their conduct, and how much they themselves are in the end likely to suffer by it?
This system is clearly at odds with what I’ve been trying to establish. However, it's not hard to see where this perspective gets its credibility. Thanks to the clever design of nature’s creator, virtue often proves to be genuine wisdom and the best way to achieve both safety and benefit in everyday life. Our success or failure in what we do largely hinges on how others view us and whether the people around us are inclined to support or hinder us. The easiest and most effective way to gain favorable opinions and avoid negative judgments is to ensure we are seen as worthy of the former and not the latter. As Socrates said, “If you want to be known as a good musician, the only sure way to achieve that is to become a good musician. If you want to be seen as capable of serving your country as a general or a statesman, the best approach is to actually learn the skills and gain the experience needed to be a general or statesman. Similarly, if you want to be regarded as sober, temperate, just, and fair, the best way to gain that reputation is to embody those qualities. If you can make yourself likable, respectable, and deserving of esteem, you will quickly earn the love, respect, and admiration of those around you.” Since practicing virtue is typically so beneficial and embracing vice is generally against our interests, these opposing forces clearly highlight the additional value of virtue and the new ugliness of vice. Temperance, courage, justice, and kindness are viewed positively, not just for their inherent qualities, but also as the highest forms of wisdom and true prudence. Conversely, the vices of excess, cowardice, injustice, and cruelty or greed are disapproved, not just for what they are, but also for being foolish and weak-minded. Epicurus seems to have focused on this kind of propriety in every virtue. This is often the angle those trying to encourage others to behave in a disciplined way take. When people demonstrate through their actions, and perhaps even their beliefs, that the natural beauty of virtue doesn’t seem to sway them much, how can you persuade them other than by highlighting the foolishness of their behavior and how much they are likely to suffer as a result?
By running up all the different virtues too to this one species of propriety, Epicurus indulged a propensity, which is natural to all men, but which philosophers in particular are apt to cultivate with a peculiar fondness, as the great means of displaying their ingenuity, the propensity to account for all appearances from as few principles as possible. And he, no doubt, indulged this propensity still further, when he referred all the primary objects of natural desire and aversion to the pleasures and pains of the body. The great patron of the atomical philosophy, who took so much pleasure in deducing all the powers and qualities of bodies from the most obvious and familiar, the figure, motion, and arrangement of the small parts of matter, felt no doubt a similar satisfaction, when he accounted, in the same manner, for all the sentiments and passions of the mind from those which are most obvious and familiar.
By linking all the different virtues to this one aspect of propriety, Epicurus indulged a tendency that is natural to everyone, but which philosophers, in particular, are inclined to cultivate with a special enthusiasm, as a great way to demonstrate their cleverness: the tendency to explain all phenomena using as few principles as possible. He certainly indulged this tendency even more when he associated all primary objects of natural desire and aversion with the pleasures and pains of the body. The leading advocate of atomic philosophy, who enjoyed deriving all the powers and qualities of physical objects from the most obvious and familiar aspects—such as their shape, movement, and arrangement of tiny parts—undoubtedly felt similar satisfaction when he explained, in the same way, all the feelings and emotions of the mind based on those that are most apparent and familiar.
The system of Epicurus agreed with those of Plato, Aristotle, and Zeno, in making virtue consist in acting in the most suitable manner to obtain (Prima naturæ) primary objects of natural desire. It differed from all of them in two other respects; first, in the account which it gave of those primary objects of natural desire; and secondly, in the account which it gave of the excellence of virtue, or of the reason why that quality ought to be esteemed.
The system of Epicurus aligned with those of Plato, Aristotle, and Zeno by defining virtue as behaving in the best way to achieve primary natural desires. However, it differed from all of them in two significant ways: first, in how it described those primary objects of natural desire; and second, in how it explained the value of virtue and why that quality should be appreciated.
The primary objects of natural desire consisted, according to Epicurus, in bodily pleasure and pain, and in nothing else: whereas, according to the other three philosophers, there were many other objects, such as knowledge, such as the happiness of our relations, of our friends, and of our country, which were ultimately desirable for their own sakes.
The main things that people naturally desire, according to Epicurus, are bodily pleasure and pain, and nothing more. In contrast, the other three philosophers believed there were many other desirable things, like knowledge, and the happiness of our family, friends, and country, which were valuable in their own right.
Virtue too, according to Epicurus, did not deserve to be pursued for its own sake, nor was itself one of the ultimate objects of natural appetite, but was eligible only upon account of its tendency to prevent pain and to procure ease and pleasure. In the opinion of the other three, on the contrary, it was desirable, not merely as the means of procuring the other primary objects of natural desire, but as something which was in itself more valuable than them all. Man, they thought, being born for action, his happiness must consist, not merely in the agreeableness of his passive sensations, but also in the propriety of his active exertions.
Virtue, according to Epicurus, shouldn't be chased just for its own sake, nor is it one of the ultimate goals of our natural desires; it only becomes relevant because it helps to avoid pain and brings comfort and pleasure. In contrast, the other three believed it was desirable not just as a way to achieve the other primary goals of natural desire, but as something that is inherently more valuable than all of them. They thought that since humans are made for action, true happiness must come not only from the pleasantness of passive feelings but also from the righteousness of our active efforts.
CHAP. Ⅲ.—Of those Systems which make Virtue consist in Benevolence.
THE system which makes virtue consist in benevolence, though I think 266 not so ancient as all those which I have already given an account of, is, however, of very great antiquity. It seems to have been the doctrine of the greater part of those philosophers who, about and after the age of Augustus, called themselves Eclectics, who pretended to follow chiefly the opinions of Plato and Pythagoras, and who upon that account are commonly known by the name of the later Platonists.
Thim system that defines virtue as benevolence, although I believe it’s not as old as all the ones I've already discussed, is still of significant age. It seems to have been the belief of most philosophers who, around the time of Augustus and afterward, identified as Eclectics. They claimed to primarily follow the ideas of Plato and Pythagoras, which is why they are commonly referred to as the later Platonists.
In the divine nature, according to these authors, benevolence or love was the sole principle of action, and directed the exertion of all the other attributes. The wisdom of the Deity was employed in finding out the means for bringing about those ends which his goodness suggested, and his infinite power was exerted to execute them. Benevolence, however, was still the supreme and governing attribute, to which the others were subservient, and from which the whole excellency, or the whole morality, if I may be allowed such an expression, of the divine operations, was ultimately derived. The whole perfection and virtue of the human mind consisted in some resemblance or participation of the divine perfections, and, consequently, in being filled with the same principle of benevolence and love which influenced all the actions of the Deity. The actions of men which flowed from this motive were alone truly praise-worthy, or could claim any merit in the sight of the Deity. It was by actions of charity and love only that we could imitate, as became us, the conduct of God, that we could express our humble and devout admiration of his infinite perfections, that by fostering in our own minds the same divine principle, we could bring our own affections to a greater resemblance with his holy attributes, and thereby become more proper objects of his love and esteem; till we arrived at that immediate converse and communication with the Deity to which it was the great object of this philosophy to raise us.
In the divine nature, according to these authors, kindness or love was the only driving force behind actions, guiding the use of all the other attributes. The wisdom of God was used to figure out how to achieve the ends that His goodness inspired, and His unlimited power was used to carry them out. However, kindness remained the foremost and controlling attribute, with the others serving it, and all the excellence, or morality—if I can use that term—of divine actions ultimately stemmed from it. The entire perfection and goodness of the human mind consisted in reflecting or participating in these divine qualities, and therefore, in being filled with the same principle of kindness and love that motivated all of God’s actions. The deeds of people that came from this motivation were the only ones truly commendable or deserving of merit in the eyes of God. It was through actions of charity and love that we could, as we should, emulate God’s behavior, express our humble and sincere admiration for His infinite qualities, and by nurturing this divine principle within ourselves, align our feelings more closely with His holy attributes, making us more fitting recipients of His love and respect, until we achieved that direct connection and communication with God that was the ultimate goal of this philosophy.
This system, as it was much esteemed by many ancient fathers of the Christian church, so after the Reformation it was adopted by several divines of the most eminent piety and learning and of the most amiable manners; particularly, by Dr. Ralph Cudworth, by Dr. Henry More, and by Mr. John Smith of Cambridge. But of all the patrons of this system, ancient or modern, the late Dr. Hutcheson was undoubtedly, beyond all comparison, the most acute, the most distinct, the most philosophical, and what is of the greatest consequence of all, the soberest and most judicious.
This system, highly regarded by many early leaders of the Christian church, was later embraced by several prominent theologians known for their deep faith, intellect, and kind demeanor after the Reformation; notably Dr. Ralph Cudworth, Dr. Henry More, and Mr. John Smith of Cambridge. However, of all the supporters of this system, both past and present, the late Dr. Hutcheson was undoubtedly the most insightful, clear, philosophical, and, most importantly, the most level-headed and discerning.
That virtue consists in benevolence is a notion supported by many appearances in human nature. It has been observed already, that proper benevolence is the most graceful and agreeable of all the affections, that it is recommended to us by a double sympathy, that as its tendency is necessarily beneficent, it is the proper object of gratitude and reward, and that upon all these accounts it appears to our natural sentiments to possess a merit superior to any other. It has been observed, too, that even the weaknesses of benevolence are not very 267 disagreeable to us, whereas those of every other passion are always extremely disgusting. Who does not abhor excessive malice, excessive selfishness, or excessive resentment? But the most excessive indulgence even of partial friendship is not so offensive. It is the benevolent passions only which can exert themselves without any regard or attention to propriety, and yet retain something about them which is engaging. There is something pleasing even in mere instinctive good-will, which goes on to do good offices without once reflecting whether by this conduct it is the proper object either of blame or approbation. It is not so with the other passions. The moment they are deserted, the moment they are unaccompanied by the sense of propriety, they cease to be agreeable.
The idea that virtue is rooted in kindness is supported by many aspects of human nature. It's been pointed out that true kindness is the most graceful and pleasant of all our emotions; it’s encouraged by a shared sense of empathy, and since it naturally leads to positive outcomes, it deserves our gratitude and recognition. For these reasons, kindness seems to have a special merit that surpasses all others. It’s also been noted that even the flaws of kindness aren’t as off-putting to us, while the flaws of other emotions are often quite distasteful. Who doesn’t dislike extreme malice, selfishness, or resentment? Yet, excessive loyalty to a friend doesn’t seem as offensive. Only the kind emotions can act without worrying about what’s appropriate and still maintain an appealing quality. There’s something enjoyable even about instinctive goodwill, which seeks to do good without considering whether it deserves praise or criticism. This isn’t true for other emotions; once they lose the sense of what’s suitable, they quickly become unappealing.
As benevolence bestows upon those actions which proceed from it, a beauty superior to all others, so the want of it, and much more the contrary inclination, communicates a peculiar deformity to whatever evidences such a disposition. Pernicious actions are often punishable for no other reason than because they show a want of sufficient attention to the happiness of our neighbour.
As kindness gives a unique beauty to the actions that come from it, the absence of kindness, and even more so the opposite attitude, adds a distinct ugliness to anything that reflects that mindset. Harmful actions are often punished simply because they demonstrate a lack of proper concern for the well-being of others.
Besides all this, Dr. Hutcheson (Inquiry concerning Virtue, sect. 1. and 2.) observed, that whenever in any action, supposed to proceed from benevolent affections, some other motive had been discovered, our sense of the merit of this action was just so far diminished as this motive was believed to have influenced it. If an action, supposed to proceed from gratitude, should be discovered to have arisen from an expectation of some new favour, or if what was apprehended to proceed from public spirit, should be found out to have taken its origin from the hope of a pecuniary reward, such a discovery would entirely destroy all notion of merit or praise-worthiness in either of these actions. Since, therefore, the mixture of any selfish motive, like that of a baser alloy, diminished or took away altogether the merit which would otherwise have belonged to any action, it was evident, he imagined, that virtue must consist in pure and disinterested benevolence alone.
Besides all this, Dr. Hutcheson (Inquiry concerning Virtue, sect. 1. and 2.) noted that whenever an action, thought to stem from kind feelings, was found to be motivated by something else, our perception of the value of that action was reduced by the extent to which that motive was believed to have played a role. If an action, thought to be driven by gratitude, was revealed to come from the expectation of some additional favor, or if what was seen as stemming from a public spirit was discovered to actually originate from the hope of a monetary reward, such a revelation would completely eliminate any notion of worthiness or merit in either of those actions. Therefore, since the inclusion of any selfish motive, akin to a lower-grade metal, diminished or entirely stripped away the merit that would otherwise be associated with any action, it was clear, he thought, that true virtue must consist solely in pure and selfless kindness.
When those actions, on the contrary, which are commonly supposed to proceed from a selfish motive, are discovered to have arisen from a benevolent one, it greatly enhances our sense of their merit. If we believed of any person that he endeavoured to advance his fortune from no other view but that of doing friendly offices, and of making proper returns to his benefactors, we should only love and esteem him the more. And this observation seemed still more to confirm the conclusion, that it was benevolence only which could stamp upon any action the character of virtue.
When actions that are usually thought to come from selfish motives are revealed to have come from a kind intention, it significantly increases our appreciation of their value. If we believed that someone was trying to improve their situation solely to help others and to repay those who have helped them, we would only have greater love and respect for them. This idea further supports the conclusion that only benevolence can give any action the essence of virtue.
Last of all, what, he imagined, was an evident proof of the justness of this account of virtue, in all the disputes of casuists concerning the rectitude of conduct, the public good, he observed, was the standard to which they constantly referred; thereby universally acknowledging 268 that whatever tended to promote the happiness of mankind was right and laudable and virtuous, and the contrary, wrong, blamable, and vicious. In the late debates about passive obedience and the right of resistance, the sole point in controversy among men of sense was whether universal submission would probably be attended with greater evils than temporary insurrections when privileges were invaded. Whether what, upon the whole, tended most to the happiness of mankind, was not also morally good, was never once, he said, made a question by them.
Last of all, what he imagined was clear proof of the truth of this account of virtue was that in all the discussions among scholars about what constitutes proper behavior, the public good was the standard they consistently referred to; thereby universally acknowledging 268 that anything that promotes the happiness of people is right, commendable, and virtuous, while the opposite is wrong, blameworthy, and immoral. In the recent debates about passive obedience and the right to resist, the only real issue among sensible people was whether universal submission would likely lead to more harm than temporary uprisings when rights were violated. They never questioned whether what ultimately leads to the happiness of mankind is also morally good, he said.
Since benevolence, therefore, was the only motive which could bestow upon any action the character of virtue, the greater the benevolence which was evidenced by any action, the greater the praise which must belong to it.
Since kindness was the only reason that could give any action the quality of virtue, the more kindness shown by an action, the more praise it deserves.
Those actions which aimed at the happiness of a great community, as they demonstrated a more enlarged benevolence than those which aimed only at that of a smaller system, so were they, likewise, proportionally the more virtuous. The most virtuous of all affections, therefore, was that which embraced as its object the happiness of all intelligent beings. The least virtuous, on the contrary, of those to which the character of virtue could in any respect belong, was that which aimed no further than at the happiness of an individual, such as a son, a brother, a friend.
The actions aimed at the happiness of a larger community showed a broader kindness than those focused only on a smaller group, and because of this, they were also proportionally more virtuous. Therefore, the most virtuous of all feelings was the one that sought the happiness of all intelligent beings. On the other hand, the least virtuous of those feelings that could be considered virtuous in any way was the one that only sought the happiness of an individual, like a son, a brother, or a friend.
In directing all our actions to promote the greatest possible good, in submitting all inferior affections to the desire of the general happiness of mankind, in regarding one’s self but as one of the many, whose prosperity was to be pursued no further than it was consistent with, or conducive to that of the whole, consisted the perfection of virtue.
In directing all our actions to promote the greatest possible good, in putting aside all lesser desires for the sake of the overall happiness of humanity, and in seeing oneself as just one among many, whose success should only be pursued as far as it aligns with or benefits the greater good, that is the essence of true virtue.
Self-love was a principle which could never be virtuous in any degree of in any direction. It was vicious whenever it obstructed the general good. When it had no other effect than to make the individual take care of his own happiness, it was merely innocent, and though it deserved no praise, neither ought it to incur any blame. Those benevolent actions which were performed, notwithstanding some strong motive from self-interest, were the more virtuous upon that account. They demonstrated the strength and vigour of the benevolent principle.
Self-love is a principle that can never be virtuous in any way or direction. It becomes harmful whenever it gets in the way of the common good. When it does nothing more than lead someone to focus on their own happiness, it is simply innocent, and while it doesn't deserve praise, it shouldn't be blamed either. Benevolent actions that are taken despite strong motives of self-interest are even more virtuous for that reason. They show the strength and vigor of the benevolent principle.
Dr. Hutcheson7 was so far from allowing self-love to be in any case a motive of virtuous actions, that even a regard to the pleasure of self-approbation, to the comfortable applause of our own consciences, according to him, diminished the merit of a benevolent action. This was a selfish motive, he thought, which, so far as it contributed to any action, demonstrated the weakness of that pure and disinterested benevolence which could alone stamp upon the conduct of man the character of virtue. In the common judgments of mankind, however, this regard 269 to the approbation of our own minds is so far from being considered as what can in any respect diminish the virtue of any action, that it is often rather looked upon as the sole motive which deserves the appellation of virtuous.
Dr. Hutcheson7 was so far from believing that self-love could ever be a motive for virtuous actions, that even valuing the pleasure of self-approval or the comforting praise of our own consciences, in his view, lessened the merit of a kind act. He saw this as a selfish motive, which showed the weakness of the pure and selfless benevolence that alone can give a person's actions the label of virtue. However, in the general opinion of people, this regard 269 for our own minds' approval is seen as anything but diminishing the virtue of any action; in fact, it's often regarded as the only motive that truly deserves to be called virtuous.
Such is the account given of the nature of virtue in this amiable system, a system which has a peculiar tendency to nourish and support in the human heart the noblest and the most agreeable of all affections, and not only to check the injustice of self-love, but in some measure to discourage that principle altogether, by representing it as what could never reflect any honour upon those who were influenced by it.
This is the description of the nature of virtue in this lovely system, a system that uniquely encourages and nurtures the noblest and most pleasant feelings in the human heart. It not only restrains the unfairness of self-love but also somewhat discourages that attitude altogether by showing that it never brings any honor to those affected by it.
As some of the other systems which I have already given an account of, do not sufficiently explain from whence arises the peculiar excellency of the supreme virtue of beneficence, so this system seems to have the contrary defect, of not sufficiently explaining from whence arises our approbation of the inferior virtues of prudence, vigilance, circumspection, temperance, constancy, firmness. The view and aim of our affections, the beneficent and hurtful effects which they tend to produce, are the only qualities at all attended to in this system. Their propriety and impropriety, their suitableness and unsuitableness, to the cause which excites them, are disregarded altogether.
As some of the other systems I've already described don't adequately explain the unique excellence of the supreme virtue of kindness, this system seems to have the opposite flaw, not sufficiently explaining why we value the lesser virtues of wisdom, alertness, caution, moderation, steadfastness, and determination. The focus on our feelings and the positive and negative effects they tend to produce are the only aspects considered in this system. Their appropriateness or inappropriateness, their suitability or lack of suitability to the causes that trigger them, are completely overlooked.
Regard to our own private happiness and interest, too, appear upon many occasions very laudable principles of action. The habits of œconomy, industry, discretion, attention, and application of thought, are generally supposed to be cultivated from self-interested motives, and at the same time are apprehended to be very praise-worthy qualities, which deserve the esteem and approbation of every body. The mixture of a selfish motive, it is true, seems often to sully the beauty of those actions which ought to arise from a benevolent affection. The cause of this, however, is not that self-love can never be the motive of a virtuous action, but that the benevolent principle appears in this particular case to want its due degree of strength, and to be altogether unsuitable to its object. The character, therefore, seems evidently imperfect, and upon the whole to deserve blame rather than praise. The mixture of a benevolent motive in an action to which self-love alone ought to be sufficient to prompt us, is not so apt indeed to diminish our sense of its propriety, or of the virtue of the person who performs it. We are not ready to suspect any person of being defective in selfishness. This is by no means the weak side of human nature, or the failing of which we are apt to be suspicious. If we could really believe, however, of any man, that, was it not from a regard to his family and friends, he would not take that proper care of his health, his life, or his fortune, to which self-preservation alone ought to be sufficient to prompt him, it would undoubtedly be a failing, though one of those amiable failings which render a person rather the object of pity than of contempt or hatred. It would still, however, somewhat diminish the 270 dignity and respectableness of his character. Carelessness and want of œconomy are universally disapproved of, not, however, as proceeding from a want of benevolence, but from a want of proper attention to the objects of self-interest.
Thinking about our own happiness and interests often seems like a commendable approach to action. Behaviors like saving money, working hard, being discreet, paying attention, and applying thought are generally seen as stemming from self-interest, yet they're also viewed as admirable qualities that everyone should appreciate. It's true that a selfish motive can sometimes tarnish the positivity of actions that should come from a genuine desire to help others. However, this isn't because self-love can never inspire virtuous actions; it's because the compassionate principle in these cases lacks the necessary strength and seems out of place. Consequently, the character appears flawed and tends to draw more criticism than praise. Including a compassionate motive in an action that self-interest alone should motivate doesn’t usually lessen our perception of its appropriateness or the virtue of the person doing it. We aren’t quick to think someone is lacking selfishness—it’s not typically the weak aspect of human nature that raises our suspicions. However, if we genuinely believed that a person wouldn't take care of their health, life, or finances without concerns for family and friends—despite self-preservation being enough motivation—that would indeed be a failing, though a likable one that makes someone more pitiable than contemptible. Still, it would somewhat reduce the dignity and respect associated with their character. Carelessness and lack of frugality are widely frowned upon, not because they stem from a lack of goodwill, but from failing to pay proper attention to self-interest.
Though the standard by which casuists frequently determine what is right or wrong in human conduct, be its tendency to the welfare or disorder of society, it does not follow that a regard to the welfare of society should be the sole virtuous motive of action, but only that, in competition, it ought to cast the balance against all other motives.
Though the standard that moral philosophers often use to decide what is right or wrong in human behavior, based on its impact on society’s welfare or disorder, it doesn’t mean that concern for society’s welfare should be the only virtuous motive for action. It should just weigh more heavily than other motives when they compete.
Benevolence may, perhaps, be the sole principle of action in the Deity, and there are several not improbable arguments which tend to persuade us that it is so. It is not easy to conceive what other motive an independent and all-perfect Being, who stands in need of nothing external, and whose happiness is complete in himself, can act from. But whatever may be the case with the Deity, so imperfect a creature as man, the support of whose existence requires so many things external to him, must often act from many other motives. The condition of human nature were peculiarly hard, if those affections, which, by the very nature of our being, ought frequently to influence our conduct, could upon no occasion appear virtuous, or deserve esteem and commendation from any body.
Benevolence might be the only principle of action for the Deity, and there are several plausible arguments that suggest this is the case. It's hard to imagine what other motive an independent and perfect Being, who doesn't need anything external and whose happiness is complete within itself, could act from. However, whatever applies to the Deity, an imperfect being like man, whose existence relies on so many external things, must often act from various other motives. It would be particularly difficult for human nature if the feelings that, by the very nature of our existence, should frequently influence our actions could never be seen as virtuous or worthy of respect and praise from anyone.
Those three systems, that which places virtue in propriety, that which places it in prudence, and that which makes it consist in benevolence, are the principal accounts which have been given of the nature of virtue. To one or other of them, all the other descriptions of virtue, how different soever they may appear, are easily reducible.
Those three systems—the one that sees virtue as proper behavior, the one that regards it as being wise, and the one that defines it as kindness—are the main explanations of what virtue is. All other descriptions of virtue, no matter how different they seem, can easily be categorized under one of these three.
That system which places virtue in obedience to the will of the Deity, may be accounted either among those which make it consist in prudence, or among those which make it consist in propriety. When it is asked, why we ought to obey the will of the Deity, this question, which would be impious and absurd in the highest degree, if asked from any doubt that we ought to obey him, can admit but of two different answers. It must either be said that we ought to obey the will of the Deity because he is a Being of infinite power, who will reward us eternally if we do so, and punish us eternally if we do otherwise: or it must be said, that independent of any regard to our own happiness, or to rewards and punishments of any kind, there is a congruity and fitness that a creature should obey its creator, that a limited and imperfect being should submit to one of infinite and incomprehensible perfections. Besides one or other of these two, it is impossible to conceive that any other answer can be given to this question. If the first answer be the proper one, virtue consists in prudence, or in the proper pursuit of our own final interest and happiness; since it is upon this account that we are obliged to obey the will of the Deity. If the second answer be the proper one, virtue must consist in propriety, since the ground of our 271 obligation to obedience is the suitableness or congruity of the sentiments of humility and submission to the superiority of the object which excites them.
That system which sees virtue as following the will of God can be categorized either as one that defines it in terms of prudence or one that defines it in terms of propriety. When we ask why we should obey God's will, this question, which would be extremely impious and absurd if posed out of any doubt about our obligation to obey Him, can only be answered in two ways. We can either say that we should obey God's will because He is an all-powerful Being who will reward us forever if we do so, and punish us forever if we don’t; or we can say that, regardless of our own happiness or any rewards and punishments, it is appropriate for a creature to obey its creator, and for a limited and imperfect being to submit to one of infinite and unimaginable perfection. Other than these two, it’s hard to imagine any other answer to this question. If the first answer is the correct one, then virtue is about prudence, or the proper pursuit of our own ultimate interest and happiness; this is why we feel obliged to obey God's will. If the second answer is correct, then virtue is about propriety, because our obligation to obey comes from the suitability or appropriateness of humility and submission in relation to the superior being that inspires these feelings.
That system which places virtue in utility, coincides too with that which makes it consist in propriety. According to this system, all those qualities of the mind which are agreeable or advantageous, either to the person himself or to others, are approved of as virtuous, and the contrary are disapproved of as vicious. But the agreeableness or utility of any affection depends upon the degree which it is allowed to subsist in. Every affection is useful when it is confined to a certain degree of moderation; and every affection is disadvantageous when it exceeds the proper bounds. According to this system therefore, virtue consists not in any one affection, but in the proper degree of all the affections. The only difference between it and that which I have been endeavouring to establish, is, that it makes utility, and not sympathy, or the correspondent affection of the spectator, the natural and original measure of this proper degree.
That system that defines virtue as utility also aligns with the idea that it consists of propriety. According to this approach, all the qualities of the mind that are pleasing or beneficial, either to the individual or to others, are considered virtuous, while the opposite qualities are seen as vicious. However, the appeal or usefulness of any feeling depends on how much it is allowed to exist. Every feeling is beneficial when it is kept within a certain level of moderation, and every feeling becomes harmful when it goes beyond the appropriate limits. Therefore, according to this system, virtue is not about any single feeling but about the right balance of all feelings. The main difference between this perspective and the one I have been trying to promote is that it prioritizes utility rather than sympathy or the corresponding feelings of the observer as the natural and original standard of that proper balance.
CHappiness. Ⅳ.—Of Licentious Systems.
ALL those systems, which I have hitherto given an account of, suppose that that there is a real and essential distinction between vice and virtue, whatever these qualities may consist in. There is a real and essential difference between the propriety and impropriety of any affection, between benevolence and any other principle of action, between real prudence and short-sighted folly or precipitate rashness. In the main, too, all of them contribute to encourage the praiseworthy, and to discourage the blameable disposition.
ALL those systems I've discussed so far assume that there is a genuine and fundamental difference between vice and virtue, regardless of what these qualities entail. There is a true and essential distinction between the appropriateness and inappropriateness of any feeling, between kindness and any other motive for action, between true wisdom and short-sighted foolishness or hasty recklessness. Overall, they all help to promote good behavior and to discourage bad behavior.
It may be true, perhaps, of some of them, that they tend, in some measure, to break the balance of the affections, and to give the mind a particular bias to some principles of action, beyond the proportion that is due to them. The ancient systems, which place virtue in propriety, seem chiefly to recommend the great, the awful, and the respectable virtues, the virtues of self-government and self-command; fortitude, magnanimity, independency upon fortune, the contempt of all outward accidents, of pain, poverty, exile and death. It is in these great exertions that the noblest propriety of conduct is displayed. The soft, the amiable, the gentle virtues, all the virtues of indulgent humanity are, in comparison, but little insisted upon, and seem, on the contrary, by the Stoics in particular, to have been often regarded as weaknesses, which it behoved a wise man not to harbour in his breast.
It might be true for some of them that they tend to upset the balance of emotions and give the mind a certain inclination toward some principles of action that go beyond what’s appropriate. The ancient philosophies that value virtue in propriety mostly focus on the great, the serious, and the admirable virtues—those of self-control and self-discipline; courage, nobility, independence from fortune, and disdain for external situations like pain, poverty, exile, and death. In these significant efforts, the highest propriety of conduct is shown. In comparison, the softer, kinder, and gentler virtues—those that reflect compassionate humanity—aren't emphasized as much and, particularly among the Stoics, are often seen as weaknesses that a wise person shouldn’t allow to reside in their heart.
The benevolent system, on the other hand, while it fosters and encourages all those milder virtues in the highest degree, seems entirely to neglect the more awful and respectable qualities of the mind. It 272 even denies them the appellation of virtues. It calls them moral abilities, and treats them as qualities which do not deserve the same sort of esteem and approbation, that is due to what is properly denominated virtue. All those principles of action which aim only at our own interest, it treats, if that be possible, still worse. So far from having any merit of their own, they diminish, it pretends, the merit of benevolence, when they co-operate with it; and prudence, it is asserted, when employed only in promoting private interest, can never even be imagined a virtue.
The kind system, on the other hand, while it promotes and nurtures all those gentler virtues to the highest level, seems to completely overlook the more serious and admirable qualities of the mind. It 272 even refuses to acknowledge them as virtues. Instead, it refers to them as moral abilities, treating them as qualities that don't deserve the same level of respect and approval that true virtue receives. It considers all those principles of action that aim solely at our own benefit to be even worse, if that’s possible. Rather than having their own merit, they supposedly diminish the value of benevolence when they work alongside it; and it is claimed that prudence, when focused solely on personal gain, can never be seen as a virtue.
That system, again, which makes virtue consist in prudence only, while it gives the highest encouragement to the habits of caution, vigilance, sobriety, and judicious moderation, seems to degrade equally both the amiable and respectable virtues, and to strip the former of all their beauty, and the latter of all their grandeur.
That system, once more, which defines virtue as just being about caution, while it promotes habits like being careful, alert, sober, and reasonably moderate, seems to diminish both the kind and admirable virtues, robbing the former of their beauty and the latter of their greatness.
But notwithstanding these defects, the general tendency of each of those three systems is to encourage the best and most laudable habits of the human mind, and it were well for society, if, either mankind in general, or even those few who pretend to live according to any philosophical rule, were to regulate their conduct by the precepts of any one of them. We may learn from each of them something that is both valuable and peculiar. If it was possible, by precept and exhortation, to inspire the mind with fortitude and magnanimity, the ancient systems of propriety would seem sufficient to do this. Or if it was possible, by the same means, to soften it into humanity, and to awaken the affections of kindness and general love towards those we live with, some of the pictures which the benevolent system presents us, might seem capable of producing this effect. We may learn from the system of Epicurus, though undoubtedly the most imperfect of all the three, how much the practice of both the amiable and respectable virtues is conducive to our own interest, to our own ease and safety and quiet even in this life. As Epicurus placed happiness in the attainment of ease and security, he exerted himself in a particular manner to show that virtue was, not merely the best and the surest, but the only means of acquiring those invaluable possessions. The good effects of virtue upon our inward tranquillity and peace of mind, are what other philosophers have chiefly celebrated. Epicurus, without neglecting this topic, has chiefly insisted upon the influence of that amiable quality on our outward prosperity and safety. It was upon this account that his writings were so much studied in the ancient world by men of all different philosophical parties. It is from him that Cicero, the great enemy of the Epicurean system, borrows his most agreeable proofs that virtue alone is sufficient to secure happiness. Seneca, though a Stoic, the sect most opposite to that of Epicurus, yet quotes this philosopher more frequently than any other.
But despite these flaws, the overall direction of each of those three systems encourages the best and most admirable traits of the human mind, and it would benefit society if either humanity as a whole or even the few who claim to live by any philosophical guideline were to shape their behavior according to the teachings of any one of them. We can learn something valuable and unique from each of these systems. If it were possible, through teaching and encouragement, to inspire courage and generosity in people, the ancient systems of ethics would seem sufficient to achieve this. Or, if it were possible, by the same means, to cultivate compassion and awaken feelings of kindness and general love for those we share our lives with, some of the images presented by the benevolent system might seem capable of producing this outcome. We can learn from Epicurus’s system, which, though undoubtedly the least perfect of the three, illustrates how practicing both admirable and respectable virtues benefits our own interests, ease, safety, and peace even in this life. Since Epicurus believed that happiness comes from achieving comfort and security, he particularly emphasized that virtue was not just the best and most reliable but the only way to obtain those invaluable assets. The positive effects of virtue on our internal calmness and peace of mind are what other philosophers have mainly celebrated. Epicurus, while not neglecting this topic, has primarily focused on how that admirable quality influences our external prosperity and safety. This is why his writings were widely studied in the ancient world by men from all different philosophical backgrounds. Cicero, a strong opponent of the Epicurean system, draws his most compelling arguments for the idea that virtue alone is sufficient for happiness from him. Even Seneca, a Stoic who is philosophically opposed to Epicurus, quotes him more frequently than any other philosopher.
There is, however, another system which seems to take away altogether the distinction between vice and virtue, and of which the 273 tendency is, upon that account, wholly pernicious: I mean the system of Dr. Mandeville. Though the notions of this author are in almost every respect erroneous, there are, however, some appearances in human nature, which, when viewed in a certain manner, seem at first sight to favour them. These described and exaggerated by the lively and humorous, though coarse and rustic eloquence of Dr. Mandeville, have thrown upon his doctrines an air of truth and probability which is very apt to impose upon the unskilful.
There is, however, another system that seems to completely eliminate the difference between vice and virtue, and its tendency is, for that reason, entirely harmful: I’m talking about Dr. Mandeville's system. Although the ideas of this author are wrong in nearly every way, there are still some aspects of human nature that, when looked at from a certain perspective, initially appear to support them. These were described and exaggerated by Dr. Mandeville's lively and humorous, though rough and straightforward, style, which has given his ideas an air of truth and credibility that can easily deceive the inexperienced.
Dr. Mandeville considers whatever is done from a sense of propriety, from a regard to what is commendable and praiseworthy, as being done from a love of praise and commendation, or as he calls it from vanity. Man, he observes, is naturally much more interested in his own happiness than in that of others, and it is impossible that in his heart he can ever really prefer their prosperity to his own. Whenever he appears to do so, we may be assured that he imposes upon us, and that he is then acting from the same selfish motives as at all other times. Among his other selfish passions, vanity is one of the strongest, and he is always easily flattered and greatly delighted with the applauses of those about him. When he appears to sacrifice his own interest to that of his companions, he knows that this conduct will be highly agreeable to their self-love, and that they will not fail to express their satisfaction by bestowing upon him the most extravagant praises. The pleasure which he expects from this, over-balances, in his opinion, the interest which he abandons in order to procure it. His conduct, therefore, upon this occasion, is in reality just as selfish, and arises from just as mean a motive as upon any other. He is flattered, however, and he flatters himself with the belief that it is entirely disinterested; since, unless this was supposed, it would not seem to merit any commendation either in his own eyes or in those of others. All public spirit, therefore, all preference of public to private interest, is, according to him, a mere cheat and imposition upon mankind; and that human virtue which is so much boasted of, and which is the occasion of so much emulation among men, is the mere offspring of flattery begot upon pride.
Dr. Mandeville believes that anything done out of a sense of propriety, or in consideration of what is commendable and praiseworthy, is motivated by a desire for praise and commendation, which he refers to as vanity. He notes that people are naturally more focused on their own happiness than on that of others, and it's impossible for someone to genuinely prefer someone else's success over their own. Whenever someone seems to do so, we can be certain they're deceiving us and are acting out of the same selfish motivations as always. Among his various selfish desires, vanity is one of the strongest, and people are easily flattered and greatly pleased by the admiration of those around them. When someone appears to prioritize their friends' interests over their own, they know this behavior will be very appealing to others' self-love, and those people will express their approval with extravagant praise. The enjoyment they expect from this outweighs, in their view, the personal interests they give up to achieve it. Thus, their actions in this situation are just as selfish and stem from the same petty motives as in any other case. However, they are flattered and convince themselves that their actions are completely selfless; without this belief, it wouldn't seem worthy of any praise from themselves or others. Therefore, all public spirit, or placing public interest above personal interest, is to him merely a deception and trickery against humanity, and the human virtue that is often praised, which fosters so much competition among people, is merely a product of flattery born from pride.
Whether the most generous and public-spirited actions may not, in some sense, be regarded as proceeding from self-love, I shall not at present examine. The decision of this question is not, I apprehend, of any importance towards establishing the reality of virtue, since self-love may frequently be a virtuous motive of action. I shall only endeavour to show that the desire of doing what is honourable and noble, of rendering ourselves the proper objects of esteem and approbation, cannot with any propriety be called vanity. Even the love of well-grounded fame and reputation, the desire of acquiring esteem by what is really estimable, does not deserve that name. The first is the love of virtue, the noblest and the best passion of human nature. The second 274 is the love of true glory, a passion inferior no doubt to the former, but which in dignity appears to come immediately after it. He is guilty of vanity who desires praise for qualities which are either not praise-worthy in any degree, or not in that degree in which he expects to be praised for them; who sets his character upon the frivolous ornaments of dress and equipage, or upon the equally frivolous accomplishments of ordinary behaviour. He is guilty of vanity who desires praise for what indeed very well deserves it, but what he perfectly knows does not belong to him. The empty coxcomb who gives himself airs of importance which he has no title to, the silly liar who assumes the merit of adventures which never happened, the foolish plagiary who gives himself out for the author of what he has no pretensions to, are properly accused of this passion. He too is said to be guilty of vanity who is not contented with the silent sentiments of esteem and approbation, who seems to be fonder of their noisy expressions and acclamations than of the sentiments themselves, who is never satisfied but when his own praises are ringing in his ears, and who solicits with the most anxious importunity all external marks of respect, is fond of titles, of compliments, of being visited, of being attended, of being taken notice of in public places with the appearance of deference and attention. This frivolous passion is altogether different from either of the two former, and is the passion of the lowest and the least of mankind, as they are of the noblest and the greatest.
Whether the most generous and altruistic actions can be seen as stemming from self-love is not something I will examine right now. The answer to this question, I believe, doesn't really matter when it comes to proving the existence of virtue, since self-love can often be a virtuous motive for action. I will only attempt to show that the desire to do what is honorable and noble, to make ourselves deserving of esteem and approval, cannot rightly be called vanity. Even the love of well-deserved fame and reputation—the desire to earn respect through truly admirable deeds—should not be labeled as such. The first is the love of virtue, the highest and best passion of human nature. The second 274 is the love of true glory, a passion that, while not as elevated as the former, ranks just below it in dignity. Vanity belongs to those who seek praise for qualities that are either not praiseworthy at all or who expect recognition for them beyond what they deserve; those who base their worth on the trivial adornments of clothing and possessions, or on the equally shallow traits of ordinary conduct. Vanity also describes those who crave praise for achievements that are truly deserving but that they know they have not earned. The empty show-off who struts around as if they are important without any real basis, the foolish liar who takes credit for experiences that never happened, and the ridiculous plagiarist who claims authorship of works he has no right to, are rightly accused of this passion. A person is also seen as vain if they are not satisfied with silent expressions of esteem and approval, if they seem to prefer loud accolades and cheers over the feelings themselves, if they are never content unless their praises are echoing in their ears, and if they tirelessly seek out all external signs of respect, longing for titles, compliments, social visits, attention, and public recognition that suggest deference and admiration. This shallow passion is completely different from the two preceding ones and represents the lowest and least admirable of humanity, in contrast to the noblest and greatest.
But though these three passions, the desire of rendering ourselves the proper objects of honour and esteem, or of becoming what is honourable and estimable; the desire of acquiring honour and esteem by really deserving those sentiments; and the frivolous desire of praise at any rate, are widely different; though the two former are always approved of, while the latter never fails to be despised; there is, however, a certain remote affinity among them, which, exaggerated by the humorous and diverting eloquence of this lively author, has enabled him to impose upon his readers. There is an affinity between vanity and the love of true glory, as both these passions aim at acquiring esteem and approbation. But they are different in this, that the one is a just, reasonable, and equitable passion, while the other is unjust, absurd, and ridiculous. The man who desires esteem for what is really estimable, desires nothing but what he is justly entitled to, and what cannot be refused him without some sort of injury. He, on the contrary, who desires it upon any other terms, demands what he has no just claim to. The first is easily satisfied, is not apt to be jealous or suspicious that we do not esteem him enough, and is seldom solicitous about receiving many external marks of our regard. The other, on the contrary, is never to be satisfied, is full of jealousy and suspicion that we do not esteem him so much as he desires, because he has some secret consciousness that he desires more than he deserves. The least 275 neglect of ceremony, he considers as a mortal affront, and as an expression of the most determined contempt. He is restless and impatient, and perpetually afraid that we have lost all respect for him, and is upon this account always anxious to obtain new expressions of our esteem, and cannot be kept in temper but by continual attendance and adulation.
But even though these three passions—the desire to be seen as worthy of honor and respect, the wish to earn that honor and respect through genuine merit, and the trivial desire for praise at any cost—are quite different; while the first two are always looked upon favorably, the last is consistently looked down upon; there is still a certain distant connection among them, which, exaggerated by the humorous and entertaining style of this lively author, has allowed him to deceive his readers. There is a connection between vanity and the love of true glory, as both passions strive for esteem and approval. However, they differ in that one is a just, reasonable, and valid passion, whereas the other is unjust, absurd, and ridiculous. The person who seeks esteem for what is genuinely admirable wants nothing more than what they are rightfully entitled to, and what cannot be denied without some harm. In contrast, the person who desires it on any other terms is asking for something they have no rightful claim to. The former is easily satisfied, isn't typically jealous or suspicious about how much we esteem them, and isn’t usually worried about receiving many external signs of our regard. The latter, on the other hand, is never satisfied, filled with jealousy and suspicion that we don't value them as much as they want because they have an inner awareness that they want more than they deserve. The slightest 275 oversight in courtesy feels like a serious insult to them, an indication of utmost disdain. They are restless and anxious, constantly fearing that we have lost all respect for them, which makes them perpetually eager to seek new signs of our esteem, and they can't maintain their composure without continuous attention and flattery.
There is an affinity, too, between the desire of becoming what is honourable and estimable and the desire of honour and esteem, between the love of virtue and the love of true glory. They resemble one another not only in this respect, that both aim at really being what is honourable and noble, but even in that respect in which the love of true glory resembles what is properly called vanity, some reference to the sentiments of others. The man of the greatest magnanimity, who desires virtue for its own sake, and is most indifferent about what actually are the opinions of mankind with regard to him, is still, however, delighted with the thoughts of what they should be, with the consciousness that though he may neither be honoured nor applauded, he is still the proper object of honour and applause, and that if mankind were cool and candid and consistent with themselves, and properly informed of the motives and circumstances of his conduct, they would not fail to honour and applaud him. Though he despises the opinions which are actually entertained of him, he has the highest value for those which ought to be entertained of him. That he might think himself worthy of those honourable sentiments, and, whatever was the idea which other men might conceive of his character, that when he should put himself in their situation, and consider, not what was, but what ought to be their opinion, he should always have the highest idea of it himself, was the great and exalted motive of his conduct. As even in the love of virtue, therefore, there is still some reference, though not to what is, yet to what in reason and propriety ought to be, the opinion of others, there is even in this respect some affinity between it and the love of true glory. There is, however, at the same time, a very great difference between them. The man who acts solely from a regard to what is right and fit to be done, from a regard to what is the proper object of esteem and approbation, though these sentiments should never be bestowed upon him, acts from the most sublime and godlike motive which human nature is even capable of conceiving. The man, on the other hand, who while he desires to merit approbation, is at the same time anxious to obtain it, though he, too, is laudable in the main, yet his motives have a greater mixture of human infirmity. He is in danger of being mortified by the ignorance and injustice of mankind, and his happiness is exposed to the envy of his rivals and the folly of the public. The happiness of the other, on the contrary, is altogether secure and independent of fortune, and of the caprice of those he lives with. The contempt and hatred which 276 may be thrown upon him by the ignorance of mankind, he considers as not belonging to him, and is not at all mortified by it. Mankind despise and hate him from a false notion of his character and conduct. If they knew him better, they would esteem and love him. It is not him whom, properly speaking, they hate and despise, but another person whom they mistake him to be. Our friend, whom we should meet at a masquerade in the garb of our enemy, would be more diverted than mortified, if under that disguise we should vent our indignation against him. Such are the sentiments of a man of real magnanimity, when exposed to unjust censure. It seldom happens, however, that human nature arrives at this degree of firmness. Though none but the weakest and most worthless of mankind are much delighted with false glory, yet, by a strange inconsistency, false ignominy is capable of mortifying those who appear the most resolute and determined.
There is also a connection between the desire to become honorable and respected and the desire for honor and respect, between the love of virtue and the love of true glory. They are similar not only because both aim to truly embody what is honorable and noble, but also in the way that the love of true glory can resemble vanity, as it involves some consideration of how others perceive us. The person with the greatest nobility, who seeks virtue for its own sake and doesn’t care much about what others think of him, still finds joy in the idea of what their thoughts should be. He knows that even if he isn't honored or praised, he is still worthy of honor and applause. If people were fair, candid, consistent with themselves, and properly informed about his motives and circumstances, they would not hesitate to honor and praise him. Although he holds in contempt the opinions actually held about him, he values highly the opinions that should be held about him. His aim to feel deserving of such honorable views, and no matter what others might think of him, when he puts himself in their shoes and considers not what is, but what ought to be their opinion, he should always hold the highest regard for it himself. This great and noble pursuit motivates his actions. Even in the love of virtue, there is still some reference to the opinions of others, not just what is true but what should be, indicating some connection to the love of true glory. However, there is a significant difference between the two. The person who acts solely out of concern for what is right and fitting, based on what deserves esteem and approval, even if these sentiments are never directed at him, is driven by the most sublime and godlike motivation that human nature can imagine. In contrast, the person who wishes to deserve approval while also wanting to obtain it, though he is generally commendable, has motives that are more mixed with human flaws. He risks being hurt by the ignorance and unfairness of others, and his happiness is vulnerable to the envy of rivals and the folly of the public. The happiness of the other person, however, is entirely safe and independent of luck or the whims of those around him. He views any contempt or hatred directed at him due to people's ignorance as not really related to him and is not bothered by it at all. People may despise and hate him based on a mistaken idea of his character and actions. If they knew him better, they would admire and love him. It’s not really him they hate and despise, but rather a distorted version of who he is. Our friend, dressed as our enemy at a masquerade, would be more amused than hurt if we showed our anger towards him under that disguise. Such are the feelings of a truly noble man when faced with unfair criticism. However, it’s rare for human nature to exhibit this level of steadfastness. While only the weakest and most worthless individuals delight in false glory, paradoxically, false disgrace can still distress those who seem the most resolute and determined.
Dr. Mandeville is not satisfied with representing the frivolous motive of vanity, as the source of all those actions which are commonly accounted virtuous. He endeavours to point out the imperfection of human virtue in many other respects. In every case, he pretends, it falls short of that complete self-denial which it pretends to, and, instead of a conquest, is commonly no more than a concealed indulgence of our passions. Wherever our reserve with regard to pleasure falls short of the most ascetic abstinence, he treats it as gross luxury and sensuality. Every thing, according to him, is luxury which exceeds what is absolutely necessary for the support of human nature, so that there is vice even in the use of a clean shirt or of a convenient habitation. The indulgence of the inclination to sex, in the most lawful union, he considers as the same sensuality with the most hurtful gratification of that passion, and derides that temperance and that chastity which can be practised at so cheap a rate. The ingenious sophistry of his reasoning, is here, as upon many other occasions, covered by the ambiguity of language. There are some of our passions which have no other names except those which mark the disagreeable and offensive degree. The spectator is more apt to take notice of them in this degree than in any other. When they shock his own sentiments, when they give him some sort of antipathy and uneasiness, he is necessarily obliged to attend to them, and is from thence naturally led to give them a name. When they fall in with the natural state of his own mind, he is very apt to overlook them altogether, and either gives them no name at all, or, if he gives them any, it is one which marks rather the subjection and restraint of the passion, than the degree which it still is allowed to subsist in, after it is so subjected and restrained. Thus the common names (luxury and lust) of the love of pleasure, and of the love of sex, denote a vicious and offensive degree of those passions. The words temperance and chastity, on the other hand, seem to mark rather the restraint and subjection which they are kept under, than the degree 277 which they are still allowed to subsist in. When he can show, therefore, that they still subsist in some degree, he imagines, he has entirely demolished the reality of the virtues of temperance and chastity, and shown them to be mere impositions upon the inattention and simplicity of mankind. Those virtues, however, do not require an entire insensibility to the objects of the passions which they mean to govern. They only aim at restraining the violence of those passions so far as not to hurt the individual, and neither disturb nor offend society.
Dr. Mandeville is not satisfied with merely viewing vanity as the only reason behind actions that are usually seen as virtuous. He tries to highlight the flaws in human virtue in many other ways. In each case, he argues that virtue falls short of true self-denial and is often just a hidden indulgence of our desires. Whenever our restraint regarding pleasure isn't as strict as complete abstinence, he labels it as blatant luxury and sensuality. According to him, anything that goes beyond what is absolutely necessary for survival is luxury, meaning even having a clean shirt or a comfortable home can be seen as vice. He regards acting on sexual desires, even within a lawful marriage, as the same kind of sensuality as the most harmful expressions of that drive, mocking the notion of temperance and chastity that can be maintained easily. The clever tricks in his arguments, as in many other cases, are masked by vague language. Some of our desires only have names that reflect their most unpleasant and offensive aspects. People are more likely to notice these when they clash with their own values, triggering discomfort and dislike, which prompts them to name it. When these feelings align with their natural state of mind, they're often overlooked entirely, leading to either a complete lack of a name or one that emphasizes control over the passion rather than the level it still exists at. Therefore, common terms like luxury and lust for pleasure and sex indicate a problematic and offensive degree of those emotions. In contrast, terms like temperance and chastity seem to reflect more on the control and suppression of these impulses than on their persistent existence. Thus, when he can demonstrate that these impulses still exist to some extent, he believes he has completely undermined the real virtues of temperance and chastity, proving them to be nothing more than deceptions that take advantage of people's ignorance and naïveté. However, these virtues do not demand complete insensitivity to the desires they aim to control. They only strive to limit the intensity of those desires enough so that they don't harm the individual or disturb or offend society.
It is the great fallacy of Dr. Mandeville’s book (Fable of the Bees) to represent every passion as wholly vicious, which is so in any degree and in any direction. It is thus that he treats every thing as vanity which has any reference, either to what are, or to what ought to be the sentiments of others; and it is by means of this sophistry, that he establishes his favourite conclusion, that private vices are public benefits. If the love of magnificence, a taste for the elegant arts and improvements of human life, for whatever is agreeable in dress, furniture, or equipage, for architecture, statuary, painting, and music, is to be regarded as luxury, sensuality, and ostentation, even in those whose situation allows, without any inconveniency, the indulgence of those passions, it is certain that luxury, sensuality, and ostentation are public benefits: since without the qualities upon which he thinks proper to bestow such opprobrious names, the arts of refinement could never find encouragement, and must languish for want of employment. Some popular ascetic doctrines which had been current before his time, and which placed virtue in the entire extirpation and annihilation of all our passions, were the real foundation of this licentious system. It was easy for Dr. Mandeville to prove, first, that this entire conquest never actually took place among men; and secondly, that if it was to take place universally, it would be pernicious to society, by putting an end to all industry and commerce, and in a manner to the whole business of human life. By the first of these propositions, he seemed to prove that there was no real virtue, and that what pretended to be such, was a mere cheat and imposition upon mankind; and by the second, that our private vices were public benefits, since without them no society could prosper or flourish.
It is a significant flaw in Dr. Mandeville’s book (Fable of the Bees) to portray every passion as completely negative, regardless of its degree or direction. He dismisses everything related to the opinions of others as vanity, and with this reasoning, he arrives at his favored conclusion that private vices are public benefits. If the love of luxury, an appreciation for the fine arts and enhancements to human life, or enjoyment in style, home decor, or vehicles, as well as architecture, sculpture, painting, and music, is seen as just indulgence, sensuality, and showiness—especially for those who can afford to indulge without consequence—then it follows that these traits must indeed be public benefits. Without the traits he wrongly labels with such harsh terms, the arts of refinement would lack support and would struggle without opportunity. Some popular ascetic beliefs that existed before his time, which suggested that virtue lies in completely eliminating our passions, were the real basis for this misleading argument. It was simple for Dr. Mandeville to demonstrate, first, that this complete control never actually happens among people; and second, that if it were to happen universally, it would harm society by halting all industry and commerce, effectively ending the entire process of human life. Through his first claim, he seemed to show that true virtue does not exist and that what appears to be virtue is just a fraud. Through his second claim, he argued that our private vices are, in fact, public benefits, as no society could thrive or prosper without them.
Such is the system of Dr. Mandeville, which once made so much noise in the world, and which, though, perhaps, it never gave occasion to more vice than what would have been without it, at least taught that vice, which arose from other causes, to appear with more effrontery, and to avow the corruption of its motives with a profligate audaciousness which had never been heard of before.
Such is Dr. Mandeville's system, which once created quite a stir in the world. While it may not have caused more vice than would have occurred without it, it certainly made the vice that stemmed from other reasons more brazen and prompted people to openly admit the corruption behind their actions with a level of shamelessness that had never been seen before.
But how destructive soever this system may appear, it could never have imposed upon so great a number of persons, nor have occasioned so general an alarm among those who are the friends of better principles, had it not in some respects bordered upon the truth. A system of 278 natural philosophy may appear very plausible, and be for a long time very generally received in the world, and yet have no foundation in nature, nor any sort of resemblance to the truth. The vortices of Des Cartes were regarded by a very ingenious nation, for near a century together, as a most satisfactory account of the revolutions of the heavenly bodies. Yet it has been demonstrated, to the conviction of all mankind, that these pretended causes of those wonderful effects, not only do not actually exist, but are utterly impossible, and if they did exist, could produce no such effects as are ascribed to them. But it is otherwise with systems of moral philosophy, and an author who pretends to account for the origin of our moral sentiments, cannot deceive us so grossly, nor depart so very far from all resemblance to the truth. When a traveller gives an account of some distant country, he may impose upon our credulity, the most groundless and absurd fictions as the most certain matters of fact. But when a person pretends to inform us of what passes in our neighbourhood, and of the affairs of the very parish which we live in, though here too, if we are so careless as not to examine things with our own eyes, he may deceive us in many respects, yet the greatest falsehoods which he imposes upon us must bear some resemblance to the truth, and must even have a considerable mixture of truth in them. An author who treats of natural philosophy, and pretends to assign the causes of the great phenomena of the universe, pretends to give an account of the affairs of a very distant country, concerning which he may tell us what he pleases, and as long as his narration keeps within the bounds of seeming possibility, he need not despair of gaining of belief. But when he proposes to explain the origin of our desires and affections, of our sentiments of approbation and disapprobation, he pretends to give an account, not only of the affairs of the very parish that we live in, but of our own domestic concerns. Though here too, like indolent masters who put their trust in a steward who deceives them, we are very liable to be imposed upon, yet we are incapable of passing any account which does not preserve some little regard to the truth. Some of the articles, at least, must be just, and even those which are most overcharged must have had some foundation, otherwise the fraud would be detected even by that careless inspection which we are disposed to give. The author who should assign, as the cause of any natural sentiment, some principle which neither had any connection with it, nor resembled any other principle which had some such connection, would appear absurd and ridiculous to the most injudicious and unexperienced reader.
But no matter how destructive this system may seem, it could never have influenced so many people or caused such widespread concern among those who support better principles if it didn't, in some ways, touch on the truth. A system of 278 natural philosophy might seem very plausible and be widely accepted for a long time, yet have no real basis in nature or any resemblance to the truth. Descartes' vortices were viewed by a very clever nation for nearly a century as a satisfactory explanation for the movements of heavenly bodies. However, it has been proven, to the belief of all humanity, that these supposed causes for those incredible effects not only don't actually exist but are completely impossible, and even if they did exist, they couldn't produce the effects ascribed to them. But moral philosophy works differently, and an author who claims to explain the origin of our moral feelings can't fool us so badly or stray so far from the truth. When a traveler describes a distant land, he can trick our gullibility with the most nonsensical and absurd stories as if they are certain facts. But when someone tries to inform us about what's happening in our neighborhood or in the very parish where we live, even if we are careless and don't check things ourselves, the biggest lies he tells must still bear some resemblance to the truth and have a significant mix of truth in them. An author discussing natural philosophy who claims to explain the causes of the great phenomena of the universe is telling us about a very distant land, and he can say whatever he wants, as long as his account stays within the limits of seeming possibility, he won’t have much trouble being believed. But when he attempts to explain the origin of our desires and feelings, of our sentiments of approval and disapproval, he is discussing not just our local issues but our own personal matters. Even here, like lazy masters who trust a dishonest steward, we are likely to be deceived, yet we can't accept any explanation that doesn't maintain at least a little regard for the truth. Some of the points, at least, must be accurate, and even the most exaggerated claims must have some basis; otherwise, the deception would be uncovered even by our casual inspection. An author who attributes a natural sentiment to a principle that has no connection to it or any resemblance to any other principle with such a connection would seem absurd and ridiculous to even the most uncritical and inexperienced reader.
SEC. Ⅲ.—OF THE DIFFERENT SYSTEMS WHICH HAVE BEEN FORMED CONCERNING THE PRINCIPLE OF APPROBATION.
INTRODUCTION.—After the inquiry concerning the nature of virtue, the next question of importance in Moral Philosophy, is concerning the principle of approbation, concerning the power or faculty of the mind which renders certain characters agreeable or disagreeable to us, makes us prefer one tenor of conduct to another, denominate the one right and the other wrong, and consider the one as the object of approbation, honour, and reward, or the other as that of blame, censure, and punishment.
IINTRODUCTION.—After exploring what virtue really is, the next key question in Moral Philosophy is about the principle of approval. This involves understanding the mental ability that makes certain traits appealing or unappealing to us. It leads us to favor one way of acting over another, to label one action as right and the other as wrong, and to view one as deserving of approval, respect, and reward, while seeing the other as worthy of criticism, blame, and punishment.
Three different accounts have been given of this principle of approbation. According to some, we approve and disapprove both of our own actions and of those of others, from self-love only, or from some view of their tendency to our own happiness or disadvantage: according to others, reason, the same faculty by which we distinguish between truth and falsehood, enables us to distinguish between what is fit and unfit both in actions and affections: according to others, this distinction is altogether the effect of immediate sentiment and feeling, and arises from the satisfaction or disgust with which the view of certain actions or affections inspires us. Self-love, reason and sentiment, therefore, are the three different sources which have been assigned for the principle of approbation.
Three different explanations have been provided for this principle of approval. Some say we approve and disapprove of our own actions and those of others purely out of self-love, or based on how these actions affect our happiness or well-being. Others argue that reason, the same ability we use to distinguish truth from falsehood, helps us identify what is appropriate and inappropriate in both actions and feelings. Still, others believe that this distinction comes solely from immediate emotions and feelings, arising from the satisfaction or disgust we experience when we observe certain actions or emotions. Therefore, self-love, reason, and sentiment are the three distinct sources attributed to the principle of approval.
Before I proceed to give an account of those different systems, I must observe, that the determination of this second question, though of the greatest importance in speculation, is of none in practice. The question concerning the nature of virtue necessarily has some influence upon our notions of right and wrong in many particular cases. That concerning the principle of approbation can possibly have no such effect. To examine from what contrivance or mechanism within, those different notions or sentiments arise, is a mere matter of philosophical curiosity.
Before I give an account of those different systems, I need to point out that figuring out this second question, while really important theoretically, doesn’t really matter in practice. The question about the nature of virtue does influence our ideas of right and wrong in various situations. However, the question about the principle of approval doesn’t have any such impact. Looking into how those different ideas or feelings come about is just a matter of philosophical interest.
CHappiness. Ⅰ.—Of those Systems which deduce the Principle of Approbation from Self-love.
THOSE who account for the principle of approbation from self-love, do not all account for it in the same manner, and there is a good deal of confusion and inaccuracy in all their different systems. According to Mr. Hobbes, and many of his followers (Puffendorff, Mandeville), man is driven to take refuge in society, not by any natural love which he bears to his own kind, but because without the assistance of others he is incapable of subsisting with ease or safety. Society, upon this account, becomes necessary to him, and whatever tends to its support and welfare, he considers as having a remote tendency to his own 280 interest; and, on the contrary, whatever is likely to disturb or destroy it, he regards as in some measure hurtful or pernicious to himself. Virtue is the great support, and vice the great disturber of human society. The former, therefore, is agreeable, and the latter offensive to every man; as from the one he foresees the prosperity, and from the other the ruin and disorder of what is so necessary for the comfort and the security of his existence.
THOSE who explain the principle of approval from self-love don't all explain it in the same way, leading to a lot of confusion and inaccuracy across their various systems. According to Mr. Hobbes and many of his followers (Puffendorff, Mandeville), people are driven to seek refuge in society not because of any natural love for others, but because, without the help of others, they can't thrive comfortably or safely. For this reason, society becomes essential to them, and anything that supports and benefits it is seen as indirectly beneficial to their own 280 interests. Conversely, anything that might disrupt or destroy it is viewed as somewhat harmful or damaging to themselves. Virtue is the main support of human society, while vice is its biggest disruptor. Therefore, virtue is pleasing to everyone, and vice is off-putting; from virtue, one anticipates prosperity, and from vice, chaos and destruction of what is so vital for their comfort and security.
That the tendency of virtue to promote, and of vice to disturb the order of society, when we consider it coolly and philosophically, reflects a very great beauty upon the one, and a very great deformity upon the other, cannot, as I have observed upon a former occasion, be called in question. Human society, when we contemplate it in a certain abstract and philosophical light, appears like a great, an immense machine, whose regular and harmonious movements produce a thousand agreeable effects. As in any other beautiful and noble machine that was the production of human art, whatever tended to render its movements more smooth and easy, would derive a beauty from this effect, and, on the contrary, whatever tended to obstruct them would displease upon that account: so virtue, which is, as it were, the fine polish to the wheels of society, necessarily pleases; while vice, like the vile rust, which makes them jar and grate upon one another, is as necessarily offensive. This account, therefore, of the origin of approbation and disapprobation, so far as it derives them from a regard to the order of society, runs into that principle which gives beauty to utility, and which I have explained upon a former occasion; and it is from thence that this system derives all that appearance of probability which it possesses. When those authors describe the innumerable advantages of a cultivated and social, above a savage and solitary life; when they expatiate upon the necessity of virtue and good order for the maintenance of the one, and demonstrate how infallibly the prevalence of vice and disobedience to the laws tend to bring back the other, the reader is charmed with the novelty and grandeur of those views which they open to him: he sees plainly a new beauty in virtue, and a new deformity in vice, which he had never taken notice of before, and is commonly so delighted with the discovery, that he seldom takes time to reflect, that this political view having never occurred to him in his life before, cannot possibly be the ground of that approbation and disapprobation with which he has been accustomed to consider those different qualities.
The idea that virtue enhances and vice disrupts the order of society, when we look at it thoughtfully and philosophically, highlights a significant beauty in the former and a notable ugliness in the latter. As I mentioned before, this is indisputable. Human society, when observed in a certain abstract and philosophical way, resembles a vast, complex machine, whose smooth and harmonious operations produce countless positive outcomes. Just like any beautifully designed machine created by human hands, anything that makes its movements smoother and easier adds to its beauty, while anything that hinders these movements is seen as unattractive. Virtue acts like the fine polish on society's wheels, making it pleasing; whereas vice, like unpleasant rust that causes them to clash and grind against each other, is inherently offensive. This explanation of how we develop approval and disapproval, based on the order of society, aligns with the principle that assigns beauty to utility, which I've already explained. It's from this principle that this idea gains its apparent credibility. When authors discuss the countless benefits of a civilized and social life compared to a wild and solitary one, and when they elaborate on the importance of virtue and good order for the former’s success, showing how the rise of vice and disregard for laws inevitably lead back to the latter, the reader is captivated by the novelty and grandeur of their insights. They clearly see a new beauty in virtue and a new ugliness in vice that they hadn't noticed before, and they are often so pleased with this revelation that they rarely stop to think that this political perspective, having never crossed their minds previously, isn't likely the foundation of the approval or disapproval they've always felt toward these different qualities.
When those authors, on the other hand, deduce from self-love the interest which we take in the welfare of society, and the esteem which upon that account we bestow upon virtue, they do not mean, that when we in this age applaud the virtue of Cato, and detest the villany of Cataline, our sentiments are influenced by the notion of any benefit we receive from the one, or of any detriment we suffer from the other. It was not because the prosperity or subversion of society, in those remote 281 ages and nations, was apprehended to have any influence upon our happiness or misery in the present times; that according to those philosophers, we esteemed the virtuous and blamed the disorderly character. They never imagined that our sentiments were influenced by any benefit or damage which we supposed actually to redound to us, from either; but by that which might have redounded to us, had we lived in those distant ages and countries; or by that which might still redound to us, if in our own times we should meet with characters of the same kind. The idea, in short, which those authors were groping about, but which they were never able to unfold distinctly, was that indirect sympathy which we feel with the gratitude or resentment of those who received the benefit or suffered the damage resulting from such opposite characters: and it was this which they were indistinctly pointing at, when they said, that it was not the thought of what we had gained or suffered which prompted our applause or indignation, but the conception or imagination of what we might gain or suffer if we were to act in society with such associates.
When those authors argue that our concern for society's well-being and the respect we give to virtue stem from self-love, they don't mean that when we praise Cato's virtue and condemn Cataline's villainy, our feelings are driven by any benefit we gain from one or any harm we suffer from the other. It wasn't because the success or downfall of society in those distant 281 times and places was thought to influence our happiness or misery now that, according to those philosophers, we appreciated the virtuous and criticized the disorderly. They never thought our feelings were shaped by any actual benefit or harm we believed we received from either person. Instead, it was about what might have benefited us had we lived in those far-off times and places, or what could still benefit us if we encountered similar characters in our own time. In short, the concept those authors were struggling to articulate, but couldn’t express clearly, was the indirect sympathy we feel with the gratitude or anger of those who did benefit or suffer because of such opposing characters. This is what they were vaguely referring to when they said that it wasn't the thought of what we had gained or lost that stirred our praise or anger, but the idea of what we could gain or lose if we engaged with such individuals in society.
Sympathy, however, cannot, in any sense, be regarded as a selfish principle. When I sympathize with your sorrow or your indignation, it may be pretended, indeed, that my emotion is founded in self-love, because it arises from bringing your case home to myself, from putting myself in your situation, and thence conceiving what I should feel in the like circumstances. But though sympathy is very properly said to arise from an imaginary change of situations with the person principally concerned, yet this imaginary change is not supposed to happen to me in my own person and character, but in that of the person with whom I sympathize. When I condole with you for the loss of your only son, in order to enter into your grief I do not consider what I, a person of such a character and profession, should suffer, if I had a son, and if that son was unfortunately to die; but I consider what I should suffer if I was really you, and I not only change circumstances with you, but I change persons and characters. My grief, therefore, is entirely upon your account, and not in the least upon my own. It is not, therefore in the least selfish. How can that be regarded as a selfish passion, which does not arise even from the imagination of any thing that has befallen, or that relates to myself, in my own proper person and character, but which is entirely occupied about what relates to you? A man may sympathize with a woman in child-bed; though it is impossible that he should conceive himself as suffering her pains in his own proper person and character. That whole account of human nature, however, which deduces all sentiments and affections from self-love, which has made so much noise in the world, but which, as far as I know, has never yet been fully and distinctly explained, seems to me to have arisen from some confused misapprehension of the system of sympathy.
Sympathy, however, can't be seen as a selfish principle in any way. When I sympathize with your sorrow or anger, it might be suggested that my feelings come from self-love because I relate your situation to my own life, imagining how I would feel if I were in your shoes. But while it's true that sympathy comes from imagining a role reversal with the person who is primarily affected, this imagined switch doesn’t mean that I take on their characteristics or situation in my own life. When I express sorrow for your loss of your only son, I don’t think about what I would feel if I were someone with a different character and job who lost a son. Instead, I focus on what I would feel if I were actually you, meaning that I completely take on your identity and your circumstances. Therefore, my grief is solely focused on you and not at all on myself. It’s not selfish at all. How can a feeling be considered selfish if it doesn't even involve imagining something that has happened to me personally, but is entirely about what affects you? A man can feel sympathy for a woman giving birth, even though he can’t truly imagine going through her pain himself. However, the entire theory of human nature that connects all feelings and emotions to self-love, which has been widely discussed but, as far as I know, has never been fully or clearly defined, seems to stem from a misunderstanding of the sympathy system.
CHAP. Ⅱ.—Of those Systems which make Reason the Principle of Approbation.
IT is well known to have been the doctrine of Mr. Hobbes, that a state of nature is a state of war; and that antecedent to the institution of civil government, there could be no safe or peaceable society among men. To preserve society, therefore, according to him, was to support civil government, and to destroy civil government was the same thing as to put an end to society. But the existence of civil government depends upon the obedience that is paid to the supreme magistrate. The moment he loses his authority, all government is at an end. As self-preservation, therefore, teaches men to applaud whatever tends to promote the welfare of society, and to blame whatever is likely to hurt it; so the same principle, if they would think and speak consistently, ought to teach them to applaud upon all occasions obedience to the civil magistrate, and to blame all disobedience and rebellion. The very ideas of laudable and blamable, ought to be the same with those of obedience and disobedience. The laws of the civil magistrate, therefore, ought to be regarded as the sole ultimate standards of what was just and unjust, of what was right and wrong.
It is widely recognized that Mr. Hobbes believed that a state of nature is a state of war and that before the establishment of civil government, there could be no safe or peaceful society among people. According to him, maintaining society meant supporting civil government, and destroying civil government equated to ending society. However, the existence of civil government relies on the obedience given to the supreme authority. The moment that authority is lost, all government ceases to exist. Consequently, self-preservation leads people to support anything that promotes the welfare of society and to criticize anything that could harm it; similarly, this principle should lead them to consistently support obedience to the civil authority and to condemn any disobedience and rebellion. The concepts of praiseworthy and blameworthy should align with obedience and disobedience. Therefore, the laws of the civil authority should be considered the only ultimate standards of what is just and unjust, right and wrong.
It was the avowed intention of Mr. Hobbes, by propagating these notions, to subject the consciences of men immediately to the civil, and not to the ecclesiastical powers, whose turbulence and ambition, he had been taught, by the example of his own times, to regard as the principal source of the disorders of society. His doctrine, upon this account, was peculiarly offensive to theologians, who accordingly did not fail to vent their indignation against him with great asperity and bitterness. It was likewise offensive to all sound moralists, as it supposed that there was no natural distinction between right and wrong, that these were mutable and changeable, and depended upon the mere arbitrary will of the civil magistrate. This account of things, therefore, was attacked from all quarters, and by all sorts of weapons, by sober reason as well as by furious declamation.
It was Mr. Hobbes's stated goal, by promoting these ideas, to place people's consciences directly under civil authority rather than religious powers, which he viewed, based on the events of his time, as the main cause of society's chaos. His theory was particularly upsetting to theologians, who did not hesitate to express their anger towards him with great harshness and resentment. It also angered all reasonable moralists, as it implied there was no inherent difference between right and wrong, that these concepts were fluid and could change based on the arbitrary desires of the civil authorities. Because of this perspective, it faced criticism from all sides and via various means, from rational arguments to passionate outbursts.
In order to confute so odious a doctrine, it was necessary to prove, that antecedent to all law or positive institution, the mind was naturally endowed with a faculty, by which it distinguished in certain actions and affections, the qualities of right, laudable, and virtuous, and in others those of wrong, blamable, and vicious.
To challenge such a hateful belief, it was essential to demonstrate that before any laws or formal rules, the mind was naturally equipped with a faculty that allowed it to recognize the qualities of right, commendable, and virtuous in certain actions and feelings, and those of wrong, blameworthy, and immoral in others.
Law, it was justly observed by Dr. Cudworth (Immutable Morality, 1. Ⅰ), could not be the original source of those distinctions; since upon the supposition of such a law, it must either be right to obey it, and wrong to disobey it, or indifferent whether we obeyed it or disobeyed it. That law which it was indifferent whether we obeyed or disobeyed, could not, it was evident, be the source of those distinctions; neither 283 could that which it was right to obey and wrong to disobey, since even this still supposed the antecedent notions or ideas of right and wrong, and that obedience to the law was conformable to the idea of right, and disobedience to that of wrong.
Law, as Dr. Cudworth pointed out (Immutable Morality, 1. Ⅰ), couldn't be the original source of those distinctions. If such a law existed, it would have to be either right to obey it and wrong to disobey it, or it wouldn't matter if we obeyed or disobeyed. A law that was indifferent to our obedience or disobedience clearly couldn't be the source of those distinctions. Similarly, a law that was right to obey and wrong to disobey would still rely on the prior concepts of right and wrong, suggesting that obeying the law aligns with the idea of right, while disobeying it aligns with the idea of wrong. 283
Since the mind, therefore, had a notion of those distinctions antecedent to all law, it seemed necessarily to follow, that it derived this notion from reason, which pointed out the difference between right and wrong, in the same manner in which it did that between truth and falsehood: and this conclusion, which, though true in some respects, is rather hasty in others, was more easily received at a time when the abstract science of human nature was but in its infancy, and before the distinct offices and powers of the different faculties of the human mind had been carefully examined and distinguished from one another. When this controversy with Mr. Hobbes was carried on with the greatest warmth and keenness, no other faculty had been thought of from which any such ideas could possibly be supposed to arise. It became at this time, therefore, the popular doctrine, that the essence of virtue and vice did not consist in the conformity or disagreement of human actions with the law of a superior, but in their conformity or disagreement with reason, which was thus considered as the original source and principle of approbation and disapprobation.
Since the mind had a concept of those distinctions before any laws existed, it seemed to naturally follow that it got this idea from reason, which identified the difference between right and wrong, just as it did between truth and falsehood. This conclusion, while true in some ways, is a bit rushed in others. It was more readily accepted at a time when the abstract study of human nature was still developing, and before the different functions and abilities of the human mind had been thoroughly examined and differentiated. During the intense debate with Mr. Hobbes, no other faculty was considered as a possible source for such ideas. Therefore, it became a widely accepted belief that the essence of virtue and vice didn’t lie in how human actions aligned or conflicted with the law of a higher authority, but rather in how they aligned or conflicted with reason, which was viewed as the original source and principle of approval and disapproval.
That virtue consists in conformity to reason, is true in some respects, and this faculty may very justly be considered as, in some sense, the source and principle of approbation and disapprobation, and of all solid judgments concerning right and wrong. It is by reason that we discover those general rules of justice by which we ought to regulate our actions: and it is by the same faculty that we form those more vague and indeterminate ideas of what is prudent, of what is decent, of what is generous or noble, which we carry constantly about with us, and according to which we endeavour, as well as we can, to model the tenor of our conduct. The general maxims of morality are formed, like all other general maxims, from experience and induction. We observe in a great variety of particular cases what pleases or displeases our moral faculties, what these approve or disapprove of, and, by induction from this experience, we establish those general rules. But induction is always regarded as one of the operations of reason. From reason, therefore, we are very properly said to derive all those general maxims and ideas. It is by these, however, that we regulate the greater part of our moral judgments, which would be extremely uncertain and precarious if they depended altogether upon what is liable to so many variations as immediate sentiment and feeling, which the different states of health and humour are capable of altering so essentially. As our most solid judgments, therefore, with regard to right and wrong, are regulated by maxims and ideas derived from an induction of reason, virtue may very properly be said to consist in a conformity to 284 reason, and so far this faculty may be considered as the source and principle of approbation and disapprobation.
That virtue is aligned with reason is true in some ways, and this ability can rightly be seen as the source and foundation of approval and disapproval, as well as all well-founded judgments about right and wrong. We use reason to uncover the general principles of justice that should guide our actions, and through the same ability, we develop those more vague and uncertain concepts of what is wise, what is appropriate, and what is generous or noble, which we carry with us all the time, and according to which we try to shape our behavior as best we can. The general principles of morality are formed, like all other general principles, from experience and induction. We notice a wide range of specific cases that influence what appeals to or offends our moral sense, what we approve or disapprove of, and from this experience, we derive those general rules. However, induction is always considered one of the functions of reason. Thus, it is quite accurate to say we derive all those general principles and ideas from reason. It is these principles that guide most of our moral judgments, which would be extremely uncertain and unstable if they relied solely on immediate feelings and sentiments, which can vary so greatly due to different states of health and mood. Therefore, since our most reliable judgments about right and wrong are regulated by principles and ideas drawn from reasoned induction, virtue can be rightly said to consist in alignment with 284 reason, and thus this ability can be viewed as the source and foundation of approval and disapproval.
But though reason is undoubtedly the source of the general rules of morality, and of all the moral judgments which we form by means of them; it is altogether absurd and unintelligible to suppose that the first perceptions of right and wrong can be derived from reason, even in those particular cases upon the experience of which the general rules are formed. These first perceptions, as well as all other experiments upon which any general rules are founded, cannot be the object of reason, but of immediate sense and feeling. It is by finding in a vast variety of instances that one tenor of conduct constantly pleases in a certain manner, and that another as constantly displeases the mind, that we form the general rules of morality. But reason cannot render any particular object either agreeable or disagreeable to the mind for its own sake. Reason may show that this object is the means of obtaining some other which is naturally either pleasing or displeasing, and in this manner may render it either agreeable or disagreeable for the sake of something else. But nothing can be agreeable or disagreeable for its own sake, which is not rendered such by immediate sense and feeling. If virtue, therefore, in every particular instance, necessarily pleases for its own sake, and if vice as certainly displeases the mind, it cannot be reason, but immediate sense and feeling, which thus reconciles us to the one, and alienates us from the other.
But while reason is definitely the source of the general rules of morality and all the moral judgments we create using them, it’s completely absurd and confusing to think that our first perceptions of right and wrong can come from reason, even in those specific cases that shape the general rules. These first perceptions, along with all the other experiences that form the basis of any general rules, can’t be understood through reason but are based on immediate sense and feeling. We develop the general rules of morality by observing that some behaviors consistently please us in certain ways, while others consistently do not. However, reason alone can't make anything appealing or unappealing to us for its own sake. Reason can indicate that something is a way to achieve another thing that is naturally either pleasurable or unpleasant, thereby making it seem either appealing or unappealing for the sake of that other thing. But nothing can be appealing or unappealing for its own sake unless it's determined by immediate sense and feeling. So, if virtue necessarily pleases us in every instance and if vice definitely displeases us, it’s not reason but immediate sense and feeling that connect us to one and push us away from the other.
Pleasure and pain are the great objects of desire and aversion: but these are distinguished, not by reason, but by immediate sense and feeling. If virtue, therefore, be desirable for its own sake, and if vice be, in the same manner, the object of aversion, it cannot be reason which originally distinguishes those different qualities, but immediate sense and feeling.
Pleasure and pain are the main things we desire and avoid: but we differentiate them not through reason, but through direct experience and emotions. So, if virtue is desirable for its own sake, and if vice is similarly something we avoid, then it can't be reason that originally distinguishes these qualities, but rather immediate sense and feeling.
As reason, however, in a certain sense, may justly be considered as the principle of approbation and disapprobation, these sentiments were, through inattention, long regarded as originally flowing from the operations of this faculty. Dr. Hutcheson had the merit of being the first who distinguished with any degree of precision in what respect all moral distinctions may be said to arise from reason, and in what respect they are founded upon immediate sense and feeling. In his illustrations upon the moral sense he has explained this so fully, and, in my opinion, so unanswerably, that, if any controversy is still kept up about this subject, I can impute it to nothing, but either to inattention to what that gentleman has written, or to a superstitious attachment to certain forms of expression, a weakness not very uncommon among the learned, especially in subjects so deeply interesting as the present, in which a man of virtue is often loath to abandon even the propriety of a single phrase which he has been accustomed to.
As reason can, in a way, be seen as the foundation for approval and disapproval, these feelings were often overlooked and thought to come from this faculty. Dr. Hutcheson was the first to clearly identify how all moral distinctions arise from reason and how they are based on immediate sense and feeling. In his explanations of moral sense, he has covered this so thoroughly and, in my view, convincingly that if there’s still debate about this topic, it must be due either to neglect of his writings or to an excessive attachment to certain phrases, which is a common flaw among scholars, especially in subjects as deeply engaging as this one, where a person of virtue is often reluctant to let go of even the appropriateness of a single term they’re used to.
CHAP. Ⅲ.—Of those Systems which make Sentiment the Principle of Approbation.
THOSE systems which make sentiment the principle of approbation may be divided into two different classes.
THose systems that make sentiment the main basis for approval can be divided into two different categories.
Ⅰ. According to some the principle of approbation is founded upon a sentiment of a peculiar nature, upon a particular power of perception exerted by the mind at the view of certain actions or affections; some of which affecting this faculty in an agreeable and others in a disagreeable manner, the former are stamped with the characters of right, laudable, and virtuous; the latter with those of wrong, blamable, and vicious. This sentiment being of a peculiar nature distinct from every other, and the effect of a particular power of perception, they give it a particular name, and call it a moral sense.
Ⅰ. Some people believe that the principle of approval is based on a unique feeling, a specific way the mind perceives certain actions or emotions. Some of these affect this ability in a positive way, while others do so in a negative way. The actions that are perceived positively are labeled as right, commendable, and virtuous, while those perceived negatively are labeled as wrong, blameworthy, and immoral. This feeling, being distinct from all others and resulting from a specific way of perceiving, is given a special name: moral sense.
Ⅱ. According to others, in order to account for the principle of approbation, there is no occasion for supposing any new power of perception which had never been heard of before: Nature, they imagine acts here, as in all other cases, with the strictest œconomy, and produces a multitude of effects from one and the same cause; and sympathy, a power which has always been taken notice of, and with which the mind is manifestly endowed, is, they think, sufficient to account for all the effects ascribed to this peculiar faculty.
Ⅱ. Some people believe that to explain the principle of approval, there’s no need to assume any new type of perception that hasn’t been seen before. They think that nature operates here, as it does in all other instances, with great efficiency, producing many effects from a single cause. They believe that sympathy, a well-known power that the mind clearly possesses, is enough to explain all the effects attributed to this unique ability.
Ⅰ. Dr. Hutcheson (Inquiry concerning Virtue) had been at great pains to prove that the principle of approbation was not founded on self-love. He had demonstrated, too, that it could not arise from any operation of reason. Nothing remained, he thought, but to suppose it a faculty of a peculiar kind, with which Nature had endowed the human mind, in order to produce this one particular and important effect. When self-love and reason were both excluded, it did not occur to him that there was any other known faculty of the mind which could in any respect answer this purpose.
Ⅰ. Dr. Hutcheson (Inquiry concerning Virtue) went to great lengths to show that the principle of approval wasn't based on self-love. He also proved that it couldn't come from any reasoning. He believed that the only thing left was to think of it as a unique ability that Nature had given to the human mind to create this specific and significant effect. When he dismissed self-love and reason, he didn't consider that there could be any other known mental ability that could serve this purpose in any way.
This new power of perception he called a moral sense, and supposed it to be somewhat analogous to the external senses. As the bodies around us, by affecting these in a certain manner, appear to possess the different qualities of sound, taste, odour, colour; so the various affections of the human mind, by touching this particular faculty in a certain manner, appear to possess the different qualities of amiable and odious, of virtuous and vicious, of right and wrong.
This new ability to perceive he called a moral sense and believed it to be similar to our physical senses. Just as the objects around us impact our senses in specific ways, making them seem to have different qualities like sound, taste, smell, and color, the various feelings of the human mind, by engaging this particular faculty in specific ways, seem to carry different qualities of pleasant and unpleasant, good and bad, right and wrong.
The various senses or powers of perception (Treatise of the Passions) from which the human mind derives all its simple ideas, were, according to this system, of two different kinds, of which the one were called the direct or antecedent, the other, the reflex or consequent senses. The direct senses were those faculties from which the mind derived the perception of such species of things as did not presuppose 286 the antecedent perception of any other. Thus sounds and colours were objects of the direct senses. To hear a sound or to see a colour does not presuppose the antecedent perception of any other quality or object. The reflex or consequent senses, on the other hand, were those faculties from which the mind derived the perception of such species of things as presupposed the antecedent perception of some other. Thus harmony and beauty were objects of the reflex senses. In order to perceive the harmony of a sound, or the beauty of a colour, we must first perceive the sound or the colour. The moral sense was considered as a faculty of this kind. That faculty, which Mr. Locke calls reflection, and from which he derived the simple ideas of the different passions and emotions of the human mind, was, according to Dr. Hutcheson, a direct internal sense. That faculty again by which we perceived the beauty or deformity, the virtue or vice, of those different passions and emotions, was a reflex, internal sense.
The different senses or ways of perceiving (Treatise of the Passions) that the human mind uses to form all its basic ideas were categorized in this system into two types: direct (or antecedent) senses and reflex (or consequent) senses. Direct senses are those faculties that allow the mind to perceive things that don’t require prior perception of anything else. For example, sounds and colors are objects of direct senses. Hearing a sound or seeing a color doesn’t require us to first perceive any other quality or object. In contrast, reflex senses are those faculties through which the mind perceives things that do require prior perception of something else. For instance, harmony and beauty are objects of reflex senses. To appreciate the harmony of a sound or the beauty of a color, we need to first perceive the sound or the color itself. The moral sense is viewed as a faculty of this type. That faculty, which Mr. Locke refers to as reflection, and from which he derived the basic ideas of different passions and emotions of the human mind, was considered by Dr. Hutcheson to be a direct internal sense. The faculty through which we perceive the beauty or ugliness, the virtue or vice, of those different passions and emotions is again a reflex internal sense.
Dr. Hutcheson endeavoured still further to support this doctrine, by showing that it was agreeable to the analogy of nature, and that the mind was endowed with a variety of other reflex senses exactly similar to the moral sense; such as a sense of beauty and deformity in external objects; a public sense, by which we sympathize with the happiness or misery of our fellow-creatures; a sense of shame and honour, and a sense of ridicule.
Dr. Hutcheson went even further to back up this idea by demonstrating that it aligned with the patterns in nature and that the mind has several other reflective senses similar to the moral sense. These include a sense of beauty and ugliness in external objects, a social sense that allows us to empathize with the happiness or suffering of others, a sense of shame and honor, and a sense of ridicule.
But notwithstanding all the pains which this ingenious philosopher has taken to prove that the principle of approbation is founded in a peculiar power of perception, somewhat analogous to the external senses, there are some consequences, which he acknowledges to follow from this doctrine, that will, perhaps, be regarded by many as a sufficient confutation of it. The qualities, he allows,8 which belong to the objects of any sense, cannot, without the greatest absurdity, be ascribed to the sense itself. Who ever thought of calling the sense of seeing black or white, the sense of hearing loud or low, or the sense of tasting sweet or bitter? And, according to him, it is equally absurd to call our moral faculties virtuous or vicious, morally good or evil. These qualities belong to the objects of those faculties, not to the faculties themselves. If any man, therefore, was so absurdly constituted as to approve of cruelty and injustice as the highest virtues, and to disapprove of equity and humanity as the most pitiful vices, such a constitution of mind might indeed be regarded as inconvenient both to the individual and to the society, and likewise as strange, surprising, and unnatural in itself; but it could not, without the greatest absurdity, be denominated vicious or morally evil.
But despite all the effort this insightful philosopher has made to prove that the principle of approval is based on a unique power of perception, somewhat similar to our external senses, there are some consequences he admits follow from this idea that many might see as a sufficient argument against it. He acknowledges that the qualities associated with the objects of any sense cannot, without significant absurdity, be attributed to the sense itself. Who ever thought of describing the sense of seeing as black or white, the sense of hearing as loud or low, or the sense of tasting as sweet or bitter? And according to him, it’s equally absurd to label our moral faculties as virtuous or vicious, morally good or evil. These qualities belong to the objects of those faculties, not to the faculties themselves. If anyone were so illogically inclined as to consider cruelty and injustice as the highest virtues and to view equity and humanity as the most shameful vices, such a mindset might indeed be seen as troublesome for both the individual and society, and also as bizarre, surprising, and unnatural in itself; but it could not, without immense absurdity, be called vicious or morally evil.
Yet surely if we saw any man shouting with admiration and applause at a barbarous and unmerited execution, which some insolent tyrant had ordered, we should not think we were guilty of any great absurdity 287 in denominating this behaviour vicious and morally evil in the highest degree, though it expressed nothing but depraved moral faculties, or an absurd approbation of this horrid action, as of what was noble, magnanimous, and great. Our heart, I imagine, at the sight of such a spectator, would forget for a while its sympathy with the sufferer, and feel nothing but horror and detestation, at the thought of so execrable a wretch. We should abominate him even more than the tyrant who might be goaded on by the strong passions of jealousy, fear, and resentment, and upon that account be more excusable. But the sentiments of the spectator would appear altogether without cause or motive, and therefore most perfectly and completely detestable. There is no perversion of sentiment or affection which our heart would be more averse to enter into, or which it would reject with greater hatred and indignation than one of this kind; and so far from regarding such a constitution of mind as being merely something strange or inconvenient, and not in any respect vicious or morally evil, we should rather consider it as the very last and most dreadful stage of depravity.
Yet surely if we saw someone cheering and applauding a brutal and unjust execution ordered by some arrogant tyrant, we wouldn’t think it was a great stretch to call that behavior vicious and morally evil to the highest degree. It would only show depraved moral sensibilities or an absurd approval of such a horrendous act as if it were noble, brave, and great. I imagine our hearts, upon witnessing such a spectator, would temporarily forget their sympathy for the victim and feel nothing but horror and disgust at the thought of such an appalling person. We would despise him even more than the tyrant, who might be driven by strong feelings of jealousy, fear, and resentment, and thus be more understandable. But the spectator’s feelings would seem entirely unprovoked and without reason, making them completely and utterly detestable. There’s no corruption of sentiment or affection that our hearts would be more unwilling to embrace or that it would reject with greater hatred and outrage than this. Far from viewing such a mindset as merely strange or inconvenient and not in any way vicious or morally wrong, we would see it as the very last and most terrifying level of depravity.
Correct moral sentiments, on the contrary, naturally appear in some degree laudable and morally good. The man, whose censure and applause are upon all occasions suited with the greatest accuracy to the value or unworthiness of the object, seems to deserve a degree even of moral approbation. We admire the delicate precision of his moral sentiments: they lead our own judgments, and, upon account of their uncommon and surprising justness, they even excite our wonder and applause. We cannot indeed be always sure that the conduct of such a person would be in any respect correspondent to the precision and accuracy of his judgment concerning the conduct of others. Virtue requires habit and resolution of mind, as well as delicacy of sentiment; and unfortunately the former qualities are sometimes wanting, where the latter is in the greatest perfection. This disposition of mind, however, though it may sometimes be attended with imperfections, is incompatible with any thing that is grossly criminal, and is the happiest foundation upon which the superstructure of perfect virtue can be built. There are many men who mean very well, and seriously purpose to do what they think their duty, who notwithstanding are disagreeable because of the coarseness of their moral sentiments.
Correct moral feelings, on the other hand, naturally come across as commendable and morally good. A person whose criticism and praise are always accurately matched to the worthiness or lack thereof of the subject seems deserving of some level of moral approval. We admire the fine precision of his moral feelings; they guide our own judgments, and due to their rare and surprising accuracy, they even evoke our amazement and approval. We can't always be sure that such a person's actions would correspond in any way to the precision and accuracy of their judgments about others' actions. Virtue requires habit and determination, along with sensitivity of sentiment; and unfortunately, the former qualities can sometimes be lacking, even when the latter is at its best. This mindset, however, even though it may sometimes have flaws, is fundamentally incompatible with anything severely wrong and serves as the best foundation upon which true virtue can be built. Many people intend well and genuinely strive to do what they believe is their duty, but they can still be off-putting because of the crudeness of their moral sentiments.
It may be said, perhaps, that though the principle of approbation is not founded upon any perception that is in any respect analogous to the external senses, it may still be founded upon a peculiar sentiment which answers this one particular purpose and no other. Approbation and disapprobation, it may be pretended, are certain feelings or emotions which arise in the mind upon the view of different characters and actions; and as resentment might be called a sense of injuries, or gratitude a sense of benefits, so these may very properly receive the name of a sense of right and wrong, or of a moral sense.
It could be argued that even though the principle of approval isn’t based on any kind of perception similar to the external senses, it can still be based on a unique feeling that serves this specific purpose and nothing else. Approval and disapproval can be seen as certain feelings or emotions that arise in the mind when we consider different characters and actions; and just as resentment might be described as a sense of injuries, or gratitude as a sense of benefits, these feelings can rightly be called a sense of right and wrong, or a moral sense.
First of all, whatever variations any particular emotion may undergo, it still preserves the general features which distinguish it to be an emotion of such a kind, and these general features are always more striking and remarkable than any variation which it may undergo in particular cases. Thus anger is an emotion of a particular kind: and accordingly its general features are always more distinguishable than all the variations it undergoes in particular cases. Anger against a man is, no doubt, somewhat different from anger against a woman, and that again from anger against a child. In each of those three cases, the general passion of anger receives a different modification from the particular character of its object, as may easily be observed by the attentive. But still the general features of the passion predominate in all these cases. To distinguish these, requires no nice observation: a very delicate attention, on the contrary, is necessary to discover their variations: every body takes notice of the former; scarce any body observes the latter. If approbation and disapprobation, therefore, were, like gratitude and resentment, emotions of a particular kind, distinct from every other, we should expect that in all the variations which either of them might undergo, it would still retain the general features which mark it to be an emotion of such a particular kind, clear, plain and easily distinguishable. But in fact it happens quite otherwise. If we attend to what we really feel when upon different occasions we either approve or disapprove, we shall find that our emotion in one case is often totally different from that in another, and that no common features can possibly be discovered between them. Thus the approbation with which we view a tender, delicate, and humane sentiment, is quite different from that with which we are struck by one that appears great, daring, and magnanimous. Our approbation of both may, upon different occasions, be perfect and entire; but we are softened by the one, and we are elevated by the other, and there is no sort of resemblance between the emotions which they excite in us. But, according to that system which I have been endeavouring to establish, this must necessarily be the case. As the emotions of the person whom we approve of, are, in those two cases, quite opposite to one another, and as our approbation arises from sympathy with those opposite emotions, what we feel upon the one occasion, can have no sort of resemblance to what we feel upon the other. But this could not happen if approbation consisted in a peculiar emotion which had nothing in common with the sentiments we approved of, but which arose at the view of those sentiments, like any other passion at the view of its proper object. The same thing holds true with regard to disapprobation. Our horror for cruelty has no sort of resemblance to our contempt for 289 mean-spiritedness. It is quite a different species of discord which we feel at the view of those two different vices, between our own minds and those of the person whose sentiments and behaviour we consider.
First of all, no matter how much a specific emotion might change, it still keeps the general traits that define it as a particular type of emotion, and these general traits are always more noticeable than any changes it might go through in specific situations. For example, anger is a specific type of emotion, so its general characteristics are always easier to identify than the variations it exhibits in different cases. Anger directed at a man is clearly a bit different from anger directed at a woman, and that, in turn, is different from anger directed at a child. In each of these situations, the general emotion of anger adjusts based on the particular nature of its target, as anyone paying attention can see. However, the general features of the emotion stand out in all these instances. Recognizing these features requires minimal observation; on the other hand, noticing the variations demands more careful attention: everyone notices the former, while hardly anyone observes the latter. If approval and disapproval were, like gratitude and resentment, specific emotions distinct from all others, we would expect that no matter how they might vary, they would still hold onto the clear, obvious traits that mark them as specific emotions. But, in reality, the opposite is true. If we really consider what we feel when we approve or disapprove in different instances, we often discover that our feelings in one case can be completely different from another, and no common features can be found between them. For instance, the approval we feel for a tender, gentle, and compassionate sentiment is completely different from the approval we feel for one that appears grand, daring, and noble. Our approval of both can, at different times, be full and complete, but one makes us feel soft while the other lifts us up, and there’s no resemblance between the emotions each evokes in us. Yet, based on the system I’ve been trying to outline, this has to be the case. Since the emotions of the person we approve of in these two cases are directly opposite to each other, and since our approval comes from empathizing with those conflicting emotions, what we feel in one case can’t possibly resemble what we feel in the other. This wouldn’t happen if approval were made up of a unique emotion that had nothing in common with the sentiments we approve of but arose in response to those sentiments, much like any other passion arises in response to its appropriate object. The same applies to disapproval. Our disgust for cruelty has no resemblance to our contempt for meanness. We experience a completely different kind of discord when we regard those two distinct vices, between our own minds and the person whose sentiments and behaviors we assess.
Secondly, I have already observed, that not only the different passions or affections of the human mind which are approved or disapproved of, appear morally good or evil, but that proper and improper approbation appear, to our natural sentiments, to be stamped with the same characters. I would ask, therefore, how it is, that, according to this system, we approve or disapprove of proper or improper approbation? To this question there is, I imagine, but one reasonable answer which can possibly be given. It must be said, that when the approbation with which our neighbour regards the conduct of a third person coincides with our own, we approve of his approbation, and consider it as, in some measure, morally good; and that, on the contrary, when it does not coincide with our own sentiments, we disapprove of it, and consider it as, in some measure, morally evil. It must be allowed, therefore, that, at least in this one case, the coincidence or opposition of sentiment, between the observer and the person observed, constitutes moral approbation or disapprobation. And if it does so in this one case, I would ask, why not in every other? to what purpose imagine a new power of perception in order to account for those sentiments?
Secondly, I’ve noticed that not only do the different passions or emotions of the human mind, which we approve or disapprove of, seem morally good or bad, but that proper and improper approval also seem to carry the same moral weight according to our natural feelings. So, I’d like to ask how it is that, within this framework, we approve or disapprove of proper or improper approval? I believe there’s only one reasonable answer to this question. It should be said that when our neighbor’s approval of someone else's behavior matches our own, we approve of their approval and see it as somewhat morally good; conversely, when it doesn’t align with our feelings, we disapprove of it and see it as somewhat morally bad. Therefore, it must be acknowledged that, at least in this one instance, the agreement or disagreement of feelings between the observer and the observed defines moral approval or disapproval. And if this holds true in this particular case, I’d ask, why not in every other situation? What would be the point of imagining a new way of perceiving to explain these feelings?
Against every account of the principle of approbation, which makes it depend upon a peculiar sentiment, distinct from every other, I would object that it is strange that this sentiment, which Providence undoubtedly intended to be the governing principle of human nature, should hitherto have been so little taken notice of, as not to have got a name in any language. The word Moral Sense is of very late formation, and cannot yet be considered as making part of the English tongue. The word Approbation has but within these few years been appropriated to denote peculiarly any thing of this kind. In propriety of language we approve of whatever is entirely to our satisfaction, of the form of a building, of the contrivance of a machine, of the flavour of a dish of meat. The word Conscience does not immediately denote any moral faculty by which we approve or disapprove. Conscience supposes, indeed, the existence of some such faculty, and properly signifies our consciousness of having acted agreeably or contrary to its directions. When love, hatred, joy, sorrow, gratitude, resentment, with so many other passions which are all supposed to be the subjects of this principle, have made themselves considerable enough to get titles to know them by, is it not surprising that the sovereign of them all should hitherto have been so little heeded, that, a few philosophers excepted, nobody has yet thought it worth while to bestow a name upon that principle.
Against every explanation of the principle of approval, which relies on a unique sentiment distinct from all others, I find it odd that this sentiment, which clearly was meant by Providence to be the guiding principle of human nature, has been so overlooked that it hasn’t even been given a name in any language. The term Moral Sense is a recent development and can’t yet be considered a part of the English language. The term Approbation has only recently been used specifically to refer to something like this. In the proper use of language, we approve of anything that completely satisfies us, such as the design of a building, the mechanics of a machine, or the taste of a dish. The word Conscience doesn’t directly refer to any moral faculty that allows us to approve or disapprove. Conscience does imply the existence of such a faculty and properly means our awareness of having acted in accordance with or against its guidance. When emotions like love, hate, joy, sadness, gratitude, and resentment, along with many other passions that are believed to be the subjects of this principle, have gained enough significance to earn titles, isn’t it surprising that the most important of them all has been so largely ignored that, apart from a few philosophers, no one has considered it worthwhile to name this principle?
When we approve of any character or action, the sentiments which we feel, are, according to the foregoing system, derived from four 290 sources, which are in some respects different from one another. First, we sympathize with the motives of the agent; secondly, we enter into the gratitude of those who receive the benefit of his actions; thirdly, we observe that his conduct has been agreeable to the general rules by which those two sympathies generally act; and, last of all, when we consider such actions as making a part of a system of behaviour which tends to promote the happiness either of the individual or of the society, they appear to derive a beauty from this utility, not unlike that which we ascribe to any well-contrived machine. After deducting, in any one particular case, all that must be acknowledged to proceed from some one or other of these four principles, I should be glad to know what remains, and I shall freely allow this overplus to be ascribed to a moral sense, or to any other peculiar faculty, provided any body will ascertain precisely what this overplus is. It might be expected, perhaps, that if there was any such peculiar principle, such as this moral sense is supposed to be, we should feel it, in some particular cases, separated and detached from every other, as we often feel joy, sorrow, hope, and fear, pure and unmixed with any other emotion. This, however, I imagine, cannot even be pretended. I have never heard any instance alleged in which this principle could be said to exert itself alone and unmixed with sympathy or antipathy, with gratitude or resentment, with the perception of the agreement or disagreement of any action to an established rule, or last of all, with that general taste for beauty and order which is excited by inanimated as well as by animated objects.
When we approve of any character or action, the feelings we have, according to the earlier explanation, come from four different sources that vary in some ways. First, we empathize with the motives of the person taking the action; second, we share in the gratitude of those who benefit from his actions; third, we note that his behavior aligns with the general principles that guide those two sympathies; and finally, when we see such actions as part of a system of behavior that promotes the happiness of either the individual or society, they seem to gain value from this usefulness, similar to what we attribute to any well-designed machine. After considering, in any particular case, everything that can be credited to one of these four principles, I would like to know what remains, and I will gladly accept this excess as part of a moral sense, or any other unique ability, as long as someone can clearly identify what this excess is. It might be expected that if there were any such distinct principle, like the supposed moral sense, we would feel it in certain situations, separate and distinct from other emotions, just as we often experience joy, sorrow, hope, and fear, purely and without mixing with any other feelings. However, I don't believe this can even be claimed. I've never heard of any case where this principle could be said to operate by itself, without being mixed with sympathy or antipathy, gratitude or resentment, the awareness of how an action aligns or conflicts with an established rule, or finally, with that general appreciation for beauty and order that is stirred by both inanimate and animate objects.
Ⅱ. There is another system which attempts to account for the origin of our moral sentiments from sympathy, distinct from that which I have been endeavouring to establish. It is that which places virtue in utility, and accounts for the pleasure with which the spectator surveys the utility of any quality from sympathy with the happiness of those who are affected by it. This sympathy is different both from that by which we enter into the motives of the agent, and from that by which we go along with the gratitude of the persons who are benefited by his actions. It is the same principle with that by which we approve of a well-contrived machine. But no machine can be the object of either of those two last-mentioned sympathies. I have already, in the fourth part of this discourse, given some account of this system.
Ⅱ. There’s another system that tries to explain the origin of our moral feelings based on sympathy, which is different from the one I’ve been working to establish. This system places value on utility and explains the pleasure we get from seeing the usefulness of a quality through our sympathy for the happiness of those affected by it. This type of sympathy is different from the one where we understand the motives of the person acting, and it’s also distinct from the sympathy we feel when we share in the gratitude of those who benefit from their actions. It’s similar to the principle that leads us to appreciate a well-designed machine. However, no machine can evoke either of the last two types of sympathy. I’ve already talked about this system in the fourth part of this discourse.
SEC. Ⅳ.—OF THE MANNER IN WHICH DIFFERENT AUTHORS HAVE TREATED OF THE PRACTICAL RULES OF MORALITY.
IT was observed in the third part of this discourse, that the rules of justice are the only rules of morality which are precise and accurate; that those of all the other virtues are loose, vague, and indeterminate; 291 that the first may be compared to the rules of grammar; the others to those which critics lay down for the attainment of what is sublime and elegant in composition, and which present us rather with a general idea of the perfection we ought to aim at, than afford us any certain and infallible directions for acquiring it.
IT was noted in the third part of this discussion that the rules of justice are the only clearly defined and accurate moral guidelines; those for other virtues are loose, vague, and ambiguous; 291 that the former can be likened to the rules of grammar; the latter resemble the standards critics set for achieving what is sublime and elegant in writing, providing us with a general sense of the perfection we should aim for rather than giving us certain, infallible instructions on how to achieve it.
As the different rules of morality admit such different degrees of accuracy, those authors who have endeavoured to collect and digest them into systems have done it in two different manners; and one set has followed through the whole that loose method to which they were naturally directed by the consideration of one species of virtues; while another has as universally endeavoured to introduce into their precepts that sort of accuracy of which only some of them are susceptible. The first have written like critics, the second like grammarians.
As the various rules of morality allow for different levels of precision, authors who have tried to compile and organize them into systems have approached it in two distinct ways. One group has consistently used a flexible method, influenced by a focus on a specific type of virtues, while the other has tried to incorporate a level of precision into their guidelines that only some of them can achieve. The first group has written like critics, while the second has done so like grammarians.
Ⅰ. The first, among whom we may count all the ancient moralists, have contented themselves with describing in a general manner the different vices and virtues, and with pointing out the deformity and misery of the one disposition, as well as the propriety and happiness of the other, but have not affected to lay down many precise rules that are to hold good unexceptionally in all particular cases. They have only endeavoured to ascertain, as far as language is capable of ascertaining, first, wherein consists the sentiment of the heart, upon which each particular virtue is founded, what sort of internal feeling or emotion it is which constitutes the essence of friendship, of humanity, of generosity, of justice, of magnanimity, and of all the other virtues, as well as of the vices which are opposed to them: and, secondly, what is the general way of acting, the ordinary tone and tenor of conduct to which each of those sentiments would direct us, or how it is that a friendly, a generous, a brave, a just, and a humane man, would upon ordinary occasions, choose to act.
Ⅰ. The first group, including all the ancient moralists, focused on describing the different vices and virtues in a general way. They highlighted the flaws and suffering associated with one mindset, as well as the appropriateness and joy of the other, but they didn’t attempt to establish many specific rules that apply uniformly in all situations. Instead, they tried to figure out, as much as language allows, first, what the feelings of the heart are that each virtue is based on, what kind of internal feelings or emotions define friendship, humanity, generosity, justice, magnanimity, and all the other virtues, as well as their opposing vices; and, second, what the general way of behaving is, the usual style and manner of conduct that each of those feelings would guide us towards, or how a friendly, generous, brave, just, and humane person would typically choose to act in ordinary situations.
To characterize the sentiment of the heart, upon which each particular virtue is founded, though it requires both a delicate and an accurate pencil, is a task, however, which may be executed with some degree of exactness. It is impossible, indeed, to express all the variations which each sentiment either does or ought to undergo, according to every possible variation of circumstances. They are endless, and language wants names to mark them by. The sentiment of friendship, for example, which we feel for an old man is different from that which we feel for a young: that which we entertain for an austere man different from that which we feel for one of softer and gentler manners: and that again from what we feel for one of gay vivacity and spirit. The friendship which we conceive for a man is different from that with which a woman affects us, even where there is no mixture of any grosser passion. What author could enumerate and ascertain these and all the other infinite varieties which this sentiment is capable of undergoing? But still the general sentiment of friendship and familiar 292 attachment which is common to them all, may be ascertained with a sufficient degree of accuracy. The picture which is drawn of it, though it will always be in many respects incomplete, may, however, have such a resemblance as to make us know the original when we meet with it, and even distinguish it from other sentiments to which it has a considerable resemblance, such as good-will, respect, admiration.
To describe the feelings of the heart, which are the foundation of every specific virtue, is a task that, while needing both sensitivity and precision, can be done with some level of accuracy. It's actually impossible to capture all the variations that each feeling can go through, depending on every possible circumstance. They are endless, and language lacks the words to label them. For instance, the feeling of friendship we have for an older man is different from that we have for a younger one; the friendship we feel for a strict person is different from that we have for someone with a softer, gentler personality; and that differs again from how we feel about someone who's lively and spirited. The friendship we form with a man is different from the one we feel with a woman, even when there are no underlying romantic feelings involved. What author could list and define all these countless variations that this feeling can undergo? Yet, the general feeling of friendship and familiar 292 attachment that is shared among them can be understood with enough clarity. The depiction of it, though it will always be somewhat incomplete, can still resemble the original closely enough for us to recognize it when we encounter it and to differentiate it from other feelings that closely resemble it, such as goodwill, respect, and admiration.
To describe, in a general manner, what is the ordinary way of acting to which each virtue would prompt us, is still more easy. It is, indeed, scarce possible to describe the internal sentiment or emotion upon which it is founded, without doing something of this kind. It is impossible by language to express, if I may say so, the invisible features of all the different modifications of passion as they show themselves within. There is no other way of marking and distinguishing them from one another, but by describing the effects which they produce without, the alterations which they occasion in the countenance, in the air and external behaviour, the resolutions they suggest, the actions they prompt to. It is thus that Cicero, in the first book of his Offices, endeavours to direct us to the practice of the four cardinal virtues, and that Aristotle in the practical parts of his Ethics, points out to us the different habits by which he would have us regulate our behaviour, such as liberality, magnificence, magnanimity, and even jocularity and good humour, qualities which that indulgent philosopher has thought worthy of a place in the catalogue of the virtues, though the lightness of that approbation which we naturally bestow upon them, should not seem to entitle them to so venerable a name.
To generally explain the usual way of acting that each virtue encourages us to follow is actually easier. It's almost impossible to describe the internal feelings or emotions behind it without doing this kind of thing. Language can't fully capture, so to speak, the unseen aspects of the various forms of passion that arise within us. The only way to identify and differentiate them is by describing the effects they have externally, the changes they cause in our expressions, demeanor, and behavior, the decisions they inspire, and the actions they lead us to take. This is how Cicero, in the first book of his Offices, tries to guide us towards practicing the four cardinal virtues, and how Aristotle, in the practical sections of his Ethics, identifies the different traits we should use to shape our behavior, like generosity, grandeur, nobility, and even humor and good cheer—qualities that this generous philosopher deemed worthy of being included among the virtues, even if the casual admiration we usually have for them might not seem to justify such a respected label.
Such works present us with agreeable and lively pictures of manners. By the vivacity of their descriptions they inflame our natural love of virtue, and increase our abhorrence of vice: by the justness as well as delicacy of their observations they may often help both to correct and to ascertain our natural sentiments with regard to the propriety of conduct, and suggesting many nice and delicate attentions, form us to a more exact justness of behaviour, than what, without such instruction, we should have been apt to think of. In treating of the rules of morality, in this manner, consists the science which is properly called Ethics, a science which, though like criticism, it does not admit of the most accurate precision, is, however, both highly useful and agreeable. It is of all others the most susceptible of the embellishments of eloquence, and by means of them of bestowing, if that be possible, a new importance upon the smallest rules of duty. Its precepts, when thus dressed and adorned, are capable of producing upon the flexibility of youth, the noblest and most lasting impressions, and as they fall in with the natural magnanimity of that generous age, they are able to inspire, for a time at least, the most heroic resolutions, and thus tend both to establish and confirm the best and most useful habits of which the mind of man is susceptible. Whatever precept and exhortation can do to 293 animate us to the practice of virtue, is done by this science delivered in this manner.
Such works give us enjoyable and vivid insights into behavior. Through their lively descriptions, they spark our inherent love for goodness and deepen our dislike for wrongdoing: the accuracy and sensitivity of their observations often help us refine and clarify our natural feelings about what's right conduct, suggesting many thoughtful and subtle considerations that guide us toward more precise behavior than we might have otherwise realized. When discussing the principles of morality like this, we tap into what we call Ethics, a field that, although it doesn't always provide the utmost precision like criticism, is nonetheless incredibly valuable and enjoyable. It's particularly open to the enhancement of eloquence, which can give even the smallest duties a newfound significance. When its teachings are presented in this engaging way, they can create powerful and lasting impressions on young minds, aligning with the natural nobility of that eager age and inspiring, at least for a time, the most courageous commitments. This process helps to build and reinforce the best and most beneficial habits of the human mind. Whatever guidance and encouragement we can receive to motivate us toward virtue is achieved by this science delivered in this manner.
Ⅱ. The second set of moralists, among whom we may count all the casuists of the middle and latter ages of the Christian church, as well as all those who in this and in the preceding century have treated of what is called natural jurisprudence, do not content themselves with characterizing in this general manner that tenor of conduct which they would recommend to us, but endeavour to lay down exact and precise rules for the direction of every circumstance of our behaviour. As justice is the only virtue with regard to which such exact rules can properly be given; it is this virtue, that has chiefly fallen under the consideration of those two different sets of writers. They treat of it, however, in a very different manner.
Ⅱ. The second group of moralists, which includes all the casuists from the middle and later ages of the Christian church, as well as those who have discussed what is known as natural law in this and the previous century, don’t just describe in general terms the behavior they recommend to us, but also try to establish clear and specific rules for guiding every aspect of our actions. Since justice is the only virtue for which such precise rules can legitimately be provided, it is this virtue that has mainly been the focus of these two different groups of writers. However, they approach the subject in very different ways.
Those who write upon the principles of jurisprudence, consider only what the person to whom the obligation is due, ought to think himself entitled to exact by force; what every impartial spectator would approve of him for exacting, or what a judge or arbiter, to whom he had submitted his case, and who had undertaken to do him justice, ought to oblige the other person to suffer or to perform. The casuists, on the other hand, do not so much examine what it is, that might properly be exacted by force, as what it is, that the person who owes the obligation ought to think himself bound to perform from the most sacred and scrupulous regard to the general rules of justice, and from the most conscientious dread, either of wronging his neighbour, or of violating the integrity of his own character. It is the end of jurisprudence to prescribe rules for the decisions of judges and arbiters. It is the end of casuistry to prescribe rules for the conduct of a good man. By observing all the rules of jurisprudence, supposing them ever so perfect, we should deserve nothing but to be free from external punishment. By observing those of casuistry, supposing them such as they ought to be, we should be entitled to considerable praise by the exact and scrupulous delicacy of our behaviour.
Those who write about the principles of law focus on what the person owed the obligation believes they can rightfully demand through force; what any fair observer would support them in demanding, or what a judge or arbiter, to whom they've turned for help and who is committed to delivering justice, should require the other party to endure or fulfill. On the other hand, the casuists don't just look at what can rightfully be demanded by force; they examine what the person who owes the obligation should feel morally compelled to do out of deep respect for the general principles of justice and a sincere concern about either wronging their neighbor or compromising their own character. The purpose of law is to provide guidelines for judges and arbiters to follow. The purpose of casuistry is to set standards for how a good person should act. By following all the rules of law, no matter how perfect they are, we would earn only the absence of external punishment. By adhering to the rules of casuistry, assuming they are what they should be, we would deserve significant praise for the precision and carefulness of our actions.
It may frequently happen that a good man ought to think himself bound, from a sacred and conscientious regard to the general rules of justice, to perform many things which it would be the highest injustice to extort from him, or for any judge or arbiter to impose upon him by force. To give a trite example; a highwayman, by the fear of death, obliges a traveller to promise him a certain sum money. Whether such a promise, extorted in this manner by force, ought to be regarded as obligatory, is a question that has been much debated.
It often happens that a decent person feels a moral obligation, out of a deep respect for the fundamental principles of justice, to do things that would be extremely unjust to demand from him, or that any judge or mediator should enforce upon him through coercion. To use a common example: a robber, using the threat of death, forces a traveler to promise him a certain amount of money. Whether such a promise, made under duress, should be considered binding is a question that has sparked a lot of discussion.
If we consider it merely as a question of jurisprudence, the decision can admit of no doubt. It would be absurd to suppose that the highwayman can be entitled to use force to constrain the other to perform. To extort the promise was a crime which deserved the highest punishment, and to extort the performance would only be adding a new crime 294 to the former. He can complain of no injury who has been only deceived by the person by whom he might justly have been killed. To suppose that a judge ought to enforce the obligation of such promises, or that the magistrate ought to allow them to sustain action at law, would be the most ridiculous of all absurdities. If we consider this question, therefore, as a question of jurisprudence, we can be at no loss about the decision.
If we look at it just from a legal perspective, the decision is clear. It would be ridiculous to think that a robber can use force to make someone else comply. Forcing someone to make a promise was a crime that deserves the harshest punishment, and forcing someone to follow through on that promise would just add another crime 294 to the first one. Someone who has only been tricked by a person who legally could have killed them has no right to complain of any harm. Assuming that a judge should enforce such promises, or that a magistrate should allow them to be legally binding, would be the most absurd idea possible. Therefore, if we view this issue as a legal matter, there's no confusion about the outcome.
But if we consider it as a question of casuistry, it will not be so easily determined. Whether a good man, from a conscientious regard to that most sacred rule of justice, which commands the observance of all serious promises, would not think himself bound to perform, is at least much more doubtful. That no regard is due to the disappointment of the wretch who brings him into this situation, that no injury is done to the robber, and consequently that nothing can be extorted by force, will admit of no sort of dispute. But whether some regard is not, in this case, due to his own dignity and honour, to the inviolable sacredness of that part of his character which makes him reverence the law of truth and abhor every thing that approaches to treachery and falsehood, may, perhaps, more reasonably be made a question. The casuists accordingly are greatly divided about it. One party, with whom we may count Cicero among the ancients, among the moderns, Puffendorf, Barbeyrac his commentator, and above all the late Dr. Hutcheson, one who in most cases was by no means a loose casuist, determine, without any hesitation, that no sort of regard is due to any such promise, and that to think otherwise is mere weakness and superstition. Another party, among whom we may reckon (St. Augustine, La Placette) some of the ancient fathers of the church, as well as some very eminent modern casuists, have been of another opinion, and have judged all such promises obligatory.
But if we look at it as a question of moral reasoning, it won't be so easily decided. Whether a good person, out of a sincere commitment to that most sacred rule of justice, which demands the fulfillment of all serious promises, would not feel obligated to follow through is certainly more debatable. There's no question that we shouldn't care about the disappointment of the unfortunate person who puts him in this position, nor that no harm is done to the robber, and therefore nothing can be gained through force. However, whether some consideration is not, in this case, due to his own dignity and honor, to the unbreakable sanctity of that aspect of his character that makes him respect the law of truth and detest anything that resembles betrayal and falsehood is a question that may be more reasonably posed. Consequently, moral philosophers are quite divided on this issue. One group, which includes Cicero among the ancients, and among the moderns, Puffendorf, his commentator Barbeyrac, and especially the late Dr. Hutcheson, who was generally not a lenient moral thinker, firmly conclude that no regard is owed to any such promise, and that thinking otherwise is simply weakness and superstition. Another group, including some of the ancient church fathers like St. Augustine and La Placette, as well as some prominent modern moralists, have held a different view and believe that all such promises are binding.
If we consider the matter according to the common sentiments of mankind, we shall find that some regard would be thought due even to a promise of this kind; but that it is impossible to determine how much, by any general rule that will apply to all cases without exception. The man who was quite frank and easy in making promises of this kind, and who violated them with as little ceremony, we should not choose for our friend and companion. A gentleman who should promise a highwayman five pounds and not perform, would incur some blame. If the sum promised, however, was very great, it might be more doubtful what was proper to be done. If it was such, for example, that the payment of it would entirely ruin the family of the promiser, if it was so great as to be sufficient for promoting the most useful purposes, it would appear in some measure criminal, at least extremely improper, to throw it for the sake of a punctilio into such worthless hands. The man who should beggar himself, or who should throw away an hundred thousand pounds, though he could afford that 295 vast sum, for the sake of observing such a parole with a thief, would appear to the common sense of mankind, absurd and extravagant in the highest degree. Such profusion would seem inconsistent with his duty, with what he owed both to himself and others, and what, therefore, regard to a promise extorted in this manner, could by no means authorise. To fix, however, by any precise rule, what degree of regard ought to be paid to it, or what might be the greatest sum which could be due from it, is evidently impossible. This would vary according to the characters of the persons, according to their circumstances, according to the solemnity of the promise, and even according to the incidents of the rencounter: and if the promiser had been treated with a great deal of that sort of gallantry, which is sometimes to be met with in persons of the most abandoned characters, more would seem due than upon other occasions. It may be said in general, that exact propriety requires the observance of all such promises, wherever it is not inconsistent with some other duties that are more sacred; such as regard to the public interest, to those whom gratitude, whom natural affection, or whom the laws of proper beneficence should prompt us to provide for. But, as was formerly taken notice of, we have no precise rules to determine what external actions are due from a regard to such motives, nor, consequently, when it is that those virtues are inconsistent with the observance of such promises.
If we think about this issue based on the general feelings of people, we’ll see that some respect should be given to a promise like this; however, it’s impossible to say how much, using any one rule that fits every situation. A person who easily makes such promises and disregards them just as casually would not be someone we’d want as a friend. If a gentleman promises a highwayman five pounds and doesn’t follow through, he would be criticized. However, if the amount promised was very large, it might be more complex to determine what should be done. If the amount could completely bankrupt the person who promised, or if it were enough to fund very important causes, it might seem somewhat wrong—at least highly inappropriate—to give such a large sum to someone unworthy just for the sake of keeping a small promise. A person who would ruin themselves or waste a hundred thousand pounds, even if they could afford it, just to honor a promise made to a thief would be seen by common sense as absurd and wildly excessive. Such a wastefulness would seem incompatible with their responsibilities to themselves and others, and thus could not justify regard for a promise obtained in such a way. However, it’s clearly impossible to establish a strict rule about how much regard should be given to such promises or what the largest owed amount might be. This would change depending on the character of the people involved, their circumstances, the seriousness of the promise, and even the context of the encounter: if the promiser had been treated with considerable admiration by someone of a questionable character, then more respect might seem warranted than in other situations. Generally, it could be said that proper behavior requires keeping all such promises, unless it contradicts other duties that are more important, like our responsibilities to the public, to those we feel grateful to, to our loved ones, or to the norms of kindness. But, as noted before, we lack clear guidelines to determine what actions should arise from respect for such reasons, and therefore, we can't say when these virtues conflict with keeping such promises.
It is to be observed, however, that whenever such promises are violated, though for the most necessary reasons, it is always with some degree of dishonour to the person who made them. After they are made, we may be convinced of the impropriety of observing them. But still there is some fault in having made them. It is at least a departure from the highest and noblest maxims of magnanimity and honour. A brave man ought to die, rather than make a promise which he can neither keep without folly, nor violate without ignominy. For some degree of ignominy always attends a situation of this kind. Treachery and falsehood are vices so dangerous, so dreadful, and, at the same time, such as may so easily, and, upon many occasions, so safely be indulged, that we are more jealous of them than of almost any other. Our imagination therefore attaches the idea of shame to all violations of faith, in every circumstance and in every situation. They resemble, in this respect, the violations of chastity in the fair sex, a virtue of which, for the like reasons, we are excessively jealous; and our sentiments are not more delicate with regard to the one, than with regard to the other. Breach of chastity dishonours irretrievably. No circumstances, no solicitation can excuse it; no sorrow, no repentance atone for it. We are so nice in this respect that even a rape dishonours, and the innocence of the mind cannot, in our imagination, wash out the pollution of the body. It is the same case with the violation of faith, when it has been solemnly pledged, even to the most 296 worthless of mankind. Fidelity is so necessary a virtue, that we apprehend it in general to be due even to those to whom nothing else is due, and whom we think it lawful to kill and destroy. It is to no purpose that the person who has been guilty of the breach of it, urges that he promised in order to save his life, and that he broke his promise because it was inconsistent with some other respectable duty to keep it. These circumstances may alleviate, but cannot entirely wipe out his dishonour. He appears to have been guilty of an action with which, in the imaginations of men, some degree of shame is inseparably connected. He has broken a promise which he had solemnly averred he would maintain; and his character, if not irretrievably stained and polluted, has at least a ridicule affixed to it, which it will be very difficult entirely to efface; and no man, I imagine, who had gone through an adventure of this kind would be fond of telling the story.
However, it should be noted that whenever such promises are broken, even for the most necessary reasons, it always brings some level of dishonor to the person who made them. After making a promise, we may realize that keeping it is inappropriate. Still, there is some fault in having made it in the first place. It at least strays from the highest ideals of honor and nobility. A brave person should prefer to die rather than make a promise they cannot keep without looking foolish or break without facing shame. There is always some level of shame connected to this kind of situation. Betrayal and dishonesty are such dangerous and awful vices that we are more wary of them than almost anything else. Our imagination links the idea of shame to all violations of trust, no matter the circumstances. They are similar to violations of chastity in women, a virtue we are fiercely protective of for similar reasons; our feelings are equally sensitive regarding both. A breach of chastity brings irrevocable dishonor. No situation or pressure can excuse it; no sorrow or repentance can make up for it. We are so particular about this that even in cases of rape, dishonor remains, and the purity of the mind cannot erase the physical violation in our minds. The same applies to breaking a promise that has been solemnly made, even to the most despicable person. Loyalty is such an essential virtue that we believe it is owed even to those who deserve nothing else and whom we think it is acceptable to harm. It doesn’t matter that the person who broke the promise claims they did so to save their own life or that breaking it was necessary for some other important duty. These factors might lessen the dishonor, but they cannot completely erase it. The person appears to have done something in which a certain level of shame is permanently attached in people's minds. They have broken a promise they had sworn to uphold, and their character, if not permanently tarnished, certainly carries a ridicule that will be hard to completely remove; no one who has gone through an experience like this would likely want to share the story.
This instance may serve to show wherein consists the difference between casuistry and jurisprudence, even when both of them consider the obligations of the general rules of justice.
This example can illustrate the difference between casuistry and jurisprudence, even when both look at the obligations of general rules of justice.
But though this difference be real and essential, though those two sciences propose quite different ends, the sameness of the subject has made such a similarity between them, that the greater part of authors whose professed design was to treat of jurisprudence, have determined the different questions they examine, sometimes according to the principles of that science, and sometimes according to those of casuistry, without distinguishing, and, perhaps, without being themselves aware, when they did the one, and when the other.
But even though this difference is real and significant, and although those two fields aim at completely different goals, the commonality of the subject has created such a resemblance between them that most authors whose stated purpose was to discuss law have approached the various issues they examine, sometimes based on the principles of that field, and sometimes based on those of ethics, without making a distinction and, perhaps, without even realizing when they were doing one and when they were doing the other.
The doctrine of the casuists, however, is by no means confined to the consideration of what a conscientious regard to the general rules of justice would demand of us. It embraces many other parts of Christian and moral duty. What seems principally to have given occasion to the cultivation of this species of science was the custom of auricular confession, introduced by the Roman Catholic superstition, in times of barbarism and ignorance. By that institution, the most secret actions, and even the thoughts of every person, which could be suspected of receding in the smallest degree from the rules of Christian purity, were to be revealed to the confessor. The confessor informed his penitents whether, and in what respect, they had violated their duty, and what penance it behoved them to undergo, before he could absolve them in the name of the offended Deity.
The doctrine of the casuists isn’t just about what a sincere adherence to general justice demands from us. It covers many other aspects of Christian and moral duty. What seems to have mainly led to the development of this type of reasoning was the practice of confession, which emerged from Roman Catholic beliefs during times of barbarism and ignorance. Through this practice, the most private actions and even the thoughts of each person, which might be seen as straying even a little from the standards of Christian purity, had to be disclosed to the confessor. The confessor would then tell his penitents whether and how they had failed in their duty and what penance they needed to do before he could forgive them in the name of the offended Deity.
The consciousness, or even the suspicion of having done wrong, is a load upon every mind, and is accompanied with anxiety and terror in all those who are not hardened by long habits of iniquity. Men, in this, as in all other distresses, are naturally eager to disburthen themselves of the oppression which they feel upon their thoughts, by unbosoming the agony of their mind to some person whose secrecy and discretion they can confide in. The shame, which they suffer from this 297 acknowledgment, is fully compensated by that alleviation of their uneasiness which the sympathy of their confidence seldom fails to occasion. It relieves them to find that they are not altogether unworthy of regard, and that however their past conduct may be censured, their present disposition is at least approved of, and is perhaps sufficient to compensate the other, at least to maintain them in some degree of esteem with their friend. A numerous and artful clergy had, in those times of superstition, insinuated themselves into the confidence of almost every private family. They possessed all the little learning which the times could afford, and their manners, though in many respects rude and disorderly, were polished and regular compared with those of the age they lived in. They were regarded, therefore, not only as the great directors of all religious, but of all moral duties. Their familiarity gave reputation to whoever was so happy as to possess it, and every mark of their disapprobation stamped the deepest ignominy upon all who had the misfortune to fall under it. Being considered as the great judges of right and wrong, they were naturally consulted about all scruples that occurred, and it was reputable for any person to have it known that he made those holy men the confidants of all such secrets, and took no important or delicate step in his conduct without their advice and approbation. It was not difficult for the clergy, therefore, to get it established as a general rule, that they should be entrusted with what it had already become fashionable to entrust them, and with what they generally would have been entrusted, though no such rule had been established. To qualify themselves for confessors became thus a necessary part of the study of churchmen and divines, and they were thence led to collect what are called cases of conscience, nice and delicate situations in which it is hard to determine whereabouts the propriety of conduct may lie. Such works, they imagined, might be of use both to the directors of consciences and to those who were to be directed; and hence the origin of books of casuistry.
The awareness, or even the suspicion, of having done something wrong weighs on everyone's mind and brings anxiety and fear to those who aren't hardened by a lifetime of wrongdoing. People, like in all other distressing situations, naturally want to relieve themselves of the burden on their thoughts by sharing their mental agony with someone they can trust to keep it private. The shame they feel from admitting this is balanced out by the relief that often comes from the sympathy they receive. It comforts them to realize they're not entirely unworthy of care, and that, no matter how much their past actions might be judged, their current intentions are at least seen positively, possibly enough to offset their previous mistakes and maintain some degree of respect from their friends. A large and clever clergy had, during those superstitious times, ingratiated themselves into the trust of nearly every household. They possessed all the limited knowledge available at the time, and although their mannerisms were often rough and chaotic, they appeared polished and orderly compared to the general public of their era. Consequently, they were viewed not just as the key figures in religious matters but also in moral responsibilities. Their familiarity lent a certain prestige to anyone lucky enough to be close to them, and any sign of their disapproval brought severe shame to those unfortunate enough to receive it. Seen as the main authorities on right and wrong, they were naturally consulted about any doubts that arose, and it became respectable for individuals to let it be known that they relied on these holy men for guidance, not making important or sensitive decisions without their advice and approval. It wasn't hard for the clergy to establish a norm where they were entrusted with things that had already become fashionable and would have been entrusted to them even without such a rule. Preparing themselves to be confessors became an essential part of the training for churchmen and theologians, leading them to compile what are known as cases of conscience—complex and sensitive situations where it's tough to pinpoint the right course of action. They believed these works would be helpful for both those guiding consciences and those being guided, giving rise to books on casuistry.
The moral duties which fell under the consideration of the casuists were chiefly those which can, in some measure at least, be circumscribed within general rules, and of which the violation is naturally attended with some degree of remorse and some dread of suffering punishment. The design of that institution which gave occasion to their works, was to appease those terrors of conscience which attend upon the infringement of such duties. But it is not every virtue of which the defect is accompanied with any very severe compunctions of this kind, and no man applies to his confessor for absolution, because he did not perform the most generous, the most friendly, or the most magnanimous action which, in his circumstances, it was possible to perform. In failures of this kind, the rule that is violated is commonly not very determinate, and is generally of such a nature too, that though the observance of it might entitle to honour and reward, the violation 298 seems to expose to no positive blame, censure, or punishment. The exercise of such virtues the casuists seem to have regarded as a sort of works of supererogation, which could not be very strictly exacted, and which it was therefore unnecessary for them to treat of.
The moral responsibilities that concerned the casuists were mainly those that could, at least to some extent, be defined by general rules, and breaking these rules typically led to some feelings of guilt and fear of punishment. The purpose of the institution that inspired their work was to ease the guilt that comes from violating such duties. However, not every virtue results in intense feelings of remorse when it's not fulfilled, and no one seeks forgiveness from their confessor for not performing the most generous, friendly, or heroic action possible in their situation. In these cases, the rule that was violated is often not clearly defined, and generally, even though following it may lead to honor and reward, breaking it 298 doesn't seem to bring about any real blame, criticism, or punishment. The casuists viewed the practice of such virtues as extra good deeds that couldn't be demanded strictly, so they thought it unnecessary to discuss them in detail.
The breaches of moral duty, therefore, which came before the tribunal of the confessor, and upon that account fell under the cognisance of the casuists, were chiefly of three different kinds.
The violations of moral duty that were brought before the confessor's tribunal, and for that reason were the focus of the casuists, primarily fell into three different categories.
First and principally, breaches of the rules of justice. The rules here are all express and positive, and the violation of them is naturally attended with the consciousness of deserving, and the dread of suffering punishment both from God and man.
First and foremost, breaches of the rules of justice. The rules here are clear and definitive, and breaking them is inevitably accompanied by the awareness of guilt and the fear of facing punishment from both God and people.
Secondly, breaches of the rules of chastity. These in all grosser instances are real breaches of the rules of justice, and no person can be guilty of them without doing the most unpardonable injury to some other. In smaller instances, when they amount only to a violation of those exact decorums which ought to be observed in the conversation of the two sexes, they cannot indeed justly be considered as violations of the rules of justice. They are generally, however, violations of a pretty plain rule, and, at least in one of the sexes, tend to bring ignominy upon the person who has been guilty of them, and consequently to be attended in the scrupulous with some degree of shame and contrition of mind.
Secondly, violations of the rules of chastity. In the more severe cases, these are clear violations of justice, and no one can commit them without causing serious harm to someone else. In less severe instances, where they only break the specific standards of decorum expected in interactions between the sexes, they can't really be seen as breaches of justice. However, they usually violate a rather obvious guideline and, especially for one of the sexes, tend to bring shame upon the person who commits them, leading those who are conscientious to feel some degree of shame and remorse.
Thirdly, breaches of the rules of veracity. The violation of truth, it is to be observed, is not always a breach of justice, though it is so upon many occasions, and consequently cannot always expose to any external punishment. The vice of common lying, though a most miserable meanness, may frequently do hurt to nobody, and in this case no claim of vengeance or satisfaction can be due either to the persons imposed upon, or to others. But though the violation of truth is not always a breach of justice, it is always a breach of a very plain rule, and what does naturally tend to cover with shame the person who has been guilty of it.
Thirdly, breaches of truth. It's important to note that not telling the truth isn’t always a violation of justice, although it often is, and therefore doesn’t always lead to external punishment. The act of lying, while a significant moral failing, may often cause no harm to anyone, and in those cases, there’s no basis for revenge or compensation owed to those deceived or anyone else. However, even though dishonesty isn’t always unjust, it is always a violation of a simple principle, and it tends to bring shame upon those who engage in it.
There seems to be in young children an instinctive disposition to believe whatever they are told. Nature seems to have judged it necessary for their preservation that they should, for some time at least, put implicit confidence in those to whom the care of their childhood, and of the earliest and most necessary parts of their education, is intrusted. Their credulity, accordingly, is excessive, and it requires long and much experience of the falsehood of mankind to reduce them to a reasonable degree of diffidence and distrust. In grown-up people the degrees of credulity are, no doubt, very different. The wisest and most experienced are generally the least credulous. But the man scarce lives who is not more credulous than he ought to be, and who does not, upon many occasions, give credit to tales, which not only turn out to be perfectly false, but which a very moderate degree of reflection and 299 attention might have taught him could not well be true. The natural disposition is always to believe. It is acquired wisdom and experience only that teach incredulity, and they very seldom teach it enough. The wisest and most cautious of us all frequently gives credit to stories which he himself is afterwards both ashamed and astonished that he could possibly think of believing.
There seems to be in young children an instinctive tendency to believe whatever they are told. Nature seems to have decided that for their survival, they should, at least for a while, completely trust the people responsible for their upbringing and the essential parts of their education. Their gullibility is, therefore, quite high, and it takes a lot of experiences with the dishonesty of others to bring them to a more reasonable level of skepticism and distrust. In adults, the levels of gullibility can vary greatly. The wisest and most experienced people are usually the least gullible. However, almost everyone tends to be more gullible than they should be and often believes in stories that turn out to be completely false and that a little bit of thought and 299 attention could have shown them were unlikely to be true. The natural inclination is always to believe. Only accumulated wisdom and experience teach skepticism, and they rarely teach it enough. Even the wisest and most careful among us sometimes believe stories that later leave them both ashamed and shocked that they ever considered them credible.
The man whom we believe is necessarily, in the things concerning which we believe him, our leader and director, and we look up to him with a certain degree of esteem and respect. But as from admiring other people we come to wish to be admired ourselves; so from being led and directed by other people we learn to wish to become ourselves leaders and directors. And as we cannot always be satisfied merely with being admired, unless we can at the same time persuade ourselves that we are in some degree really worthy of admiration; so we cannot always be satisfied merely with being believed, unless we are at the same time conscious that we are really worthy of belief. As the desire of praise and that of praise-worthiness, though very much akin, are yet distinct and separate desires; so the desire of being believed and that of being worthy of belief, though very much akin too, are equally distinct and separate desires.
The man we believe in is, in matters we trust him with, our leader and guide, and we regard him with a certain level of respect and admiration. However, just as admiring others makes us want to be admired ourselves, being led and directed by others makes us aspire to become leaders and guides ourselves. Moreover, we can't always be content simply with being admired unless we can also convince ourselves that we genuinely deserve that admiration; likewise, we can't always be satisfied just with being believed unless we are also aware that we truly deserve that belief. The desire for praise and the desire to be praiseworthy, while closely related, are still distinct desires; similarly, the desire to be believed and the desire to be worthy of belief, though also closely related, are equally separate desires.
The desire of being believed, the desire of persuading, of leading and directing other people, seems to be one of the strongest of all our natural desires. It is, perhaps, the instinct upon which is founded the faculty of speech, the characteristical faculty of human nature. No other animal possesses this faculty, and we cannot discover in any other animal any desire to lead and direct the judgment and conduct of its fellows. Great ambition, the desire of real, superiority, of leading and directing, seems to be altogether peculiar to man, and speech is the great instrument of ambition, of real superiority, of leading and directing the judgments and conduct of other people.
The desire to be believed, to persuade, and to lead others appears to be one of our strongest natural desires. It might be the instinct that underpins our ability to speak, which is a characteristic feature of human nature. No other animal has this ability, and we don't see any other animal showing a desire to guide and influence the thoughts and actions of its peers. A deep ambition, the wish for genuine superiority, and the desire to lead and guide seem to be uniquely human, and speech is the primary tool for ambition, true superiority, and directing the thoughts and actions of others.
It is always mortifying not to be believed, and it is doubly so when we suspect that it is because we are supposed to be unworthy of belief and capable of seriously and wilfully deceiving. To tell a man that he lies, is of all affronts the most mortal. But whoever seriously and wilfully deceives is necessarily conscious to himself that he merits this affront, that he does not deserve to be believed, and that he forfeits all title to that sort of credit from which alone he can derive any sort of ease, comfort, or satisfaction in the society of his equals. The man who had the misfortune to imagine that nobody believed a single word he said, would feel himself the outcast of human society, would dread the very thought of going into it, or of presenting himself before it, and could scarce fail, I think, to die of despair. It is probable, however, that no man ever had just reason to entertain this humiliating opinion of himself. The most notorious liar, I am disposed to believe, tells the fair truth at least twenty times for once that he seriously and 300 deliberately lies; and, as in the most cautious the disposition to believe is apt to prevail over that to doubt and distrust; so in those who are the most regardless of truth, the natural disposition to tell it prevails upon most occasions over that to deceive, or in any respect to alter or to disguise it.
It’s always embarrassing not to be believed, and it’s even worse when we think it’s because we’re seen as unworthy of trust and capable of serious and intentional deception. Accusing someone of lying is the most harmful insult. But anyone who seriously and willfully deceives knows deep down that they deserve this insult, that they don’t deserve to be believed, and that they lose any claim to the kind of credibility from which they can find any comfort, ease, or satisfaction among their peers. Someone who mistakenly thinks that nobody believes anything they say would feel like an outcast in society, would dread the thought of engaging with it, and would likely be consumed by despair. However, it’s probably true that no one has ever had a valid reason to feel this way about themselves. Even the most notorious liar, I believe, tells the honest truth at least twenty times for every time they intentionally and 300 deliberately lie; and, just as in the most careful people, the tendency to believe usually outweighs the tendency to doubt and distrust; in those who are least concerned with the truth, the natural tendency to tell it usually outweighs the tendency to deceive or distort it.
We are mortified when we happen to deceive other people, though unintentionally, and from having been ourselves deceived. Though this involuntary falsehood may frequently be no mark of any want of veracity, of any want of the most perfect love of truth, it is always in some degree a mark of want of judgment, of want of memory, of improper credulity, of some degree of precipitancy and rashness. It always diminishes our authority to persuade, and always brings some degree of suspicion upon our fitness to lead and direct. The man who sometimes misleads from mistake, however, is widely different from him who is capable of wilfully deceiving. The former may be trusted upon many occasions; the latter very seldom upon any.
We feel really embarrassed when we accidentally deceive others, especially because we’ve been tricked ourselves. While this unintentional dishonesty often doesn’t show a lack of honesty or a lack of genuine love for the truth, it does reveal a certain level of poor judgment, bad memory, misplaced trust, and sometimes impulsiveness. It always undermines our ability to persuade and raises doubts about our capability to lead and guide. A person who occasionally misleads due to a mistake is very different from someone who intentionally deceives. The former can generally be relied upon in many situations; the latter is rarely trustworthy at all.
Frankness and openness conciliate confidence. We trust the man, who seems willing to trust us. We see clearly, we think, the road by which he means to conduct us, and we abandon ourselves with pleasure to his guidance and direction. Reserve and concealment, on the contrary, call forth diffidence. We are afraid to follow the man who is going we do not know where. The great pleasure of conversation and society, besides, arises from a certain correspondence of sentiments and opinions, from a certain harmony of minds, which like so many musical instruments coincide and keep time with one another. But this most delightful harmony cannot be obtained unless there is a free communication of sentiments and opinions. We all desire, upon this account, to feel how each other is affected, to penetrate into each other’s bosoms, and to observe the sentiments and affections which really subsist there. The man who indulges us in this natural passion, who invites us into his heart, who, as it were, sets open the gates of his breast to us, seems to exercise a species of hospitality more delightful than any other. No man, who is in ordinary good temper, can fail of pleasing, if he has the courage to utter his real sentiments as he feels them, and because he feels them. It is this unreserved sincerity which renders even the prattle of a child agreeable. How weak and imperfect soever the views of the open-hearted, we take pleasure to enter into them, and endeavour, as much as we can, to bring down our own understanding to the level of their capacities, and to regard every subject in the particular light in which they appear to have considered it. This passion to discover the real sentiments of others is naturally so strong, that it often degenerates into a troublesome and impertinent curiosity to pry into those secrets of our neighbours which they have very justifiable reasons for concealing; and, upon many occasions, it requires prudence and a strong sense of propriety to govern this, as 301 well as all the other passions of human nature, and to reduce it to that pitch which any impartial spectator can approve of. To disappoint this curiosity, however, when it is kept within proper bounds, and aims at nothing which there can be any just reason for concealing, is equally disagreeable in its turn. The man who eludes our most innocent questions, who gives no satisfaction to our most inoffensive inquiries, who plainly wraps himself up in impenetrable obscurity, seems, as it were, to build a wall about his breast. We run forward to get within it, with all the eagerness of harmless curiosity; and feel ourselves all at once pushed back with rude and offensive violence.
Being honest and open builds trust. We trust someone who seems willing to trust us. We clearly see, or think we see, the path they plan to take us on, and we gladly accept their guidance. In contrast, being reserved and secretive makes us unsure. We hesitate to follow someone when we don't know where they’re headed. The joy of conversation and socializing comes from a connection of feelings and ideas, from a harmony of minds, like musical instruments that sync up and stay in rhythm with each other. But this lovely harmony can only happen if there's open sharing of thoughts and feelings. We all want to know how each other feels, to dive into each other’s hearts, and to witness the true sentiments and emotions that lie within. The person who indulges this natural desire, who welcomes us into their heart, who, in a sense, opens the gates of their chest to us, offers a type of hospitality that’s more delightful than anything else. Anyone who is usually in a good mood will please others if they have the courage to express their true thoughts as they genuinely feel them. This kind of honest sincerity makes even a child's chatter enjoyable. No matter how weak or flawed the thoughts of the open-hearted may be, we enjoy engaging with them, and we do our best to align our understanding with their level of thinking, viewing every topic as they see it. The desire to uncover the true feelings of others is so strong that it can sometimes turn into an annoying and intrusive curiosity to pry into their secrets, which they have good reasons to keep hidden. It often takes wisdom and a strong sense of propriety to manage this curiosity, as well as all the other passions of human nature, to keep it at a level that any fair observer would approve of. However, disappointing this curiosity, when it remains within reasonable limits and seeks nothing that should be kept private, is equally unpleasant. A person who avoids our simplest questions, who doesn’t respond to our harmless inquiries, and who wraps themselves in an inescapable fog seems to build a wall around their heart. We rush to break through it, driven by innocent curiosity, only to find ourselves suddenly pushed back with rude and offensive force.
The man of reserve and concealment, though seldom a very amiable character, is not disrespected or despised. He seems to feel coldly towards us, and we feel as coldly towards him. He is not much praised or beloved, but he is as little hated or blamed. He very seldom, however, has occasion to repent of his caution, and is generally disposed rather to value himself upon the prudence of his reserve. Though his conduct, therefore, may have been very faulty, and sometimes even hurtful, he can very seldom be disposed to lay his case before the casuists, or to fancy that he has any occasion for their acquittal or for their approbation.
The reserved and secretive man, while rarely seen as a particularly friendly person, isn’t disrespected or hated. He seems distant towards us, and we feel the same way towards him. He isn't often praised or loved, but he isn't really hated or blamed either. He rarely has a reason to regret his caution and usually takes pride in his carefulness. So, even if his behavior might be quite wrong and sometimes harmful, he is seldom inclined to seek judgment from others or believe that he needs their approval or forgiveness.
It is not always so with the man, who, from false information, from inadvertency, from precipitancy and rashness, has involuntarily deceived. Though it should be in a matter of little consequence, in telling a piece of common news, for example, if he is a real lover of truth, he is ashamed of his own carelessness, and never fails to embrace the first opportunity of making the fullest acknowledgments. If it is in a matter of some consequence, his contrition is still greater; and if any unlucky or fatal consequence has followed from his misinformation, he can scarce ever forgive himself. Though not guilty, he feels himself to be in the highest degree, what the ancients called, piacular, and is anxious and eager to make every sort of atonement in his power. Such a person might frequently be disposed to lay his case before the casuists, who have in general been very favourable to him, and though they have sometimes justly condemned him for rashness, they have universally acquitted him of the ignominy of falsehood.
It's not always the same for a person who, due to false information, carelessness, haste, or impulsiveness, has inadvertently misled others. Even if it’s about something trivial, like sharing a piece of common news, if he genuinely cares about the truth, he feels ashamed of his own negligence and always takes the first chance to fully acknowledge his mistake. If it involves something significant, his remorse is even greater; and if any unfortunate or serious consequences arise from his misinformation, he can hardly forgive himself. Although he isn’t guilty, he feels deeply, in the way the ancients described as piacular, and is anxious and eager to make amends in any way he can. Such a person might often want to discuss his situation with moral theologians, who have generally been sympathetic to him, and while they may sometimes justly criticize him for being rash, they have universally cleared him of the shame of lying.
But the man who had the most frequent occasion to consult them, was the man of equivocation and mental reservation, the man who seriously and deliberately meant to deceive, but who, at the same time, wished to flatter himself that he had really told the truth. With him they have dealt variously. When they approved very much of the motives of his deceit, they have sometimes acquitted him, though, to do the casuists justice, they have in general and much more frequently condemned him.
But the man who often needed to consult them was the one skilled in ambiguity and mental tricks, the person who intentionally wanted to deceive but, at the same time, liked to convince himself that he had actually spoken the truth. With him, they reacted in different ways. When they approved of his deceitful motives, they sometimes let him off the hook, although to be fair to the moralists, they generally condemned him much more often.
The chief subjects of the works of the casuists, therefore, were the conscientious regard that is due to the rules of justice; how far we 302 ought to respect the life and property of our neighbour; the duty of restitution; the laws of chastity and modesty, and wherein consisted what, in the language of the casuists, were called the sins of concupiscence; the rules of veracity, and the obligation of oaths, promises, and contracts of all kinds.
The main topics of the casuists' works were the careful attention owed to the rules of justice; how much we 302 should respect our neighbor's life and property; the responsibility of restitution; the laws of chastity and modesty, and what the casuists referred to as the sins of desire; the principles of truthfulness, and the obligation we have to uphold oaths, promises, and all types of contracts.
It may be said in general of the works of the casuists that they attempted, to no purpose, to direct by precise rules what it belongs to feeling and sentiment only to judge of. How is it possible to ascertain by rules the exact point at which, in every case, a delicate sense of justice begins to run into a frivolous and weak scrupulosity of conscience? When is it that secrecy and reserve begin to grow into dissimulation? How far may an agreeable irony be carried, and at what precise point it begins to degenerate into a detestable lie? What is the highest pitch of freedom and ease of behaviour which can be regarded as graceful and becoming, and when is it that it first begins to run into a negligent and thoughtless licentiousness? With regard to all such matters, what would hold good in any one case would scarce do so exactly in any other, and what constitutes the propriety and happiness of behaviour varies in every case with the smallest variety of situation. Books of casuistry, therefore, are generally as useless as they are commonly tiresome. They could be of little use to one who should consult them upon occasion, even supposing their decisions to be just; because, notwithstanding the multitude of cases collected in them, yet upon account of the still greater variety of possible circumstances, it is a chance, if among all those cases there be found one exactly parallel to that under consideration. One, who is really anxious to do his duty, must be very weak, if he can imagine that he has much occasion for them; and with regard to one who is negligent of it, the very style of those writings is not such as is likely to awaken him to more attention. None of them tend to animate us to what is generous and noble. None of them do tend to soften us to what is gentle and humane. Many of them, on the contrary, tend rather to teach us to chicane with our own consciences, and by their vain subtilties serve to authorise innumerable evasive refinements with regard to the most essential articles of our duty. That frivolous accuracy which they attempted to introduce into subjects which do not admit of it, almost necessarily betrayed them into those dangerous errors, and at the same time rendered their works dry and disagreeable, abounding in abstruse and metaphysical distinctions, but incapable of exciting in the heart any of those emotions which it is the principal use of books of morality to excite in the readers.
It can generally be said about the works of casuists that they tried, without success, to set precise rules for matters that should be judged solely by feelings and sentiments. How can you determine, by rules, the exact moment when a sensitive sense of justice turns into trivial and weak scruples? When do secrecy and reserve start to become deception? How far can you go with playful irony before it crosses the line into an outright lie? What is the highest level of freedom and ease in behavior that can be seen as graceful, and when does it first slip into careless and thoughtless excess? Regarding all these matters, what holds true in one situation rarely applies exactly to another, and what defines appropriate and happy behavior changes with even the slightest shift in circumstances. Therefore, books on casuistry are generally as useless as they are often tedious. They wouldn’t be much help to someone consulting them, even if their decisions were correct; because, despite the many cases included, the greater variety of possible circumstances makes it unlikely that one of those cases would perfectly match the situation at hand. Anyone who genuinely wants to fulfill their duty must be quite naive to think they need these texts; and for someone who neglects it, the style of those writings is unlikely to motivate them to pay more attention. None of them inspire us to be generous and noble. None of them encourage gentleness and humanity. Many of them, on the contrary, tend to teach us to play games with our own consciences, using their empty subtleties to justify countless evasive tricks regarding the most fundamental aspects of our duties. The trivial precision they sought to impose on issues that don’t allow for it almost inevitably led them into serious errors, while also making their works dry and unpleasant, filled with obscure and philosophical distinctions, yet failing to stir any of the emotions that morality books are meant to evoke in their readers.
The two useful parts of moral philosophy, therefore, are Ethics and Jurisprudence: casuistry ought to be rejected altogether; and the ancient moralists appear to have judged much better, who, in treating of the same subjects, did not affect any such nice exactness, but 303 contented themselves with describing, in a general manner, what is the sentiment upon which justice, modesty, and veracity are founded, and what is the ordinary way of acting to which those great virtues would commonly prompt us.
The two key aspects of moral philosophy are Ethics and Jurisprudence. We should completely dismiss casuistry. The ancient moralists seemed to have a better perspective, as they approached these topics without trying to be overly precise. Instead, they were satisfied with generally describing the sentiments that underpin justice, modesty, and honesty, as well as the typical behaviors that these important virtues would usually encourage us to follow. 303
Something indeed, not unlike the doctrine of the casuists, seems to have been attempted by several philosophers. There is something of this kind in the third book of Cicero’s Offices, where he endeavours like a casuist, to give rules for our conduct in many nice cases, in which it is difficult to determine whereabouts the point of propriety may lie. It appears too, from many passages in the same book, that several other philosophers had attempted something of the same kind before him. Neither he nor they, however, appear to have aimed at giving a complete system of this sort, but only meant to show how situations may occur, in which it is doubtful, whether the highest propriety of conduct consists in observing or in receding from what, in ordinary cases, are the rules of our duty.
Something similar to the principles of the casuists seems to have been attempted by several philosophers. There is a bit of this in the third book of Cicero’s Offices, where he tries, like a casuist, to provide guidelines for our behavior in many challenging situations where it’s tough to figure out what the right thing to do is. It also seems, from various excerpts in the same book, that several other philosophers had tried something similar before him. However, neither he nor they seem to have aimed at creating a complete system of this kind; instead, they only intended to illustrate how situations might arise in which it’s unclear whether the highest standard of behavior lies in following or deviating from what, in usual cases, are our duty’s rules.
Every system of positive law may be regarded as a more or less imperfect attempt towards a system of natural jurisprudence, or towards an enumeration of the particular rules of justice. As the violation of justice is what men will never submit to from one another, the public magistrate is under a necessity of employing the power of the commonwealth to enforce the practice of this virtue. Without this precaution, civil society would become a scene of bloodshed and disorder, every man revenging himself at his own hand whenever he fancied he was injured. To prevent the confusion which would attend upon every man’s doing justice to himself, the magistrate, in all governments that have acquired any considerable authority, undertakes to do justice to all, and promises to hear and to redress every complaint of injury. In all well-governed states, too, not only judges are appointed for determining the controversies of individuals, but rules are prescribed for regulating the decisions of those judges; and these rules are, in general, intended to coincide with those of natural justice. It does not, indeed, always happen that they do so in every instance. Sometimes what is called the constitution of the state, that is, the interest of the government; sometimes the interest of particular orders of men who tyrannize the government, warp the positive laws of the country from what natural justice would prescribe. In some countries, the rudeness and barbarism of the people hinder the natural sentiments of justice from arriving at that accuracy and precision which, in more civilized nations, they naturally attain to. Their laws are, like their manners, gross and rude and undistinguishing. In other countries the unfortunate constitution of their courts of judicature hinders any regular system of jurisprudence from ever establishing itself among them, though the improved manners of the people may be such as would admit of the most accurate. In no country do the decisions of positive 304 law coincide exactly, in every case, with the rules which the natural sense of justice would dictate. Systems of positive law, therefore, though they deserve the greatest authority, as the records of the sentiments of mankind in different ages and nations, yet can never be regarded as accurate systems of the rules of natural justice.
Every positive law system can be seen as a somewhat flawed attempt to create a system of natural justice or to list specific rules of fairness. Since people will never tolerate injustices from one another, public officials must use the power of the state to enforce this virtue. Without this safeguard, society would turn into chaos and violence, with everyone taking matters into their own hands whenever they felt wronged. To prevent the turmoil that would come from each person seeking their own brand of justice, officials in governments that have genuine authority take on the responsibility to deliver justice for all and promise to hear and address every grievance. In well-run states, judges are appointed not just to settle disputes between individuals but also to follow established guidelines that govern their decisions; these rules are generally meant to align with principles of natural justice. However, this alignment doesn’t always happen. Sometimes, the state’s constitution—reflecting the interests of the governing body—or the interests of specific groups that hold power can distort the positive laws from what natural justice would dictate. In certain countries, the harshness and primitiveness of the people prevent their sense of justice from achieving the clarity and precision found in more civilized societies. Their laws are, like their customs, coarse and unrefined. In other countries, the unfortunate structure of their court systems stops a consistent body of law from forming, despite the people’s improved behavior which could support a more precise system. In no country do the decisions of positive law perfectly match the rules that a natural sense of justice would suggest in every case. Therefore, while positive law systems hold significant authority as records of human sentiment across different times and places, they can never be seen as perfect representations of the rules of natural justice.
It might have been expected that the reasonings of lawyers, upon the different imperfections and improvements of the laws of different countries, should have given occasion to an inquiry into what were the natural rules of justice independent of all positive institution. It might have been expected that these reasonings should have led them to aim at establishing a system of what might properly be called natural jurisprudence, or a theory of the general principles which ought to run through and be the foundation of the laws of all nations. But though the reasonings of lawyers did produce something of this kind, and though no man has treated systematically of the laws of any particular country, without intermixing in his work many observations of this sort; it was very late in the world before any such general system was thought of, or before the philosophy of law was treated of by itself, and without regard to the particular institutions of any one nation. In none of the ancient moralists, do we find any attempt towards a particular enumeration of the rules of justice. Cicero in his Offices, and Aristotle in his Ethics, treat of justice in the same general manner in which they treat of all the other virtues. In the laws of Cicero and Plato, where we might naturally have expected some attempts towards an enumeration of those rules of natural equity, which ought to be enforced by the positive laws of every country, there is, however, nothing of this kind. Their laws are laws of police, not of justice. Grotius seems to have been the first who attempted to give the world any thing like a system of those principles which ought to run through, and be the foundation of the laws of all nations; and his treatise of the laws of war and peace, with all its imperfections, is perhaps at this day the most complete work that has yet been given upon this subject. I shall in another discourse endeavour to give an account of the general principles of law and government, and of the different revolutions they have undergone in the different ages and periods of society, not only in what concerns justice, but in what concerns police, revenue, and arms, and whatever else is the object of law. I shall not, therefore, at present, enter into any further detail concerning the history of jurisprudence.
It might have been expected that lawyers' discussions about the various flaws and improvements in the laws of different countries would lead to an exploration of the natural rules of justice that exist independently of any formal legal systems. It might have also been expected that these discussions would push them to establish a system that could be called natural jurisprudence, or a theory outlining the general principles that should underpin the laws of all nations. However, even though lawyers' reasoning did produce something along these lines, and no one has systematically addressed the laws of a specific country without mixing in many such observations, it took a long time before any comprehensive system was proposed, or before the philosophy of law was examined on its own, without reference to the specific institutions of any single nation. In none of the ancient moralists do we find any particular listing of justice rules. Cicero in his Offices and Aristotle in his Ethics discuss justice in the same general way they address all other virtues. In the laws of Cicero and Plato, where we might have expected an attempt to outline the rules of natural equity that should be enforced by each country's positive laws, there is none of this. Their laws focus on order, not on justice. Grotius seems to have been the first to offer something resembling a system of the principles that should be the foundation of laws across all nations, and his work on the laws of war and peace, despite its flaws, is perhaps the most comprehensive treatment on this topic to date. I will, in another piece, try to outline the general principles of law and government and the various changes they have gone through over different times and social periods, covering not just justice, but also order, revenue, and military concerns, as well as anything else governed by law. Therefore, I won't delve further into the history of jurisprudence at this moment.
CONSIDERATIONS
CONCERNING THE FIRST
FORMATION OF LANGUAGES, ETC., ETC.
THE assignation of particular names to denote particular objects, that is, the institution of nouns substantive, would, probably, be one of the first steps towards the formation of language. Two savages, who had never been taught to speak, but had been bred up remote from the societies of men, would naturally begin to form that language by which they would endeavour to make their mutual wants intelligible to each other, by uttering certain sounds, whenever they meant to denote certain objects. Those objects only which were most familiar to them, and which they had most frequent occasion to mention would have particular names assigned to them. The particular cave whose covering sheltered them from the weather, the particular tree whose fruit relieved their hunger, the particular fountain whose water allayed their thirst, would first be denominated by the words cave, tree, fountain, or by whatever other appellations they might think proper, in that primitive jargon, to mark them. Afterwards, when the more enlarged experience of these savages had led them to observe, and their necessary occasions obliged them to make mention of other caves, and other trees, and other fountains, they would naturally bestow, upon each of those new objects, the same name, by which they had been accustomed to express the similar objects they were first acquainted with. The new objects had none of them any name of its own, but each of them exactly resembled another object, which had such an appellation. It was impossible that those savages could behold the new objects, without recollecting the old ones; and the name of the old ones, to which the new bore so close a resemblance. When they had occasion, therefore, to mention or to point out to each other, any of the new objects, they would naturally utter the name of the correspondent old one, of which the idea could not fail, at that instant, to present itself to their memory in the strongest and liveliest manner. And thus, those words, which were originally the proper names of individuals, would each of them insensibly become the common name of a multitude. A child that is just learning to speak, calls every person who comes to the house its papa or its mamma; and thus bestows upon the whole species those names which it had been taught to apply to two individuals. I have 306 known a clown, who did not know the proper name of the river which ran by his own door. It was the river, he said, and he never heard any other name for it. His experience, it seems, had not led him to observe any other river. The general word river, therefore, was, it is evident, in his acceptance of it, a proper name, signifying an individual object. If this person had been carried to another river, would he not readily have called it a river? Could we suppose any person living on the banks of the Thames so ignorant as not to know the general word river but to be acquainted only with the particular word Thames, if he was brought to any other river, would he not readily call it a Thames? This, in reality, is no more than what they, who are well acquainted with the general word, are very apt to do. An Englishman, describing any great river which he may have seen in some foreign country, naturally says, that it is another Thames. The Spaniards, when they first arrived upon the coast of Mexico, and observed the wealth, populousness, and habitations of that fine country, so much superior to the savage nations which they had been visiting for some time before, cried out, that it was another Spain. Hence it was called New Spain; and this name has stuck to that unfortunate country ever since. We say, in the same manner, of a hero, that he is an Alexander; of an orator, that he is a Cicero; of a philosopher, that he is a Newton. This way of speaking, which the grammarians call an Antonomasia, and which is still extremely common, though now not at all necessary, demonstrates how mankind are disposed to give to one object the name of any other, which nearly resembles it, and thus to denominate a multitude, by what originally was intended to express an individual.
THE assignment of specific names to identify specific objects, meaning the creation of nouns, was likely one of the first steps toward developing language. Two people who had never learned to speak, but had been raised far from human societies, would naturally start forming a way to communicate their needs to each other by making certain sounds whenever they wanted to refer to specific objects. They would assign particular names only to the objects they were most familiar with and frequently needed to mention. The specific cave that protected them from the weather, the specific tree that provided food, and the specific fountain where they got water would be named with the words cave, tree, fountain, or whatever other names they found suitable in their primitive language to identify them. Later, as their experiences expanded and their needs compelled them to refer to other caves, trees, and fountains, they would naturally give these new objects the same names as those they had used for the similar objects they first encountered. The new objects didn’t have their own names; each resembled an object that already had a name. It was impossible for these individuals to see the new objects without recalling the old ones and the names associated with them. Therefore, when they needed to mention or point out any of the new objects, they would naturally use the name of the corresponding old object, which would immediately come vividly to mind. Thus, words that originally referred to specific individual items would gradually turn into common names for many. A child just starting to talk may call every person who visits the house either papa or mama, applying those names meant for two individuals to the entire group. I once knew a countryman who didn’t know the actual name of the river that flowed by his house. He just called it the river, having never heard it called anything else. His experiences hadn’t led him to encounter any other river. So, for him, the general term river was effectively a proper name that indicated a specific object. If he had been taken to another river, wouldn’t he easily have called it a river too? Could we imagine someone living by the Thames being so clueless as to not know the general word river, only recognizing the specific name Thames? If that person was then brought to a different river, wouldn’t they call it a Thames? This is exactly what people who are familiar with the general term often do. An Englishman describing any large river he has seen in another country would naturally say it’s another Thames. When the Spaniards first arrived on the coast of Mexico and saw the wealth, population, and towns of that beautiful land, far superior to the savage nations they had been visiting, they exclaimed that it was another Spain. That’s why it was called New Spain, a name that has stuck ever since. Similarly, we say of a hero that he is an Alexander, of an orator that he is a Cicero, and of a philosopher that he is a Newton. This way of speaking, which grammarians refer to as Antonomasia, remains quite common today despite being unnecessary, and it illustrates how humans tend to give one object the name of another that closely resembles it, thus using a name originally meant for an individual to refer to a group.
It is this application of the name of an individual to a great multitude of objects, whose resemblance naturally recalls the idea of that individual, and of the name which expresses it, that seems originally to have given occasion to the formation of those classes and assortments, which, in the schools, are called genera and species, and of which the ingenious and eloquent M. Rousseau of Geneva finds himself so much at a loss to account for the origin. What constitutes a species is merely a number of objects, bearing a certain degree of resemblance to one another, and on that account denominated by a single appellation, which may be applied to express any one of them.
It’s the way we apply an individual’s name to a large number of objects that resemble that individual, and the name that represents it, which seems to have originally led to the creation of the categories and classifications known in schools as genera and species. This is a point that the clever and expressive M. Rousseau from Geneva struggles to explain. A species consists simply of a group of objects that have a certain degree of similarity, which is why they are all referred to by a single name that can represent any one of them.
When the greater part of objects had thus been arranged under their proper classes and assortments, distinguished by such general names, it was impossible that the greater part of that almost infinite number of individuals, comprehended under each particular assortment or species, could have any peculiar or proper names of their own, distinct from the general name of the species. When there was occasion, therefore, to mention any particular object, it often became necessary to distinguish it from the other objects comprehended under the same general name, either, first, by its peculiar qualities; or, secondly, by the 307 peculiar relation which it stood in to some other things. Hence the necessary origin of two other sets of words, of which the one should express quality; the other, relation.
When most objects had been organized into their proper classes and categories, identified by general names, it was clear that the majority of the nearly infinite number of individuals within each specific category or species could not have unique or individual names distinct from the general name of the species. Therefore, when it became necessary to refer to a specific object, it often had to be distinguished from other objects under the same general name, either by its unique qualities or by the 307 specific relationship it had with other things. This led to the essential creation of two additional sets of words: one to express quality and the other to express relation.
Nouns adjective are the words which express quality considered as qualifying, or, as the schoolmen say, in concrete with, some particular subject. Thus the word green expresses a certain quality considered as qualifying, or as in concrete with, the particular subject to which it may be applied. Words of this kind, it is evident, may serve to distinguish particular objects from others comprehended under the same general appellation. The words green tree, for example, might serve to distinguish a particular tree from others that were withered or that were blasted.
Nouns that are adjectives are words that express qualities by qualifying or, as scholars say, are tied to a specific subject. For example, the word green expresses a certain quality that qualifies the particular subject it describes. Clearly, such words can help differentiate specific objects from others that fall under the same general category. The phrase green tree, for instance, helps identify a particular tree as distinct from those that are dry or damaged.
Prepositions are the words which express relation considered, in the same manner, in concrete with the co-relative object. Thus the prepositions of, to, for, with, by, above, below, &c., denote some relation subsisting between the objects expressed by the words between which the prepositions are placed; and they denote that this relation is considered in concrete with the co-relative object. Words of this kind serve to distinguish particular objects from others of the same species, when those particular objects cannot be so properly marked out by any peculiar qualities of their own. When we say, the green tree of the meadow, for example, we distinguish a particular tree, not only by the quality which belongs to it, but by the relation which it stands in to another object.
Prepositions are words that express a relationship, considered in the same way, in relation to the corresponding object. So, the prepositions of, to, for, with, by, above, below, etc., indicate some relationship between the objects represented by the words that the prepositions are placed between; and they show that this relationship is considered in connection with the corresponding object. These words help to differentiate specific objects from others in the same category when those specific objects can't be easily identified by their own unique qualities. For instance, when we say, the green tree of the meadow, we identify a particular tree, not just by its characteristic, but by its relationship to another object.
As neither quality nor relation can exist in abstract, it is natural to suppose that the words which denote them considered in concrete, the way in which we always see them subsist, would be of much earlier invention than those which express them considered in abstract, the way in which we never see them subsist. The words green and blue would, in all probability, be sooner invented than the words greenness and blueness; the words above and below, than the words superiority and inferiority. To invent words of the latter kind requires a much greater effort of abstraction than to invent those of the former. It is probable therefore, that such abstract terms would be of much later institution. Accordingly, their etymologies generally show that they are so, they being generally derived from others that are concrete.
As neither quality nor relation can exist in the abstract, it's only logical to think that the words used to describe them in concrete terms—how we always see them—would have been invented much earlier than the words that express them in abstract terms—how we never see them. The words green and blue were likely created before the words greenness and blueness; the words above and below were created before superiority and inferiority. Creating words for the latter requires a much greater level of abstract thinking than creating words for the former. Therefore, it's likely that such abstract terms were introduced much later. Their etymologies generally support this, as they are usually derived from more concrete terms.
But though the invention of nouns adjective be much more natural than that of the abstract nouns substantive derived from them, it would still, however, require a considerable degree of abstraction and generalization. Those, for example, who first invented the words green, blue, red, and the other names of colours, must have observed and compared together a great number of objects, must have remarked their resemblances and dissimilitudes in respect of the quality of colour, and must have arranged them, in their own minds, into different classes and assortments, according to those resemblances and 308 dissimilitudes. An adjective is by nature a general, and in some measure an abstract word, and necessarily pre-supposes the idea of a certain species or assortment of things, to all of which it is equally applicable. The word green could not, as we were supposing might be the case of the word cave, have been originally the name of an individual, and afterwards have become, by what grammarians call an Antonomasia, the name of a species. The word green denoting, not the name of a substance, but the peculiar quality of a substance, must from the very first have been a general word, and considered as equally applicable to any other substance possessed of the same quality. The man who first distinguished a particular object by the epithet of green, must have observed other objects that were not green, from which he meant to separate it by this appellation. The institution of this name, therefore, supposes comparison. It likewise supposes some degree of abstraction. The person who first invented this appellation must have distinguished the quality from the object to which it belonged, and must have conceived the object as capable of subsisting without the quality. The invention, therefore, even of the simplest nouns adjective must have required more metaphysics than we are apt to be aware of. The different mental operations, of arrangement or classing, of comparison, and of abstraction, must all have been employed, before even the names of the different colours, the least metaphysical of all nouns adjective, could be instituted. From all which I infer, that when languages were beginning to be formed, nouns adjective would by no means be the words of the earliest invention.
But while creating adjectives is much more natural than coming up with abstract nouns derived from them, it still requires a significant level of abstraction and generalization. For instance, those who first came up with the words green, blue, red, and other color names must have looked at and compared a lot of objects, noticing their similarities and differences regarding color, and must have mentally categorized them into groups based on those similarities and 308 differences. An adjective is inherently general and somewhat abstract, and it necessarily assumes the idea of a specific type or category of things to which it applies equally. The word green could not have originally been the name of a single object, and later turned into, what grammarians call Antonomasia, the name of a category. The word green refers not to a substance itself but to a unique quality of a substance, and from the very beginning, it must have been a general term, applicable to any other substance with that same quality. The person who first identified a particular object as green must have noticed other objects that weren’t green, and intended to set this one apart with that name. Therefore, the establishment of this name implies comparison. It also assumes some level of abstraction. The person who first created this name must have distinguished the quality from the object it belonged to, imagining the object as able to exist without that quality. Thus, even the simplest adjectives must have involved more complex thinking than we tend to recognize. The various mental processes of sorting, comparing, and abstracting must have been involved before even the names of colors, the least abstract of all adjectives, could be created. From all this, I conclude that when languages were just starting to form, adjectives likely weren’t among the first words invented.
There is nothing expedient for denoting the different qualities of different substance, which as it requires no abstraction, nor any conceived separation of the quality from the subject, seems more natural than the invention of nouns adjective, and which, upon this account, could hardly fail, in the first formation of language, to be thought of before them. This expedient is to make some variation upon the noun substantive itself, according to the different qualities which it is endowed with. Thus in many languages, the qualities both of sex and of the want of sex are expressed by different terminations in the nouns substantive, which denote objects so qualified. In Latin, for example, lupus, lupa; equus, equa; juvencus, juvenca; Julius, Julia; Lucretius, Lucretia, &c., denote the qualities of male and female in the animals and persons to whom such appellations belong, without needing the addition of any adjective for this purpose. On the other hand, the words, forum, pratum, plaustrum, denote by their peculiar termination the total absence of sex in the different substances which they stand for. Both sex, and the want of all sex, being naturally considered as qualities modifying and inseparable from the particular substances to which they belong, it was natural to express them rather by a modification in the noun substantive, than by any general and abstract word 309 expressive of this particular species of quality. The expression bears, it is evident, in this way, a much more exact analogy to the idea or object which it denotes than in the other. The quality appears, in nature, as a modification of the substance, and as it is thus expressed in language, by a modification of the noun substantive, which denotes that substance, the quality and the subject are, in this case, blended together, if I may say so, in the expression, in the same manner as they appear to be in the object and in the idea. Hence the origin of the masculine, feminine, and neutral genders, in all the ancient languages. By means of these, the most important of all distinctions, that of substances into animated and inanimated, and that of animals into male and female, seem to have been sufficiently marked without the assistance of adjectives, or of any general names denoting this most extensive species of qualifications.
There’s nothing more straightforward for indicating the different qualities of various substances, which doesn’t require any abstraction or separation of the quality from the subject, than the creation of adjectives. Because of this, it likely came to mind before other forms when language was first developed. This method involves making variations on the substantive noun itself, according to the different qualities it possesses. In many languages, the characteristics of gender, as well as the absence of gender, are shown through different endings in substantive nouns that refer to these qualities. For example, in Latin, lupus, lupa; equus, equa; juvencus, juvenca; Julius, Julia; Lucretius, Lucretia, etc., indicate male and female qualities in the animals and people they refer to without needing any additional adjectives. On the other hand, the words forum, pratum, plaustrum indicate, by their unique endings, a complete absence of gender in the different substances they represent. Both gender and lack of gender are naturally considered qualities that modify and are inseparable from the particular substances they belong to. Thus, it makes sense to express them by modifying the substantive noun rather than using any general, abstract word that represents this specific type of quality. This way of expressing things is clearly a more accurate reflection of the idea or object it denotes than the other method. The quality appears in nature as a modification of the substance, and since it is represented in language by a modification of the substantive noun that symbolizes that substance, the quality and the subject are, if I may put it this way, mixed together in the expression, just as they appear to be in the object and the idea. This is the origin of masculine, feminine, and neuter genders in all ancient languages. Through these, the most crucial distinctions—between animated and inanimate substances, and among animals as male and female—have been sufficiently highlighted without the need for adjectives or any general terms signifying this broad category of qualities. 309
There are no more than these three genders in any of the languages with which I am acquainted; that is to say, the formation of nouns substantive can, by itself, and without the accompaniment of adjectives, express no other qualities but those three above mentioned, the qualities of male, of female, of neither male nor female. I should not, however, be surprised, if, in other languages with which I am unacquainted, the different formations of nouns substantive should be capable of expressing many other different qualities. The different diminutives of the Italian, and of some other languages, do, in reality, sometimes express a great variety of different modifications in the substances denoted by those nouns which undergo such variations.
There are no more than these three genders in any of the languages I know; in other words, the way nouns are formed can, on their own, and without any adjectives, express only those three qualities: male, female, or neither male nor female. I wouldn’t be surprised if other languages I’m not familiar with have different noun formations that can express many other qualities. The various diminutives in Italian and some other languages do, in fact, sometimes convey a wide range of different changes in the meanings of those nouns that take on such variations.
It was impossible, however, that nouns substantive could, without losing altogether their original form, undergo so great a number of variations, as would be sufficient to express that almost infinite variety of qualities, by which it might, upon different occasions, be necessary to specify and distinguish them. Though the different formation of nouns substantive, therefore, might, for some time, forestall the necessity of inventing nouns adjective, it was impossible that this necessity could be forestalled altogether. When nouns adjective came to be invented, it was natural that they should be formed with some similarity to the substantives to which they were to serve as epithets or qualifications. Men would naturally give them the same terminations with the substantives to which they were first applied, and from that love of similarity of sound, from that delight in the returns of the same syllables, which is the foundation of analogy in all languages, they would be apt to vary the termination of the same adjective, according as they had occasion to apply it to a masculine, to a feminine, or to a neutral substantive. They would say, magnus lupus, magna lupa, magnum pratum, when they meant to express a great he wolf, a great she wolf, or a great meadow.
It was impossible for nouns to undergo so many variations without completely losing their original form, especially to express the almost infinite variety of qualities needed to specify and differentiate them in different situations. Although the different forms of nouns might temporarily reduce the need for creating adjectives, it was inevitable that this need would arise eventually. When adjectives were finally created, it made sense that they would be formed similarly to the nouns they were meant to describe or qualify. People would naturally use the same endings as the nouns they were first paired with, and due to a preference for similar sounds and the enjoyment of repeating syllables—a fundamental aspect of analogy in all languages—they would likely alter the adjective’s ending based on whether it referred to a masculine, feminine, or neuter noun. They would say, magnus lupus, magna lupa, magnum pratum, when referring to a great he wolf, a great she wolf, or a great meadow.
This variation, in the termination of the noun adjective, according to 310 the gender of the substantive, which takes place in all the ancient languages, seems to have been introduced chiefly for the sake of a certain similarity of sound, of a certain species of rhyme, which is naturally so very agreeable to the human ear. Gender, it is to observed, cannot properly belong to a noun adjective, the signification of which is always precisely the same, to whatever species of substantives it is applied. When we say, a great man, a great woman, the word great has precisely the same meaning in both cases, and the difference of the sex in the subjects to which it may be applied, makes no sort of difference in its signification. Magnus, magna, magnum, in the same manner, are words which express precisely the same quality, and the change of the termination is accompanied with no sort of variation in the meaning. Sex and gender are qualities which belong to substances, but cannot belong to the qualities of substances. In general, no quality, when considered in concrete, or as qualifying some particular subject, can itself be conceived as the subject of any other quality; though when considered in abstract it may. No adjective therefore can qualify any other adjective. A great good man, means a man who is both great and good. Both the adjectives qualify the substantive; they do not qualify one another. On the other hand, when we say, the great goodness of the man, the word goodness denoting a quality considered in abstract, which may itself be the subject of other qualities, is upon that account capable of being qualified by the word great.
This variation in the endings of noun adjectives, according to 310 the gender of the noun, which occurs in all ancient languages, seems to have been introduced mainly for the sake of creating a similarity in sound, a type of rhyme that is naturally pleasing to the human ear. It should be noted that gender cannot truly belong to a noun adjective, as its meaning remains exactly the same regardless of the type of noun it describes. When we say, a great man or a great woman, the word great has the same meaning in both situations, and the difference in sex of the subjects has no impact on its meaning. Similarly, magnus, magna, magnum are words that convey the exact same quality, and the change in ending does not alter the meaning. Sex and gender are characteristics of nouns, but they do not apply to the qualities of those nouns. Generally, no quality, when seen in its concrete form or as describing a particular subject, can itself be thought of as the subject of another quality; although it may be when considered in the abstract. Therefore, no adjective can modify another adjective. A great good man means a man who is both great and good. Both adjectives describe the noun; they do not affect each other. However, when we say the great goodness of the man, the word goodness, which represents a quality regarded in the abstract and can be the subject of other qualities, is thus able to be described by the word great.
If the original invention of nouns adjective would be attended with so much difficulty, that of prepositions would be accompanied with yet more. Every preposition, as I have already observed, denotes some relation considered in concrete with the co-relative object. The preposition above, for example, denotes the relation of superiority, not in abstract, as it is expressed by the word superiority, but in concrete with some co-relative object. In this phrase, for example, the tree above the cave, the word above expresses a certain relation between the tree and the cave, and it expresses this relation in concrete with the co-relative object, the cave. A preposition always requires, in order to complete the sense, some other word to come after it; as may be observed in this particular instance. Now, I say, the original invention of such words would require a yet greater effort of abstraction and generalization, than that of nouns adjective. First of all, the relation is, in itself, a more metaphysical object than a quality. Nobody can be at a loss to explain what is meant by a quality; but few people will find themselves able to express, very distinctly, what is understood by a relation. Qualities are almost always the objects of our external senses; relations never are. No wonder therefore, that the one set of objects should be so much more comprehensible than the other. Secondly, though prepositions always express the relation which they stand for, in concrete with the co-relative object, they could not have 311 originally been formed without a considerable effort of abstraction. A preposition denotes a relation, and nothing but a relation. But before men could institute a word, which signified a relation, and nothing but a relation, they must have been able, in some measure, to consider this relation abstractedly from the related objects; since the idea of those objects does not, in any respect, enter into the signification of the preposition. The invention of such a word, therefore, must have required a considerable degree of abstraction. Thirdly, a preposition is from its nature a general word, which, from its very first institution, must have been considered as equally applicable to denote any other similar relation. The man who first invented the word above, must not only have distinguished, in some measure, the relation of superiority from the objects which were so related, but he must also have distinguished this relation from other relations, such as, from the relation of inferiority denoted by the word below, from the relation of juxta-position, expressed by the word beside, and the like. He must have conceived this word, therefore, as expressive of a particular sort or species of relation distinct from every other, which could not be done without a considerable effort of comparison and generalization.
If coming up with the original idea for nouns and adjectives was challenging, creating prepositions would be even tougher. As I've mentioned before, each preposition indicates a specific relationship when looked at in connection with the object it relates to. Take the preposition above, for instance; it signifies a relationship of superiority, not in an abstract way, like the term superiority does, but in connection with a specific object. In the phrase the tree above the cave, the word above shows a specific relationship between the tree and the cave, and this relationship is directly tied to the object the cave. A preposition always needs another word following it to complete its meaning, as you can see in this example. So, I argue that inventing these words originally would take an even greater level of abstraction and generalization than creating nouns or adjectives. For starters, a relationship is inherently a more abstract concept than a quality. Everyone understands what a quality is, but few can clearly define what we mean by a relationship. Qualities are usually linked to our sensory experiences; relationships are not. It's no surprise, then, that qualities are much easier to grasp than relationships. Secondly, even though prepositions express the relationships they represent in connection with the relevant object, they couldn't have been created without significant abstraction. A preposition signifies a relationship, and nothing more. But before people could create a word that represented a relationship alone, they must have been able to think about this relationship apart from the objects involved; the idea of those objects doesn't play any role in the meaning of the preposition. Thus, coming up with such a word needed a considerable level of abstract thinking. Thirdly, a preposition is by nature a general term, which, from its very inception, must have been seen as applicable to denote any similar relationship. The person who first coined the word above must have not only recognized the relationship of superiority apart from the objects that are superior, but also differentiated this relationship from others, such as the relationship of inferiority signified by below, or the relationship of juxtaposition conveyed by beside, and so on. He must have conceived this word as indicative of a specific type of relationship distinct from all others, which wouldn't have been possible without a considerable effort in comparison and generalization.
Whatever were the difficulties, therefore, which embarrassed the first invention of nouns adjective, the same, and many more, must have embarrassed that of prepositions. If mankind, therefore, in the first formation of languages, seem to have, for some time, evaded the necessity of nouns adjective, by varying the termination of the names of substances, according as these varied in some of their most important qualities, they would much more find themselves under the necessity of evading, by some similar contrivance, the yet more difficult invention of prepositions. The different cases in the ancient languages is a contrivance of precisely the same kind. The genitive and dative cases, in Greek and Latin, evidently supply the place of the prepositions; and by a variation in the noun substantive, which stands for the co-relative term, express the relation which subsists between what is denoted by that noun substantive, and what is expressed by some other word in the sentence. In these expressions, for example, fructus arboris, the fruit of the tree; sacer Herculi, sacred to Hercules; the variations made in the co-relative words, arbor and Hercules, express the same relations which are expressed in English by the prepositions of and to.
Whatever difficulties the first creation of adjectives faced, the same, and many more, must have complicated the development of prepositions. If, during the early formation of languages, humanity managed to avoid the need for adjectives for a while by changing the endings of substance names according to their most significant qualities, they would have even more reason to find some similar method to bypass the more challenging task of inventing prepositions. The different cases in ancient languages serve a similar purpose. The genitive and dative cases in Greek and Latin clearly take the place of prepositions, and by altering the noun that refers to the correlating term, they convey the relationship between what that noun indicates and what another word in the sentence describes. For example, in expressions like fructus arboris, the fruit of the tree; sacer Herculi, sacred to Hercules; the changes made in the correlating words, arbor and Hercules, represent the same relationships that are expressed in English by the prepositions of and to.
To express a relation in this manner, did not require any effort of abstraction. It was not here expressed by a peculiar word denoting relation and nothing but relation, but by a variation upon the co-relative term. It was expressed here, as it appears in nature, not as something separated and detached, but as thoroughly mixed and blended with the co-relative object.
To express a relationship this way didn't take any effort to abstract. It wasn't conveyed through a unique word that meant only relationship, but rather through a variation of the related term. It was presented here, as it is in nature, not as something separate and distinct, but as completely intertwined and blended with the related object.
To express relation in this manner, did not require any effort of generalization. The words arboris and Herculi, while they involve in 312 their signification the same relation expressed by the English prepositions of and to, are not, like those prepositions, general words, which can be applied to express the same relation between whatever other objects it might be observed to subsist.
To express a relationship this way didn't require any effort to generalize. The words arboris and Herculi, while they carry the same relationship expressed by the English prepositions of and to in 312, are not, like those prepositions, general words that can be used to express the same relationship between any other objects it might be found with.
To express relation in this manner did not require any effort of comparison. The words arboris and Herculi are not general words intended to denote a particular species of relations which the inventors of those expressions meant, in consequence of some sort of comparison, to separate and distinguish from every other sort of relation. The example, indeed, of this contrivance would soon probably be followed, and whoever had occasion to express a similar relation between any other objects would be very apt to do it by making a similar variation on the name of the co-relative object. This, I say, would probably, or rather certainly happen; but it would happen without any intention or foresight in those who first set the example, and who never meant to establish any general rule. The general rule would establish itself insensibly, and by slow degrees, in consequence of that love of analogy and similarity of sound, which is the foundation of by far the greater part of the rules of grammar.
Expressing a relationship in this way didn’t require any effort to compare. The words arboris and Herculi aren’t general terms meant to identify a specific type of relationship that the creators of those terms intended to separate and distinguish from every other kind of relationship through some form of comparison. In fact, this method would likely be emulated quickly, and anyone needing to express a similar relationship between other objects would probably do so by making a similar alteration to the name of the related object. I say this would likely happen, or rather it would definitely happen; however, it would occur without any intent or foresight from those who first set the example, and they never meant to establish a general rule. The general rule would form itself gradually and subtly, due to that inherent love for analogy and similar sounds, which is the basis for most grammar rules.
To express relation, therefore, by a variation in the name of the co-relative object, requiring neither abstraction, nor generalization, nor comparison of any kind, would, at first, be much more natural and easy, than to express it by those general words called prepositions, of of which the first invention must have demanded some degree of all those operations.
To show a relationship, then, by changing the name of the related object, without needing abstraction, generalization, or any form of comparison, would initially be much more natural and straightforward than expressing it with those general terms called prepositions, which must have required some level of all those processes in their invention.
The number of cases is different in different languages. There are five in the Greek, six in the Latin, and there are said to be ten in the Armenian language. It must have naturally happened that there should be a greater or a smaller number of cases, according as in the terminations of nouns substantive the first formers of any language happened to have established a greater or a smaller number of variations, in order to express the different relations they had occasion to take notice of, before the invention of those more general and abstract prepositions which could supply their place.
The number of cases varies across different languages. Greek has five cases, Latin has six, and Armenian is said to have ten. It's likely that the number of cases differs because the early creators of a language chose to introduce either a greater or smaller variety of endings for nouns, to express the various relationships they observed, before the development of more general and abstract prepositions that could fill that role.
It is, perhaps, worth while to observe that those prepositions, which in modern languages hold the place of the ancient cases, are, of all others, the most general, and abstract, and metaphysical; and of consequence, would probably be the last invented. Ask any man of common acuteness, What relation is expressed by the preposition above? He will readily answer, that of superiority. By the preposition below? He will as quickly reply that of inferiority. But ask him, what relation is expressed by the preposition of, and, if he has not beforehand employed his thoughts a good deal upon these subjects, you may safely allow him a week to consider of his answer. The prepositions above and below do not denote any of the relations expressed by the cases in the 313 ancient languages. But the preposition of, denotes the same relation, which is in them expressed by the genitive case; and which, it is easy to observe, is of a very metaphysical nature. The preposition of, denotes relation in general, considered in concrete with the co-relative object. It marks that the noun substantive which goes before it, is somehow or other related to that which comes after it, but without in any respect ascertaining, as is done by the preposition above, what is the peculiar nature of that relation. We often apply it, therefore, to express the most opposite relations; because, the most opposite relations agree so far that each of them comprehends in it the general idea or nature of a relation. We say, the father of the son, and the son of the father; the fir-trees of the forest, and the forest of the fir-trees. The relation in which the father stands to the son is, it is evident, a quite opposite relation to that in which the son stands to the father; that in which the parts stand to the whole, is quite opposite to that in which the whole stands to the parts. The word of, however, serves very well to denote all those relations, because in itself it denotes no particular relation, but only relation in general; and so far as any particular relation is collected from such expressions, it is inferred by the mind, not from the preposition itself, but from the nature and arrangement of the substantives, between which the preposition is placed.
It’s worth noting that the prepositions we use today, which replace the ancient cases, are among the most general, abstract, and philosophical. Because of this, they were likely the last to be created. If you ask someone with average insight, “What relationship does the preposition above imply?” they’ll quickly say it means superiority. Ask the same person about below, and they’ll respond with inferiority just as fast. But if you ask what relationship the preposition of indicates, and if they haven’t thought deeply about this topic beforehand, you might want to give them a week to come up with an answer. The prepositions above and below don't indicate any of the relationships that ancient languages expressed with their cases. However, of signifies the same relationship as that expressed by the genitive case in those languages, which is quite abstract in nature. The preposition of signifies a relationship in general, when considered alongside its corresponding object. It indicates that the noun before it is somehow related to the noun that follows it, but it doesn’t specify, like above, the exact nature of that relationship. Therefore, we often use it to express completely opposite relationships, because the most opposite relationships share the common concept of being a relationship. We say, the father of the son, and the son of the father; the fir-trees of the forest, and the forest of the fir-trees. The relationship between the father and son is clearly the opposite of that between the son and father; likewise, the relationship between parts and the whole is the opposite of that between the whole and the parts. The word of fits well for denoting these relationships because it, in itself, doesn’t indicate any specific relationship, only a general sense of relation; and any particular relationship inferred from such phrases comes from the context and arrangement of the nouns, not from the preposition itself.
What I have said concerning the preposition of, may in some measure be applied to the prepositions to, for, with, by, and to whatever other prepositions are made use of in modern languages, to supply the place of the ancient cases. They all of them express very abstract and metaphysical relations, which any man, who takes the trouble to try it, will find it extremely difficult to express by nouns substantive, in the same manner as we may express the relation denoted by the preposition above, by the noun substantive superiority. They all of them, however, express some specific relation, and are, consequently, none of them so abstract as the preposition of, which may be regarded as by far the most metaphysical of all prepositions. The prepositions, therefore, which are capable of supplying the place of the ancient cases, being more abstract than the other prepositions, would naturally be of more difficult invention. The relations at the same time which those prepositions express, are, of all others, those which we have most frequent occasion to mention. The prepositions above, below, near, within, without, against, &c., are much more rarely made use of, in modern languages, than the prepositions of, to, for, with, from, by. A preposition of the former kind will not occur twice in a page; we can scarce compose a single sentence without the assistance of one or two of the latter. If these latter prepositions, therefore, which supply the place of the cases, would be of such difficult invention on account of their abstractedness, some expedient to supply their place must have been of indispensable necessity, on account of the frequent occasion 314 which men have to take notice of the relations which they denote. But there is no expedient so obvious, as that of varying the termination of one of the principal words.
What I’ve said about the preposition of can also apply to the prepositions to, for, with, by, and any other prepositions used in modern languages to replace the ancient cases. They all express very abstract and philosophical relationships, which anyone who tries will find incredibly challenging to express using nouns, just like we can express the relationship indicated by the preposition above with the noun superiority. However, they do express some specific relationship, and therefore none are as abstract as the preposition of, which can be seen as the most philosophical of all prepositions. The prepositions that can replace the ancient cases are more abstract than the others, making them more difficult to create. At the same time, these prepositions express the kinds of relationships we often need to mention. Prepositions like above, below, near, within, without, against, etc., are used much less frequently in modern languages than of, to, for, with, from, by. You won’t see a preposition from the first group more than once on a page; we can barely form a single sentence without using one or two from the latter group. If these latter prepositions that replace the cases are so hard to come up with because of their abstract nature, then some alternative to replace them must be essential, given how often people need to refer to the relationships they indicate. But the most obvious alternative is to vary the ending of one of the main words.
It is, perhaps, unnecessary to observe, that there are some of the cases in the ancient languages, which, for particular reasons, cannot be represented by any prepositions. These are the nominative, accusative, and vocative cases. In those modern languages, which do not admit of any such variety in the terminations of their nouns substantive, the correspondent relations are expressed by the place of the words, and by the order and construction of the sentence.
It may be unnecessary to point out that there are certain cases in ancient languages that, for specific reasons, cannot be represented by any prepositions. These are the nominative, accusative, and vocative cases. In modern languages that don’t have such differences in the endings of their nouns, the corresponding relationships are conveyed through the positioning of the words, as well as the order and structure of the sentence.
As men have frequently occasion to make mention of multitudes as well as of single objects, it became necessary that they should have some method of expressing number. Number may be expressed either by a particular word, expressing number in general, such as the words many, more, &c., or by some variation upon the words which express the things numbered. It is this last expedient which mankind would probably have recourse to, in the infancy of language. Number, considered in general, without relation to any particular set of objects numbered, is one of the most abstract and metaphysical ideas, which the mind of man is capable of forming; and, consequently, is not an idea, which would readily occur to rude mortals, who were just beginning to form a language. They would naturally, therefore, distinguish when they talked of a single, and when they talked of a multitude of objects, not by any metaphysical adjectives, such as the English a, an, many, but by a variation upon the termination of the word which signified the objects numbered. Hence the origin of the singular and plural numbers, in all the ancient languages; and the same distinction has likewise been retained in all the modern languages, at least, in the greater part of the words.
As people often need to talk about both groups and individual items, it became essential for them to have a way to express numbers. Numbers can be expressed either by specific words that indicate quantity in general, like the words many, more, etc., or by altering the words that denote the things being counted. This second approach is likely what early humans relied on as language began to develop. The concept of number, viewed in a general sense and without connecting to any specific collection of items, is one of the most abstract and philosophical ideas that humans can conceive; therefore, it's not something that would easily come to the minds of primitive people who were just starting to create a language. Instead, they would naturally differentiate when speaking of a single item versus multiple items, not using abstract descriptors like the English a, an, many, but by changing the endings of the words that represented the items being counted. This is how singular and plural forms originated in all ancient languages, and the same distinction has been preserved in most modern languages in the majority of their words.
All primitive and uncompounded languages seem to have a dual, as well as a plural number. This is the case of the Greek, and I am told of the Hebrew, of the Gothic, and of many other languages. In the rude beginnings of society, one, two, and more, might possibly be all the numeral distinctions which mankind would have any occasion to take notice of. These they would find it more natural to express, by a variation upon every particular noun substantive, than by such general and abstract words as one, two, three, four, &c. These words, though custom has rendered them familiar to us, express, perhaps, the most subtile and refined abstractions, which the mind of man is capable of forming. Let any one consider within himself, for example, what he means by the word three, which signifies neither three shillings, nor three pence, nor three men, nor three horses, but three in general; and he will easily satisfy himself that a word, which denotes so very metaphysical an abstraction, could not be either a very obvious or a very early invention. I have read of some savage nations, whose language 315 was capable of expressing no more than the three first numeral distinctions. But whether it expressed those distinctions by three general words, or by variations upon the nouns substantive, denoting the things numbered, I do not remember to have met with any thing which could clearly determine.
All primitive and simple languages seem to have a dual number, as well as a plural one. This is true for Greek, and I've heard the same about Hebrew, Gothic, and many other languages. In the early stages of society, one, two, and more might have been the only number distinctions people needed to recognize. They would find it more natural to express these concepts with variations of each specific noun rather than using general abstract words like one, two, three, four, etc. These words, even though we've become accustomed to them, represent some of the most subtle and refined abstractions that the human mind can conceive. For instance, if someone reflects on what they mean by the word three, which refers not to three shillings, three pence, three men, or three horses, but simply three in general, they'll realize that a word denoting such a metaphysical abstraction couldn't have been a very obvious or early invention. I've read about some primitive tribes whose language 315 could express no more than the first three number distinctions. However, whether they expressed those distinctions with three general words or by variations on the nouns representing the counted items, I don't recall having encountered anything that could clearly clarify that.
As all the same relations which subsist between single, may likewise subsist between numerous objects, it is evident there would be occasion for the same number of cases in the dual and in the plural, as in the singular number. Hence the intricacy and complexness of the declensions in all the ancient languages. In the Greek there are five cases in each of the three numbers, consequently fifteen in all.
Since all the same relationships that exist between individuals can also exist between multiple objects, it's clear that there would be a need for the same number of cases in the dual and plural forms as in the singular form. This explains the complexity and intricacy of declensions in all ancient languages. In Greek, there are five cases in each of the three numbers, making a total of fifteen cases overall.
As nouns adjective, in the ancient languages, varied their terminations according to the gender of the substantive to which they were applied, so did they likewise according to the case and the number. Every noun adjective in the Greek language, therefore, having three genders, and three numbers, and five cases in each number, may be considered as having five and forty different variations. The first formers of language seem to have varied the termination of the adjective, according to the case and the number of the substantive, for the same reason which made them vary it according to the gender; the love of analogy, and of a certain regularity of sound. In the signification of adjectives there is neither case nor number, and the meaning of such words is always precisely the same, notwithstanding all the variety of termination under which they appear. Magnus vir, magni viri, magnorum virorum; a great man, of a great man, of great men; in all these expressions the words, magnus, magni, magnorum, as well as the word great, have precisely one and the same signification, though the substantives to which they are applied have not. The difference of termination in the noun adjective is accompanied with no sort of difference in the meaning. An adjective denotes the qualification of a noun substantive. But the different relations in which that noun substantive may occasionally stand, can make no sort of difference upon its qualification. If the declensions of the ancient languages are so very complex, their conjugations are infinitely more so. And the complexness of the one is founded upon the same principle with that of the other, the difficulty of forming, in the beginnings of language, abstract and general terms.
As nouns and adjectives in ancient languages changed their endings based on the gender of the noun they described, they also varied according to case and number. Every adjective in Greek has three genders, three numbers, and five cases for each number, which means there are a total of forty-five different variations. The early creators of language likely altered the endings of adjectives based on the case and number of the noun for the same reason they did so for gender: a preference for analogy and a certain regularity in sound. In terms of meaning, adjectives have no case or number, and their definitions remain exactly the same, no matter how many different endings they might have. For example, Magnus vir, magni viri, magnorum virorum; a great man, of a great man, of great men; in all these phrases, magnus, magni, magnorum, and great all mean the same thing, even though the nouns they refer to do not. The changes in adjective endings don't affect their meaning. An adjective describes a quality of a noun. However, the different contexts in which the noun might be used do not change the quality itself. While the inflections of ancient languages are quite complex, their verb forms are even more complicated. This complexity arises from the same challenge that affects both: the difficulty of creating abstract and general terms in the early stages of language.
Verbs must necessarily have been coëval with the very first attempts towards the formation of language. No affirmation can be expressed without the assistance of some verb. We never speak but in order to express our opinion that something either is or is not. But the word denoting this event, or this matter of fact, which is the subject of our affirmation, must always be a verb.
Verbs must have existed from the very beginning of language development. No statement can be made without the help of a verb. We only speak to express our belief that something either exists or doesn’t. However, the word that indicates this action or fact, which is the focus of our statement, must always be a verb.
Impersonal verbs, which express in one word a complete event, which preserve in the expression that perfect simplicity and unity, 316 which there always is in the object and in the idea, and which suppose no abstraction, or metaphysical division of the event into its several constituent members of subject and attribute, would, in all probability, be the species of verbs first invented. The verbs pluit, it rains; ningit, it snows; tonat, it thunders; lucet, it is day; turbatur, there is a confusion, &c., each of them express a complete affirmation, the whole of an event, with that perfect simplicity and unity with which the mind conceives it in nature. On the contrary, the phrases, Alexander ambulat, Alexander walks; Petrus sedet, Peter sits, divide the event, as it were, into two parts, the person or subject, and the attribute, or matter of fact, affirmed of that subject. But in nature, the idea or conception of Alexander walking, is as perfectly and completely one simple conception, as that of Alexander not walking. The division of this event, therefore, into two parts, is altogether artificial, and is the effect of the imperfection of language, which, upon this, as upon many other occasions, supplies, by a number of words, the want of one, which could express at once the whole matter of fact that was meant to be affirmed. Every body must observe how much more simplicity there is in the natural expression, pluit, than in the more artificial expressions, imber decidit, the rain falls; or tempestas est pluvia, the weather is rainy. In these two last expressions, the simple event, or matter of fact, is artificially split and divided in the one, into two; in the other, into three parts. In each of them it is expressed by a sort of grammatical circumlocution, of which the significancy is founded upon a certain metaphysical analysis of the component parts of the idea expressed by the word pluit. The first verbs, therefore, perhaps even the first words, made use of in the beginnings of language, would in all probability be such impersonal verbs. It is observed accordingly, I am told, by the Hebrew grammarians, that the radical words of their language, from which all the others are derived, are all of them verbs, and impersonal verbs.
Impersonal verbs express a complete event in a single word, maintaining that perfect simplicity and unity that always exists in both the object and the concept, and they don't require any abstraction or metaphysical breakdown of the event into its various parts—subject and attribute. It's likely these types of verbs were the first to be invented. The verbs pluit, it rains; ningit, it snows; tonat, it thunders; lucet, it is day; turbatur, there is a confusion; and others each express a complete statement, capturing the entirety of an event with the same simplicity and unity that our minds perceive it in reality. In contrast, phrases like Alexander ambulat, Alexander walks; and Petrus sedet, Peter sits break the event into two parts: the person or subject and the action or fact associated with that subject. However, in nature, the idea of Alexander walking is just as complete and unified as the idea of Alexander not walking. Thus, dividing this event into two parts is completely artificial and reflects the limitations of language, which often compensates for the lack of a single word that could express the entire fact being conveyed. It’s evident that there’s much more simplicity in the natural expression pluit than in the more complex expressions imber decidit, the rain falls; or tempestas est pluvia, the weather is rainy. In the latter two expressions, the straightforward event is artificially divided into two parts in one case and three parts in the other. Each is articulated through a sort of grammatical roundabout that hinges on a certain metaphysical analysis of the different aspects of the idea captured by the word pluit. Therefore, it’s likely that the earliest verbs—and perhaps even the first words—used at the dawn of language would be these impersonal verbs. Hebrew grammarians note that the root words of their language, which serve as the foundation for all others, are all verbs, specifically impersonal verbs.
It is easy to conceive how, in the progress of language, those impersonal verbs should become personal. Let us suppose, for example, that the word venit, it comes, was originally an impersonal verb, and that it denoted, not the coming of something in general, as at present, but the coming of a particular object, such as the lion. The first savage inventors of language, we shall suppose, when they observed the approach of this terrible animal, were accustomed to cry out to one another, venit, that is, the lion comes; and that this word thus expressed a complete event, without the assistance of any other. Afterwards, when, on the further progress of language, they had begun to give names to particular substances, whenever they observed the approach of any other terrible object, they would naturally join the name of that object to the word venit, and cry out, venit ursus, venit lupus. By degrees the word venit would thus come to signify the coming of any 317 terrible object, and not merely the coming of the lion. It would, now, therefore, express, not the coming of a particular object, but the coming of an object of a particular kind. Having become more general in its signification, it could no longer represent any particular distinct event by itself, and without the assistance of a noun substantive, which might serve to ascertain and determine its signification. It would now, therefore, have become a personal, instead of an impersonal verb. We may easily conceive how, in the further progress of society, it might still grow more general in its signification, and come to signify, as at present, the approach of any thing whatever, whether it were good, bad, or indifferent.
It's easy to imagine how, over time, those impersonal verbs turned into personal ones. Let's say, for instance, that the word venit, meaning it comes, was originally an impersonal verb that referred not to the coming of something in general, but to the coming of a specific object, like the lion. The early language creators, when they saw this dangerous animal approaching, would shout to each other, venit, meaning the lion comes; and this word would communicate a complete event on its own. Later, as language evolved and they started naming specific things, whenever they noticed another frightening object approaching, they would naturally combine that object's name with venit, exclaiming venit ursus, venit lupus. Gradually, venit would come to mean the arrival of any 317 frightening object, not just the lion. Thus, it would now signify the coming of an object of a particular kind, rather than a specific object. Having become more general in its meaning, it could no longer represent a particular event by itself and needed a noun to clarify its meaning. Consequently, it would have changed into a personal verb, instead of remaining impersonal. We can easily see how, as society continued to evolve, it might have become even more generalized in meaning, eventually signifying the approach of anything at all, whether good, bad, or neutral.
It is probably in some such manner as this, that almost all verbs have become personal, and that mankind have learned by degrees to split and divide almost every event into a great number of metaphysical parts, expressed by the different parts of speech, variously combined in the different members of every phrase and sentence.1 The same sort of progress seems to have been made in the art of speaking as in the art of writing. When mankind first began to attempt to express their ideas by writing, every character represented a whole word. But the number of words being almost infinite, the memory found itself quite loaded and oppressed by the multitude of characters which it was obliged to retain. Necessity taught them, therefore, to divide words into their elements, and to invent characters which should represent, not the words themselves, but the elements of which they were composed. In consequence of this invention, every particular word came to be represented, not by one character, but by a multitude of characters; and the expression of it in writing became much more intricate and complex than before. But though particular words were thus represented by a greater number of characters, the whole language was expressed by a much smaller, and about four and twenty letters were found capable of supplying the place of that immense multitude of characters, which were requisite before. In the same manner, in the beginnings of language, men seem to have attempted to express every particular event, which they had occasion to take notice of, by a particular word, which expressed at once the whole of that event. But as the number of words must, in this case, have become really infinite in consequence of the really infinite variety of events, men found themselves partly compelled by necessity, and partly conducted by nature, to divide 318 every event into what may be called its metaphysical elements, and to institute words, which should denote not so much the events, as the elements of which they were composed. The expression of every particular event, became in this manner more intricate and complex, but the whole system of the language became more coherent, more connected, more easily retained and comprehended.
It’s likely that almost all verbs became personal in a similar way, and that people gradually learned to break down nearly every event into a large number of metaphysical components, expressed through the different parts of speech and variously combined in the various parts of each phrase and sentence.1 A similar kind of advancement seems to have occurred in speaking as in writing. When people first started trying to express their ideas through writing, each character represented an entire word. But since the number of words is nearly endless, memory became overwhelmed by the huge number of characters it had to remember. Necessity therefore taught them to break words down into their parts and to create characters that represented not the words themselves, but the components they were made of. As a result of this innovation, each specific word came to be represented not by one character, but by many characters, making its written expression much more complex and intricate than before. However, even though specific words were represented by a larger number of characters, the entire language was conveyed using far fewer, with about twenty-four letters found capable of replacing that vast multitude of characters necessary previously. Similarly, in the early stages of language, people seemed to try to express every specific event they noticed with a particular word that captured the whole event at once. But because the number of words would have become essentially infinite due to the endless variety of events, people found themselves partly forced by necessity, and partly guided by nature, to break each event down into what might be called its metaphysical elements, and to create words that denoted not so much the events, but the components they consisted of. This way of expressing each specific event became more intricate and complex, but the overall structure of the language became more coherent, connected, and easier to remember and understand.
1 As the far greater part of verbs express, at present, not an event, but the attribute of an event, and, consequently, require a subject, or nominative case, to complete their signification, some grammarians, not having attended to this progress of nature, and being desirous to make their common rules quite universal, and without any exception, have insisted that all verbs required a nominative, either expressed or understood; and have, accordingly, put themselves to the torture to find some awkward nominatives to those few verbs which still expressing a complete event, plainly admit of none. Pluit, for example, according to Sanctius, means pluvia pluit, in English, the rain rains. See Sanctii Minerva, 1. 3. c. Ⅰ.
1 Most verbs today express not an event but the characteristics of an event, which means they need a subject or nominative case to fully convey their meaning. Some grammarians, not noticing this natural development and wanting their common rules to be completely universal and without exceptions, have insisted that all verbs require a nominative, whether it's stated or implied. They've gone to great lengths to find awkward nominatives for the few verbs that still express a complete event and clearly don't need one. For instance, according to Sanctius, pluit translates as pluvia pluit, which means the rain rains in English. See Sanctii Minerva, 1. 3. c. Ⅰ.
When verbs, from being originally impersonal, had thus, by the division of the event into its metaphysical elements, become personal it is natural to suppose that they would first be made use of in the third person singular. No verb is ever used impersonally in our language nor, so far as I know, in any other modern tongue. But in the ancient languages, whenever any verb is used impersonally, it is always in the third person singular. The termination of those verbs, which are still always impersonal, is constantly the same with that of the third person singular of personal verbs. The consideration of these circumstances, joined to the naturalness of the thing itself, may therefore serve to convince us that verbs first became personal in what is now called the third person singular.
When verbs, which were originally impersonal, became personal through the breakdown of events into their basic elements, it makes sense that they would first be used in the third person singular. No verb is ever used impersonally in our language, and as far as I know, in any other modern language either. However, in ancient languages, whenever a verb is used impersonally, it is always in the third person singular. The endings of those verbs that remain impersonal are consistently the same as the third person singular form of personal verbs. Considering these facts, along with the naturalness of the situation, can help convince us that verbs first became personal in what we now call the third person singular.
But as the event, or matter of fact, which is expressed by a verb, may be affirmed either of the person who speaks, or of the person who is spoken to, as well as of, some third person or object, it becomes necessary to fall upon some method of expressing these two peculiar relations of the event. In the English language this is commonly done, by prefixing, what are called the personal pronouns, to the general word which expresses the event affirmed. I came, you came, he or it came; in these phrases the event of having come is, in the first, affirmed of the speaker; in the second, of the person spoken to; in the third, of some other person or object. The first formers of language, it may be imagined, might have done the same thing, and prefixing in the same manner the two first personal pronouns, to the same termination of the verb, which expressed the third person singular, might have said ego venit, tu venit, as well as ille or illud venit. And I make no doubt but they would have done so, if at the time when they had first occasion to express these relations of the verb there had been any such words as either ego or tu in their language. But in this early period of the language, which we are now endeavouring to describe, it is extremely improbable that any such words would be known. Though custom has now rendered them familiar to us, they, both of them, express ideas extremely metaphysical and abstract. The word I, for example, is a word of a very particular species. Whatever speaks may denote itself by this personal pronoun. The word I, therefore, is a general word, capable of being predicated, as the logicians say, of an infinite variety of objects. It differs, however, from all other general words in this respect; that the objects of which it may be predicated, do not form any particular species of objects distinguished from all others. The 319 word I, does not, like the word man, denote a particular class of objects separated from all others by peculiar qualities of their own. It is far from being the name of a species, but, on the contrary, whenever it is made use of, it always denotes a precise individual, the particular person who then speaks. It may be said to be, at once, both what the logicians call, a singular, and what they call, a common term; and to join, in its signification the seemingly opposite qualities of the most precise individuality and the most extensive generalization. This word, therefore, expressing so very abstract and metaphysical an idea, would not easily or readily occur to the first formers of language. What are called the personal pronouns, it may be observed, are among the last words of which children learn to make use. A child, speaking of itself, says, Billy walks, Billy sits, instead of I walk, I sit. As in the beginnings of language, therefore, mankind seem to have evaded the invention of at least the more abstract prepositions, and to have expressed the same relations which these now stand for, by varying the termination of the co-relative term, so they likewise would naturally attempt to evade the necessity of inventing those more abstract pronouns by varying the termination of the verb, according as the event which it expressed was intended to be affirmed of the first, second, or third person. This seems, accordingly, to be the universal practice of all the ancient languages. In Latin, veni, venisti, venit, sufficiently denote, without any other addition, the different events expressed by the English phrases, I came, you came, he or it came. The verb would, for the same reason, vary its termination, according as the event was intended to be affirmed of the first, second, or third persons plural; and what is expressed by the English phrases, we came, ye came, they came, would be denoted by the Latin words, venimus, venistis, veneunt. Those primitive languages, too, which upon account of the difficulty of inventing numeral names, had introduced a dual, as well as a plural number, into the declension of their nouns substantive, would probably, from analogy, do the same thing in the conjugations of their verbs. And thus in all original languages, we might expect to find, at least six, if not eight or nine variations, in the termination of every verb, according as the event which it denoted was meant to be affirmed of the first, second, or third persons singular, dual, or plural. These variations again being repeated, along with others, through all its different tenses, through all its different modes, and through all its different voices, must necessarily have rendered their conjugations still more intricate and complex than their declensions.
But since the event, or fact, expressed by a verb can refer to the speaker, the listener, or some third person or object, it’s necessary to find a way to express these two specific relationships of the event. In English, this is commonly done by adding what we call personal pronouns to the general word that represents the affirmed event. I came, you came, he or it came; in these phrases, the act of coming is, in the first case, attributed to the speaker; in the second, to the person being addressed; and in the third, to another person or object. Early language creators might have done the same, and by starting with the first two personal pronouns attached to the same verb ending that indicated the third person singular, they could have said ego venit, tu venit, as well as ille or illud venit. I’m sure they would have done this if, at the start of expressing these verb relationships, words like ego or tu had existed in their language. But during this early period, which we are trying to describe, it's highly unlikely that such words were known. Even though we are familiar with them now, they express very abstract and philosophical ideas. The word I, for example, is quite unique. Whatever is speaking can use this personal pronoun to refer to itself. The word I is thus a general term that can refer to an endless variety of subjects. However, it differs from all other general words because the items it represents do not form any specific category distinct from others. The word I does not refer to a specific class of objects set apart by unique qualities. It’s not a name for a category, but rather always identifies a specific individual—the person speaking at that moment. It can be seen as both what logicians call a singular term and a common term, combining in its meaning the seemingly opposite traits of exact individuality and broad generalization. Thus, this word, representing such abstract and philosophical ideas, wouldn’t likely have been readily used by those who first developed language. It’s noted that personal pronouns are among the last words children learn to use. A child talking about themselves might say, Billy walks, Billy sits, instead of I walk, I sit. So in the beginnings of language, humans seemed to avoid creating at least the more abstract pronouns and instead expressed the same relationships with different endings of the related terms. They likely also tried to avoid needing to invent those more abstract pronouns by changing the verb endings depending on whether the event being expressed was related to the first, second, or third person. This seems to be the general practice of all ancient languages. In Latin, veni, venisti, venit clearly indicate, without any additional words, the different events signified by the English phrases I came, you came, he or it came. The verb would similarly change its ending based on whether the event was for the first, second, or third persons plural; what we express in English with we came, ye came, they came, would be indicated in Latin by venimus, you have come, veneunt. Those early languages that faced challenges creating numeral names may have also introduced a dual number, as well as plural, into their noun declensions, and likely followed a similar pattern in their verb conjugations. Thus, we might expect to find at least six, if not eight or nine different endings for every verb in all original languages, depending on whether the event was meant to be attributed to the first, second, or third persons singular, dual, or plural. These variations would then be repeated through all its different tenses, modes, and voices, making their conjugations even more complex than their declensions.
Language would probably have continued upon this footing in all countries, nor would ever have grown more simple in its declensions and conjugations, had it not become more complex in its composition, in consequence of the mixture of several languages with one another, occasioned by the mixture of different nations. As long as any 320 language was spoke by those only who learned it in their infancy, the intricacy of its declensions and conjugations could occasion no great embarrassment. The far greater part of those who had occasion to speak it, had acquired it at so very early a period of their lives, so insensibly and by such slow degrees, that they were scarce ever sensible of the difficulty. But when two nations came to be mixed with one another, either by conquest or migration, the case would be very different. Each nation, in order to make itself intelligible to those with whom it was under the necessity of conversing, would be obliged to learn the language of the other. The greater part of individuals too, learning the new language, not by art, or by remounting to its rudiments and first principle, but by rote, and by what they commonly heard in conversation, would be extremely perplexed by the intricacy of its declensions and conjugations. They would endeavour, therefore, to supply their ignorance of these, by whatever shift the language could afford them. Their ignorance of the declensions they would naturally supply by the use of prepositions; and a Lombard, who was attempting to speak Latin, and wanted to express that such a person was a citizen of Rome, or a benefactor to Rome, if he happened not to be acquainted with the genitive and dative cases of the word Roma, would naturally express himself by prefixing the prepositions ad and de to the nominative; and instead of Romæ, would say, ad Roma, and de Roma. Al Roma and di Roma, accordingly, is the manner in which the present Italians, the descendants of the ancient Lombards and Romans, express this and all other similar relations. And in this manner prepositions seem to have been introduced, in the room of the ancient declensions. The same alteration has, I am informed, been produced upon the Greek language, since the taking of Constantinople by the Turks. The words are, in a great measure, the same as before; but the grammar is entirely lost, prepositions having come in the place of the old declensions. This change is undoubtedly a simplification of the language, in point of rudiments and principle. It introduces, instead of a great variety of declensions, one universal declension, which is the same in every word, of whatever gender, number, or termination.
Language would likely have stayed the same in all countries and never have become simpler in its grammar if it hadn't grown more complex due to the mixing of different languages, which was caused by the interaction of various nations. As long as a language was spoken only by those who learned it in childhood, the complexity of its grammar wouldn't have been a big issue. Most people who needed to speak it picked it up at such an early age, gradually and without much effort, that they hardly noticed any difficulty. However, when two nations mixed, whether through conquest or migration, things changed. Each nation had to learn the other's language to communicate effectively. Many individuals learned the new language not through formal study or revisiting its basics, but by memorization and what they typically heard in conversation, which made the complexities of its grammar quite confusing. They would try to compensate for their lack of understanding by using whatever resources the language offered. For instance, instead of mastering the grammatical cases, they would tend to use prepositions. A Lombard trying to speak Latin and wanting to say someone was a citizen or benefactor of Rome, but not knowing the genitive and dative cases of the word Roma, would likely say ad Roma and de Roma instead of Romæ. Similarly, modern Italians, descendants of the ancient Lombards and Romans, express these relationships as al Roma and di Roma. This shows how prepositions replaced the old grammatical cases. A similar change has reportedly occurred in the Greek language since the Turks took Constantinople. The words are largely unchanged, but the grammar has been lost, with prepositions replacing the traditional cases. This shift simplifies the language, moving from a variety of grammatical cases to a single universal case that applies to all words, regardless of gender, number, or ending.
A similar expedient enables men, in the situation above mentioned, to get rid of almost the whole intricacy of their conjugations. There is in every language a verb, known by the name of the substantive verb; in Latin, sum; in English, I am. This verb denotes not the existence of any particular event, but existence in general. It is, upon that account, the most abstract and metaphysical of all verbs; and, consequently, could by no means be a word of early invention. When it came to be invented, however, as it had all the tenses and modes of any other verb, by being joined with the passive participle, it was capable of supplying the place of the whole passive voice, and of rendering this part of their conjugations as simple and uniform as the 321 use of prepositions had rendered their declensions. A Lombard, who wanted to say, I am loved, but could not recollect the word amor, naturally endeavoured to supply his ignorance, by saying ego sum amatus. Io sono amato, is at this day the Italian expression, which corresponds to the English phrase above mentioned.
A similar method allows men, in the situation mentioned earlier, to simplify almost all the complexity of their conjugations. Every language has a verb known as the substantive verb; in Latin, it’s sum; in English, it’s I am. This verb doesn’t refer to the existence of any specific event, but rather to existence in general. For that reason, it’s the most abstract and philosophical of all verbs and could not have been created early on. However, when it was invented, it had all the tenses and forms of any other verb, and by being used with the passive participle, it was able to replace the whole passive voice, making that part of their conjugations just as simple and consistent as the 321 use of prepositions had made their declensions. A Lombard who wanted to say I am loved but couldn’t remember the word amor naturally tried to fill in his gap by saying ego sum amatus. Io sono amato is still the Italian expression that corresponds to the English phrase mentioned above.
There is another verb, which, in the same manner, runs through all languages, and which is distinguished by the name of the possessive verb; in Latin, habeo; in English, I have. This verb, likewise, denotes an event of an extremely abstract and metaphysical nature, and, consequently, cannot be supposed to have been a word of the earliest invention. When it came to be invented, however, by being applied to the passive participle, it was capable of supplying a great part of the active voice, as the substantive verb had supplied the whole of the passive. A Lombard, who wanted to say, I had loved, but could not recollect the word amaveram, would endeavour to supply the place of it, by saying either ego habebam amatum or ego habui amatum. Io avevá amato, or Io ebbi amato, are the correspondent Italian expressions at this day. And thus upon the intermixture of different nations with one another, the conjugations, by means of different auxiliary verbs, were made to approach the simplicity and uniformity of the declensions.
There’s another verb that exists in all languages, known as the possessive verb; in Latin, it’s habeo; in English, it’s I have. This verb also represents an event that’s very abstract and metaphysical, so it likely wasn’t one of the first words invented. However, once it was created and used with the passive participle, it could cover a lot of the active voice, just as the substantive verb covered the entire passive voice. A Lombard who wanted to say, I had loved, but couldn’t remember the word amaveram, would try to replace it by saying either ego habebam amatum or ego habui amatum. The corresponding Italian expressions today are Io avevá amato or Io ebbi amato. As different nations mixed, the conjugations, using various auxiliary verbs, began to become simpler and more uniform, similar to the declensions.
In general it may be laid down for a maxim, that the more simple any language is in its composition, the more complex it must be in its declensions and its conjugations; and on the contrary, the more simple it is in its declensions and its conjugations, the more complex it must be in its composition.
In general, it can be stated as a rule that the simpler a language is in its structure, the more complex it must be in its declensions and conjugations; conversely, the simpler it is in its declensions and conjugations, the more complex it must be in its structure.
The Greek seems to be, in a great measure, a simple, uncompounded language, formed from the primitive jargon of those wandering savages, the ancient Hellenians and Pelasgians, from whom the Greek nation is said to have been descended. All the words in the Greek language are derived from about three hundred primitives, a plain evidence that the Greeks formed their language almost entirely among themselves, and that when they had occasion for a new word, they were not accustomed, as we are, to borrow it from some foreign language, but to form it, either by composition or derivation, from some other word or words, in their own. The declensions and conjugations, therefore, of the Greek are much more complex than those of any other European language with which I am acquainted.
The Greek language seems to be largely a straightforward, uncomplicated language, developed from the basic speech of those nomadic people, the ancient Hellenians and Pelasgians, who are said to be the ancestors of the Greek nation. All the words in Greek come from about three hundred root words, which clearly shows that the Greeks created their language predominantly on their own, and when they needed a new word, they didn't usually borrow it from another language like we do; instead, they formed it through composition or derivation from existing Greek words. As a result, the declensions and conjugations in Greek are much more complex than those in any other European language I'm familiar with.
The Latin is a composition of the Greek and of the ancient Tuscan languages. Its declensions and conjugations accordingly are much less complex than those of the Greek; it has dropped the dual number in both. Its verbs have no optative mood distinguished by any peculiar termination. They have but one future. They have no aorist distinct from the preterit-perfect; they have no middle voice; and even many of their tenses in the passive voice are eked out, in the same manner as in the modern languages, by the help of the substantive verb joined to 322 the passive participle. In both the voices, the number of infinitives and participles is much smaller in the Latin than in the Greek.
The Latin language is a blend of Greek and ancient Tuscan languages. Its declensions and conjugations are much simpler than those of Greek; it has eliminated the dual number in both. Its verbs don’t have an optative mood defined by a unique ending. There is only one future tense. It lacks an aorist distinct from the preterit-perfect, and it has no middle voice; many of its passive voice tenses are constructed similarly to modern languages, using the main verb combined with the passive participle. Overall, there are fewer infinitives and participles in Latin compared to Greek.
The French and Italian languages are each of them compounded, the one of the Latin and the language of the ancient Franks, the other of the same Latin and the language of the ancient Lombards. As they are both of them, therefore, more complex in their composition than the Latin, so are they likewise more simple in their declensions and conjugations. With regard to their declensions, they have both of them lost their cases altogether; and with regard to their conjugations, they have both of them lost the whole of the passive, and some part of the active voices of their verbs. The want of the passive voice they supply entirely by the substantive verb joined to the passive participle; and they make out part of the active, in the same manner, by the help of the possessive verb and the same passive participle.
The French and Italian languages are each a mix of different influences; one combines Latin with the ancient Frankish language, while the other blends Latin with the ancient Lombard language. Because of this, both languages are more complex in their structure than Latin, but they are also simpler in their declensions and conjugations. In terms of declensions, they have completely lost their cases; and regarding conjugations, they have entirely lost the passive voice and some aspects of the active voice of their verbs. To compensate for the lack of a passive voice, they use the verb "to be" combined with the passive participle, and they form part of the active voice in a similar way, using the possessive verb along with the same passive participle.
The English is compounded of the French and the ancient Saxon languages. The French was introduced into Britain by the Norman conquest, and continued, till the time of Edward Ⅲ. to be the sole language of the law as well as the principal language of the court. The English, which came to be spoken afterwards, and which continues to be spoken now, is a mixture of the ancient Saxon and this Norman French. As the English language, therefore, is more complex in its composition than either the French or the Italian, so is it likewise more simple in its declensions and conjugations. Those two languages retain, at least, a part of the distinction of genders, and their adjectives vary their termination according as they are applied to a masculine or to a feminine substantive. But there is no such distinction in the English language, whose adjectives admit of no variety of termination. The French and Italian languages have, both of them, the remains of a conjugation; and all those tenses of the active voice, which cannot be expressed by the possessive verb joined to the passive participle, as well as many of those which can, are, in those languages, marked by varying the termination of the principal verb. But almost all those other tenses are in the English eked out by other auxiliary verbs, so that there is in this language scarce even the remains of a conjugation. I love, I loved, loving, are all the varieties of termination which the greater part of the English verbs admit of. All the different modifications of meaning, which cannot be expressed by any of those three terminations, must be made out by different auxiliary verbs joined to some one or other of them. Two auxiliary verbs supply all the deficiencies of the French and Italian conjugations; it requires more than half a dozen to supply those of the English, which, besides the substantive and possessive verbs, makes use of do, did; will, would; shall, should; can, could; may, might.
The English language is made up of French and ancient Saxon. French was brought to Britain by the Norman conquest and remained the only language of the law and the main language of the court until the time of Edward III. The English we speak today is a mix of ancient Saxon and Norman French. Thus, while English is more complex in its structure than either French or Italian, it is also simpler in its declensions and conjugations. The latter two languages retain some gender distinctions, and their adjectives change depending on whether they refer to a masculine or feminine noun. However, English doesn't have this distinction, as its adjectives don’t change form. French and Italian both have remnants of conjugation, and many tenses in the active voice, which can't be expressed with the possessive verb plus the passive participle, as well as many that can, are indicated by changing the main verb's ending. In contrast, most other tenses in English are formed with auxiliary verbs, leading to barely any trace of conjugation left. I love, I loved, loving are pretty much the only variations that most English verbs have. Any different meanings that can't be communicated through those three forms must be expressed using various auxiliary verbs paired with one of them. While two auxiliary verbs can cover the gaps in the French and Italian conjugations, English needs more than half a dozen to cover its own, which, in addition to the main and possessive verbs, includes do, did; will, would; shall, should; can, could; may, and might.
It is in this manner that language becomes more simple in its rudiments and principles, just in proportion as it grows more complex in 323 its composition, and the same thing has happened in it, which commonly happens with regard to mechanical engines. All machines are generally, when first invented, extremely complex in their principles, and there is often a particular principle of motion for every particular movement which it is intended they should perform. Succeeding improvers observe, that one principle may be so applied as to produce several of those movements; and thus the machine becomes gradually more and more simple, and produces its effects with fewer wheels, and fewer principles of motion. In language, in the same manner, every case of every noun, and every tense of every verb, was originally expressed by a particular distinct word, which served for this purpose and for no other. But succeeding observations discovered, that one set of words was capable of supplying the place of all that infinite number, and that four or five prepositions, and half a dozen auxiliary verbs, were capable of answering the end of all the declensions, and of all the conjugations in the ancient languages.
Language simplifies its basics and principles as it becomes more complex in composition. This mirrors what happens with mechanical devices. All machines, when first created, tend to be very intricate in their principles, often requiring a specific principle of motion for each movement they are designed to perform. Those who improve upon them notice that one principle can be utilized to create several of those movements; thus, the machine gradually becomes simpler, achieving its effects with fewer components and principles of motion. In language, similarly, each case of every noun and each tense of every verb was originally represented by a unique word that served this function alone. However, later observations revealed that one set of words could replace that vast number, with just four or five prepositions and a handful of auxiliary verbs effectively fulfilling the roles of all the declensions and conjugations in ancient languages.
But this simplification of languages, though it arises, perhaps, from similar causes, has by no means similar effects with the correspondent simplification of machines. The simplification of machines renders them more and more perfect, but this simplification of the rudiments of languages renders them more and more imperfect, and less proper for many of the purposes of language; and this for the following reasons.
But this simplification of languages, even though it probably comes from similar factors, does not have the same effects as the corresponding simplification of machines. The simplification of machines makes them increasingly efficient, but this simplification of the basics of languages makes them more and more flawed, and less suitable for many of the functions of language; and this is due to the following reasons.
First of all, languages are by this simplification rendered more prolix, several words having become necessary to express what could have been expressed by a single word before. Thus the words, Dei and Deo, in the Latin, sufficiently show, without any addition, what relation the object signified is understood to stand in to the objects expressed by the other words in the sentence. But to express the same relation in English, and in all other modern languages, we must make use of, at least, two words, and say, of God, to God. So far as the declensions are concerned, therefore, the modern languages are much more prolix than the ancient. The difference is still greater with regard to the conjugations. What a Roman expressed by the single word amavissem, an Englishman is obliged to express by four different words, I should have loved. It is unnecessary to take any pains to show how much this prolixness must enervate the eloquence of all modern languages. How much the beauty of any expression depends upon its conciseness, is well known to those who have any experience in composition.
First of all, languages have become more wordy due to this simplification, as several words are now needed to express what could have been said with a single word before. For example, the Latin words Dei and Deo clearly show the relationship to the other words in the sentence without needing any extra words. However, to express the same relationship in English and other modern languages, we have to use at least two words, saying of God, to God. In terms of declensions, modern languages are therefore much more wordy than ancient ones. The difference is even more pronounced when it comes to conjugations. What a Roman could express with the single word amavissem, an English speaker has to say with four words: I should have loved. It doesn't take much effort to see how this wordiness can weaken the eloquence of all modern languages. Those who have any experience with writing know well that the beauty of any expression relies heavily on its conciseness.
Secondly, this simplification of the principles of languages renders them less agreeable to the ear. The variety of termination in the Greek and Latin, occasioned by their declensions and conjugations, gives a sweetness to their language altogether unknown to ours, and a variety unknown to any other modern language. In point of sweetness, the Italian, perhaps, may surpass the Latin, and almost equal the Greek; but in point of variety, it is greatly inferior to both.
Secondly, this simplification of language principles makes them less pleasant to hear. The different endings in Greek and Latin, caused by their declensions and conjugations, give their languages a sweetness that is completely absent in ours and a variety not found in any other modern language. In terms of sweetness, Italian might surpass Latin and come close to Greek; however, in terms of variety, it falls significantly short of both.
324 Thirdly, this simplification, not only renders the sounds of our language less agreeable to the ear, but it also restrains us from disposing such sounds as we have, in the manner that might be most agreeable. It ties down many words to a particular situation, though they might often be placed in another with much more beauty. In the Greek and Latin, though the adjective and substantive were separated from one another, the correspondence of their terminations still showed their mutual reference, and the separation did not necessarily occasion any sort of confusion. Thus in the first line of Virgil,
324 Thirdly, this simplification not only makes the sounds of our language less pleasant to hear, but it also limits our ability to arrange the sounds we have in a more pleasing way. It confines many words to a specific situation, even though they could often be used in another context with much greater beauty. In Greek and Latin, while the adjective and noun were separated, the matching endings still indicated their connection, and this separation didn’t necessarily cause any confusion. Thus in the first line of Virgil,
Tityre tu patulæ recubans sub tegmine fagi;
Tityrus, you are lying back comfortably under the shelter of the beech tree;
we easily see that tu refers to recubans, and patulæ to fagi; though the related words are separated from one another by the intervention of several others; because the terminations, showing the correspondence of their cases, determine their mutual reference. But if we were to translate this line literally into English, and say, Tityrus, thou of spreading reclining under the shade beech, Œdipus himself could not make sense of it; because there is here no difference of termination, to determine which substantive each adjective belongs to. It is the same case with regard to verbs. In Latin the verb may often be placed, without any inconveniency or ambiguity, in any part of the sentence. But in English its place is almost always precisely determined. It must follow the subjective and precede the objective member of the phrase in almost all cases. Thus in Latin whether you say, Joannem verberavit Robertas, or Robertas verberavit Joannem, the meaning is precisely the same, and the termination fixes John to be the sufferer in both cases. But in English John beat Robert, and Robert beat John, have by no means the same signification. The place therefore of the three principal members of the phrase is in the English, and for the same reason in the French and Italian languages, almost always precisely determined; whereas in the ancient languages a greater latitude is allowed, and the place of those members is often, in a great measure, indifferent. We must have recourse to Horace, in order to interpret some parts of Milton’s literal translation;
we can easily see that tu refers to recubans, and patulæ to fagi; even though the related words are separated by several others. The endings, which indicate their corresponding cases, clarify their mutual reference. However, if we were to translate this line literally into English and say, Tityrus, you of sprawling reclining under the shade beech, even Oedipus himself wouldn't make sense of it; because there’s no difference in endings to determine which noun each adjective belongs to. The same applies to verbs. In Latin, the verb can often be placed anywhere in the sentence without causing confusion or ambiguity. But in English, its position is almost always strictly defined. It must follow the subject and come before the object in nearly all cases. So in Latin, whether you say, Joannem verberavit Robertas, or Robertas verberavit Joannem, the meaning is exactly the same, and the endings identify John as the one being hit in both instances. But in English, John beat Robert and Robert beat John do not mean the same thing at all. Therefore, the positions of the three main parts of the sentence are almost always precisely defined in English, and for the same reasons in French and Italian, while in ancient languages, there is more flexibility and the positions of those parts are often quite interchangeable. We have to turn to Horace to help interpret some sections of Milton’s literal translation;
Who now enjoys thee credulous all gold,
Who always vacant, always
amiable
Hopes thee; of flattering gales
Unmindful
Who now trusts in you, gullible all-gold,
Always empty, always friendly
Hopes for you; unaware of flattering breezes
are verses which it is impossible to interpret by any rules of our language. There are no rules in our language, by which any man could discover, that, in the first line, credulous referred to who, and not to thee; or that all gold referred to any thing; or, that in the fourth line, unmindful, referred to who, in the second, and not to thee in the third; or, on the contrary, that, in the second line, always vacant, always amiable, referred to thee in the third, and not to who in the same line with it. In the Latin, indeed, all this is abundantly plain. 325
are verses that can't be interpreted by any rules of our language. There are no rules in our language that would allow anyone to figure out that, in the first line, credulous refers to who and not to thee; or that all gold refers to anything; or that in the fourth line, unmindful refers to who in the second line and not to thee in the third; or, conversely, that in the second line, always vacant, always amiable refer to thee in the third line and not to who in the same line. In Latin, however, all this is perfectly clear. 325
Qui nunc te fruitur credulus aureâ,
Qui semper vacuam, semper
amabilem
Sperat te; nescius auræ fallacis.
Qui nunc te fruitur credulus aureâ,
Qui sempre vacuam, sempre
amabilem
sperat te; nescius auræ fallacis.
Because the terminations in the Latin determine the reference of each adjective to its proper substantive, which it is impossible for any thing in the English to do. How much this power of transposing the order of their words must have facilitated the compositions of the ancients, both in verse and prose, can hardly be imagined. That it must greatly have facilitated their versification it is needless to observe; and in prose, whatever beauty depends upon the arrangement and construction of the several members of the period, must to them have been acquirable with much more ease, and to much greater perfection than it can be to those whose expression is constantly confined by the prolixness, constraint, and monotony of modern languages.
Because the endings in Latin establish the connection of each adjective to its corresponding noun, which is impossible for anything in English to do. It's hard to imagine how much this ability to change the order of words must have made writing for the ancients, both in poetry and prose, easier. It goes without saying that it must have significantly aided their poetry. In prose, any beauty that relies on the arrangement and structure of the different parts of a sentence must have been much easier to achieve and more refined for them than it is for those whose expressions are constantly limited by the length, rigidity, and repetitiveness of modern languages.
THE PRINCIPLES
WHICH LEAD AND DIRECT
PHILOSOPHICAL ENQUIRIES;
AS ILLUSTRATED BY
THE HISTORY OF ASTRONOMY.
WONDER, surprise, and admiration, are words which, though often confounded, denote, in our language, sentiments that are indeed allied, but that are in some respects different also, and distinct from one another. What is new and singular, excites that sentiment which, in strict propriety, is called Wonder; what is unexpected, Surprise; and what is great or beautiful, Admiration.
WUNDER, surprise, and admiration are words that, while often mixed up, actually refer to feelings that are related but also somewhat different and separate from each other. Something new and unique triggers the feeling we properly call Wonder; something unexpected causes Surprise; and something magnificent or beautiful inspires Admiration.
We wonder at all extraordinary and uncommon objects, at all the rarer phenomena of nature, at meteors, comets, eclipses, at singular plants and animals, and at every thing, in short, with which we have before been either little or not at all acquainted; and we still wonder, though forewarned of what we are to see.
We marvel at all the extraordinary and unusual things, at the rare phenomena of nature, at meteors, comets, eclipses, at unique plants and animals, and at everything we've previously known little or nothing about; and we continue to be amazed, even when we're warned about what we're going to see.
We are surprised at those things which we have seen often, but which we least of all expected to meet with in the place where we find them; we are surprised at the sudden appearance of a friend, whom we have seen a thousand times, but whom we did not at all imagine we were to see then.
We are surprised by things we’ve seen many times, but least expected to encounter in the place we find them; we are caught off guard by the unexpected arrival of a friend, someone we’ve seen a thousand times, but never thought we’d see at that moment.
We admire the beauty of a plain or the greatness of a mountain, 326 though we have seen both often before, and though nothing appears to us in either, but what we had expected with certainty to see.
We appreciate the beauty of a plain and the majesty of a mountain, 326 even though we’ve seen both many times before, and even though there’s nothing in either that surprises us; it’s exactly what we always expected to see.
Whether this criticism upon the precise meaning of these words be just, is of little importance. I imagine it is just, though I acknowledge, that the best writers in our language have not always made use of them according to it. Milton, upon the appearance of Death to Satan, says, that
Whether this criticism of the exact meaning of these words is valid is of little significance. I believe it is valid, although I admit that the best writers in our language haven't always used them accordingly. Milton, upon the appearance of Death to Satan, says that
The Fiend what this might be admir’d,
Admir’d, not
fear’d.———
The Devil, whatever this might be, should be admired,
admired, not feared.———
But if this criticism be just, the proper expression should have been wonder’d. Dryden, upon the discovery of Iphigenia sleeping, says that
But if this criticism is valid, the correct word should have been wonder’d. Dryden, upon discovering Iphigenia sleeping, states that
The fool of nature stood with stupid eyes,
And gaping mouth, that
testified surprise.
The fool of nature stood with blank eyes,
And an open mouth that showed his shock.
But what Cimon must have felt upon this occasion could not so much be Surprise, as Wonder and Admiration. All that I contend for is, that the sentiments excited by what is new, by what is unexpected, and by what is great and beautiful are really different, however the words made use of to express them may sometimes be confounded. Even the admiration which is excited by beauty, is quite different (as will appear more fully hereafter) from that which is inspired by greatness, though we have but one word to denote them.
But what Cimon must have felt in this moment was likely not just surprise, but also wonder and admiration. All I’m arguing is that the feelings stirred by something new, unexpected, and by something great and beautiful are genuinely different, even if the words used to express them might sometimes get mixed up. Even the admiration that comes from beauty is quite different (as will be explained further later) from the one inspired by greatness, even though we only have one word to describe both.
These sentiments, like all others when inspired by one and the same object, mutually support and enliven one another: an object with which we are quite familiar, and which we see every day, produces, though both great and beautiful, but a small effect upon us; because our admiration is not supported either by Wonder or by Surprise: and if we have heard a very accurate description of a monster, our Wonder will be the less when we see it; because our previous knowledge of it will in a great measure prevent our Surprise.
These feelings, like all others inspired by the same thing, support and energize each other: something we know well and see every day has a smaller impact on us, even if it’s amazing and beautiful; because our admiration isn’t backed up by Wonder or Surprise. And if we’ve heard a detailed description of a monster, our Wonder will be less when we finally see it; because our prior knowledge will mostly take away our Surprise.
It is the design of this essay to consider particularly the nature and causes of each of these sentiments, whose influence is of far wider extent than we should be apt upon a careless view to imagine. I shall begin with Surprise.
It is the purpose of this essay to specifically examine the nature and causes of each of these feelings, whose impact is much broader than we might assume at first glance. I will start with Surprise.
SEC. Ⅰ.—Of the Effect of Unexpectedness, or of Surprise.
WHEN an object of any kind, which has been for some time expected and foreseen, presents itself, whatever be the emotion which it is by nature fitted to excite, the mind must have been prepared for it, and must even in some measure have conceived it before-hand; because the idea of the object having been so long present to it, must have before-hand excited some degree of the same emotion which the object itself would excite: the change, therefore, which its presence produces comes thus to be less considerable, and the emotion or passion which it excites glides gradually and easily into the heart, without violence, pain or difficulty.
WHEN an object of any kind that has been anticipated for a while finally appears, regardless of the emotion it's naturally meant to evoke, the mind must have been ready for it and must have somewhat imagined it beforehand. This is because the idea of the object has been lingering in the mind for some time, which must have already stirred up some of the same emotions that the object itself would bring. As a result, the change its presence creates tends to be less significant, and the emotion or passion it triggers flows smoothly and easily into the heart, without any force, pain, or struggle.
327 But the contrary of all this happens when the object is unexpected; the passion is then poured in all at once upon the heart, which is thrown, if it is a strong passion, into the most violent and convulsive emotions, such as sometimes cause immediate death; sometimes, by the suddenness of the ecstacy, so entirely disjoint the whole frame of the imagination, that it never after returns to its former tone and composure, but falls either into a frenzy or habitual lunacy; and such as almost always occasion a momentary loss of reason, or of that attention to other things which our situation or our duty requires.
327 But the opposite happens when the object is unexpected; the feelings then hit the heart all at once, which can throw it into extremely intense and chaotic emotions that sometimes lead to immediate death. Occasionally, the sudden surge of ecstasy can completely disrupt the entire imaginative framework, so it never regains its previous calm and balance, but instead either descends into frenzy or chronic madness. Such moments almost always cause a temporary loss of reason or the focus on other matters that our circumstances or responsibilities demand.
How much we dread the effects of the more violent passions, when they come suddenly upon the mind, appears from those preparations which all men think necessary when going to inform any one of what is capable of exciting them. Who would choose all at once to inform his friend of an extraordinary calamity that had befallen him, without taking care before-hand, by alarming him with an uncertain fear, to announce, if one may say so, his misfortune, and thereby prepare and dispose him for receiving the tidings?
How much we fear the impact of intense emotions when they hit us out of nowhere is shown by the precautions everyone feels are necessary before telling someone something that could provoke those feelings. Who would decide to abruptly inform their friend about an unexpected disaster they’ve experienced without first getting him ready, perhaps by stirring up some vague anxiety, to break the news and prepare him to hear the bad news?
Those panic terrors which sometimes seize armies in the field, or great cities, when an enemy is in the neighbourhood, and which deprive for a time the most determined of all deliberate judgments, are never excited but by the sudden apprehension of unexpected danger. Such violent consternations, which at once confound whole multitudes, benumb their understandings, and agitate their hearts, with all the agony of extravagant fear, can never be produced by any foreseen danger, how great soever. Fear, though naturally a very strong passion, never rises to such excesses, unless exasperated both by wonder, from the uncertain nature of the danger, and by surprise, from the suddenness of the apprehension.
Those panic attacks that sometimes hit armies in the field or large cities when an enemy is nearby, which momentarily cloud the judgment of even the most determined individuals, are always triggered by the sudden realization of unexpected danger. Such intense fright, which can overwhelm entire crowds, paralyzes their minds and stirs their hearts with all the anguish of extreme fear, can never be caused by any danger that is anticipated, no matter how serious. Fear, while naturally a very strong emotion, never escalates to such extremes unless heightened by both the awe of the unpredictable nature of the threat and the shock of the sudden awareness.
Surprise, therefore, is not to be regarded as an original emotion of a species distinct from all others. The violent and sudden change produced upon the mind, when an emotion of any kind is brought suddenly upon it, constitutes the whole nature of Surprise.
Surprise shouldn't be seen as a unique emotion separate from all the others. The intense and sudden shift in the mind caused when any emotion hits unexpectedly defines the essence of Surprise.
But when not only a passion and a great passion comes all at once upon the mind, but when it comes upon it while the mind is in the mood most unfit for conceiving it, the Surprise is then the greatest. Surprises of joy when the mind is sunk into grief, or of grief when it is elated with joy, are therefore the most unsupportable. The change is in this case the greatest possible. Not only a strong passion is conceived all at once, but a strong passion the direct opposite of that which was before in possession of the soul. When a load of sorrow comes down upon the heart that is expanded and elated with gaiety and joy, it seems not only to damp and oppress it, but almost to crush and bruise it, as a real weight would crush and bruise the body. On the contrary, when from an unexpected change of fortune, a tide of gladness seems, if I may say so, to spring up all at once within it, when 328 depressed and contracted with grief and sorrow, it feels as if suddenly extended and heaved up with violent and irresistible force, and is torn with pangs of all others most exquisite, and which almost always occasion faintings, deliriums, and sometimes instant death. For it may be worth while to observe, that though grief be a more violent passion than joy, as indeed all uneasy sensations seem naturally more pungent than the opposite agreeable ones, yet of the two, Surprises of joy are still more insupportable than Surprises of grief. We are told that after the battle of Thrasimenus, while a Roman lady, who had been informed that her son was slain in the action, was sitting alone bemoaning her misfortunes, the young man who escaped came suddenly into the room to her, and that she cried out and expired instantly in a transport of joy. Let us suppose the contrary of this to have happened, and that in the midst of domestic festivity and mirth, he had suddenly fallen down dead at her feet, is it likely that the effects would have been equally violent? I imagine not. The heart springs to joy with a sort of natural elasticity, it abandons itself to so agreeable an emotion, as soon as the object is presented; it seems to pant and leap forward to meet it, and the passion in its full force takes at once entire and complete possession of the soul. But it is otherwise with grief; the heart recoils from, and resists the first approaches of that disagreeable passion, and it requires some time before the melancholy object can produce its full effect. Grief comes on slowly and gradually, nor ever rises at once to that height of agony to which it is increased after a little time. But joy comes rushing upon us all at once like a torrent. The change produced, therefore, by a surprise of joy is more sudden, and upon that account more violent and apt to have more fatal effects, than that which is occasioned by a surprise of grief; there seems, too, to be something in the nature of surprise, which makes it unite more easily with the brisk and quick motion of joy, than with the slower and heavier movement of grief. Most men who can take the trouble to recollect, will find that they have heard of more people who died or became distracted with sudden joy, than with sudden grief. Yet from the nature of human affairs, the latter must be much more frequent than the former. A man may break his leg, or lose his son, though he has had no warning of either of these events, but he can hardly meet with an extraordinary piece of good fortune, without having had some foresight of what was to happen.
But when not just a passion, but a strong passion, hits the mind all at once, especially when the mind is in the least suitable mood to handle it, the surprise is at its greatest. Surprises of joy when the mind is submerged in grief, or of grief when it is uplifted with joy, are therefore the hardest to bear. The shift in this case is the biggest possible. Not only does a strong passion emerge suddenly, but it is a passion that is the complete opposite of what was previously occupying the soul. When a heavy burden of sorrow crashes down on a heart that is open and full of happiness and joy, it feels not just like it dampens and weighs it down but almost crushes and bruises it, just like a physical weight would crush and bruise the body. Conversely, when an unexpected twist in fortune brings a surge of happiness that seems to spring up all at once within a heart that is feeling low and burdened with grief, it feels as if it has suddenly been lifted and surged up with tremendous and unstoppable force, causing all kinds of exquisite pangs, which often lead to fainting, delirium, and sometimes even immediate death. It’s worth noting that although grief is a more intense emotion than joy—since all uncomfortable sensations tend to feel sharper than the pleasant ones—surprises of joy are still more unbearable than surprises of grief. We hear that after the battle of Thrasimenus, a Roman woman, who had just learned that her son was killed in action, was alone lamenting her misfortunes when her son arrived alive. She cried out and instantly died from overwhelming joy. Now, let’s imagine the opposite scenario—if, in the midst of family celebration and laughter, he suddenly dropped dead at her feet, would the effects have been as severe? I doubt it. The heart naturally springs toward joy; it embraces such a pleasurable emotion the moment the cause appears, almost leaping forward to greet it. The passion takes complete and immediate control of the soul. Grief, however, operates differently; the heart shrinks back and resists the initial approach of that unpleasant emotion, and it takes a while before the melancholic situation can fully resonate. Grief develops slowly and gradually and does not typically reach its peak torment until later. Joy, on the other hand, rushes at us all at once like a torrent. Therefore, the change caused by a surprise of joy is more abrupt and, for that reason, more intense and likely to have fatal consequences than a surprise of grief; also, there seems to be something in the nature of surprise that aligns better with the lively and swift flow of joy than with the slower, heavier movement of grief. Most people who think back will realize they’ve heard of more individuals who have died or gone insane from sudden joy than from sudden grief. Yet, given the way human life goes, sudden grief must occur far more often than sudden joy. A person might break a leg or lose a child without any warning, but it's hard to experience a sudden stroke of good luck without some sense of what was coming.
Not only grief and joy, but all the other passions, are more violent, when opposite extremes succeed each other. Is any resentment so keen as what follows the quarrels of lovers, or any love so passionate as what attends their reconcilement?
Not just grief and joy, but all other emotions are more intense when opposite extremes follow one another. Is there any resentment more intense than what comes after lovers fight, or any love more passionate than what occurs when they make up?
Even the objects of the external senses affect us in a more lively manner, when opposite extremes succeed to or are placed beside each other. Moderate warmth seems intolerable heat if felt after extreme 329 cold. What is bitter will seem more so when tasted after what is very sweet; a dirty white will seem bright and pure when placed by a jet black. The vivacity in short of every sensation, as well as of every sentiment, seems to be greater or less in proportion to the change made by the impression of either upon the situation of the mind or organ; but this change must necessarily be the greatest when opposite sentiments and sensations are contrasted, or succeed immediately to one another. Both sentiments and sensations are then the liveliest; and this superior vivacity proceeds from nothing but their being brought upon the mind or organ when in a state most unfit for conceiving them.
Even the objects we perceive with our senses affect us more deeply when extreme opposites are presented together. Moderate warmth can feel like unbearable heat if experienced after extreme cold. Something bitter tastes even more intense after something very sweet; a dull white will appear bright and pure when placed next to deep black. In short, the intensity of every sensation and feeling seems more or less pronounced depending on how the impression alters the state of the mind or body; however, this change is most significant when contrasting emotions and sensations occur right after one another. At that moment, both feelings and sensations are at their most intense; this heightened intensity arises from them being introduced to the mind or body when it is least prepared to perceive them.
As the opposition of contrasted sentiments heightens their vivacity, so the resemblance of those which immediately succeed each other renders them more faint and languid. A parent who has lost several children immediately after one another, will be less affected with the death of the last than with that of the first, though the loss in itself be, in this case, undoubtedly greater; but his mind being already sunk into sorrow, the new misfortune seems to produce no other effect than a continuance of the same melancholy, and is by no means apt to occasion such transports of grief as are ordinarily excited by the first calamity of the kind; he receives it, though with great dejection, yet with some degree of calmness and composure, and without anything of that anguish and agitation of mind which the novelty of the misfortune is apt to occasion. Those who have been unfortunate through the whole course of their lives are often indeed habitually melancholy, and sometimes peevish and splenetic, yet upon any fresh disappointment, though they are vexed and complain a little, they seldom fly out into any more violent passion, and never fall into those transports of rage or grief which often, upon like occasions, distract the fortunate and successful.
As the clash of opposing feelings makes them more intense, the similarity of those that come right after each other makes them feel more muted and sluggish. A parent who has lost several children in a row will be less impacted by the death of the last than by the death of the first, even though the loss itself is, in this case, certainly greater; but since their mind is already steeped in sorrow, the new tragedy seems to only continue the existing sadness and doesn't usually spark the same overwhelming grief that the first loss does. They perceive it, albeit with great sadness, with a certain level of calmness and composure, and without the anguish and turmoil that the novelty of misfortune tends to cause. Those who have faced misfortune throughout their lives often become habitually downcast, and sometimes irritable and sullen, yet with any new disappointment, even though they feel annoyed and complain a bit, they rarely lash out with intense emotions and never fall into the kind of rage or grief that often overwhelms those who are typically fortunate and successful.
Upon this are founded, in a great measure, some of the effects of habit and custom. It is well known that custom deadens the vivacity of both pain and pleasure, abates the grief we should feel for the one, and weakens the joy we should derive from the other. The pain is supported without agony, and the pleasure enjoyed without rapture: because custom and the frequent repetition of any object comes at last to form and bend the mind or organ to that habitual mood and disposition which fits them to receive its impression, without undergoing any very violent change.
A lot of the effects of habit and custom are built on this. It's well known that custom dulls the intensity of both pain and pleasure; it lessens the sadness we should feel for one and weakens the happiness we should get from the other. Pain is endured without much suffering, and pleasure is experienced without much excitement. This is because custom and the regular repetition of anything eventually shape and adjust the mind or body to a routine state that allows them to take in its impact without going through any significant change.
SEC. Ⅱ.—Of Wonder, or of the Effects of Novelty.
IT is evident that the mind takes pleasure in observing the resemblances that are discoverable betwixt different objects. It is by means of such observations that it endeavours to arrange and methodise all its ideas, and to reduce them into proper classes and assortments. Where it can observe but one single quality that is common to a great 330 variety of otherwise widely different objects, that single circumstance will be sufficient for it to connect them all together, to reduce them to one common class, and to call them by one general name. It is thus that all things endowed with a power of self-motion, beasts, birds, fishes, insects, are classed under the general name of Animal; and that these again, along with those which want that power, are arranged under the still more general word, Substance: and this is the origin of those assortments of objects and ideas which in the schools are called Genera and Species, and of those abstract and general names, which in all languages are made use of to express them.
It’s clear that the mind enjoys noticing the similarities among different objects. Through these observations, it tries to organize and categorize all its ideas, grouping them into appropriate classes and types. When it can identify even one quality that many otherwise different objects share, that single characteristic is enough for it to connect them, classify them under one common name, and group them together. This is how everything that has the ability to move on its own—like animals, birds, fish, and insects—is categorized under the general term Animal; and how these, along with those that lack that ability, are grouped under the even broader term Substance. This is the foundation of the classifications of objects and ideas known in schools as Genera and Species, as well as the abstract and general terms used in all languages to express them.
The further we advance in knowledge and experience, the greater number of divisions and subdivisions of those Genera and Species we are both inclined and obliged to make. We observe a greater variety of particularities amongst those things which have a gross resemblance; and having made new divisions of them, according to those newly-observed particularities, we are then no longer to be satisfied with being able to refer an object to a remote genus, or very general class of things, to many of which it has but a loose and imperfect resemblance. A person, indeed, unacquainted with botany may expect to satisfy your curiosity, by telling you, that such a vegetable is a weed, or, perhaps in still more general terms, that it is a plant. But a botanist will neither give nor accept of such an answer. He has broke and divided that great class of objects into a number of inferior assortments, accord to those varieties which his experience has discovered among them; and he wants to refer each individual plant to some tribe of vegetables, with all of which it may have a more exact resemblance, than with many things comprehended under the extensive genus of plants. A child imagines that it gives a satisfactory answer when it tells you, that an object whose name it knows not is a thing, and fancies that it informs you of something, when it thus ascertains to which of the two most obvious and comprehensive classes of objects a particular impression ought to be referred; to the class of realities or solid substances which it calls things, or to that of appearances which it calls nothings.
The more we learn and gain experience, the more divisions and subdivisions of those Genera and Species we feel inclined and required to create. We see a wider range of details among things that look similar; once we establish new categories based on these newly noticed details, we can no longer be satisfied with simply placing an object in a distant genus or a very broad class of things, to which it only vaguely resembles. Someone who doesn’t know about botany might think they can satisfy your curiosity by saying that a certain plant is a weed, or even more broadly, that it’s a plant. But a botanist won’t accept such an answer. They have broken down that large category of objects into several smaller groups, based on the variations they’ve observed among them, and they want to classify each individual plant into a specific group of plants that it resembles more closely than many things grouped under the wide category of plants. A child might think they’re providing a good answer when they say that an unknown object is a thing and believe they’re conveying something meaningful when they clarify whether a particular object belongs to the obvious categories of either the real solid objects they call things or the illusions they call nothings.
Whatever, in short, occurs to us we are fond of referring to some species or class of things, with all of which it has a nearly exact resemblance: and though we often know no more about them than about it, yet we are apt to fancy that by being able to do so, we show ourselves to be better acquainted with it, and to have a more thorough insight into its nature. But when something quite new and singular is presented, we feel ourselves incapable of doing this. The memory cannot, from all its stores, cast up any image that nearly resembles this strange appearance. If by some of its qualities it seems to resemble, and to be connected with a species which we have before been acquainted with, it is by others separated and detached from that, and from all the 331 other assortments of things we have hitherto been able to make. It stands alone and by itself in the imagination, and refuses to be grouped or confounded with any set of objects whatever. The imagination and memory exert themselves to no purpose, and in vain look around all their classes of ideas in order to find one under which it may be arranged. They fluctuate to no purpose from thought to thought, and we remain still uncertain and undetermined where to place it, or what to think of it. It is this fluctuation and vain recollection, together with the emotion or movement of the spirits that they excite, which constitute the sentiment properly called Wonder, and which occasion that staring, and sometimes that rolling of the eyes, that suspension of the breath, and that swelling of the heart, which we may all observe, both in ourselves and others, when wondering at some new object, and which are the natural symptoms of uncertain and undetermined thought. What sort of a thing can that be? What is that like? are the questions which, upon such an occasion, we are all naturally disposed to ask. If we can recollect many such objects which exactly resemble this new appearance, and which present themselves to the imagination naturally, and as it were of their own accord, our Wonder is entirely at an end. If we can recollect but a few, and which it requires too some trouble to be able to call up, our Wonder is indeed diminished, but not quite destroyed. If we can recollect none, but are quite at a loss, it is the greatest possible.
Whatever happens, we tend to relate it to some type or class of things that it closely resembles. Even if we don’t actually know much more about them than about the new thing, we often think that by doing this, we demonstrate a better understanding of it and gain deeper insights into its nature. However, when something entirely new and unique appears, we find ourselves unable to do this. The memory cannot retrieve an image from its collection that closely matches this strange sight. If it somewhat resembles a type we've encountered before due to some of its qualities, it's separated and distinct from that type and all the other categories we’ve been able to create. It stands alone in our minds and refuses to align or confuse itself with any group of objects. Our imagination and memory try in vain to sift through various ideas to find a suitable category for it. They bounce from thought to thought futilely, leaving us uncertain and indecisive about where to classify it or how to perceive it. This uncertainty and futile recall, along with the emotional response they provoke, constitute the feeling we call Wonder, which causes the staring, sometimes rolling of the eyes, the suspension of breath, and the racing of the heart that we can all observe in ourselves and others when confronted with something new. These are the natural signs of uncertain and indecisive thinking. What kind of thing could that be? What is it similar to? are the questions we instinctively ask in such moments. If we can remember many objects that closely resemble this new sight, presenting themselves to our imagination easily and almost spontaneously, our sense of Wonder completely fades. If we can recall only a few, and it takes some effort to bring them to mind, our Wonder is lessened but not entirely gone. If we can think of none at all and are completely at a loss, then our Wonder is at its peak.
With what curious attention does a naturalist examine a singular plant, or a singular fossil, that is presented to him? He is at no loss to refer it to the general genus of plants or fossils; but this does not satisfy him, and when he considers all the different tribes or species of either with which he has hitherto been acquainted, they all, he thinks, refuse to admit the new object among them. It stands alone in his imagination, and as it were detached from all the other species of that genus to which it belongs. He labours, however, to connect it with some one or other of them. Sometimes he thinks it may be placed in this, and sometimes in that other assortment; nor is he ever satisfied, till he has fallen upon one which, in most of its qualities, it resembles. When he cannot do this, rather than it should stand quite by itself, he will enlarge the precincts, if I may say so, of some species, in order to make room for it; or he will create a new species on purpose to receive it, and call it a Play of Nature, or give it some other appellation, under which he arranges all the oddities that he knows not what else to do with. But to some class or other of known objects he must refer it, and betwixt it and them he must find out some resemblance or ether, before he can get rid of that Wonder, that uncertainty and anxious curiosity excited by its singular appearance, and by its dissimilitude with all the objects he had hitherto observed.
With what curious attention does a naturalist examine a unique plant or fossil presented to him? He easily identifies it within the general category of plants or fossils, but that doesn’t satisfy him. As he thinks about all the different types or species he knows, none seem to fit this new find. It stands out in his mind, almost separate from all the other species in that category. He works hard to link it to one of them. Sometimes he thinks it might belong here, and other times he considers that option; he’s never satisfied until he finds one that shares most of its qualities. When he can’t do that, rather than let it stand alone, he’ll expand the boundaries, so to speak, of some species to make space for it, or he’ll create a new species just for it, calling it a Play of Nature or some other name, under which he groups all the oddities he doesn't know how to classify. But he must link it to some known category and find some connection between it and those before he can shake off that sense of wonder, that uncertainty and anxious curiosity triggered by its unique appearance and its differences from everything else he has observed.
As single and individual objects thus excite our Wonder when, by 332 their uncommon qualities and singular appearance, they make us uncertain to what species of things we ought to refer them; so a succession of objects which follow one another in an uncommon train or order, will produce the same effect, though there be nothing particular in any one of them taken by itself.
As individual and unique objects grab our attention due to their unusual qualities and distinct looks, they leave us unsure about what category they belong to. Similarly, a series of objects that appear in an unexpected sequence or arrangement will have the same effect, even if there’s nothing special about each one when considered alone.
When one accustomed object appears after another, which it does not usually follow, it first excites, by its unexpectedness, the sentiment properly called Surprise, and afterwards, by the singularity of the succession, or order of its appearance, the sentiment properly called Wonder. We start and are surprised at seeing it there, and then wonder how it came there. The motion of a small piece of iron along a plain table is in itself no extraordinary object, yet the person who first saw it begin, without any visible impulse, in consequence of the motion of a loadstone at some little distance from it, could not behold it without the most extreme Surprise; and when that momentary emotion was over, he would still wonder how it came to be conjoined to an event with which, according to the ordinary train of things, he could have so little suspected it to have any connection.
When an object we are used to seeing appears after another one that it normally doesn't follow, it first triggers a feeling we call Surprise because it's unexpected. Then, because of the unusual order in which it appears, it leads to a feeling we refer to as Wonder. We flinch and are caught off guard when we see it there, and then we start to wonder how it ended up in that situation. The movement of a small piece of iron on a flat table isn’t unusual by itself, but the person who first witnessed it move without any visible force, because of a magnet a little distance away, couldn't help but feel extreme Surprise. Once that initial shock wore off, they would still wonder how it was connected to an event that, under normal circumstances, they would never have suspected to be linked.
When two objects, however unlike, have often been observed to follow each other, and have constantly presented themselves to the senses in that order, they come to be connected together in the fancy, that the idea of the one seems, of its own accord, to call up and introduce that of the other. If the objects are still observed to succeed each other as before, this connection, or, as it has been called, this association of their ideas, becomes stricter and stricter, and the habit of the imagination to pass from the conception of the one to that of the other, grows more and more rivetted and confirmed. As its ideas move more rapidly than external objects, it is continually running before them, and therefore anticipates, before it happens, every event which falls out according to this ordinary course of things. When objects succeed each other in the same train in which the ideas of the imagination have thus been accustomed to move, and in which, though not conducted by that chain of events presented to the senses, they have acquired a tendency to go on of their own accord, such objects appear all closely connected with one another, and the thought glides easily along them, without effort and without interruption. They fall in with the natural career of the imagination; and as the ideas which represented such a train of things would seem all mutually to introduce each other, every last thought to be called up by the foregoing, and to call up the succeeding; so when the objects themselves occur, every last event seems, in the same manner, to be introduced by the foregoing, and to introduce the succeeding. There is no break, no stop, no gap, no interval. The ideas excited by so coherent a chain of things seem, as it were, to float through the mind of their own accord, without obliging it to exert itself, or to make any effort in order to pass from one of them to another.
When two objects, no matter how different, are frequently seen together in a specific order, they start to become linked in our minds. The idea of one seems to naturally bring up the idea of the other. If we keep observing them in the same sequence, this connection, or what’s known as the association of their ideas, gets stronger. Our imagination becomes more and more accustomed to moving from one idea to the next. Since our thoughts can move faster than what we see, they often jump ahead, predicting events that follow the usual pattern. When objects appear in the same sequence that our imagination has gotten used to, even if not influenced by the sensory order, they seem closely tied together, allowing thoughts to flow smoothly from one to the next without effort or interruption. They align with the natural flow of our imagination; just as ideas that represent a sequence seem to introduce one another, so do the real objects when they occur. Each event feels connected to the one before it and naturally leads to the next. There are no breaks, no pauses, no gaps. The ideas triggered by such a coherent sequence seem to glide through the mind effortlessly, without requiring any conscious effort to transition from one to another.
333 But if this customary connection be interrupted, if one or more objects appear in an order quite different from that to which the imagination has been accustomed, and for which it is prepared, the contrary of all this happens. We are at first surprised by the unexpectedness of the new appearance, and when that momentary emotion is over, we still wonder how it came to occur in that place. The imagination no longer feels the usual facility of passing from the event which goes before to that which comes after. It is an order or law of succession to which it has not been accustomed, and which it therefore finds some difficulty in following, or in attending to. The fancy is stopped and interrupted in that natural movement or career, according to which it was proceeding. Those two events seem to stand at a distance from each other; it endeavours to bring them together, but they refuse to unite; and it feels, or imagines it feels, something like a gap or interval betwixt them. It naturally hesitates, and, as it were, pauses upon the brink of this interval; it endeavours to find out something which may fill up the gap, which, like a bridge, may so far at least unite those seemingly distant objects, as to render the passage of the thought betwixt them smooth, and natural, and easy. The supposition of a chain of intermediate, though invisible, events, which succeed each other in a train similar to that in which the imagination has been accustomed to move, and which links together those two disjointed appearances, is the only means by which the imagination can fill up this interval, is the only bridge which, if one may say so, can smooth its passage from the one object to the other. Thus, when we observe the motion of the iron, in consequence of that of the loadstone, we gaze and hesitate, and feel a want of connection betwixt two events which follow one another in so unusual a train. But when, with Des Cartes, we imagine certain invisible effluvia to circulate round one of them, and by their repeated impulses to impel the other, both to move towards it, and to follow its motion, we fill up the interval betwixt them, we join them together by a sort of bridge, and thus take off that hesitation and difficulty which the imagination felt in passing from the one to the other. That the iron should move after the loadstone seems, upon this hypothesis, in some measure according to the ordinary course of things. Motion after impulse is an order of succession with which of all things we are the most familiar. Two objects which are so connected seem, to our mind, no longer to be disjointed, and the imagination flows smoothly and easily along them.
333 But if this usual connection is broken, and if one or more objects appear in an order that's completely different from what we’re used to, the opposite happens. At first, we're surprised by the unexpected appearance, and once that brief shock passes, we still wonder how it ended up in that spot. The imagination no longer finds it easy to move from one event to the next. It’s an order of events we're not familiar with, making it difficult to follow or pay attention to. The thought process gets interrupted in its natural flow. Those two events seem far apart; we try to link them, but they refuse to connect, creating a sense of gap or distance between them. We naturally hesitate, pausing at the edge of this gap, looking for something to fill it, something like a bridge that can at least connect those seemingly distant objects enough to make the thought flow between them smooth and easy. The idea of a chain of intermediate, though invisible, events that follow one another in a familiar way can help the imagination fill in this gap. It acts as a bridge to smooth the transition from one object to the other. So, when we see the iron move because of the magnet, we watch and hesitate, feeling a lack of connection between two events that follow each other in such an unusual way. But when we imagine, like Des Cartes, that certain invisible particles circulate around one of them and push the other along, making both move toward each other, we fill the gap between them, linking them together with a kind of bridge. This removes the hesitation and difficulty that our imagination faced in transitioning from one to the other. According to this hypothesis, the iron moving after the magnet seems to follow the usual course of things. Movement after a push is a sequence we are most familiar with. Two connected objects don’t seem disconnected to our minds anymore, allowing our imagination to flow smoothly and easily between them.
Such is the nature of this second species of Wonder, which arises from an unusual succession of things. The stop which is thereby given to the career of the imagination, the difficulty which it finds in passing along such disjointed objects, and the feeling of something like a gap or interval betwixt them, constitute the whole essence of this emotion. Upon the clear discovery of a connecting chain of intermediate events, 334 it vanishes altogether. What obstructed the movement of the imagination is then removed. Who wonders at the machinery of the opera-house who has once been admitted behind the scenes? In the wonders of nature, however, it rarely happens that we can discover so clearly this connecting chain. With regard to a few even of them, indeed, we seem to have been really admitted behind the scenes, and our wonder accordingly is entirely at an end. Thus the eclipses of the sun and moon, which once, more than all the other appearances in the heavens, excited the terror and amazement of mankind, seem now no longer to be wonderful, since the connecting chain has been found out which joins them to the ordinary course of things. Nay, in those cases in which we have been less successful, even the vague hypothesis of Des Cartes, and the yet more indetermined notions of Aristotle, have, with their followers, contributed to give some coherence to the appearances of nature, and might diminish, though they could not destroy, their wonder. If they did not completely fill up the interval betwixt the two disjointed objects, they bestowed upon them, however, some sort of loose connection which they wanted before.
This is the nature of this second type of Wonder, which comes from an unusual sequence of events. The halt it puts on the flow of the imagination, the struggle to connect such disjointed elements, and the feeling of a gap or break between them make up the essence of this emotion. Once we clearly identify a connecting chain of intermediate events, 334 that Wonder disappears completely. What previously hindered the imagination’s movement is then cleared away. Who marvels at the workings of the opera house once they've been backstage? In the wonders of nature, though, it’s rare that we can so easily see this connection. For some of them, it feels like we’ve really been let behind the scenes, and our amazement ends. For example, the eclipses of the sun and moon, which once incited great fear and awe in people, now seem less wondrous because we’ve uncovered the connection that links them to the regular flow of things. Indeed, even in cases where our understanding is less complete, Descartes' vague hypotheses and Aristotle’s even more ambiguous ideas, along with their followers, have helped us make some sense of natural phenomena and might lessen, though not eliminate, our sense of Wonder. If they didn’t completely fill the gap between the two disjointed objects, they did provide some sort of loose connection that was previously missing.
That the imagination feels a real difficulty in passing along two events which follow one another in an uncommon order, may be confirmed by many obvious observations. If it attempts to attend beyond a certain time to a long series of this kind, the continual efforts it is obliged to make, in order to pass from one object to another, and thus follow the progress of the succession, soon fatigue it, and if repeated too often, disorder and disjoint its whole frame. It is thus that too severe an application to study sometimes brings on lunacy and frenzy, in those especially who are somewhat advanced in life, but whose imaginations, from being too late in applying, have not got those habits which dispose them to follow easily the reasonings in the abstract sciences. Every step of a demonstration, which to an old practitioner is quite natural and easy, requires from them the most intense application of thought.
The imagination struggles to connect two events that happen in an unusual order, which can be confirmed by many clear observations. When it tries to keep track of a long series of events for too long, the constant effort to switch from one idea to another soon tires it out. If this happens too often, it can disrupt and disorganize its entire functioning. This is how focusing too hard on studying can sometimes lead to madness and frenzy, especially in those who are older and whose imaginations, having started late in their studies, lack the habits that would help them follow complex reasoning in abstract sciences. Each step of a demonstration that seems completely natural and easy for an experienced practitioner may require intense concentration and thought from them.
Spurred on, however, either by ambition or by admiration for the subject, they still continue till they become, first confused, then giddy, and at last distracted. Could we conceive a person of the soundest judgment, who had grown up to maturity, and whose imagination had acquired those habits, and that mould, which the constitution of things in this world necessarily impresses upon it, to be all at once transported alive to some other planet, where nature was governed by laws quite different from those which take place here; as he would be continually obliged to attend to events, which must to him appear in the highest degree jarring, irregular, and discordant, he would soon feel the same confusion and giddiness begin to come upon him, which would at last end in the same manner, in lunacy and distraction. Neither, to produce this effect, is it necessary that the objects should be either 335 great or interesting, or even uncommon, in themselves. It is sufficient that they follow one another in an uncommon order. Let any one attempt to look over even a game of cards, and to attend particularly to every single stroke, and if he is unacquainted with the nature and rules of the games; that is, with the laws which regulate the succession of the cards; he will soon feel the same confusion and giddiness begin to come upon him, which, were it to be continued for days and months, would end in the same manner, in lunacy and distraction. But if the mind be thus thrown into the most violent disorder, when it attends to a long series of events which follow one another in an uncommon train, it must feel some degree of the same disorder, when it observes even a single event fall out in this unusual manner: for the violent disorder can arise from nothing but the too frequent repetition of this smaller uneasiness.
Driven on, either by ambition or admiration for the topic, they keep going until they become, first confused, then dizzy, and eventually distracted. Imagine a person with the best judgment, who has grown into adulthood, and whose imagination has shaped itself based on the realities of this world. If this person were suddenly moved to another planet where nature followed completely different rules, they would constantly encounter events that seem extremely chaotic, irregular, and discordant to them. This would lead to the same confusion and dizziness, ultimately resulting in madness and distraction. It's not necessary for the objects causing this effect to be particularly significant, interesting, or even uncommon in themselves. It’s enough for them to appear in an unusual order. If someone tries to carefully observe a game of cards and pay close attention to every single move, and if they are unfamiliar with the game's nature and rules—the laws that govern the order of the cards—they would quickly start to feel the same confusion and dizziness. If this condition persisted for days and months, it would similarly lead to madness and distraction. If the mind can be thrown into such disorder while following a long series of events presented in an unusual sequence, it will also experience some degree of that same disorder when it witnesses even a single event happening in an unusual way. Such intense disorder can only come from the frequent repetition of this smaller discomfort.
That it is the unusualness alone of the succession which occasions this stop and interruption in the progress of the imagination as well as the notion of an interval betwixt the two immediately succeeding objects, to be filled up by some chain of intermediate events, is not less evident. The same orders of succession, which to one set of men seem quite according to the natural course of things, and such as require no intermediate events to join them, shall to another appear altogether incoherent and disjointed, unless some such events be supposed: and this for no other reason, but because such orders of succession are familiar to the one, and strange to the other. When we enter the work-houses of the most common artizans; such as dyers, brewers, distillers; we observe a number of appearances, which present themselves in an order that seems to us very strange and wonderful. Our thought cannot easily follow it, we feel an interval betwixt every two of them, and require some chain of intermediate events, to fill it up, and link them together. But the artizan himself, who has been for many years familiar with the consequences of all the operations of his art, feels no such interval. They fall in with what custom has made the natural movement of his imagination: they no longer excite his Wonder, and if he is not a genius superior to his profession, so as to be capable of making the very easy reflection, that those things, though familiar to him, may be strange to us, he will be disposed rather to laugh at, than sympathize with our Wonder. He cannot conceive what occasion there is for any connecting events to unite those appearances, which seem to him to succeed each other very naturally. It is their nature, he tells us, to follow one another in this order, and that accordingly they always do so. In the same manner bread has, since the world begun been the common nourishment of the human body, and men have so long seen it, every day, converted into flesh and bones, substances in all respects so unlike it, that they have seldom had the curiosity to inquire by what process of 336 intermediate events this change is brought about. Because the passage of the thought from the one object to the other is by custom become quite smooth and easy, almost without the supposition of any such process. Philosophers, indeed, who often look for a chain of invisible objects to join together two events that occur in an order familiar to all the world, have endeavoured to find out a chain of this kind betwixt the two events I have just now mentioned; in the same manner as they have endeavoured, by a like intermediate chain, to connect the gravity, the elasticity, and even the cohesion of natural bodies, with some of their other qualities. These, however, are all of them such combinations of events as give no stop to the imaginations of the bulk of mankind, as excite no Wonder, nor any apprehension that there is wanting the strictest connection between them. But as in those sounds, which to the greater part of men seem perfectly agreeable to measure and harmony, the nicer ear of a musician will discover a want, both of the most exact time, and of the most perfect coincidence; so the more practised thought of a philosopher, who has spent his whole life in the study of the connecting principles of nature, will often feel an interval betwixt two objects, which, to more careless observers, seem very strictly conjoined. By long attention to all the connections which have ever been presented to his observation, by having often compared them with one another, he has, like the musician, acquired, if one may so, a nicer ear, and a more delicate feeling with regard to things of this nature. And as to the one, that music seems dissonance which falls short of the most perfect harmony; so to the other, those events seem altogether separated and disjoined, which may fall short of the strictest and most perfect connection.
The unusual nature of the sequence is what causes a pause and interruption in our imagination, as well as the idea of a gap between two objects that follow immediately, which needs to be filled with some chain of intermediate events. This is quite clear. The same sequences that seem completely natural to one group of people may appear totally incoherent and disjointed to another unless some intermediate events are assumed. The reason for this is simply that those sequences are familiar to one group and unfamiliar to the other. When we visit the workshops of common artisans, like dyers, brewers, or distillers, we notice a series of processes that seem very strange and amazing to us. Our thoughts have a hard time keeping up; we feel a gap between each pair of processes and require a series of connecting events to make sense of them. However, the artisan, who has spent many years getting used to the results of their work, does not feel this gap. For them, these processes align with what custom has made familiar in their imagination; they no longer spark their wonder. Unless they possess a higher level of insight to realize that what is familiar to them might be strange to us, they are likely to laugh at our amazement rather than empathize with it. They cannot understand why there would be any need for connecting events to unite these processes, which seem to them to flow naturally from one to the next. They would say it is simply their nature to follow this order, and indeed, they always do. Similarly, bread has been a staple food since the beginning of time, and because people have seen it turned into flesh and bones—substances that are so different—they seldom think to ask how this transformation happens. Since the mental transition from one object to the other has become so smooth and easy through habit, it requires almost no assumption of any such process. Philosophers, however, who often seek a chain of unseen connections to link together events that everyone recognizes as familiar, have tried to establish such a chain between the two events I just mentioned, just as they have tried to find an intermediate link connecting gravity, elasticity, and even the cohesion of natural bodies with some of their other properties. Yet, these combinations of events do not interrupt the imagination of most people; they do not elicit wonder or any concern that there is a lack of a strict connection between them. Just like how sounds that most people find harmonious may reveal subtle flaws in timing and coordination to a skilled musician, a philosopher who has dedicated their life to understanding the principles of nature will often perceive a disconnect between two objects that seem closely linked to more casual observers. Through long observation of all the connections presented to them and frequent comparison with one another, they acquire a heightened sensitivity, much like a musician. For the musician, anything that falls short of the most perfect harmony sounds dissonant; for the philosopher, those events that seem separate and disconnected lack the strict and perfect connection they seek.
Philosophy is the science of the connecting principles of nature. Nature, after the largest experience that common observation can acquire, seems to abound with events which appear solitary and incoherent with all that go before them, which therefore disturb the easy movement of the imagination; which makes its ideas succeed each other, if one may say so, by irregular starts and sallies; and which thus tend, in some measure, to introduce those confusions and distractions we formerly mentioned. Philosophy, by representing the invisible chains which bind together all these disjointed objects, endeavours to introduce order into this chaos of jarring and discordant appearances, to allay this tumult of the imagination, and to restore it, when it surveys the great revolutions of the universe, to that tone of tranquillity and composure, which is both most agreeable in itself, and most suitable to its nature. Philosophy, therefore, may be regarded as one of those arts which address themselves to the imagination; and whose theory and history, upon that account, fall properly within the circumference of our subject. Let us endeavour to trace it, from its first origin, up to that summit of perfection to which it is at present 337 supposed to have arrived, and to which, indeed, it has equally been supposed to have arrived in almost all former times. It is the most sublime of all the agreeable arts, and its revolutions have been the greatest, the most frequent, and the most distinguished of all those that have happened in the literary world. Its history, therefore, must, upon all accounts, be the most entertaining and the most instructive. Let us examine, therefore, all the different systems of nature, which, in these western parts of the world, the only parts of whose history we know anything, have successively been adopted by the learned and ingenious; and, without regarding their absurdity or probability, their agreement or inconsistency with truth and reality, let us consider them only in that particular point of view which belongs to our subject; and content ourselves with inquiring how far each of them was fitted to soothe the imagination, and to render the theatre of nature a more coherent, and therefore a more magnificent spectacle, than otherwise it would have appeared to be. According as they have failed or succeeded in this, they have constantly failed or succeeded in gaining reputation and renown to their authors; and this will be found to be the clue that is most capable of conducting us through all the labyrinths of philosophical history: for in the mean time, it will serve to confirm what has gone before, and to throw light upon what is to come after, that we observe, in general, that no system, how well soever in other respects supported, has ever been able to gain any general credit on the world, whose connecting principles were not such as were familiar to all mankind. Why has the chemical philosophy in all ages crept along in obscurity, and been so disregarded by the generality of mankind, while other systems, less useful, and not more agreeable to experience, have possessed universal admiration for whole centuries together? The connecting principles of the chemical philosophy are such as the generality of mankind know nothing about, have rarely seen, and have never been acquainted with; and which to them, therefore, are incapable of smoothing the passage of the imagination betwixt any two seemingly disjointed objects. Salts, sulphurs, and mercuries, acids and alkalis, are principles which can smooth things to those only who live about the furnace; but whose most common operations seem, to the bulk of mankind, as disjointed as any two events which the chemists would connect together by them. Those artists, however, naturally explained things to themselves by principles that were familiar to themselves. As Aristotle observes, that the early Pythagoreans, who first studied arithmetic, explained all things by the properties of numbers; and Cicero tells us, that Aristoxenus, the musician, found the nature of the soul to consist in harmony. In the same manner, a learned physician lately gave a system of moral philosophy upon the principles of his own art, in which wisdom and virtue were the healthful state of the soul; the different vices and follies, the different diseases 338 to which it was subject; in which the causes and symptoms of those diseases were ascertained; and, in the same medical strain, a proper method of cure prescribed. In the same manner also, others have written parallels of painting and poetry, of poetry and music, of music and architecture, of beauty and virtue, of all the fine arts; systems which have universally owed their origin to the lucubrations of those who were acquainted with the one art, but ignorant of the other; who therefore explained to themselves the phenomena, in that which was strange to them, by those in that which was familiar; and with whom, upon that account, the analogy, which in other writers gives occasion to a few ingenious similitudes, became the great hinge upon which every thing turned.
Philosophy is the study of the fundamental principles connecting nature. Nature, based on the broadest experiences that general observation can gather, seems full of events that appear isolated and disconnected from everything that came before them. This creates a disturbance in the natural flow of imagination, causing ideas to pop up in sudden, irregular bursts; as a result, this can lead to the confusions and distractions we've mentioned earlier. Philosophy, by revealing the invisible links that tie together these seemingly disjointed elements, aims to bring order to this chaos of conflicting and mismatched appearances, calming the tumult of the imagination and restoring it to a peaceful and composed state when reflecting on the significant changes in the universe. This state is not only the most pleasing in itself but also fits the nature of the imagination best. Therefore, we can view philosophy as one of those arts that appeal to the imagination, and its theory and history rightly fall within the scope of our subject. Let's try to trace its journey from its beginnings to the peak of refinement it is believed to have reached today, which, indeed, has been assumed in almost all past eras. It stands as the most elevated of all the arts that bring pleasure, and its developments have been the most significant, frequent, and remarkable of all changes in the literary world. Consequently, its history must be the most engaging and educational. Let’s examine the various systems of nature that have been embraced by the learned and creative minds in these western parts of the world—the only regions we know anything about; and without focusing on their absurdity or likelihood, their consistency or inconsistency with truth and reality, let’s consider them only from the perspective relevant to our topic. We'll simply inquire how well each system managed to comfort the imagination and present nature as a more coherent, and thus a more impressive spectacle, than it would otherwise seem. As they succeeded or failed in this regard, they have consistently gained or lost fame and recognition for their authors; and this will prove to be the best guide through the complexities of philosophical history. Moreover, it will reinforce what we've already discussed and illuminate what is to come, as we observe generally that no system, however well supported in other ways, has ever gained widespread acceptance unless its connecting principles were familiar to all people. Why has the chemical philosophy throughout ages remained obscure and been overlooked by most people, while other systems, less useful and just as incompatible with experience, enjoyed universal admiration for centuries? The principles of chemical philosophy are ones that most people know nothing about, have rarely seen, and have never encountered; thus, they cannot help bridge the gaps between any two seemingly disconnected elements for them. Salts, sulfurs, mercuries, acids, and alkalis are concepts that make sense only to those working in a laboratory; for the general public, their most common processes seem as unrelated as any two events that chemists try to connect. Nonetheless, those artists naturally explained these processes using principles familiar to them. As Aristotle noted, the early Pythagoreans, who were among the first to study arithmetic, explained everything through the properties of numbers; and Cicero tells us that Aristoxenus, the musician, believed that the nature of the soul was rooted in harmony. Likewise, a learned physician recently provided a moral philosophy system based on the principles of his profession, where wisdom and virtue represented the healthy state of the soul, while various vices and follies corresponded to the different illnesses it could suffer. In that work, he identified the causes and symptoms of those illnesses and prescribed a suitable treatment in a similar medical tone. Similarly, others have drawn parallels between painting and poetry, poetry and music, music and architecture, beauty and virtue, and all the fine arts; these systems have universally originated from the reflections of those versed in one art but unaware of the other, causing them to explain phenomena in the unfamiliar area using what was known to them. For them, the analogy, which in other works creates a few clever comparisons, became the central point around which everything revolved.
SECT. Ⅲ.—Of the Origin of Philosophy.
MANKIND, in the first ages of society, before the establishment of law, order, and security, have little curiosity to find out those hidden chains of events which bind together the seemingly disjointed appearances of nature. A savage, whose subsistence is precarious, whose life is every day exposed to the rudest dangers, has no inclination to amuse himself with searching out what, when discovered, seems to serve no other purpose than to render the theatre of nature a more connected spectacle to his imagination. Many of these smaller incoherences, which in the course of things perplex philosophers, entirely escape his attention. Those more magnificent irregularities, whose grandeur he cannot overlook, call forth his amazement. Comets, eclipses, thunder, lightning, and other meteors, by their greatness, naturally overawe him, and he views them with a reverence that approaches to fear. His inexperience and uncertainty with regard to every thing about them, how they came, how they are to go, what went before, what is to come after them, exasperate his sentiment into terror and consternation. But our passions, as Father Malbranche observes, all justify themselves; that is, suggest to us opinions which justify them. As those appearances terrify him, therefore, he is disposed to believe every thing about them which can render them still more the objects of his terror. That they proceed from some intelligent, though invisible causes, of whose vengeance and displeasure they are either the signs or the effects, is the notion of all others most capable of enhancing this passion, and is that, therefore, which he is most apt to entertain. To this, too, that cowardice and pusillanimity, so natural to man in his uncivilized state, still more disposes him; unprotected by the laws of society, exposed, defenceless, he feels his weakness upon all occasions; his strength and security upon none.
MANKIND, in the early days of society, before law, order, and security were established, had little curiosity to uncover the hidden connections of events that link the seemingly random aspects of nature. A savage, whose survival is uncertain and whose life is constantly at risk from harsh dangers, isn't inclined to entertain himself by searching for what, when discovered, seems to only make nature’s theater a more cohesive spectacle in his mind. Many of the smaller inconsistencies that confuse philosophers completely escape his notice. Those larger irregularities, whose grandeur he can’t ignore, inspire a sense of wonder in him. Comets, eclipses, thunder, lightning, and other meteors, due to their size, naturally intimidate him, and he regards them with a respect that borders on fear. His lack of experience and uncertainty about everything concerning them—how they appeared, how they will vanish, what happened before them, and what will happen after—intensifies his feelings into terror and dismay. However, as Father Malbranche points out, our emotions all find justification; in other words, they lead us to opinions that validate them. Because these phenomena frighten him, he tends to believe everything about them that could make them even more terrifying. The idea that they come from some intelligent yet unseen forces, whose wrath and displeasure they signify or embody, is the thought most likely to amplify his fear and is therefore the one he is most inclined to accept. Additionally, the cowardice and timidity that are so inherent to humans in their primitive state further influence him; without the protection of societal laws, feeling vulnerable and defenseless, he senses his weakness at all times and finds no sense of strength or security.
But all the irregularities of nature are not of this awful or terrible kind. Some of them are perfectly beautiful and agreeable. These, 339 therefore, from the same impotence of mind, would be beheld with love and complacency, and even with transports of gratitude; for whatever is the cause of pleasure naturally excites our gratitude. A child caresses the fruit that is agreeable to it, as it beats the stone that hurts it. The notions of a savage are not very different. The ancient Athenians, who solemnly punished the axe which had accidentally been the cause of the death of a man, erected altars, and offered sacrifices to the rainbow. Sentiments not unlike these, may sometimes, upon such occasions, begin to be felt even in the breasts of the most civilized, but are presently checked by the reflection, that the things are not their proper objects. But a savage, whose notions are guided altogether by wild nature and passion, waits for no other proof that a thing is the proper object of any sentiment, than that it excites it. The reverence and gratitude, with which some of the appearances of nature inspire him, convince him that they are the proper objects of reverence and gratitude, and therefore proceed from some intelligent beings, who take pleasure in the expressions of those sentiments. With him, therefore, every object of nature, which by its beauty or greatness, its utility or hurtfulness, is considerable enough to attract his attention, and whose operations are not perfectly regular, is supposed to act by the direction of some invisible and designing power. The sea is spread out into a calm, or heaved into a storm, according to the good pleasure of Neptune. Does the earth pour forth an exuberant harvest? It is owing to the indulgence of Ceres. Does the vine yield a plentiful vintage? It flows from the bounty of Bacchus. Do either refuse their presents? It is ascribed to the displeasure of those offended deities. The tree which now flourishes and now decays, is inhabited by a Dryad, upon whose health or sickness its various appearances depend. The fountain, which sometimes flows in a copious, and sometimes in a scanty stream, which appears sometimes clear and limpid, and at other times muddy and disturbed, is affected in all its changes by the Naiad who dwells within it. Hence the origin of Polytheism, and of that vulgar superstition which ascribes all the irregular events of nature to the favour or displeasure of intelligent, though invisible beings, to gods, demons, witches, genii, fairies. For it may be observed, that in all polytheistic religions, among savages, as well as in the early ages of heathen antiquity, it is the irregular events of nature only that are ascribed to the agency and power of their gods. Fire burns, and water refreshes; heavy bodies descend, and lighter substances fly upwards, by the necessity of their own nature; nor was the invisible hand of Jupiter ever apprehended to be employed in those matters. But thunder and lightning, storms and sunshine, those more irregular events, were ascribed to his favour, or his anger. Man, the only designing power with which they were acquainted, never acts but either to stop or to alter the course which natural events would take, if left to themselves. 340 Those other intelligent beings, whom they imagined, but knew not, were naturally supposed to act in the same manner; not to employ themselves in supporting the ordinary course of things, which went on of its own accord, but to stop, to thwart, and to disturb it. And thus, in the first ages of the world, the lowest and most pusillanimous superstition supplied the place of philosophy.
But not all of nature's irregularities are terrifying or dreadful. Some are genuinely beautiful and pleasing. These, 339 arise from the mind’s limitations and would be seen with love and contentment, even with intense gratitude; because anything that brings pleasure naturally inspires gratitude. A child hugs the fruit that it enjoys while it hits the stone that hurts it. The views of a primitive person aren’t very different. The ancient Athenians, who formally punished the axe that accidentally caused a man's death, built altars and made sacrifices to the rainbow. Similar feelings may sometimes be sparked even in the most civilized people, but they are quickly suppressed by the thought that these things aren’t the actual objects of their feelings. However, a primitive person, whose thoughts are driven entirely by raw nature and passion, needs no other reason than that something stirs an emotion in him to consider it a true object of any sentiment. The respect and gratitude that some natural phenomena inspire in him convince him that they are indeed worthy of reverence and gratitude and therefore result from some intelligent beings who take pleasure in expressing those sentiments. For him, every notable thing in nature, whether by its beauty or size, its usefulness or harm, that draws his attention and whose actions aren’t completely regular is believed to be influenced by some invisible and purposeful force. The sea calms down or erupts into a storm according to Neptune’s will. When the earth produces a bountiful harvest, it’s because of Ceres’ kindness. If the vine offers a plentiful vintage, it comes from Bacchus’ generosity. If either refuses their gifts, it’s seen as a sign of anger from those gods. The tree that thrives or withers is thought to host a Dryad, whose health or sickness affects its various appearances. The spring, which sometimes flows abundantly and other times barely, which appears clear at times and muddy at others, is altered in all its changes by the Naiad living within it. This gives rise to polytheism and that common superstition that attributes all the irregular events of nature to the favor or wrath of intelligent, although unseen, beings: gods, demons, witches, spirits, fairies. It’s notable that in all polytheistic religions, whether among primitive people or in the early ages of ancient paganism, only the irregular events of nature are ascribed to the might and influence of their gods. Fire burns, and water refreshes; heavy objects fall, and lighter ones rise due to their own nature; the unseen hand of Jupiter was never thought to be involved in such matters. But thunder and lightning, storms and sunshine—those more unpredictable occurrences—were attributed to his favor or anger. Humans, the only purposeful beings they were familiar with, only act to stop or change the natural course of events if left alone. 340 The other intelligent beings they imagined but did not know were naturally thought to act in the same way; they did not engage in maintaining the ordinary flow of things, which carried on by itself but rather worked to halt, disrupt, and disturb it. Thus, in the earliest times of the world, the most basic and timid superstition replaced philosophy.
But when law has established order and security, and subsistence ceases to be precarious, the curiosity of mankind is increased, and their fears are diminished. The leisure which they then enjoy renders them more attentive to the appearances of nature, more observant of her smallest irregularities, and more desirous to know what is the chain which links them together. That some such chain subsists betwixt all her seemingly disjointed phenomena, they are necessarily led to conceive; and that magnanimity and cheerfulness which all generous natures acquire who are bred in civilized societies, where they have so few occasions to feel their weakness, and so many to be conscious of their strength and security, renders them less disposed to employ, for this connecting chain, those invisible beings whom the fear and ignorance of their rude forefathers had engendered. Those of liberal fortunes, whose attention is not much occupied either with business or with pleasure, can fill up the void of their imagination, which is thus disengaged from the ordinary affairs of life, no other way than by attending to that train of events which passes around them. While the great objects of nature thus pass in review before them, many things occur in an order to which they have not been accustomed. Their imagination, which accompanies with ease and delight the regular progress of nature, is stopped and embarrassed by those seeming incoherences; they excite their wonder, and seem to require some chain of intermediate events, which, by connecting them with something that has gone before, may thus render the whole course of the universe consistent and of a piece. Wonder, therefore, and not any expectation of advantage from its discoveries, is the first principle which prompts mankind to the study of Philosophy, of that science which pretends to lay open the concealed connections that unite the various appearances of nature; and they pursue this study for its own sake, as an original pleasure or good in itself, without regarding its tendency to procure them the means of many other pleasures.
But when laws create order and security, and basic needs are no longer uncertain, people's curiosity grows, and their fears lessen. The free time they enjoy makes them more aware of nature's phenomena, more attentive to her smallest irregularities, and more eager to understand the connections between them. They inevitably start to believe that there is some link among all her seemingly disconnected events. The kindness and joy that naturally generous people develop in civilized societies—where they rarely encounter weakness and often recognize their strength and security—makes them less likely to attribute these connections to invisible beings, which their less enlightened ancestors feared and misunderstood. Those with comfortable lives, whose minds aren’t too occupied with work or entertainment, can fill the gap in their imagination—liberated from everyday concerns—only by observing the series of events around them. As they take in the grand aspects of nature, they encounter occurrences that don't follow their usual expectations. Their imagination, which easily and enjoyably follows nature's regular flow, becomes confused and challenged by these apparent inconsistencies; they spark their wonder and seem to need some intermediate connection that links them back to prior events, making the entire universe's unfolding coherent. Thus, it is wonder, rather than a hope for personal gain from these discoveries, that initially drives humanity to the study of Philosophy—the discipline aimed at revealing the concealed links that connect the diverse phenomena of nature. People pursue this study for its own intrinsic joy or value, without focusing on its potential to lead to other pleasures.
Greece, and the Greek colonies in Sicily, Italy, and the Lesser Asia, were the first countries which, in these western parts of the world, arrived at a state of civilized society. It was in them, therefore, that the first philosophers, of whose doctrine we have any distinct account, appeared. Law and order seem indeed to have been established in the great monarchies of Asia and Egypt, long before they had any footing in Greece: yet, after all that has been said concerning the learning of the Chaldeans and Egyptians, whether there ever was in those nations 341 any thing which deserved the name of science, or whether that despotism which is more destructive of security and leisure than anarchy itself, and which prevailed over all the East, prevented the growth of Philosophy, is a question which, for want of monuments, cannot be determined with any degree of precision.
Greece, along with its colonies in Sicily, Italy, and Asia Minor, was one of the first places in the western world to develop a civilized society. It is here that we first see the philosophers whose teachings we have clear records of. While law and order had been established for a long time in the great monarchies of Asia and Egypt, they didn’t take root in Greece until later. Despite all the talk about the knowledge of the Chaldeans and Egyptians, it remains uncertain whether those cultures ever had anything that could truly be called science. The authoritarian rule that was more harmful to stability and leisure than chaos, which dominated the East, may have hindered the development of philosophy. This is a question that can’t be answered with certainty due to a lack of evidence.
The Greek colonies having been settled amid nations either altogether barbarous, or altogether unwarlike, over whom, therefore, they soon acquired a very great authority, seem, upon that account, to have arrived at a considerable degree of empire and opulence before any state in the parent country had surmounted that extreme poverty, which, by leaving no room for any evident distinction of ranks, is necessarily attended with the confusion and misrule which flows from a want of all regular subordination. The Greek islands being secure from the invasion of land armies, or from naval forces, which were in those days but little known, seem, upon that account too, to have got before the continent in all sorts of civility and improvement. The first philosophers, therefore, as well as the first poets, seem all to have been natives, either of their colonies, or of their islands. It was from thence that Homer, Archilochus, Stesichorus, Simonides, Sappho, Anacreon, derived their birth. Thales and Pythagoras, the founders of the two earliest sects of philosophy, arose, the one in an Asiatic colony, the other in an island; and neither of them established his school in the mother country.
The Greek colonies were established among nations that were either completely uncivilized or not warlike at all, which allowed them to gain significant power over these groups very quickly. Because of this, they reached a notable level of wealth and influence before any state in the homeland overcame the extreme poverty that created a lack of clear social ranks, resulting in the confusion and disarray that comes from a lack of proper order. The Greek islands, being protected from invasions by land armies or naval forces, which were not well-known at the time, also managed to advance ahead of the mainland in terms of civility and development. Consequently, the earliest philosophers and poets were mostly from these colonies or islands. Figures like Homer, Archilochus, Stesichorus, Simonides, Sappho, and Anacreon all originated from there. Thales and Pythagoras, the founders of the two earliest philosophical schools, both came from one of these Asian colonies or islands, and neither established their schools in the homeland.
What was the particular system of either of those two philosophers, or whether their doctrine was so methodized as to deserve the name of a system, the imperfection, as well as the uncertainty of all the traditions that have come down to us concerning them, make it impossible to determine. The school of Pythagoras, however, seems to have advanced further in the study of the connecting principles of nature, than that of the Ionian philosopher. The accounts which are given of Anaximander, Anaximenes, Anaxagoras, Archelaus, the successors of Thales, represent the doctrines of those sages as full of the most inextricable confusion. Something, however, that approaches to a composed and orderly system, may be traced in what is delivered down to us concerning the doctrine of Empedocles, of Archytas, of Timæus, and of Ocellus the Lucanian, the most renowned philosophers of the Italian school. The opinions of the two last coincide pretty much; the one, with those of Plato; the other, with those of Aristotle; nor do those of the two first seem to have been very different, of whom the one was the author of the doctrine of the Four Elements, the other the inventor of the Categories; who, therefore, may be regarded as the founders, the one, of the ancient Physics; the other, of the ancient Dialectic; and, how closely these were connected will appear hereafter. It was in the school of Socrates, however, from Plato and Aristotle, that Philosophy first received that form, which introduced her, if one 342 may say so, to the general acquaintance of the world. It is from them, therefore, that we shall begin to give her history in any detail. Whatever was valuable in the former systems, which was at all consistent with their general principles, they seem to have consolidated into their own. From the Ionian philosophy, I have not been able to discover that they derived anything. From the Pythagorean school, both Plato and Aristotle seem to have derived the fundamental principles of almost all their doctrines. Plato, too, appears to have borrowed something from two other sects of philosophers, whose extreme obscurity seems to have prevented them from acquiring themselves any extensive reputation; the one was that of Cratylus and Heraclitus; the other was Xenophanes, Parmenides, Melissus, and Zeno. To pretend to rescue the system of any of those ante-Socratic sages, from that oblivion which at present covers them all, would be a vain and useless attempt. What seems, however, to have been borrowed from them, shall sometimes be marked as we go along.
What the specific system of either of those two philosophers was, or if their ideas were organized enough to be called a system, the flaws and uncertainties in the traditions we have about them make it impossible to say. The Pythagorean school, however, appears to have gone further in exploring the connecting principles of nature than the Ionian philosopher. The accounts we have of Anaximander, Anaximenes, Anaxagoras, and Archelaus, who succeeded Thales, depict their teachings as extremely confused. Nevertheless, there is something that resembles a coherent and structured system found in the teachings of Empedocles, Archytas, Timæus, and Ocellus the Lucanian, who are some of the most notable philosophers of the Italian school. The ideas of the last two are quite similar, with one aligning more with Plato and the other with Aristotle; the first two also do not seem to differ significantly, with one proposing the doctrine of the Four Elements and the other creating the Categories. Therefore, they can be seen as the founders of ancient Physics and ancient Dialectic, respectively, and the close connection between these fields will become clear later. However, it was in the school of Socrates, through Plato and Aristotle, that Philosophy first took on a form that introduced it, one might say, to the broader awareness of the world. Thus, we will start detailing her history from them. It seems they consolidated whatever valuable ideas were in the earlier systems that aligned with their general principles. I have not found any significant influence from Ionian philosophy on them. From the Pythagorean school, both Plato and Aristotle seem to have drawn the fundamental principles of nearly all their teachings. Additionally, Plato appears to have borrowed something from two other obscure groups of philosophers that never gained much recognition: the followers of Cratylus and Heraclitus, and another group including Xenophanes, Parmenides, Melissus, and Zeno. Attempting to recover the system of any of those pre-Socratic thinkers from the obscurity that now blankets them all would be a futile and pointless effort. However, what seems to have been borrowed from them will occasionally be noted as we proceed.
There was still another school of philosophy, earlier than Plato, from which, however, he was so far from borrowing any thing, that he seems to have bent the whole force of his reason to discredit and expose its principles. This was the philosophy of Leucippus, Democritus, and Protagoras, which accordingly seems to have submitted to his eloquence, to have lain dormant, and to have been almost forgotten for some generations, till it was afterwards more successfully revived by Epicurus.
There was yet another school of philosophy, earlier than Plato, from which he didn’t borrow anything at all; in fact, he seemed to focus all his efforts on discrediting and exposing its ideas. This was the philosophy of Leucippus, Democritus, and Protagoras, which apparently yielded to his eloquence, fell silent, and was nearly forgotten for several generations until it was later revived more successfully by Epicurus.
SEC. Ⅳ.—The History of Astronomy.
OF all the phenomena of nature, the celestial appearances are, by their greatness and beauty, the most universal objects of the curiosity of mankind. Those who surveyed the heavens with the most careless attention, necessarily distinguished in them three different sorts of objects; the Sun, the Moon, and the Stars. These last, appearing always in the same situation, and at the same distance with regard to one another, and seeming to revolve every day round the earth in parallel circles, which widened gradually from the poles to the equator, were naturally thought to have all the marks of being fixed, like so many gems, in the concave side of the firmament, and of being carried round by the diurnal revolutions of that solid body: for the azure sky, in which the stars seem to float, was readily apprehended, upon account of the uniformity of their apparent motions, to be a solid body, the roof or outer wall of the universe, to whose inside all those little sparkling objects were attached.
OF all the natural phenomena, the celestial displays are, because of their vastness and beauty, the most universal objects of human curiosity. Even those who glance at the sky with little attention can easily identify three different kinds of objects: the Sun, the Moon, and the Stars. The stars, which always seem to be in the same position and at the same distance from each other, appear to rotate around the Earth each day in parallel circles that gradually widen from the poles to the equator. This led people to believe that they were fixed, like gems, on the inner surface of the sky, moved along by the daily rotation of that solid body. The blue sky, in which the stars appear to hover, was easily understood, due to the consistency of their apparent movements, as a solid structure, the ceiling or outer wall of the universe, to which all those little sparkling objects were attached.
The Sun and Moon, often changing their distance and situation, in regard to the other heavenly bodies, could not be apprehended to be attached to the same sphere with them. They assigned, therefore, to 343 each of them, a sphere of its own; that is, supposed each of them to be attached to the concave side of a solid and transparent body, by whose revolutions they were carried round the earth. There was not, indeed, in this case, the same ground for the supposition of such a sphere as in that of the Fixed Stars; for neither the Sun nor the Moon appear to keep always at the same distance with regard to any one of the other heavenly bodies. But as the motion of the Stars had been accounted for by an hypothesis of this kind, it rendered the theory of the heavens more uniform, to account for that of the Sun and Moon in the same manner. The sphere of the sun they placed above that of the Moon; as the Moon was evidently seen in eclipses to pass betwixt the Sun and the Earth. Each of them was supposed to revolve by a motion of its own, and at the same time to be affected by the motion of the Fixed Stars. Thus, the Sun was carried round from east to west by the communicated movement of this outer sphere, which produced his diurnal revolutions, and the vicissitudes of day and night; but at the same time he had a motion of his own, contrary to this, from west to east, which occasioned his annual revolution, and the continual shifting of his place with regard to the Fixed Stars. This motion was more easy, they thought, when carried on edgeways, and not in direct opposition to the motion of the outer sphere, which occasioned the inclination of the axis of the sphere of the Sun, to that of the sphere of the Fixed Stars; this again produced the obliquity of the ecliptic, and the consequent changes of the seasons. The moon, being placed below the sphere of the Sun, had both a shorter course to finish, and was less obstructed by the contrary movement of the sphere of the Fixed Stars, from which she was farther removed. She finished her period, therefore, in a shorter time, and required but a month, instead of a year, to complete it.
The Sun and Moon, which often change their distance and position relative to other celestial bodies, couldn't be thought of as being attached to the same sphere as them. So, they assigned each of them a separate sphere; in other words, they imagined each one was attached to the inside of a solid, transparent body that carried them around the Earth. There wasn’t as much reason to believe in such a sphere for the Sun and Moon as there was for the Fixed Stars, since neither the Sun nor the Moon appears to maintain a consistent distance from any other celestial body. However, since the movement of the Stars was explained by this kind of hypothesis, it made the theory of the heavens more consistent to explain the movements of the Sun and Moon in the same way. They placed the Sun's sphere above the Moon's because the Moon was clearly seen during eclipses passing between the Sun and the Earth. Each was thought to move on its own while also being influenced by the motion of the Fixed Stars. So, the Sun moved from east to west due to the movement of this outer sphere, creating its daily cycles and the changes of day and night; at the same time, it had its own motion opposing this, moving from west to east, which caused its yearly cycle and the constant shifting of its position concerning the Fixed Stars. This motion was believed to be easier when it moved sideways rather than directly against the movement of the outer sphere, which caused the axis of the Sun's sphere to tilt relative to the sphere of the Fixed Stars; this, in turn, produced the tilt of the ecliptic and the resulting changes in the seasons. The Moon, situated below the Sun's sphere, had a shorter path to cover and was less hindered by the opposing movement of the sphere of the Fixed Stars, from which it was further away. Therefore, it completed its cycle in a shorter time and needed just a month instead of a year to do so.
The Stars, when more attentively surveyed, were some of them observed to be less constant and uniform in their motions than the rest, and to change their situations with regard to the other heavenly bodies; moving generally eastward, yet appearing sometimes to stand still, and sometimes even, to move westwards. These, to the number of five, were distinguished by the name of Planets, or Wandering Stars, and marked with the particular appellations of Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, and Mercury. As, like the Sun and Moon, they seem to accompany the motion of the Fixed Stars from east to west, but at the same time to have a motion of their own, which is generally from west to east; they were each of them, as well as those two great lamps of heaven, apprehended to be attached to the inside of a solid concave and transparent sphere, which had a revolution of its own, that was almost directly contrary to the revolution of the outer heaven, but which, at the same time, was hurried along by the superior violence and greater rapidity of this last.
The stars, when observed more closely, were noticed to be less consistent and uniform in their movements than the others and to change their positions relative to the other celestial bodies. They generally move eastward, yet sometimes seem to stand still, and at times even appear to move westward. These five stars were called Planets, or Wandering Stars, and specifically named Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, and Mercury. Like the Sun and Moon, they seem to follow the motion of the Fixed Stars from east to west, but they also have their own motion, typically from west to east. Each of these, along with the two main celestial lamps, was thought to be attached to the inside of a solid, transparent sphere that rotates in a way almost opposite to the rotation of the outer heavens, but is still pulled along by the greater force and speed of that outer layer.
This is the system of concentric Spheres, the first regular system of 344 Astronomy, which the world beheld, as it was taught in the Italian school before Aristotle, and his two contemporary philosophers, Eudoxus and Callippus, had given it all the perfection which it is capable of receiving. Though rude and inartificial, it is capable of connecting together, in the imagination, the grandest and the most seemingly disjointed appearances in the heavens. The motions of the most remarkable objects in the celestial regions, the Sun, the Moon, the Fixed Stars, are sufficiently connected with one another by this hypothesis. The eclipses of these two great luminaries are, though not so easily calculated, as easily explained, upon this ancient, as upon the modern system. When these early philosophers explained to their disciples the very simple causes of those dreadful phenomena, it was under the seal of the most sacred secrecy, that they might avoid the fury of the people, and not incur the imputation of impiety, when they thus took from the gods the direction of those events, which were apprehended to be the most terrible tokens of their impending vengeance. The obliquity of the ecliptic, the consequent changes of the seasons, the vicissitudes of day and night, and the different lengths of both days and nights in the different seasons, correspond too, pretty exactly, with this ancient doctrine. And if there had been no other bodies discoverable in the heavens, besides the Sun, the Moon, and the Fixed Stars, this hypothesis might have stood the examinations of all ages and gone down triumphant to the remotest posterity.
This is the system of concentric spheres, the first organized structure of 344 astronomy that the world recognized, as it was taught in the Italian school before Aristotle and his two contemporaries, Eudoxus and Callippus, refined it to its fullest potential. Although primitive and unpolished, it effectively combines the grandest and seemingly disconnected phenomena in the sky in our imagination. The movements of the most notable celestial objects, the Sun, the Moon, and the fixed stars, are sufficiently linked by this concept. While calculating the eclipses of these two major celestial bodies may not be straightforward, explaining them is just as simple using this ancient system as it is with the modern one. When these early philosophers shared with their students the straightforward causes of these terrifying events, they did so under a strict veil of secrecy to avoid the wrath of the public and to not be accused of impiety when they removed the gods from controlling what were perceived to be the most dreadful signs of divine retribution. The tilt of the ecliptic, the resulting seasonal changes, the shifts between day and night, and the varying lengths of days and nights throughout the seasons also correspond quite closely with this ancient theory. And if there had been no other celestial bodies visible other than the Sun, the Moon, and the fixed stars, this hypothesis might have withstood the tests of all ages and remained celebrated for generations to come.
If it gained the belief of mankind by its plausibility, it attracted their wonder and admiration; sentiments that still more confirmed their belief, by the novelty and beauty of that view of nature which it presented to the imagination. Before this system was taught in the world, the earth was regarded as, what it appears to the eye, a vast, rough, and irregular plain, the basis and foundation of the universe, surrounded on all sides by the ocean, and whose roots extended themselves through the whole of that infinite depth which is below it. The sky was considered as a solid hemisphere, which covered the earth, and united with the ocean at the extremity of the horizon. The Sun, the Moon, and all the heavenly bodies rose out of the eastern, climbed up the convex side of the heavens, and descended again into the western ocean, and from thence, by some subterraneous passages, returned to their first chambers in the east. Nor was this notion confined to the people, or to the poets who painted the opinions of the people; it was held by Xenophanes, founder of the Eleatic philosophy, after that of the Ionian and Italian schools, the earliest that appeared in Greece. Thales of Miletus too, who, according to Aristotle, represented the Earth as floating upon an immense ocean of water, may have been nearly of the same opinion; notwithstanding what we are told by Plutarch and Apuleius concerning his astronomical discoveries, all of which must plainly have been of a much later date. To those 345 who had no other idea of nature, besides what they derived from so confused an account of things, how agreeable must that system have appeared, which represented the Earth as distinguished into land and water, self-balanced and suspended in the centre of the universe, surrounded by the elements of Air and Ether, and covered by eight polished and crystalline Spheres, each of which was distinguished by one or more beautiful and luminous bodies, and all of which revolved round their common centre, by varied, but by equable and proportionable motions. It seems to have been the beauty of this system that gave Plato the notion of something like an harmonic proportion, to be discovered in the motions and distances of the heavenly bodies; and which suggested to the earlier Pythagoreans, the celebrated fancy of the Music of the Spheres; a wild and romantic idea, yet such as does not ill correspond with that admiration, which so beautiful a system, recommended too by the graces of novelty, is apt to inspire.
If it won people's belief with its plausibility, it also sparked their wonder and admiration—feelings that further reinforced their belief through the novelty and beauty of the view of nature it offered to the imagination. Before this system was introduced, the earth was seen as, simply put, a vast, rough, and uneven plain, the base and foundation of the universe, surrounded by the ocean, with roots that stretched deep into the infinite depths below. The sky was thought of as a solid dome covering the earth and meeting the ocean at the edge of the horizon. The Sun, the Moon, and all the stars rose from the east, climbed up the curved side of the sky, and then sank back into the western ocean, from which they returned through some underground passages to their original locations in the east. This belief wasn’t just held by the general public or by poets echoing public sentiment; it was also embraced by philosophers like Xenophanes, who established Eleatic philosophy after the Ionians and Italians, the earliest schools in Greece. Thales of Miletus too, who Aristotle said viewed the Earth as floating on a vast ocean, might have shared a similar view, despite what Plutarch and Apuleius tell us about his astronomical findings, which must have come much later. To those 345 who had no other understanding of nature than from such a muddled description, how appealing must that system have seemed, which depicted the Earth as split into land and water, balanced and suspended at the center of the universe, surrounded by the elements of Air and Ether, and enveloped by eight gleaming and crystal-like Spheres, each marked by one or more beautiful and bright celestial bodies, all of which revolved around a common center with varied yet harmonious motions. The allure of this system seems to have inspired Plato's idea of discovering something like a harmonious proportion in the movements and distances of heavenly bodies, leading the early Pythagoreans to the famous notion of the Music of the Spheres—a wild and dreamy concept, but one that fits well with the admiration inspired by such a beautiful system, especially as it was enhanced by its novelty.
Whatever are the defects which this account of things labours under, they are such, as to the first observers of the heavens could not readily occur. If all the motions of the Five Planets cannot, the greater part of them may, be easily connected by it; they and all their motions are the least remarkable objects in the heavens; the greater part of mankind take no notice of them at all; and a system, whose only defect lies in the account which it gives of them, cannot thereby be much disgraced in their opinion. If some of the appearances too of the Sun and Moon, the sometimes accelerated and again retarded motions of those luminaries but ill correspond with it; these, too, are such as cannot be discovered but by the most attentive observation, and such as we cannot wonder that the imaginations of the first enquirers should slur over, if one may say so, and take little notice of.
Whatever flaws this account has, they are not ones that the first observers of the heavens would have easily noticed. While not all the movements of the Five Planets can be easily connected by this method, most can; and all their movements are some of the least remarkable objects in the sky. Most people don't pay any attention to them at all, so a system that only struggles with explaining them isn’t likely to be seriously criticized by the general public. If some of the behaviors of the Sun and Moon, including their sometimes speeding up and slowing down, don’t align well with this account, those observations are also subtle and can only be detected through very careful observation. It makes sense that the imaginations of the early researchers might overlook these details and pay little attention to them.
It was, however, to remedy those defects, that Eudoxus, the friend and auditor of Plato, found it necessary to increase the number of the Celestial Spheres. Each Planet is sometimes observed to advance forward in that eastern course which is peculiar to itself, sometimes to retire backwards, and sometimes again to stand still. To suppose that the sphere of the planet should by its own motion, if one may say so, sometimes roll forwards, sometimes roll backwards, and sometimes do neither the one nor the other, is contrary to all the natural propensities of the imagination, which accompanies with ease and delight any regular and orderly motion, but feels itself perpetually stopped and interrupted, when it endeavours to attend to one so desultory and uncertain. It would pursue, naturally and of its own accord, the direct or progressive movement of the Sphere, but is every now and then shocked, if one may say so, and turned violently out of its natural career by the retrograde and stationary appearances of the Planet, betwixt which and its more usual motion, the fancy feels a want of connection, a gap or interval, which it cannot fill up, but by supposing 346 some chain of intermediate events to join them. The hypothesis of a number of other spheres revolving in the heavens, besides those in which the luminous bodies themselves were infixed, was the chain with which Eudoxus endeavoured to supply it. He bestowed four of these Spheres upon each of the five Planets; one in which the luminous body itself revolved, and three others above it. Each of these had a regular and constant, but a peculiar movement of its own, which it communicated to what was properly the Sphere of the Planet, and thus occasioned that diversity of motions observable in those bodies. One of these Spheres, for example, had an oscillatory motion, like the circular pendulum of a watch. As when you turn round a watch, like a Sphere upon its axis, the pendulum will, while turned round along with it, still continue to oscillate, and communicate to whatever body is comprehended within it, both its own oscillations and the circular motion of the watch; so this oscillating Sphere, being itself turned round by the motion of the Sphere above it, communicated to the Sphere below it, that circular, as well as its own oscillatory motions; produced by the one, the daily revolutions: by the other, the direct, stationary, and retrograde appearances of the Planet, which derived from a third Sphere that revolution by which it performed its annual period. The motions of all these Spheres were in themselves constant and equable, such as the imagination could easily attend to and pursue, and which connected together that otherwise incoherent diversity of movements observable in the Sphere of the Planet. The motions of the Sun and Moon being more regular than those of the Five Planets, by assigning three Spheres to each of them, Eudoxus imagined he could connect together all the diversity of movements discoverable in either. The motion of the Fixed Stars being perfectly regular, one Sphere he judged sufficient for them all. So that, according to this account, the whole number of Celestial Spheres amounted to twenty-seven. Callippus, though somewhat younger, the contemporary of Eudoxus, found that even this number was not enough to connect together the vast variety of movements which he discovered in those bodies, and therefore increased it to thirty-four. Aristotle, upon a yet more attentive observation, found that even all these Spheres would not be sufficient, and therefore added twenty-two more, which increased their number to fifty-six. Later observers discovered still new motions, and new inequalities, in the heavens. New Spheres were therefore still to be added to the system, and some of them to be placed even above that of the Fixed Stars. So that in the sixteenth century, when Fracostorio, smit with the eloquence of Plato and Aristotle, and with the regularity and harmony of their system, in itself perfectly beautiful, though it corresponds but inaccurately with the phenomena, endeavoured to revive this ancient Astronomy, which had long given place to that of Ptolemy and Hipparchus, he found it necessary to multiply 347 the number of Celestial Spheres to seventy-two; neither were all these found to be enough.
It was to fix these issues that Eudoxus, a friend and student of Plato, decided to increase the number of Celestial Spheres. Each Planet is sometimes seen moving forward in its unique eastern path, sometimes moving backward, and sometimes appearing to stand still. To think that a planet's sphere should, on its own, sometimes roll forward, sometimes roll backward, and other times do neither, goes against all natural instincts. Our imagination prefers to follow smooth and orderly movements, but it gets confused and interrupted when trying to track something so erratic and unpredictable. It naturally wants to follow the direct or forward motion of the Sphere, but it gets jolted off track by the backward and stationary appearances of the Planet, creating a disconnect that it can only bridge by imagining a series of events linking them. Eudoxus proposed the idea of additional spheres revolving in the heavens, besides those containing the luminous bodies themselves, to provide that connection. He assigned four of these Spheres to each of the five Planets: one where the luminous body revolved and three others above it. Each of these had its own regular and unique movement, which it passed on to the Planet's Sphere, creating the variety of motions we observe. For example, one of these Spheres had a swinging motion, similar to a watch’s pendulum. When you rotate a watch, like a Sphere on its axis, the pendulum continues to swing, imparting both its oscillations and the watch's circular motion to anything inside it. Similarly, this oscillating Sphere, spun by the motion of the Sphere above, transferred both circular and its own oscillatory movements to the Sphere below, producing the daily rotations, as well as the direct, stationary, and backward appearances of the Planet, which came from a third Sphere completing its annual cycle. The movements of all these Spheres were steady and consistent, allowing our imagination to easily follow them and connect the otherwise chaotic movements observed in the Planet's Sphere. Since the movements of the Sun and Moon were more regular than those of the five Planets, Eudoxus believed assigning three Spheres to each would link the varied movements he noticed in both. He judged that one Sphere was enough for the Fixed Stars, given their perfectly regular motion. Thus, according to his calculations, the total number of Celestial Spheres came to twenty-seven. Callippus, slightly younger and a contemporary of Eudoxus, found this number inadequate to account for the diverse movements he observed and raised it to thirty-four. Aristotle, after further examination, concluded that even that many Spheres weren't sufficient and added twenty-two, bringing the total to fifty-six. Subsequent observers noticed even more new moves and irregularities in the heavens. More Spheres were needed in the system, and some even had to be located above the Fixed Stars. So, by the sixteenth century, when Fracostorio, inspired by the eloquence of Plato and Aristotle and the beauty of their systematic order—even if it was an imperfect match for observed phenomena—set out to revive this ancient Astronomy that had long been replaced by that of Ptolemy and Hipparchus, he found it necessary to increase the number of Celestial Spheres to seventy-two; even then, it turned out that wasn’t enough.
This system had now become as intricate and complex as those appearances themselves, which it had been invented to render uniform and coherent. The imagination, therefore, found itself but little relieved from that embarrassment, into which those appearances had thrown it, by so perplexed an account of things. Another system, for this reason, not long after the days of Aristotle, was invented by Apollonius, which was afterwards perfected by Hipparchus, and has since been delivered down to us by Ptolemy, the more artificial system of Eccentric Spheres and Epicycles.
This system had now become as complicated and detailed as the appearances it was created to make consistent and understandable. As a result, the imagination found little relief from the confusion those appearances caused, thanks to such a complicated explanation of things. Because of this, another system was created shortly after Aristotle's time by Apollonius, which was later refined by Hipparchus and has been passed down to us by Ptolemy: the more complex system of Eccentric Spheres and Epicycles.
In this system, they first distinguished between the real and apparent motion of the heavenly bodies. These, they observed, upon account of their immense distance, must necessarily appear to revolve in circles concentric with the globe of the Earth, and with one another: but that we cannot, therefore, be certain that they really revolve in such circles, since, though they did not, they would still have the same appearance. By supposing, therefore, that the Sun and the other Planets revolved in circles, whose centres were very distant from the centre of the Earth; that consequently, in the progress of their revolution, they must sometimes approach nearer, and sometimes recede further from it, and must to its inhabitants appear to move faster in the one case, and slower in the other, those philosophers imagined they could account for the apparently unequal velocities of all those bodies.
In this system, they first made a distinction between the actual and perceived motion of the celestial bodies. They noted that because of their vast distances, these bodies must seem to move in circles that are centered on the Earth and on each other. However, this doesn’t mean we can be sure they actually move in those circles; even if they didn’t, they would still look the same. By assuming that the Sun and other planets revolved in circles centered far from the Earth, they reasoned that, during their orbits, they would sometimes come closer to the Earth and sometimes move further away, making them appear to move faster at times and slower at others. These philosophers believed they could explain the seemingly unequal speeds of all those bodies.
By supposing, that in the solidity of the Sphere of each of the Five Planets there was formed another little Sphere, called an Epicycle, which revolved round its own centre, at the same time that it was carried round the centre of the Earth by the revolution of the great Sphere, betwixt whose concave and convex sides it was inclosed; in the same manner as we might suppose a little wheel inclosed within the outer circle of a great wheel, and which whirled about several times upon its own axis, while its centre was carried round the axis of the great wheel, they imagined they could account for the retrograde and stationary appearances of those most irregular objects in the heavens. The Planet, they supposed, was attached to the circumference, and whirled round the centre of this little Sphere, at the same time that it was carried round the earth by the movement of the great Sphere. The revolution of this little Sphere, or Epicycle, was such, that the Planet, when in the upper part of it; that is, when furthest off and least sensible to the eye; was carried round in the same direction with the centre of the Epicycle, or with the Sphere in which the Epicycle was inclosed: but when in the lower part, that is, when nearest and most sensible to the eye; it was carried round a direction contrary to that of the centre of the Epicycle: in the same manner as every point in the upper part of the outer circle of a coach-wheel revolves forward in the 348 same direction with the axis, while every point, in the lower part, revolves backwards in a contrary direction to the axis. The motions of the Planet, therefore, surveyed from the Earth, appeared direct, when in the upper part of the Epicycle, and retrograde, when in the lower. When again it either descended from the upper part to the lower, or ascended from the lower to the upper, it appeared stationary.
By imagining that within the solid body of each of the five planets, a smaller sphere, called an epicycle, was formed, which revolved around its own center while also being carried around the center of the Earth by the rotation of the larger sphere it was enclosed within; we can think of it like a small wheel inside the outer circle of a larger wheel. This small wheel spins multiple times on its own axis while its center is moved around the axis of the larger wheel. They believed this could explain the retrograde and stationary movements of those irregular objects in the sky. They imagined the planet was attached to the circumference and spun around the center of this smaller sphere while also being moved around the Earth by the larger sphere's motion. The rotation of this smaller sphere, or epicycle, was such that when the planet was at the top part of it—meaning it was further away and less visible—it moved in the same direction as the center of the epicycle or the larger sphere it was within. However, when it was at the lower part, that is, when it was closer and more visible, it moved in a direction opposite to that of the center of the epicycle. This is similar to how each point on the top part of the outer circle of a coach wheel moves forward in the same direction as the axle, while each point on the bottom moves backwards in the opposite direction. Therefore, the movements of the planet, as seen from the Earth, appeared direct when it was in the upper part of the epicycle and retrograde when it was in the lower part. Whenever it moved from the upper to the lower part or vice versa, it appeared to be stationary.
But, though, by the eccentricity of the great Sphere, they were thus able, in some measure, to connect together the unequal velocities of the heavenly bodies, and by the revolutions of the little Sphere, the direct, stationary, and retrograde appearances of the Planets, there was another difficulty that still remained. Neither the Moon, nor the three superior Planets, appear always in the same part of the heavens, when at their periods of most retarded motion, or when they are supposed to be at the greatest distance from the Earth. The apogeum therefore, or the point of greatest distance from the Earth, in the Spheres of each of those bodies, must have a movement of its own, which may carry it successively through all the different points of the Ecliptic. They supposed, therefore, that while the great eccentric Sphere revolved eastwards round its centre, that its centre too revolved westwards in a circle of its own, round the centre of the Earth, and thus carried its apogeum through all the different points of the Ecliptic.
But, due to the unusual behavior of the large Sphere, they were somewhat able to relate the varying speeds of the celestial bodies, and through the rotations of the small Sphere, the direct, stationary, and retrograde appearances of the Planets, there was still another challenge that remained. Neither the Moon nor the three outer Planets always appear in the same location in the sky when they are at their slowest motion, or when they are believed to be at their furthest distance from the Earth. Therefore, the apogee, or the point of greatest distance from the Earth, in the orbit of each of those bodies, must have its own movement, which could carry it through all the different points of the Ecliptic. They therefore suggested that while the large eccentric Sphere rotated eastward around its center, its center also rotated westward in its own circle around the center of the Earth, thus moving its apogee through all the different points of the Ecliptic.
But with all those combined and perplexed circles; though the patrons of this system were able to give some degree of uniformity to the real directions of the Planets, they found it impossible so to adjust the velocities of those supposed Spheres to the phenomena, as that the revolution of any one of them, when surveyed from its own centre, should appear perfectly equable and uniform. From that point, the only point in which the velocity of what moves in a circle can be truly judged of, they would still appear irregular and inconstant, and such as tended to embarrass and confound the imagination. They invented, therefore, for each of them, a new Circle, called the Equalizing Circle, from whose centre they should all appear perfectly equable: that is, they so adjusted the velocities of these Spheres, as that, though the revolution of each of them would appear irregular when surveyed from its own centre, there should, however, be a point comprehended within its circumference, from whence its motions should appear to cut off, in equal times, equal portions of the Circle, of which that point was supposed to be the centre.
But with all those complicated and confusing circles, even though the supporters of this system managed to create some consistency in the actual paths of the planets, they still found it impossible to make the speeds of these imagined spheres match the observed phenomena in such a way that the revolution of any one of them, viewed from its own center, would appear completely steady and uniform. From that perspective—the only place where the speed of something moving in a circle can truly be assessed—they still appeared irregular and inconsistent, which made it hard to grasp and understand. So, they came up with a new circle for each of them, called the Equalizing Circle, from which they would all seem perfectly steady; in other words, they adjusted the speeds of these spheres so that while the revolutions of each would look odd when viewed from their own center, there would be a point inside its circumference where its motions would appear to cover equal portions of the circle in equal times, as if that point was the center.
Nothing can more evidently show how much the repose and tranquillity of the imagination is the ultimate end of philosophy, than the invention of this Equalizing Circle. The motions of the heavenly bodies had appeared inconstant and irregular, both in their velocities and in their directions. They were such, therefore, as tended to embarrass and confound the imagination, whenever it attempted to trace them. The invention of Eccentric Spheres, of Epicycles, and of the 349 revolution of the centres of the Eccentric Spheres, tended to allay this confusion, to connect together those disjointed appearances, and to introduce harmony and order into the mind’s conception of the movements of those bodies. It did this, however, but imperfectly; it introduced uniformity and coherence into their real directions. But their velocities, when surveyed from the only point in which the velocity of what moves in a Circle can be truly judged of, the centre of that Circle, still remained, in some measure, inconstant as before; and still, therefore, embarrassed the imagination. The mind found itself somewhat relieved from this embarrassment, when it conceived, that how irregular soever the motions of each of those Circles might appear, when surveyed from its own centre, there was, however, in each of them, a point, from whence its revolution would appear perfectly equable and uniform, and such as the imagination could easily follow. Those philosophers transported themselves, in fancy, to the centres of these imaginary Circles, and took pleasure in surveying from thence, all those fantastical motions, arranged, according to that harmony and order, which it had been the end of all their researches to bestow upon them. Here, at last, they enjoyed that tranquillity and repose which they had pursued through all the mazes of this intricate hypothesis; and here they beheld this, the most beautiful and magnificent part of the great theatre of nature, so disposed and constructed, that they could attend, with delight, to all the revolutions and changes that occurred in it.
Nothing illustrates more clearly how much relaxation and peace of mind are the ultimate goals of philosophy than the creation of this Equalizing Circle. The movements of celestial bodies had seemed unpredictable and irregular, in both their speeds and directions. As a result, they often confused and complicated the imagination whenever it attempted to track them. The invention of Eccentric Spheres, Epicycles, and the 349 revolution of the centers of these Eccentric Spheres aimed to reduce this confusion, link those disjointed appearances, and bring harmony and order to our understanding of the movement of these bodies. However, this was only a partial solution; it introduced uniformity and coherence to their actual directions. Yet, their speeds, when viewed from the only point where the speed of something moving in a Circle can be accurately assessed—the center of that Circle—remained somewhat inconsistent, still perplexing the imagination. The mind felt a bit relieved from this confusion when it considered that, no matter how irregular the motions of each of those Circles might seem from its center, there was still a point, from which each revolution would appear perfectly balanced and uniform, easily comprehensible by the imagination. Those philosophers would transport themselves, in their minds, to the centers of these imaginary Circles, enjoying the view of all those fanciful motions, arranged according to the harmony and order they had sought to impose through their studies. Finally, they found the peace and relaxation they had chased through all the complexities of this intricate theory; here, they saw this most beautiful and magnificent aspect of nature's grand theater organized in such a way that they could delight in all the revolutions and changes happening within it.
These, the System of Concentric, and that of Eccentric Spheres, seem to have been the two Systems of Astronomy, that had most credit and reputation with that part of the ancient world, who applied themselves particularly to the study of the heavens. Cleanthes, however, and the other philosophers of the Stoical sect who came after him, appear to have had a system of their own, quite different from either. But though justly renowned for their skill in dialectic, and for the security and sublimity of their moral doctrines, those sages seem never to have had any high reputation for their knowledge of the heavens; neither is the name of any one of them ever counted in the catalogue of the great astronomers, and studious observers of the Stars among the ancients. They rejected the doctrine of the Solid Spheres; and maintained, that the celestial regions were filled with a fluid ether, of too yielding a nature to carry along with it, by any motion of its own, bodies so immensely great as the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets. These, therefore, as well as the Fixed Stars, did not derive their motion from the circumambient body, but had each of them, in itself, and peculiar to itself, a vital principle of motion, which directed it to move with its own peculiar velocity, and its own peculiar direction. It was by this internal principle that the Fixed Stars revolved directly from east to west in circles parallel to the Equator, greater or less, according to their distance or nearness to the Poles, and with velocities so proportioned, 350 that each of them finished its diurnal period in the same time, in something less than twenty-three hours and fifty-six minutes. It was, by a principle of the same kind, that the Sun moved westward, for they allowed of no eastward motion in the heavens, but with less velocity than the Fixed Stars, so as to finish his diurnal period in twenty-four hours, and, consequently, to fall every day behind them, by a space of the heavens nearly equal to that which he passes over in four minutes; that is, nearly equal to a degree. This revolution of the Sun, too, was neither directly westwards, nor exactly circular; but after the Summer Solstice, his motion began gradually to decline a little southwards, appearing in his meridian to-day, further south than yesterday; and to-morrow still further south than to-day; and thus continuing every day to describe a spiral line round the Earth, which carried him gradually further and further southwards, till he arrived at the Winter Solstice. Here this spiral line began to change its direction, and to bring him gradually, every day, further and further northwards, till it again restored him to the Summer Solstice. In the same manner they accounted for the motion of the Moon, and that of the Five Planets, by supposing that each of them revolved westwards, but with directions and velocities, that were both different from one another, and continually varying; generally, however, in spherical lines, and somewhat inclined to the Equator.
These two systems, the System of Concentric Spheres and the System of Eccentric Spheres, seem to have been the most respected and well-known astronomical models among those in the ancient world who focused on studying the heavens. However, Cleanthes and other philosophers from the Stoic school that followed him had a different system of their own. Despite their well-deserved reputation for their debating skills and the strength and depth of their moral teachings, these thinkers never gained much recognition for their understanding of astronomy. None of them are listed among the great astronomers and keen observers of the stars in ancient records. They rejected the idea of Solid Spheres and argued that the celestial regions were filled with a flexible ether, too soft to carry such massive bodies as the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets through any motion of its own. Instead, they believed that both the Planets and the Fixed Stars had an internal principle of motion unique to each body, guiding them to move at their own specific speed and direction. This internal principle allowed the Fixed Stars to rotate directly from east to west in circles, parallel to the Equator, varying in size based on their distance from the Poles, and with speeds arranged such that each one completed its daily cycle in slightly less than twenty-three hours and fifty-six minutes. The Sun, too, moved westward by a similar internal principle, albeit more slowly than the Fixed Stars, completing its daily cycle in twenty-four hours and consequently falling behind them daily by a distance in the sky approximately equal to what it travels in four minutes, or about a degree. The Sun's path was not directly westward or perfectly circular; following the Summer Solstice, its motion gradually dipped slightly southward, appearing lower in the sky today than yesterday, and even lower tomorrow. This continued every day, tracing a spiral path around the Earth, moving further south until it reached the Winter Solstice. At this point, the spiral began to change direction, moving him gradually back northward until he returned to the Summer Solstice. They explained the motion of the Moon and the Five Planets similarly by assuming each revolved westward, but with different directions and speeds, which changed continuously, generally following spherical paths somewhat inclined to the Equator.
This system seems never to have had the vogue. The system of Concentric as well as that of Eccentric Spheres gives some sort of reason, both for the constancy and equability of the motion of the Fixed Stars, and for the variety and uncertainty of that of the Planets. Each of them bestows some sort of coherence upon those apparently disjointed phenomena. But this other system seems to leave them pretty much as it found them. Ask a Stoic, why all the Fixed Stars perform their daily revolutions in circles parallel to each other, though of very different diameters, and with velocities so proportioned that they all finish their period at the same time, and through the whole course of it preserve the same distance and situation with regard to one another? He can give no other answer, but that the peculiar nature, or if one may say so, the caprice of each Star directs it to move in that peculiar manner. His system affords him no principle of connection, by which he can join together, in his imagination, so great a number of harmonious revolutions. But either of the other two systems, by the supposition of the solid firmament, affords this easily. He is equally at a loss to connect together the peculiarities that are observed in the motions of the other heavenly bodies; the spiral motion of them all; their alternate progression from north to south, and from south to north; the sometimes accelerated, and again retarded motions of the Sun and Moon; the direct retrograde and stationary appearances of the Planets. All these have, in his system, 351 no bond of union, but remain as loose and incoherent in the fancy, as they at first appeared to the senses, before philosophy had attempted, by giving them a new arrangement, by placing them at different distances, by assigning to each some peculiar but regular principle of motion, to methodize and dispose them into an order that should enable the imagination to pass as smoothly, and with as little embarrassment, along them, as along the most regular, most familiar, and most coherent appearances of nature.
This system seems to have never been popular. The systems of Concentric and Eccentric Spheres provide some reasoning for both the constancy and uniformity of the motion of the Fixed Stars, as well as the variety and unpredictability of the Planets. Each offers some level of coherence to those seemingly disjointed phenomena. However, this other system appears to leave them pretty much as they are. If you ask a Stoic why all the Fixed Stars revolve daily in circles that are parallel to each other, though of very different sizes, and with speeds arranged so they all complete their cycles at the same time while maintaining the same distance and position relative to one another, he won't have any answer other than that the unique nature, or you might say, the whims of each Star cause it to move in that particular way. His system provides no connecting principle that allows him to imagine so many harmonious revolutions. Yet either of the other two systems, based on the idea of a solid firmament, easily offers this connection. He struggles just as much to connect the peculiarities observed in the motions of other celestial bodies; the spiral movement of all of them; their alternating progress from north to south and back; the sometimes faster and sometimes slower motions of the Sun and Moon; the direct, retrograde, and stationary appearances of the Planets. In his system, all these phenomena have no unifying bond, and remain as loose and disconnected in the mind as they initially appeared to the senses, before philosophy tried to organize them by giving them a new arrangement, setting them at different distances, and assigning each some unique but regular principle of motion, to systematize and arrange them into an order that would allow the imagination to navigate through them as smoothly and effortlessly as through the most regular, familiar, and coherent aspects of nature.
Such were the systems of Astronomy that, in the ancient world, appear to have been adopted by any considerable party. Of all of them, the system of Eccentric Spheres was that which corresponded most exactly with the appearances of the heavens. It was not invented till after those appearances had been observed, with some accuracy, for more than a century together; and it was not completely digested by Ptolemy till the reign of Antoninus, after a much longer course of observations. We cannot wonder, therefore, that it was adapted to a much greater number of the phenomena, than either of the other two systems, which had been formed before those phenomena were observed with any degree of attention, which, therefore, could connect them together only while they were thus regarded in the gross, but which, it could not be expected, should apply to them when they came to be considered in the detail. From the time of Hipparchus, therefore, this system seems to have been pretty generally received by all those who attended particularly to the study of the heavens. That astronomer first made a catalogue of the Fixed Stars; calculated, for six hundred years, the revolutions of the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets; marked the places in the heavens, in which, during all that period, each of those bodies should appear; ascertained the times of the eclipses of the Sun and Moon, and the particular places of the Earth in which they should be visible. His calculations were founded upon this system, and as the events corresponded to his predictions, with a degree of accuracy which, though inferior to what Astronomy has since arrived at, was greatly superior to any thing which the world had then known, they ascertained, to all astronomers and mathematicians, the preference of his system, above all those which had been current before.
The systems of astronomy that were recognized in the ancient world seemed to have been adopted by a significant group. Among them, the system of Eccentric Spheres matched the visible movements of the heavens most accurately. It wasn't created until after more than a century of careful observations of these movements, and it wasn't fully developed by Ptolemy until the reign of Antoninus, following a much longer period of observations. So, it makes sense that this system could explain far more phenomena than either of the previous two systems, which were established before people paid much attention to the phenomena. These earlier systems could only connect observations in a broad sense and were not expected to hold up when the details were examined. From the time of Hipparchus onward, this system was generally accepted by those who focused on studying the heavens. Hipparchus created the first catalog of Fixed Stars; he calculated, over six hundred years, the movements of the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets; he pinpointed where each body should appear in the sky during that time, determined the timing of solar and lunar eclipses, and identified the specific locations on Earth where they would be visible. His calculations were based on this system, and since the results often matched his predictions with a level of accuracy that, although not as precise as modern astronomy, was much better than anything previously known, it convinced astronomers and mathematicians of the superiority of his system over all those that had come before.
It was, however, to astronomers and mathematicians, only, that they ascertained this; for, notwithstanding the evident superiority of this system, to all those with which the world was then acquainted, it was never adopted by one sect of philosophers.
It was, however, only astronomers and mathematicians who figured this out; because, despite the clear advantages of this system over all others known at the time, it was never accepted by any group of philosophers.
Philosophers, long before the days of Hipparchus, seem to have abandoned the study of nature, to employ themselves chiefly in ethical, rhetorical, and dialectical questions. Each party of them too, had by this time completed their peculiar system or theory of the universe, and no human consideration could then have induced them to give up any part of it. That supercilious and ignorant contempt too, with 352 which at this time they regarded all mathematicians, among whom they counted astronomers, seems even to have hindered them from enquiring so far into their doctrines as to know what opinions they held. Neither Cicero nor Seneca, who have so often occasion to mention the ancient systems of Astronomy, takes any notice of that of Hipparchus. His name is not to be found in the writings of Seneca. It is mentioned but once in those of Cicero, in a letter to Atticus, but without any note of approbation, as a geographer, and not as an astronomer. Plutarch, when he counts up, in his second book, concerning the opinions of philosophers, all the ancient systems of Astronomy, never mentions this, the only tolerable one which was known in his time. Those three authors, it seems, conversed only with the writings of philosophers. The elder Pliny, indeed, a man whose curiosity extended itself equally to every part of learning, describes the system of Hipparchus, and never mentions its author, which he has occasion to do often, without some note of that high admiration which he had so justly conceived for his merit. Such profound ignorance in those professed instructors of mankind, with regard to so important a part of the learning of their own times, is so very remarkable, that I thought it deserved to be taken notice of, even in this short account of the revolutions of the philosophy of the ancients.
Philosophers, long before Hipparchus, seemed to have given up on studying nature, focusing instead on ethical, rhetorical, and dialectical issues. By this time, each group had developed its own unique system or theory of the universe, and no amount of persuasion could convince them to change any part of it. Their arrogant and ignorant disdain for mathematicians, including astronomers, seems to have prevented them from exploring their ideas enough to understand what they believed. Neither Cicero nor Seneca, who frequently referenced ancient astronomical systems, ever acknowledged Hipparchus's work. His name doesn’t appear in Seneca’s writings and is mentioned only once in Cicero’s letters to Atticus, referred to as a geographer rather than an astronomer, without any sign of approval. Plutarch, when listing the views of philosophers in his second book about ancient astronomical systems, fails to mention this one, which was the only decent system known in his time. It appears these three authors only engaged with philosophical texts. On the other hand, the elder Pliny, a person whose curiosity spanned all areas of knowledge, describes Hipparchus's system but doesn’t name its author, despite frequently referencing many others and expressing admiration for their work. Such deep ignorance among those who were supposed to educate society, regarding such an essential part of the knowledge of their time, is so notable that I felt it was important to highlight it, even in this brief overview of the changes in ancient philosophy.
Systems in many respects resemble machines. A machine is a little system, created to perform, as well as to connect together, in reality, those different movements and effects which the artist has occasion for. A system is an imaginary machine invented to connect together in the fancy those different movements and effects which are already in reality performed. The machines that are first invented to perform any particular movement are always the most complex, and succeeding artists generally discover that, with fewer wheels, with fewer principles of motion, than had originally been employed, the same effects may be more easily produced. The first systems, in the same manner, are always the most complex, and a particular connecting chain, or principle, is generally thought necessary to unite every two seemingly disjointed appearances: but it often happens, that one great connecting principle is afterwards found to be sufficient to bind together all the discordant phenomena that occur in a whole species of things. How many wheels are necessary to carry on the movements of this imaginary machine, the system of Eccentric Spheres! The westward diurnal revolution of the Firmament, whose rapidity carries all the other heavenly bodies along with it, requires one. The periodical eastward revolutions of the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets, require, for each of those bodies, another. Their differently accelerated and retarded motions require, that those wheels, or circles, should neither be concentric with the Firmament, nor with one another; which, more than any thing, seems to disturb the harmony of the universe. The 353 retrograde and stationary appearance of the Five Planets, as well as the extreme inconstancy of the Moon’s motion, require, for each of them, an Epicycle, another little wheel attached to the circumference of the great wheel, which still more interrupts the uniformity of the system. The motion of the apogeum of each of those bodies requires, in each of them, still another wheel, to carry the centres of their Eccentric Spheres round the centre of the Earth. And thus, this imaginary machine, though, perhaps, more simple, and certainly better adapted to the phenomena than the Fifty-six Planetary Spheres of Aristotle, was still too intricate and complex for the imagination to rest in it with complete tranquillity and satisfaction.
Systems, in many ways, are like machines. A machine is a small system designed to perform and connect the various movements and effects that the artist needs. A system is an imagined machine created to link together in the mind those different movements and effects that already happen in reality. The first machines invented to perform a specific movement are always the most complex, and later artists usually find that the same effects can be produced more easily with fewer components and simpler principles of motion. Similarly, the first systems are always the most intricate, where a specific connection or principle is thought necessary to link every two seemingly unrelated elements. However, it often turns out that one major connecting principle can later be identified as enough to connect all the differing phenomena across an entire category of things. How many parts are needed to operate this imaginary machine, the system of Eccentric Spheres? The westward daily rotation of the Firmament, which pulls all the other heavenly bodies along with it, requires one. The periodic eastward rotations of the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets each require another part. Their varying speeds and movements mean that these parts or circles cannot be centered on the Firmament or on each other, which seems to disrupt the harmony of the universe more than anything else. The retrograde and stationary appearances of the Five Planets, as well as the extreme variability of the Moon’s motion, each need an Epicycle—a smaller part attached to the edge of a larger one—further complicating the system's uniformity. The motion of the apogee of each of those bodies demands yet another part for carrying the centers of their Eccentric Spheres around the center of the Earth. Thus, this imaginary machine, while perhaps simpler and certainly better suited to the phenomena than Aristotle's Fifty-six Planetary Spheres, remains too intricate and complex for the imagination to fully settle into it with complete peace and satisfaction.
It maintained its authority, however, without any diminution of reputation, as long as science was at all regarded in the ancient world. After the reign of Antoninus, and, indeed, after the age of Hipparchus, who lived almost three hundred years before Antoninus, the great reputation which the earlier philosophers had acquired, so imposed upon the imaginations of mankind, that they seem to have despaired of ever equalling their renown. All human wisdom, they supposed, was comprehended in the writings of those elder sages. To abridge, to explain, and to comment upon them, and thus show themselves, at least, capable of understanding some of their sublime mysteries, became now the only road to reputation. Proclus and Theon wrote commentaries upon the system of Ptolemy; but, to have attempted to invent a new one, would then have been regarded, not only as presumption, but as impiety to the memory of their so much revered predecessors.
It maintained its authority, however, without losing any reputation, as long as science was valued in the ancient world. After Antoninus's reign, and even after the time of Hipparchus, who lived nearly three hundred years before Antoninus, the great reputation that earlier philosophers had built was so impressive that people seemed to despair of ever achieving the same level of fame. They believed that all human knowledge was captured in the writings of those ancient thinkers. Summarizing, explaining, and commenting on their works, and thus proving that they could at least understand some of their profound mysteries, became the only path to recognition. Proclus and Theon wrote commentaries on Ptolemy's system; however, attempting to create a new one would have been seen not only as arrogance but also as a disrespect to the memory of their highly esteemed predecessors.
The ruin of the empire of the Romans, and, along with it, the subversion of all law and order, which happened a few centuries afterwards, produced the entire neglect of that study of the connecting principles of nature, to which leisure and security can alone give occasion. After the fall of those great conquerors and civilizers of mankind, the empire of the Caliphs seems to have been the first state under which the world enjoyed that degree of tranquillity which the cultivation of the sciences requires. It was under the protection of those generous and magnificent princes, that the ancient philosophy and astronomy of the Greeks were restored and established in the East; that tranquillity, which their mild, just, and religious government diffused over their vast empire, revived the curiosity of mankind, to inquire into the connecting principles of nature. The fame of the Greek and Roman learning, which was then recent in the memories of men, made them desire to know, concerning these abstruse subjects, what were the doctrines of the so much renowned sages of those two nations.
The downfall of the Roman Empire, along with the complete breakdown of law and order that followed a few centuries later, led to a total disregard for studying the interconnected principles of nature, which can only flourish in times of leisure and security. After the collapse of those great conquerors and civilizers of humanity, the empire of the Caliphs appears to have been the first state where the world experienced the kind of peace that is necessary for the advancement of sciences. Under the support of those generous and magnificent leaders, the ancient philosophy and astronomy of the Greeks were revived and established in the East; the tranquility spread by their fair, just, and religious governance throughout their vast empire reignited the curiosity of humanity to explore the interconnected principles of nature. The renown of Greek and Roman scholarship, which was still fresh in people's memories, fueled their desire to learn about the teachings of the highly regarded thinkers from those two cultures.
They translated, therefore, into the Arabian language, and studied, with great eagerness, the works of many Greek philosophers, particularly of Aristotle, Ptolemy, Hippocrates, and Galen. The superiority which they easily discovered in them, above the rude essays which 354 their own nation had yet had time to produce, and which were such, we may suppose, as arise every where in the first infancy of science, necessarily determined them to embrace their systems, particularly that of Astronomy: neither were they ever afterwards able to throw off their authority. For, though the munificence of the Abassides, the second race of the Caliphs, is said to have supplied the Arabian astronomers with larger and better instruments than any that were known to Ptolemy and Hipparchus, the study of the sciences seems, in that mighty empire, to have been either of too short, or too interrupted a continuance, to allow them to make any considerable correction in the doctrines of those old mathematicians. The imaginations of mankind had not yet got time to grow so familiar with the ancient systems, as to regard them without some degree of that astonishment which their grandeur and novelty excited; a novelty of a peculiar kind, which had at once the grace of what was new, and the authority of what was ancient. They were still, therefore, too much enslaved to those systems, to dare to depart from them, when those confusions which shook, and at last overturned the peaceful throne of the Caliphs, banished the study of the sciences from that empire. They had, however, before this, made some considerable improvements: they had measured the obliquity of the Ecliptic, with more accuracy than had been done before. The tables of Ptolemy had, by the length of time, and by the inaccuracy of the observations upon which they were founded, become altogether wide of what was the real situation of the heavenly bodies, as he himself indeed had foretold they would do. It became necessary, therefore, to form new ones, which was accordingly executed by the orders of the Caliph Almamon, under whom, too, was made the first mensuration of the Earth that we know off, after the commencement of the Christian era, by two Arabian astronomers, who, in the plain of Sennaar, measured two degrees of its circumference.
They translated the works into Arabic and eagerly studied the writings of many Greek philosophers, especially Aristotle, Ptolemy, Hippocrates, and Galen. They quickly recognized the superiority of these philosophers over the crude attempts made by their own nation, which were likely typical of the early stages of scientific development. This realization led them to adopt their systems, particularly in Astronomy, and they were never able to break free from their influence afterward. Although the generosity of the Abbasids, the second dynasty of Caliphs, is said to have provided Arabian astronomers with larger and better instruments than those known to Ptolemy and Hipparchus, the study of science in that vast empire seemed to have either been too brief or too interrupted for them to make significant corrections to the theories of those early mathematicians. People had not yet become so accustomed to the ancient systems that they could view them without some awe inspired by their grandeur and novelty—a uniqueness that combined the freshness of what was new with the weight of what was old. Thus, they remained too bound by those systems to dare to deviate from them when the upheavals that eventually toppled the Caliphs' peaceful reign drove the study of science from the empire. However, before this, they had made some notable advancements: they measured the tilt of the Ecliptic with more precision than ever before. Ptolemy's tables had, over time, become inaccurate due to the imprecision of the observations on which they were based, just as he had predicted. Therefore, it became necessary to create new tables, which was carried out by the orders of Caliph Al-Ma'mun. Under him, the first known measurement of the Earth after the start of the Christian era was done by two Arabian astronomers who measured two degrees of its circumference in the plain of Sennaar.
The victorious arms of the Saracens carried into Spain the learning, as well as the gallantry, of the East; and along with it, the tables of Almamon, and the Arabian translations of Ptolemy and Aristotle; and thus Europe received a second time, from Babylon, the rudiments of the science of the heavens. The writings of Ptolemy were translated from Arabic into Latin; and the Peripatetic philosophy was studied in Averroes and Avicenna with as much eagerness and as much submission to its doctrines in the West, as it had been in the East.
The victorious forces of the Saracens brought to Spain the knowledge and chivalry of the East; along with them came the tables of Almamon and the Arabic translations of Ptolemy and Aristotle. This way, Europe received a second dose of the basics of astronomy from Babylon. Ptolemy's works were translated from Arabic into Latin, and the Peripatetic philosophy was studied in Averroes and Avicenna with as much enthusiasm and respect for its teachings in the West as it had been in the East.
The doctrine of the Solid Spheres had, originally, been invented, in order to give a physical account of the revolutions of the heavenly bodies, according to the system of Concentric Circles, to which that doctrine was very easily accommodated. Those mathematicians who invented the doctrine of Eccentric Circles and Epicycles, contented themselves with showing, how, by supposing the heavenly bodies to revolve in such orbits, the phenomena might be connected together, 355 and some sort of uniformity and coherence be bestowed upon their real motions. The physical causes of those motions they left to the consideration of the philosophers; though, as appears from some passages of Ptolemy, they had some general apprehension, that they were to be explained by a like hypothesis. But, though the system of Hipparchus was adopted by all astronomers and mathematicians, it never was received, as we have already observed, by any one sect of philosophers among the ancients. No attempt, therefore, seems to have been made amongst them, to accommodate to it any such hypothesis.
The concept of Solid Spheres was initially created to explain the movements of celestial bodies based on the model of Concentric Circles, which fit that idea quite well. Mathematicians who came up with the idea of Eccentric Circles and Epicycles settled for demonstrating how, by assuming celestial bodies move in those orbits, the various phenomena could be linked, 355 providing some level of regularity and consistency to their actual movements. They left the physical reasons for those movements for philosophers to figure out; though, as mentioned in some of Ptolemy's writings, they had a vague notion that they should be explained using a similar theory. However, even though Hipparchus's system was embraced by all astronomers and mathematicians, it was never accepted, as we've noted, by any particular school of ancient philosophers. Therefore, it seems no effort was made by them to align any such theory with it.
The schoolmen, who received, at once, from the Arabians, the philosophy of Aristotle, and the astronomy of Hipparchus, were necessarily obliged to reconcile them to one another, and to connect together the revolutions of the Eccentric Circles and Epicycles of the one, by the solid Spheres of the other. Many different attempts of this kind were made by many different philosophers: but, of them all, that of Purbach, in the fifteenth century, was the happiest and the most esteemed. Though his hypothesis is the simplest of any of them, it would be in vain to describe it without a scheme; neither is it easily intelligible with one; for, if the system of Eccentric Circles and Epicycles was before too perplexed and intricate for the imagination to rest in it with complete tranquillity and satisfaction, it became much more so, when this addition had been made to it. The world, justly indeed, applauded the ingenuity of that philosopher, who could unite, so happily, two such seemingly inconsistent systems. His labours, however, seem rather to have increased than to have diminished the causes of that dissatisfaction, which the learned soon began to feel with the system of Ptolemy. He, as well as all those who had worked upon the same plan before, by rendering this account of things more complex, rendered it more embarrassing than it had been before.
The scholars, who simultaneously received the philosophy of Aristotle and the astronomy of Hipparchus from the Arabs, had to find a way to reconcile the two and link the movements of the Eccentric Circles and Epicycles of one with the solid Spheres of the other. Many different philosophers made various attempts at this, but Purbach's effort in the fifteenth century was the most successful and highly regarded. Although his hypothesis is the simplest of all, it's virtually impossible to describe it without a diagram, and even with one, it's not easy to understand. The system of Eccentric Circles and Epicycles was already too complicated for a clear grasp, and the additional elements made it even more so. The world justifiably celebrated the cleverness of that philosopher who could so effectively combine two seemingly incompatible systems. However, his work seemed to increase rather than reduce the dissatisfaction that scholars soon started to feel with Ptolemy's system. He, along with all those who had tried the same approach before, made the explanation of cosmic events more complex and, consequently, more confusing than it had been before.
Neither was the complexness of this system the sole cause of the dissatisfaction, which the world in general began, soon after the days of Purbach, to express for it. The tables of Ptolemy having, upon account of the inaccuracy of the observations on which they were founded, become altogether wide of the real situation of the heavenly bodies, those of Almamon, in the ninth century, were, upon the same hypothesis, composed to correct their deviations. These again, a few ages afterwards, became, for the same reason, equally useless. In the thirteenth century, Alphonsus, the philosophical King of Castile, found it necessary to give orders for the composition of those tables, which bear his name. It is he, who is so well known for the whimsical impiety of using to say, that, had he been consulted at the creation of the universe, he could have given good advice; an apophthegm which is supposed to have proceeded from his dislike to the intricate system of Ptolemy. In the fifteenth century, the deviation of the Alphonsine tables began to be as sensible, as those of Ptolemy and 356 Almamon had been before. It appeared evident, therefore, that, though the system of Ptolemy might, in the main, be true, certain corrections were necessary to be made in it before it could be brought to correspond with exact precision to the phenomena. For the revolution of his Eccentric Circles and Epicycles, supposing them to exist, could not, it was evident, be precisely such as he represented them; since the revolutions of the heavenly bodies deviated, in a short time, so widely from what the most exact calculations, that were founded upon his hypothesis, represented them. It had plainly, therefore, become necessary to correct, by more accurate observations, both the velocities and directions of all the wheels and circles of which his hypothesis is composed. This, accordingly, was begun by Purbach, and carried on by Regiomontanus, the disciple, the continuator, and the perfecter of the system of Purbach; and one, whose untimely death, amidst innumerable projects for the recovery of old, and the invention and advancement of new sciences, is, even at this day, to be regretted.
Neither was the complexity of this system the only reason for the dissatisfaction that the world in general began to express shortly after the days of Purbach. The tables of Ptolemy, having become completely disconnected from the actual positions of the heavenly bodies due to the inaccuracies of the observations they were based on, led to the creation of Almamon's tables in the ninth century, which aimed to correct those errors using the same underlying principles. However, just a few centuries later, those tables also became equally ineffective for the same reason. In the thirteenth century, Alphonsus, the philosophical King of Castile, found it necessary to order the creation of tables that now bear his name. He is famously known for the quirky impiety of claiming that, had he been consulted at the creation of the universe, he could have offered good advice—a saying thought to stem from his disdain for the complicated system of Ptolemy. By the fifteenth century, the inaccuracies of the Alphonsine tables were becoming as apparent as those of Ptolemy and Almamon had been before. It became clear, therefore, that while Ptolemy's system might, for the most part, be correct, certain adjustments needed to be made before it could align perfectly with observed phenomena. The revolution of his eccentric circles and epicycles, assuming they existed, could not be as he depicted, since the movements of the heavenly bodies deviated significantly from what the most precise calculations based on his hypothesis suggested. Thus, it had become necessary to refine, through more accurate observations, both the speeds and directions of all the components of his hypothesis. This was initiated by Purbach and advanced by Regiomontanus, the student, the continuator, and the perfecter of Purbach's system, whose premature death, amidst countless plans for reviving old sciences and creating new ones, is still lamented today.
When you have convinced the world, that an established system ought to be corrected, it is not very difficult to persuade them that it should be destroyed. Not long, therefore, after the death of Regiomontanus, Copernicus began to meditate a new system, which should connect together the new appearances, in a more simple as well as a more accurate manner, than that of Ptolemy.
When you’ve made people believe that an established system needs to be changed, it isn’t hard to convince them it should be completely dismantled. Shortly after Regiomontanus died, Copernicus started thinking about a new system that would bring together the new observations in a simpler and more accurate way than Ptolemy's.
The confusion, in which the old hypothesis represented the motions of the heavenly bodies, was, he tells us, what first suggested to him the design of forming a new system, that these, the noblest works of nature, might no longer appear devoid of that harmony and proportion which discover themselves in her meanest productions. What most of all dissatisfied him, was the notion of the Equalizing Circle, which, by representing the revolutions of the Celestial Spheres, as equable only, when surveyed from a point that was different from their centres, introduced a real inequality into their motions; contrary to that most natural, and indeed fundamental idea, with which all the authors of astronomical systems, Plato, Eudoxus, Aristotle, even Hipparchus and Ptolemy themselves, had hitherto set out, that the real motions of such beautiful and divine objects must necessarily be perfectly regular, and go on, in a manner, as agreeable to the imagination, as the objects themselves are to the senses. He began to consider, therefore, whether, by supposing the heavenly bodies to be arranged in a different order from that in which Aristotle and Hipparchus has placed them, this so much sought for uniformity might not be bestowed upon their motions. To discover this arrangement, he examined all the obscure traditions delivered down to us, concerning every other hypothesis which the ancients had invented, for the same purpose. He found, in Plutarch, that some old Pythagoreans had represented the Earth as revolving in the centre of the universe, like a wheel round its own axis; and that 357 others, of the same sect, had removed it from the centre, and represented it as revolving in the Ecliptic like a star round the central fire. By this central fire, he supposed they meant the Sun; and though in this he was very widely mistaken, it was, it seems, upon this interpretation, that he began to consider how such an hypothesis might be made to correspond to the appearances. The supposed authority of these old philosophers, if it did not originally suggest to him his system, seems, at least, to have confirmed him in an opinion, which, it is not improbable, that he had beforehand other reasons for embracing, notwithstanding what he himself would affirm to the contrary.
The confusion surrounding how the old hypothesis explained the movements of the celestial bodies was what first inspired him to create a new system so that these magnificent works of nature would no longer seem lacking in the harmony and proportion found even in her simplest creations. What truly frustrated him was the idea of the Equalizing Circle, which portrayed the revolutions of the Celestial Spheres as equal only when viewed from a point other than their centers, thus introducing actual inequality into their motions. This was against the most natural and fundamental idea that all authors of astronomical systems, including Plato, Eudoxus, Aristotle, and even Hipparchus and Ptolemy, had previously proposed: that the true motions of such beautiful and divine objects must be perfectly regular and should proceed in a way that's as pleasing to the imagination as the objects are to the senses. Therefore, he began to think about whether positing the heavenly bodies in a different order than what Aristotle and Hipparchus had suggested could provide the much-desired uniformity in their motions. To find this arrangement, he explored all the obscure traditions passed down regarding the various hypotheses that the ancients had invented for the same purpose. He discovered in Plutarch that some old Pythagoreans had shown the Earth revolving at the center of the universe, like a wheel around its own axis; and that others from the same group had placed it away from the center, depicting it as revolving in the Ecliptic like a star around a central fire. He assumed this central fire referred to the Sun; and while he was quite mistaken in this regard, it seems that this interpretation led him to consider how such a hypothesis might align with the observable phenomena. The supposed authority of these ancient philosophers, if it didn’t initially inspire his system, at least seemed to reinforce an opinion he likely had other reasons for accepting, despite what he would later claim to the contrary.
It then occurred to him, that, if the Earth was supposed to revolve every day round its axis, from west to east, all the heavenly bodies would appear to revolve, in a contrary direction, from east to west. The diurnal revolution of the heavens, upon this hypothesis, might be only apparent; the firmament, which has no other sensible motion, might be perfectly at rest; while the Sun, the Moon, and the Five Planets, might have no other movement beside that eastward revolution, which is peculiar to themselves. That, by supposing the Earth to revolve with the Planets, round the Sun, in an orbit, which comprehended within it the orbits of Venus and Mercury, but was comprehended within those of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, he could, without the embarrassment of Epicycles, connect together the apparent annual revolutions of the Sun, and the direct, retrograde, and stationary appearances of the Planets: that while the Earth really revolved round the Sun on one side of the heavens, the Sun would appear to revolve round the Earth on the other; that while she really advanced in her annual course, he would appear to advance eastward in that movement which is peculiar to himself. That, by supposing the axis of the Earth to be always parallel to itself, not to be quite perpendicular, but somewhat inclined to the plane of her orbit, and consequently to present to the Sun, the one pole when on the one side of him, and the other when on the other, he would account for the obliquity of the Ecliptic; the Sun’s seemingly alternate progression from north to south, and from south to north, the consequent change of the seasons, and different lengths of the days and nights in the different seasons.
It then struck him that, if the Earth is meant to spin every day on its axis from west to east, all the celestial bodies would seem to move in the opposite direction, from east to west. The daily movement of the heavens, based on this idea, might just be an illusion; the sky, which has no other noticeable movement, could be completely still, while the Sun, the Moon, and the Five Planets might only have that eastward rotation unique to them. By suggesting that the Earth orbits the Sun along with the Planets, in a path that includes the orbits of Venus and Mercury but is itself included within the orbits of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, he could, without the complications of Epicycles, link the apparent yearly movements of the Sun with the direct, retrograde, and stationary motions of the Planets: that while the Earth truly revolved around the Sun on one side of the sky, the Sun would appear to move around the Earth on the other side; that while the Earth genuinely progressed along its yearly path, the Sun would seem to move eastward in its own unique motion. By assuming the Earth's axis is always parallel to itself, slightly tilted rather than perfectly vertical with respect to its orbit, and thus showing one pole to the Sun at one time and the other pole at another, he would explain the tilt of the Ecliptic; the Sun’s seemingly back-and-forth shift from north to south and then south to north, the resulting change of seasons, and the varying lengths of days and nights throughout the year.
If this new hypothesis thus connected together all these appearances as happily as that of Ptolemy, there were others which it connected together much better. The three superior Planets, when nearly in conjunction with the Sun, appear always at the greatest distance from the Earth, are smallest, and least sensible to the eye, and seem to revolve forward in their direct motion with the greatest rapidity. On the contrary, when in opposition to the Sun, that is, when in their meridian about midnight, they appear nearest the Earth, are largest, and most sensible to the eye, and seem to revolve backwards in their retrograde motion. To explain these appearances, the system of Ptolemy supposed 358 each of these Planets to be at the upper part of their several Epicycles, in the one case; and at the lower, in the other. But it afforded no satisfactory principle of connection, which could lead the mind easily to conceive how the Epicycles of those Planets, whose spheres were so distant from the sphere of the Sun, should thus, if one may say so, keep time to his motion. The system of Copernicus afforded this easily, and like a more simple machine, without the assistance of Epicycles, connected together, by fewer movements, the complex appearances of the heavens. When the superior Planets appear nearly in conjunction with the Sun, they are then in the side of their orbits, which is almost opposite to, and most distant from the Earth, and therefore appear smallest, and least sensible to the eye. But, as they then revolve in a direction which is almost contrary to that of the Earth, they appear to advance forward with double velocity; as a ship, that sails in a contrary direction to another, appears from that other, to sail both with its own velocity, and the velocity of that from which it is seen. On the contrary, when those Planets are in opposition to the Sun, they are on the same side of the Sun with the Earth, are nearest it, most sensible to the eye, and revolve in the same direction with it; but, as their revolutions round the Sun are slower than that of the Earth, they are necessarily left behind by it, and therefore seem to revolve backwards; as a ship which sails slower than another, though it sails in the same direction, appears from that other to sail backwards. After the same manner, by the same annual revolution of the Earth, he connected together the direct and retrograde motions of the two inferior Planets, as well as the stationary appearances of all the Five.
If this new hypothesis connects all these phenomena as effectively as Ptolemy's, it connects some of them even better. The three superior planets, when they’re almost aligned with the Sun, always appear at their farthest distance from the Earth, look smaller, and are less visible to the eye, seeming to move forward in their direct motion very quickly. In contrast, when they’re opposite the Sun, that is, when they’re at their highest point around midnight, they appear closest to the Earth, look larger, and are more noticeable, seeming to move backward in retrograde motion. To explain these appearances, Ptolemy’s system suggested that each of these planets was at the upper part of their respective epicycles in one case and at the lower part in the other. However, it didn’t provide a satisfying explanation for how the epicycles of those planets, which were so far from the Sun, could synchronize with its motion. Copernicus’s system easily resolved this, functioning like a simpler machine that linked the complex appearances of the heavens with fewer movements, without needing epicycles. When the superior planets appear nearly aligned with the Sun, they’re on the side of their orbits that’s almost opposite and farthest from the Earth, which is why they look smaller and less visible. But as they move in a direction that’s nearly opposite to the Earth’s, they seem to travel forward at double speed; just like a ship sailing in the opposite direction of another appears to move with both its own speed and the speed of the other ship. Conversely, when those planets are opposite the Sun, they’re on the same side of the Sun as the Earth, closest to it, most visible, and rotating in the same direction. However, since their orbiting around the Sun is slower than the Earth’s, they’re left behind and appear to be moving backward, like a ship that, even though it's moving in the same direction as another ship, seems to be sailing backward if it’s moving slower. Similarly, through the Earth’s yearly revolution, he connected the direct and retrograde motions of the two inferior planets, along with the stationary appearances of all five.
There are some other particular phenomena of the two inferior Planets, which correspond still better to this system, and still worse to that of Ptolemy. Venus and Mercury seem to attend constantly upon the motion of the Sun, appearing, sometimes on the one side, and sometimes on the other, of that great luminary; Mercury being almost always buried in his rays, and Venus never receding above forty-eight degrees from him, contrary to what is observed in the other three Planets, which are often seen in the opposite side of the heavens, at the greatest possible distance from the Sun. The system of Ptolemy accounted for this, by supposing that the centres of the Epicycles of these two Planets were always in the same line with those of the Sun and the Earth; that they appeared therefore in conjunction with the Sun, when either in the upper or lower part of their Epicycles, and at the greatest distance from him, when in the sides of them. It assigned, however, no reason why the Epicycles of these two Planets should observe so different a rule from that which takes place in those of the other three, nor for the enormous Epicycle of Venus, whose sides must have been forty-eight degrees distant from the Sun, while its centre was in conjunction with him, and whose diameter must have covered 359 more than a quadrant of the Great Circle. But how easily all these appearances coincide with the hypothesis, which represents those two inferior Planets revolving round the Sun in orbits comprehended within the orbit of the Earth, is too obvious to require an explanation.
There are some other specific phenomena of the two inner Planets that fit this system much better and Ptolemy's much worse. Venus and Mercury seem to always follow the motion of the Sun, appearing sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other of that bright star; Mercury is almost always hidden in its rays, while Venus never strays more than forty-eight degrees from it, unlike the other three Planets, which are often seen on the opposite side of the sky, at the maximum distance from the Sun. Ptolemy's system explained this by suggesting that the centers of the Epicycles of these two Planets were always aligned with those of the Sun and the Earth; thus, they appeared to be in conjunction with the Sun, either at the top or bottom of their Epicycles, and at their maximum distance from it when off to the sides. However, it didn’t provide any reason why the Epicycles of these two Planets should follow such a different pattern compared to the other three, nor did it explain the huge Epicycle of Venus, which should have been forty-eight degrees away from the Sun while its center was aligned with it, and whose diameter would need to cover 359 more than a quarter of the Great Circle. But how easily all these observations fit with the hypothesis that these two inner Planets revolve around the Sun in orbits that are within the Earth's orbit is too clear to need explaining.
Thus far did this new account of things render the appearances of the heavens more completely coherent than had been done by any of the former systems. It did this, too, by a more simple and intelligible, as well as more beautiful machinery. It represented the Sun, the great enlightener of the universe, whose body was alone larger than all the Planets taken together, as established immovable in the centre, shedding light and heat on all the worlds that circulated around him in one uniform direction, but in longer or shorter periods, according to their different distances. It took away the diurnal revolution of the firmament, whose rapidity, upon the old hypothesis, was beyond what even thought could conceive. It not only delivered the imagination from the embarrassment of Epicycles, but from the difficulty of conceiving these two opposite motions going on at the same time, which the system of Ptolemy and Aristotle bestowed upon all the Planets; I mean, their diurnal westward, and periodical eastward revolutions. The Earth’s revolution round its own axis took away the necessity for supposing the first, and the second was easily conceived when by itself. The Five Planets, which seem, upon all other systems, to be objects of a species by themselves, unlike to every thing to which the imagination has been accustomed, when supposed to revolve along with the Earth round the Sun, were naturally apprehended to be objects of the same kind with the Earth, habitable, opaque, and enlightened only by the rays of the Sun. And thus this hypothesis, by classing them in the same species of things, with an object that is of all others the most familiar to us, took off that wonder and that uncertainty which the strangeness and singularity of their appearance had excited; and thus far, too, better answered the great end of Philosophy.
So far, this new explanation of things made the appearances of the heavens much clearer than any of the previous systems. It achieved this with a simpler, more understandable, and more beautiful framework. It depicted the Sun, the main source of light in the universe—whose mass was greater than all the Planets combined—as fixed at the center, providing light and heat to all the worlds that moved around it in a consistent direction but at varying intervals based on their distances. It removed the rapid rotation of the skies, which, under the old theory, was so fast it was beyond comprehension. This new model not only freed the imagination from the complications of Epicycles but also eliminated the confusion of imagining two opposite motions happening simultaneously—the westward daily rotation and the eastward periodic revolutions that Ptolemy and Aristotle assigned to all the Planets. The Earth's rotation on its own axis removed the need for the first motion, while the second one was easier to grasp in isolation. The Five Planets, which appeared to be completely unique compared to anything else we could imagine in other systems, made more sense when thought of as moving with the Earth around the Sun. They were understood to be similar to the Earth—habitable, solid, and only illuminated by the Sun's rays. This idea grouped them with something we are very familiar with, reducing the wonder and uncertainty that their unusual appearances had caused, and in this way, it also better fulfilled the main purpose of Philosophy.
Neither did the beauty and simplicity of this system alone recommend it to the imagination; the novelty and unexpectedness of that view of nature, which it opened to the fancy, excited more wonder and surprise than the strangest of those appearances, which it had been invented to render natural and familiar, and these sentiments still more endeared it. For, though it is the end of Philosophy, to allay that wonder, which either the unusual or seemingly disjointed appearances of nature excite, yet she never triumphs so much, as when, in order to connect together a few, in themselves, perhaps, inconsiderable objects, she has, if I may say so, created another constitution of things, more natural, indeed, and such as the imagination can more easily attend to, but more new, more contrary to common opinion and expectation, than any of those appearances themselves. As, in the instance before us, in order to connect together some seeming irregularities in the motions of 360 the Planets, the most inconsiderable objects in the heavens, and of which the greater part of mankind have no occasion to take any notice during the whole course of their lives, she has, to talk in the hyperbolical language of Tycho Brahe, moved the Earth from its foundations, stopped the revolution of the Firmament, made the Sun stand still, and subverted the whole order of the Universe.
Neither did the beauty and simplicity of this system alone attract the imagination; the novelty and surprise of the perspective on nature it presented captivated more wonder and amazement than the strangest phenomena it was designed to make natural and familiar, and these feelings made it even more cherished. For, while the ultimate goal of Philosophy is to calm the wonder stirred by the unusual or seemingly disconnected aspects of nature, it never celebrates its success as much as when, in trying to connect a few objects that may seem insignificant on their own, it has, to put it dramatically, created a new structure of things—one that is indeed more natural and easier for the imagination to focus on, yet also more novel and contrary to common belief and expectation than any of those phenomena themselves. In our case, to connect some perceived irregularities in the movements of 360 the Planets, the most trivial objects in the sky, which most people never need to pay attention to throughout their lives, it has, to echo the elaborate language of Tycho Brahe, moved the Earth from its foundations, halted the rotation of the heavens, made the Sun stand still, and turned the entire order of the Universe upside down.
Such were the advantages of this new hypothesis, as they appeared to its author, when he first invented it. But, though that love of paradox, so natural to the learned, and that pleasure, which they are so apt to take in exciting, by the novelties of their supposed discoveries, the amazement of mankind, may, notwithstanding what one of his disciples tells us to the contrary, have had its weight in prompting Copernicus to adopt this system; yet, when he had completed his Treatise of Revolutions, and began coolly to consider what a strange doctrine he was about to offer to the world, he so much dreaded the prejudice of mankind against it, that, by a species of continence, of all others the most difficult to a philosopher, he detained it in his closet for thirty years together. At last, in the extremity of old age, he allowed it to be extorted from him, but he died as soon as it was printed, and before it was published to the world.
Such were the benefits of this new theory, as they seemed to its creator when he first came up with it. However, despite that love of contradiction, so common among scholars, and the enjoyment they often get from stirring up the amazement of people with the novelty of their supposed discoveries, which may, despite what one of his followers claims, have influenced Copernicus to embrace this theory; once he finished his Treatise of Revolutions and began to seriously think about the unusual doctrine he was about to present to the world, he feared people's bias against it so much that, through a form of self-restraint—one of the hardest things for a philosopher to do—he kept it hidden in his study for thirty years. Finally, in the late stage of his life, he allowed it to be taken from him, but he died right after it was printed, before it could be shared with the world.
When it appeared in the world, it was almost universally disapproved of, by the learned as well as by the ignorant. The natural prejudices of sense, confirmed by education, prevailed too much with both, to allow them to give it a fair examination. A few disciples only, whom he himself had instructed in his doctrine, received it with esteem and admiration. One of them, Reinholdus, formed, upon this hypothesis, larger and more accurate astronomical tables, than what accompanied the Treatise of Revolutions, in which Copernicus had been guilty of some errors in calculation. It soon appeared, that these Prutenic Tables, as they were called, corresponded more exactly with the heavens, than the Tables of Alphonsus. This ought naturally to have formed a prejudice in favour of the diligence and accuracy of Copernicus in observing the heavens. But it ought to have formed none in favour of his hypothesis; since the same observations, and the result of the same calculations, might have been accommodated to the system of Ptolemy, without making any greater alteration in that system than what Ptolemy had foreseen, and had even foretold should be made. It formed, however, a prejudice in favour of both, and the learned began to examine, with some attention, an hypothesis which afforded the easiest methods of calculation, and upon which the most exact predictions had been made. The superior degree of coherence, which it bestowed upon the celestial appearances, the simplicity and uniformity which it introduced into the real directions and velocities of the Planets, soon disposed many astronomers, first to favour, and at last to embrace a system, which thus connected together so happily, 361 the most disjointed of those objects that chiefly occupied their thoughts. Nor can any thing more evidently demonstrate, how easily the learned give up the evidence of their senses to preserve the coherence of the ideas of their imagination, than the readiness with which this, the most violent paradox in all philosophy, was adopted by many ingenious astronomers, notwithstanding its inconsistency with every system of physics then known in the world, and notwithstanding the great number of other more real objections, to which, as Copernicus left it, this account of things was most justly exposed.
When it first came out, it was almost universally frowned upon, both by scholars and laypeople. Their natural biases, reinforced by their education, prevented them from giving it a fair look. Only a few followers, whom he had personally taught his ideas, accepted it with respect and admiration. One of them, Reinholdus, created more extensive and accurate astronomical tables based on this theory than those included with the Treatise of Revolutions, which contained some calculation errors by Copernicus. It quickly became clear that these Prutenic Tables corresponded more closely with the heavens than the Tables of Alphonsus. This should have naturally favored the diligence and accuracy of Copernicus in observing the sky. However, it should not have favored his theory; the same observations and calculations could have easily supported Ptolemy's system with only the adjustments Ptolemy had anticipated and even predicted. Still, it did create a bias in favor of both, and scholars began to seriously consider a theory that offered the simplest calculation methods and led to the most precise predictions. The greater coherence it provided regarding celestial appearances, along with the simplicity and consistency it introduced into the actual paths and speeds of the planets, soon encouraged many astronomers to support and eventually adopt a system that connected, in such a harmonious way, the most fragmented of the phenomena that occupied their thoughts. Nothing demonstrates more clearly how easily scholars set aside sensory evidence to maintain the coherence of their imagined ideas than the willingness with which this, the most extreme paradox in all philosophy, was embraced by numerous brilliant astronomers, despite its contradiction with every known physical system of the time and the numerous other valid objections to which, as Copernicus left it, this explanation of things was rightfully subjected.
It was adopted, however, nor can this be wondered at, by astronomers only. The learned in all other sciences, continued to regard it with the same contempt as the vulgar. Even astronomers were divided about its merit; and many of them rejected a doctrine, which not only contradicted the established system of Natural Philosophy, but which, considered astronomically only, seemed, to them, to labour under several difficulties.
It was accepted, however, and it's not surprising that it was only astronomers who did so. Experts in other fields continued to look down on it just like the general public. Even among astronomers, there were disagreements about its value; many dismissed a theory that not only contradicted the established principles of Natural Philosophy but also appeared to have several problems when viewed strictly from an astronomical perspective.
Some of the objections against the motion of the Earth, that were drawn from the prejudices of sense, the patrons of this system, indeed, easily enough got over. They represented, that the Earth might really be in motion, though, to its inhabitants, it seemed to be at rest; and that the Sun and Fixed Stars might really be at rest, though from the Earth they seemed to be in motion; in the same manner as a ship, which sails through a smooth sea, seems to those who are in it, to be at rest, though really in motion; while the objects which she passes along, seem to be in motion, though really at rest.
Some of the arguments against the motion of the Earth, based on common sense, were easily countered by supporters of this idea. They suggested that the Earth could be in motion even if it feels still to its inhabitants, and that the Sun and Fixed Stars could actually be stationary while appearing to move from the Earth’s perspective, similar to how a ship moving through calm waters seems stationary to those on board, even though it is moving; while the objects it passes by seem to be moving, even though they are actually at rest.
But there were some other objections, which, though grounded upon the same natural prejudices, they found it more difficult to get over. The earth had always presented itself to the senses, not only as at rest, but as inert, ponderous, and even averse to motion. The imagination had always been accustomed to conceive it as such, and suffered the greatest violence, when obliged to pursue, and attend it, in that rapid motion which the system of Copernicus bestowed upon it. To enforce their objection, the adversaries of this hypothesis were at pains to calculate the extreme rapidity of this motion. They represented, that the circumference of the Earth had been computed to be above twenty-thousand miles: if the Earth, therefore, was supposed to revolve every day round its axis, every point of it near the equator would pass over above twenty-three thousand miles in a day; and consequently, near a thousand miles in an hour, and about sixteen miles in a minute; a motion more rapid than that of a cannon ball, or even than the swifter progress of sound. The rapidity of its periodical revolution was yet more violent than that of its diurnal rotation. How, therefore, could the imagination ever conceive so ponderous a body to be naturally endowed with so dreadful a movement? The Peripatetic Philosophy, the only philosophy then known in the world, still further confirmed 362 this prejudice. That philosophy, by a very natural, though, perhaps, groundless distinction, divided all motion into Natural and Violent. Natural motion was that which flowed from an innate tendency in the body, as when a stone fell downwards: Violent motion, that which arose from external force, and which was, in some measure, contrary to the natural tendency of the body, as when a stone was thrown upwards, or horizontally. No violent motion could be lasting; for, being constantly weakened by the natural tendency of the body, it would soon be destroyed. The natural motion of the Earth, as was evident in all its parts, was downwards, in a straight line to the centre; as that of fire and air was upwards, in a straight line from the centre. It was the heavens only that revolved naturally in a circle. Neither, therefore, the supposed revolution of the Earth round its own centre, nor that round the Sun, could be natural motions; they must therefore be violent, and consequently could be of no long continuance. It was in vain that Copernicus replied, that gravity was, probably, nothing else besides a tendency in the different parts of the same Planet, to unite themselves to one another; that this tendency took place, probably, in the parts of the other Planets, as well as in those of the Earth; that it could very well be united with a circular motion; that it might be equally natural to the whole body of the Planet, and to every part of it; that his adversaries themselves allowed, that a circular motion was natural to the heavens, whose diurnal revolution was infinitely more rapid than even that motion which he had bestowed upon the Earth; that though a like motion was natural to the Earth, it would still appear to be at rest to its inhabitants, and all the parts of it to tend in a straight line to the centre, in the same manner as at present. But this answer, how satisfactory soever it may appear to be now, neither did nor could appear to be satisfactory then. By admitting the distinction betwixt natural and violent motions, it was founded upon the same ignorance of mechanical principles with the objection. The systems of Aristotle and Hipparchus supposed, indeed, the diurnal motion of the heavenly bodies to be infinitely more rapid than even that dreadful movement which Copernicus bestowed upon the Earth. But they supposed, at the same time, that those bodies were objects of a quite different species, from any we are acquainted with, near the surface of the Earth, and to which, therefore, it was less difficult to conceive that any sort of motion might be natural. Those objects, besides, had never presented themselves to the senses, as moving otherwise, or with less rapidity, than these systems represented them. The imagination, therefore, could feel no difficulty in following a representation which the senses had rendered quite familiar to it. But when the Planets came to be regarded as so many Earths, the case was quite altered. The imagination had been accustomed to conceive such objects as tending rather to rest than motion; and this idea of their natural 363 inertness, encumbered, if one may say so, and clogged its flight whenever it endeavoured to pursue them in their periodical courses, and to conceive them as continually rushing through the celestial spaces, with such violent and unremitting rapidity.
But there were other objections that, while based on the same natural biases, proved harder to overcome. The earth had always seemed to the senses not just at rest, but heavy, unmovable, and even resistant to motion. The imagination had grown used to picturing it this way and struggled greatly when forced to imagine the rapid motion that Copernicus's system attributed to it. To support their objection, critics of this hypothesis took the trouble to calculate the extreme speed of this motion. They pointed out that the Earth's circumference is over twenty thousand miles: if the Earth is assumed to rotate daily around its axis, every point near the equator would travel over twenty-three thousand miles in a day; therefore, nearly a thousand miles in an hour and about sixteen miles in a minute—speeds faster than a cannonball or even quicker than the speed of sound. The speed of its yearly revolution was even more intense than that of its daily rotation. How could the imagination accept that such a massive body could naturally have such terrifying movement? The Peripatetic Philosophy, the only philosophy known at the time, further reinforced this bias. This philosophy, through a somewhat natural but possibly unfounded distinction, classified all motion as Natural and Violent. Natural motion was that which arose from an inherent tendency in the body, like when a stone falls downward: Violent motion was caused by external force, going against the body's natural tendency, such as when a stone is thrown upward or horizontally. No violent motion could last; it would be constantly weakened by the body's natural tendency and would soon cease. The Earth's natural motion, evident in all its parts, was downward, in a straight line toward the center; while that of fire and air was upward, in a straight line away from the center. Only the heavens revolved naturally in a circle. Therefore, neither the supposed rotation of the Earth around its axis nor its orbit around the Sun could be considered natural motions; they must be violent and thus could not last long. Copernicus's argument that gravity was likely just a tendency in different parts of the same planet to pull toward one another, and that such a tendency probably existed in other planets too, seemed pointless. He also argued that it could easily coexist with circular motion and be equally natural for the whole planet and each of its parts; that his opponents themselves acknowledged circular motion was natural for the heavens, which revolved daily at an infinitely quicker pace than the motion he assigned to the Earth; and that although this motion was natural for the Earth, it would still seem at rest to those on it, with all parts tending in a straight line toward the center, just as they do now. However, this answer, as satisfying as it may seem now, was neither satisfying nor could it be satisfactory at the time. By accepting the distinction between natural and violent motions, they were still rooted in the same misunderstanding of mechanical principles as the objection itself. The systems proposed by Aristotle and Hipparchus indeed thought the daily motion of heavenly bodies was infinitely faster than the terrible motion Copernicus attributed to the Earth. But they also thought these bodies were of a fundamentally different kind from those we know near the Earth's surface, making it easier to conceive of any form of motion as natural. Furthermore, these objects had not been experienced moving differently or at lower speeds than how these systems depicted them. The imagination had no trouble following a depiction that the senses had made quite familiar. However, when the planets were regarded as many Earths, everything changed. The imagination was accustomed to thinking of such bodies as tending more toward rest than motion; this idea of their natural inertness, if one could say so, weighed down its ability to envision them moving through the celestial spaces with such violent and continuous speed.
Nor were the first followers of Copernicus more fortunate in their answers to some other objections, which were founded indeed in the same ignorance of the laws of motion, but which, at the same time, were necessarily connected with that way of conceiving things, which then prevailed universally in the learned world.
Nor were the first followers of Copernicus any luckier in their responses to other objections, which were indeed based on the same misunderstanding of the laws of motion, but which were also closely tied to the prevailing way of thinking in the academic world at that time.
If the earth, it was said, revolved so rapidly from west to east, a perpetual wind would set in from east to west, more violent than what blows in the greatest hurricanes; a stone, thrown westwards would fly to a much greater distance than one thrown with the same force eastwards; as what moved in a direction, contrary to the motion of the Earth, would necessarily pass over a greater portion of its surface, than what, with the same velocity, moved along with it. A ball, it was said, dropped from the mast of a ship under sail, does not fall precisely at the foot of the mast, but behind it; and in the same manner, a stone dropped from a high tower would not, upon the supposition of the Earth’s motion, fall precisely at the bottom of the tower, but west of it, the Earth being, in the mean time, carried away eastward from below it. It is amusing to observe, by what, subtile and metaphysical evasions the followers of Copernicus endeavoured to elude this objection, which before the doctrine of the Composition of Motion had been explained by Galileo, was altogether unanswerable. They allowed, that a ball dropped from the mast of a ship under sail would not fall at the foot of the mast, but behind it; because the ball, they said, was no part of the ship, and because the motion of the ship was natural neither to itself nor to the ball. But the stone was a part of the earth, and the diurnal and annual revolutions of the Earth were natural to the whole, and to every part of it, and therefore to the stone. The stone, therefore, having naturally the same motion with the Earth, fell precisely at the bottom of the tower. But this answer could not satisfy the imagination, which still found it difficult to conceive how these motions could be natural to the earth; or how a body, which had always presented itself to the senses as inert, ponderous, and averse to motion, should naturally be continually wheeling about both its own axis and the Sun, with such violent rapidity. It was, besides, argued by Tycho Brahe, upon the principles of the same philosophy which had afforded both the objection and the answer, that even upon the supposition, that any such motion was natural to the whole body of the Earth, yet the stone, which was separated from it, could no longer be actuated by that motion. The limb, which is cut off from an animal, loses those animal motions which were natural to the whole. The branch, which is cut off from the trunk, loses that vegetative 364 motion which is natural to the whole tree. Even the metals, minerals, and stones, which were dug out from the bosom of the Earth, lose those motions which occasioned their production and increase, and which were natural to them in their original state. Though the diurnal and annual motion of the Earth, therefore, had been natural to them while they were contained in its bosom, it could no longer be so when they were separated from it.
If the earth really spun that fast from west to east, there would be a constant wind blowing from east to west, more powerful than the strongest hurricanes. A stone thrown west would travel much farther than one thrown east with the same force, since anything moving against the Earth's motion would cover more ground than something moving with it. It was noted that a ball dropped from the mast of a sailing ship doesn't land directly at the base of the mast but behind it. Similarly, if a stone were dropped from a tall tower, it wouldn't land exactly at the bottom of the tower, assuming the Earth is moving, but rather to the west of it, as the Earth would be moving eastward beneath it. It's interesting to see how followers of Copernicus tried to dodge this argument, which was unanswerable before Galileo explained the Composition of Motion. They admitted that a ball dropped from a ship would land behind the mast because it wasn't part of the ship, and the ship's motion didn't apply to the ball. But they argued the stone was part of the Earth, and the daily and yearly movements of the Earth were natural to the whole and every part of it, including the stone. So, the stone, sharing the Earth’s motion, would land right at the bottom of the tower. However, this explanation couldn't satisfy people's imagination, which struggled to understand how these motions could be natural for the Earth. How could something that always seemed heavy, still, and resistant to movement be spinning around its own axis and the Sun so quickly? Tycho Brahe also argued, based on the same philosophy providing both the objection and the answer, that even if such motion was natural for the Earth, the stone, once separated from it, wouldn't be influenced by that motion anymore. A limb cut from an animal loses the movements that were natural to the whole. A branch cut from a tree loses the growth motion that's natural to it. Likewise, metals, minerals, and stones removed from the Earth lose the motions that led to their growth and were natural when they were still contained in the Earth. So, while the daily and yearly motions of the Earth were natural to them while they were part of it, they couldn’t be natural anymore once separated.
Tycho Brahe, the great restorer of the science of the heavens, who had spent his life, and wasted his fortune upon the advancement of Astronomy, whose observations were both more numerous and more accurate than those of all the astronomers who had gone before him, was himself so much affected by the force of this objection, that, though he had never mentioned the system of Copernicus without some note of high admiration he had conceived for its author, he could never himself be induced to embrace it; yet all his astronomical observations tended to confirm it. They demonstrated, that Venus and Mercury were sometimes above, and sometimes below the Sun; and that, consequently, the Sun, and not the Earth, was the centre of their periodical revolutions. They showed, that Mars, when in his meridian at midnight, was nearer to the Earth than the Earth is to the Sun; though, when in conjunction with the Sun, he was much more remote from the Earth than that luminary; a discovery which was absolutely inconsistent with the system of Ptolemy, which proved, that the Sun, and not the Earth, was the centre of the periodical revolutions of Mars, as well as of Venus and Mercury; and which demonstrated that the Earth was placed betwixt the orbits of Mars and Venus. They made the same thing probable with regard to Jupiter and Saturn; that they, too, revolved round the Sun; and that, therefore, the Sun, if not the centre of the universe, was at least, that of the planetary system. They proved that Comets were superior to the Moon, and moved through the heavens in all possible directions; an observation incompatible with the Solid Spheres of Aristotle and Purbach, and which, therefore, overturned the physical part, at least, of the established systems of Astronomy.
Tycho Brahe, the great reviver of astronomy, dedicated his life and spent his fortune to advance the science of the heavens. His observations were more numerous and accurate than those of all the astronomers before him. Despite his admiration for Copernicus and his system, he was deeply affected by the arguments against it and never fully accepted it, even though his own astronomical observations supported it. His findings showed that Venus and Mercury sometimes appeared above and sometimes below the Sun, indicating that the Sun, not Earth, was the center of their orbits. He demonstrated that Mars, when positioned at its highest point in the sky at midnight, was closer to Earth than Earth was to the Sun; however, during its conjunction with the Sun, Mars was much farther away from Earth than the Sun was. This discovery completely contradicted Ptolemy's system, which suggested that the Sun, rather than Earth, was the center of the orbits of Mars, Venus, and Mercury, placing Earth between the orbits of Mars and Venus. His work also made it likely that Jupiter and Saturn revolved around the Sun too, confirming that the Sun was, if not the center of the universe, at least the center of the solar system. He proved that comets were farther away than the Moon and traveled through space in all directions, a finding that clashed with the Solid Spheres theory of Aristotle and Purbach, thus challenging the physical foundations of the established astronomical systems.
All these observations, joined to his aversion to the system, and perhaps, notwithstanding the generosity of his character, some little jealousy for the fame of Copernicus, suggested to Tycho the idea of a new hypothesis, in which the Earth continued to be, as in the old account, the immovable centre of the universe, round which the firmament revolved every day from east to west, and, by some secret virtue, carried the Sun, the Moon, and the Five Planets along with it, notwithstanding their immense distance, and notwithstanding that there was nothing betwixt it and them but the most fluid ether. But, although all these seven bodies thus obeyed the diurnal revolution of the Firmament, they had each of them, as in the old system, too, a 365 contrary periodical eastward revolution of their own, which made them appear to be every day, more or less, left behind by the Firmament. The Sun was the centre of the periodical revolutions of the Five Planets; the Earth, that of the Sun and Moon. The Five Planets followed the Sun in his periodical revolution round the Earth, as they did the Firmament in its diurnal rotation. The three superior Planets comprehended the Earth within the orbit in which they revolved round the Sun, and had each of them an Epicycle to connect together, in the same manner as in the system of Ptolemy, their direct, retrograde, and stationary appearances. As, notwithstanding their immense distance, they followed the Sun in his periodical revolution round the Earth, keeping always at an equal distance from him, they were necessarily brought much nearer to the Earth when in opposition to the Sun, than than when in conjunction with him. Mars, the nearest of them, when in his meridian at midnight, came within the orbit which the Sun described round the Earth, and consequently was then nearer to the Earth than the Earth was to the Sun. The appearances of the two inferior Planets were explained, in the same manner, as in the system of Copernicus, and consequently required no Epicycle to connect them. The circles in which the Five Planets performed their periodical revolutions round the Sun, as well as those in which the Sun and Moon performed theirs round the Earth, were, as both in the old and new hypothesis, Eccentric Circles, to connect together their differently accelerated and retarded motions.
All these observations, combined with his dislike for the system, and maybe some jealousy over Copernicus' fame, led Tycho to come up with a new idea. In his hypothesis, the Earth remained the stable center of the universe, just like in the old model, with the firmament revolving around it every day from east to west. This firmament, through some hidden force, pulled the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets along with it, despite their vast distances and the empty ether between them. However, while these seven celestial bodies moved with the daily rotation of the firmament, they also had their own separate eastward movements, similar to the old system, which made them seem to lag behind the firmament each day. The Sun was at the center of the Five Planets' orbits, while the Earth was at the center of the Sun and Moon's movements. The Five Planets followed the Sun in its periodic orbit around the Earth, just like they did the firmament in its daily rotation. The three outer planets included Earth within their orbit around the Sun and each had an epicycle to account for their direct, retrograde, and stationary appearances, similar to Ptolemy's system. Despite their great distances, they followed the Sun in its orbit around the Earth, maintaining a constant distance from it, which meant they were closer to Earth during their opposition to the Sun than when they were in conjunction. Mars, the closest planet, when at its highest point at midnight, came within the Sun's orbit around the Earth, making it nearer to Earth than the Earth was to the Sun at that time. The behaviors of the two inner planets were explained just like in Copernicus' system and did not require an epicycle. The orbits of the Five Planets around the Sun, as well as those of the Sun and Moon around the Earth, were, in both the old and new hypotheses, eccentric circles, connecting their different speeds of motion.
Such was the system of Tycho Brahe, compounded, as is evident, out of these of Ptolemy and Copernicus; happier than that of Ptolemy, in the account which it gives of the motions of the two inferior Planets; more complex, by supposing the different revolutions of all the Five to be performed round two different centres; the diurnal round the Earth, the periodical round the Sun, but, in every respect, more complex and more incoherent than that of Copernicus. Such, however, was the difficulty that mankind felt in conceiving the motion of the Earth, that it long balanced the reputation of that otherwise more beautiful system. It may be said, that those who considered the heavens only, favoured the system of Copernicus, which connected so happily all the appearances which presented themselves there; but that those who looked upon the Earth, adopted the account of Tycho Brahe, which, leaving it at rest in the centre of the universe, did less violence to the usual habits of the imagination. The learned were, indeed, sensible of the intricacy, and of the many incoherences of that system; that it gave no account why the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets, should follow the revolution of the Firmament; or why the Five Planets, notwithstanding the immense distance of the three superior ones, should obey the periodical motion of the Sun; or why the Earth, though placed between the orbits of Mars and Venus, should remain immovable in the centre 366 of the Firmament, and constantly resist the influence of whatever it was, which carried bodies that were so much larger than itself, and that were placed on all sides of it, periodically round the Sun. Tycho Brahe died before he had fully explained his system. His great and merited renown disposed many of the learned to believe, that, had his life been longer, he would have connected together many of these incoherences, and knew methods of adapting his system to some other appearances, with which none of his followers could connect it.
Such was Tycho Brahe's system, which clearly combined elements from both Ptolemy and Copernicus. It was better than Ptolemy’s in explaining the movements of the two inner planets, but more complicated because it suggested that the five planets revolved around two different centers—their daily movement around the Earth and their periodic movement around the Sun. Still, in many ways, it was more complex and less coherent than Copernicus's system. However, the challenge that people faced in understanding the Earth's motion led to a long-standing preference for this otherwise more flawed system. It can be said that those who focused only on the heavens supported Copernicus’s model, which seamlessly explained the celestial appearances, while those who considered the Earth tended to prefer Tycho Brahe’s explanation, which kept it stationary at the center of the universe and was easier for the imagination to accept. Scholars were aware of the system’s complexities and inconsistencies; for instance, it didn’t explain why the Sun, Moon, and five planets followed the firmament's revolution or why the five planets, despite the vast distances of the three outer ones, were influenced by the Sun's periodic motion. Additionally, it raised the question of why the Earth, positioned between the orbits of Mars and Venus, remained fixed in the center of the firmament and resisted the forces that moved much larger celestial bodies around the Sun. Tycho Brahe passed away before he could fully clarify his system. His significant and deserved reputation led many scholars to believe that if he had lived longer, he would have resolved many of these inconsistencies and found ways to align his system with other observations that his followers could not.
The objection to the system of Copernicus, which was drawn from the nature of motion, and that was most insisted on by Tycho Brahe, was at last fully answered by Galileo; not, however, till about thirty years after the death of Tycho, and about a hundred after that of Copernicus. It was then that Galileo, by explaining the nature of the composition of motion, by showing, both from reason and experience, that a ball dropped from the mast of a ship under sail would fall precisely at the foot of the mast, and by rendering this doctrine, from a great number of other instances, quite familiar to the imagination, took off, perhaps, the principal objection which had been made to this hypothesis of the astronomers.
The argument against Copernicus's system, based on the nature of motion and heavily emphasized by Tycho Brahe, was ultimately resolved by Galileo. However, this didn't happen until about thirty years after Tycho's death and roughly a hundred years after Copernicus's. At that point, Galileo clarified how motion works by demonstrating, through both reasoning and practical examples, that a ball dropped from the mast of a moving ship would land right at the base of the mast. He also made this concept clear through numerous other examples, effectively addressing the main objection raised against the astronomers' hypothesis.
Several other astronomical difficulties, which encumbered this account of things, were removed by the same philosopher. Copernicus, after altering the centre of the world, and making the Earth, and all the Planets revolve round the Sun, was obliged to leave the Moon to revolve round the Earth as before. But no example of any such secondary Planet having then been discovered in the heavens, there seemed still to be this irregularity remaining in the system. Galileo, who first applied telescopes to Astronomy, discovered, by their assistance, the Satellites of Jupiter, which, revolving round that Planet, at the same time that they were carried along with it in its revolution, round either the Earth, or the Sun, made it seem less contrary to the analogy of nature, that the Moon should both revolve round the Earth, and accompany her in her revolution round the Sun.
Several other astronomical challenges that complicated this account were resolved by the same philosopher. Copernicus, after repositioning the center of the universe and having the Earth and all the planets orbit the Sun, had to leave the Moon orbiting the Earth as it had before. However, since no example of any such secondary planet had been discovered in the sky at that time, this irregularity still seemed to linger in the system. Galileo, who was the first to use telescopes in astronomy, discovered, with their help, the moons of Jupiter. These moons, orbiting that planet while also being carried along with it in its orbit around either the Earth or the Sun, made it seem less unnatural that the Moon could both orbit the Earth and travel with it around the Sun.
It had been objected to Copernicus, that, if Venus and Mercury revolved round the Sun in an orbit comprehended within the orbit of the Earth, they would show all the same phases with the Moon; present, sometimes their darkened, and sometimes their enlightened sides to the Earth, and sometimes part of the one, and part of the other. He answered, that they undoubtedly did all this; but that their smallness and distance hindered us from perceiving it. This very bold assertion of Copernicus was confirmed by Galileo. His telescopes rendered the phases of Venus quite sensible, and thus demonstrated, more evidently than had been done, even by the observations of Tycho Brahe, the revolutions of these two Planets round the Sun, as well as so far destroyed the system of Ptolemy.
It was argued against Copernicus that if Venus and Mercury orbited the Sun in a path inside the Earth's orbit, they would display the same phases as the Moon; sometimes showing their darkened side and other times their illuminated side to the Earth, and at times part of one side and part of the other. He replied that they indeed did all of this, but their small size and distance made it difficult for us to see it. This bold claim by Copernicus was confirmed by Galileo. His telescopes made the phases of Venus clear, which provided even stronger evidence than Tycho Brahe's observations of the revolutions of these two planets around the Sun and further dismantled the Ptolemaic system.
The mountains and seas, which, by the help of the same instrument, 367 he discovered, or imagined he had discovered in the Moon, rendering that Planet, in every respect, similar to the Earth, made it seem less contrary to the analogy of nature, that, as the Moon revolved round the Earth, the Earth should revolve round the Sun.
The spots which, in the same manner, he discovered in the Sun, demonstrating, by their motion, the revolution of the Sun round his axis, made it seem less improbable that the Earth, a body so much smaller than the Sun, should likewise revolve round her axis in the same manner.
The spots that he discovered on the Sun, showing through their movement that the Sun rotates on its axis, made it seem less unlikely that the Earth, which is much smaller than the Sun, would also rotate on its axis in the same way.
Succeeding telescopical observations, discovered, in each of the Five Planets, spots not unlike those which Galileo had observed in the Moon, and thereby seemed to demonstrate what Copernicus had only conjectured, that the Planets were naturally opaque, enlightened only by the rays of the Sun, habitable, diversified by seas and mountains, and, in every respect, bodies of the same kind with the earth; and thus added one other probability to this system. By discovering, too, that each of the Planets revolved round its own axis, at the same time that it was carried round either the Earth or the Sun, they made it seem quite agreeable to the analogy of nature, that the Earth, which, in every other respect, resembled the Planets, should, like them too, revolve round its own axis, and at the same time perform its periodical motion round the Sun.
Following extensive telescope observations, spots were found on each of the Five Planets that resembled those Galileo had seen on the Moon. This appeared to prove what Copernicus had only guessed: that the Planets were naturally opaque, illuminated only by the Sun's rays, habitable, and varied with seas and mountains, making them essentially similar to Earth. This added more credibility to the Copernican system. Moreover, the discovery that each Planet rotated on its own axis while also orbiting either the Earth or the Sun made it seem quite reasonable to suggest that Earth, which mirrored the Planets in many ways, should also rotate on its own axis while simultaneously moving in its orbit around the Sun.
While, in Italy, the unfortunate Galileo was adding so many probabilities to the system of Copernicus, there was another philosopher employing himself in Germany, to ascertain, correct, and improve it; Kepler, with great genius, but without the taste, or the order and method of Galileo, possessed, like all his other countrymen, the most laborious industry, joined to that passion for discovering proportions and resemblances betwixt the different parts of nature, which, though common to all philosophers, seems, in him, to have been excessive. He had been instructed, by Mæstlinus, in the system of Copernicus; and his first curiosity was, as he tells us, to find out, why the Planets, the Earth being counted for one, were Six in number; why they were placed at such irregular distances from the Sun; and whether there was any uniform proportion betwixt their several distances, and the times employed in their periodical revolutions. Till some reason, or proportion of this kind, could be discovered, the system did not appear to him to be completely coherent. He endeavoured, first, to find it in the proportions of numbers, and plain figures; afterwards, in those of the regular solids; and, last of all, in those of the musical divisions of the Octave. Whatever was the science which Kepler was studying, he seems constantly to have pleased himself with finding some analogy betwixt it and the system of the universe; and thus, arithmetic and music, plane and solid geometry, came all of them by turns to illustrate the doctrine of the Sphere, in the explaining of which he was, by his 368 profession, principally employed. Tycho Brahe, to whom he had presented one of his books, though he could not but disapprove of his system, was pleased, however, with his genius, and with his indefatigable diligence in making the most laborious calculations. That generous and magnificent Dane invited the obscure and indigent Kepler to come and live with him, and communicated to him, as soon as he arrived, his observations upon Mars, in the arranging and methodizing of which his disciples were at that time employed. Kepler, upon comparing them with one another, found, that the orbit of Mars was not a perfect circle; that one of its diameters was somewhat longer than the other; and that it approached to an oval, or an ellipse, which had the Sun placed in one of its foci. He found, too, that the motion of the Planet was not equable; that it was swiftest when nearest the Sun, and slowest when furthest from him; and that its velocity gradually increased, or diminished, according as it approached or receded from him. The observations of the same astronomer discovered to him, though not so evidently, that the same things were true of all the other Planets; that their orbits were elliptical, and that their motions were swiftest when nearest the Sun, and slowest when furthest from him. They showed the same things, too, of the Sun, if supposed to revolve round the Earth; and consequently of the Earth, if it also was supposed to revolve round the Sun.
While in Italy, the unfortunate Galileo was adding numerous possibilities to Copernicus's system, another philosopher in Germany was working to understand, correct, and improve it. Kepler, who was very talented but lacked Galileo's flair, had, like all his fellow countrymen, a remarkable work ethic combined with a passion for discovering patterns and similarities in nature. This interest, common among philosophers, seemed particularly intense in him. He had learned about Copernicus's system from Mæstlinus, and his initial curiosity was to find out why there were six planets, including Earth, and why they were positioned at such irregular distances from the Sun. He also wanted to know if there was any consistent relationship between their distances and their periods of revolution. Until he could discover some reason or relationship of this kind, the system didn't seem completely coherent to him. He first looked for it in numerical proportions and simple shapes, then in the proportions of regular solids, and finally in the musical divisions of the octave. No matter what science Kepler was studying, he always seemed to enjoy finding some analogy between it and the universe's structure. Thus, arithmetic and music, as well as plane and solid geometry, all helped to explain the doctrine of the sphere, which was his main focus by his 368 profession. Tycho Brahe, to whom he had given one of his books, although he disapproved of Kepler's system, admired his genius and tireless dedication to making meticulous calculations. The generous and grand Dane invited the obscure and impoverished Kepler to live with him and shared his observations of Mars with him as soon as he arrived. While arranging and systematizing these observations, which his students were currently working on, Kepler discovered that the orbit of Mars was not a perfect circle; one of its diameters was slightly longer than the other, making it more of an oval or ellipse, with the Sun located at one of its foci. He also found that the planet's motion was not uniform; it was fastest when closest to the Sun and slowest when farthest away, with its speed gradually increasing or decreasing as it approached or receded from the Sun. Similarly, the observations of the same astronomer showed, though less clearly, that the same principles applied to all other planets, with their orbits being elliptical and their motions fastest when closest to the Sun and slowest when farthest away. They also showed the same about the Sun if it were to revolve around the Earth, and consequently about the Earth if it also revolved around the Sun.
That the motions of all the heavenly bodies were perfectly circular, had been the fundamental idea upon which every astronomical hypothesis, except the irregular one of the Stoics, had been built. A circle, as the degree of its curvature is every where the same, is of all curve lines the simplest and the most easily conceived. Since it was evident, therefore, that the heavenly bodies did not move in straight lines, the indolent imagination found, that it could most easily attend to their motions if they were supposed to revolve in perfect circles. It had, upon this account, determined that a circular motion was the most perfect of all motions, and that none but the most perfect motion could be worthy of such beautiful and divine objects; and it had upon this account, so often, in vain, endeavoured to adjust to the appearances, so many different systems, which all supposed them to revolve in this perfect manner.
The idea that all the heavenly bodies moved in perfect circles was the core concept behind every astronomical theory, except for the unusual one proposed by the Stoics. A circle, with its constant curvature, is the simplest and easiest curve to understand. Since it was clear that the heavenly bodies didn't move in straight lines, lazy imaginations found it easiest to think of their movements as revolving in perfect circles. Because of this, they concluded that circular motion was the most perfect of all motions, and only the most perfect motion could be suitable for such beautiful and divine objects. Thus, they repeatedly tried, often unsuccessfully, to create various systems that matched the observations while assuming these bodies moved in this ideal way.
The equality of their motions was another fundamental idea, which, in the same manner, and for the same reason, was supposed by all the founders of astronomical systems. For an equal motion can be more easily attended to, than one that is continually either accelerated or retarded. All inconsistency, therefore, was declared to be unworthy those bodies which revolved in the celestial regions, and to be fit only for inferior and sublunary things. The calculations of Kepler overturned, with regard to the Planets, both these natural prejudices of the imagination; destroyed their circular orbits; and introduced into their 369 real motions, such an equality as no equalizing circle would remedy. It was, however, to render their motion perfectly equable, without even the assistance of a equalizing circle, that Copernicus, as he himself assures us, had originally invented his system. Since the calculations of Kepler, therefore, overturned what Copernicus had principally in view in establishing his system, we cannot wonder that they should at first seem rather to embarrass than improve it.
The equality of their motions was another key idea that all the founders of astronomical systems believed in for the same reasons. An equal motion is easier to observe than one that is constantly speeding up or slowing down. Thus, any inconsistency was seen as unworthy of the celestial bodies and was deemed suitable only for lower and earthly things. Kepler’s calculations challenged both these natural biases about the imagination regarding the planets; they shattered the idea of their circular orbits and introduced into their 369 real motions an equality that no equalizing circle could fix. However, it was to make their motion perfectly equal, even without the help of an equalizing circle, that Copernicus, as he himself confirms, originally created his system. Since Kepler's calculations contradicted Copernicus's main aims in establishing his system, it's not surprising that they initially seemed to complicate rather than enhance it.
It is true, by these elliptical orbits and unequal motions, Kepler disengaged the system from the embarrassment of those small Epicycles, which Copernicus, in order to connect the seemingly accelerated and retarded movements of the Planets, with their supposed real equality, had been obliged to leave in it. For it is remarkable, that though Copernicus had delivered the orbits of the Planets from the enormous Epicycles of Hipparchus, that though in this consisted the great superiority of his system above that of the ancient astronomers, he was yet obliged, himself, to abandon, in some measure, this advantage, and to make use of some small Epicycles, to join together those seeming irregularities. His Epicycles indeed, like the irregularities for whose sake they were introduced, were but small ones, and the imaginations of his first followers seem, accordingly, either to have slurred them over altogether, or scarcely to have observed them. Neither Galileo, nor Gassendi, the two most eloquent of his defenders, take any notice of them. Nor does it seem to have been generally attended to, that there was any such thing as Epicycles in the system of Copernicus, till Kepler, in order to vindicate his own elliptical orbits, insisted, that even, according to Copernicus, the body of the Planet was to be found but at two different places in the circumference of that circle which the centre of its Epicycle described.
It’s true that with these elliptical orbits and uneven motions, Kepler freed the system from the hassle of those small epicycles that Copernicus had to include to reconcile the seemingly speeding up and slowing down movements of the planets with their supposed actual equality. It’s interesting to note that even though Copernicus had released the orbits of the planets from the massive epicycles of Hipparchus, which was a major advantage of his system over the ancient astronomers, he still had to somewhat compromise this benefit by using small epicycles to connect those apparent irregularities. His epicycles were indeed small, like the irregularities they aimed to address, and the imagination of his early followers seems to have either overlooked them entirely or barely noticed them. Neither Galileo nor Gassendi, the two most articulate supporters of his ideas, mentioned them. It also seems that the existence of epicycles in Copernicus’s system wasn’t widely acknowledged until Kepler, in defending his own elliptical orbits, pointed out that even according to Copernicus, the position of the planet could only be found at two different points on the circumference of the circle described by the center of its epicycle.
It is true, too, that an ellipse is, of all curve lines after a circle, the simplest and most easily conceived; and it is true, besides all this, that, while Kepler took from the motion of the Planets the easiest of all proportions, that of equality, he did not leave them absolutely without one, but ascertained the rule by which their velocities continually varied; for a genius so fond of analogies, when he had taken away one, would be sure to substitute another in its room. Notwithstanding all this, notwithstanding that his system was better supported by observations than any system had ever been before, yet, such was the attachment to the equal motions and circular orbits of the Planets, that it seems, for some time, to have been in general but little attended to by the learned, to have been altogether neglected by philosophers, and not much regarded even by astronomers.
It's also true that an ellipse is, after a circle, the simplest and easiest curve to imagine; and it’s also true that while Kepler derived the simplest ratio, equality, from the motion of the planets, he didn’t leave them without a ratio altogether. He figured out the rules by which their speeds constantly changed; for someone as fond of analogies as he was, when he took one away, it’s certain he would replace it with another. Despite all this, even though his system was supported by observations better than any before it, there was such a strong attachment to the equal motions and circular orbits of the planets that it seems that, for a while, it was mostly ignored by scholars, totally overlooked by philosophers, and not given much attention even by astronomers.
Gassendi, who began to figure in the world about the latter days of Kepler, and who was himself no mean astronomer, seems indeed to have conceived a good deal of esteem for his diligence and accuracy in accommodating the observations of Tycho Brahe to the system of 370 Copernicus. But Gassendi appears to have had no comprehension of the importance of those alterations which Kepler had made in that system, as is evident from his scarcely ever mentioning them in the whole course of his voluminous writings upon Astronomy. Des Cartes, the contemporary and rival of Gassendi, seems to have paid no attention to them at all, but to have built his Theory of the Heavens, without any regard to them. Even those astronomers, whom a serious attention had convinced of the justness of his corrections, were still so enamoured with the circular orbits and equal motion, that they endeavoured to compound his system with those ancient but natural prejudices. Thus, Ward endeavoured to show that, though the Planets moved in elliptical orbits, which had the Sun in one of their foci, and though their velocities in the elliptical line were continually varying, yet, if a ray was supposed to be extended from the centre of any one of them to the other focus, and to be carried along by the periodical motion of the Planet, it would make equal angles in equal times, and consequently cut off equal portions of the circle of which that other focus was the centre. To one, therefore, placed in that focus, the motion of the Planet would appear to be perfectly circular and perfectly equable, in the same manner as in the Equalizing Circles of Ptolemy and Hipparchus. Thus Bouillaud, who censured this hypothesis of Ward, invented another of the same kind, infinitely more whimsical and capricious. The Planets, according to that astronomer, always revolve in circles; for that being the most perfect figure, it is impossible they should revolve in any other. No one of them, however, continues to move in any one circle, but is perpetually passing from one to another, through an infinite number of circles, in the course of each revolution; for an ellipse, said he, is an oblique section of a cone, and in a cone, betwixt the two vortices of the ellipse there is an infinite number of circles, out of the infinitely small portions of which the elliptical line is compounded. The Planet, therefore which moves in this line, is, in every point of it, moving in an infinitely small portion of a certain circle. The motion of each Planet, too, according to him, was necessarily, for the same reason, perfectly equable. An equable motion being the most perfect of all motions. It was not, however, in the elliptical line, that it was equable, but in any one of the circles that were parallel to the base of that cone, by whose section this elliptical line had been formed: for, if a ray was extended from the Planet to any one of those circles, and carried along by its periodical motion, it would cut off equal portions of that circle in equal times; another most fantastical equalising circle, supported by no other foundation besides the frivolous connection between a cone and an ellipse, and recommended by nothing but the natural passion for circular orbits and equable motions. It may be regarded as the last effort of this passion, and may serve to show the force of that principle which could 371 thus oblige this accurate observer, and great improver of the Theory of the Heavens, to adopt so strange an hypothesis. Such was the difficulty and hesitation with which the followers of Copernicus adopted the corrections of Kepler.
Gassendi, who started to make his mark in the world around the end of Kepler's life, and who was himself quite a skilled astronomer, seems to have held a considerable respect for Kepler's hard work and precision in fitting Tycho Brahe's observations into Copernicus's system. However, Gassendi didn’t seem to grasp the significance of the changes Kepler had introduced to that system, as is clear from the fact that he hardly ever mentioned them throughout his extensive writings on astronomy. Des Cartes, who was a contemporary and rival of Gassendi, appears to have completely ignored them as well, constructing his Theory of the Heavens without considering them at all. Even astronomers who were genuinely convinced of the validity of Kepler's corrections were still so enamored with circular orbits and uniform motion that they tried to blend his system with those outdated but ingrained beliefs. For instance, Ward tried to demonstrate that, although the planets moved in elliptical orbits with the Sun at one focus and their speeds constantly changing, if a ray were imagined to extend from the center of one planet to the other focus and carried along by the planet's periodic motion, it would create equal angles in equal times, thus cutting off equal sections of the circle centered at that other focus. To an observer at that focus, the movement of the planet would seem perfectly circular and uniform, just like in the Equalizing Circles of Ptolemy and Hipparchus. Bouillaud, who criticized Ward's hypothesis, came up with a different yet equally whimsical one. According to him, the planets always revolve in circles because that is the most perfect shape, making it impossible for them to move in any other way. However, none of them stays in one circle but constantly shifts between many circles during each revolution; because, as he said, an ellipse is an oblique section of a cone, and between the two foci of the ellipse, there exists an infinite number of circles, from which the elliptical path is made up of infinitely small segments. Therefore, at every point of their elliptical path, the planet is moving along a minuscule section of a specific circle. Each planet's motion, he claimed, was also necessarily perfectly uniform for the same reason. Yet, this uniform motion wasn’t in the elliptical path but in any of the circles parallel to the base of the cone that forms the elliptical line: for if a ray were drawn from the planet to any of these circles and moved along with its periodic motion, it would cut off equal segments of that circle in equal times. This is yet another fantastical equalizing circle, supported by no foundation other than the trivial link between a cone and an ellipse, and motivated solely by the natural desire for circular orbits and uniform motions. This can be seen as the final expression of this desire, highlighting the extent to which this precise observer and significant enhancer of the Theory of the Heavens felt compelled to accept such an odd hypothesis. This illustrates the challenge and reluctance with which the followers of Copernicus embraced Kepler's corrections.
The rule, indeed, which Kepler ascertained for determining the gradual acceleration or retardation in the movement of the Planets, was intricate, and difficult to be comprehended; it could therefore but little facilitate the progress of the imagination in tracing those revolutions which were supposed to be conducted by it. According to that astronomer, if a straight line was drawn from the centre of each Planet to the Sun, and carried along by the periodical motion of the Planet, it would describe equal areas in equal times, though the Planet did not pass over equal spaces; and the same rule he found, took place nearly with regard to the Moon. The imagination, when acquainted with the law by which any motion is accelerated or retarded, can follow and attend to it more easily, than when at a loss, and, as it were, wandering in uncertainty with regard to the proportion which regulates its varieties; the discovery of this analogy therefore, no doubt, rendered the system of Kepler more agreeable to the natural taste of mankind: it, was, however, an analogy too difficult to be followed, or comprehended, to render it completely so.
The rule that Kepler figured out for determining the gradual acceleration or slowing down of the movements of the planets was complex and hard to understand; therefore, it didn't really help people imagine those revolutions that were thought to be governed by it. According to this astronomer, if you draw a straight line from the center of each planet to the Sun, and track it as the planet moves, it would cover equal areas in equal times, even if the planet does not travel equal distances; he found that the same principle applies closely to the Moon. When someone's mind is familiar with the law that governs how motion speeds up or slows down, it's easier for them to follow and understand it. In contrast, when they're unsure and, in a way, wandering in confusion about the rules that influence its changes, it becomes more difficult. Thus, the discovery of this analogy undoubtedly made Kepler's system more appealing to people's natural instincts, but it was still too complex to fully grasp or easily follow.
Kepler, besides this, introduced another new analogy into the system, and first discovered, that there was one uniform relation observed betwixt the distances of the Planets from the Sun, and the times employed in their periodical motions. He found, that their periodical times were greater than in proportion to their distances, and less than in proportion to the squares of those distances; but, that they were nearly as the mean proportionals betwixt their distances and the squares of their distances; or, in other words, that the squares of their periodical times were nearly as the cubes of their distances; an analogy, which, though, like all others, it no doubt rendered the system somewhat more distinct and comprehensible, was, however, as well as the former, of too intricate a nature to facilitate very much the effort of the imagination in conceiving it.
Kepler, in addition to this, introduced another new analogy into the system and first discovered a consistent relationship between the distances of the planets from the Sun and the time they take to complete their orbits. He found that their orbital periods were greater in proportion to their distances and less in proportion to the squares of those distances; however, they were roughly in line with the mean proportionals between their distances and the squares of those distances. In other words, the squares of their orbital periods were nearly proportional to the cubes of their distances. This analogy, like others, certainly made the system a bit clearer and easier to understand, but it was still complicated enough to challenge the imagination in grasping it.
The truth of both these analogies, intricate as they were, was at last fully established by the observations of Cassini. That astronomer first discovered, that the secondary Planets of Jupiter and Saturn revolved round their primary ones, according to the same laws which Kepler had observed in the revolutions of the primary ones round the Sun, and that of the Moon round the earth; that each of them described equal areas in equal times, and that the squares of their periodic times were as the cubes of their distances. When these two last abstruse analogies, which, when Kepler at first observed them, were but little regarded, had been thus found to take place in the revolutions of the Four Satellites of Jupiter, and in those of the Five of Saturn, they were 372 now thought not only to confirm the doctrine of Kepler, but to add a new probability to the Copernican hypothesis. The observations of Cassini seem to establish it as a law of the system, that, when one body revolved round another, it described equal areas in equal times; and that, when several revolved round the same body, the squares of their periodic times were as the cubes of their distances. If the Earth and the Five Planets were supposed to revolve round the Sun, these laws, it was said, would take place universally. But if, according to the system of Ptolemy, the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets were supposed to revolve round the Earth, the periodical motions of the Sun and Moon, would, indeed, observe the first of these laws, would each of them describe equal areas in equal times; but they would not observe the second, the squares of their periodic times would not be as the cubes of their distances: and the revolutions of the Five Planets would observe neither the one law nor the other. Or if, according to the system of Tycho Brahe, the Five Planets were supposed to revolve round the Sun, while the Sun and Moon revolved round the Earth, the revolutions of the Five Planets round the Sun, would, indeed, observe both these laws; but those of the Sun and Moon round the Earth would observe only the first of them. The analogy of nature, therefore, could be preserved completely, according to no other system but that of Copernicus, which, upon that account, must be the true one. This argument is regarded by Voltaire, and the Cardinal of Polignac, as an irrefragable demonstration; even M‘Laurin, who was more capable of judging, nay, Newton himself, seems to mention it as one of the principal evidences for the truth of that hypothesis. Yet, an analogy of this kind, it would seem, far from a demonstration, could afford, at most, but the shadow of a probability.
The truth of both these comparisons, complex as they were, was ultimately confirmed by Cassini's observations. That astronomer first discovered that the moons of Jupiter and Saturn revolve around their planets according to the same laws that Kepler had observed in the movements of the planets around the Sun and the Moon around Earth; each of them covers equal areas in equal times, and the squares of their orbital periods relate to the cubes of their distances. Once these complicated connections, which Kepler initially noticed but were largely overlooked, were proven to occur in the revolutions of Jupiter's four moons and Saturn's five moons, they were now seen as not only verifying Kepler’s theory but also adding new weight to the Copernican model. Cassini’s observations established it as a rule that when one body orbits another, it covers equal areas in equal times, and that when multiple bodies orbit the same one, the squares of their periods relate to the cubes of their distances. If Earth and the five planets were believed to revolve around the Sun, these laws, it was argued, would apply universally. However, if we followed Ptolemy's model, where the Sun, Moon, and five planets revolved around Earth, the periodic movements of the Sun and Moon would indeed follow the first law, covering equal areas in equal times, but they wouldn't adhere to the second law—where the squares of their orbital periods wouldn't relate to the cubes of their distances—and the five planets would not follow either law. Alternatively, if we considered Tycho Brahe's system, where the five planets revolved around the Sun while the Sun and Moon orbited Earth, the revolutions of the five planets around the Sun would follow both laws, but those of the Sun and Moon around the Earth would only follow the first one. Thus, the analogy of nature could only be completely preserved under Copernicus's system, which is why it must be the correct one. This argument is seen by Voltaire and Cardinal Polignac as an indisputable demonstration; even M'Laurin, who was more qualified to assess it, and Newton himself, seem to cite it as key evidence supporting that hypothesis. Yet, this kind of analogy, it seems, offers at best just the hint of a probability, rather than a true demonstration.
It is true, that though Cassini supposed the Planets to revolve in an oblong curve, it was in a curve somewhat different from that of Kepler. In the ellipse, the sum of the two lines which are drawn from any one point in the circumference to the two foci, is always equal to that of those which are drawn from any other point in the circumference to the same foci. In the curve of Cassini, it is not the sum of the lines, but the rectangles which are contained under the lines, that are always equal. As this, however, was a proportion more difficult to be comprehended by astronomers than the other, the curve of Cassini has never had the vogue.
It’s true that while Cassini thought the planets moved in an elongated curve, it was a bit different from Kepler's. In an ellipse, the total length of the two lines drawn from any point on the edge to the two focal points is always the same as that from any other point on the edge to the same foci. In Cassini’s curve, it’s not the sum of the lines that’s equal, but the areas of the rectangles formed under the lines. However, since this was a concept that astronomers found more difficult to grasp than the other, Cassini’s curve hasn’t gained much popularity.
Nothing now embarrassed the system of Copernicus, but the difficulty which the imagination felt in conceiving bodies so immensely ponderous as the Earth and the other Planets revolving round the Sun with such incredible rapidity. It was in vain that Copernicus pretended, that, notwithstanding the prejudices of sense, this circular motion might be as natural to the Planets, as it is to a stone to fall to the ground. The imagination had been accustomed to conceive such 373 objects as tending rather to rest than motion. This habitual idea of their natural inertness was incompatible with that of their natural motion. It was in vain that Kepler, in order to assist the fancy in connecting together this natural inertness with their astonishing velocities, talked of some vital and immaterial virtue, which was shed by the Sun into the surrounding spaces, which was whirled about with his revolution round his own axis, and which, taking hold of the Planets, forced them, in spite of their ponderousness and strong propensity to rest, thus to whirl about the centre of the system. The imagination had no hold of this immaterial virtue, and could form no determinate idea of what it consisted in. The imagination, indeed, felt a gap, or interval, betwixt the constant motion and the supposed inertness of the Planets, and had in this, as in all other cases, some general idea or apprehension that there must be a connecting chain of intermediate objects to link together these discordant qualities. Wherein this connecting chain consisted, it was, indeed, at a loss to conceive; nor did the doctrine of Kepler lend it any assistance in this respect. That doctrine, like almost all those of the philosophy in fashion during his time, bestowed a name upon this invisible chain, called it an immaterial virtue, but afforded no determinate idea of what was its nature.
Nothing now troubled Copernicus’s system, except for the difficulty of imagining massive bodies like the Earth and other planets revolving around the Sun at such incredible speeds. Copernicus claimed that, despite our sensory prejudices, this circular motion could be as natural for the planets as it is for a stone to fall to the ground. However, our minds were used to thinking of such objects as being more inclined to rest than to motion. This habitual belief in their natural stillness conflicted with the idea of their natural movement. It was futile for Kepler to help our imaginations bridge this natural stillness with their astonishing speeds by suggesting some vital and immaterial force emitted by the Sun, swirling with its rotation and compelling the planets to orbit the center of the system despite their heaviness and strong tendency to remain stationary. Our imagination couldn't grasp this immaterial force and couldn't form a clear idea of what it entailed. Indeed, it sensed a gap between the constant motion and the supposed stillness of the planets, and, as in all other cases, had a vague notion that there must be some kind of connecting link to unify these conflicting qualities. However, it struggled to conceive what this connecting link was, and Kepler's theory did not provide any clarity in this regard. His theory, like most philosophical ideas of his time, simply named this invisible link “immaterial virtue” but failed to offer a clear understanding of its nature.
Des Cartes was the first who attempted to ascertain, precisely, wherein this invisible chain consisted, and to afford the imagination a train of intermediate events, which, succeeding each other in an order that was of all others the most familiar to it, should unite those incoherent qualities, the rapid motion, and the natural inertness of the Planets. Des Cartes was the first who explained wherein consisted the real inertness of matter; that it was not in an aversion to motion, or in a propensity to rest, but in a power of continuing indifferently either at rest of in motion, and of resisting, with a certain force, whatever endeavoured to change its state from the one to the other. According to that ingenious and fanciful philosopher, the whole of infinite space was full of matter, for with him matter and extension were the same, and consequently there could be no void. This immensity of matter, he supposed to be divided into an infinite number of very small cubes; all of which, being whirled about upon their own centres, necessarily gave occasion to the production of two different elements. The first consisted of those angular parts, which, having been necessarily rubbed off, and grinded yet smaller by their mutual friction, constituted the most subtle and movable part of matter. The second consisted of those little globules that were formed by the rubbing off of the first. The interstices betwixt these globules of the second element was filled up by the particles of the first. But in the infinite collisions, which must occur in an infinite space filled with matter, and all in motion, it must necessarily happen that many of the globules of the second element should be broken and grinded down into the first. The quantity 374 of the first element having been thus increased beyond what was sufficient to fill up the interstices of the second, it must, in many places, have been heaped up together, without any mixture of the second along with it. Such, according to Des Cartes, was the original division of matter. Upon this infinitude of matter thus divided, a certain quantity of motion was originally impressed by the Creator of all things, and the laws of motion were so adjusted as always to preserve the same quantity in it, without increase, and without diminution. Whatever motion was lost by one part of matter, was communicated to some other; and whatever was acquired by one part of matter, was derived from some other: and thus, through an eternal revolution, from rest to motion, and from motion to rest, in every part of the universe, the quantity of motion in the whole was always the same.
Descartes was the first to try to figure out exactly what this invisible chain was made of and to provide a sequence of events that, following a familiar order, would connect those conflicting qualities: the fast motion and the natural stillness of the planets. He was the first to explain the true stillness of matter, stating that it wasn't about a dislike for motion or a tendency to stay still, but rather the ability to remain either at rest or in motion, resisting any force that tried to change its state. According to this clever and imaginative philosopher, infinite space was filled with matter because, for him, matter and extension were identical, meaning there could be no emptiness. He believed that this vast amount of matter was divided into an infinite number of tiny cubes, all spinning around their own centers, which led to the creation of two different elements. The first element was made up of angular particles that, having been rubbed off and ground down smaller through their friction, formed the most subtle and movable part of matter. The second element consisted of tiny globules created from the first element being worn down. The gaps between these globules were filled with particles from the first element. However, with endless collisions in an infinite space filled with moving matter, it was inevitable that many of the globules of the second element would break apart and grind down into the first. As a result, the amount of the first element increased beyond what was needed to fill the gaps of the second, leading to areas where it piled up without mixing with the second element. This, according to Descartes, was the original division of matter. Over this infinite amount of divided matter, a certain degree of motion was initially given by the Creator of everything, and the laws of motion were set to always maintain the same quantity of motion without increasing or decreasing. Any motion lost by one part of matter was transferred to another part, and whatever motion was gained by one part came from a different part. Thus, in a continuous cycle of rest to motion and motion to rest throughout the universe, the total amount of motion always remained constant.
But, as there was no void, no one part of matter could be moved without thrusting some other out of its place, nor that without thrusting some other, and so on. To avoid, therefore, an infinite progress, he supposed that the matter which any body pushed before it, rolled immediately backwards, to supply the place of that matter which flowed in behind it; and as we may observe in the swimming of a fish, that the water which it pushes before it, immediately rolls backward, to supply the place of what flows in behind it, and thus forms a small circle or vortex round the body of the fish. It was, in the same manner, that the motion originally impressed by the Creator upon the infinitude of matter, necessarily produced in it an infinity of greater and smaller vortices, or circular streams: and the law of motion being so adjusted as always to preserve the same quantity of motion in the universe, those vortices either continued for ever, or by their dissolution gave birth to others of the same kind. There was, thus, at all times, an infinite number of greater and smaller vortices, or circular streams, revolving in the universe.
But since there was no void, moving one part of matter would push another part out of its place, and that would push yet another, and so on. To prevent an infinite chain reaction, he suggested that the matter pushed by any object rolled back immediately to fill the space left by what flowed in behind it; similar to how when a fish swims, the water it pushes forward immediately rolls back to fill the space of what flows in behind it, creating a small circle or vortex around the fish. In the same way, the motion originally given by the Creator to the infinite matter naturally created an endless number of larger and smaller vortices, or circular streams. The law of motion was set up to always maintain the same total amount of motion in the universe, so those vortices either persisted indefinitely or their breakdown led to the creation of new ones like them. Therefore, at all times, there was an infinite number of larger and smaller vortices, or circular streams, moving throughout the universe.
But, whatever moves in a circle, is constantly endeavouring to fly off from the centre of its revolution. For the natural motion of all bodies is in a straight line. All the particles of matter, therefore, in each of those greater vortices, were continually pressing from the centre to the circumference, with more or less force, according to the different degrees of their bulk and solidity. The larger and more solid globules of the second element forced themselves upwards to the circumference, while the smaller, more yielding, and more active particles of the first, which could flow, even through the interstices of the second, were forced downwards to the centre. They were forced downwards to the centre, notwithstanding their natural tendency was upwards to the circumference; for the same reason that a piece of wood, when plunged in water, is forced upwards to the surface, notwithstanding its natural tendency is downwards to the bottom; because its tendency downwards is less strong than that of the particles of water, which, therefore, 375 if one may say so, press in before it, and thus force it upwards. But there being a greater quantity of the first element than what was necessary to fill up the interstices of the second, it was necessarily accumulated in the centre of each of these great circular streams, and formed there the fiery and active substance of the Sun. For, according to that philosopher, the Solar Systems were infinite in number, each Fixed Star being the centre of one: and he is among the first of the moderns, who thus took away the boundaries of the Universe; even Copernicus and Kepler, themselves, having confined it within, what they supposed, to be the vault of the Firmament.
But anything that moves in a circle is always trying to break free from the center of its rotation. The natural motion of all objects is in a straight line. Therefore, all the particles of matter in those larger whirlpools were constantly pushing from the center to the edge, with varying strength based on their size and density. The bigger and denser pieces of the second element pushed upwards to the edge, while the smaller, more flexible, and active particles of the first element, which could flow even through the gaps of the second, were pushed down to the center. They were pushed down to the center, even though their natural inclination was to rise to the edge; this is similar to how a piece of wood, when dropped into water, is pushed up to the surface despite its natural tendency to sink; its downward pull is weaker than that of the water particles, which, so to speak, press in ahead of it and force it upwards. However, since there is more of the first element than needed to fill the gaps of the second, it naturally accumulated at the center of each of these large circular flows, forming the fiery and active substance we know as the Sun. According to that philosopher, the Solar Systems are infinite, with each Fixed Star being the center of one: he was one of the first modern thinkers to eliminate the boundaries of the Universe; even Copernicus and Kepler had restricted it within what they believed to be the dome of the Firmament.
The centre of each vortex being thus occupied by the most active and movable parts of matter, there was necessarily among them, a more violent agitation than in any other part of the vortex, and this violent agitation of the centre cherished and supported the movement of the whole. But, among the particles of the first element, which fill up the interstices of the second, there are many, which, from the pressure of the globules on all sides of them, necessarily receive an angular form, and thus constitute a third element of particles less fit for motion than those of the other two. As the particles, however, of this third element were formed in the interstices of the second, they are necessarily smaller than those of the second, and are, therefore, along with those of the first, urged down towards the centre, where, when a number of them happen to take hold of one another, they form such spots upon the surface of the accumulated particles of the first element, as are often discovered by telescopes upon the face of that Sun which enlightens and animates our particular system. Those spots are often broken and dispelled, by the violent agitation of the particles of the first element, as has hitherto happily been the case with those which have successively been formed upon the face of our Sun. Sometimes, however, they encrust the whole surface of that fire which is accumulated in the centre; and the communication betwixt the most active and the most inert parts of the vortex being thus interrupted, the rapidity of its motion immediately begins to languish, and can no longer defend it from being swallowed up and carried away by the superior violence of some other like circular stream; and in this manner, what was once a Sun, becomes a Planet. Thus, the time was, according to this system, when the Moon was a body of the same kind with the Sun, the fiery centre of a circular stream of ether, which flowed continually round her; but her face having been crusted over by a congeries of angular particles, the motion of this circular stream began to languish, and could no longer defend itself from being absorbed by the more violent vortex of the Earth, which was then, too, a Sun, and which chanced to be placed in its neighbourhood. The Moon, therefore, became a Planet, and revolved round the Earth. In process of time, the same fortune, which had thus befallen the Moon, befell also 376 the Earth; its face was encrusted by a gross and inactive substance; the motion of its vortex began to languish, and it was absorbed by the greater vortex of the Sun: but though the vortex of the Earth had thus become languid, it still had force enough to occasion both the diurnal revolution of the Earth, and the monthly motion of the Moon. For a small circular stream may easily be conceived as flowing round the body of the Earth, at the same time that it is carried along by that great ocean of ether which is continually revolving round the Sun; in the same manner, as in a great whirlpool of water, one may often see several small whirlpools, which revolve round centres of their own, and at the same time are carried round the centre of the great one. Such was the cause of the original formation and consequent motions of the Planetary System. When a solid body is turned round its centre, those parts of it, which are nearest, and those which are remotest from the centre, complete their revolutions in one and the same time. But it is otherwise with the revolutions of a fluid; the parts of it which are nearest the centre complete their revolutions in a shorter time, than those which are remoter. The Planets, therefore, all floating, in that immense tide of ether which is continually setting in from west to east round the body of the Sun, complete their revolutions in a longer or a shorter time, according to their nearness or distance from him. There was, however, according to Des Cartes, no very exact proportion observed betwixt the times of their revolutions and their distances from the centre. For that nice analogy, which Kepler had discovered betwixt them, having not yet been confirmed by the observations of Cassini, was, as I before took notice, entirely disregarded by Des Cartes. According to him, too, their orbits might not be perfectly circular, but be longer the one way than the other, and thus approach to an Ellipse. Nor yet was it necessary to suppose, that they described this figure with geometrical accuracy, or even that they described always precisely the same figure. It rarely happens, that nature can be mathematically exact with regard to the figure of the objects she produces, upon account of the infinite combinations of impulses, which must conspire to the production of each of her effects. No two Planets, no two animals of the same kind, have exactly the same figure, nor is that of any one of them perfectly regular. It was in vain, therefore, that astronomers laboured to find that perfect constancy and regularity in the motions of the heavenly bodies, which is to be found in no other parts of nature. These motions, like all others, must either languish or be accelerated, according as the cause which produces them, the revolution of the vortex of the Sun, either languishes, or is accelerated; and there are innumerable events which may occasion either the one or the other of those changes.
The center of each vortex is occupied by the most active and mobile parts of matter, resulting in a more intense agitation than in any other part of the vortex. This violent agitation at the center fuels and maintains the movement of the whole system. However, among the particles of the first element that fill the gaps of the second, many receive an angular shape due to the pressure from the surrounding globules, creating a third element of particles that are less suited for motion than those from the other two. Since the particles of this third element were formed in the gaps of the second, they are necessarily smaller than those of the second and are therefore pulled down toward the center, where when a group of them grab onto one another, they form spots on the surface of the accumulated particles of the first element, which can often be seen through telescopes on the surface of the Sun that lights up and energizes our system. These spots can often be disrupted and removed by the violent agitation of the particles of the first element, as has happily been the case with those that have formed on the surface of our Sun. Sometimes, however, they cover the entire surface of that fire gathered at the center; and with the connection between the most active and the most inert parts of the vortex interrupted, the speed of its motion begins to slow down and can no longer protect it from being pulled in and carried away by the stronger force of another similar circular stream; thus, what was once a Sun becomes a Planet. According to this system, there was a time when the Moon was like the Sun, the fiery center of a circular stream of ether flowing around it constantly; but after its surface was covered by a mass of angular particles, the motion of this circular stream started to decline, and it could no longer defend itself from being absorbed by the more powerful vortex of the Earth, which was then also a Sun, situated nearby. Therefore, the Moon became a Planet and began revolving around the Earth. Over time, the same fate that befell the Moon also happened to the Earth; its surface was covered by a thick and inactive substance, its vortex motion slowed down, and it was absorbed by the larger vortex of the Sun. Yet, even though the Earth's vortex had become sluggish, it still had enough force to create both the daily rotation of the Earth and the monthly motion of the Moon. A small circular stream can easily be imagined as flowing around the Earth while being carried along by that vast ocean of ether that continually revolves around the Sun, similar to the way several small whirlpools revolve around their centers while being swept along by a larger whirlpool. This explains the original formation and subsequent motions of the Planetary System. When a solid body rotates around its center, the parts closest to it and those farthest complete their revolutions in the same amount of time. However, this is not the case for a fluid; the parts nearest the center complete their rotations faster than those farther away. Therefore, all the Planets, floating in that immense flow of ether moving from west to east around the Sun, complete their revolutions in varying amounts of time based on their distance from him. According to Descartes, there wasn't a very precise relationship observed between the times of their revolutions and their distances from the center. The accurate analogy discovered by Kepler had yet to be confirmed by Cassini's observations and was entirely ignored by Descartes. He also suggested that their orbits might not be perfectly circular but longer in one direction than the other, thus resembling an ellipse. Moreover, it was unnecessary to assume that they traced out this shape with geometrical precision or that they always described the same figure. Nature rarely achieves mathematical exactness regarding the shapes of the objects she creates due to the countless combinations of forces that must work together to produce each effect. No two Planets, nor any two animals of the same species, have exactly the same shape, nor is any one of them perfectly regular. Therefore, it was futile for astronomers to strive to find that perfect constancy and regularity in the motions of celestial bodies, which does not exist in any other part of nature. These motions, like all others, must either slow down or speed up according to the cause that produces them, the rotation of the Sun's vortex, either diminishing or increasing; and countless events can cause either of these changes.
It was thus, that Des Cartes endeavoured to render familiar to the imagination, the greatest difficulty in the Copernican system, the rapid 377 motion of the enormous bodies of the Planets. When the fancy had thus been taught to conceive them as floating in an immense ocean of ether, it was quite agreeable to its usual habits to conceive, that they should follow the stream of this ocean, how rapid soever. This was an order of succession to which it had been long accustomed, and with which it was, therefore, quite familiar. This account, too, of the motions of the Heavens, was connected with a vast, an immense system, which joined together a greater number of the most discordant phenomena of nature, than had been united by any other hypothesis; a system in which the principles of connection, though perhaps equally imaginary, were, however, more distinct and determinate, than any that had been known before; and which attempted to trace to the imagination, not only the order of succession by which the heavenly bodies were moved, but that by which they, and almost all other natural objects, had originally been produced.—The Cartesian philosophy begins now to be almost universally rejected, whilst the Copernican system continues to be universally received. Yet it is not easy to imagine, how much probability and coherence this admired system was long supposed to derive from that exploded hypothesis. Till Des Cartes had published his principles, the disjointed and incoherent system of Tycho Brahe, though it was embraced heartily and completely by scarce any body, was yet constantly talked of by all the learned, as, in point of probability, upon a level with Copernicus. They took notice, indeed, of its inferiority with regard to coherence and connection, expressing hopes, however, that these defects might be remedied by some future improvements. But when the world beheld that complete, and almost perfect coherence, which the philosophy of Des Cartes bestowed upon the system of Copernicus, the imaginations of mankind could no longer refuse themselves the pleasure of going along with so harmonious an account of things. The system of Tycho Brahe was every day less and less talked of, till at last it was forgotten altogether.
It was like this that Des Cartes tried to make it easier for people to understand the biggest challenge in the Copernican system: the fast 377 movement of the huge planetary bodies. Once the mind was trained to picture them as floating in a vast ocean of ether, it was quite natural for it to think that they should move with the current of this ocean, regardless of how fast it was. This type of succession was something it had been used to for a long time, and thus it felt comfortable with it. This explanation of the movements of the heavens was also linked to a vast, immense system that connected more of the seemingly unrelated phenomena of nature than any other hypothesis had done; a system in which the principles of connection, though still maybe imaginary, were clearer and more defined than any known before; and which attempted to explain not only the order in which the heavenly bodies moved but also how they, along with nearly all other natural objects, were originally formed. The Cartesian philosophy is now almost universally dismissed, while the Copernican system is widely accepted. Yet, it’s hard to imagine how much credibility and coherence this esteemed system was once thought to gain from that discredited hypothesis. Until Des Cartes published his principles, the disconnected and incoherent system of Tycho Brahe, though not fully embraced by many, was still frequently discussed among learned circles, as being as probable as Copernicus's view. They acknowledged its shortcomings in coherence and connection, but expressed hope that these flaws could be fixed with future improvements. However, when the world saw the complete, nearly perfect coherence that Des Cartes' philosophy brought to the Copernican system, people’s imaginations couldn’t help but enjoy the pleasure of embracing such a harmonious explanation of things. The system of Tycho Brahe became less and less talked about each day, until it was eventually forgotten altogether.
The system of Des Cartes, however, though it connected together the real motions of the heavenly bodies according to the system of Copernicus, more happily than had been done before, did so only when they were considered in the gross; but did not apply to them, when they were regarded in the detail. Des Cartes, as was said before, had never himself observed the Heavens with any particular application. Though he was not ignorant, therefore, of any of the observations which had been made before his time, he seems to have paid them no great degree of attention; which, probably, proceeded from his own inexperience in the study of Astronomy. So far, therefore, from accommodating his system to all the minute irregularities, which Kepler had ascertained in the movements of the Planets; or from showing, particularly, how these irregularities, and no other, should arise from it, he contented himself with observing, that perfect uniformity could not 378 be expected in their motions, from the nature of the causes which produced them; that certain irregularities might take place in them, for a great number of successive revolutions, and afterwards gave way to others of a different kind: a remark which, happily, relieved him from the necessity of applying his system to the observations of Kepler, and the other Astronomers.
The system of Descartes, while it connected the actual motions of the heavenly bodies according to Copernicus's model better than anyone had done before, only worked when looking at the big picture. It did not apply when the details were considered. Descartes, as mentioned earlier, had never closely observed the heavens himself. Although he was aware of the observations made prior to his time, he didn't seem to pay much attention to them, likely due to his lack of experience in astronomy. Rather than adapting his system to fit the detailed irregularities identified by Kepler in the movements of the planets, or explaining how those specific irregularities would come from it, he simply noted that perfect uniformity could not 378 be expected in their motions due to the nature of the causes involved. He observed that certain irregularities could occur for many consecutive revolutions before being replaced by others of a different kind. This insight allowed him to avoid the need to adjust his system to match the observations of Kepler and other astronomers.
But when the observations of Cassini had established the authority of those laws, which Kepler had first discovered in the system, the philosophy of Des Cartes, which could afford no reason why such particular laws should be observed, might continue to amuse the learned in other sciences, but could no longer satisfy those that were skilled in Astronomy. Sir Isaac Newton first attempted to give a physical account of the motions of the Planets, which should accommodate itself to all the constant irregularities which astronomers had ever observed in their motions. The physical connection, by which Des Cartes had endeavoured to bind together the movements of the Planets, was the laws of impulse; of all the orders of succession, those which are most familiar to the imagination; as they all flow from the inertness of matter. After this quality, there is no other with which we are so well acquainted as that of gravity. We never act upon matter, but we have occasion to observe it. The superior genius and sagacity of Sir Isaac Newton, therefore, made the most happy, and, we may now say, the greatest and most admirable improvement that was ever made in philosophy, when he discovered, that he could join together the movements of the Planets by so familiar a principle of connection, which completely removed all the difficulties the imagination had hitherto felt in attending to them. He demonstrated, that, if the Planets were supposed to gravitate towards the Sun, and to one another, and at the same time to have had a projecting force originally impressed upon them, the primary ones might all describe ellipses in one of the foci of which that great luminary was placed; and the secondary ones might describe figures of the same kind round their respective primaries, without being disturbed by the continual motion of the centres of their revolutions. That if the force, which retained each of them in their orbits, was like that of gravity, and directed towards the Sun, they would, each of them, describe equal areas in equal times. That if this attractive power of the Sun, like all other qualities which are diffused in rays from a centre, diminished in the same proportion as the squares of the distances increased, their motions would be swiftest when nearest the Sun, and slowest when farthest off from him, in the same proportion in which, by observation, they are discovered to be; and that upon the same supposition, of this gradual diminution of their respective gravities, their periodic times would bear the same proportion to their distances, which Kepler and Cassini had established betwixt them. Having thus shown, that gravity might be the 379 connecting principle which joined together the movements of the Planets, he endeavoured next to prove that it really was so. Experience shows us, what is the power of gravity near the surface of the Earth. That it is such as to make a body fall, in the first second of its descent, through about fifteen Parisian feet. The Moon is about sixty semidiameters of the Earth distant from its surface. If gravity, therefore, was supposed to diminish, as the squares of the distance increase, a body, at the Moon, would fall towards the Earth in a minute; that is, in sixty seconds, through the same space, which it falls near its surface in one second. But the arch which the Moon describes in a minute, falls, by observation, about fifteen Parisian feet below the tangent drawn at the beginning of it. So far, therefore, the Moon may be conceived as constantly falling towards the Earth.
But when Cassini's observations confirmed the authority of the laws that Kepler first discovered in the solar system, Des Cartes' philosophy, which offered no explanation for why those specific laws should apply, could still entertain scholars in other fields, but it could no longer satisfy those well-versed in Astronomy. Sir Isaac Newton was the first to attempt a physical explanation for the motions of the planets that would account for all the consistent irregularities that astronomers had observed. The physical connection that Des Cartes tried to use to link the movements of the planets was based on the laws of impulse; among all types of succession, those are the most familiar to our imagination, as they stem from the inertia of matter. After inertia, there's no other quality we're more familiar with than gravity. Whenever we interact with matter, we notice it. The exceptional brilliance and insight of Sir Isaac Newton brought about the most significant, and we can now say, the greatest and most remarkable advancement in philosophy when he realized that he could connect the movements of the planets through such a familiar principle, which resolved all the challenges that imagination faced prior to his discovery. He demonstrated that if the planets were assumed to gravitate towards the Sun and towards each other, while also having an initial projecting force, the primary planets could all move in ellipses with the Sun at one of the foci; and the secondary ones could trace similar figures around their respective primaries, without being affected by the ongoing motion of their centers. He showed that if the force keeping each of them in their orbits was similar to gravity and directed towards the Sun, they would each sweep out equal areas in equal times. If this gravitational pull from the Sun, like other qualities that radiate from a center, diminished in proportion to the squares of the distances, their motions would be fastest when closest to the Sun and slowest when furthest away, consistent with what observations have shown. Based on this idea of gradually diminishing gravities, their periodic times would relate to their distances in the same way Kepler and Cassini had proven. Having established that gravity could be the 379 connecting principle for the movements of the planets, he then sought to prove that it indeed was. Experience reveals the power of gravity near the Earth's surface. It is strong enough to cause a body to fall about fifteen Parisian feet in the first second of its fall. The Moon is approximately sixty Earth diameters away from its surface. If gravity is thought to decrease as the squares of the distances increase, a body at the Moon would fall towards the Earth over a minute; in other words, in sixty seconds, it would fall the same distance that it falls near the surface in one second. However, the arc that the Moon describes in a minute, by observation, falls about fifteen Parisian feet below the tangent drawn at its starting point. Thus, we can think of the Moon as constantly falling towards the Earth.
The system of Sir Isaac Newton corresponded to many other irregularities which Astronomers had observed in the Heavens. It assigned a reason, why the centres of the revolutions of the Planets were not precisely in the centre of the Sun, but in the common centre of gravity of the Sun and the Planets. From the mutual attraction of the Planets, it gave a reason for some other irregularities in their motions; irregularities, which are quite sensible in those of Jupiter and Saturn, when those Planets are nearly in conjunction with one another. But of all the irregularities in the Heavens, those of the Moon had hitherto given the greatest perplexity to Astronomers; and the system of Sir Isaac Newton corresponded, if possible, yet more accurately with them than with any of the other Planets. The Moon, when either in conjunction, or in opposition to the Sun, appears furthest from the Earth, and nearest to it when in her quarters. According to the system of that philosopher, when she is in conjunction with the Sun, she is nearer the Sun than the Earth is; consequently, more attracted to him, and, therefore, more separated from the Earth. On the contrary, when in opposition to the Sun, she is further from the Sun than the Earth. The Earth, therefore, is more attracted to the Sun: and consequently, in this case, too, further separated from the Moon. But, on the other hand, when the Moon is in her quarters, the Earth and the Moon, being both at equal distance from the Sun, are equally attracted to him. They would not, upon this account alone, therefore, be brought nearer to one another. As it is not in parallel lines however that they are attracted towards the Sun, but in lines which meet in his centre, they are, thereby, still further approached to one another. Sir Isaac Newton computed the difference of the forces with which the Moon and the Earth ought, in all those different situations, according to his theory, to be impelled towards one another; and found, that the different degrees of their approaches, as they had been observed by Astronomers, corresponded exactly to his computations. As the attraction of the Sun, in the conjunctions and oppositions, diminishes the gravity of 380 the Moon towards the Earth, and, consequently, makes her necessarily extend her orbit, and, therefore, require a longer periodical time to finish it. But, when the Moon and the Earth are in that part of the orbit which is nearest the Sun, this attraction of the Sun will be the greatest; consequently, the gravity of the Moon towards the Earth will there be most diminished; her orbit be most extended; and her periodic time be, therefore, the longest. This is, also, agreeable to experience, and in the very same proportion, in which, by computation, from these principles, it might be expected.
The system of Sir Isaac Newton explained many irregularities that astronomers had observed in the sky. It provided a reason for why the centers of the planet's orbits weren't exactly at the Sun’s center but at the common center of gravity of the Sun and the planets. It also accounted for some other irregularities in their motions due to the gravitational interactions between the planets, which are particularly noticeable with Jupiter and Saturn when they are almost aligned. However, of all the irregularities in the sky, those of the Moon had previously caused the most confusion for astronomers; and Newton’s system matched these even more precisely than it did for the other planets. The Moon appears farthest from the Earth when it is aligned with or opposite the Sun, and closest when it is in its quarters. According to Newton's theory, when the Moon is aligned with the Sun, it is closer to the Sun than the Earth is; therefore, it experiences a stronger gravitational pull from the Sun and is pulled farther away from the Earth. Conversely, when the Moon is opposite the Sun, it is farther from the Sun than the Earth, making the Earth feel a greater attraction to the Sun and pushing it farther away from the Moon. However, when the Moon is in its quarters, both the Earth and the Moon are at equal distances from the Sun and are equally attracted to it. Because they aren't attracted in parallel lines but along lines that converge at the Sun’s center, this results in them being drawn closer together. Sir Isaac Newton calculated the differences in the forces with which the Moon and Earth should be drawn to each other in these various positions, and found that the observed differences in their distances corresponded perfectly with his calculations. The Sun's gravitational pull during conjunctions and oppositions reduces the Moon’s gravity toward the Earth, which means it has to extend its orbit and take a longer time to complete one cycle. But when the Moon and Earth are at the point in their orbits closest to the Sun, the Sun's attraction is at its strongest, which means the Moon’s gravitational pull toward the Earth is the least at that point, resulting in its orbit being more extended and taking the longest time to complete. This aligns with observational evidence and agrees with the expected computations based on these principles.
The orbit of the Moon is not precisely in the same Plane with that of the Earth; but makes a very small angle with it. The points of intersection with those two Planes, are called, the Nodes of the Moon. These Nodes of the Moon are in continual motion, and in eighteen or nineteen years, revolve backwards, from east to west, through all the different points of the Ecliptic. For the Moon, after having finished her periodical revolution, generally intersects the orbit of the Earth somewhat behind the point where she had intersected it before. But, though the motion of the Nodes is thus generally retrograde, it is not always so, but is sometimes direct, and sometimes they appear even stationary; the Moon generally intersects the Plane of the Earth’s orbit behind the point where she had intersected it in her former revolution; but she sometimes intersects it before that point, and sometimes in the very same point. It is the situation of those Nodes which determines the times of Eclipses, and their motions had, upon this account, at all times, been particularly attended to by Astronomers. Nothing, however, had perplexed them more, than to account for these so inconsistent motions, and, at the same time, preserve their so much sought-for regularity in the revolutions of the Moon. For they had no other means of connecting the appearances together than by supposing the motions which produced them, to be, in reality, perfectly regular and equable. The history of Astronomy, therefore, gives an account of a greater number of theories invented for connecting together the motions of the Moon, than for connecting together those of all the other heavenly bodies taken together. The theory of gravity, connected together, in the most accurate manner, by the different actions of the Sun and the Earth, all those irregular motions; and it appears, by calculation, that the time, the quantity, and the duration of those direct and retrograde motions of the Nodes, as well as of their stationary appearances, might be expected to be exactly such, as the observations of Astronomers have determined them.
The Moon's orbit isn't exactly in the same plane as the Earth's; it makes a very small angle with it. The points where these two planes intersect are called the Nodes of the Moon. These Nodes are always moving and complete a backward rotation from east to west through all the different points of the Ecliptic in eighteen or nineteen years. After the Moon finishes its periodic revolution, it usually crosses the Earth's orbit slightly behind the point where it crossed before. Although the Nodes generally move in reverse, they can sometimes move directly, and at times they even seem to be stationary. The Moon usually intersects the plane of the Earth's orbit behind where it did in its last revolution, but it can occasionally cross it before that point or at the same point. The positions of these Nodes determine when eclipses occur, and astrologers have always closely monitored their movements for this reason. However, nothing has baffled them more than trying to explain these inconsistent movements while still maintaining the well-known regularity of the Moon's revolutions. They had no way of linking these phenomena together except by assuming that the motions causing them were actually perfectly regular and uniform. Consequently, the history of astronomy records more theories devised to explain the Moon's motions than for all other celestial bodies combined. The theory of gravity connects all those irregular movements in the most precise way through the interactions between the Sun and the Earth, and calculations show that the timing, amount, and duration of the Nodes' direct and retrograde motions, as well as their stationary appearances, align perfectly with the observations made by astronomers.
The same principle, the attraction of the Sun, which thus accounts for the motions of the Nodes, connects, too, another very perplexing irregularity in the appearances of the Moon; the perpetual variation in the inclination of her orbit to that of the Earth.
The same principle, the pull of the Sun, which explains the movements of the Nodes, is also responsible for another confusing irregularity in the Moon's appearances: the constant change in the tilt of her orbit compared to that of the Earth.
As the Moon revolves in an ellipse, which has the centre of the 381 Earth in one of its foci, the longer axis of its orbit is called the Line of its Apsides. This line is found, by observation, not to be always directed towards the same points of the Firmament, but to revolve forwards from west to east, so as to pass through all the points of the Ecliptic, and to complete its period in about nine years; another irregularity, which had very much perplexed Astronomers, but which the theory of gravity sufficiently accounted for.
As the Moon orbits in an ellipse with Earth at one of its foci, the longer axis of its orbit is known as the Line of its Apsides. Observations show that this line doesn't always point to the same spots in the sky; instead, it moves forward from west to east, passing through all the points of the Ecliptic, and completes its cycle in about nine years. This irregularity puzzled astronomers a lot, but the theory of gravity explained it well.
The Earth had hitherto been regarded as perfectly globular, probably for the same reason which had made men imagine, that the orbits of the Planets must necessarily be perfectly circular. But Sir Isaac Newton, from mechanical principles, concluded, that, as the parts of the Earth must be more agitated by her diurnal revolution at the Equator, than at the Poles, they must necessarily be somewhat elevated at the first, and flattened at the second. The observation, that the oscillations of pendulums were slower at the Equator than at the Poles, seeming to demonstrate, that gravity was stronger at the Poles, and weaker at the Equator, proved, he thought, that the Equator was further from the centre than the Poles. All the measures, however, which had hitherto been made of the Earth, seemed to show the contrary, that it was drawn out towards the Poles, and flattened towards the Equator. Newton, however, preferred his mechanical computations to the former measures of Geographers and Astronomers; and in this he was confirmed by the observations of Astronomers on the figure of Jupiter, whose diameter at the Pole seems to be to his diameter at the Equator, as twelve to thirteen; a much greater inequality than could be supposed to take place betwixt the correspondent diameters of the Earth, but which was exactly proportioned to the superior bulk of Jupiter, and the superior rapidity with which he performs his diurnal revolutions. The observations of Astronomers at Lapland and Peru have fully confirmed Sir Isaac’s system, and have not only demonstrated, that the figure of the Earth is, in general, such as he supposed it; but that the proportion of its axis to the diameter of its Equator is almost precisely such as he had computed it. And of all the proofs that have ever been adduced of the diurnal revolution of the Earth, this perhaps is the most solid and most satisfactory.
The Earth had previously been thought to be perfectly round, likely because people believed that the orbits of the planets must also be perfectly circular. However, Sir Isaac Newton concluded, based on mechanical principles, that since the Earth's surface experiences more movement at the Equator due to its daily rotation than at the Poles, it must be slightly bulged at the Equator and flattened at the Poles. The observation that pendulums swing more slowly at the Equator than at the Poles seemed to show that gravity is stronger at the Poles and weaker at the Equator, supporting his idea that the Equator is further from the center than the Poles. Nevertheless, all previous measurements of the Earth appeared to indicate the opposite, suggesting it was pulled towards the Poles and flattened at the Equator. Still, Newton preferred his mechanical calculations over earlier measurements by geographers and astronomers; this was backed by astronomers' observations of Jupiter, which showed its diameter at the Pole is to its diameter at the Equator as twelve to thirteen—a much greater difference than would be expected between the corresponding diameters of the Earth, but one that matched Jupiter's larger size and faster rotation. Observations by astronomers in Lapland and Peru have fully supported Sir Isaac's theory, demonstrating that the Earth’s shape is indeed as he proposed, and that the ratio of its axis to the diameter of its Equator is almost exactly what he calculated. Among all the evidence ever presented for the Earth’s daily rotation, this is perhaps the most convincing.
Hipparchus, by comparing his own observations with those of some former Astronomers, had found that the equinoctial points were not always opposite to the same part of the Heavens, but that they advanced gradually eastward by so slow a motion, as to be scarce sensible in one hundred years, and which would require thirty-six thousand to make a complete revolution of the Equinoxes, and to carry them successively through all the different points of the Ecliptic. More accurate observations discovered that this procession of the Equinoxes was not so slow as Hipparchus had imagined it, and that it required somewhat less than twenty-six thousand years to give them a complete 382 revolution. While the ancient system of Astronomy, which represented the Earth as the immovable centre of the universe, took place, this appearance was necessarily accounted for, by supposing that the Firmament, besides its rapid diurnal revolution round the poles of the Equator, had likewise a slow periodical one round those of the Ecliptic. And when the system of Hipparchus was by the schoolmen united with the solid Spheres of Aristotle, they placed a new crystalline Sphere above the Firmament, in order to join this motion to the rest. In the Copernican system, this appearance had hitherto been connected with the other parts of that hypothesis, by supposing a small revolution in the Earth’s axis from east to west. Sir Isaac Newton connected this motion by the same principle of gravity, by which he had united all the others, and showed, how the elevation of the parts of the Earth at the Equator must, by the attraction of the Sun, produce the same retrograde motion of the Nodes of the Ecliptic, which it produced of the Nodes of the Moon. He computed the quantity of motion which could arise from this action of the Sun, and his calculations here too corresponded with the observations of Astronomers.
Hipparchus, by comparing his own observations with those of earlier astronomers, found that the equinoctial points were not always directly opposite to the same part of the sky, but that they slowly shifted eastward at such a gradual rate that it was hardly noticeable over one hundred years. It would take about thirty-six thousand years for them to complete a full revolution of the Equinoxes, moving them through all the different points of the Ecliptic. Later, more accurate observations revealed that this procession of the Equinoxes was actually faster than Hipparchus had thought and would take just under twenty-six thousand years to make a complete 382 revolution. While the ancient astronomical system, which viewed the Earth as the unmoving center of the universe, was in place, this phenomenon was explained by assuming that the Firmament, in addition to its rapid daily rotation around the Equator poles, also had a slow periodic rotation around the Ecliptic poles. When Hipparchus’s system was combined with Aristotle's solid Spheres by the scholars, a new crystalline Sphere was added above the Firmament to incorporate this motion with the others. In the Copernican system, this phenomenon was previously associated with the rest of the hypothesis by proposing a slight revolution of the Earth’s axis from east to west. Sir Isaac Newton linked this motion using the same principle of gravity that he used to connect all the other movements and demonstrated how the elevation of the Earth’s parts at the Equator, due to the Sun's attraction, would produce the same retrograde motion of the Ecliptic’s Nodes as it did for the Moon's Nodes. He calculated how much motion could result from the Sun's influence, and his findings corresponded with astronomers' observations.
Comets have hitherto, of all the appearances in the Heavens, been the least attended to by Astronomers. The rarity and inconstancy of their appearance, seemed to separate them entirely from the constant, regular, and uniform objects in the Heavens, and to make them resemble more the inconstant, transitory, and accidental phenomena of those regions that are in the neighbourhood of the Earth. Aristotle, Eudoxus, Hipparchus, Ptolemy, and Purbach, therefore, had all degraded them below the Moon, and ranked them among the meteors of the upper regions of the air. The observations of Tycho Brahe demonstrated, that they ascended into the celestial regions, and were often higher than Venus or the Sun. Des Cartes, at random, supposed them to be always higher than even the orbit of Saturn; and seems, by the superior elevation he thus bestowed upon them, to have been willing to compensate that unjust degradation which they had suffered for so many ages before. The observations of some later Astronomers demonstrated, that they too revolved about the Sun, and might therefore be parts of the Solar System. Newton accordingly applied his mechanical principle of gravity to explain the motions of these bodies. That they described equal areas in equal times, had been discovered by the observations of some later Astronomers; and Newton endeavoured to show how from this principle, and those observations, the nature and position of their several orbits might be ascertained, and their periodic times determined. His followers have, from his principles, ventured even to predict the returns of several of them, particularly of one which is to make its appearance in 1758.1 We must wait for that time 383 before we can determine, whether his philosophy corresponds as happily to this part of the system as to all the others. In the meantime, however, the ductility of this principle, which applied itself so happily to these, the most irregular of all the celestial appearances, and which has introduced such complete coherence into the motions of all the Heavenly Bodies, has served not a little to recommend it to the imaginations of mankind.
Comets have, until now, been the least studied of all the celestial phenomena by astronomers. Their rarity and unpredictability seemed to set them apart from the steady, regular objects in the sky and made them appear more like the fleeting, transient events that occur near Earth. Aristotle, Eudoxus, Hipparchus, Ptolemy, and Purbach all placed them below the Moon, categorizing them among the meteors in the upper atmosphere. However, Tycho Brahe’s observations showed that they reached into the celestial regions, often higher than Venus or the Sun. Descartes randomly suggested they were even above the orbit of Saturn, seemingly trying to offset that unjust demotion they had faced for so long. Later astronomers showed that comets also revolve around the Sun, indicating they could be part of the Solar System. Newton applied his principle of gravity to explain the movements of these bodies. It was discovered that they sweep out equal areas in equal times, and Newton worked to demonstrate how this principle, along with those observations, could determine the nature and position of their orbits and calculate their periods. His successors have even used his principles to predict the return of several comets, particularly one expected to appear in 1758. We must wait for that time 383 to see if his theories hold true for this part of the system as they do for others. Meanwhile, the versatility of this principle—applying so effectively to these most irregular celestial events—and bringing coherence to the motions of all heavenly bodies has made it quite appealing to people’s imaginations.
1 It must be observed, that the whole of this Essay was written previous to the date here mentioned; and that the return of the comet happened agreeably to the prediction.
1 It's important to note that this entire essay was written before the date mentioned here, and that the comet's return occurred as predicted.
But of all the attempts of the Newtonian philosophy, that which would appear to be the most above the reach of human reason and experience, is the attempt to compute the weights and densities of the Sun, and of the several Planets. An attempt, however, which was indispensably necessary to complete the coherence of the Newtonian system. The power of attraction which, according to the theory of gravity, each body possesses, is in proportion to the quantity of matter contained in that body. But the periodic time in which one body, at a given distance, revolves round another that attracts it, is shorter in proportion as this power is greater, and consequently as the quantity of matter in the attracting body. If the densities of Jupiter and Saturn were the same with that of the Earth, the periodic times of their several Satellites would be shorter than by observation they are found to be. Because the quantity of matter, and consequently the attracting power of each of them, would be as the cubes of their diameters. By comparing the bulks of those Planets, and the periodic times of their Satellites, it is found that, upon the hypothesis of gravity, the density of Jupiter must be greater than that of Saturn, and the density of the Earth greater than that of Jupiter. This seems to establish it as a law in the system, that the nearer the several Planets approach to the Sun, the density of their matter is the greater: a constitution of things which seems to be the most advantageous of any that could have been established; as water of the same density with that of our Earth, would freeze under the Equator of Saturn, and boil under that of Mercury.
But among all the efforts of Newtonian philosophy, the one that seems to be the most beyond the reach of human reason and experience is the attempt to calculate the weights and densities of the Sun and the various planets. However, this effort was absolutely necessary to complete the consistency of the Newtonian system. The force of attraction that each body has, according to the theory of gravity, is proportional to the amount of matter contained in that body. However, the time it takes for one body to revolve around another that attracts it, at a certain distance, is shorter as this force is stronger, which means the mass of the attracting body is greater. If Jupiter and Saturn had the same densities as Earth, the orbital periods of their respective satellites would be shorter than they are when observed. This is because the amount of matter, and thus the attracting force of each, would correspond to the cubes of their diameters. By comparing the sizes of these planets and the orbital periods of their satellites, it’s determined that, based on the gravity hypothesis, Jupiter's density must be greater than Saturn's, and Earth's density must be greater than Jupiter's. This suggests a law within the system: the closer the planets are to the Sun, the denser their matter is. This arrangement appears to be the most advantageous possible; water with the same density as that of Earth would freeze at Saturn's equator and boil at Mercury's.
Such is the system of Sir Isaac Newton, a system whose parts are all more strictly connected together, than those of any other philosophical hypothesis. Allow his principle, the universality of gravity, and that it decreases as the squares of the distance increase, and all the appearances, which he joins together by it, necessarily follow. Neither is their connection merely a general and loose connection, as that of most other systems, in which either these appearances, or some such like appearances, might indifferently have been expected. It is everywhere the most precise and particular that can be imagined, and ascertains the time, the place, the quantity, the duration of each individual phenomenon, to be exactly such as, by observation, they have been determined to be. Neither are the principles of union, which it employs, such as the imagination can find any difficulty in going along with. The gravity of matter is, of all its qualities, after its inertness, 384 that which is most familiar to us. We never act upon it without having occasion to observe this property. The law too, by which it is supposed to diminish as it recedes from its centre, is the same which takes place in all other qualities which are propagated in rays from a centre, in light, and in every thing else of the same kind. It is such, that we not only find that it does take place in all such qualities, but we are necessarily determined to conceive that, from the nature of the thing, it must take place. The opposition which was made in France, and in some other foreign nations, to the prevalence of this system, did not arise from any difficulty which mankind naturally felt in conceiving gravity as an original and primary mover in the constitution of the universe. The Cartesian system, which had prevailed so generally before it, had accustomed mankind to conceive motion as never beginning, but in consequence of impulse, and had connected the descent of heavy bodies, near the surface of the Earth, and the other Planets, by this more general bond of union; and it was the attachment the world had conceived for this account of things, which indisposed them to that of Sir Isaac Newton. His system, however, now prevails over all opposition, and has advanced to the acquisition of the most universal empire that was ever established in philosophy. His principles, it must be acknowledged, have a degree of firmness and solidity that we should in vain look for in any other system. The most sceptical cannot avoid feeling this. They not only connect together most perfectly all the phenomena of the Heavens, which had been observed before his time; but those also which the persevering industry and more perfect instruments of later Astronomers have made known to us have been either easily and immediately explained by the application of his principles, or have been explained in consequence of more laborious and accurate calculations from these principles, than had been instituted before. And even we, while we have been endeavouring to represent all philosophical systems as mere inventions of the imagination, to connect together the otherwise disjointed and discordant phenomena of Nature, have insensibly been drawn in, to make use of language expressing the connecting principles of this one, as if they were the real chains which Nature makes use of to bind together her several operations. Can we wonder then, that it should have gained the general and complete approbation of mankind, and that it should now be considered, not as an attempt to connect in the imagination the phenomena of the Heavens, but as the greatest discovery that ever was made by man, the discovery of an immense chain of the most important and sublime truths, all closely connected together, by one capital fact, of the reality of which we have daily experience.
This is the system of Sir Isaac Newton, a system where all the parts are more tightly connected than those of any other philosophical theory. Accept his principle, the universality of gravity, which decreases as the square of the distance increases, and all the phenomena he links with it necessarily follow. Their connection isn’t just a general and loose association, like in most other systems, where these phenomena, or similar ones, could have been expected. It is the most precise and specific connection imaginable, determining the time, place, quantity, and duration of each individual phenomenon exactly as they have been observed. The principles it uses to connect these ideas are easy for our imagination to grasp. The gravity of matter is, after its inertia, the quality we are most familiar with. We always notice this property when we act on it. The law that it diminishes as it gets farther from its center is the same one that applies to all other qualities that propagate outward from a center, like light and similar phenomena. We see not just that this occurs in all such qualities, but we feel compelled to think that, by the nature of things, it must take place. The opposition against this system in France and some other countries didn’t come from a natural difficulty in understanding gravity as a fundamental force in the universe. The Cartesian system, which had been widely accepted before, led people to think of motion as only starting from an impulse, linking the descent of heavy bodies near the Earth’s surface and the other planets through this broader connection. It was this attachment to the old perspective that made them resistant to Newton’s view. However, his system now prevails over all opposition and has established the most universal dominance ever seen in philosophy. His principles undeniably have a level of strength and solidity that is hard to find in any other system. Even the most skeptical cannot deny this. They perfectly connect all the phenomena of the heavens observed before his time, as well as those revealed through the diligent work and better instruments of later astronomers, which have either been easily explained using his principles or have been made clear through more thorough calculations derived from those principles than were attempted before. Even while we’ve been trying to portray all philosophical systems as mere products of imagination, bringing together the otherwise disconnected phenomena of nature, we’ve unconsciously adopted language that reflects the connecting principles of this one, as if they were the actual links that nature uses to bind her various operations. Is it any wonder then that this system has gained the general and complete approval of humanity and is now seen, not as a mere attempt to imaginatively connect celestial phenomena, but as the greatest discovery ever made by mankind, unveiling an enormous chain of vital and profound truths, all closely intertwined by one fundamental fact that we experience daily?
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
385
385
Note by the Editors.
Note from the Editors.
The Author, at the end of this Essay, left some Notes and Memorandums, from which it appears, that he considered this last part of his History of Astronomy as imperfect, and needing several additions. The Editors, however, chose rather to publish than suppress it. It must be viewed, not as a History or Account of Sir Isaac Newton’s Astronomy, but chiefly as an additional illustration of those Principles in the Human Mind which Mr. Smith has pointed out to be the universal motives of Philosophical Researches.
The Author, at the end of this Essay, included some Notes and Memorandums, which show that he thought this final section of his History of Astronomy was incomplete and needed several additions. The Editors, however, decided it was better to publish it than to keep it back. It shouldn't be seen as a History or Account of Sir Isaac Newton’s Astronomy, but mainly as an extra illustration of the Principles in the Human Mind that Mr. Smith identified as the universal motivations for Philosophical Research.
THE PRINCIPLES
WHICH LEAD AND DIRECT
PHILOSOPHICAL ENQUIRIES;
ILLUSTRATED BY THE
HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT PHYSICS.
FROM arranging and methodizing the System of the Heavens, Philosophy descended to the consideration of the inferior parts of Nature, of the Earth, and of the bodies which immediately surround it. If the objects, which were here presented to its view, were inferior in greatness or beauty, and therefore less apt to attract the attention of the mind, they were more apt, when they came to be attended to, to embarrass and perplex it, by the variety of their species, and by the intricacy and seeming irregularity of the laws or orders of their succession. The species of objects in the Heavens are few in number; the Sun, the Moon, the Planets, and the Fixed Stars, are all which those philosophers could distinguish. All the changes too, which are ever observed in these bodies, evidently arise from some difference in the velocity and direction of their several motions; but the variety of meteors in the air, of clouds, rainbows, thunder, lightning, winds, rain, hail, snow, is vastly greater; and the order of their succession seems to be still more irregular and inconstant. The species of fossils, minerals, plants, animals, which are found in the Waters, and near the surface of the Earth, are still more intricately diversified; and if we regard the 386 different manners of their production, their mutual influence in altering, destroying, supporting one another, the orders of their succession seem to admit of an almost infinite variety. If the imagination, therefore, when it considered the appearances in the Heavens, was often perplexed, and driven out of its natural career, it would be much more exposed to the same embarrassment, when it directed its attention to the objects which the Earth presented to it, and when it endeavoured to trace their progress and successive revolutions.
FROM organizing and systematizing the cosmos, philosophy turned to look at the lower aspects of nature, specifically the Earth and the objects that surround it. While the subjects it faced here were smaller in size or beauty and less likely to capture the mind's attention, they were actually more confusing and complicated when considered, due to their variety and the complexity and apparent irregularity of their changing patterns. The objects in the heavens are few; philosophers could only distinguish the Sun, the Moon, the Planets, and the Fixed Stars. The changes seen in these celestial bodies clearly stem from differences in their speed and direction of movement. However, the variety of phenomena in the atmosphere—clouds, rainbows, thunder, lightning, winds, rain, hail, snow—is much greater, and their patterns seem even more chaotic and unpredictable. The different types of fossils, minerals, plants, and animals found in water and near the Earth's surface are even more intricately diverse. When considering the 386 various ways they are produced, and how they influence one another in terms of alteration, destruction, or support, their patterns of succession appear to allow for nearly limitless variability. Therefore, if imagination was often confused and led astray when pondering the heavens, it would be even more likely to encounter similar confusion when focusing on the objects presented by Earth and trying to follow their development and cyclical changes.
To introduce order and coherence into the mind’s conception of this seeming chaos of dissimilar and disjointed appearances, it was necessary to deduce all their qualities, operations, and laws of succession, from those of some particular things, with which it was perfectly acquainted and familiar, and along which its imagination could glide smoothly and easily, and without interruption. But as we would in vain attempt to deduce the heat of a stove from that of an open chimney, unless we could show that the same fire which was exposed in the one, lay concealed in the other; so it was impossible to deduce the qualities and laws of succession, observed in the more uncommon appearances of Nature, from those of such as were more familiar, if those customary objects were not supposed, however disguised in their appearance, to enter into the composition of those rarer and more singular phenomena. To render, therefore, this lower part of the great theatre of nature a coherent spectacle to the imagination, it became necessary to suppose, first, That all the strange objects of which it consisted were made up out of a few, with which the mind was extremely familiar: and secondly, That all their qualities, operations and rules of succession, were no more than different diversifications of those to which it had long been accustomed, in these primary and elementary objects.
To bring order and clarity to the mind’s understanding of this seeming chaos of different and disconnected appearances, it was essential to derive all their qualities, actions, and patterns from a few specific things that were well known and familiar, along which the imagination could move smoothly and easily without interruption. Just as it would be pointless to infer the heat of a stove from that of an open chimney unless we could prove that the same fire present in one was hidden in the other; it was equally impossible to derive the qualities and patterns observed in the more unusual aspects of nature from those that were more common, unless those familiar objects were assumed, even if they appeared altered, to contribute to the makeup of those rarer and more unique phenomena. Therefore, to make this lower part of nature's grand stage a coherent spectacle for the imagination, it was necessary to first assume that all the strange objects it consisted of were made up of a few that the mind was very familiar with; and secondly, that all their qualities, actions, and rules of succession were just different variations of those it had long known in these primary and basic objects.
Of all the bodies of which these inferior parts of the universe seem to be composed, those with which we are most familiar, are the Earth, which we tread upon; the Water, which we every day use; the Air, which we constantly breathe; and the Fire, whose benign influence is not only required for preparing the common necessaries of life, but for the continual support of that vital principle which actuates both plants and animals. These therefore, were by Empedocles, and the other philosophers of the Italian school, supposed to be the elements, out of which, at least, all the inferior parts of nature were composed. The familiarity of those bodies to the mind, naturally disposed it to look for some resemblance to them in whatever else was presented to its consideration. The discovery of some such resemblance united the new object to an assortment of things, with which the imagination was perfectly acquainted. And if any analogy could be observed betwixt the operations and laws of succession of the compound, and those of the simple objects, the movement of the fancy, in tracing their progress, 387 became quite smooth, and natural, and easy. This natural anticipation, too, was still more confirmed by such a slight and inaccurate analysis of things, as could be expected in the infancy of science, when the curiosity of mankind, grasping at an account of all things before it had got full satisfaction with regard to any one, hurried on to build, in imagination, the immense fabric of the universe. The heat, observed in both plants and animals, seemed to demonstrate, that Fire made a part of their composition. Air was not less necessary for the subsistence of both, and seemed, too, to enter into the fabric of animals by respiration, and into that of plants by some other means. The juices which circulated through them showed how much of their texture was owing to Water. And their resolution into Earth by putrefaction discovered that this element had not been left out in their original formation. A similar analysis seemed to show the same principles in most of the other compound bodies.
Of all the elements that seem to make up these lower parts of the universe, the ones we know best are the Earth we walk on, the Water we use every day, the Air we constantly breathe, and the Fire whose gentle warmth is essential not only for cooking our everyday needs but also for sustaining the vital force that drives both plants and animals. Because of this, Empedocles and other philosophers from the Italian school believed these were the elements that made up at least all the lower aspects of nature. Our familiarity with these elements naturally led us to seek similarities in anything else we were considering. Finding these similarities connected the new objects to a collection of things we already understood. And if we could see any parallels between the behaviors and patterns of the combined elements and those of the simple objects, the thought process of tracing their development became quite smooth, natural, and easy. This instinctive expectation was further supported by a basic and imprecise breakdown of things, which was to be expected in the early days of science, when human curiosity rushed to create a grand vision of the universe without fully understanding any single part. The warmth found in both plants and animals seemed to show that Fire was part of their make-up. Air was also essential for their survival and appeared to be incorporated into animals through breathing and in plants through other means. The fluids circulating within them revealed how much of their structure depended on Water. And their decomposition into Earth through decay indicated that this element was also included in their original formation. A similar breakdown seemed to highlight these same principles in most other compound elements.
The vast extent of those bodies seemed to render them, upon another account, proper to be the great stores out of which nature compounded all the other species of things. Earth and Water divide almost the whole of the terrestrial globe between them. The thin transparent covering of the Air surrounds it to an immense height upon all sides. Fire, with its attendant, light, seems to descend from the celestial regions, and might, therefore, either be supposed to be diffused through the whole of those etherial spaces, as well as to be condensed and conglobated in those luminous bodies, which sparkle across them, as by the Stoics; or, to be placed immediately under the sphere of the Moon, in the region next below them, as by the Peripatetics, who could not reconcile the devouring nature of Fire with the supposed unchangeable essence of their solid and crystalline spheres.
The vast size of those elements seemed to make them, for another reason, suitable to be the main sources from which nature created all other types of things. Land and Water almost completely divide the Earth's surface between them. The thin, transparent layer of Air surrounds it to a great height on all sides. Fire, along with its companion, light, appears to come down from the heavens, and might, therefore, be thought to be spread throughout those celestial spaces, as well as being concentrated in those bright bodies that twinkle above, as the Stoics believed; or, to be located just below the sphere of the Moon, in the region directly beneath them, as the Peripatetics thought, who struggled to reconcile the destructive nature of Fire with the supposed unchanging essence of their solid and crystalline spheres.
The qualities, too, by which we are chiefly accustomed to characterize and distinguish natural bodies, are all of them found, in the highest degree in those Four Elements. The great divisions of the objects, near the surface of the Earth, are those into hot and cold, moist and dry, light and heavy. These are the most remarkable properties of bodies; and it is upon them that many of their other most sensible qualities and powers seem to depend. Of these, heat and cold were naturally enough regarded by those first enquirers into nature, as the active, moisture and dryness, as the passive qualities of matter. It was the temperature of heat and cold which seemed to occasion the growth and dissolution of plants and animals; as appeared evident from the effects of the change of the seasons upon both. A proper degree of moisture and dryness was not less necessary for these purposes; as was evident from the different effects and productions of wet and dry seasons and soils. It was the heat and cold, however, which actuated and determined those two otherwise inert qualities of things, to a state either of rest or motion. Gravity and levity were regarded 388 as the two principles of motion, which directed all sublunary things to their proper place: and all those six qualities, taken together, were, upon such an inattentive view of nature, as must be expected in the beginnings of philosophy, readily enough apprehended to be capable of connecting together the most remarkable revolutions, which occur in these inferior parts of the universe. Heat and dryness were the qualities which characterized the element of Fire; heat and moisture that of Air; moisture and cold that of Water; cold and dryness that of Earth. The natural motion of two of these elements, Earth and Water, was downwards, upon account of their gravity. This tendency, however, was stronger in the one than in the other, upon account of the superior gravity of Earth. The natural motion of the two other elements, Fire and Air, was upwards, upon account of their levity; and this tendency, too, was stronger in the one than in the other, upon account of the superior levity of Fire. Let us not despise those ancient philosophers, for thus supposing, that these two elements had a positive levity, or a real tendency upwards. Let us remember, that this notion has an appearance of being confirmed by the most obvious observations; that those facts and experiments, which demonstrate the weight of the Air, and which no superior sagacity, but chance alone, presented to the moderns, were altogether unknown to them; and that, what might, in some measure, have supplied the place of those experiments, the reasonings concerning the causes of the ascent of bodies, in fluids specifically heavier than themselves, seem to have been unknown in the ancient world, till Archimedes discovered them, long after their system of physics was completed, and had acquired an established reputation: that those reasonings are far from being obvious, and that by their inventor, they seem to have been thought applicable only to the ascent of Solids in Water, and not even to that of Solids in Air, much less to that of one fluid in another. But it is this last only which could explain the ascent of flame, vapours, and fiery exhalations, without the supposition of a specific levity.
The qualities we usually use to describe and differentiate natural substances are all found at the highest levels in those Four Elements. The main categories of objects near the Earth's surface are hot and cold, moist and dry, light and heavy. These are the most notable properties of substances, and many of their other noticeable qualities and powers seem to depend on them. Those early seekers of knowledge about nature naturally viewed heat and cold as the active qualities, while moisture and dryness were seen as the passive qualities of matter. It was the temperature of heat and cold that seemed to cause the growth and decay of plants and animals, as evidenced by the effects of seasonal changes on both. A suitable balance of moisture and dryness was equally important for these processes, demonstrated by the different outcomes and productions of wet and dry seasons and soils. However, it was heat and cold that activated and determined those two otherwise inactive qualities of things, either at rest or in motion. Gravity and lightness were seen as the two driving forces of motion that guided all earthly things to their rightful place. Collectively, these six qualities were easily understood, especially considering the early, less informed view of nature that is expected in the early stages of philosophy, to account for the most significant changes occurring in these lower parts of the universe. Heat and dryness defined the element of Fire; heat and moisture defined Air; moisture and cold defined Water; and cold and dryness defined Earth. The natural motion of the two elements, Earth and Water, was downward, due to their gravity. This downward tendency was stronger in Earth than in Water, because Earth is denser. The natural motion of the other two elements, Fire and Air, was upward, due to their lightness, and this tendency was also stronger in Fire than in Air, because Fire is lighter. We shouldn't dismiss those ancient philosophers for suggesting that these two elements had a genuine upward tendency or positive levity. We should remember that this idea seems to be backed by obvious observations; the facts and experiments proving the weight of Air, which no modern intelligence but sheer luck revealed, were completely unknown to them. Furthermore, reasoning about why objects rise in fluids that are specifically heavier than themselves appeared to be unknown in the ancient world until Archimedes discovered it long after their system of physics had been established and gained a solid reputation. This line of reasoning is far from obvious, and its inventor seemed to consider it applicable only to the rise of Solids in Water, not even for Solids in Air, much less for one fluid in another. But only this last reasoning could explain why flames, vapors, and fiery exhalations rise without assuming a specific lightness.
Thus, each of those Four Elements had, in the system of the Universe, a place which was peculiarly allotted to it, and to which it naturally tended. Earth and Water rolled down to the centre; the Air spread itself above them; while the Fire soared aloft, either to the celestial region, or to that which was immediately below it. When each of those simple bodies had thus obtained its proper sphere, there was nothing in the nature of any one of them to make it pass into the place of the other, to make the Fire descend into the Air, the Air into the Water, or the Water into the Earth; or, on the contrary, to bring up the Earth into the place of the Water, the Water into that of the Air, or the Air into that of the Fire. All sublunary things, therefore, if left to themselves, would have remained in an eternal repose. The revolution of the heavens, those of the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets, 389 by producing the vicissitudes of Day and Night, and of the Seasons, prevented this torpor and inactivity from reigning through the inferior parts of nature; inflamed by the rapidity of their circumvolutions, the element of Fire, and forced it violently downwards into the Air, into the Water, and into the Earth, and thereby produced those mixtures of the different elements which kept up the motion and circulation of the lower parts of Nature; occasioned, sometimes, the entire transmutation of one element into another, and sometimes the production of forms and species different from them all, and in which, though the qualities of them all might be found, they were so altered and attempered by the mixture, as scarce to be distinguishable.
So, each of those Four Elements had a specific place in the Universe that was naturally meant for it. Earth and Water moved toward the center; the Air spread out above them; while the Fire rose up high, either to the celestial realm or to the area just below it. Once each of these simple bodies found its appropriate space, there was nothing about any of them that would cause one to take the place of another, meaning Fire wouldn't drop into Air, Air wouldn't sink into Water, or Water wouldn't fall into Earth; nor would Earth rise into Water, Water into Air, or Air into Fire. Therefore, all things below the moon would have remained in a constant state of rest if left alone. The movement of the heavens, including the Sun, Moon, and Five Planets, 389, by creating the changes of Day and Night and the Seasons, prevented this stillness and inactivity from dominating the lower parts of nature; driven by their rapid rotations, the element of Fire was forced downwards into the Air, Water, and Earth, leading to mixtures of different elements that sustained motion and circulation in the lower parts of Nature; causing, at times, the complete transformation of one element into another, and sometimes the emergence of forms and species that were different from all of them, which, while containing qualities of all, were so altered and blended by the mixture that they were hardly distinguishable.
Thus, if a small quantity of Fire was mixed with a great quantity of Air, the moisture and moderate warmth of the one entirely surmounted and changed into their own essence the intense heat and dryness of the other; and the whole aggregate became Air. The contrary of which happened, if a small quantity of Air was mixed with a great quantity of Fire: the whole, in this case, became Fire. In the same manner, if a small quantity of Fire was mixed with a great quantity of Water, then, either the moisture and cold of the Water might surmount the heat and dryness of the Fire, so that the whole should become Water; or, the moisture of the Water might surmount the dryness of the Fire, while, in its turn, the heat of the Fire surmounted the coldness of the Water, so as that the whole aggregate, its qualities being heat and moisture, should become Air, which was regarded as the more natural and easy metamorphosis of the two. In the same manner they explained how like changes were produced by the different mixtures of Fire and Earth, Earth and Water, Water and Air, Air and Earth; and thus they connected together the successive transmutations of the elements into one another.
So, when a small amount of Fire is combined with a large amount of Air, the moisture and moderate warmth of the Air completely overpower and transform the intense heat and dryness of the Fire, resulting in a mixture that becomes Air. The opposite occurs when a small amount of Air is mixed with a large amount of Fire: in this case, the entire mixture becomes Fire. Similarly, when a small amount of Fire is mixed with a large amount of Water, either the moisture and coldness of the Water can outweigh the heat and dryness of the Fire, turning the whole mixture into Water; or the moisture of the Water can dominate the dryness of the Fire, while the heat of the Fire overcomes the coldness of the Water, leading the entire mixture, with its qualities of heat and moisture, to become Air, which was seen as the more natural and straightforward transformation of the two. They explained that similar changes occur with different combinations of Fire and Earth, Earth and Water, Water and Air, and Air and Earth; thus, connecting the successive transformations of the elements with one another.
Every mixture of the Elements, however, did not produce an entire transmutation. They were sometimes so blended together, that the qualities of the one, not being able to destroy, served only to attemper those of the other. Thus Fire, when mixed with Water, produced sometimes a watery vapour, whose qualities were heat and moisture; which partook at once of the levity of the Fire, and of the gravity of the Water, and which was elevated by the first into the Air, but retained by the last from ascending into the region of Fire. The relative cold, which they supposed prevailed in the middle region of the Air, upon account of its equal distance, both from the region of Fire, and from the rays that are reflected by the surface of the Earth, condensed this vapour into Water; the Fire escaped it, and flew upwards, and the Water fell down in rain, or, according to the different degrees of cold that prevailed in the different seasons, was sometimes congealed into snow, and sometimes into hail. In the same manner, Fire, when mixed with Earth, produced sometimes a fiery exhalation, whose qualities 390 were heat and dryness, which being elevated by the levity of the first into the Air condensed by the cold, so as to take fire, and being at the same time surrounded by watery vapours, burst forth into thunder and lightning, and other fiery meteors. Thus they connected together the different appearances in the Air, by the qualities of their Four Elements; and from them, too, in the same manner, they endeavoured to deduce all the other qualities in the other homogeneous bodies, that are near the surface of the Earth. Thus, to give an example, with regard to the hardness and softness of bodies; heat and moisture, they observed, were the great softeners of matter. Whatever was hard, therefore, owed that quality either to the absence of heat, or to the absence of moisture. Ice, crystal, lead, gold, and almost all metals, owed their hardness to the absence of heat, and were, therefore, dissolvable by Fire. Rock-salt, nitre, alum, and hard clay, owed that quality to the absence of moisture, and were therefore, dissolvable in water. And, in the same manner, they endeavoured to connect together most of the other tangible qualities of matter. Their principles of union, indeed, were often such as had no real existence, and were always vague and undetermined in the highest degree; they were such, however, as might be expected in the beginnings of science, and such as, with all their imperfections, could enable mankind both to think and to talk, with more coherence, concerning those general subjects, than without them they would have been capable of doing. Neither was their system entirely devoid either of beauty or magnificence. Each of the Four Elements having a particular region allotted to it, had a place of rest, to which it naturally tended, by its motion, either up or down, in a straight line, and where, when it had arrived, it naturally ceased to move. Earth descended, till it arrived at the place of Earth; Water, till it arrived at that of Water; and Air, till it arrived at that of Air; and there each of them tended to a state of eternal repose and inaction. The Spheres consisted of a Fifth Element, which was neither light nor heavy, and whose natural motion made it tend, neither to the centre, nor from the centre, but revolve round it in a circle. As, by this motion, they could never change their situation with regard to the centre, they had no place of repose, no place to which they naturally tended more than to any other, but revolved round and round for ever. This Fifth Element was subject neither to generation nor corruption, nor alteration of any kind; for whatever changes may happen in the Heavens, the senses can scarce perceive them, and their appearance is the same in one age as in another. The beauty, too, of their supposed crystalline spheres seemed still more to entitle them to this distinction of unchangeable immortality. It was the motion of those Spheres, which occasioned the mixtures of the Elements, and from hence, the production of all the forms and species, that diversify the world. It was the approach of the Sun and of the 391 other Planets, to the different parts of the Earth, which, by forcing down the element of Fire, occasioned the generation of those forms. It was the recess of those bodies, which, by allowing each Element to escape to its proper sphere, brought about, in an equal time, their corruption. It was the periods of those great lights of Heaven, which measured out to all sublunary things, the term of their duration, of their growth, and of their decay, either in one, or in a number of seasons, according as the Elements of which they were composed, were either imperfectly or accurately blended and mixed with one another. Immortality, they could bestow upon no individual form, because the principles out of which it was formed, all tending to disengage themselves, and to return to their proper spheres, necessarily, at last, brought about its dissolution. But, though all individuals were thus perishable, and constantly decaying, every species was immortal, because the subject-matter out of which they were made, and the revolution of the Heavens, the cause of their successive generations, continued to be always the same.
Every combination of the Elements didn't result in a complete transformation. Sometimes they mixed so well that the qualities of one couldn't overpower the other but merely moderated them. For instance, Fire mixed with Water would sometimes create a watery vapor, which had both heat and moisture; it shared the lightness of Fire and the heaviness of Water, being lifted by Fire into the Air, but held back by Water from reaching the realm of Fire. The cooler temperatures, believed to be present in the middle region of the Air due to its equal distance from both Fire and sunlight reflected off the Earth, condensed this vapor back into Water; while the Fire escaped upwards, the Water fell as rain, or depending on the different cold temperatures in the seasons, sometimes froze into snow or hail. Similarly, Fire mixed with Earth sometimes produced a fiery vapor that was hot and dry, lifted into the Air by the lightness of Fire, where it condensed from the cold until it ignited, simultaneously surrounded by watery vapors, causing thunder, lightning, and other fiery phenomena. They linked together the various occurrences in the Air through the qualities of their Four Elements, and in the same way, they tried to explain all other qualities in other similar materials that exist close to the Earth's surface. For example, when it came to the hardness and softness of materials, they observed that heat and moisture were the main factors that softened substances. Anything hard, they concluded, was hard either due to a lack of heat or a lack of moisture. Ice, crystal, lead, gold, and almost all metals were hard due to the absence of heat, making them melt when exposed to Fire. Rock-salt, nitre, alum, and hard clay were hard because of the lack of moisture, meaning they dissolved in water. In the same way, they sought to connect most other tangible qualities of matter. Their principles of connection were often vague and had no real existence, but they were to be expected in the early stages of science, allowing people to think and communicate more coherently about these broad topics than they could have done otherwise. Their system also had a certain beauty and grandeur. Each of the Four Elements was assigned a specific region, where it could naturally rest, moving straight up or down toward its destination, where it would then stop moving. Earth would descend until it reached its designated place; Water would do the same for its region; Air would settle in its place, and each element aimed for a state of eternal stillness. The Spheres were made of a Fifth Element, which was neither light nor heavy, and whose natural movement caused it to neither move toward the center nor away from it, but to orbit around it in a circle. Because of this motion, they could never change their position in relation to the center and had no resting place; they would constantly revolve around for eternity. This Fifth Element was not subject to birth, decay, or any kind of change; whatever changes occurred in the Heavens were hardly noticeable, and their appearance remained consistent across ages. The beauty of the crystalline spheres only reinforced their claim to everlasting life. It was the movement of these Spheres that caused the mixing of the Elements, leading to the creation of all forms and species that diversify the world. It was the proximity of the Sun and other Planets to various parts of the Earth that pushed down the element of Fire, resulting in the formation of those shapes. Their retreat allowed each Element to return to its own sphere, resulting in their decay over time. The cycles of those celestial bodies determined the lifespan, growth, and decay of all earthly things, depending on whether the Elements they were made from were either poorly or well combined together. No single form could achieve immortality because the principles that formed it all sought to separate and return to their original spheres, eventually leading to its dissolution. However, while all individual forms were thus temporary and continuously decaying, every species was immortal because the fundamental materials from which they were made, along with the movement of the Heavens, which caused their ongoing generation, remained consistently the same.
In the first ages of the world, the seeming incoherence of the appearances of nature, so confounded mankind, that they despaired of discovering in her operations any regular system. Their ignorance, and confusion of thought, necessarily gave birth to that pusillanimous superstition, which ascribes almost every unexpected event, to the arbitrary will of some designing, though invisible beings, who produced it for some private and particular purpose. The idea of an universal mind, of a God of all, who originally formed the whole, and who governs the whole by general laws, directed to the conservation and prosperity of the whole, without regard to that of any private individual, was a notion to which they were utterly strangers. Their gods, though they were apprehended to interpose, upon some particular occasions, were so far from being regarded as the creators of the world, that their origin was apprehended to be posterior to that of the world. The Earth, according to Hesiod, was the first production of the chaos. The Heavens arose out of the Earth, and from both together, all the gods, who afterwards inhabited them. Nor was this notion confined to the vulgar, and to those poets who seem to have recorded the vulgar theology. Of all the philosophers of the Ionian school, Anaxagoras, it is well known, was the first who supposed that mind and understanding were requisite to account for the first origin of the world, and who, therefore, compared with the other philosophers of his time, talked, as Aristotle observes, like a sober man among drunkards; but whose opinion was, at the time, so remarkable, that he seems to have got a sirname from it. The same notion, of the spontaneous origin of the world, was embraced, too, as the same author tells, by the early Pythagoreans, a sect, which, in the ancient world, was never regarded as irreligious. Mind, and understanding, and consequently Deity, being 392 the most perfect, were necessarily, according to them, the last productions of Nature. For in all other things, what was most perfect, they observed, always came last. As in plants and animals, it is not the seed that is most perfect, but the complete animal, with all its members, in the one; and the complete plant, with all its branches, leaves, flowers, and fruits, in the other. This notion, which could take place only while Nature was still considered as, in some measure, disorderly and inconsistent in her operations, was necessarily renounced by those philosophers, when, upon a more attentive survey, they discovered, or imagined they had discovered, more distinctly, the chain which bound all her different parts to one another. As soon as the Universe was regarded as a complete machine, as a coherent system, governed by general laws, and directed to general ends, viz. its own preservation and prosperity, and that of all the species that are in it; the resemblance which it evidently bore to those machines which are produced by human art, necessarily impressed those sages with a belief, that in the original formation of the world there must have been employed an art resembling the human art, but as much superior to it, as the world is superior to the machines which that art produces. The unity of the system, which, according to this ancient philosophy, is most perfect, suggested the idea of the unity of that principle, by whose art it was formed; and thus, as ignorance begot superstition, science gave birth to the first theism that arose among those nations, who were not enlightened by divine Revelation. According to Timæus, who was followed by Plato, that intelligent Being who formed the world endowed it with a principle of life and understanding, which extends from its centre to its remotest circumference, which is conscious of all its changes, and which governs and directs all its motions to the great end of its formation. This soul of the world was itself a God, the greatest of all the inferior, and created deities; of an essence that was indissoluble, by any power but by that of him who made it, and which was united to the body of the world, so as to be inseparable by every force, but his who joined them, from the exertion of which his goodness secured them. The beauty of the celestial spheres attracting the admiration of mankind, the constancy and regularity of their motions seeming to manifest peculiar wisdom and understanding, they were each of them supposed to be animated by an Intelligence of a nature that was, in the same manner, indissoluble and immortal, and inseparably united to that sphere which it inhabited. All the mortal and changeable beings which people the surface of the earth were formed by those inferior deities; for the revolutions of the heavenly bodies seemed plainly to influence the generation and growth of both plants and animals, whose frail and fading forms bore the too evident marks of the weakness of those inferior causes, which joined their different parts to one another. According to Plato and Timæus, neither the 393 Universe, nor even those inferior deities who govern the Universe, were eternal, but were formed in time, by the great Author of all things, out of that matter which had existed from all eternity. This at least their words seemed to import, and thus they are understood by Cicero, and by all the other writers of earlier antiquity, though some of the later Platonists have interpreted them differently.
In the early ages of the world, the apparent chaos in nature confused humanity so much that they lost hope in finding any consistent system in its workings. Their lack of understanding and clear thinking naturally gave rise to a timid superstition, attributing almost every unexpected event to the arbitrary will of some unseen beings, who supposedly acted for their own private purposes. The concept of a universal mind, a God who created everything and governs it all through general laws meant to preserve and promote the whole, without regard for individual needs, was completely foreign to them. Their gods, although believed to occasionally intervene in specific situations, were far from being considered the creators of the world; instead, it was thought that they came into existence after the world itself. According to Hesiod, Earth was the first thing to emerge from chaos. The Heavens arose from Earth, and from both came all the gods who later inhabited them. This belief wasn't limited to the common people or the poets who recorded the popular theology. Among all the philosophers of the Ionian school, Anaxagoras is known as the first to suggest that mind and understanding were necessary to explain the world's origin, and compared to his contemporaries, as Aristotle noted, he spoke like a sober person among drunkards; his view was so notable that he was even given a nickname for it. Early Pythagoreans, too, accepted the idea of the world's spontaneous origin, and this group was never seen as irreligious in the ancient world. They believed that mind and understanding, and therefore Deity, being the most perfect, were the final outcomes of Nature, as they observed that in all things, what was most perfect always appeared last. In plants and animals, for instance, the complete organism was seen as more perfect than the seed; the full animal with all its parts, and the complete plant with its branches, leaves, flowers, and fruits. This idea, which only held while Nature was still viewed as somewhat chaotic and inconsistent, was eventually abandoned by these philosophers when they began to see, or thought they saw, a clearer connection that linked all her various parts. Once the Universe was recognized as a complete machine, a coherent system governed by general laws aimed at its own survival and prosperity, along with that of all its species, it created a strong impression on those thinkers that the original formation of the world must have involved an art similar to human art, but far superior, just as the world itself is superior to the machines crafted by human skill. The unity of the system, deemed most perfect in this ancient philosophy, inspired the idea of a singular principle behind its creation; thus, as ignorance gave rise to superstition, knowledge led to the emergence of the first form of theism among those nations not enlightened by divine Revelation. According to Timæus, who was followed by Plato, the intelligent Being who created the world endowed it with a life principle and understanding that extends from its center to its farthest edges, is aware of all its changes, and governs all its movements toward the ultimate purpose of its creation. This soul of the world was regarded as a God, the greatest of the lesser created deities, possessing an essence that could not be dissolved by any power except that of its creator, and was inseparably connected to the world's body, unable to be separated by any force except that of the one who combined them, which his goodness guaranteed. The beauty of the celestial spheres fascinated humanity, and the consistency and order of their movements seemed to demonstrate exceptional wisdom and understanding, leading many to believe each was animated by an Intelligence that was also indissoluble and immortal, intimately connected to the sphere it inhabited. All the mortal and changeable beings on Earth were formed by these lesser deities, as the movements of the heavenly bodies appeared to clearly affect the generation and growth of both plants and animals, whose fragile, fleeting forms bore obvious signs of the weaknesses of those lesser forces that bound their components together. According to Plato and Timæus, neither the 393 Universe nor even the lesser deities that govern it were eternal but were created in time by the great Author of all things from matter that existed from eternity. At least, this is what their words seem to imply, and it is how Cicero and other early writers understood them, although some later Platonists interpreted them differently.
According to Aristotle, who seems to have followed the doctrine of Ocellus, the world was eternal; the eternal effect of an eternal cause. He found it difficult, it would seem, to conceive what could hinder the First Cause from exerting his divine energy from all eternity. At whatever time he began to exert it, he must have been at rest during all the infinite ages of that eternity which had passed before it. To what obstruction, from within or from without, could this be owing? or how could this obstruction, if it ever had subsisted, have ever been removed? His idea of the nature and manner of existence of this First Cause, as it is expressed in the last book of his Physics, and the five last chapters of his Metaphysics, is indeed obscure and unintelligible in the highest degree, and has perplexed his commentators more than any other parts of his writings. Thus far, however, he seems to express himself plainly enough: that the First Heavens, that of the Fixed Stars, from which are derived the motions of all the rest, is revolved by an eternal, immovable, unchangeable, unextended being, whose essence consists in intelligence, as that of a body consists in solidity and extension; and which is therefore necessarily and always intelligent, as a body is necessarily and always extended: that this Being was the first and supreme mover of the Universe: that the inferior Planetary Spheres derived each of them its peculiar revolution from an inferior being of the same kind; eternal, immovable, unextended, and necessarily intelligent: that the sole object of the intelligences of those beings was their own essence, and the revolution of their own spheres; all other inferior things being unworthy of their consideration; and that therefore whatever was below the Moon was abandoned by the gods to the direction of Nature, and Chance, and Necessity. For though those celestial beings were, by the revolutions of their several Spheres, the original causes of the generation and corruption of all sublunary forms, they were causes who neither knew nor intended the effects which they produced. This renowned philosopher seems, in his theological notions, to have been directed by prejudices which, though extremely natural, are not very philosophical. The revolutions of the Heavens, by their grandeur and constancy, excited his admiration, and seemed, upon that account, to be effects not unworthy a Divine Intelligence. Whereas the meanness of many things, the disorder and confusion of all things below, exciting no such agreeable emotion, seemed to have no marks of being directed by that Supreme Understanding. Yet, though this opinion saps the foundations of human worship, and must have the 394 same effects upon society as Atheism itself, one may easily trace, in the Metaphysics upon which it is grounded, the origin of many of the notions, or rather of many of the expressions, in the scholastic theology, to which no notions can be annexed.
According to Aristotle, who seems to have followed Ocellus’s ideas, the world was eternal; an eternal effect of an eternal cause. He found it hard to imagine what could prevent the First Cause from exerting its divine energy for all eternity. Whenever it started to act, it must have been at rest during all the infinite ages that came before. What obstacle, whether internal or external, could this be? Or how could any such obstacle, if it ever existed, have been removed? His understanding of the nature and existence of this First Cause, as expressed in the last book of his Physics and the final five chapters of his Metaphysics, is indeed incredibly obscure and confusing, perplexing his commentators more than any other parts of his writings. However, he seems to make it clear that the First Heaven, that of the Fixed Stars, which gives rise to the motions of everything else, is turned by an eternal, unmovable, unchanging, and non-extended being, whose essence is intelligence, similar to how a body’s essence consists of solidity and extension; and which is therefore always and necessarily intelligent, just as a body is necessarily and always extended. This Being was the first and supreme mover of the Universe. The lower Planetary Spheres each derived their specific revolutions from a lower being of the same kind; eternal, unmovable, unextended, and necessarily intelligent. The only focus of the intelligence of these beings was their own essence and the revolution of their own spheres; all other lower things were considered unworthy of their attention; thus whatever was below the Moon was left to the influence of Nature, Chance, and Necessity. Because even though these celestial beings, through the movements of their individual Spheres, were the original causes of the creation and destruction of all earthly forms, they were causes that neither understood nor intended the effects they produced. This well-known philosopher seems to have been influenced by prejudices that, while very natural, are not very philosophical when it comes to his theological ideas. The grandeur and consistency of the Heavens inspired his admiration, and for that reason, they seemed to be effects worthy of a Divine Intelligence. In contrast, the simplicity of many things and the disorder and chaos of everything below did not evoke that same pleasant feeling and seemed to lack any signs of being guided by that Supreme Understanding. However, even though this opinion undermines the basis of human worship and would have effects on society similar to Atheism itself, one can trace in the Metaphysics it is based on the origins of many ideas, or rather many expressions, found in scholastic theology, to which no specific concepts can be attached.
The Stoics, the most religious of all the ancient sects of philosophers, seem in this, as in most other things, to have altered and refined upon the doctrine of Plato. The order, harmony, and coherence which this philosophy bestowed upon the Universal System, struck them with awe and veneration. As, in the rude ages of the world, whatever particular part of Nature excited the admiration of mankind, was apprehended to be animated by some particular divinity; so the whole of Nature having, by their reasonings, become equally the object of admiration, was equally apprehended to be animated by a Universal Deity, to be itself a Divinity, an Animal; a term which to our ears seems by no means synonymous with the foregoing; whose body was the solid and sensible parts of Nature, and whose soul was that etherial Fire, which penetrated and actuated the whole. For of all the four elements, out of which all things were composed, Fire or Ether seemed to be that which bore the greatest resemblance to the Vital Principle which informs both plants and animals, and therefore most likely to be the Vital Principle which animated the Universe. This infinite and unbounded Ether, which extended itself from the centre beyond the remotest circumference of Nature, and was endowed with the most consummate reason and intelligence, or rather was itself the very essence of reason and intelligence, had originally formed the world, and had communicated a portion, or ray, of its own essence to whatever was endowed with life and sensation, which, upon the dissolution of those forms, either immediately or some time after, was again absorbed into that ocean of Deity from whence it had originally been detached. In this system the Sun, the Moon, the Planets, and the Fixed Stars, were each of them also inferior divinities, animated by a detached portion of that etherial essence which was the soul of the world. In the system of Plato, the Intelligence which animated the world was different from that which originally formed it. Neither were these which animated the celestial spheres, nor those which informed inferior terrestrial animals, regarded as portions of this plastic soul of the world. Upon the dissolution of animals, therefore, their souls were not absorbed in the soul of the world, but had a separate and eternal existence, which gave birth to the notion of the transmigration of souls. Neither did it seem unnatural, that, as the same matter which had composed one animal body might be employed to compose another, that the same intelligence which had animated one such being should again animate another. But in the system of the Stoics, the intelligence which originally formed, and that which animated the world, were one and the same, all inferior intelligences were detached portions 395 of the great one; and therefore, in a longer, or in a shorter time, were all of them, even the gods themselves, who animated the celestial bodies, to be at last resolved into the infinite essence of this almighty Jupiter, who, at a distant period, should, by an universal conflagration, wrap up all things, in that etherial and fiery nature, out of which they had originally been deduced, again to bring forth a new Heaven and a new Earth, new animals, new men, new deities; all of which would again, at a fated time, be swallowed up in a like conflagration, again to be re-produced, and again to be re-destroyed, and so on without end.
The Stoics, the most spiritual of all the ancient philosophical groups, seem to have adapted and refined Plato's teachings in this regard, as they did with many others. They were struck with awe and respect by the order, harmony, and coherence that this philosophy brought to the Universe. In the early days of humanity, any part of Nature that amazed people was thought to be animated by a specific deity; likewise, as their reasoning evolved, the entirety of Nature became an object of admiration and was seen as animated by a Universal Deity, embodying a Divine essence, which may sound quite different to us. This Divine essence's body was made up of the solid and visible parts of Nature, while its soul was the ethereal Fire that penetrated and energized everything. Out of all four elements that composed everything, Fire or Ether seemed to closely resemble the Vital Principle that gives life to both plants and animals, making it the most likely candidate for the Vital Principle animating the Universe. This infinite and limitless Ether extended from the center outward, beyond the furthest edges of Nature, possessing perfect reason and intelligence—essentially being the essence of reason and intelligence itself. It originally formed the world and shared a bit of its essence with everything that had life and sensation, which, when those forms dissolved, would return—either immediately or eventually—into the Divine ocean from which they had come. In this worldview, the Sun, the Moon, the Planets, and the Fixed Stars were also seen as lesser deities, animated by parts of that ethereal essence that was the soul of the world. In Plato's system, the intelligence that animated the world was separate from the intelligence that originally formed it. Additionally, the intelligences that animated the celestial bodies and those that animated earthly animals were not seen as parts of the world’s shaping soul. Therefore, when animals dissolved, their souls weren’t absorbed back into the world’s soul; instead, they were considered to have a separate, eternal existence, leading to the idea of the transmigration of souls. It also seemed natural that since the same matter which composed one animal might be used to create another, the same intelligence that animated one being could animate another. However, in the Stoic worldview, the intelligence that originally created and animated the world was the same; all lesser intelligences were fragments of this greater one. Eventually, all of them, even the gods that animated the celestial bodies, would be merged back into the infinite essence of this mighty Jupiter, who, at some distant point, would engulf everything in a grand conflagration, drawing everything back into the ethereal, fiery essence from which it had first emerged, only to create a new Heaven and a new Earth, along with new creatures, new humans, and new deities—all of which would eventually be consumed again in a similar fire, re-emerging, being destroyed again, and so forth, endlessly.
THE PRINCIPLES
WHICH LEAD AND DIRECT
PHILOSOPHICAL ENQUIRIES;
ILLUSTRATED BY THE HISTORY OF THE
ANCIENT LOGICS AND METAPHYSICS.
IN every transmutation, either of one element into another, or of one compound body either into the elements out of which it was composed, or into another compound body, it seemed evident, that both in the old and in the new species, there was something that was the same, and something that was different. When Fire was changed into Air, or Water into Earth, the Stuff, or Subject-matter of this Air and this Earth, was evidently the same with that of the former Fire or Water; but the Nature or Species of those new bodies was entirely different. When, in the same manner, a number of fresh, green, and odoriferous flowers were thrown together in a heap, they, in a short time, entirely changed their nature, became putrid and loathsome, and dissolved into a confused mass of ordure, which bore no resemblance, either in sensible qualities or in its effects, to their former beautiful appearance. But how different soever the species, the subject-matter of the flowers, and of the ordure, was, in this case too, evidently the same. In every body therefore, whether simple or mixed, there were evidently two principles, whose combination constituted the whole nature of that particular body. The first was the Stuff, or Subject-matter, out of which it was made; the second was the Species, the Specific Essence, the Essential, or, as the schoolmen have called it, the Substantial Form of the Body. 396 The first seemed to be the same in all bodies, and to have neither qualities nor powers of any kind, but to be altogether inert and imperceptible by any of the senses, till it was qualified and rendered sensible by its union with some species or essential form. All the qualities and powers of bodies seemed to depend upon their species or essential forms. It was not the stuff or matter of Fire, or Air, or Earth, or Water, which enabled those elements to produce their several effects, but that essential form which was peculiar to each of them. For it seemed evident that Fire must produce the effects of Fire, by that which rendered it Fire; Air, by that which rendered it Air; and that in the same manner all other simple and mixed bodies must produce their several effects, by that which constituted them such or such bodies; that is, by their Specific Essence or essential forms. But it is from the effects of bodies upon one another, that all the changes and revolutions in the material world arise. Since these, therefore, depend upon the specific essences of those bodies, it must be the business of philosophy, that science which endeavours to connect together all the different changes that occur in the world, to determine wherein the Specific Essence of each object consists, in order to foresee what changes or revolutions may be expected from it. But the Specific Essence of each individual object is not that which is peculiar to it as an individual, but that which is common to it, with all other objects of the same kind. Thus the Specific Essence of the Water, which now stands before me, does not consist in its being heated by the Fire, or cooled by the Air, in such a particular degree; in its being contained in a vessel of such a form, or of such dimensions. These are all accidental circumstances, which are altogether extraneous to its general nature, and upon which none of its effects as Water depend. Philosophy, therefore, in considering the general nature of Water, takes no notice of those particularities which are peculiar to this water, but confines itself to those things which are common to all Water. If, in the progress of its inquiries, it should descend to consider the nature of Water that is modified by such particular accidents, it still would not confine its consideration to this water contained in this vessel, and thus heated at this fire, but would extend its views to Water in general contained in such kind of vessels, and heated to such a degree at such a fire. In every case, therefore, Species, or Universals, and not Individuals, are the objects of Philosophy. Because whatever effects are produced by individuals, whatever changes can flow from them, must all proceed from some universal nature that is contained in them. As it was the business of Physics, or Natural Philosophy, to determine wherein consisted the Nature and Essence of every particular Species of things, in order to connect together all the different events that occur in the material world; so there were two other sciences, which, though they had originally arisen out of that system of Natural Philosophy I have just 397 been describing, were, however, apprehended to go before it, in the order in which the knowledge of Nature ought to be communicated. The first of these, Metaphysics, considered the general nature of Universals, and the different sorts or species into which they might be divided. The second of these, Logics, was built upon this doctrine of Metaphysics; and from the general nature of Universals, and of the sorts into which they were divided, endeavoured to ascertain the general rules by which we might distribute all particular objects into general classes, and determine to what class each individual object belonged; for in this, they justly enough apprehended, consisted the whole art of philosophical reasoning. As the first of these two sciences, Metaphysics, is altogether subordinate to the second, Logic, they seem, before the time of Aristotle, to have been regarded as one, and to have made up between them that ancient Dialectic of which we hear so much, and of which we understand so little: neither does this separation seem to have been much attended to, either by his own followers, the ancient Peripatetics, or by any other of the old sects of philosophers. The later schoolmen, indeed, have distinguished between Ontology and Logic; but their Ontology contains but a small part of what is the subject of the metaphysical books of Aristotle, the greater part of which, the doctrines of Universals, and everything that is preparatory to the arts of defining and dividing, has, since the days of Porphery, been inserted into their Logic.
IN every transformation, whether it's changing one element into another or converting a compound into its constituent elements, or into another compound, it’s clear that in both the old and new forms, there’s something that remains the same and something that changes. When Fire turns into Air, or Water into Earth, the material of this Air and Earth is clearly the same as that of the previous Fire or Water; however, the nature or type of those new substances is completely different. Similarly, if a bunch of fresh, fragrant flowers are piled together, they will soon completely change their nature, becoming rotten and disgusting, breaking down into a messy substance that looks nothing like their former beautiful appearance. But regardless of how different the types may seem, the material substance of both the flowers and the resulting decay was, in this case, clearly the same. Therefore, in every substance, whether simple or mixed, there are clearly two components that make up the entire nature of that particular substance. The first is the material or substance it’s made from; the second is the Nature, the Specific Essence, the Essential, or what scholars have referred to as the Substantial Form of the Substance. 396 The first component seems to be the same in all substances, lacking any qualities or powers, and is entirely inert and imperceptible to the senses until it is shaped and made noticeable through its connection with a specific nature or essential form. All the qualities and powers of substances seem to hinge on their specific natures or essential forms. It’s not the material of Fire, Air, Earth, or Water that allows these elements to produce their various effects, but rather the specific form unique to each one. It’s evident that Fire produces the effects of Fire through what makes it Fire; Air, through what makes it Air; and similarly, all other simple and mixed substances must produce their various effects through what defines them as those substances, that is, through their Specific Essence or essential forms. But all changes and transformations in the material world arise from the effects that substances have on one another. Since these depend on the specific essences of those substances, it becomes the task of philosophy—the branch of science that seeks to connect all the different changes happening in the world—to determine what each object’s Specific Essence consists of, in order to predict what transformations or changes it may cause. However, the Specific Essence of every individual object isn't what makes it unique, but what it shares with all other objects of the same kind. Thus, the Specific Essence of the Water that’s in front of me doesn't lie in its degree of heating by the Fire, or cooling by the Air; or in being held in a vessel of a certain shape or size. These are all just accidental factors that have nothing to do with its general nature, and none of its effects as Water depend on them. Therefore, when philosophy considers the general nature of Water, it ignores the specific features of this particular water, focusing instead on traits that are common to all Water. If, during its exploration, it were to look into the nature of Water influenced by some specific factors, it still wouldn’t limit its inquiry to this water in this vessel, heated by this fire, but would broaden its analysis to Water in general contained in similar vessels and heated to a certain degree in a similar fire. In every instance, therefore, Species, or Universals, not Individuals, are the subjects of Philosophy. Because any effects produced by individuals, or any changes that arise from them, must originate from some universal nature that’s inherent in them. Just as it was the role of Physics, or Natural Philosophy, to determine the Nature and Essence of every specific type of thing to connect all the various events happening in the material world, there are two other sciences that, although they originally developed from that system of Natural Philosophy I’ve just 397 described, were understood to precede it in the order of how knowledge of Nature should be shared. The first of these, Metaphysics, examined the general nature of Universals and the different categories or types into which they could be divided. The second, Logic, was built on the principles of Metaphysics; from the general nature of Universals and their categories, it aimed to establish the general rules for sorting specific objects into general classes and determining to which class each individual object belongs; for this, they rightly believed, was the essence of philosophical reasoning. Since the first of these sciences, Metaphysics, is entirely subordinate to the second, Logic, it seems that before Aristotle, they were regarded as a single entity, which composed the ancient Dialectic we hear so much about but understand so little. This distinction doesn’t seem to have been acknowledged much by Aristotle’s own followers, the ancient Peripatetics, or any other old philosophy groups. The later schoolmen have indeed made a distinction between Ontology and Logic; however, their Ontology consists of only a small part of the subject matter found in Aristotle's metaphysical works, most of which—the doctrines of Universals and foundational theories for defining and categorizing—has been incorporated into their Logic since the time of Porphyry.
According to Plato and Timæus, the principles out of which the Deity formed the World, and which were themselves eternal, were three in number. The Subject-matter of things, the Species, or Specific Essences of things, and what was made out of these, the sensible objects themselves. These last had no proper or durable existence, but were in perpetual flux and succession. For as Heraclitus had said that no man ever passed the same river twice, because the water which he had passed over once was gone before he could pass over it a second time; so, in the same manner, no man ever saw, or heard, or touched the same sensible object twice. When I look at the window, for example, the visible species, which strikes my eyes this moment, though resembling, is different from that which struck my eyes the immediately preceding moment. When I ring the bell, the sound, or audible species, which I hear this moment, though resembling in the same manner, is different, however, from that which I heard the moment before. When I lay my hand on the table, the tangible species which I feel this moment, though resembling, in the same manner, is numerically different too from that which I felt the moment before. Our sensations, therefore, never properly exist or endure one moment; but, in the very instant of their generation, perish and are annihilated for ever. Nor are the causes of those sensations more permanent. No corporeal substance is ever exactly the 398 same, either in whole or in any assignable part, during two successive, moments, but by the perpetual addition of new parts, as well as loss of old ones, is in continual flux and succession. Things of so fleeting a nature can never be the objects of science, or of any steady or permanent judgment. While we look at them, in order to consider them, they are changed and gone, and annihilated for ever. The objects of science, and of all the steady judgments of the understanding, must be permanent, unchangeable, always existent, and liable neither to generation nor corruption, nor alteration of any kind. Such are the species or specific essences of things. Man is perpetually changing every particle of his body; and every thought of his mind is in continual flux and succession. But humanity, or human nature, is always existent, is always the same, is never generated, and is never corrupted. This, therefore, is the object of science, reason, and understanding, as man is the object of sense, and of those inconstant opinions which are founded upon sense. As the objects of sense were apprehended to have an external existence, independent of the act of sensation, so these objects of the understanding were much more supposed to have an external existence independent of the act of understanding. Those external essences were, according to Plato, the exemplars, according to which the Deity formed the world, and all the sensible objects that are in it. The Deity comprehended within his infinite essence, all these species, or external exemplars, in the same manner as he comprehended all sensible objects.
According to Plato and Timæus, the principles from which the Deity created the World, which were themselves eternal, were three in number: the Subject-matter of things, the Species or Specific Essences of things, and the sensible objects made from these. The last group had no true or lasting existence but were in constant flux and change. Just as Heraclitus said that no one ever stepped into the same river twice, because the water has already flowed away before they step in again, in the same way, no one ever sees, hears, or touches the same sensible object twice. For instance, when I look out the window, the visible image that catches my eyes this moment, though similar, is different from the one that caught my eyes just a moment ago. When I ring the bell, the sound I hear right now, although resembling the previous one, is different from what I heard a moment before. When I place my hand on the table, the tactile sensation I feel now, while also similar, is numerically different from what I felt just a moment ago. Our sensations, therefore, never truly exist or last for even a moment; they perish and are gone forever the instant they are created. The causes of those sensations are no more permanent. No physical substance is ever exactly the same, either as a whole or in any specific part, during two consecutive moments. Through a continuous process of gaining new parts and losing old ones, it is always in flux and change. Because things are so temporary, they can never be the subjects of true science or a steady judgment. While we are observing them, they change and disappear, and are gone forever. The objects of science and all stable judgments of the understanding must be permanent, unchangeable, always existent, and incapable of generation, destruction, or any kind of alteration. Such are the species or specific essences of things. Humans are constantly changing every part of their bodies, and every thought in their minds is in a state of continuous change. However, humanity or human nature always exists, always remains the same, is never created, and is never destroyed. This, then, is the focus of science, reason, and understanding, while man is the focus of sensation and those fleeting opinions based on sense. Just as the objects of sense were believed to have an external existence independent of the act of sensing, so these objects of understanding were thought to have an external existence independent of the act of understanding. Those external essences were, according to Plato, the models according to which the Deity created the world and all the sensible objects within it. The Deity holds within his infinite essence all these species or external models, just as he holds all sensible objects.
Plato, however, seems to have regarded the first of those as equally distinct with the second from what we would now call the Ideas or Thoughts of the Divine Mind,1 and even to have supposed, that they had a particular place of existence, beyond the sphere of the visible 399 corporeal world; though this has been much controverted, both by the later Platonists, and by some very judicious modern critics, who have followed the interpretation of the later Platonists, as what did most 400 honour to the judgment of that renowned philosopher. All the objects in this world, continued he, are particular and individual. Here, therefore, the human mind has no opportunity of seeing any Species, or Universal Nature. Whatever ideas it has, therefore, of such beings, for it plainly has them, it must derive from the memory of what it has seen, in some former period of its existence, when it had an opportunity of visiting the place or Sphere of Universals. For some time after it is immersed in the body, during its infancy, its childhood, and a great part of its youth, the violence of those passions which it derives from the body, and which are all directed to the particular and individual objects of this world, hinder it from turning its attention to those Universal Natures, with which it had been conversant in the world from whence it came. The Ideas, of these, therefore, seem, in this first period of its existence here, to be overwhelmed in the confusion of those turbulent emotions, and to be almost entirely wiped out of its remembrance. During the continuance of this state, it is incapable of Reasoning, Science and Philosophy, which are conversant about Universals. Its whole attention is turned towards particular objects, concerning which, being directed by no general notions, it forms many vain and false opinions, and is filled with error, perplexity, and confusion. But, when age has abated the violence of its passions, and composed the confusion of its thoughts, it then becomes more capable of reflection, and of turning its attention to those almost forgotten ideas of things with which it had been conversant in the former state of its existence. All the particular objects in this sensible world, being formed after the eternal exemplars in that intellectual world, awaken, upon account of their resemblance, insensibly, and by slow degrees, the almost obliterated ideas of these last. The beauty, which is shared in different degrees among terrestrial objects, revives the same idea of that Universal Nature of beauty which exists in the intellectual world: particular acts of justice, of the universal nature of justice; particular reasonings, and particular sciences, of the universal nature of science and reasoning; particular roundnesses, of the universal nature of roundness; particular squares, of the universal nature of squareness. Thus science, which is conversant about Universals, is derived from memory; and to instruct any person concerning the general nature of any subject, is no more than to awaken in him the remembrance of what he formerly knew about it. This both Plato and Socrates imagined they could still further confirm, by the fallacious experiment, 401 which showed, that a person might be led to discover himself, without any information, any general truth, of which he was before ignorant, merely by being asked a number of properly arranged and connected questions concerning it.
Plato, however, seemed to see the first of those as just as distinct from the second as what we now refer to as the Ideas or Thoughts of the Divine Mind, and even believed that they had a specific place of existence, beyond the realm of the visible physical world; though this has been heavily debated, both by later Platonists and some very insightful modern critics, who have followed the interpretation of the later Platonists, as it best respects the judgment of that famous philosopher. He continued that all the objects in this world are specific and individual. Here, the human mind doesn't have the chance to see any Species or Universal Nature. Therefore, any ideas it does have about such beings, which it clearly does possess, must come from the memories of what it has seen at some earlier time in its existence when it had the opportunity to experience the realm of Universals. For some time after being immersed in the body, during its infancy, childhood, and much of its youth, the intensity of those passions derived from the body, which are all focused on the specific and individual objects of this world, prevents it from turning its attention to those Universal Natures, which it had engaged with in the world from which it came. During this initial period of its existence here, the Ideas of these seem to be overwhelmed by the chaos of those turbulent emotions and are nearly entirely erased from its memory. While in this state, it cannot engage in Reasoning, Science, and Philosophy, which deal with Universals. Its full attention is directed toward specific objects, about which, lacking general concepts, it forms many empty and incorrect opinions, filling itself with error, confusion, and chaos. However, as age lessens the intensity of its passions and calms the confusion of its thoughts, it becomes more capable of reflection and can turn its attention to those almost forgotten ideas of things with which it was familiar in its previous state of existence. All the specific objects in this sensible world, being shaped after the eternal exemplars in that intellectual world, gradually revive the nearly erased ideas of these last due to their resemblance. The beauty that is present to various degrees among earthly objects brings back the idea of that Universal Nature of beauty that exists in the intellectual world: specific acts of justice recall the universal nature of justice; specific reasoning and specific sciences remind of the universal nature of science and reasoning; specific round shapes of the universal nature of roundness; specific squares of the universal nature of squareness. Thus, science, which deals with Universals, is derived from memory; and teaching someone about the general nature of any subject is simply about awakening their recollection of what they previously knew about it. Both Plato and Socrates believed they could further support this with a misleading experiment, which demonstrated that a person could be led to discover things on their own, without any prior knowledge of general truths, just by being asked a series of appropriately arranged and connected questions about it.
1 He calls them, indeed, Ideas, a word which, in him, in Aristotle, and all the other writers of earlier antiquity, signifies a Species, and is perfectly synonymous with that other word Ειδος, more frequently made use of by Aristotle. As, by some of the later sects of philosophers, particularly by the Stoics, all species, or specific essences, were regarded as mere creatures of the mind, formed by abstraction, which had no real existence external to the thoughts that conceived them, the word Idea came, by degrees, to its present signification, to mean, first, an abstract thought or conception; and afterwards, a thought or conception of any kind; and thus became synonymous with that other Greek word, Εννοια, from which it had originally a very different meaning. When the later Platonists, who lived at a time when the notion of the separate existence of specific essences was universally exploded, began to comment upon the writings of Plato, and upon that strange fancy that, in his writings, there was a double doctrine; and that they were intended to seem to mean one thing, while at bottom they meant a very different, which the writings of no man in his senses ever were, or ever could be intended to do; they represented his doctrine as meaning no more, than that the Deity formed the world after what we would now call an Idea, or plan conceived in his own mind, in the same manner as any other artist. But, if Plato had meant to express no more than this most natural and simple of all notions, he might surely have expressed it more plainly, and would hardly, one would think, have talked of it with so much emphasis, as of something which it required the utmost reach of thought to comprehend. According to this representation, Plato’s notion of Species, or Universals, was the same with that of Aristotle. Aristotle, however, does not seem to understand it as such; he bestows a great part of his Metaphysics upon confuting it, and opposes it in all his other works; nor does he, in any one of them, give the least hint, or insinuation, as if it could be suspected that, by the Ideas of Plato, was meant the thoughts or conceptions of the Divine Mind. Is it possible that he, who was twenty years in his school, should, during all that time, have misunderstood him, especially when his meaning was so very plain and obvious? Neither is this notion of the separate existence of Species, distinct both from the mind which conceives them, and from the sensible objects which are made to resemble them, one of those doctrines which Plato would but seldom have occasion to talk of. However it may be interpreted, it is the very basis of his philosophy; neither is there a single dialogue in all his works which does not refer to it. Shall we suppose, that that great philosopher, who appears to have been so much superior to his master in every thing but eloquence, wilfully, and upon all occasions, misrepresented, not one of the deep and mysterious doctrines of the philosophy of Plato, but the first and most fundamental principle of all his reasonings; when the writings of Plato were in the hands of every body; when his followers and disciples were spread all over Greece; when almost every Athenian of distinction, that was nearly of the same age with Aristotle, must have been bred in his school; when Speusippus, the nephew and successor of Plato, as well as Xenocrates, who continued the school in the Academy, at the same time that Aristotle held his in the Lyceum, must have been ready, at all times, to expose and affront him for such gross disingenuity. Does not Cicero, does not Seneca understand this doctrine in the same manner as Aristotle has represented it? Is there any author in all antiquity who seems to understand it otherwise, earlier than Plutarch, an author who seems to have been as bad a critic in philosophy as in history, and to have taken every thing at second-hand in both, and who lived after the origin of that eclectic philosophy, from whence the later Platonists arose, and who seems himself to have been one of that sect? Is there any one passage in any Greek author, near the time of Aristotle and Plato, in which the word Idea is used in its present meaning, to signify a thought or conception? Are not the words, which in all languages express reality or existence, directly opposed to those which express thought, or conception only? Or, is there any other difference betwixt a thing that exists, and a thing that does not exist, except this, that the one is a mere conception, and that the other is something more than a conception? With what propriety, therefore, could Plato talk of those eternal species, as of the only things which had any real existence, if they were no more than the conceptions of the Divine Mind? Had not the Deity, according to Plato, as well as according to the Stoics, from all eternity, the idea of every individual, as well as of every species, and of the state in which every individual was to be, in each different instance of its existence? Were not all the divine ideas, therefore, of each individual, or of all the different states, which each individual was to be in during the course of its existence, equally eternal and unalterable with those of the species? With what sense, therefore, could Plato say, that the first were eternal, because the Deity had conceived them from all eternity, since he had conceived the others from all eternity too, and since his ideas of the Species could, in this respect, have no advantage of those of the individual? Does not Plato, in many different places, talk of the Ideas of Species or Universals as innate, and having been impressed upon the mind in its state of pre-existence, when it had an opportunity of viewing these Species as they are in themselves, and not as they are expressed in their copies, or representatives upon earth? But if the only place of the existence of those Species was the Divine Mind, will not this suppose, that Plato either imagined, like Father Malbranche, that in its state of pre-existence, the mind saw all things in God: or that it was itself an emanation of the Divinity? That he maintained the first opinion, will not be pretended by any body who is at all versed in the history of science. That enthusiastic notion, though it may seem to be favoured by some passages in the Fathers, was never, it is well known, coolly and literally maintained by any body before that Cartesian philosopher. That the human mind was itself an emanation of the Divine, though it was the doctrine of the Stoics, was by no means that of Plato; though, upon the notion of a pretended double doctrine, the contrary has lately been asserted. According to Plato, the Deity formed the soul of the world out of that substance which is always the same, that is, out of Species or Universals; out of that which is always different, that is, out of corporeal substances; and out of a substance that was of a middle nature between these, which it is not easy to understand what he meant by. Out of a part of the same composition, he made those inferior intelligences who animated the celestial spheres, to whom he delivered the remaining part of it, to form from thence the souls of men and animals. The souls of those inferior deities, though made out of a similar substance or composition, were not regarded as parts or emanations of that of the world; nor were those of animals, in the same manner, regarded as parts or emanations of those inferior deities: much less were any of them regarded as parts, or emanations of the great Author of all things.
1 He refers to them as Ideas, a term that, for him, Aristotle, and other ancient writers, means a Species and is perfectly synonymous with the other term Species, which Aristotle used more often. Later philosophers, especially the Stoics, viewed all species or specific essences as mere constructs of the mind, formed by abstraction, with no real existence outside the thoughts that created them. Over time, the term Idea evolved to mean, first, an abstract thought or conception; later, any thought or conception; thus becoming synonymous with the Greek word Δημιουργική ιδέα, which initially had a very different meaning. When the later Platonists began to interpret Plato's writings—at a time when the idea of separate existence of specific essences was widely dismissed—they proposed that his ideas suggested that the Deity created the world based on what we now call an Idea or a plan conceived in His mind, similar to any other artist. However, if Plato intended to convey such a straightforward and simple idea, he could have stated it more clearly and wouldn't have described it so emphatically as something requiring great intellectual effort to grasp. According to this view, Plato's concept of Species or Universals aligned with Aristotle's. Nevertheless, Aristotle seems to reject this interpretation; he devotes considerable sections of his Metaphysics to countering it and challenges it in all his other works; he never hints that Plato's Ideas could refer to the thoughts or conceptions of the Divine Mind. Is it conceivable that he, having been in Plato's school for twenty years, completely misunderstood him all that time, especially when Plato's meaning was so transparent? Furthermore, this idea of the separate existence of Species, distinct from the mind that conceives them and the tangible objects that reflect them, is a fundamental doctrine that Plato would not frequently need to discuss. However it’s interpreted, it forms the very foundation of his philosophy; there isn't a single dialogue in his works that does not reference it. Shall we assume that this great philosopher, who appears to surpass his master in nearly every respect except eloquence, intentionally misrepresented not just one of Plato's profound and enigmatic doctrines, but the most basic principle of all his reasoning, when Plato's writings were widely available? During a time when his followers and students were spread throughout Greece, practically every notable Athenian of Aristotle's generation would have been trained in his school; when Speusippus, Plato's nephew and successor, along with Xenocrates, who kept the Academy going while Aristotle ran his school at the Lyceum, would have been eager to challenge him for any such blatant dishonesty. Do Cicero and Seneca not interpret this doctrine the same way Aristotle does? Is there any author from antiquity who seems to understand it differently before Plutarch, an author who appears to have been a poor critic of philosophy and history, taking everything second-hand, and who lived after the emergence of that eclectic philosophy which the later Platonists followed, and who seems to have aligned with that sect? Is there any passage from any Greek author around the time of Aristotle and Plato where the term Idea is used in its current meaning to signify a thought or conception? Aren’t the words in all languages representing reality or existence directly opposed to those that represent thought or conception alone? Or is there any difference between something that exists and something that does not exist, except that the former is a mere conception and the latter is something more than a conception? How could Plato discuss eternal species as the only things with any real existence if they were nothing more than the conceptions of the Divine Mind? Did not the Deity, according to Plato and the Stoics, hold the idea of every individual and every species from all eternity, along with the state each individual would be in during each instance of its existence? Were not all divine ideas regarding individuals and their various states throughout their existence equally eternal and unalterable as those of species? How could Plato then claim that the former were eternal, because the Deity conceived them from all eternity, while conceiving the others from all eternity as well, and since His ideas of Species had no advantage over those of the individual in this regard? Does Plato not frequently discuss the Ideas of Species or Universals as innate, impressed upon the mind in its state of pre-existence, when it had the chance to see these Species as they truly are, not as they are reflected in their earthly copies or representatives? But if the only place these Species exist is in the Divine Mind, does this not imply that Plato either believed, like Father Malbranche, that in its state of pre-existence, the mind perceived everything in God; or that it was itself an emanation of the Divine? It cannot be claimed that he maintained the first viewpoint by anyone familiar with the history of thought. That enthusiastic notion, though seemingly supported by some passages in the Church Fathers, was never coolly and literally upheld by anyone before that Cartesian philosopher. Although the Stoics believed that the human mind was an emanation of the Divine, this was not Plato's view; however, in light of the idea of a supposed double doctrine, the opposite has recently been claimed. According to Plato, the Deity shaped the soul of the world from the consistent substance, i.e., from Species or Universals; from that which is always variable, i.e., from corporeal substances; and from a substance that is of a middle nature, which is hard to comprehend. From a part of this same composition, he created those lesser intelligences who animated the celestial spheres, to whom he entrusted the remaining part of it to form the souls of humans and animals. The souls of these lesser deities, although created from a similar substance, were not viewed as parts or emanations of the world’s soul; nor were animal souls seen as parts or emanations of those lesser deities; much less were any of them regarded as parts or emanations of the great Creator of all things.
The more the soul was accustomed to the consideration of those Universal Natures, the less it was attached to any particular and individual objects; it approached the nearer to the original perfection of its nature, from which, according to this philosophy, it had fallen. Philosophy, which accustoms it to consider the general Essence of things only, and to abstract from all their particular and sensible circumstances, was, upon this account, regarded as the great purifier of the soul. As death separated the soul from the body, and from the bodily senses and passions, it restored it to that intellectual world, from whence it had originally descended, where no sensible Species called off its attention from those general Essences of things. Philosophy, in this life, habituating it to the same considerations, brings it, in some degree, to that state of happiness and perfection, to which death restores the souls of just men in a life to come.
The more the soul got used to thinking about those Universal Natures, the less it clung to specific and individual objects; it got closer to the original perfection of its nature, from which, according to this philosophy, it had fallen. Philosophy, which trains it to focus on the general Essence of things and ignore all their specific and sensory details, was seen as the great purifier of the soul for this reason. As death separates the soul from the body, and from physical senses and passions, it brings it back to that intellectual world it originally came from, where no sensory distractions pull its attention away from those general Essences of things. Philosophy, in this life, gets it used to the same considerations, bringing it, to some extent, to that state of happiness and perfection that death restores to the souls of just individuals in the afterlife.
Such was the doctrine of Plato concerning the Species or Specific Essence of things. This, at least, is what his words seem to import, and thus he is understood by Aristotle, the most intelligent and the most renowned of all his disciples. It is a doctrine, which, like many of the other doctrines of abstract Philosophy, is more coherent in the expression than in the idea; and which seems to have arisen, more from the nature of language, than from the nature of things. With all its imperfections it was excusable, in the beginnings of philosophy, and is not a great deal more remote from the truth, than many others which have since been substituted in its room by some of the greatest pretenders to accuracy and precision. Mankind have had, at all times, a strong propensity to realize their own abstractions, of which we shall immediately see an example, in the notions of that very philosopher who first exposed the ill-grounded foundation of those Ideas, or Universals, of Plato and Timæus. To explain the nature, and to account for the origin of general Ideas, is, even at this day, the greatest difficulty in abstract philosophy. How the human mind, when it reasons concerning the general nature of triangles, should either conceive, as Mr. Locke imagines it does, the idea of a triangle, which is neither obtusangular, nor rectangular, nor acutangular; but which was at once both none and of all those together; or should, as Malbranche thinks necessary for this purpose, comprehend at once, within its finite capacity, all possible triangles of all possible forms and dimensions, which are infinite in number, is a question, to which it is surely not easy to give a satisfactory answer. Malbranche, to solve it, had recourse to the enthusiastic and unintelligible notion of the intimate union of the human mind with the divine, in whose infinite 402 essence the immensity of such species could alone be comprehended; and in which alone, therefore, all finite intelligences could have an opportunity of viewing them. If, after more than two thousand years reasoning about this subject, this ingenious and sublime philosopher was forced to have recourse to so strange a fancy, in order to explain it, can we wonder that Plato, in the very first dawnings of science, should, for the same purpose, adopt an hypothesis, which has been thought, without much reason, indeed, to have some affinity to that of Malbranche, and which is not more out of the way?
This was Plato's belief about the nature or core essence of things. At least, that's how his words seem to indicate, and this is how Aristotle, the brightest and most famous of his students, interpreted him. It's a belief that, like many other ideas in abstract philosophy, is clearer in its expression than in its concept; it seems to stem more from the constraints of language than from the essence of things. Despite its flaws, it was understandable in the early days of philosophy and isn’t much further from the truth than many ideas later proposed by those who claimed to be more accurate and precise. Throughout history, people have had a strong tendency to make their own abstract ideas more concrete, and we will soon see an example of this in the thoughts of that same philosopher who first pointed out the shaky foundations of the Ideas or Universals of Plato and Timæus. Even today, explaining the nature and origin of general ideas remains a significant challenge in abstract philosophy. How the human mind, when reasoning about the general nature of triangles, can imagine an idea of a triangle that is neither obtuse, right, nor acute, but somehow embodies all of those qualities at once, as Mr. Locke suggests, or how it can simultaneously grasp all possible triangles of every conceivable form and size, which are infinitely numerous, as Malbranche believes is necessary, is a question that is certainly not easy to answer satisfactorily. To address this, Malbranche relied on the obscure and enigmatic idea of the deep connection between the human mind and the divine, in which the infinite essence could only comprehensively hold such species, and in which all finite intellects might have the chance to perceive them. If after more than two thousand years of thinking about this topic, this brilliant and profound philosopher resorted to such a strange notion to explain it, can we be surprised that Plato, at the very beginning of scientific thought, would adopt a hypothesis that is thought, though perhaps without much justification, to be somewhat similar to Malbranche’s, and which is not entirely off-base?
What seems to have misled those early philosophers, was, the notion, which appears, at first, natural enough, that those things, out of which any object is composed, must exist antecedent to that object. But the things out of which all particular objects seem to be composed, are the stuff or matter of those objects, and the form or specific Essence, which determines them to be of this or that class of things. These, therefore, it was thought, must have existed antecedent to the object which was made up between them. Plato, who held, that the sensible world, which, according to him, is the world of individuals, was made in time, necessarily conceived, that both the universal matter, the object of spurious reason, and the specific essence, the object of proper reason and philosophy out of which it was composed, must have had a separate existence from all eternity. This intellectual world, very different from the intellectual world of Cudworth, though much of the language of the one has been borrowed from that of the other, was necessarily and always existent; whereas the sensible world owed its origin to the free will and bounty of its author.
What seems to have confused those early philosophers was the idea that things, which make up any object, must exist before that object. However, the stuff or matter of all specific objects, along with the form or specific essence that defines them as a particular class of things, are what they are made of. Therefore, it was believed that these must have existed before the object created from them. Plato, who believed that the sensible world—the world of individuals—was created in time, necessarily thought that both the universal matter, which is the object of false reasoning, and the specific essence, which is the object of proper reasoning and philosophy, had to exist separately for all eternity. This intellectual world, although it shares some language with Cudworth's intellectual world, was necessarily and always existent, while the sensible world came into being through the free will and generosity of its creator.
A notion of this kind, as long as it is expressed in very general language; as long as it is not much rested upon, nor attempted to be very particularly and distinctly explained, passes easily enough, through the indolent imagination, accustomed to substitute words in the room of ideas; and if the words seem to hang easily together, requiring no great precision in the ideas. It vanishes, indeed; is discovered to be altogether incomprehensible, and eludes the grasp of the imagination, upon an attentive consideration. It requires, however, an attentive consideration; and if it had been as fortunate as many other opinions of the same kind, and about the same subject, it might, without examination, have continued to be the current philosophy for a century or two. Aristotle, however, seems immediately to have discovered, that it was impossible to conceive, as actually existent, either that general matter, which was not determined by any particular species, or those species which were not embodied, if one may say so, in some particular portion of matter. Aristotle, too, held, as we have already observed the eternity of the sensible world. Though he held, therefore, that all sensible objects were made up of two principles, both of which, he calls, equally, substances, the matter and the specific essence, he was 403 not obliged to hold, like Plato, that those principles existed prior in the order of time to the objects which they afterwards composed. They were prior, he said, in nature, but not in time, according to a distinction which was of use to him upon some other occasion. He distinguished, too, betwixt actual and potential existence. By the first, he seems to have understood what is commonly meant by existence or reality; by the second, the bare possibility of existence. His meaning, I say, seems to amount to this; though he does not explain it precisely in this manner. Neither the material Essence of body could, according to him, exist actually without being determined by some Specific Essence, to some particular class of things, nor any Specific Essence without being embodied in some particular portion of matter. Each of these two principles, however, could exist potentially in this separate state. That matter existed potentially, which, being endowed with a particular form, could be brought into actual existence; and that form, which, by being embodied in a particular portion of matter, could, in the same manner, be called forth into the class of complete realities. This potential existence of matter and form, he sometimes talks of, in expressions which resemble those of Plato, to whose notion of separate Essence it bears a very great affinity.
A concept like this, as long as it's put in very vague terms; as long as it isn't heavily relied upon or explained in too much detail, can easily pass through the lazy imagination that tends to swap out words for ideas. If the words seem to fit together easily and don’t require much precision in the ideas, it's accepted. However, it disappears upon closer inspection; it's found to be completely incomprehensible and slips away from the imagination when considered carefully. It does require close attention, though, and if it had been as lucky as many other similar opinions about the same topic, it might have continued to be the accepted philosophy for a century or two without much scrutiny. Aristotle, however, quickly realized that it was impossible to conceive of either that general matter, which wasn’t defined by any specific species, or those species that weren't embodied, so to speak, in some particular part of matter. Aristotle also believed, as we've mentioned before, in the eternity of the sensible world. Even though he argued that all sensible objects were made up of two principles, both of which he called substances—the matter and the specific essence—he didn't have to assert, like Plato, that these principles existed prior to the objects they later formed in terms of time. He stated that they were prior in nature but not in time, a distinction that was useful to him in other contexts. He also differentiated between actual and potential existence. By actual existence, he seemed to mean what is commonly understood as existence or reality; by potential existence, he referred to mere possibility. His point appears to be this, although he doesn’t explain it exactly in these terms: according to him, neither the material essence of a body could actually exist without being defined by some specific essence to a particular category of things, nor could any specific essence exist without being embodied in some particular portion of matter. However, each of these two principles could potentially exist in this separate state. Matter existed potentially because, when given a specific form, it could be brought into actual existence; and that form, once embodied in a specific portion of matter, could similarly be realized in the realm of complete realities. He occasionally discusses this potential existence of matter and form using language that is similar to that of Plato, to whose idea of separate essence it is very closely related.
Aristotle, who seems in many things original, and who endeavoured to seem to be so in all things, added the principle of privation to those of matter and form, which he had derived from the ancient Pythagorean school. When Water is changed into Air, the transmutation is brought about by the material principle of those two elements being deprived of the form of Water, and then assuming the form of Air. Privation, therefore, was a third principle opposite to form, which entered into the generation of every Species, which was always from some other Species. It was a principle of generation, but not of composition, as is most obvious.
Aristotle, who was original in many ways and tried to appear original in everything, added the principle of privation to the principles of matter and form, which he had taken from the ancient Pythagorean school. When water changes into air, the transformation happens because the material principle of those two elements loses the form of water and then takes on the form of air. Privation, therefore, was a third principle that opposed form and was involved in the generation of every species, which always came from some other species. It was a principle of generation, but not of composition, as is very clear.
The Stoics, whose opinions were, in all the different parts of philosophy, either the same with, or very nearly allied to those of Aristotle and Plato, though often disguised in very different language, held, that all things, even the elements themselves, were compounded of two principles, upon one of which depended all the active, and upon the other all the passive, powers of these bodies. The last of these, they called Matter; the first, the Cause, by which they meant the very same thing which Aristotle and Plato understood, by their specific Essences. Matter, according to the Stoics, could have no existence separate from the cause or efficient principle which determined it to some particular class of things. Neither could the efficient principle exist separately from the material, in which it was always necessarily embodied. Their opinion, therefore, so far coincided with that of the old Peripatetics. The efficient principle, they said, was the Deity. By which they meant, that it was a detached portion of the etherial and divine nature, 404 which penetrated all things, that constituted what Plato would have called the Specific Essence of each individual object; and so far their opinion coincides pretty nearly with that of the latter Platonists, who held, that the Specific Essences of all things were detached portions of their created deity, the soul of the world; and with that of some of the Arabian and Scholastic Commentators of Aristotle, who held that the substantial forms of all things descended from those Divine Essences which animated the Celestial Spheres. Such was the doctrine of the four principal Sects of the ancient Philosophers, concerning the Specific Essences of things, of the old Pythagoreans, of the Academical, the Peripatetic, and the Stoical Sects.
The Stoics, whose beliefs aligned closely with those of Aristotle and Plato, even though they often used quite different language, believed that everything, including the fundamental elements, was made up of two principles. One principle was responsible for all the active qualities, while the other accounted for all the passive qualities of these bodies. They referred to the latter as Matter and the former as the Cause, which was essentially the same concept that Aristotle and Plato described as specific Essences. According to the Stoics, Matter could not exist on its own without the cause or efficient principle that defined it as a specific type of thing. Likewise, the efficient principle could not exist separately from the material in which it was always necessarily present. So, their view mostly aligned with that of the old Peripatetics. They described the efficient principle as the Deity, meaning it was a part of the ethereal and divine nature, 404 which filled everything and formed what Plato would refer to as the Specific Essence of each individual object. Therefore, their belief was similar to that of the later Platonists, who viewed the Specific Essences of all things as parts of their created deity, the soul of the world, and also with some Arabian and Scholastic Commentators of Aristotle, who believed that the substantial forms of all things originated from those Divine Essences that animated the Celestial Spheres. This was the teaching of the four major Schools of ancient Philosophy regarding the Specific Essences of things, namely the old Pythagoreans, the Academics, the Peripatetics, and the Stoics.
As this doctrine of Specific Essences seems naturally enough to have arisen from that ancient system of Physics, which I have above described, and which is, by no means, devoid of probability, so many of the doctrines of that system, which seems to us, who have been long accustomed to another, the most incomprehensible, necessarily flow from this metaphysical notion. Such are those of generation, corruption, and alteration; of mixture, condensation, and rarefaction. A body was generated or corrupted, when it changed its Specific Essence, and passed from one denomination to another. It was altered when it changed only some of its qualities, but still retained the same Specific Essence, and the same denomination. Thus, when a flower was withered, it was not corrupted; though some of its qualities were changed, it still retained the Specific Essence, and therefore justly passed under the denomination of a flower. But, when, in the further progress of its decay, it crumbled into earth, it was corrupted; it lost the Specific Essence, or substantial form of the flower, and assumed that of the earth, and therefore justly changed its denomination.
As this idea of Specific Essences seems to have naturally originated from the ancient system of Physics that I've described earlier, which isn’t without its merit, many of its doctrines—though they seem completely baffling to us, who are used to a different view—naturally arise from this philosophical concept. These include ideas of generation, corruption, and change; of mixture, condensation, and rarefaction. A body was said to be generated or corrupted when it changed its Specific Essence and moved from one classification to another. It was altered when it changed only some of its qualities but still kept the same Specific Essence and the same classification. For example, when a flower wilts, it is not corrupted; even though some of its qualities have changed, it still maintains its Specific Essence and is rightfully still called a flower. However, when, as it continues to decay, it turns into soil, it has been corrupted; it lost the Specific Essence, or essential form, of the flower and took on that of the soil, so it appropriately changed its classification.
The Specific Essence, or universal nature that was lodged in each particular class of bodies, was not itself the object of any of our senses, but could be perceived only by the understanding. It was by the sensible qualities, however, that we judged of the Specific Essence of each object. Some of these sensible qualities, therefore, we regarded as essential, or such as showed, by their presence or absence, the presence or absence of that essential form from which they necessarily flowed. Others were accidental, or such whose presence or absence had no such necessary consequences. The first of these two sorts of qualities was called Properties; the second, Accidents.
The Specific Essence, or the universal nature found in each type of body, wasn’t something we could detect with our senses, but could only be understood through comprehension. However, it was the sensory qualities that led us to judge the Specific Essence of each object. Some of these sensory qualities we considered essential, meaning their presence or absence indicated the existence or nonexistence of that essential form from which they naturally originated. Others were considered accidental, meaning their presence or absence didn’t have any necessary implications. The first type of qualities was referred to as Properties; the second, Accidents.
In the Specific Essence of each object itself, they distinguished two parts; one of which was peculiar and characteristical of the one class of things of which that particular object was an individual, the other was common to it with some other higher classes of things. These two parts were, to the Specific Essence, pretty much what the Matter and the Specific Essence were to each individual body. The one, which was called the Genus, was modified and determined by the other, 405 which was called the Specific Difference, pretty much in the same manner as the universal matter contained in each body was modified and determined by the Specific Essence of that particular class of bodies. These four, with the Specific Essence or Species itself, made up the number of the Five Universals, so well known in the schools by the names of Genus, Species, Differentia, Proprium, and Accidens.
In the specific essence of each object, they identified two parts: one that was unique and characteristic of the particular class to which that object belonged, and the other that it shared with some higher classes of things. These two parts were to the specific essence what matter and the specific essence were to each individual body. The part called the Genus was defined and influenced by the other part, known as the Specific Difference, similar to how the universal matter in each body was shaped and influenced by the specific essence of that particular class of bodies. Together with the specific essence or species itself, these four made up the Five Universals, commonly recognized in schools by the names of Genus, Species, Differentia, Proprium, and Accidens.
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
OF THE
NATURE OF THAT IMITATION
WHICH TAKES PLACE IN WHAT ARE CALLED
THE IMITATIVE ARTS.
PART Ⅰ.
THE most perfect imitation of an object of any kind must in all cases, it is evident, be another object of the same kind, made as exactly as possible after the same model. What, for example, would be the most perfect imitation of the carpet which now lies before me?—Another carpet, certainly, wrought as exactly as possible after the same pattern. But, whatever might be the merit or beauty of this second carpet, it would not be supposed to derive any from the circumstance of its having been made in imitation of the first. This circumstance of its being not an original, but a copy, would even be considered as some diminution of that merit; a greater or smaller, in proportion as the object was of a nature to lay claim to a greater or smaller degree of admiration. It would not much diminish the merit of a common carpet, because in such trifling objects, which at best can lay claim to so little beauty or merit of any kind, we do not always think it worth while to affect originality: it would diminish a good deal that of a carpet of very exquisite workmanship. In objects of still greater importance, this exact, or, as it would be called, this servile imitation, would be considered as the most unpardonable blemish. To build another St. Peter’s or St. Paul’s church, of exactly the same dimensions, proportions, and ornaments with the present buildings at Rome or London, would be supposed to argue such a miserable barrenness of genius and invention in the architect as would disgrace the most expensive magnificence.
THE most perfect imitation of any object must, in all cases, clearly be another object of the same type, created as closely as possible to the same model. For instance, what would be the most perfect imitation of the carpet I see before me?—Another carpet, obviously, made as accurately as possible to match the same design. However, regardless of how admirable or beautiful this second carpet may be, it wouldn’t be considered to have any merit from the fact that it was made to imitate the first. The fact that it’s not an original but a copy would actually be seen as a drawback to its merit; the extent of this drawback would vary based on how much admiration the original object inspired. With a regular carpet, this wouldn’t significantly diminish its merit because these trivial items, which can hardly claim much beauty or value, don’t always inspire a desire for originality. But it would greatly reduce the merit of a carpet that is exquisitely crafted. In even more significant objects, this exact, or what might be termed, servile imitation would be viewed as the most unforgivable flaw. Constructing another St. Peter’s or St. Paul’s church, with exactly the same dimensions, proportions, and decorations as the existing buildings in Rome or London, would suggest such a dreadful lack of creativity and invention in the architect that it would overshadow any extravagant opulence.
The exact resemblance of the correspondent parts of the same object 406 is frequently considered as a beauty, and the want of it as a deformity; as in the correspondent members of the human body, in the opposite wings of the same building, in the opposite trees of the same alley, in the correspondent compartments of the same piece of carpet-work, or of the same flower-garden, in the chairs or tables which stand in the correspondent parts of the same room, etc. But in objects of the same kind, which in other respects are regarded as altogether separate and unconnected, this exact resemblance is seldom considered as a beauty, nor the want of it as a deformity. A man, and in the same manner a horse, is handsome or ugly, each of them, on account of his own intrinsic beauty or deformity, without any regard to their resembling or not resembling, the one, another man, or the other, another horse. A set of coach-horses, indeed, is supposed to be handsomer when they are all exactly matched; but each horse is, in this case, considered not as a separated and unconnected object, or as a whole by himself, but as a part of another whole, to the other parts of which he ought to bear a certain correspondence: separated from the set, he derives neither beauty from his resemblance, nor deformity from his unlikeness to the other horses which compose it.
The exact similarity of corresponding parts of the same object 406 is often seen as beauty, while a lack of it is seen as deformity. This is true for the corresponding parts of the human body, the opposite wings of a building, the trees in the same alley, the corresponding sections of a carpet, or the layout of a flower garden, as well as the chairs or tables positioned in corresponding areas of a room, etc. However, in items of the same type that are viewed as entirely separate and unrelated, this exact similarity is rarely seen as beauty, nor is its absence viewed as deformity. A man, and similarly a horse, is seen as handsome or ugly based on their own inherent beauty or deformity, regardless of how much they resemble other men or horses. A team of coach horses is indeed considered more attractive when they’re all well-matched, but each horse in this scenario is seen not as a separate, individual entity, but as part of a larger whole, which requires them to correspond with one another. When separated from the team, a horse does not gain beauty from its resemblance to the others, nor does it become less attractive due to its difference from them.
Even in the correspondent parts of the same object, we frequently require no more than a resemblance in the general outline. If the inferior members of those correspondent parts are too minute to be seen distinctly, without a separate and distinct examination of each part by itself, as a separate and unconnected object, we should sometimes even be displeased if the resemblance was carried beyond this general outline. In the correspondent parts of a room we frequently hang pictures of the same size; those pictures, however, resemble one another in nothing but the frame, or, perhaps, in the general character of the subject; if the one is a landscape, the other is a landscape too; if the one represents a religious or a bacchanalian subject, its companion represents another of the same kind. Nobody ever thought of repeating the same picture in each correspondent frame. The frame, and the general character of two or three pictures, is as much as the eye can comprehend at one view, or from one station. Each picture, in order, to be seen distinctly, and understood thoroughly, must be viewed from a particular station, and examined by itself as a separate and unconnected object. In a hall or portico, adorned with statues, the niches, or perhaps the pedestals, may exactly resemble one another, but the statues are always different Even the masks which are sometimes carried upon the different key-stones of the same arcade, or of the correspondent doors and windows of the same front, though they may all resemble one another in the general outline, yet each of them has always its own peculiar features, and a grimace of its own. There are some Gothic buildings in which the correspondent windows resemble one another only in the general outline, and not in the smaller 407 ornaments and subdivisions. These are different in each, and the architect had considered them as too minute to be seen distinctly, without a particular and separate examination of each window by itself, as a separate and unconnected object. A variety of this sort, however, I think, is not agreeable. In objects which are susceptible only of a certain inferior order of beauty, such as the frames of pictures, the niches or the pedestals of statues, &c., there seems frequently to be affectation in the study of variety, of which the merit is scarcely ever sufficient to compensate the want of that perspicuity and distinctness, of that easiness to be comprehended and remembered, which is the natural effect of exact uniformity. In a portico of the Corinthian or Ionic order, each column resembles every other, not only in the general outline, but in all the minutest ornaments; though some of them, in order to be seen distinctly, may require a separate and distinct examination in each column, and in the entablature of each intercolumnation. In the inlaid tables, which, according to the present fashion, are sometimes fixed in the correspondent parts of the same room, the pictures only are different in each. All the other more frivolous and fanciful ornaments are commonly, so far at least as I have observed the fashion, the same in them all. Those ornaments, however, in order to be seen distinctly, require a distinct examination of each table.
Even in similar parts of the same object, we often only need a resemblance in the overall shape. If the smaller components of those similar parts are too tiny to see clearly, without examining each part separately, we might actually prefer it if the resemblance doesn’t go beyond the general outline. In the similar parts of a room, we often hang pictures of the same size; however, those pictures only resemble each other in their frames or perhaps in the general theme of the subject. If one picture is a landscape, the other is also a landscape; if one shows a religious scene or a party theme, the accompanying picture shows another of the same type. No one thinks to repeat the same picture in each matching frame. The frame and the overall theme of a few pictures are all the eye can take in at once or from one spot. Each picture needs to be viewed from a specific angle and examined individually as a separate object to be seen and understood clearly. In a hall or portico filled with statues, the niches or maybe the pedestals might look the same, but the statues themselves are always different. Even the masks sometimes found on the different keystones of the same arcade, or on matching doors and windows in the same façade, though they may share a similar outline, always have their own unique features and expressions. There are certain Gothic buildings where the matching windows only have a similar outline and not the smaller 407 decorations and details. These vary for each, as the architect deemed them too small to be seen clearly without a close inspection of each window as an individual object. However, I think this kind of variety is not pleasing. In items that only allow for a certain lower order of beauty, like picture frames, niches, or statue pedestals, there often seems to be an affectation in seeking variety, the value of which almost never compensates for the lack of clarity and distinctness, making it harder to comprehend and remember, which is the natural result of perfect uniformity. In a Corinthian or Ionic portico, each column resembles every other one not just in the general shape but in all the tiny details; although, some might require a close inspection to see clearly each column and the entablature of every space between them. Inlaid tables, which, according to current trends, are sometimes fixed in the similar parts of the same room, only feature different pictures in each. All the other more trivial and fanciful decorations tend to be the same across them all, at least as far as I've noticed. However, these decorations also require a separate examination of each table to be seen distinctly.
The extraordinary resemblance of two natural objects, of twins, for example, is regarded as a curious circumstance; which, though it does not increase, yet does not diminish the beauty of either, considered as a separate and unconnected object. But the exact resemblance of two productions of art, seems to be always considered as some diminution of the merit of at least one of them; as it seems to prove, that one of them, at least, is a copy either of the other, or of some other original. One may say, even of the copy of a picture, that it derives its merit, not so much from its resemblance to the original, as from its resemblance to the object which the original was meant to resemble. The owner of the copy, so far from setting any high value upon its resemblance to the original, is often anxious to destroy any value or merit which it might derive from this circumstance. He is often anxious to persuade both himself and other people that it is not a copy, but an original, of which what passes for the original is only a copy. But, whatever merit a copy may derive from its resemblance to the original, an original can derive none from the resemblance of its copy.
The striking similarity between two natural objects, like twins, is seen as an intriguing situation; it doesn’t enhance or lessen the beauty of either one when viewed separately. However, when two works of art look exactly the same, it usually implies that at least one of them is less impressive, as it suggests that one is a copy of the other or of some other original. You could argue that even a copy of a painting gains its value not primarily from how closely it resembles the original, but from how much it resembles what the original was intended to depict. The owner of the copy, rather than valuing its likeness to the original, often wants to diminish any worth it may gain from that connection. They frequently try to convince themselves and others that it’s not a copy but an original, claiming that what is thought to be the original is actually just a replica. However, no matter what value a copy may gain from resembling the original, an original gains nothing from the likeness of its copy.
But though a production of art seldom derives any merit from its resemblance to another object of the same kind, it frequently derives a great deal from its resemblance to an object of a different kind, whether that object be a production of art or of nature. A painted cloth, the work of some laborious Dutch artist, so curiously shaded and coloured as to represent the pile and softness of a woollen one, might derive some merit from its resemblance even to the sorry carpet which now 408 lies before me. The copy might, and probably would, in this case, be of much greater value than the original. But if this carpet was represented as spread, either upon a floor or upon a table, and projecting from the background of the picture, with exact observation of perspective, and of light and shade, the merit of the imitation would be still even greater.
But while a piece of art usually doesn’t gain value from looking like another work of the same type, it often gains a lot from resembling something completely different, whether that be a piece of art or something from nature. A painted canvas, created by some dedicated Dutch artist, so skillfully shaded and colored that it looks like a soft wool rug, might gain some value from its similarity to the shabby carpet that now 408 lies in front of me. In this case, the copy could, and probably would, be worth much more than the original. However, if this carpet were shown as laid out, either on a floor or a table, and extending from the background of the painting, with precise attention to perspective, light, and shadow, the quality of the imitation would be even greater.
In Painting, a plain surface of one kind is made to resemble, not only a plain surface of another, but all the three dimensions of a solid substance. In Statuary and Sculpture, a solid substance of one kind, is made to resemble a solid substance of another. The disparity between the object imitating, and the object imitated, is much greater in the one art than in the other; and the pleasure arising from the imitation seems greater in proportion as this disparity is greater.
In painting, a flat surface is made to look like not only a flat surface of another kind but also all three dimensions of a solid object. In sculpture, one solid object is made to look like another solid object. The difference between the object being imitated and the object that imitates is much larger in one art form than in the other, and the enjoyment from the imitation seems to increase as this difference becomes greater.
In Painting, the imitation frequently pleases, though the original object be indifferent, or even offensive. In Statuary and Sculpture it is otherwise. The imitation seldom pleases, unless the original object be in a very high degree either great, or beautiful, or interesting. A butcher’s-stall, or a kitchen-dresser, with the objects which they commonly present, are not certainly the happiest subjects, even for Painting. They have, however, been represented with so much care and success by some Dutch masters, that it is impossible to view the pictures without some degree of pleasure. They would be most absurd subjects for Statuary or Sculpture, which are, however, capable of representing them. The picture of a very ugly or deformed man, such as Æsop, or Scarron, might not make a disagreeable piece of furniture. The statue certainly would. Even a vulgar ordinary man or woman, engaged in a vulgar ordinary action, like what we see with so much pleasure in the pictures of Rembrandt, would be too mean a subject for Statuary. Jupiter, Hercules, and Apollo, Venus and Diana, the Nymphs and the Graces, Bacchus, Mercury, Antinous, and Meleager, the miserable death of Laocoon, the melancholy fate of the children of Niobe, the Wrestlers, the fighting, the dying gladiator, the figures of gods and goddesses, of heroes and heroines, the most perfect forms of the human body, placed either in the noblest attitudes, or in the most interesting situations which the human imagination is capable of conceiving, are the proper, and therefore have always been the favourite, subjects of Statuary: that art cannot, without degrading itself, stoop to represent any thing that is offensive, or mean, or even indifferent. Painting is not so disdainful; and, though capable of representing the noblest objects, it can, without forfeiting its title to please, submit to imitate those of a much more humble nature. The merit of the imitation alone, and without any merit in the imitated object, is capable of supporting the dignity of Painting: it cannot support that of Statuary. There would seem, therefore, to be more merit in the one species of imitation than in the other.
In painting, imitating often brings pleasure, even if the original object is unremarkable or even unpleasant. However, the same isn't true for sculpture. Imitation rarely pleases unless the original object is significantly great, beautiful, or interesting. A butcher’s stall or a kitchen dresser, showcasing their usual contents, aren’t exactly the best subjects for painting. Nevertheless, some Dutch masters have depicted them with such skill that it's hard to look at the pictures without feeling some joy. They would be ridiculous subjects for sculpture, even though that art form could certainly portray them. A painting of a really ugly or deformed man, like Aesop or Scarron, might not be an unpleasant piece of decor. But a statue would definitely be. Even a typical man or woman doing something ordinary, like we often see in Rembrandt's works, would be too trivial for sculpture. Subjects like Jupiter, Hercules, Apollo, Venus, Diana, the Nymphs, the Graces, Bacchus, Mercury, Antinous, Meleager, the tragic death of Laocoön, the sorrowful fate of Niobe's children, the wrestlers, and the dying gladiator—figures of gods, goddesses, heroes, and heroines in the most perfect forms of the human body, in either noble poses or captivating situations that human imagination can conjure—are the appropriate and thus have always been the favored subjects of sculpture. That art cannot lower itself to depict anything offensive, trivial, or even just average. Painting isn't as picky; while it can depict the most noble subjects, it can also successfully represent more humble ones without losing its ability to please. The quality of imitation alone, without any intrinsic merit in what’s being mimicked, can uphold the dignity of painting; however, that’s not the case for sculpture. Therefore, it seems there’s more merit in one type of imitation than the other.
409 In Statuary, scarcely any drapery is agreeable. The best of the ancient statues were either altogether naked or almost naked; and those of which any considerable part of the body is covered, are represented as clothed in wet linen—a species of clothing which most certainly never was agreeable to the fashion of any country. This drapery too is drawn so tight, as to express beneath its narrow foldings the exact form and outline of any limb, and almost of every muscle of the body. The clothing which thus approached the nearest to no clothing at all, had, it seems, in the judgment of the great artists of antiquity, been that which was most suitable to Statuary. A great painter of the Roman school, who had formed his manner almost entirely upon the study of the ancient statues, imitated at first their drapery in his pictures; but he soon found that in Painting it had the air of meanness and poverty, as if the persons who wore it could scarce afford clothes enough to cover them; and that larger folds, and a looser and more flowing drapery, were more suitable to the nature of his art. In Painting, the imitation of so very inferior an object as a suit of clothes is capable of pleasing; and, in order to give this object all the magnificence of which it is capable, it is necessary that the folds should be large, loose, and flowing. It is not necessary in Painting that the exact form and outline of every limb, and almost of every muscle of the body, should be expressed beneath the folds of the drapery; it is sufficient if these are so disposed as to indicate in general the situation and attitude of the principal limbs. Painting, by the mere force and merit of its imitation, can venture, without the hazard of displeasing, to substitute, upon many occasions, the inferior in the room of the superior object, by making the one, in this manner, cover and entirely conceal a great part of the other. Statuary can seldom venture to do this, but with the utmost reserve and caution; and the same drapery, which is noble and magnificent in the one art, appears clumsy and awkward in the other. Some modern artists, however, have attempted to introduce into Statuary the drapery which is peculiar to Painting. It may not, perhaps, upon every occasion, be quite so ridiculous as the marble periwigs in Westminster Abbey: but if it does not always appear clumsy and awkward, it is at best always insipid and uninteresting.
409 In sculpture, very little drapery looks good. The best ancient statues were either completely nude or nearly so. Those that have significant portions of the body covered often show the figure in wet linen—a type of clothing that definitely wasn’t fashionable in any culture. This drapery is also pulled so tight that it reveals the exact shape and outlines of limbs and almost every muscle of the body. According to the great artists of antiquity, this minimal clothing fit best with sculpture. A famous painter from the Roman school, who based his style mainly on the study of ancient statues, initially imitated their drapery in his paintings. However, he soon realized that in painting, such drapery looked cheap and poor, as if the characters could barely afford enough fabric to cover themselves; larger, looser, and more flowing folds were more appropriate for his art. In painting, imitating something as basic as a suit of clothes can be appealing, and to highlight this object’s grandeur, the folds need to be large, loose, and flowing. It isn’t necessary in painting for the exact shape and outlines of every limb and muscle to show through the folds; it suffices if they suggest the general position and posture of the main limbs. Painting can take the liberty to replace the superior object with the inferior, making one hide and cover much of the other without risking displeasure. Sculpture, however, can only do this cautiously and sparingly; the same drapery that looks noble and grand in one art seems clunky and awkward in the other. Some modern artists have tried to bring the drapery unique to painting into sculpture. It may not always be as ridiculous as the marble wigs in Westminster Abbey, but if it doesn’t come across as clumsy or awkward, it’s at best bland and uninteresting.
It is not the want of colouring which hinders many things from pleasing in Statuary which please in Painting; it is the want of that degree of disparity between the imitating and the imitated object, which is necessary, in order to render interesting the imitation of an object which is itself not interesting. Colouring, when added to Statuary, so far from increasing, destroys almost entirely the pleasure which we receive from the imitation; because it takes away the great source of that pleasure, the disparity between the imitating and the imitated object. That one solid and coloured object should exactly resemble another solid and coloured object, seems to be a matter of no 410 great wonder or admiration. A painted statue, though it may resemble a human figure much more exactly than any statue which is not painted, is generally acknowledged to be a disagreeable and even an offensive object; and so far are we from being pleased with this superior likeness, that we are never satisfied with it; and, after viewing it again and again, we always find that it is not equal to what we are disposed to imagine it might have been: though it should seem to want scarce any thing but the life, we could not pardon it for thus wanting what it is altogether impossible it should have. The works of Mrs. Wright, a self-taught artist of great merit, are perhaps more perfect in this way than any thing I have ever seen. They do admirably well to be seen now and then as a show; but the best of them we shall find, if brought home to our own house, and placed in a situation where it was to come often into view, would make, instead of an ornamental, a most offensive piece of household furniture. Painted statues, accordingly, are universally reprobated, and we scarce ever meet with them. To colour the eyes of statues is not altogether so uncommon: even this, however, is disapproved by all good judges. ‘I cannot bear it,’ (a gentleman used to say, of great knowledge and judgment in this art), ‘I cannot bear it; I always want them to speak to me.’
It’s not just the lack of color that makes some sculptures less appealing than paintings; it’s really the absence of a certain degree of contrast between what’s being copied and the actual object. This contrast is what makes the imitation of an uninteresting object interesting. When color is added to a sculpture, rather than enhancing it, it almost completely takes away our enjoyment of the imitation because it removes the key source of that pleasure—the contrast between the object mimicking and the object being mimicked. A solid, colored object looking exactly like another solid, colored object isn’t particularly impressive. A painted statue, even if it resembles a human figure more closely than an unpainted one, is usually seen as unpleasant or even offensive. Far from appreciating this greater likeness, we often find it unsatisfying; after seeing it multiple times, we still think it falls short of what we imagined it could be. Even though it seems to lack almost nothing but life, we can’t forgive it for lacking what it’s impossible for it to have. The works of Mrs. Wright, a highly skilled self-taught artist, may be more perfect in this respect than anything I’ve ever encountered. They’re wonderful to see occasionally as a display, but if we brought one home and placed it where we’d often see it, it would become a rather unattractive piece of furniture instead of a decorative item. Painted statues are generally frowned upon, and we hardly ever come across them. It’s not entirely uncommon to paint the eyes of statues, but even this is criticized by all knowledgeable critics. “I can’t stand it,” a gentleman with great expertise in this field used to say, “I can’t stand it; I always want them to talk to me.”
Artificial fruits and flowers sometimes imitate so exactly the natural objects which they represent, that they frequently deceive us. We soon grow weary of them, however; and, though they seem to want nothing but the freshness and the flavour of natural fruits and flowers, we cannot pardon them, in the same manner, for thus wanting what it is altogether impossible they should have. But we do not grow weary of a good flower and fruit painting. We do not grow weary of the foliage of the Corinthian capital, or of the flowers which sometimes ornament the frieze of that order. Such imitations, however, never deceive us; their resemblance to the original objects is always much inferior to that of artificial fruits and flowers. Such as it is, however, we are contented with it; and, where there is such disparity between the imitating and the imitated objects, we find that it is as great as it can be, or as we expect that it should be. Paint that foliage and those flowers with the natural colours, and, instead of pleasing more, they will please much less. The resemblance, however, will be much greater; but the disparity between the imitating and the imitated objects will be so much less, that even this superior resemblance will not satisfy us. Where the disparity is so very great, on the contrary, we are often contented with the most imperfect resemblance; with the very imperfect resemblance, for example, both as to the figure and the colour, of fruits and flowers in shell-work.
Artificial fruits and flowers sometimes mimic the real ones so closely that they often fool us. However, we quickly get tired of them; although they seem to lack only the freshness and taste of real fruits and flowers, we can't forgive them for lacking something that it's impossible for them to have. But we don’t tire of a good painting of flowers and fruits. We don’t get tired of the leaves on Corinthian capitals, or the flowers that sometimes decorate the frieze of that style. These imitations, though, never deceive us; their likeness to the original objects is always much less convincing than that of artificial fruits and flowers. Still, we accept it as is, and when there’s such a gap between what imitates and what it imitates, it’s as vast as we expect it to be. If you paint those leaves and flowers in their natural colors, instead of being more pleasing, they will be much less so. The resemblance will be greater, but the gap between the imitating and the imitated will be smaller, and even that stronger resemblance won’t satisfy us. In contrast, when the gap is very large, we often find ourselves okay with even the most imperfect resemblance; for example, the very rough likeness of fruits and flowers in shell work.
It may be observed, however, that, though in Sculpture the imitation of flowers and foliage pleases as an ornament of architecture, as a part of the dress which is to set off the beauty of a different and a more 411 important object, it would not please alone, or as a separate and unconnected object, in the same manner as a fruit and flower painting pleases. Flowers and foliage, how elegant and beautiful soever, are not sufficiently interesting; they have not dignity enough, if I may say so, to be proper subjects for a piece of Sculpture, which is to please alone, and not to appear as the ornamental appendage of some other object.
It can be seen, however, that while the depiction of flowers and foliage is pleasing as an architectural decoration, enhancing the beauty of a different and more 411 important focus, it wouldn’t be appreciated on its own or as an unconnected piece in the same way that a painting of fruits and flowers is enjoyed. Flowers and foliage, no matter how elegant and beautiful, lack enough interest; they don’t possess the kind of dignity, if I may put it that way, to stand alone as a sculpture meant to be appreciated by itself, rather than just serving as an ornament for something else.
In Tapestry and Needle-work, in the same manner as in Painting, a plain surface is sometimes made to represent all the three dimensions of a solid substance. But both the shuttle of the weaver, and the needle of the embroiderer, are instruments of imitation so much inferior to the pencil of the painter, that we are not surprised to find a proportionable inferiority in their productions. We have all more or less experience that they usually are much inferior: and, in appreciating a piece of Tapestry or Needle-work, we never compare the imitation of either with that of a good picture, for it never could stand that comparison, but with that of other pieces of Tapestry or Needle-work. We take into consideration, not only the disparity between the imitating and the imitated object, but the awkwardness of the instruments of imitation; and if it is as well as any thing that can be expected from these, if it is better than the greater part of what actually comes from them, we are often not only contented but highly pleased.
In tapestry and needlework, just like in painting, a flat surface can sometimes make it look like a solid object has three dimensions. However, both the weaver’s shuttle and the embroiderer’s needle are much less effective at imitation compared to a painter’s brush, so it’s no surprise that their outcomes are relatively inferior. We all have some experience that they often fall short: when we evaluate a piece of tapestry or needlework, we don’t compare it to a great painting because it could never hold up to that standard; instead, we compare it to other tapestries or needlework. We think about not just the gap between the imitation and the real object but also the clumsiness of the tools used for imitation. If it turns out as good as can be expected from these tools, or if it surpasses most of what usually comes from them, we are often not just satisfied but actually very pleased.
A good painter will often execute in a few days a subject which would employ the best tapestry-weaver for many years; though, in proportion to his time, therefore, the latter is always much worse paid than the former, yet his work in the end comes commonly much dearer to market. The great expense of good Tapestry, the circumstance which confines it to the palaces of princes and of great lords, gives it, in the eyes of the greater part of the people, an air of riches and magnificence, which contributes still further to compensate the imperfection of its imitation. In arts which address themselves, not to the prudent and the wise, but to the rich and the great, to the proud and the vain, we ought not to wonder if the appearances of great expense, of being what few people can purchase, of being one of the surest characteristics of great fortune, should often stand in the place of exquisite beauty, and contribute equally to recommend their productions. As the idea of expense seems often to embellish, so that of cheapness seems as frequently to tarnish the lustre even of very agreeable objects. The difference between real and false jewels is what even the experienced eye of a jeweller can sometimes with difficulty distinguish. Let an unknown lady, however, come into a public assembly, with a head-dress which appears to be very richly adorned with diamonds, and let a jeweller only whisper in our ear that they are false stones, not only the lady will immediately sink in our imagination from the rank of a princess to that of a very ordinary woman, but the 412 head-dress, from being an object of the most splendid magnificence, will at once become an impertinent piece of tawdry and tinsel finery.
A good painter can often finish a subject in just a few days that would take the best tapestry maker many years to complete. Because of this, the tapestry maker usually earns much less for their time, even though their work often sells for a much higher price in the market. The high cost of quality tapestry, which limits it to the palaces of princes and wealthy lords, gives it an air of wealth and grandeur in the eyes of most people, which helps to make up for its imperfect imitation of reality. In arts that appeal not to the wise and prudent, but to the rich and powerful, the proud and vain, we shouldn't be surprised if the signs of high expense and exclusivity, which few can afford, often take the place of true beauty and help promote their creations. Just as the idea of expense seems to enhance value, the idea of cheapness often diminishes the appeal of even very likable items. The difference between real and fake jewels is sometimes hard for even a skilled jeweler to distinguish. If an unknown woman enters a public gathering wearing a headdress that looks richly decorated with diamonds, and a jeweler whispers to us that they are fake stones, the woman will instantly drop from our idea of a princess to just a very ordinary woman, and the 412 headdress, once seen as a symbol of splendid magnificence, will quickly be regarded as nothing more than a cheap and gaudy accessory.
It was some years ago the fashion to ornament a garden with yew and holly trees, clipped into the artificial shapes of pyramids, and columns, and vases, and obelisks. It is now the fashion to ridicule this taste as unnatural. The figure of a pyramid or obelisk, however, is not more unnatural to a yew-tree than to a block of porphyry or marble. When the yew-tree is presented to the eye in this artificial shape, the gardener does not mean that it should be understood to have grown in that shape: he means, first, to give it the same beauty of regular figure, which pleases so much in porphyry and marble; and, secondly, to imitate in a growing tree the ornaments of those precious materials: he means to make an object of one kind resembling another object of a very different kind; and to the original beauty of figure to join the relative beauty of imitation: but the disparity between the imitating and the imitated object is the foundation of the beauty of imitation. It is because the one object does not naturally resemble the other, that we are so much pleased with it, when by art it is made to do so. The shears of the gardener, it may be said, indeed, are very clumsy instruments of Sculpture. They are so, no doubt, when employed to imitate the figures of men, or even of animals. But in the simple and regular forms of pyramids, vases, and obelisks, even the shears of the gardener do well enough. Some allowance, too, is naturally made for the necessary imperfection of the instrument, in the same manner as in Tapestry and Needle-work. In short, the next time you have an opportunity of surveying those out-of-fashion ornaments, endeavour only to let yourself alone, and to restrain for a few minutes the foolish passion for playing the critic, and you will be sensible that they are not without some degree of beauty; that they give the air of neatness and correct culture at least to the whole garden; and that they are not unlike what the ‘retired leisure, that’ (as Milton says) ‘in trim gardens takes his pleasure,’ might be amused with. What then, it may be said, has brought them into such universal disrepute among us? In a pyramid or obelisk of marble, we know that the materials are expensive, and that the labour which wrought them into that shape must have been still more so. In a pyramid or obelisk of yew, we know that the materials could cost very little, and the labour still less. The former are ennobled by their expense; the latter degraded by their cheapness. In the cabbage-garden of a tallow-chandler we may sometimes perhaps have seen as many columns and vases and other ornaments in yew, as there are in marble and porphyry at Versailles: it is this vulgarity which has disgraced them. The rich and the great, the proud and the vain will not admit into their gardens an ornament which the meanest of the people can have as well as they. The taste for these ornaments came originally from France; where, notwithstanding that 413 inconstancy of fashion with which we sometimes reproach the natives of that country, it still continues in good repute. In France, the condition of the inferior ranks of people is seldom so happy as it frequently is in England; and you will there seldom find even pyramids and obelisks of yew in the garden of a tallow-chandler. Such ornaments, not having in that country been degraded by their vulgarity, have not yet been excluded from the gardens of princes and lords.
It was a few years ago when it was trendy to decorate gardens with yew and holly trees, trimmed into artificial shapes like pyramids, columns, vases, and obelisks. Now, this style is often mocked as unnatural. However, the shape of a pyramid or obelisk is no more unnatural to a yew tree than to a block of porphyry or marble. When the gardener presents the yew tree in these artificial forms, they don't intend to suggest that it grew that way; instead, they aim to provide the same aesthetic appeal of regular shapes that we find pleasing in porphyry and marble. Additionally, they seek to replicate in a growing tree the embellishments of those precious materials: it's about making one type of object resemble another, quite different type. By combining the original beauty of the shape with the relative beauty of imitation, the contrast between the imitating and imitated objects becomes the basis of the beauty of imitation. The fact that one object doesn’t naturally resemble the other is why we find it so delightful when art achieves that resemblance. It can be said that the gardener's shears are quite clumsy tools of sculpture. Indeed, they are when trying to mimic human figures or even animals. However, when it comes to simple and regular shapes like pyramids, vases, and obelisks, the gardener's shears work fairly well. Some leniency is also naturally given for the necessary imperfections of the tool, much like in tapestry and needlework. In short, the next time you have a chance to look at those out-of-fashion decorations, try to hold back your inner critic for a few moments, and you may notice they possess a certain beauty; they provide an air of neatness and proper cultivation to the whole garden, and they’re not unlike what the "retired leisure," as Milton says, "enjoys in trimmed gardens." But what, one might ask, has led to their overall disapproval among us? With a marble pyramid or obelisk, we understand that the materials are costly, and the labor involved in shaping them must be even more so. Conversely, with a yew pyramid or obelisk, we know that the materials are inexpensive, and the labor is even cheaper. The former are elevated by their expense, while the latter are diminished by their affordability. In the garden of a tallow-chandler, we might occasionally see as many yew columns and vases and other decorations as there are in marble and porphyry at Versailles: it’s this commonness that has tarnished them. The affluent, the proud, and the vain refuse to include in their gardens an ornament that even the lowest among the people can possess. The taste for these decorations originally came from France; where, despite the fickleness of fashion that we sometimes accuse the natives of, it still enjoys a good reputation. In France, the living conditions of the lower classes are often not as fortunate as they can be in England, and you’ll seldom find even yew pyramids and obelisks in the gardens of a tallow-chandler there. Such decorations, having not been degraded by their commonness in that country, have yet to be banned from the gardens of princes and lords.
The works of the great masters in Statuary and Painting, it is to be observed, never produce their effect by deception. They never are, and it never is intended that they should be, mistaken for the real objects which they represent. Painted Statuary may sometimes deceive an inattentive eye: proper Statuary never does. The little pieces of perspective in Painting, which it is intended should please by deception, represent always some very simple, as well as insignificant, objects: a roll of paper, for example, or the steps of a staircase, in the dark corner of some passage or gallery. They are generally the works too of some very inferior artists. After being seen once, and producing the little surprise which it is meant they should excite, together with the mirth which commonly accompanies it, they never please more, but appear to be ever after insipid and tiresome.
The works of great masters in sculpture and painting, it's important to note, never achieve their impact through trickery. They are never meant to be mistaken for the real objects they depict. Painted sculptures might occasionally fool a careless observer, but proper sculpture never does. The small perspective tricks in paintings, which are meant to impress through deception, usually represent very simple and insignificant things: like a roll of paper, for example, or the steps of a staircase in a dark corner of a hallway or gallery. These are often created by lesser artists. After being seen once, and generating the small surprise they are designed to evoke along with the laughter that often comes with it, they no longer please but seem dull and tiresome afterward.
The proper pleasure which we derive from those two imitative arts, so far from being the effect of deception, is altogether incompatible with it. That pleasure is founded altogether upon our wonder at seeing an object of one kind represent so well an object of a very different kind, and upon our admiration of the art which surmounts so happily that disparity which Nature had established between them. The nobler works of Statuary and Painting appear to us a sort of wonderful phenomena, differing in this respect from the wonderful phenomena of Nature, that they carry, as it were, their own explication along with them, and demonstrate, even to the eye, the way and manner in which they are produced. The eye, even of an unskilful spectator, immediately discerns, in some measure, how it is that a certain modification of figure in Statuary, and of brighter and darker colours in Painting, can represent, with so much truth and vivacity, the actions, passions, and behaviour of men, as well as a great variety of other objects. The pleasing wonder of ignorance is accompanied with the still more pleasing satisfaction of science. We wonder and are amazed at the effect; and we are pleased ourselves, and happy to find that we can comprehend, in some measure, how that wonderful effect is produced upon us.
The true pleasure we get from those two imitative arts doesn’t come from deception at all; in fact, it’s totally opposite to it. That pleasure is based solely on our amazement at seeing one type of object represent another that’s completely different, and on our admiration for the skill that so effectively bridges the gap that Nature has created between them. The greatest works of sculpture and painting seem to us like amazing phenomena, but unlike Nature's wonders, they come with their own explanation and show us just how they were made. Even an inexperienced viewer can usually see how a certain shape in sculpture or the light and dark colors in painting can so accurately and vividly depict human actions, emotions, and behaviors, as well as a wide range of other subjects. The delightful surprise of not knowing is paired with the even more enjoyable satisfaction of understanding. We marvel at the result, and we feel pleased and happy to realize that we can grasp, at least to some extent, how this amazing effect impacts us.
A good looking-glass represents the objects which are set before it with much more truth and vivacity than either Statuary or Painting. But, though the science of optics may explain to the understanding, the looking-glass itself does not at all demonstrate to the eye how this effect is brought about. It may excite the wonder of ignorance; and 414 in a clown, who had never beheld a looking-glass before, I have seen that wonder rise almost to rapture and extasy; but it cannot give the satisfaction of science. In all looking-glasses the effects are produced by the same means, applied exactly in the same manner. In every different statue and picture the effects are produced, though by similar, yet not by the same means; and those means too are applied in a different manner in each. Every good statue and picture is a fresh wonder, which at the same time carries, in some measure, its own explication along with it. After a little use and experience, all looking-glasses cease to be wonders altogether; and even the ignorant become so familiar with them, as not to think that their effects require any explication. A looking-glass, besides, can represent only present objects; and, when the wonder is once fairly over, we choose, in all cases, rather to contemplate the substance than to gaze at the shadow. One’s own face becomes then the most agreeable object which a looking-glass can represent to us, and the only object which we do not soon grow weary with looking at; it is the only present object of which we can see only the shadow: whether handsome or ugly, whether old or young, it is the face of a friend always, of which the features correspond exactly with whatever sentiment, emotion, or passion we may happen at that moment to feel.
A good mirror reflects the objects in front of it with much more accuracy and liveliness than either sculpture or painting. However, while the science of optics can explain this concept to our minds, the mirror itself doesn't show our eyes how this effect occurs. It can spark amazement in someone who has never seen a mirror before; I've witnessed that amazement rise almost to joy and ecstasy in a simple person encountering a mirror for the first time, but it can't provide the satisfaction that comes from understanding. In all mirrors, the effects are achieved through the same methods, applied in precisely the same way. In contrast, every different statue and painting produces effects that, while similar, come from different means, and those means are applied in unique ways for each piece. Every great statue and painting is a new wonder that also carries some of its own explanation with it. After a bit of use and experience, all mirrors stop being wonders altogether, and even the uninformed become so accustomed to them that they no longer think their effects require explanation. Moreover, a mirror can only reflect present objects; once the initial wonder has faded, we tend to prefer observing substance over shadows. Our own face then becomes the most appealing image a mirror can show us, and it’s the only thing we can look at without growing tired; it is the only present object of which we can see only the shadow. Whether beautiful or unattractive, old or young, it is always the face of a friend, whose features perfectly correspond to whatever feeling, emotion, or passion we might be experiencing at that moment.
In Statuary, the means by which the wonderful effect is brought about appear more simple and obvious than in Painting; where the disparity between the imitating and the imitated object being much greater, the art which can conquer that greater disparity appears evidently, and almost to the eye, to be founded upon a much deeper science, or upon principles much more abstruse and profound. Even in the meanest subjects we can often trace with pleasure the ingenious means by which Painting surmounts this disparity. But we cannot do this in Statuary, because the disparity not being so great, the means do not appear so ingenious. And it is upon this account, that in Painting we are often delighted with the representation of many things, which in Statuary would appear insipid, and not worth the looking at.
In sculpture, the way the impressive effect is achieved seems more straightforward and clear than in painting; because the gap between what is being represented and the actual object is much larger, the art that manages to bridge that gap clearly relies on a much deeper understanding or more complex principles. Even with the simplest subjects, we can often enjoy seeing the clever techniques painting uses to overcome this gap. However, we can’t do the same with sculpture, since the gap isn’t as large, and the techniques don’t seem as clever. This is why, in painting, we often find joy in depicting many things that would seem bland and uninteresting in sculpture.
It ought to be observed, however, that though in Statuary the art of imitation appears, in many respects, inferior to what it is in Painting, yet, in a room ornamented with both statues and pictures of nearly equal merit, we shall generally find that the statues draw off our eye from the pictures. There is generally but one or little more than one, point of view from which a picture can be seen with advantage, and it always presents to the eye precisely the same object. There are many different points of view from which a statue may be seen with equal advantage, and from each it presents a different object. There is more variety in the pleasure which we receive from a good statue, than in that which we receive from a good picture; and one statue may frequently be the subject of many good pictures or drawings, all different 415 from one another. The shadowy relief and projection of a picture, besides, is much flattened, and seems almost to vanish away altogether, when brought into comparison with the real and solid body which stands by it. How nearly soever these two arts may seem to be akin, they accord so very ill with one another, that their different productions ought, perhaps, scarce ever to be seen together.
It should be noted, however, that while the art of imitation in sculpture seems, in many ways, less impressive than in painting, in a room filled with both statues and pictures of nearly equal quality, we often find that the statues capture our attention more than the paintings. Generally, there is only one, or maybe just a couple, of viewpoints from which a painting can be appreciated, and it always shows the same image. In contrast, there are many different viewpoints from which a statue can be viewed to equal effect, and each angle reveals a different aspect. We derive more variety in pleasure from a good statue than from a good painting; one statue can often inspire many different and unique paintings or drawings. The shadowy relief and depth of a painting can seem greatly diminished, almost disappearing altogether, when compared to the real, solid form of a statue next to it. Despite how closely related these two arts may appear, they don’t really complement each other well, so their different works should probably not be displayed together very often.
PART Ⅱ.
AFTER the pleasures which arise from the gratification of the bodily appetites, there seem to be none more natural to man than Music and Dancing. In the progress of art and improvement they are, perhaps, the first and earliest pleasures of his own invention; for those which arise from the gratification of the bodily appetites cannot be said to be his own invention. No nation has yet been discovered so uncivilized as to be altogether without them. It seems even to be amongst the most barbarous nations that the use and practice of them is both most frequent and most universal, as among the negroes of Africa and the savage tribes of America. In civilized nations, the inferior ranks of people have very little leisure, and the superior ranks have many other amusements; neither the one nor the other, therefore, can spend much of their time in Music and Dancing. Among savage nations, the great body of the people have frequently great intervals of leisure, and they have scarce any other amusement; they naturally, therefore, spend a great part of their time in almost the only one they have.
AFTER the enjoyment that comes from satisfying physical needs, there seem to be few things more natural for humans than Music and Dancing. As art and culture have developed, these have likely been some of the first and earliest pleasures we’ve created ourselves; since the pleasures from fulfilling physical needs aren't inventions of our own. No society has been found so primitive that it completely lacks these activities. In fact, it seems that even among the most uncivilized societies, Music and Dancing are practiced frequently and universally, as seen with the African tribes and the indigenous people of America. In more developed nations, lower classes have very little free time, while upper classes have many other forms of entertainment; as a result, neither group can dedicate much time to Music and Dancing. In contrast, among primitive societies, most people often have significant free time and lack other forms of amusement, so they naturally spend a large portion of their time on the few activities they do have.
What the ancients called Rhythmus, what we call Time or Measure, is the connecting principle of those two arts; Music consisting in a succession of a certain sort of sounds, and Dancing in a succession of a certain sort of steps, gestures, and motions, regulated according to time or measure, and thereby formed, into a sort of whole or system; which in the one art is called a song or tune, and in the other a dance; the time or measure of the dance corresponding always exactly with that of the song or tune which accompanies and directs it.1
What the ancients referred to as Rhythmus, we now know as Time or Measure, serves as the link between the two arts. Music is made up of a sequence of specific sounds, while Dancing involves a series of specific steps, gestures, and movements, all organized according to time or measure, creating a cohesive system. In music, this is referred to as a song or tune, and in dance, it's simply called a dance; the timing of the dance always precisely matches that of the accompanying song or tune. 1
1 The Author’s Observations on the Affinity between Music, Dancing, and Poetry, are annexed to the end of Part Ⅲ. of this Essay.
1 The Author’s Thoughts on the Connection between Music, Dance, and Poetry are attached to the end of Part Ⅲ. of this Essay.
The human voice, as it is always the best, so it would naturally be the first and earliest of all musical instruments: in singing, or in its first attempts towards singing, it would naturally employ sounds as similar as possible to those which it had been accustomed to; that is, it would employ words of some kind or other, pronouncing them only in time and measure, and generally with a more melodious tone than had been usual in common conversation. Those words, however, might not, and probably would not, for a long time have any meaning, but might resemble the syllables which we make use of in fol-faing, or the 416 derry-down-down of our common ballads; and serve only to assist the voice in forming sounds proper to be modulated into melody, and to be lengthened or shortened according to the time and measure of the tune. This rude form of vocal Music, as it is by far the most simple and obvious, so it naturally would be the first and earliest.
The human voice, always the best instrument, would naturally be the first and earliest of all musical tools. In singing, or in its first attempts at singing, it would likely use sounds similar to those it was accustomed to. That is, it would use some kind of words, pronouncing them in rhythm and often in a more melodious tone than usual in everyday conversation. However, those words might not, and probably wouldn't, hold any meaning for a long time, resembling the syllables we use in fol-faing, or the 416 derry-down-down from our common ballads. They would serve only to help the voice create sounds that could be shaped into melody and adjusted in length according to the rhythm of the tune. This basic form of vocal music, being the simplest and most obvious, would naturally be the first and earliest.
In the succession of ages it could not fail to occur, that in room of those unmeaning or musical words, if I may call them so, might be substituted words which expressed some sense or meaning, and of which the pronunciation might coincide as exactly with the time and measure of the tune, as that of the musical words had done before. Hence the origin of Verse or Poetry. The Verse would for a long time be rude and imperfect. When the meaning words fell short of the measure required, they would frequently be eked out with the unmeaning ones, as is sometimes done in our common ballads. When the public ear came to be so refined as to reject, in all serious Poetry, the unmeaning words altogether, there would still be a liberty assumed of altering and corrupting, upon many occasions, the pronunciation of the meaning ones, for the sake of accommodating them to the measure. The syllables which composed them would, for this purpose, sometimes be improperly lengthened, and sometimes improperly shortened; and though no unmeaning words were made use of, yet an unmeaning syllable would sometimes be stuck to the beginning, to the end, or into the middle of a word. All these expedients we find frequently employed in the verses even of Chaucer, the father of the English Poetry. Many ages might pass away before verse was commonly composed with such correctness, that the usual and proper pronunciation of the words alone, and without any other artifice, subjected the voice to the observation of a time and measure, of the same kind with the time and measure of the science of Music.
In the course of history, it was inevitable that instead of those meaningless or musical words, which I can refer to as such, more meaningful words would be introduced that expressed some sense and could fit perfectly with the rhythm and timing of the tune, just like the musical words had done before. This is how Verse or Poetry originated. For a long time, the Verse would be rough and imperfect. When the meaningful words didn’t meet the required rhythm, they were often supplemented with the meaningless ones, as is sometimes done in our popular ballads. Once the audience became sophisticated enough to reject meaningless words in serious Poetry, there would still be a tendency to modify and distort the pronunciation of the meaningful words to fit the rhythm. The syllables in these words might sometimes be inappropriately lengthened or shortened, and although no meaningless words were used, a meaningless syllable could occasionally be added to the beginning, end, or middle of a word. We often see these methods used in the verses of Chaucer, the father of English Poetry. Many ages may have passed before Verse was commonly written with such accuracy that the usual and proper pronunciation of the words alone, without any artistic manipulation, would make the voice adhere to a rhythm and measure akin to that of the science of Music.
The Verse would naturally express some sense which suited the grave or gay, the joyous or melancholy humour of the tune which it was sung to; being as it were blended and united with that tune, it would seem to give sense and meaning to what otherwise might not appear to have any, or at least any which could be clearly understood, without the accompaniment of such an explication.
The verse would naturally convey a meaning that matched the serious or light, joyful or sad mood of the tune it was sung to; being intertwined with that tune, it would seem to provide clarity and significance to what might otherwise not seem to have any, or at least not any that could be easily understood without such an explanation.
A pantomime dance may frequently answer the same purpose, and, by representing some adventure in love or war, may seem to give sense and meaning to a Music, which might not otherwise appear to have any. It is more natural to mimic, by gestures and motions, the adventures of common life, than to express them in Verse or Poetry. The thought itself is more obvious, and the execution is much more easy. If this mimicry was accompanied by Music, it would of its own accord, and almost without any intention of doing so, accommodate, in some measure, its different steps and movements to the time and measure of the tune; especially if the same person both sung the tune 417 and performed the mimicry, as is said to be frequently the case among the savage nations of Africa and America. Pantomime Dancing might in this manner serve to give a distinct sense and meaning to Music many ages before the invention, or at least before the common use of Poetry. We hear little, accordingly, of the Poetry of the savage nations who inhabit Africa and America, but a great deal of their pantomime dances.
A pantomime dance can often serve the same purpose and, by portraying some adventure in love or war, can seem to give sense and meaning to music that might otherwise come across as meaningless. It's more natural to imitate, through gestures and movements, the adventures of everyday life than to express them in verse or poetry. The idea itself is clearer, and it's much easier to execute. If this mimicry is accompanied by music, it would naturally, and almost unintentionally, align its various steps and movements with the rhythm and tempo of the tune; especially if the same person sings the tune 417 and performs the mimicry, as is often observed among the indigenous peoples of Africa and America. Pantomime dancing could thus provide a clear sense and meaning to music long before the invention, or at least the widespread use, of poetry. Consequently, we hear little about the poetry of the indigenous nations of Africa and America, but a lot about their pantomime dances.
Poetry, however, is capable of expressing many things fully and distinctly, which Dancing either cannot represent at all, or can represent but obscurely and imperfectly; such as the reasonings and judgments, of the understanding; the ideas, fancies, and suspicions of the imagination; the sentiments, emotions, and passions of the heart. In the power of expressing a meaning with clearness and distinctness, Dancing is superior to Music, and Poetry to Dancing.
Poetry can express a wide range of ideas clearly and distinctly, which Dance either can't represent at all or does so in a vague and incomplete way; this includes the reasoning and judgment of our understanding, the thoughts, fantasies, and suspicions of our imagination, and the feelings, emotions, and passions of our heart. When it comes to clearly conveying meaning, Dance is better than Music, and Poetry is better than Dance.
Of those three Sister Arts, which originally, perhaps, went always together, and which at all times go frequently together, there are two which can subsist alone, and separate from their natural companions, and one which cannot. In the distinct observation of what the ancients called Rhythmus, of what we call Time and Measure, consists the essence both of Dancing and of Poetry or Verse; or the characteristical quality which distinguishes the former from all other motion and action, and the latter from all other discourse. But, concerning the proportion between those intervals and divisions of duration which constitute what is called time and measure, the ear, it would seem, can judge with much more precision than the eye; and Poetry, in the same manner as Music, addresses itself to the ear, whereas Dancing addresses itself to the eye. In Dancing, the rhythmus, the proper proportion, the time and measure of its motions, cannot distinctly be perceived, unless they are marked by the more distinct time and measure of Music. It is otherwise in Poetry; no accompaniment is necessary to mark the measure of good Verse. Music and Poetry, therefore, can each of them subsist alone; Dancing always requires the accompaniment of Music.
Of the three Sister Arts, which originally went together and often still do, there are two that can exist independently and one that cannot. The key to both Dancing and Poetry (or Verse) lies in the unique observation of what the ancients called Rhythmus, which we now refer to as Time and Measure. This quality sets Dancing apart from any other type of movement and Poetry from any other form of expression. However, when it comes to the intervals and divisions that make up time and measure, it seems the ear is much better at judging than the eye. Poetry, like Music, speaks to the ear, while Dancing appeals to the eye. In Dancing, the rhythm, proper proportion, time, and measure of its movements can only be clearly perceived if marked by the more defined time and measure of Music. In contrast, good Verse doesn’t need any accompaniment to establish its measure. Therefore, Music and Poetry can both stand alone, but Dancing always needs the support of Music.
It is Instrumental Music which can best subsist apart, and separate from both Poetry and Dancing. Vocal Music, though it may, and frequently does, consist of notes which have no distinct sense or meaning, yet naturally calls for the support of Poetry. But, ‘Music, married to immortal Verse,’ as Milton says, or even to words of any kind which have a distinct sense or meaning, is necessarily and essentially imitative. Whatever be the meaning of those words, though, like many of the songs of ancient Greece, as well as some of those of more modern times, they may express merely some maxims of prudence and morality, or may contain merely the simple narrative of some important event, yet even in such didactic and historical songs there will still be imitation; there will still be a thing of one kind, which by art is made to 418 resemble a thing of a very different kind; there will still be Music imitating discourse; there will still be Rhythmus and Melody, shaped and fashioned into the form either of a good moral counsel, or of an amusing and interesting story.
It is instrumental music that can best exist independently from both poetry and dance. Vocal music, even if it often includes notes that don’t convey a clear sense or meaning, typically relies on poetry for support. However, as Milton says, “music married to immortal verse,” or even to any words that have a clear sense or meaning, is inherently imitative. Regardless of what those words mean, like many songs from ancient Greece and some from more modern times, they might simply express maxims of wisdom and morality or narrate significant events. Yet, even in such instructive and historical songs, there will still be imitation; there will still be one type of thing that is crafted to resemble something quite different. There will still be music imitating speech; there will still be rhythm and melody, shaped into either valuable moral advice or an entertaining and engaging story.
In this first species of imitation, which being essential to, is therefore inseparable from, all such Vocal Music, there may be, and there commonly is, added a second. The words may, and commonly do, express the situation of some particular person, and all the sentiments and passions which he feels from that situation. It is a joyous companion who gives vent to the gaiety and mirth with which wine, festivity, and good company inspire him. It is a lover who complains, or hopes, or fears, or despairs. It is a generous man who expresses either his gratitude for the favours, or his indignation at the injuries, which may have been done to him. It is a warrior who prepares himself to confront danger, and who provokes or desires his enemy. It is a person in prosperity who humbly returns thanks for the goodness, or one in affliction who with contrition implores the mercy and forgiveness of that invisible Power to whom he looks up as the Director of all the events of human life. The situation may comprehend, not only one, but two, three, or more persons; it may excite in them all either similar or opposite sentiments; what is a subject of sorrow to one, being an occasion of joy and triumph to another; and they may all express, sometimes separately and sometimes together, the particular way in which each of them is affected, as in a duo, trio, or a chorus.
In this first type of imitation, which is crucial to all Vocal Music, there may be, and usually is, a second voice added. The lyrics often reflect the situation of a specific person, along with all the emotions and feelings that arise from that situation. It’s a cheerful companion expressing the joy and fun inspired by wine, celebration, and good friends. It’s a lover who expresses complaints, hopes, fears, or despair. It’s a generous person showing gratitude for kindnesses received or anger over wrongs done to them. It’s a warrior getting ready to face danger and challenging or anticipating their enemy. It’s someone experiencing success humbly giving thanks for blessings or someone in distress earnestly seeking mercy and forgiveness from the unseen Power they believe directs all human experiences. The scenario can involve not just one person, but two, three, or more; it can evoke similar or contrasting feelings in them all, where one’s sorrow may be another’s joy or victory, and they can express, sometimes separately and sometimes together, how each of them is affected, as in a duet, trio, or chorus.
All this it may, and it frequently has been said is unnatural; nothing being more so, than to sing when we are anxious to persuade, or in earnest to express any very serious purpose. But it should be remembered, that to make a thing of one kind resemble another thing of a very different kind, is the very circumstance which, in all the Imitative Arts, constitutes the merits of imitation; and that to shape, and as it were to bend, the measure and the melody of Music, so as to imitate the tone and the language of counsel and conversation, the accent and the style of emotion and passion, is to make a thing of one kind resemble another thing of a very different kind.
All of this may seem unnatural, and many have said it is; nothing is more so than singing when we are trying to persuade or sincerely express something very serious. However, it should be noted that making one thing resemble another thing that is very different is exactly what makes imitation valuable in all the Imitative Arts. To shape and bend the rhythm and melody of music to imitate the tone and language of advice and conversation, and the accent and style of emotion and passion, is to make one kind of thing resemble another kind that is very different.
The tone and the movements of Music, though naturally very different from those of conversation and passion, may, however, be so managed as to seem to resemble them. On account of the great disparity between the imitating and the imitated object, the mind in this, as in the other cases, cannot only be contented, but delighted, and even charmed and transported, with such an imperfect resemblance as can be had. Such imitative Music, therefore, when sung to words which explain and determine its meaning, may frequently appear to be a very perfect imitation. It is upon this account, that even the incomplete Music of a recitative seems to express sometimes all the sedateness and composure of serious but calm discourse, and sometimes all the 419 exquisite sensibility of the most interesting passion. The more complete Music of an air is still superior, and, in the imitation of the more animated passions, has one great advantage over every sort of discourse, whether Prose or Poetry, which is not sung to Music. In a person who is either much depressed by grief or enlivened by joy, who is strongly affected either with love or hatred, with gratitude or resentment, with admiration or contempt, there is commonly one thought or idea which dwells upon his mind, which continually haunts him, which, when he has chased it away, immediately returns upon him, and which in company makes him absent and inattentive. He can think but of one object, and he cannot repeat to them that object so frequently as it recurs upon him. He takes refuge in solitude, where he can with freedom either indulge the extasy or give way to the agony of the agreeable or disagreeable passion which agitates him; and where he can repeat to himself, which he does sometimes mentally, and sometimes even aloud, and almost always in the same words, the particular thought which either delights or distresses him. Neither Prose nor Poetry can venture to imitate those almost endless repetitions of passion. They may describe them as I do now, but they dare not imitate them; they would become most insufferably tiresome if they did. The Music of a passionate air, not only may, but frequently does, imitate them; and it never makes its way so directly or so irresistibly to the heart as when it does so. It is upon this account that the words of an air, especially of a passionate one, though they are seldom very long, yet are scarce ever sung straight on to the end, like those of a recitative; but are almost always broken into parts, which are transposed and repeated again and again, according to the fancy or judgment of the composer. It is by means of such repetitions only, that Music can exert those peculiar powers of imitation which distinguish it, and in which it excels all the other Imitative Arts. Poetry and Eloquence, it has accordingly been often observed, produce their effect always by a connected variety and succession of different thoughts and ideas: but Music frequently produces its effects by a repetition of the same idea; and the same sense expressed in the same, or nearly the same, combination of sounds, though at first perhaps it may make scarce any impression upon us, yet, by being repeated again and again, it comes at last gradually, and by little and little, to move, to agitate, and to transport us.
The tone and movements of music, while naturally quite different from those of conversation and emotion, can be arranged in a way that makes them seem similar. Despite the large gap between what is being imitated and what it imitates, the mind can find itself not only satisfied but also delighted, captivated, and swept away by such an imperfect resemblance. Therefore, music that imitates, especially when set to lyrics that clarify its meaning, can often seem like a very accurate imitation. For this reason, even the incomplete music of a recitative can express, at times, all the calmness and composure of serious but tranquil discourse, and at other times all the intense sensitivity of the most compelling emotion. The more complete music of a melody is even better and, in the imitation of more animated feelings, holds a significant advantage over any form of discourse, whether prose or poetry, that isn’t sung. When someone is deeply affected by grief or uplifted by joy, intensely gripped by love or hate, filled with gratitude or resentment, or caught in admiration or contempt, there’s usually one thought that consumes their mind, that continually haunts them. When they try to push it away, it quickly returns and renders them absent and distracted in company. They can focus on nothing else, and they can’t express that thought to others as often as it recurs to them. They often seek solitude, where they can freely either indulge in the ecstasy or give in to the anguish of their emotional turmoil, and where they can repeat to themselves—sometimes in their head, sometimes aloud, and almost always in the same words—the specific thought that either brings them joy or distress. Neither prose nor poetry can truly capture those almost endless cycles of emotion. They can describe them like I am doing now, but they can’t imitate them; if they tried, it would quickly become unbearably tedious. The music of an emotional melody not only can but often does imitate these cycles, and it connects to the heart most directly and powerfully when it does. That’s why the lyrics of a melody, especially a passionate one, while usually not very long, are rarely sung straight through to the end, like those in a recitative; instead, they are almost always broken into segments, which are rearranged and repeated according to the composer’s style. Through these repetitions, music can showcase those unique powers of imitation that set it apart and in which it surpasses all other imitative arts. Poetry and eloquence have often been noted for producing their effects through a connected variety and succession of different thoughts and ideas, while music often achieves its impact through the repetition of the same idea. The same meaning conveyed through the same, or nearly the same, combination of sounds may initially make little impression on us, but through repeated exposure, it can gradually stir, agitate, and transport us.
To these powers of imitating, Music naturally, or rather necessarily, joins the happiest choice in the objects of its imitation. The sentiments and passions which Music can best imitate are those which unite and bind men together in society; the social, the decent, the virtuous, the interesting and affecting, the amiable and agreeable, the awful and respectable, the noble, elevating, and commanding passions. Grief and distress are interesting and affecting; humanity and compassion, joy and admiration, are amiable and agreeable; devotion is awful 420 and respectable; the generous contempt of danger, the honourable indignation at injustice, are noble, elevating, and commanding. But it is these and such like passions which Music is fittest for imitating, and which it in fact most frequently imitates. They are, if I may say so, all Musical Passions; their natural tones are all clear, distinct, and almost melodious; and they naturally express themselves in a language which is distinguished by pauses at regular, and almost equal, intervals; and which, upon that account, can more easily be adapted to the regular returns of the correspondent periods of a tune. The passions, on the contrary, which drive men from one another, the unsocial, the hateful, the indecent, the vicious passions, cannot easily be imitated by Music, The voice of furious anger, for example, is harsh and discordant; its periods are all irregular, sometimes very long and sometimes very short, and distinguished by no regular pauses. The obscure and almost inarticulate grumblings of black malice and envy, the screaming outcries of dastardly fear, the hideous growlings of brutal and implacable revenge, are all equally discordant. It is with difficulty that Music can imitate any of those passions, and the Music which does imitate them is not the most agreeable. A whole entertainment may consist, without any impropriety, of the imitation of the social and amiable passions. It would be a strange entertainment which consisted altogether in the imitation of the odious and the vicious. A single song expresses almost always some social, agreeable, or interesting passion. In an opera the unsocial and disagreeable are sometimes introduced, but it is rarely, and as discords are introduced into harmony, to set off by their contrast the superior beauty of the opposite passions. What Plato said of Virtue, that it was of all beauties the brightest, may with some sort of truth be said of the proper and natural objects of musical imitation. They are either the sentiments and passions, in the exercise of which consist both the glory and the happiness of human life, or they are those from which it derives its most delicious pleasures, and most enlivening joys; or, at the worst and the lowest, they are those by which it calls upon our indulgence and compassionate assistance to its unavoidable weaknesses, distresses, and misfortunes.
Music naturally, or rather necessarily, combines the best choices in what it imitates. The feelings and emotions that Music can best imitate are those that bring people together in society: the social, decent, virtuous, interesting and touching, pleasant, and respectable, as well as the noble, uplifting, and commanding passions. Grief and distress are touching; humanity and compassion, joy and admiration are pleasant; devotion is impressive and respectable; the generous disregard of danger and the honorable outrage at injustice are noble, uplifting, and commanding. These are the kinds of emotions that Music is most suited to imitate and actually does imitate most often. They can be described as Musical Passions; their natural tones are clear, distinct, and almost melodic; they express themselves in a way that features pauses at regular and nearly equal intervals, making them easier to fit with the regular patterns of a tune. In contrast, the emotions that drive people apart—the unsocial, hateful, indecent, and vicious emotions—are difficult for Music to imitate. The voice of furious anger, for instance, is harsh and discordant; its rhythms are irregular, sometimes very long and sometimes very short, and noted by no regular pauses. The vague and almost unintelligible mumblings of deep malice and envy, the desperate cries of cowardly fear, the terrible growls of brutal and relentless revenge, are all equally discordant. Music finds it hard to imitate these kinds of emotions, and the music that does so isn't the most enjoyable. An entire entertainment can consist, quite appropriately, of imitating social and pleasant emotions. It would be quite strange for an entertainment to consist entirely of imitations of the hateful and vicious. A single song usually expresses some social, agreeable, or interesting emotion. In an opera, unsocial and unpleasant emotions are sometimes included, but rarely, and only to contrast with the greater beauty of the opposite emotions, like how dissonance is introduced into harmony. What Plato said about Virtue—that it is the brightest of all beauties—can somewhat accurately be described concerning the appropriate and natural subjects of musical imitation. They are either the feelings and emotions that represent both the glory and happiness of human life, or they are what give it its most delightful pleasures and most uplifting joys; or, at the very least, they are those that evoke our compassion and assistance for unavoidable weaknesses, distress, and misfortunes.
To the merit of its imitation and to that of its happy choice in the objects which it imitates, the great merits of Statuary and Painting, Music joins another peculiar and exquisite merit of its own. Statuary and Painting cannot be said to add any new beauties of their own to the beauties of Nature which they imitate; they may assemble a greater number of those beauties, and group them in a more agreeable manner than they are commonly, or perhaps ever, to be found in Nature. It may perhaps be true, what the artists are so very fond of telling us, that no woman ever equalled, in all the parts of her body, the beauty of the Venus of Medicis, nor any man that of the Apollo of Belvidere. But they must allow, surely, that there is no particular 421 beauty in any part or feature of those two famous statues, which is not at least equalled, if not much excelled, by what is to be found in many living subjects. But Music, by arranging, and as it were bending to its own time and measure, whatever sentiments and passions it expresses, not only assembles and groups, as well as Statuary and Painting, the different beauties of Nature which it imitates, but it clothes them, besides, with a new and an exquisite beauty of its own; it clothes them with melody and harmony, which, like a transparent mantle, far from concealing any beauty, serve only to give a brighter colour, a more enlivening lustre and a more engaging grace to every beauty which they infold.
To its credit for imitation and its smart choices in what it imitates, Music adds a unique and refined quality to the great strengths of Statuary and Painting. Statuary and Painting can’t really be said to create any new beauties on their own; they might gather more of those beauties and arrange them in a more pleasant way than they’re typically found in Nature, or perhaps ever could be. It’s likely true, as artists love to remind us, that no woman has ever matched the beauty of the Venus of Medicis, nor any man that of the Apollo of Belvidere in every aspect of their bodies. However, they have to admit that there’s no specific beauty in any part of those two famous statues that isn’t at least matched, if not surpassed, by what can be found in many living beings. But Music, by organizing and adapting the emotions and feelings it conveys to its own rhythm and pace, not only gathers and arranges, like Statuary and Painting, the various beauties of Nature that it imitates, but it also adds a new and exquisite beauty of its own; it wraps them in melody and harmony, which, like a sheer cloak, do not hide any beauty but instead enhance it with brighter colors, a more vibrant shine, and a more alluring charm to every beauty they encompass.
To these two different sorts of imitation,—to that general one, by which Music is made to resemble discourse, and to that particular one, by which it is made to express the sentiments and feelings with which a particular situation inspires a particular person,—there is frequently joined a third. The person who sings may join to this double imitation of the singer the additional imitation of the actor; and express, not only by the modulation and cadence of his voice, but by his countenance, by his attitudes, by his gestures, and by his motions, the sentiments and feelings of the person whose situation is painted in the song. Even in private company, though a song may sometimes perhaps be said to be well sung, it can never be said to be well performed, unless the singer does something of this kind; and there is no comparison between the effect of what is sung coldly from a music-book at the end of a harpsichord, and of what is not only sung, but acted with proper freedom, animation, and boldness. An opera actor does no more than this; and an imitation which is so pleasing, and which appears even so natural, in private society, ought not to appear forced, unnatural, or disagreeable upon the stage.
To these two different types of imitation—one where Music mimics speech, and the other where it expresses the emotions and feelings inspired by a specific situation for a particular person—there is often a third type. The singer can add to this dual imitation another layer by embodying the actor; they can convey not just through the tone and rhythm of their voice, but also through their facial expressions, postures, gestures, and movements, the emotions and feelings of the person whose situation is depicted in the song. Even in informal settings, while a song might sometimes be considered well sung, it isn’t truly performed well unless the singer engages in this kind of expression. There's a significant difference between the impact of a song sung monotonously from a sheet music at the end of a harpsichord and one that is not only sung but also acted out with genuine freedom, energy, and confidence. An opera performer does just that; an interpretation that is so enjoyable and feels so natural in casual settings shouldn’t seem forced, unnatural, or unpleasant on stage.
In a good opera actor, not only the modulations and pauses of his voice, but every motion and gesture, every variation, either in the air of his head, or in the attitude of his body, correspond to the time and measure of Music: they correspond to the expression of the sentiment or passion which the Music imitates, and that expression necessarily corresponds to this time and measure. Music is as it were the soul which animates him, which informs every feature of his countenance, and even directs every movement of his eyes. Like the musical expression of a song, his action adds to the natural grace of the sentiment or action which it imitates, a new and peculiar grace of its own; the exquisite and engaging grace of those gestures and motions, of those airs and attitudes which are directed by the movement, by the time and measure of Music; this grace heightens and enlivens that expression. Nothing can be more deeply affecting than the interesting scenes of the serious opera, when to good Poetry and good Music, to the Poetry of Metastasio and the Music of Pergolese, is added the 422 execution of a good actor. In the serious opera, indeed, the action is too often sacrificed to the Music; the castrati, who perform the principal parts, being always the most insipid and miserable actors. The sprightly airs of the comic opera are, in the same manner, in the highest degree enlivening and diverting. Though they do not make us laugh so loud as we sometimes do at the scenes of the common comedy, they make us smile more frequently; and the agreeable gaiety, the temperate joy, if I may call it so, with which they inspire us, is not only an elegant, but a most delicious pleasure. The deep distress and the great passions of tragedy are capable of producing some effect, though it should be but indifferently acted. It is not so with the lighter misfortunes and less affecting situations of comedy: unless it is at least tolerably acted, it is altogether insupportable. But the castrati are scarce ever tolerable actors; they are accordingly seldom admitted to play in the comic opera; which, being upon that account commonly better performed than the serious, appears to many people the better entertainment of the two.
In a good opera performer, not only the changes and pauses in their voice, but also every motion and gesture, every tilt of the head or posture of the body, align with the rhythm and measure of the Music: they reflect the emotions or passions that the Music represents, and that expression inevitably matches this rhythm and measure. Music is like the soul that brings them to life, informing every feature of their face and guiding every movement of their eyes. Just like the musical expression in a song, their actions enhance the natural elegance of the emotion or action they mimic, adding a unique and special grace of their own; the exquisite and captivating charm of those gestures and motions, those expressions and postures driven by the movement, rhythm, and measure of the Music; this grace amplifies and energizes that expression. Nothing is more deeply moving than the powerful scenes of a serious opera when impressive Poetry and Music, like the Poetry of Metastasio and the Music of Pergolese, are combined with the 422 performance of a skilled actor. In serious opera, action often takes a backseat to the Music; the castrati, who take on the lead roles, are typically the most dull and lamentable actors. The lively numbers of the comic opera are similarly very uplifting and entertaining. While they might not make us laugh as loud as we do at scenes from regular comedies, they make us smile more often; the delightful lightness and moderate joy they evoke, if I may put it that way, is not only elegant but also incredibly enjoyable. The deep sorrow and intense passions in tragedy can still have an impact, even if the acting isn't great. But that's not the case with the lighter misfortunes and less impactful moments in comedy: if it's not at least somewhat decent, it's completely unbearable. Consequently, castrati rarely make tolerable actors, and they're generally not allowed to perform in comic opera; therefore, comic opera usually has better performances than serious opera, making it seem like the more enjoyable option to many people.
The imitative powers of Instrumental are much inferior to those of Vocal Music; its melodious but unmeaning and inarticulated sounds cannot, like the articulations of the human voice, relate distinctly the circumstances of any particular story, or describe the different situations which those circumstances produced; or even express clearly, and so as to be understood by every hearer, the various sentiments and passions which the parties concerned felt from these situations: even its imitation of other sounds, the objects which it can certainly best imitate, is commonly so indistinct, that alone, and without any explication, it might not readily suggest to us what was the imitated object. The rocking of a cradle is supposed to be imitated in that concerto of Correlli, which is said to have been composed for the Nativity: but unless we were told beforehand, it might not readily occur to us what it meant to imitate, or whether it meant to imitate any thing at all; and this imitation (which, though perhaps as successful as any other, is by no means the distinguished beauty of that admired composition) might only appear to us a singular and odd passage in Music. The ringing of bells and the singing of the lark and nightingale are imitated in the symphony of Instrumental Music which Mr. Handel has composed for the Allegro and Penseroso of Milton: these are not only sounds but musical sounds, and may therefore be supposed to be more within the compass of the powers of musical imitation. It is accordingly universally acknowledged, that in these imitations this great master has been remarkably successful; and yet, unless the verses of Milton explained the meaning of the Music, it might not even in this case readily occur to us what it meant to imitate, or whether it meant to imitate any thing at all. With the explication of the words, indeed, the imitation appears, what it certainly is, a very fine one; but without 423 that explication it might perhaps appear only a singular passage, which had less connexion either with what went before or with what came after it, than any other in the Music.
The imitative abilities of instrumental music are far weaker than those of vocal music. Its melodious but meaningless and unarticulated sounds can't, like human voice articulations, clearly depict the details of a specific story or illustrate the different situations that arise from those details; or even express the various feelings and emotions that those involved experienced due to these situations in a way that's easily understood by every listener. Even its imitation of other sounds, which it can definitely imitate best, is usually so unclear that, on its own and without any explanation, it might not easily suggest what the imitated object is. The rocking of a cradle is said to be imitated in that concerto by Corelli, which is purportedly composed for the Nativity: but unless we are told in advance, it might not readily come to mind what it’s supposed to imitate, or whether it’s meant to imitate anything at all; and this imitation (which, although possibly as successful as any other, is by no means the standout beauty of that admired composition) might just seem like a peculiar and odd part of the music. The ringing of bells and the singing of the lark and nightingale are imitated in the symphony of instrumental music that Mr. Handel composed for Milton's Allegro and Penseroso: these are not just sounds but musical sounds, and therefore can be considered more within the range of musical imitation abilities. It's universally acknowledged that this great master has been particularly successful in these imitations; yet, unless Milton's verses clarify the meaning of the music, it might not readily occur to us what it’s trying to imitate, or if it’s meant to imitate anything at all. With the words' explanation, the imitation definitely stands out as a fine one; but without 423 that explanation, it might just seem like a unique passage that has less connection to what came before or what follows than any other part of the music.
Instrumental Music is said sometimes to imitate motion; but in reality it only either imitates the particular sounds which accompany certain motions, or it produces sounds of which the time and measure bear some correspondence to the variations, to the pauses and interruptions, to the successive accelerations and retardations of the motion which it means to imitate: it is in this way that it sometimes attempts to express the march and array of an army, the confusion and hurry of a battle, &c. In all these cases, however, its imitation is so very indistinct, that without the accompaniment of some other art, to explain and interpret its meaning, it would be almost always unintelligible; and we could scarce ever know with certainty, either what it meant to imitate, or whether it meant to imitate any thing at all.
Instrumental music is sometimes said to imitate movement, but in reality, it either mimics the specific sounds that come with certain actions or creates sounds that correspond in time and rhythm to the variations, pauses, and changes in speed of the motion it aims to imitate. For example, it may try to express the march and formation of an army, the chaos and rush of a battle, etc. However, in all these instances, its imitation is so vague that without the support of another art form to clarify and convey its meaning, it would almost always be hard to understand. We would rarely know for sure what it was trying to represent or if it was even trying to imitate anything at all.
In the imitative arts, though it is by no means necessary that the imitating should so exactly resemble the imitated object, that the one should sometimes be mistaken for the other, it is, however, necessary that they should resemble at least so far, that the one should always readily suggest the other. It would be a strange picture which required an inscription at the foot to tell us, not only what particular person it meant to represent, but whether it meant to represent a man or a horse, or whether it meant to be a picture at all, and to represent any thing. The imitations of instrumental Music may, in some respects, be said to resemble such pictures. There is, however, this very essential difference between them, that the picture would not be much mended by the inscription; whereas, by what may be considered as very little more than such an inscription, instrumental Music, though it cannot always even then, perhaps, be said properly to imitate, may, however, produce all the effects of the finest and most perfect imitation. In order to explain how this is brought about, it will not be necessary to descend into any great depth of philosophical speculation.
In the arts that mimic, it's not necessary for the imitation to perfectly resemble the original object to the point that one could be confused for the other. However, it is essential that they resemble each other enough so that one can easily suggest the other. It would be odd to have a painting that needed a caption to explain not just who it was depicting, but also whether it was showing a man or a horse, or if it was even meant to be a representation at all. The imitations found in instrumental music can be likened to such paintings in some ways. However, there's a crucial difference: the painting wouldn’t be much improved by the caption, while instrumental music, which might be seen as little more than such a caption, can nonetheless create effects akin to the most exquisite and perfect imitation. To clarify how this happens, it’s not necessary to dive deep into philosophical theories.
That train of thoughts and ideas which is continually passing through the mind does not always move on with, the same pace, if I may say so, or with the same order and connection. When we are gay and cheerful, its motion is brisker and more lively, our thoughts succeed one another more rapidly, and those which immediately follow one another seem frequently either to have but little connection, or to be connected rather by their opposition than by their mutual resemblance. As in this wanton and playful disposition of mind we hate to dwell long upon the same thought, so we do not much care to pursue resembling thoughts; and the variety of contrast is more agreeable to us than the sameness of resemblance. It is quite otherwise when we are melancholy and desponding; we then frequently find ourselves haunted, as it were, by some thought which we would gladly chase away, but 424 which constantly pursues us, and which admits no followers, attendants, or companions, but such as are of its own kindred and complexion. A slow succession of resembling or closely connected thoughts is the characteristic of this disposition of mind; a quick succession of thoughts, frequently contrasted and in general very slightly connected, is the characteristic of the other. What may be called the natural state of the mind, the state in which we are neither elated nor dejected, the state of sedateness, tranquillity, and composure, holds a sort of middle place between those two opposite extremes; our thoughts may succeed one another more slowly, and with a more distinct connection, than in the one; but more quickly and with a greater variety, than in the other.
That stream of thoughts and ideas constantly flowing through our minds doesn’t always move at the same speed or in the same order. When we feel happy and cheerful, our thoughts race ahead more quickly, and the ones that follow often seem only loosely connected, sometimes more by being opposites than by being similar. In this playful and carefree state, we tend to avoid lingering on the same thought for too long, and we prefer the variety of contrasting ideas rather than similar ones. In contrast, when we feel down and gloomy, we often find ourselves haunted by a thought we want to shake off, yet it continuously follows us and only brings along similar thoughts. A slow flow of similar or closely linked thoughts defines this state of mind; a fast-moving stream of frequently contrasting and generally loosely connected thoughts characterizes the opposite state. The natural state of the mind, where we aren’t overly excited or depressed, is somewhere in between these extremes; our thoughts may move more slowly and with clearer connections than in one state, yet more quickly and with more variety than in the other.
Acute sounds are naturally gay, sprightly, and enlivening; grave sounds solemn, awful, and melancholy. There seems too to be some natural connection between acuteness in tune and quickness in time or succession, as well as between gravity and slowness: an acute sound seems to fly off more quickly than a grave one: the treble is more cheerful than the bass; its notes likewise commonly succeed one another more rapidly. But instrumental Music, by a proper arrangement, by a quicker or slower succession of acute and grave, of resembling and contrasted sounds, can not only accommodate itself to the gay, the sedate, or the melancholy mood; but if the mind is so far vacant as not to be disturbed by any disorderly passion, it can, at least for the moment, and to a certain degree, produce every possible modification of each of those moods or dispositions. We all readily distinguish the cheerful, the gay, and the sprightly Music, from the melancholy, the plaintive, and the affecting; and both these from what holds a sort of middle place between them, the sedate, the tranquil, and the composing. And we are all sensible that, in the natural and ordinary state of the mind, Music can, by a sort of incantation, sooth and charm us into some degree of that particular mood or disposition which accords with its own character and temper. In a concert of instrumental Music the attention is engaged, with pleasure and delight, to listen to a combination of the most agreeable and melodious sounds, which follow one another, sometimes with a quicker, and sometimes with a slower succession; and in which those that immediately follow one another sometimes exactly or nearly resemble, and sometimes contrast with one another in tune, in time, and in order of arrangement. The mind being thus successively occupied by a train of objects, of which the nature, succession, and connection correspond, sometimes to the gay, sometimes to the tranquil, and sometimes to the melancholy mood or disposition, it is itself successively led into each of those moods or dispositions; and is thus brought into a sort of harmony or concord with the Music which so agreeably engages its attention.
Acute sounds are naturally cheerful, lively, and energizing; deep sounds are solemn, dreadful, and sad. There also seems to be a natural link between sharpness in pitch and quickness in rhythm or sequence, as well as between depth and slowness: a high-pitched sound seems to shoot off more quickly than a low one: the treble is more uplifting than the bass; its notes also usually follow each other more rapidly. However, instrumental music, through careful arrangement, with quicker or slower sequences of high and low, similar and contrasting sounds, can adapt to a cheerful, calm, or melancholic mood. If the mind is clear enough not to be disturbed by chaotic emotions, it can, at least momentarily and to some extent, evoke every possible variation of these moods or states. We easily recognize cheerful, lively music as distinct from melancholy, mournful, and affecting tunes; and both of these differ from that in-between state of calm, serene, and soothing music. We all know that in a natural and ordinary state of mind, music can, like a spell, set us at ease and draw us into a specific mood that matches its character and vibe. At a concert of instrumental music, our attention is happily captured as we listen to a mix of the most pleasing and melodious sounds, sometimes played quickly and sometimes slowly. In this music, the sounds that come one after the other can either closely resemble or contrast with each other in melody, rhythm, and arrangement. As our minds are steadily engaged by a sequence of sounds that relate to each other, sometimes reflecting a cheerful mood, sometimes a calm one, and sometimes a melancholic one, we are gently led into each of these emotional states; thus, we find ourselves in harmony with the music that so pleasantly captures our focus.
425 It is not, however, by imitation properly, that instrumental Music produces this effect: instrumental Music does not imitate, as vocal Music, as Painting, or as Dancing would imitate, a gay, a sedate, or a melancholy person; it does not tell us, as any of those other arts could tell us, a pleasant, a serious, or a melancholy story. It is not, as in vocal Music, in Painting, or in Dancing, by sympathy with the gaiety, the sedateness, or the melancholy and distress of some other person, that instrumental Music soothes us into each of these dispositions: it becomes itself a gay, a sedate, or a melancholy object; and the mind naturally assumes the mood or disposition which at the time corresponds to the object which engages its attention. Whatever we feel from instrumental Music is an original, and not a sympathetic feeling: it is our own gaiety, sedateness, or melancholy; not the the reflected disposition of another person.
425 However, instrumental music doesn't create its effects through imitation. Unlike vocal music, painting, or dancing, which can mimic a joyful, calm, or sad person, instrumental music doesn't narrate a pleasant, serious, or sorrowful story like those other arts can. It's not about resonating with someone else's joy, calmness, or sadness that instrumental music comforts us into these states; instead, it becomes its own joyful, calm, or sad presence. Our minds naturally take on the mood that aligns with the music we're focusing on. What we experience through instrumental music is original and not simply a reflection of someone else's feelings: it's our own joy, calmness, or sadness.
When we follow the winding alleys of some happily situated and well laid out garden, we are presented with a succession of landscapes, which are sometimes gay, sometimes gloomy, and sometimes calm and serene; if the mind is in its natural state, it suits itself to the objects which successively present themselves, and varies in some degree its mood and present humour with every variation of the scene. It would be improper, however, to say that those scenes imitated the gay, the calm, or the melancholy mood of the mind; they may produce in their turn each of those moods, but they cannot imitate any of them. Instrumental Music, in the same manner, though it can excite all those different dispositions, cannot imitate any of them. There are no two things in nature more perfectly disparate than sound and sentiment; and it is impossible by any human power to fashion the one into any thing that bears any real resemblance to the other.
When we wander through the winding paths of a beautifully situated and well-designed garden, we encounter a series of landscapes that can be cheerful, somber, or peaceful and calm. If our mind is in its natural state, it adapts to the scenes that unfold before us, shifting our mood and feelings with each change in the scenery. However, it wouldn't be correct to say that these scenes mimic our happy, calm, or sad feelings; they can evoke those moods, but they can't actually replicate them. Similarly, instrumental music can stir up a range of emotions, but it can't truly imitate any of them. There are no two things in nature more completely different than sound and sentiment, and it's impossible for any human skill to shape one into something that genuinely resembles the other.
This power of exciting and varying the different moods and dispositions of the mind, which instrumental Music really possesses to a very considerable degree, has been the principal source of its reputation for those great imitative powers which have been ascribed to it. ‘Painting,’ says an author, more capable of feeling strongly than of analysing accurately, Mr. Rousseau of Geneva, ‘Painting, which presents its imitations, not to the imagination, but to the senses, and to only one of the senses, can represent nothing besides the objects of sight. Music, one might imagine, should be equally confined to those of hearing. It imitates, however, every thing, even those objects which are perceivable by sight only. By a delusion that seems almost inconceivable, it can, as it were, put the eye into the ear; and the greatest wonder, of an art which acts only by motion and succession, is, that it can imitate rest and repose. Night, Sleep, Solitude, and Silence are all within the compass of musical imitation. Though all Nature should be asleep, the person who contemplates it is awake; and the art of the musician consists in substituting, in the room of an 426 image of what is not the object of hearing, that of the movements which its presence would excite in the mind of the spectator.’—That is, of the effects which it would produce upon his mood and disposition. ‘The musician (continues the same author) will sometimes, not only agitate the waves of the sea, blow up the flames of a conflagration, make the rain fall, the rivulets flow and swell the torrents, but he will paint the horrors of a hideous desert, darken the walls of a subterraneous dungeon, calm the tempest, restore serenity and tranquillity to the air and the sky, and shed from the orchestra a new freshness over the groves and the fields. He will not directly represent any of these objects, but he will excite in the mind the same movements which it would feel from seeing them.’
This ability to evoke and change various moods and feelings of the mind, which instrumental music has to a significant extent, has been the main reason for its reputation for those great imitative powers attributed to it. "Painting," says an author who is more emotional than analytical, Mr. Rousseau of Geneva, "Painting, which presents its imitations not to the imagination but to the senses, and only to one of the senses, can only represent what we can see. Music, one might think, should be limited to what we can hear. However, it imitates everything, even things that can only be perceived visually. Through an almost unimaginable illusion, it can, in a way, put the eye in the ear; and the greatest marvel of an art that operates only through motion and succession is that it can imitate stillness and calm. Night, Sleep, Solitude, and Silence are all within the scope of musical imitation. Even when all of nature seems asleep, the person observing it is awake; and the musician's art consists of replacing, in place of an 426 image that isn’t part of hearing, the movements that its presence would provoke in the mind of the observer." That is, the effects it would have on their mood and feelings. "The musician (the same author continues) will sometimes not only disturb the waves of the sea, stir up the flames of a fire, make the rain fall, the streams flow and the torrents swell, but he will also evoke the horrors of a terrible desert, darken the walls of an underground dungeon, calm the storm, restore peace and tranquility to the air and sky, and bring a new freshness to the groves and fields from the orchestra. He won’t directly represent any of these things, but he will stir up in the mind the same feelings it would have from seeing them."
Upon this very eloquent description of Mr. Rousseau I must observe, that without the accompaniment of the scenery and action of the opera, without the assistance either of the scene-painter or of the poet, or of both, the instrumental Music of the orchestra could produce none of the effects which are here ascribed to it: and we could never know, we could never even guess, which of the gay, melancholy, or tranquil objects above mentioned it meant to represent to us; or whether it meant to represent any of them, and not merely to entertain us with a concert of gay, melancholy, or tranquil Music; or, as the ancients called them, of the Diastaltic, of the Systaltic, or of the Middle Music. With that accompaniment, indeed, though it cannot always even then, perhaps, be said properly to imitate, yet by supporting the imitation of some other art, it may produce all the same effects upon us as if itself had imitated in the finest and most perfect manner. Whatever be the object or situation which the scene-painter represents upon the theatre, the Music of the orchestra, by disposing the mind to the same sort of mood and temper which it would feel from the presence of that object, or from sympathy with the person who was placed in that situation, can greatly enhance the effect of that imitation: it can accommodate itself to every diversity of scene. The melancholy of the man who, upon some great occasion, only finds himself alone in the darkness, the silence and solitude of the night, is very different from that of one who, upon a like occasion, finds himself in the midst of some dreary and inhospitable desert; and even in this situation his feelings would not be the same as if he was shut up in a subterraneous dungeon. The different degrees of precision with which the Music of the orchestra can accommodate itself to each of those diversities, must depend upon the taste, the sensibility, the fancy and imagination of the composer: it may sometimes, perhaps, contribute to this precision, that it should imitate, as well as it can, the sounds which either naturally accompany, or which might be supposed to accompany, the particular objects represented. The symphony in the French opera of Alcyone, which imitated the violence of the winds and the dashing of the waves, in the 427 tempest which was to drown Coix, is much commended by cotemporary writers. That in the opera of Isse, which imitated that murmuring in the leaves of the oaks of Dodona, which might be supposed to precede the miraculous pronunciation of the oracle: and that in the opera of Amadis, of which the dismal accents imitated the sounds which might be supposed to accompany the opening of the tomb of Ardari, before the apparition of the ghost of that warrior, are still more celebrated. Instrumental Music, however, without violating too much its own melody and harmony, can imitate but imperfectly the sounds of natural objects, of which the greater part have neither melody nor harmony. Great reserve, great discretion, and a very nice discernment are requisite, in order to introduce with propriety such imperfect imitations, either into Poetry or Music; when repeated too often, when continued too long, they appear to be what they really are, mere tricks, in which a very inferior artist, if he will only give himself the trouble to attend to them, can easily equal the greatest. I have seen a Latin translation of Mr. Pope’s Ode on St. Cecilia’s Day, which in this respect very much excelled the original. Such imitations are still easier in Music. Both in the one art and in the other, the difficulty is not in making them as well as they are capable of being made, but in knowing when and how far to make them at all: but to be able to accommodate the temper and character of the Music to every peculiarity of the scene and situation with such exact precision, that the one shall produce the very same effect upon the mind as the other, is not one of those tricks in which an inferior artist can easily equal the greatest; it is an art which requires all the judgment, knowledge, and invention of the most consummate master. It is upon this art, and not upon its imperfect imitation, either of real or imaginary sounds, that the great effects of instrumental Music depend; such imitations ought perhaps to be admitted only so far as they may sometimes contribute to ascertain the meaning, and thereby to enhance the effects of this art.
Upon this very eloquent description of Mr. Rousseau, I must point out that without the backdrop and action of the opera, without help from the scene-painter or the poet, or both, the instrumental music from the orchestra couldn't create any of the effects attributed to it here. We would never know, or even guess, which of the cheerful, sad, or calm elements it was trying to represent, or if it was trying to represent any of them at all, and not just entertain us with a concert of cheerful, sad, or calm music, or as the ancients called them, the Diastaltic, the Systaltic, or the Middle Music. With that accompaniment, indeed, even though it might not always properly imitate, by supporting the imitation from another art, it might produce the same effects on us as if it had imitated in the finest and most perfect way. Whatever the object or situation the scene-painter represents on the stage, the orchestra's music can prepare the mind for the same kind of mood and feel that one would experience from the presence of that object or from empathizing with the person in that situation, greatly enhancing the effect of that imitation. The music can adapt to every variety of scene. The sadness felt by someone who finds themselves alone in the darkness, silence, and solitude of the night on a significant occasion is very different from that of someone who finds themselves in the middle of a dreary and inhospitable desert under similar circumstances; and even in this situation, their feelings wouldn’t be the same as if they were locked in a dungeon. The different degrees of how well the orchestra's music can adapt to each of these differences depend on the taste, sensitivity, creativity, and imagination of the composer. Sometimes, it may help this adaptation if it tries to mimic, as best as possible, the sounds that either naturally accompany or could be assumed to accompany the specific objects represented. The symphony in the French opera Alcyone, which mimicked the force of the winds and the crashing waves in the tempest meant to drown Coix, is highly praised by contemporary writers. That in the opera Isse, which imitated the rustling of the leaves of the oaks at Dodona that might precede the miraculous pronouncement of the oracle, and that in the opera Amadis, where the haunting sounds imitated what might be heard when the tomb of Ardari is opened before the appearance of the ghost of that warrior, are even more renowned. However, instrumental music, without straying too much from its own melody and harmony, can only imperfectly replicate the sounds of natural objects, many of which have neither melody nor harmony. Great restraint, care, and a keen sense of discernment are necessary to properly introduce such imperfect imitations into poetry or music; when repeated too often or extended too long, they reveal themselves as mere tricks that even a lesser artist could easily replicate with a little effort. I’ve seen a Latin translation of Mr. Pope’s Ode on St. Cecilia’s Day that excelled greatly compared to the original in this respect. These imitations are even easier in music. In both arts, the challenge isn't in creating them as well as they are capable of being made, but in knowing when and how much to make them at all. To align the mood and character of the music with every particular detail of the scene and situation with such precise accuracy that the one produces the same effect on the mind as the other is not something an inferior artist can easily match the greatest at; it’s an art that demands all the judgment, knowledge, and creativity from the most accomplished master. The great effects of instrumental music depend on this art, not on its imperfect imitation of real or imagined sounds; such imitations should perhaps only be used to the extent that they sometimes help clarify meaning, thereby enhancing the effects of this art.
By endeavouring to extend the effects of scenery beyond what the nature of the thing will admit of, it has been much abused; and in the common, as well as in the musical drama, many imitations have been attempted, which, after the first and second time we have seen them, necessarily appear ridiculous: such are, the Thunder rumbling from the Mustard-bowl, and the Snow of Paper and thick Hail of Pease, so finely exposed by Mr. Pope. Such imitations resemble those of painted Statuary; they may surprise at first, but they disgust ever after, and appear evidently such simple and easy tricks as are fit only for the amusement of children and their nurses at a puppet-show. The thunder of either theatre ought certainly never to be louder than that which the orchestra is capable of producing; and their most dreadful tempests ought never to exceed what the scene painter is capable of representing. In such imitations there may be an art which merits 428 some degree of esteem and admiration. In the other there can be none which merits any.
By trying to stretch the effects of scenery beyond what is possible, it has been greatly misused. In both common plays and musical dramas, many imitations have been attempted that, after we've seen them a couple of times, just seem silly. Examples include the thunder rumbling from a mustard bowl and snow made of paper and thick hail made of peas, cleverly highlighted by Mr. Pope. These imitations are like painted statues; they might be surprising at first, but they become off-putting over time and seem like simple tricks meant only to entertain children and their caregivers at a puppet show. The thunder in any theater should never be louder than what the orchestra can create, and their most frightening storms should never exceed what the set designer can portray. In such imitations, there might be an art that deserves 428 some level of appreciation. In the other, there is none that deserves any.
This abuse of scenery has both subsisted much longer, and been carried to a much greater degree of extravagance, in the musical than in the common drama. In France it has been long banished from the latter; but it still continues, not only to be tolerated, but to be admired and applauded in the former. In the French operas, not only thunder and lightning, storms and tempests, are commonly represented in the ridiculous manner above mentioned, but all the marvellous, all the supernatural of Epic Poetry, all the metamorphoses of Mythology, all the wonders of Witchcraft and Magic, every thing that is most unfit to be represented upon the stage, are every day exhibited with the most complete approbation and applause of that ingenious nation. The music of the orchestra producing upon the audience nearly the same effect which a better and more artful imitation would produce, hinders them from feeling, at least in its full force, the ridicule of those childish and awkward imitations which necessarily abound in that extravagant scenery. And in reality such imitations, though no doubt ridiculous every where, yet certainly appear somewhat less so in the musical than they would in the common drama. The Italian opera, before it was reformed by Apostolo, Zeno, and Metastasio, was in this respect equally extravagant, and was upon that account the subject of the agreeable raillery of Mr. Addison in several different papers of the Spectator. Even since that reformation it still continues to be a rule, that the scene should change at least with every act; and the unity of place never was a more sacred law in the common drama, than the violation of it has become in the musical: the latter seems in reality to require both a more picturesque and a more varied scenery, than is at all necessary for the former. In an opera, as the Music supports the effect of the scenery, so the scenery often serves to determine the character, and to explain the meaning of the Music; it ought to vary therefore as that character varies. The pleasure of an opera, besides, is in its nature more a sensual pleasure, than that of a common comedy or tragedy; the latter produce their effect principally by means of the imagination: in the closet, accordingly, their effect is not much inferior to what it is upon the stage. But the effect of an opera is seldom very great in the closet; it addresses itself more to the external senses, and as it soothes the ear by its melody and harmony, so we feel that it ought to dazzle the eye with the splendour of its scenery.
This exaggerated use of scenery has lasted much longer and been taken to a much greater level of excess in musicals than in regular plays. In France, it has long been eliminated from the latter, but it continues to be accepted, even celebrated, in the former. In French operas, not only are thunder, lightning, storms, and tempests often depicted in the ridiculous way mentioned above, but all the amazing, all the supernatural aspects of Epic Poetry, all the transformations of Mythology, all the wonders of Witchcraft and Magic—everything that is least suitable for the stage—is regularly showcased to full approval and applause from that creative nation. The music from the orchestra creates an effect on the audience similar to what a better and more skillful imitation would achieve, preventing them from feeling, at least not fully, the absurdity of those childish and clumsy representations that are inevitably prevalent in such extravagant scenery. In reality, while such imitations are undoubtedly ridiculous everywhere, they do seem somewhat less so in musicals than they would in regular plays. The Italian opera, before it was reformed by Apostolo, Zeno, and Metastasio, was equally excessive in this regard, which made it the subject of lighthearted jokes by Mr. Addison in several issues of the Spectator. Even after that reform, it remains a norm for the scene to change at least with every act, and the unity of setting is never as strictly followed in musicals as it is in traditional dramas; the latter genuinely seems to require a more picturesque and varied scenery than is necessary for the former. In an opera, since the music supports the effect of the scenery, the scenery often helps to define the character and explain the meaning of the music; it should therefore change as that character changes. Additionally, the enjoyment of an opera is more of a sensory pleasure compared to that of a regular comedy or tragedy; the latter primarily affects the imagination, which means their impact in a reading environment is not much less than it is on stage. However, the effect of an opera is rarely very strong in a reading setting; it appeals more to the outer senses, and just as it calms the ear with its melody and harmony, it also needs to dazzle the eye with the brilliance of its scenery.
In an opera the instrumental Music of the orchestra supports the imitation both of the poet and of the actor, as well as of the scene-painter. The overture disposes the mind to that mood which fits it for the opening of the piece. The Music between the acts keeps up the impression which the foregoing had made, and prepares us for that which the following is to make. When the orchestra interrupts, as it 429 frequently does, either the recitative or the air, it is in order either to enforce the effect of what had gone before, or to put the mind in the mood which fits it for hearing what is to come after. Both in the recitatives and in the airs it accompanies and directs the voice, and often brings it back to the proper tone and modulation, when it is upon the point of wandering away from them; and the correctness of the best vocal Music is owing in a great measure to the guidance of instrumental; though in all these cases it supports the imitation of another art, yet in all of them it may be said rather to diminish than to increase the resemblance between the imitating and the imitated object. Nothing can be more unlike to what really passes in the world, than that persons engaged in the most interesting situations, both of public and private life, in sorrow, in disappointment, in distress, in despair, should, in all that they say and do, be constantly accompanied with a fine concert of instrumental Music. Were we to reflect upon it, such accompaniment must in all cases diminish the probability of the action, and render the representation still less like nature than it otherwise would be. It is not by imitation, therefore, that instrumental Music supports and enforces the imitations of the other arts; but it is by producing upon the mind, in consequence of other powers, the same sort of effect which the most exact imitation of nature, which the most perfect observation of probability, could produce. To produce this effect is, in such entertainments, the sole end and purpose of that imitation and observation. If it can be equally well produced by other means, this end and purpose may be equally well answered.
In an opera, the orchestra’s instrumental music enhances the work of the poet, the actor, and the scenic artist. The overture sets the mood, preparing the audience for the start of the performance. The music between the acts maintains the impression left by the previous scenes and gets us ready for what’s coming next. When the orchestra interrupts, which happens often during both the recitative and the aria, it’s to emphasize the previous effect or to get us in the right mindset for what follows. The orchestra both accompanies and directs the singing in both recitatives and arias, often helping bring the voice back to the correct tone and modulation if it starts to stray. A lot of the accuracy in the best vocal music is largely due to the guidance of the instrumental music. While it supports the imitation of other arts, it tends to lessen rather than enhance the resemblance between what’s being imitated and the original. Nothing could be more unlike real life than to see people involved in the most interesting situations—whether public or private, in grief, disappointment, distress, or despair—constantly accompanied by beautiful instrumental music. If we think about it, such an accompaniment would only reduce the believability of the action and make the representation feel even less natural than it otherwise would. Therefore, instrumental music doesn’t support and reinforce the imitations of the other arts through imitation itself; instead, it creates a similar effect in our minds that the most accurate imitation of reality or perfect adherence to probability could achieve. The sole aim of that imitation and observation in such performances is to produce this effect. If this effect can be achieved just as well through other means, the original purpose can be fulfilled just the same.
But if instrumental Music can seldom be said to be properly imitative, even when it is employed to support the imitation of some other art, it is commonly still less so when it is employed alone. Why should it embarrass its melody and harmony, or constrain its time and measure, by attempting an imitation which, without the accompaniment of some other art to explain and interpret its meaning, nobody is likely to understand? In the most approved instrumental Music, accordingly, in the overtures of Handel and the concertos of Correlli, there is little or no imitation, and where there is any, it is the source of but a very small part of the merit of those compositions. Without any imitation, instrumental Music can produce very considerable effects; though its powers over the heart and affections are, no doubt, much inferior to those of vocal Music, it has, however, considerable powers: by the sweetness of its sounds it awakens agreeably, and calls upon the attention; by their connection and affinity it naturally detains that attention, which follows easily a series of agreeable sounds, which have all a certain relation both to a common, fundamental, or leading note, called the key note; and to a certain succession or combination of notes, called the song or composition. By means of this relation each foregoing sound seems to introduce, and as it were prepare the mind for the following: by its 430 rhythmus, by its time and measure, it disposes that succession of sounds into a certain arrangement, which renders the whole more easy to be comprehended and remembered. Time and measure are to instrumental Music what order and method are to discourse; they break it into proper parts and divisions, by which we are enabled both to remember better what is gone before, and frequently to foresee somewhat of what is to come after; we frequently foresee the return of a period which we know must correspond to another which we remember to have gone before; and, according to the saying of an ancient philosopher and musician, the enjoyment of Music arises partly from memory and partly from foresight. When the measure, after having been continued so long as to satisfy us, changes to another, that variety, which thus disappoints, becomes more agreeable to us than the uniformity which would have gratified our expectation: but without this order and method we could remember very little of what had gone before, and we could foresee still less of what was to come after; and the whole enjoyment of Music would be equal to little more than the effect of the particular sounds which rung in our ears at every particular instant. By means of this order and method it is, during the progress of the entertainment, equal to the effect of all that we remember, and of all that we foresee; and at the conclusion of the entertainment, to the combined and accumulated effect of all the different parts of which the whole was composed.
But if instrumental music can rarely be considered truly imitative, even when it's used to enhance the imitation of another art, it’s even less so when it stands alone. Why should it limit its melody and harmony or squeeze its rhythm and measure by trying to imitate something that no one is likely to understand without another art to explain and interpret it? In the most revered instrumental music, like Handel's overtures and Corelli's concertos, there’s little to no imitation, and when there is, it contributes only a small portion to the overall quality of those pieces. Even without imitation, instrumental music can still create significant effects; while its impact on the heart and emotions is undoubtedly less than that of vocal music, it still holds considerable power. The sweetness of its sounds brings a pleasant awakening and grabs attention; through their connections and affinities, it naturally keeps that attention, as it follows a sequence of enjoyable sounds that relate to a common, fundamental note called the key note, and to a certain sequence of notes, referred to as the song or composition. This relationship allows each preceding sound to seem to introduce and prepare the mind for what comes next. Through its rhythm, time, and measure, it organizes the succession of sounds into an arrangement that makes everything easier to understand and remember. Time and measure in instrumental music are like order and method in speech; they break it into suitable parts and sections that help us remember what we've heard and often anticipate what comes next. We often expect the return of a phrase that we know must link to one we previously heard; as an ancient philosopher and musician said, the enjoyment of music comes partly from memory and partly from foresight. When the measure, after going on long enough to satisfy us, shifts to another one, that change, which surprises us, becomes more pleasing than the uniformity that would have met our expectations. But without this order and method, we wouldn’t be able to remember much of what came before, and we could foresee even less of what is to follow; the entire experience of music would be reduced to little more than the immediate sounds ringing in our ears at each moment. Through this order and method, during the performance, it equates to the impact of everything we remember and everything we anticipate; and at the end of the performance, to the combined and accumulated effect of all the different parts that formed the whole.
A well-composed concerto of instrumental Music, by the number and variety of the instruments, by the variety of the parts which are performed by them, and the perfect concord or correspondence of all these different parts; by the exact harmony or coincidence of all the different sounds which are heard at the same time, and by that happy variety of measure which regulates the succession of those which are heard at different times, presents an object so agreeable, so great, so various, and so interesting, that alone, and without suggesting any other object, either by imitation or otherwise, it can occupy, and as it were fill up, completely the whole capacity of the mind, so as to leave no part of its attention vacant for thinking of any thing else. In the contemplation of that immense variety of agreeable and melodious sounds, arranged and digested, both in their coincidence and in their succession, into so complete and regular a system, the mind in reality enjoys not only a very great sensual, but a very high intellectual pleasure, not unlike that which it derives from the contemplation of a great system in any other science. A full concerto of such instrumental Music, not only does not require, but it does not admit of any accompaniment. A song or a dance, by demanding an attention which we have not to spare, would disturb, instead of heightening, the effect of the Music; they may often very properly succeed, but they cannot accompany it. That music seldom means to tell any particular story, or to imitate any 431 particular event, or in general to suggest any particular object, distinct from that combination of sounds of which itself is composed. Its meaning, therefore, may be said to be complete in itself, and to require no interpreters to explain it. What is called the subject of such Music is merely, as has already been said, a certain leading combination of notes, to which it frequently returns, and to which all its digressions and variations bear a certain affinity. It is altogether different from what is called the subject of a poem or a picture, which is always something which is not either in the poem or in the picture, or something distinct from that combination, either of words on the one hand or of colours on the other, of which they are respectively composed. The subject of a composition of instrumental Music is part of that composition: the subject of a poem or picture is part of neither.
A well-crafted concerto of instrumental music, with its range and variety of instruments, the different parts played by them, and the perfect harmony among all these parts; through the precise alignment of all the different sounds heard simultaneously, and the pleasing variety of rhythm that structures the sequence of sounds heard at different moments, offers an experience that is so enjoyable, grand, diverse, and captivating that it can fully engage the mind, leaving no room for distraction or other thoughts. In contemplating this vast array of pleasant and melodic sounds, organized in both their coincidence and succession into a well-structured system, the mind experiences not just significant sensory pleasure but also substantial intellectual enjoyment, similar to that gained from exploring a complex system in any other field of study. A complete concerto of such instrumental music not only doesn’t need, but also doesn’t allow for any accompaniment. A song or dance, by requiring an attention that we can’t spare, would disrupt rather than enhance the effect of the music; they may often successfully follow it, but they cannot accompany it. That music rarely aims to convey a specific story, imitate a particular event, or generally suggest a specific object distinct from the combination of sounds that comprises it. Its meaning, therefore, can be considered complete in itself and doesn't need interpreters for explanation. What is referred to as the subject of such music is simply a leading combination of notes to which it often returns, with all its digressions and variations having some relation to it. This is fundamentally different from what is called the subject of a poem or a picture, which is always something not present in the poem or picture, or something distinct from the combination of words on one side or colors on the other that they are made of. The subject of a piece of instrumental music is part of that composition, while the subject of a poem or picture is part of neither.
The effect of instrumental Music upon the mind has been called its expression. In the feeling it is frequently not unlike the effect of what is called the expression of Painting, and is sometimes equally interesting. But the effect of the expression of Painting arises always from the thought of something which, though distinctly and clearly suggested by the drawing and colouring of the picture, is altogether different from that drawing and colouring. It arises sometimes from sympathy with, sometimes from antipathy and aversion to, the sentiments, emotions, and passions which the countenance, the action, the air and attitude of the persons represented suggest. The melody and harmony of instrumental Music, on the contrary, do not distinctly and clearly suggest any thing that is different from that melody and harmony. Whatever effect it produces is the immediate effect of that melody and harmony, and not of something else which is signified and suggested by them: they in fact signify and suggest nothing. It may be proper to say that the complete art of painting, the complete merit of a picture, is composed of three distinct arts or merits; that of drawing, that of colouring, and that of expression. But to say, as Mr. Addison does, that the complete art of a musician, the complete merit of a piece of Music, is composed or made up of three distinct arts or merits, that of melody, that of harmony, and that of expression, is to say, that it is made up of melody and harmony, and of the immediate and necessary effect of melody and harmony: the division is by no means logical; expression in painting is not the necessary effect either of good drawing or of good colouring, or of both together; a picture may be both finely drawn and finely coloured, and yet have very little expression: but that effect upon the mind which is called expression in Music, is the immediate and necessary effect of good melody. In the power of producing this effect consists the essential characteristic which distinguishes such melody from what is bad or indifferent. Harmony may enforce the effect of good melody, but without good melody the most skilful harmony can produce no effect which deserves the name 432 of expression; it can do little more than fatigue and confound the ear. A painter may possess, in a very eminent degree, the talents of drawing and colouring, and yet possess that of expression in a very inferior degree. Such a painter, too, may have great merit. In the judgment of Du Piles, even the celebrated Titian was a painter of this kind. But to say that a musician possessed the talents of melody and harmony in a very eminent degree, and that of expression in a very inferior one, would be to say, that in his works the cause was not followed by its necessary and proportionable effect. A musician may be a very skilful harmonist, and yet be defective in the talents of melody, air, and expression; his songs may be dull and without effect. Such a musician too may have a certain degree of merit, not unlike that of a man of great learning, who wants fancy, taste, and invention.
The impact of instrumental music on the mind is often referred to as its expression. This effect can sometimes resemble that of painting, and may even be similarly captivating. However, the expression in painting always stems from the thought of something distinct and separate from the actual drawing and coloring of the artwork, though this is clearly suggested. It can arise from empathy, or from dislike and aversion toward the emotions, sentiments, and passions expressed by the subjects' expressions and actions. In contrast, the melody and harmony of instrumental music do not clearly suggest anything beyond themselves. Any effect they create is a direct result of that melody and harmony, rather than something else implied by them; they essentially signify and suggest nothing. It's appropriate to say that the complete art of painting consists of three distinct components: drawing, coloring, and expression. However, stating that the complete art of a musician—according to Mr. Addison—is made up of three parts: melody, harmony, and expression, suggests that it relies on both melody and harmony, along with their immediate and necessary effects. This division isn't logical; expression in painting isn't necessarily the result of good drawing or coloring, or both combined. A painting can be well-drawn and well-colored yet lacking in expression. On the other hand, the effect on the mind referred to as expression in music is the immediate and necessary outcome of good melody. The ability to produce this effect is what fundamentally differentiates good melody from poor or mediocre ones. Harmony can enhance the effect of good melody, but without good melody, even the most skillful harmony can’t create a meaningful expression; it may simply fatigue and confuse the listener. A painter might excel in drawing and coloring but have weaker skills in expression, yet still possess significant merit. Du Piles even considered the famous Titian to be such a painter. However, to say a musician excels in melody and harmony yet lacks in expression would imply that their work doesn’t consistently produce its expected and proportional effect. A musician might be a very skilled harmonist while falling short in melody, tune, and expression; their music could end up being uninspired and ineffective. Such a musician may also possess a certain merit, similar to a highly learned individual who lacks creativity, taste, and imagination.
Instrumental Music, therefore, though it may, no doubt, be considered in some respects as an imitative art, is certainly less so than any other which merits that appellation; it can imitate but a few objects, and even these so imperfectly, that without the accompaniment of some other art, its imitation is scarce ever intelligible: imitation is by no means essential to it, and the principal effect it is capable of producing arises from powers altogether different from those of imitation.
Instrumental music, then, while it can be seen as a form of imitative art in some ways, is definitely less so than any other art that deserves that label; it can only imitate a few things, and even those imitations are so imperfect that without the support of another art, they are rarely understandable. Imitation is not essential to it, and the main impact it can have comes from abilities that are completely different from imitation.
PART Ⅲ.
THE imitative powers of Dancing are much superior to those of instrumental Music, and are at least equal, perhaps superior, to those of any other art. Like instrumental Music, however, it is not necessarily or essentially imitative, and it can produce very agreeable effects, without imitating any thing. In the greater part of our common dances there is little or no imitation, and they consist almost entirely of a succession of such steps, gestures, and motions, regulated by the time and measure of Music, as either display extraordinary grace or require extraordinary agility. Even some of our dances, which are said to have been originally imitative, have, in the way in which we practise them, almost ceased to be so. The minuet, in which the woman, after passing and repassing the man several times, first gives him up one hand, then the other, and then both hands, is said to have been originally a Moorish dance, which emblematically represented the passion of love. Many of my readers may have frequently danced this dance, and, in the opinion of all who saw them, with great grace and propriety, though neither they nor the spectators once thought of the allegorical meaning which it originally intended to express.
THE imitative qualities of dancing are much better than those of instrumental music and are at least as good, if not better, than any other art form. Like instrumental music, though, it doesn’t have to be imitative, and it can create enjoyable effects without copying anything. Most of our common dances don’t involve much imitation; they mainly consist of a series of steps, gestures, and movements that are timed to the music, which either show off amazing grace or require impressive agility. Even some dances that are said to be originally imitative have nearly lost that aspect in the way we perform them now. The minuet, for instance, where the woman passes by the man several times and then gives him one hand, then the other, and then both, was originally a Moorish dance symbolizing the passion of love. Many of my readers may have danced this dance often, and everyone watching thought they did it with great grace and elegance, even though neither the dancers nor the audience ever considered the symbolic meaning it was meant to convey.
A certain measured, cadenced step, commonly called a dancing step, which keeps time with, and as it were beats the measure of, the Music which accompanies and directs it, is the essential characteristic which 433 distinguishes a dance from every other sort of motion. When the dancer, moving with a step of this kind, and observing this time and measure, imitates either the ordinary or the more important actions of human life, he shapes and fashions, as it were, a thing of one kind, into the resemblance of another thing of a very different kind: his art conquers the disparity which Nature has placed between the imitating and the imitated object, and has upon that account some degree of that sort of merit which belongs to all the imitative arts. This disparity, indeed, is not so great as in some other of those arts, nor consequently the merit of the imitation which conquers it. Nobody would compare the merit of a good imitative dancer to that of a good painter or statuary. The dancer, however, may have a very considerable degree of merit, and his imitation perhaps may sometimes be capable of giving us as much pleasure as that of either of the other two artists. All the subjects, either of Statuary or of History Painting, are within the compass of his imitative powers; and in representing them, his art has even some advantage over both the other two. Statuary and History Painting can represent but a single instant of the action which they mean to imitate: the causes which prepared, the consequences which followed, the situation of that single instant are altogether beyond the compass of their imitation. A pantomime dance can represent distinctly those causes and consequences; it is not confined to the situation of a single instant; but, like Epic Poetry, it can represent all the events of a long story, and exhibit a long train and succession of connected and interesting situations. It is capable therefore of affecting us much more than either Statuary or Painting. The ancient Romans used to shed tears at the representations of their pantomimes, as we do at that of the most interesting tragedies; an effect which is altogether beyond the powers of Statuary or Painting.
A specific measured, rhythmic step, often referred to as a dancing step, aligns with and essentially keeps the beat of the Music that accompanies and guides it. This characteristic is what 433 sets a dance apart from other types of movement. When the dancer uses this kind of step, adhering to the rhythm and measure, and mimics either everyday or significant human actions, they transform something of one kind into a likeness of something very different: their art bridges the gap that Nature creates between the one doing the imitation and what is being imitated, thus earning it a level of merit similar to that found in all imitative arts. This gap, however, is not as pronounced as in some other arts, and so the merit of the imitation that overcomes it is also less. No one would equate the skill of a good dancer to that of a skilled painter or sculptor. Yet, a dancer can still possess considerable merit, and their imitation may at times bring us as much enjoyment as that of either of the other two artists. All subjects from Sculpture or Historical Painting fall within the reach of their imitative abilities; and in portraying these subjects, their art even has some advantages over the other two. Sculpture and Historical Painting can only depict a single moment of the action they aim to represent: the causes that led to it, the results that followed, and the context of that moment are all beyond their ability to imitate. However, a pantomime dance can clearly convey those causes and results; it isn't limited to a single moment but, like Epic Poetry, it can portray the entire arc of a lengthy narrative, showcasing a series of interconnected and engaging situations. Therefore, it has the potential to move us much more profoundly than either Sculpture or Painting. The ancient Romans would often cry during their pantomime performances, just as we do during the most compelling tragedies; an impact that is completely outside the capabilities of Sculpture or Painting.
The ancient Greeks appear to have been a nation of dancers, and both their common and their stage dances seem to have been all imitative. The stage dances of the ancient Romans appear to have been equally so. Among that grave people it was reckoned indecent to dance in private societies; and they could therefore have no common dances; and among both nations imitation seems to have been considered as essential to dancing.
The ancient Greeks seem to have been a nation of dancers, and both their everyday and performance dances appear to have been entirely imitative. The stage dances of the ancient Romans seem to have been the same way. Among that serious group, it was seen as improper to dance in private gatherings; therefore, they couldn't have any communal dances. In both cultures, imitation seems to have been viewed as essential to dancing.
It is quite otherwise in modern times: though we have pantomime dances upon the stage, yet the greater part even of our stage dances are not pantomime, and cannot well be said to imitate any thing. The greater part of our common dances either never were pantomime, or, with a very few exceptions, have almost all ceased to be so.
It’s very different now: while we have pantomime dances on stage, most of our stage dances aren't pantomime and don’t really imitate anything. Most of our typical dances either never were pantomime or, with just a few exceptions, have pretty much stopped being so.
This remarkable difference of character between the ancient and the modern dances seems to be the natural effect of a correspondent difference in that of the music, which has accompanied and directed both the one and the other.
This noticeable difference in character between ancient and modern dances appears to be a natural result of a corresponding difference in the music that has accompanied and guided both.
434 In modern times we almost always dance to instrumental music, which being itself not imitative, the greater part of the dances which it directs, and as it were inspires, have ceased to be so. In ancient times, on the contrary, they seem to have danced almost always to vocal music; which being necessarily and essentially imitative, their dances became so too. The ancients seem to have had little or nothing of what is properly called instrumental music, or of music composed not to be sung by the voice, but to be played upon instruments, and both their wind and stringed instruments seem to have served only as an accompaniment and direction to the voice.
434 Nowadays, we almost always dance to instrumental music, which, not being imitative itself, has led most of the dances it guides and inspires to cease being imitative as well. In ancient times, however, it seems that people primarily danced to vocal music; since this type of music is inherently imitative, their dances reflected that. The ancients appeared to have little or no instrumental music as we understand it today—music composed solely for instruments rather than sung—and both their wind and string instruments seemed to only accompany and guide the voice.
In the country it frequently happens, that a company of young people take a fancy to dance, though they have neither fiddler nor piper to dance to. A lady undertakes to sing while the rest of the company dance: in most cases she sings the notes only, without the words, and then the voice being little more than a musical instrument, the dance is performed in the usual way, without any imitation. But if she sings the words, and if in those words there happens to be somewhat more than ordinary spirit and humour, immediately all the company, especially all the best dancers, and all those who dance most at their ease, become more or less pantomimes, and by their gestures and motions express, as well as they can, the meaning and story of the song. This would be still more the case, if the same person both danced and sung; a practice very common among the ancients: it requires good lungs and a vigorous constitution; but with these advantages and long practice, the very highest dances may be performed in this manner. I have seen a Negro dance to his own song, the war-dance of his own country, with such vehemence of action and expression, that the whole company, gentlemen as well as ladies, got up upon chairs and tables, to be as much as possible out of the way of his fury. In the Greek language there are two verbs which both signify to dance; each of which has its proper derivatives, signifying a dance and a dancer. In the greater part of Greek authors, these two sets of words, like all others which are nearly synonymous, are frequently confounded, and used promiscuously. According to the best critics, however, in strict propriety, one of these verbs signifies to dance and sing at the same time, or to dance to one’s own music. The other to dance without singing, or to dance to the music of other people. There is said too to be a correspondent difference in the signification of their respective derivatives. In the choruses of the ancient Greek tragedies, consisting sometimes of more than fifty persons, some piped and some sung, but all danced, and danced to their own music.
In the countryside, it's common for a group of young people to feel like dancing, even if they don’t have a fiddler or piper to play for them. A lady takes it upon herself to sing while the others dance; usually, she only sings the notes without the words, so her voice serves more as a musical instrument, and the dancing goes on as usual, without any imitation. However, if she sings the lyrics, especially with a bit of extra spirit and humor, everyone in the group—particularly the best dancers and those who are the most relaxed—starts to act like mimers, using their gestures and movements to convey the meaning and story of the song. This is even more true if the same person both dances and sings, a common practice among the ancients. It takes good lungs and a strong constitution, but with these advantages and lots of practice, the highest level of dance can be achieved this way. I've seen a Black man dance to his own song, a war dance from his homeland, with such intense action and expression that everyone—both gentlemen and ladies—had to get up on chairs and tables to stay out of the way of his energy. In the Greek language, there are two verbs that both mean to dance, each of which has its own derivatives that mean a dance and a dancer. Many Greek authors mix up these two sets of words, using them interchangeably. According to the best scholars, though, one of these verbs specifically refers to dancing and singing at the same time, or dancing to one’s own music, while the other means dancing without singing, or dancing to someone else’s music. There’s also said to be a corresponding difference in the meanings of their respective derivatives. In the choruses of ancient Greek tragedies, which sometimes had more than fifty performers, some played instruments and some sang, but all danced, and they danced to their own music.
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * *
*** [The following Observations were found among Mr. SMITH’S Manuscripts, without any intimation whether they were intended as part of this, or of a different Essay. As they appeared too valuable to be suppressed, the Editors have annexed them to this Essay.]
*** [The following observations were found in Mr. SMITH’S manuscripts, with no indication of whether they were meant to be part of this or another essay. Since they seemed too valuable to ignore, the editors have added them to this essay.]
Of the Affinity between Music, Dancing, and Poetry.
IN the second part of the preceding Essay I have mentioned the connection between the two arts of Music and Dancing, formed by the Rhythmus, as the ancients termed it, or, as we call it, the tune or measure that equally regulates both.
IN the second part of the previous essay, I talked about the link between the two arts of Music and Dancing, created by the Rhythmus, as the ancients called it, or what we refer to as the tune or beat that equally governs both.
It is not, however, every sort of step, gesture, or motion, of which the correspondence with the tune or measure of Music will constitute a Dance. It must be a step, gesture, or motion of a particular sort. In a good opera-actor, not only the modulations and pauses of his voice, but every motion and gesture, every variation, either in the air of his head or in the attitude of his body, correspond to the time and measure of Music. The best opera-actor, however, is not, according to the language of any country in Europe, understood to dance, yet in the performance of his part, he makes use of what is called the stage step; but even this step is not understood to be a dancing step.
It’s not just any kind of step, gesture, or movement that matches the rhythm or melody of music to create a dance. It needs to be a specific type of step, gesture, or movement. In a good opera performer, not only the changes in their voice but also every movement and gesture, every shift, whether in their head or body posture, aligns with the rhythm and melody of the music. However, the best opera performer, in terms of any European language, isn’t seen as a dancer. Yet, in their role, they use what’s called the stage step; even this step isn’t considered a dance step.
Though the eye of the most ordinary spectator readily distinguishes between what is called a dancing step and any other step, gesture, or motion, yet it may not perhaps be very easy to express what it is which constitutes this distinction. To ascertain exactly the precise limits at which the one species begins, and the other ends, or to give an accurate definition of this very frivolous matter, might perhaps require more thought and attention than the very small importance of the subject may seem to deserve. Were I, however, to attempt to do this, I should observe, that though in performing any ordinary action—in walking, for example—from the one end of the room to the other, a person may show both grace and agility, yet if he betrays the least intention of showing either, he is sure of offending more or less, and we never fail to accuse him of some degree of vanity and affectation. In the performance of any such ordinary action, every person wishes to appear to be solely occupied about the proper purpose of the action: if he means to show either grace or agility, he is careful to conceal that meaning, and he is very seldom successful in doing so: he offends, however, just in proportion as he betrays it, and he almost always betrays it. In Dancing, on the contrary, every person professes, and avows, as it were, the intention of displaying some degree either of grace or of agility, or of both. The display of one, or other, or both of these qualities, is in reality the proper purpose of the action; and there can never be any disagreeable vanity or affectation in following 436 out the proper purpose of any action. When we say of any particular person, that he gives himself many affected airs and graces in Dancing, we mean either that he gives himself airs and graces which are unsuitable to the nature of the Dance, or that he executes awkwardly, perhaps exaggerates too much, (the most common fault in Dancing,) the airs and graces which are suitable to it. Every Dance is in reality a succession of airs and graces of some kind or other, and of airs and graces which, if I may say so, profess themselves to be such. The steps, gestures, and motions which, as it were, avow the intention of exhibiting a succession of such airs and graces, are the steps, the gestures, and the motions which are peculiar to Dancing, and when these are performed to the time and the measure of Music, they constitute what is properly called a Dance.
Although the average observer can easily tell the difference between a dance step and any other kind of step, gesture, or movement, it might not be so simple to explain what exactly makes this distinction. Determining the exact boundaries where one type begins and the other ends or giving a precise definition of this seemingly trivial matter may actually require more thought and focus than the subject's minor significance might suggest. However, if I were to attempt this, I'd note that while performing any ordinary action—like walking from one end of a room to the other—a person can show both grace and agility, but if they seem to intend to display either, they risk being criticized for vanity and affectation. In such ordinary actions, everyone wants to seem entirely focused on the task at hand: if someone aims to show grace or agility, they try to hide that intention, but they rarely succeed. They offend others in proportion to how much they reveal that intention, and they almost always do. In contrast, in Dancing, everyone openly expresses their intention to show some degree of grace, agility, or both. Displaying these qualities is the main goal of the action; thus, there's no disagreeable vanity or affectation in pursuing the true purpose of any action. When we say someone shows excessive affected airs and graces in Dancing, we mean they either adopt airs and graces that don't fit the Dance or they perform them awkwardly, perhaps exaggerating too much, which is a common mistake in Dancing. Every Dance is essentially a series of airs and graces of one kind or another, and these airs and graces openly acknowledge themselves as such. The steps, gestures, and movements that openly express the intention to showcase a series of these airs and graces are the ones specific to Dancing, and when executed in time with the music, they create what we call a Dance.
But though every sort of step, gesture, or motion, even though performed to the time and measure of Music, will not alone make a Dance, yet almost any sort of sound, provided it is repeated with a distinct rhythmus, or according to a distinct time and measure, though without any variation as to gravity or acuteness, will make a sort of Music, no doubt indeed, an imperfect one. Drums, cymbals, and, so far as I have observed, all other instruments of percussion, have only one note; this note, however, when repeated with a certain rhythmus, or according to a certain time and measure, and sometimes, in order to mark more distinctly that time and measure, with some little variation as to loudness and lowness, though without any as to acuteness and gravity, does certainly make a sort of Music, which is frequently far from being disagreeable, and which even sometimes produces considerable effects. The simple note of such instruments, it is true, is generally a very clear, or what is called a melodious, sound. It does not however seem indispensably necessary that it should be so. The sound of the muffled drum, when it beats the dead march, is far from being either clear or melodious, and yet it certainly produces a species of Music which is sometimes affecting. Even in the performance of the most humble of all artists, of the man who drums upon the table with his fingers, we may sometimes distinguish the measure, and perhaps a little of the humour, of some favourite song; and we must allow that even he makes some sort of Music. Without a proper step and motion, the observation of tune alone will not make a Dance; time alone, without tune, will make some sort of Music.
But even though any kind of step, gesture, or movement, even if done to the rhythm of music, won't necessarily create a dance, almost any sound, as long as it's repeated with a clear rhythm or according to a specific timing, even without any change in pitch, will create some kind of music—albeit an imperfect one. Drums, cymbals, and, from what I've noticed, all other percussion instruments, produce just one note; however, when this note is repeated with a certain rhythm or timing, and sometimes, to highlight that timing, with slight variations in loudness, it definitely creates a form of music that is often quite pleasant and can even have significant effects. The basic note from these instruments is typically a clear, or melodious, sound. However, it doesn't necessarily have to be. The sound of a muffled drum beating a funeral march is neither clear nor melodious, yet it undoubtedly creates a type of music that can be quite moving. Even in the simplest performance by someone drumming on a table with their fingers, we can sometimes recognize the rhythm and maybe even a bit of the emotion behind a favorite song; and we must acknowledge that even they create some kind of music. Without proper steps and movements, just following a tune won't create a dance; rhythm alone, without melody, can create some kind of music.
That exact observation of tune, or of the proper intervals of gravity and acuteness, which constitutes the great beauty of all perfect Music, constitutes likewise its great difficulty. The time, or measure of a song are simple matters, which even a coarse and unpractised ear is capable of distinguishing and comprehending: but to distinguish and comprehend all the variations of the tune, and to conceive with precision the exact proportion of every note, is what the finest and most cultivated 437 ear is frequently no more than capable of performing. In the singing of the common people we may generally remark a distinct enough observation of time, but a very imperfect one of tune. To discover and to distinguish with precision the proper intervals of tune, must have been a work of long experience and much observation. In the theoretical treatises upon Music, what the authors have to say upon time is commonly discussed in a single chapter of no great length or difficulty. The theory of tune fills commonly all the rest of the volume, and has long ago become both an extensive and an abstruse science, which is often but imperfectly comprehended, even by intelligent artists. In the first rude efforts of uncivilized nations towards singing, the niceties of tune could be but little attended to: I have, upon this account, been frequently disposed to doubt of the great antiquity of those national songs, which it is pretended have been delivered down from age to age by a sort of oral tradition, without having been ever noted or distinctly recorded for many successive generations. The measure, the humour of the song, might perhaps have been delivered down in this manner, but it seems scarcely possible that the precise notes of the tune should have been so preserved. The method of singing some of what we reckon our old Scotch songs, has undergone great alterations within the compass of my memory, and it may have undergone still greater before.
That exact sense of melody, or the right balance of deep and high notes, which makes all perfect music beautiful, is also what makes it difficult. The timing or rhythm of a song is simple enough that even an untrained person can recognize it. However, being able to identify and understand all the variations in the melody and to grasp the exact relationship between every note is something that even the most refined and trained ears often struggle with. In the singing of regular folks, we usually notice a decent sense of timing, but a very poor sense of melody. Being able to identify and precisely distinguish the right intervals in melody must have required a lot of experience and observation over time. In theoretical writings about music, what authors discuss about timing is typically found in a short and straightforward chapter. The theory of melody usually occupies the rest of the book and has long been seen as a complex and detailed science, often only partially understood, even by skilled musicians. In the early attempts of uncivilized nations to sing, the subtleties of melody weren't given much attention. For this reason, I have often doubted the great age of those national songs said to have been passed down through generations by oral tradition, without ever being written down or clearly recorded for many years. The rhythm and feel of the song might have been passed down this way, but it seems unlikely that the exact notes of the melody would have been preserved. The way we sing some of what we consider our old Scottish songs has changed significantly within my own lifetime, and it likely underwent even more changes before that.
The distinction between the sounds or tones of singing and those of speaking seems to be of the same kind with that between the steps, gestures, and motions of Dancing, and those of any other ordinary action; though in speaking, a person may show a very agreeable tone of voice, yet if he seems to intend to show it, if he appears to listen to the sound of his own voice, and as it were to tune it into a pleasing modulation, he never fails to offend, as guilty of a most disagreeable affectation. In speaking, as in every other ordinary action, we expect and require that the speaker should attend only to the proper purpose of the action, the clear and distinct expression of what he has to say. In singing, on the contrary, every person professes the intention to please by the tone and cadence of his voice; and he not only appears to be guilty of no disagreeable affectation in doing so, but we expect and require that he should do so. To please by the choice and arrangement of agreeable sounds is the proper purpose of all Music, vocal as well as instrumental; and we always expect and require, that every person should attend to the proper purpose of whatever action he is performing. A person may appear to sing, as well as to dance, affectedly; he may endeavour to please by sounds and tones which are unsuitable to the nature of the song, or he may dwell too much on those which are suitable to it, or in some other way he may show an overweening conceit of his own abilities, beyond what seems to be warranted by his performance. The disagreeable affectation appears 438 to consist always, not in attempting to please by a proper, but by some improper modulation of the voice. It was early discovered that the vibrations of chords or strings, which either in their lengths, or in their densities, or in their degrees of tension, bear a certain proportion to one another, produce sounds which correspond exactly, or, as the musicians say, are the unisons of those sounds or tones of the human voice which the ear approves of in singing. This discovery has enabled musicians to speak with distinctness and precision concerning the musical sounds or tones of the human voice; they can always precisely ascertain what are the particular sounds or tones which they mean, by ascertaining what are the proportions of the strings of which the vibrations produce the unisons of those sounds or tones. What are called the intervals; that is, the differences, in point of gravity and acuteness, between the sounds or tones of a singing voice, are much greater and more distinct than those of the speaking voice. Though the former, therefore, can be measured and appreciated by the proportions of chords or strings, the latter cannot. The nicest instruments cannot express the extreme minuteness of these intervals. The heptamerede of Mr. Sauveur could express an interval so small as the seventh part of what is called a comma, the smallest interval that is admitted in modern Music. Yet even this instrument, we are informed by Mr. Duclos, could not express the minuteness of the intervals in the pronunciation of the Chinese language; of all the languages in the world, that of which the pronunciation is said to approach the nearest to singing, or in which the intervals are said to be the greatest.
The difference between the sounds or tones of singing and those of speaking is similar to the difference between the steps, gestures, and movements in dancing and those of any other ordinary activity. While someone can have a very pleasant tone of voice when speaking, if they seem to be trying to show it off, if they appear to be listening to their own voice and adjusting it to sound pleasing, it tends to be off-putting and comes across as pretentious. In speaking, just like in any other regular action, we expect the speaker to focus solely on the main purpose of communicating clearly and distinctly what they want to say. In contrast, with singing, everyone intentionally aims to please with the tone and rhythm of their voice; they don't seem pretentious for doing so, and we actually expect it from them. The aim of all music, both vocal and instrumental, is to delight through the selection and arrangement of pleasing sounds, and we always expect everyone to focus on the intended purpose of their actions. A person can also sing, just like they can dance, in a way that seems affected; they might try to please with sounds and tones that don't fit the song, or they could emphasize the right sounds too much, or in some other way show excessive pride in their abilities beyond what their performance warrants. This annoying pretentiousness usually stems not from trying to please with appropriate modulation but rather from using an inappropriate one. It was discovered early on that the vibrations of strings or chords, which are proportionate in length, density, or tension, produce sounds that correspond precisely—what musicians refer to as the unisons—of the sounds or tones produced by the human voice that the ear finds pleasing in singing. This discovery has allowed musicians to discuss musical sounds or tones of the human voice with clarity and precision; they can precisely identify the specific sounds or tones they mean by determining the proportions of the strings whose vibrations create those unisons. What are known as intervals—meaning the differences in pitch between sounds or tones of a singing voice—are much greater and more distinct than those of a speaking voice. While the former can be measured and appreciated through the proportions of chords or strings, the latter cannot. Even the finest instruments can’t capture the tiniest differences in these intervals. Mr. Sauveur's heptamerede could express an interval as small as one-seventh of what is called a comma, the smallest interval recognized in modern music. However, even this instrument, as noted by Mr. Duclos, could not convey the subtlety of the intervals in the pronunciation of the Chinese language, which is said to be the language most akin to singing and where the intervals are believed to be the most significant.
As the sounds or tones of the singing voice, therefore, can be ascertained or appropriated, while those of the speaking voice cannot; the former are capable of being noted or recorded, while the latter are not.
As the sounds or tones of the singing voice can be identified or captured, while those of the speaking voice cannot; the former can be written down or recorded, while the latter cannot.
ADAM SMITH
ON THE
EXTERNAL SENSES;
THE Senses, by which we perceive external objects, are commonly reckoned Five in Number; viz. Seeing, Hearing, Smelling, Tasting, and Touching.
THE senses that allow us to perceive the world around us are usually considered to be five in total: seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, and touching.
Of these, the four first mentioned are each of them confined to particular parts or organs of the body; the Sense of Seeing is confined to the Eyes; that of Hearing to the Ears; that of Smelling to the Nostrils; and that of Tasting to the Palate. The Sense of Touching alone 439 seems not to be confined to any particular organ, but to be diffused through almost every part of the body; if we except the hair and the nails of the fingers and toes, I believe through every part of it. I shall say a few words concerning each of these Senses; beginning with the last, proceeding backwards in the opposite order to that in which they are commonly enumerated.
Of these, the first four are each limited to specific parts or organs of the body; the sense of sight is limited to the eyes, hearing to the ears, smell to the nostrils, and taste to the palate. The sense of touch, however, 439 seems to be spread throughout almost every part of the body; except for the hair and nails on the fingers and toes, I think it applies to every part of it. I will say a few words about each of these senses, starting with the last one and working backwards in the opposite order that they are usually listed.
The objects of Touch always present themselves as pressing upon, or as resisting the particular part of the body which perceives them, or by which we perceive them. When I lay my hand upon the table, the table presses upon my hand, or resists the further motion of my hand, in the same manner as my hand presses upon the table. But pressure or resistance necessarily supposes externality in the thing which presses or resists. The table could not press upon, or resist the further motion of my hand, if it was not external to my hand. I feel it accordingly as something which is not merely an affection of the hand, but altogether external to and independent of my hand. The agreeable, indifferent, or painful sensation of pressure, accordingly as I happen to press hardly or softly, I feel, no doubt, as affections of my hand; but the thing which presses and which resists I feel as something altogether different from those affections, as external to my hand, and as being altogether independent of it.
The things we touch always seem to push against or resist the part of our body that senses them. When I put my hand on the table, the table presses against my hand or holds back my hand from moving further, just like my hand presses down on the table. However, pressure or resistance implies that the object pushing or resisting is external. The table couldn’t push against or block my hand's movement if it weren’t outside of my hand. I experience it as something that isn’t just a feeling in my hand but is completely outside of and separate from it. The pleasant, neutral, or painful feeling of pressure, depending on whether I push hard or gently, I definitely recognize as sensations in my hand; but the object that pushes or resists is something totally different from those sensations—in other words, it’s external to my hand and completely independent of it.
In moving my hand along the table it soon comes, in every direction, to a place where this pressure or resistance ceases. This place we call the boundary, or end of the table; of which the extent and figure are determined by the extent and direction of the lines or surfaces which constitute this boundary or end.
As I glide my hand across the table, it quickly reaches a point in every direction where I no longer feel pressure or resistance. This point is what we refer to as the boundary or edge of the table, which is shaped and defined by the size and direction of the lines or surfaces that make up this boundary or edge.
It is in this manner that a man born blind, or who has lost his sight so early that he has no remembrance of visible objects, may form the most distinct idea of the extent and figure of all the different parts of his own body, and of every other tangible object which he has an opportunity of handling and examining. When he lays his hand upon his foot, as his hand feels the pressure or resistance of his foot, so his foot feels that of his hand. They are both external to one another, but they are, neither of them, altogether so external to him. He feels in both, and he naturally considers them as parts of himself, or at least as something which belongs to him, and which, for his own comfort, it is necessary that he should take some care of.
In this way, a man who is born blind, or one who lost his sight so early that he can’t remember what things look like, can have a clear idea of the size and shape of all the different parts of his body, as well as any other physical object he gets to touch and explore. When he places his hand on his foot, as his hand feels the pressure or resistance of his foot, his foot feels the same from his hand. They’re both separate from each other, but neither are completely separate from him. He feels both, and he naturally thinks of them as parts of himself, or at least as things that belong to him, which he needs to take care of for his own well-being.
When he lays his hand upon the table, though his hand feels the pressure of the table, the table does not feel, at least he does not know that it feels, the pressure of his hand. He feels it therefore as something external, not only to his hand, but to himself, as something which makes no part of himself, and in the state and condition of which he has not necessarily any concern.
When he puts his hand on the table, even though his hand feels the weight of the table, the table doesn't feel—at least he doesn't know that it feels—the weight of his hand. He experiences it as something outside of him, not just separate from his hand, but also from himself, as something that isn't a part of him and in which he doesn't have any obligation or interest.
440 When he lays his hand upon the body either of another man, or of any other animal, though he knows, or at least may know, that they feel the pressure of his hand as much as he feels that of their body: yet as this feeling is altogether external to him, he frequently gives no attention to it, and at no time takes any further concern in it than he is obliged to do by that fellow-feeling which Nature has, for the wisest purposes, implanted in man, not only towards all other men, but (though no doubt in a much weaker degree) towards all other animals. Having destined him to be the governing animal in this world, it seems to have been her benevolent intention to inspire him with some degree of respect, even for the meanest and weakest of his subjects.
440 When he puts his hand on the body of another person or any other animal, even if he knows, or at least could know, that they feel the pressure of his hand just as he feels it from their body: since this feeling is completely external to him, he often ignores it and rarely gives it more thought than what is required by the empathy that nature has, for wise reasons, instilled in humans, not only towards all other people but (though to a much lesser extent) towards all other animals. Having made him the dominant species in this world, it seems nature’s kind intention was to fill him with some level of respect, even for the weakest and most insignificant of his subjects.
This power or quality of resistance we call Solidity; and the thing which possesses it, the Solid Body or Thing. As we feel it as something altogether external to us, so we necessarily conceive it as something altogether independent of us. We consider it, therefore, as what we call a Substance, or as a thing that subsists by itself, and independent of any other thing. Solid and substantial, accordingly, are two words which, in common language, are considered either as altogether or as nearly synonymous.
This ability or quality of resistance we call Solidity, and the thing that has it is the Solid Body or Thing. Since we perceive it as something completely separate from us, we naturally think of it as something entirely independent of us. We regard it, therefore, as what we refer to as a Substance, or as a thing that exists on its own, independent of any other thing. Solid and substantial, consequently, are two terms that, in everyday language, are viewed as either completely or almost synonymous.
Solidity necessarily supposes some degree of extension, and that in all the three directions of length, breadth, and thickness. All the solid bodies, of which we have any experience, have some degree of such bulk or magnitude. It seems to be essential to their nature, and without it, we cannot even conceive how they should be capable of pressure or resistance; are are the powers by which they are made known to us, and by which alone they are capable of acting upon our own, and upon all other bodies.
Solidity requires some level of extension in all three dimensions: length, width, and height. Every solid object we encounter has some degree of size or volume. This seems to be fundamental to their nature, and without it, we can't even imagine how they could exert pressure or resist force; these are the properties that make them known to us and allow them to interact with our bodies and all other objects.
Extension, at least any sensible extension, supposes divisibility. The body may be so hard, that our strength is not sufficient to break it; we still suppose, however, that if a sufficient force were applied, it might be so broken; and, at any rate, we can always, in fancy at least, imagine it to be divided into two or more parts.
Extension, at least a logical one, assumes that something can be divided. The object might be so solid that our strength isn't enough to break it; however, we still assume that if a strong enough force were applied, it could be broken apart. And, in any case, we can always, at least in our imagination, picture it being divided into two or more pieces.
Every solid and extended body, if it be not infinite, (as the universe may be conceived to be,) must have some shape or figure, or be bounded by certain lines and surfaces.
Every solid and extended object, if it’s not infinite (like the universe is thought to be), must have some shape or form, or be enclosed by specific lines and surfaces.
Every such body must likewise be conceived as capable both of motion and of rest; both of altering its situation with regard to other surrounding bodies, and of remaining in the same situation. That bodies of small or moderate bulk, are capable of both motion and rest we have constant experience. Great masses, perhaps, are according to the ordinary habits of the imagination, supposed to be more fitted for rest than for motion. Provided a sufficient force could be applied, however, we have no difficulty in conceiving that the greatest and most unwieldy masses might be made capable of motion. Philosophy teaches us, (and by reasons too to which it is scarcely possible to 441 refuse our assent,) that the earth itself, and bodies much larger than the earth, are not only movable, but are at all times actually in motion, and continually altering their situation, in respect to other surrounding bodies, with a rapidity that almost passes all human comprehension. In the system of the universe, at least according to the imperfect notions which we have hitherto been able to attain concerning it, the great difficulty seems to be, not to find the most enormous masses in motion, but to find the smallest particle of matter that is perfectly at rest with regard to all other surrounding bodies.
Every body should be understood as being able to both move and stay still; to change its position relative to other surrounding bodies and to remain in the same spot. We constantly observe that small or moderate-sized bodies can both move and be at rest. Larger masses, however, are usually thought of as being more suited for stillness than for movement. Still, if enough force is applied, we can easily imagine that even the largest and heaviest masses could be made to move. Philosophy tells us (and it’s hard to disagree with the reasons put forward) that the Earth itself, along with bodies much larger than Earth, are not just movable, but are actually always in motion, constantly changing their positions relative to other surrounding bodies at a speed that almost defies human understanding. In the universe, at least based on the limited ideas we currently have about it, the real challenge seems to be not finding the most massive bodies in motion, but rather finding the smallest particle of matter that is completely at rest in relation to all other surrounding bodies.
These four qualities, or attributes of extension, divisibility, figure, and mobility, or the capacity of motion or rest, seem necessarily involved in the idea or conception of a solid substance. They are, in reality, inseparable from that idea or conception, and the solid substance cannot possibly be conceived to exist without them. No other qualities or attributes seem to be involved, in the same manner, in this our idea or conception of solidity. It would, however, be rash from thence to conclude that the solid substance can, as such, possess no other qualities or attributes. This rash conclusion, notwithstanding, has been not only drawn, but insisted upon, as an axiom of indubitable certainty, by philosophers of very eminent reputation.
These four qualities—extension, divisibility, shape, and mobility (the ability to move or remain still)—are essential to the concept of solid substance. They are truly inseparable from this idea, and you can't imagine solid substance existing without them. No other qualities seem to be involved in our understanding of solidity in the same way. However, it would be unwise to conclude that solid substances can't have any other qualities or attributes. Despite this, many well-respected philosophers have not only drawn this conclusion but also insisted on it as an undeniable truth.
Of these external and resisting substances, some yield easily, and change their figure, at least in some degree, in consequence of the pressure of our hand: others neither yield nor change their figure, in any respect, in consequence of the utmost pressure which our hand alone is capable of giving them. The former we call soft, the latter hard, bodies. In some bodies the parts are so very easily separable, that they not only yield to a very moderate pressure, but easily receive the pressing body within them, and without much resistance allow it to traverse their extent in every possible direction. These are called Fluid, in contradistinction to those of which the parts not being so easily separable, are upon that account peculiarly called Solid Bodies; as if they possessed, in a more distinct and perceptible manner, the characteristical quality of solidity or the power of resistance. Water, however (one of the fluids with which we are most familiar), when confined on all sides (as in a hollow globe of metal, which is first filled with it, and then sealed hermetically), has been found to resist pressure as much as the very hardest, or what we commonly call the most solid bodies.
Of these external and resisting substances, some yield easily and change shape, at least to some extent, because of the pressure of our hand. Others neither yield nor change shape in any way, no matter how much pressure our hand can apply. We refer to the former as soft bodies and the latter as hard bodies. In some substances, the parts are so easily separable that they not only yield to moderate pressure but also easily allow the pressing object to move through them with little resistance. These are called fluids, unlike those whose parts are not so easily separable, which we specifically call solid bodies, as they distinctly exhibit the qualities of solidity or resistance. However, water (one of the fluids we are most familiar with), when completely enclosed (like in a hollow metal sphere filled with it and then sealed tight), has been shown to resist pressure as much as the hardest substances or what we typically refer to as solid bodies.
Some fluids yield so very easily to the slightest pressure, that upon, ordinary occasions we are scarcely sensible of their resistance; and are upon that account little disposed to conceive them as bodies, or as things capable of pressure and resistance. There was a time, as we may learn from Aristotle and Lucretius, when it was supposed to require some degree of philosophy to demonstrate that air was a real solid body, or capable of pressure and resistance. What, in ancient 442 times, and in vulgar apprehensions, was supposed to be doubtful with regard to air, still continues to be so with regard to light, of which the rays, however condensed or concentrated, have never appeared capable of making the smallest resistance to the motion of other bodies, the characteristical power or quality of what are called bodies, or solid substances. Some philosophers accordingly doubt, and some even deny, that light is a material or corporeal substance.
Some fluids respond so effortlessly to even the slightest pressure that, in everyday situations, we barely notice their resistance; because of this, we tend to overlook seeing them as solid bodies or as substances that can resist pressure. There was a time, as we can learn from Aristotle and Lucretius, when it was believed that it took a certain level of philosophical insight to prove that air was a real solid substance, or that it could exert pressure and resistance. What was once doubted about air in ancient 442 times continues to be questioned regarding light, which, despite being focused or intensified, has never seemed capable of resisting the motion of other bodies — a defining characteristic of what we define as bodies or solid materials. As a result, some philosophers remain skeptical, and some even argue against the idea that light is a material or physical substance.
Though all bodies or solid substances resist, yet all those with which we are acquainted appear to be more or less compressible, or capable of having, without any diminution in the quantity of their matter, their bulk more or less reduced within a smaller space than that which they usually occupy. An experiment of the Florentine academy was supposed to have fully demonstrated that water was absolutely incompressible. The same experiment, however, having been repeated with more care and accuracy, it appears, that water, though it strongly resists compression, is, however, when a sufficient force is applied, like all other bodies, in some degree liable to it. Air, on the contrary, by the application of a very moderate force, is easily reducible within a much smaller portion of space than that which it usually occupies. The condensing engine, and what is founded upon it, the wind-gun, sufficiently demonstrate this: and even without the help of such ingenious and expensive machines, we may easily satisfy ourselves of the truth of this proportion, by squeezing a full-blown bladder of which the neck is well tied.
Though all materials resist compression, the ones we know seem to be more or less compressible, meaning they can have their volume reduced into a smaller space without losing any matter. An experiment by the Florentine academy was thought to have proven that water is completely incompressible. However, when this experiment was repeated with greater precision, it turned out that water, while it does resist compression significantly, is still somewhat compressible when a strong enough force is applied, just like all other materials. In contrast, air can be easily compressed into a much smaller space with only a moderate force. Devices like the condensing engine and its derivative, the wind-gun, clearly show this principle. Even without these clever and costly machines, we can easily verify this by squeezing a fully inflated bladder with a securely tied neck.
The hardness or softness of bodies, or the greater or smaller force with which they resist any change of shape, seems to depend altogether upon the stronger or weaker degree of cohesion with which their parts are mutually attracted to one another. The greater or smaller force with which they resist compression may, upon many occasions, be owing partly to the same cause: but it may likewise be owing to the greater or smaller proportion of empty space comprehended within their dimensions, or intermixed with the solid parts which compose them. A body which comprehended no empty space within its dimensions, which, through all its parts, was completely filled with the resisting substance, we are naturally disposed to conceive as something which would be absolutely incompressible, and which would resist, with unconquerable force, every attempt to reduce it within narrower dimensions. If the solid and resisting substance, without moving out of its place, should admit into the same place another solid and resisting substance, it would from that moment, in our apprehension, cease to be a solid and resisting substance, and would no longer appear to possess that quality, by which alone it is made known to us, and which we therefore consider as constituting its nature and essence, and as altogether inseparable from it. Hence our notion of what has been called impenetrability of matter; or of the absolute impossibility that two 443 solid resisting substances should occupy the same place at the same time.
The hardness or softness of objects, or the strength of their resistance to changing shape, seems to be completely dependent on the level of cohesion that holds their parts together. The strength of their resistance to compression may often be attributed to the same factor, but it can also be influenced by the amount of empty space contained within them or mixed in with the solid materials that make them up. We tend to imagine an object that has no empty space within it—one that is completely filled with a resisting substance—as something that would be completely incompressible and would resist any attempt to be squeezed into a smaller size with unyielding force. If a solid and resisting substance were to allow another solid and resisting substance into the same space without moving, we would then see it as no longer being a solid resisting substance; it would lose that quality which identifies it to us, a quality we consider essential to its nature and inseparable from it. This leads to our understanding of what is known as the impenetrability of matter, or the absolute impossibility of two solid resisting substances occupying the same space at the same time.
This doctrine, which is as old as Leucippus, Democritus, and Epicurus, was in the last century revived by Gassendi, and has since been adopted by Newton and the far greater part of his followers. It may at present be considered as the established system, or as the system that is most in fashion, and most approved of by the greater part of the philosophers of Europe. Though it has been opposed by several puzzling arguments, drawn from that species of metaphysics which confounds every thing and explains nothing, it seems upon the whole to be the most simple, the most distinct, and the most comprehensible account that has yet been given of the phenomena which are meant to be explained by it. I shall only observe, that whatever system may be adopted concerning the hardness or softness, the fluidity or solidity, the compressibility or incompressibility of the resisting substance, the certainty of our distinct sense and feeling of its Externality, or of its entire independency upon the organ which perceives it, or by which we perceive it, cannot in the smallest degree be affected by any such system. I shall not therefore attempt to give any further account of such systems.
This idea, as old as Leucippus, Democritus, and Epicurus, was revived last century by Gassendi and has since been embraced by Newton and most of his followers. It can currently be seen as the established system, or the one that’s most popular and favored by many philosophers in Europe. Although it has faced several confusing arguments from a type of metaphysics that complicates everything and explains nothing, it still seems to be the simplest, clearest, and most understandable explanation of the phenomena it aims to clarify. I just want to point out that no matter what system we adopt regarding the hardness or softness, fluidity or solidity, or compressibility or incompressibility of the resisting substance, the certainty of our distinct sense and perception of its externality, or its complete independence from the senses that perceive it, is not affected in the slightest by any such system. Therefore, I will not attempt to provide any further explanation of these systems.
Heat and cold being felt by almost every part of the human body, have commonly been ranked along with solidity and resistance, among the qualities which are the objects of Touch. It is not, however, I think, in our language proper to say that we touch, but that we feel the qualities of heat and cold. The word feeling, though in many cases we use it as synonymous to touching, has, however, a much more extensive signification, and is frequently employed to denote our internal, as well as our external, affections. We feel hunger and thirst, we feel joy and sorrow, we feel love and hatred.
Heat and cold, which can be felt by nearly every part of the human body, are often categorized alongside solidity and resistance as qualities that we sense through touch. However, I don’t think it’s accurate to say that we touch these qualities; rather, we feel the sensations of heat and cold. The term feeling, although used interchangeably with touching in many cases, actually has a broader meaning and is often used to describe both our internal and external emotions. We feel hunger and thirst, we feel joy and sorrow, and we feel love and hatred.
Heat and cold, in reality, though they may frequently be perceived by the same parts of the human body, constitute an order of sensations altogether different from those which are the proper objects of Touch. They are naturally felt, not as pressing upon the organ, but as in the organ. What we feel while we stand in the sunshine during a hot, or in the shade during a frosty, day, is evidently felt, not as pressing upon the body, but as in the body. It does not necessarily suggest the presence of any external object, nor could we from thence alone infer the existence of any such object. It is a sensation which neither does nor can exist any where but either in the organ which feels it, or in the unknown principle of perception, whatever that may be, which feels in that organ, or by means of that organ. When we lay our hand upon a table, which is either heated or cooled a good deal beyond the actual temperature of our hand, we have two distinct perceptions: first, that of the solid or resisting table, which is necessarily felt as something external to, and independent of, the hand which feels it; and secondly, 444 that of the heat or cold, which by the contact of the table is excited in our hand, and which is naturally felt as nowhere but in our hand, or in the principle of perception which feels in our hand.
Heat and cold, although they are often sensed by the same parts of the body, are actually a different kind of sensation compared to what we define as Touch. We naturally perceive them, not as pressing on the skin, but as existing within it. When we stand in the sunshine on a hot day or in the shade on a chilly day, we clearly feel it, not as something pushing against us, but as something inside us. This sensation doesn’t necessarily imply the presence of anything external, nor can we deduce from it alone that any such object exists. It’s a feeling that can only exist in the organ that perceives it or in the mysterious principle of perception that operates through that organ. When we place our hand on a table that is either much hotter or colder than our hand, we have two separate sensations: first, the solid table that we perceive as something external and independent from our hand; and second, 444 the heat or cold that is triggered in our hand by touching the table, which we naturally feel as located only in our hand, or in the principle of perception that is activated in our hand.
But though the sensations of heat and cold do not necessarily suggest the presence of any external object, we soon learn from experience that they are commonly excited by some such object: sometimes by the temperature of some external body immediately in contact with our own body, and sometimes by some body at either a moderate or a great distance from us; as by the fire in a chamber, or by the sun in a summer’s day. By the frequency and uniformity of this experience, by the custom and habit of thought which that frequency and uniformity necessarily occasion, the Internal Sensation, and the External Cause of that Sensation, come in our conception to be so strictly connected, that in our ordinary and careless way of thinking, we are apt to consider them as almost one and the same thing, and therefore denote them by one and the same word. The confusion, however, is in this case more in the word than in the thought; for in reality we still retain some notion of the distinction, though we do not always evolve it with that accuracy which a very slight degree of attention might enable us to do. When we move our hand, for example, along the surface of a very hot or of a very cold table, though we say that the table is hot or cold in every part of it, we never mean that, in any part of it, it feels the sensations either of heat or of cold, but that in every part of it, it possesses the power of exciting one or other of those sensations in our bodies. The philosophers who have taken so much pains to prove that there is no heat in the fire, meaning that the sensation or feeling of heat is not in the fire, have laboured to refute an opinion which the most ignorant of mankind never entertained. But the same word being, in common language, employed to signify both the sensation and the power of exciting that sensation, they, without knowing it perhaps, or intending it, have taken advantage of this ambiguity, and have triumphed in their own superiority, when by irresistible arguments they establish an opinion which, in words indeed, is diametrically opposite to the most obvious judgments of mankind, but which in reality is perfectly agreeable to those judgments.
But even though the feelings of heat and cold don’t always mean there’s something external causing them, we quickly learn through experience that they usually are triggered by something outside of us: sometimes by the temperature of something we’re touching, and sometimes by something further away, like a fire in a room or the sun on a summer day. Because this experience is frequent and consistent, and because this frequency leads us to develop certain habits of thought, we come to think of the internal sensation and the external cause of that sensation as closely linked. In our everyday thinking, we tend to regard them as almost the same thing and use the same word to describe both. However, the confusion here lies more in the language than in our thoughts. In reality, we still understand that there is a distinction, even if we don’t always articulate it accurately—a little focus could help us see it more clearly. For instance, when we run our hand along a very hot or very cold table, while we say the table feels hot or cold all over, we don’t actually mean that it experiences those sensations itself. What we mean is that it has the ability to trigger one or the other of those sensations in our bodies. The philosophers who have worked hard to argue that there is no heat in fire, meaning that the sensation of heat isn’t in the fire itself, have fought against a belief that most people don’t hold. However, because the same word is used in everyday language to mean both the sensation and the power to create that sensation, they may have unknowingly taken advantage of this ambiguity and felt superior when their arguments seemed to challenge a belief that seems obvious to most people, while in fact, their conclusion aligns perfectly with those judgments.
WHEN we taste any solid or liquid substance, we have always two distinct perceptions: first, that of the solid or liquid body, which is naturally felt as pressing upon, and therefore as external to, and independent of, the organ which feels it; and secondly, that of particular taste, relish, or savour which it excites in the palate or organ of Tasting, and which is naturally felt, not as pressing upon, as external to, or as independent of, that organ; but as altogether in the organ, and nowhere but in the organ, or in the principle of perception which feels in 445 that organ. When we say that the food which we eat has an agreeable or disagreeable taste in every part of it, we do not thereby mean that it has the feeling or sensation of taste in any part of it, but that in every part of it, it has the power of exciting that feeling or sensation in our palates. Though in this case we denote by the same word (in the same manner, and for the same reason, as in the case of heat and cold) both the sensation and the power of exciting that sensation, this ambiguity of language misleads the natural judgments of mankind in the one case as little as in the other. Nobody ever fancies that our food feels its own agreeable or disagreeable taste.
WHEN we taste any solid or liquid substance, we always have two distinct perceptions: first, the solid or liquid body itself, which we naturally feel as pressing against us and therefore as external to and independent of the organ that senses it; and second, the specific taste, flavor, or savor it brings out in our palate or tasting organ, which we feel not as pressing, external to, or independent of that organ, but entirely within the organ itself, or in the perception that occurs within that organ. When we say that the food we eat has a pleasant or unpleasant taste in every part of it, we don’t mean that it actually has the sensation of taste in any part of it, but rather that every part possesses the ability to provoke that sensation in our palates. Although we use the same word (in the same way, and for the same reason, as in the case of heat and cold) for both the sensation and the ability to evoke that sensation, this ambiguity in language doesn’t mislead our natural judgments in this case any more than it does in the other. No one ever thinks that our food experiences its own pleasant or unpleasant taste.
EVERY smell or odour is naturally felt as in the nostrils; not as pressing upon or resisting the organ, not as in any respect external to, or independent of, the organ, but as altogether in the organ, and nowhere else but in the organ, or in the principle of perception which feels in that organ. We soon learn from experience, however, that this sensation is commonly excited by some external body; by a flower, for example, of which the absence removes, and the presence brings back, the sensation. This external body we consider as the cause of this sensation, and we denominate by the same words both the sensation and the power by which the external body produces this sensation. But when we say that the smell is in the flower, we do not thereby mean that the flower itself has any feeling of the sensation which we feel; but that it has the power of exciting this sensation in our nostrils, or in the principle of perception which feels in our nostrils. Though this sensation, and the power by which it is excited, are thus denoted by the same word, this ambiguity of language misleads, in this case, the natural judgments of mankind as little as in the two preceding.
EVERY smell or scent is naturally experienced in the nostrils; not as something applying pressure on or resisting the organ, nor as anything external to or separate from the organ, but entirely within the organ, and nowhere but in the organ, or in the sense of perception that feels in that organ. We quickly learn from experience that this sensation is typically triggered by an external object; for instance, a flower, where its absence removes the sensation and its presence brings it back. We consider this external object as the cause of the sensation, using the same words to describe both the sensation and the ability of the external object to create it. However, when we say that the smell is in the flower, we don't mean that the flower itself has any awareness of the sensation we feel; rather, it has the ability to trigger this sensation in our nostrils, or in the perception that occurs in our nostrils. Although this sensation and the ability to evoke it are described using the same term, this ambiguity in language misleads people's natural judgments as little as in the previous two instances.
EVERY sound is naturally felt as in the Ear, the organ of Hearing. Sound is not naturally felt as resisting or pressing upon the organ, or as in any respect external to, or independent of, the organ. We naturally feel it as an affection of our Ear, as something which is altogether in our Ear, and nowhere but in our Ear, or in the principle of perception which feels in our Ear. We soon learn from experience, indeed, that the sensation is frequently excited by bodies at a considerable distance from us; often at a much greater distance, than those ever are which excite the sensation of Smelling. We learn too from experience that this sound or sensation in our Ears receives different modifications, according to the distance and direction of the body which originally causes it. The sensation is stronger, the sound is louder, when that body is near. The sensation is weaker, the sound is lower, when that body is at a distance. The sound, or sensation, too undergoes some 446 variation according as the body is placed on the right hand or on the left, before or behind us. In common language we frequently say, that the sound seems to come from a great or from a small distance, from the right hand or from the left, from before or from behind us. We frequently say too that we hear a sound at a great or small distance, on our right hand or on our left. The real sound, however, the sensation in our ear, can never be heard or felt any where but in our ear, it can never change its place, it is incapable of motion, and can come, therefore, neither from the right nor from the left, neither from before nor from behind us. The Ear can feel or hear nowhere but where it is, and cannot stretch out its powers of perception, either to a great or to a small distance, either to the right or to the left. By all such phrases we in reality mean nothing but to express our opinion concerning either the distance or the direction of the body which excites the sensation of sound. When we say that the sound is in the bell, we do not mean that the bell hears its own sound, or that any thing like our sensation is in the bell, but that it possesses the power of exciting that sensation in our organ of Hearing. Though in this, as well as in some other cases, we express by the same word, both the Sensation, and the Power of exciting that Sensation; this ambiguity of language occasions scarce any confusion in the thought, and when the different meanings of the word are properly distinguished, the opinions of the vulgar, and those of the philosopher, though apparently opposite, on examination turn out to be exactly the same.
EVERY sound is felt naturally in the ear, the organ of hearing. Sound is not felt as if it's pushing against the organ or as being outside of or separate from it. We feel it as something that exists entirely in our ear, or in the perception we experience in our ear. We quickly learn from experience that sounds often come from objects far away, often much farther than those that trigger the sensation of smell. Our experience also teaches us that this sound or sensation in our ears changes based on how far away and in what direction the source is. The sensation is stronger, and the sound is louder when the source is close. The sensation weakens, and the sound lowers when the source is farther away. Additionally, the sound or sensation varies depending on whether the source is on our right side or left, in front or behind us. In everyday language, we often say that the sound seems to come from a great or small distance, from the right or left, from the front or back. We also say we hear a sound at a great or small distance, on our right or left. However, the actual sound, the sensation in our ear, can only be heard or felt in our ear; it cannot move or change its location, and therefore can't come from the right or left, or from the front or back. The ear can only hear where it is and cannot extend its perception over long or short distances, or to the right or left. By using these phrases, we are really just expressing our thoughts about either the distance or the direction of the source that causes the sound. When we say that the sound is in the bell, we don't mean that the bell hears its own sound or that anything like our sensation is in the bell; we mean it can trigger that sensation in our hearing organ. Even though we use the same word to refer to both the sensation and the ability to create that sensation, this ambiguity doesn't usually cause confusion in thought. When we properly distinguish the different meanings, both the common person’s and the philosopher’s views, though they seem different, actually turn out to be the same upon closer examination.
These four classes of secondary qualities, as philosophers have called them, or to speak more properly, these four classes of Sensations; Heat and Cold, Taste, Smell, and Sound; being felt, not as resisting or pressing upon the organ, but as in the organ, are not naturally perceived as external and independent substances; or even as qualities of such substances; but as mere affections of the organ, and what can exist nowhere but in the organ.
These four types of secondary qualities, as philosophers refer to them, or more accurately, these four types of sensations—Heat and Cold, Taste, Smell, and Sound—are experienced not as things pushing against the senses, but as sensations within the senses themselves. They are not naturally perceived as separate and independent objects, nor even as characteristics of those objects, but rather as simple effects of the sensory organs, which can only exist within those organs.
They do not possess, nor can we even conceive them as capable of possessing, any one of the qualities, which we consider as essential to, and inseparable from, external solid and independent substances.
They don't have, nor can we even imagine them as being able to have, any of the qualities that we regard as essential and inseparable from external solid and independent objects.
First, They have no extension. They are neither long nor short; they are neither broad nor narrow; they are neither deep nor shallow. The bodies which excite them, the spaces within which they may be perceived, may possess any of those dimensions; but the Sensations themselves can possess none of them. When we say of a Note in Music, that it is long or short, we mean that it is so in point of duration. In point of extension we cannot even conceive, that it should be either the one or the other.
First, they have no physical size. They are neither long nor short; they are neither wide nor narrow; they are neither deep nor shallow. The objects that inspire them, the areas in which they can be noticed, can have any of those dimensions; but the sensations themselves don’t have any size at all. When we refer to a note in music as long or short, we mean it in terms of how long it lasts. In terms of size, we can’t even imagine it being either one.
Secondly, Those Sensations have no figure. They are neither round nor square, though the bodies which excite them, though the spaces within which they may be perceived, may be either the one or the other.
Secondly, those sensations have no shape. They aren't round or square, even though the objects that create them, or the areas where they can be sensed, can be one or the other.
447 Thirdly, Those Sensations are incapable of motion. The bodies which excite them may be moved to a greater or to a smaller distance. The Sensations become fainter in the one case, and stronger in the other. Those bodies may change their direction with regard to the organ of Sensation. If the change be considerable, the Sensations undergo some sensible variation in consequence of it. But still we never ascribe motion to the Sensations. Even when the person who feels any of those Sensations, and consequently the organ by which he feels them, changes his situation, we never, even in this case, say, that the Sensation moves, or is moved. It seems to exist always, where alone it is capable of existing, in the organ which feels it. We never even ascribe to those Sensations the attribute of rest; because we never say that any thing is at rest, unless we suppose it capable of motion. We never say that any thing does not change its situation with regard to other things, unless we can suppose it to be capable of changing that situation.
447 Thirdly, those sensations cannot move. The objects that trigger them can be moved closer or farther away. In one case, the sensations become weaker, and in the other, they become stronger. Those objects can change direction relative to the sensory organ. If the change is significant, the sensations noticeably vary as a result. However, we never attribute motion to the sensations themselves. Even when the person experiencing those sensations—and therefore the organ that allows them to feel—changes position, we still don’t say that the sensation moves or is moved. It seems to exist solely where it can, in the organ that feels it. We also don’t assign the quality of rest to those sensations; we never say that something is at rest unless we think it can move. We don’t say that something doesn’t change its position relative to other things unless we believe it can change that position.
Fourthly, Those Sensations, as they have no extension, so they can have no divisibility. We cannot even conceive that a degree of Heat or Cold, that a Smell, a Taste, or a Sound, should be divided (in the same manner as the solid and extended substance may be divided) into two halves, or into four quarters, or into any number of parts.
Fourthly, those sensations have no physical size, so they can’t be divided. We can’t even imagine that a degree of heat or cold, a smell, a taste, or a sound could be split (in the same way that solid, extended substances can be) into two halves, four quarters, or any number of parts.
But though all these Sensations are equally incapable of division; there are three of them, Taste, Smell, and Sound; which seem capable of a certain composition and decomposition. A skilful cook will, by his taste, perhaps, sometimes distinguish the different ingredients, which enter into the composition of a new sauce, and of which the simple tastes make up the compound one of the sauce. A skilful perfumer may, perhaps, sometimes be able to do the same thing with regard to a new scent. In a concert of vocal and instrumental music, an acute and experienced Ear readily distinguishes all the different sounds which strike upon it at the same time, and which may, therefore, be considered as making up one compound sound.
But even though all these sensations can’t be separated, there are three of them—Taste, Smell, and Sound—that seem to be able to blend and break apart in certain ways. A skilled chef can often tell the different ingredients that make up a new sauce by tasting it, since the simple tastes combine to create the overall flavor of the sauce. A talented perfumer might be able to do something similar with a new fragrance. In a concert featuring both singing and instruments, a sharp and experienced ear can easily pick out all the different sounds happening at once, which together create one complex sound.
Is it by nature, or by experience, that we learn to distinguish between simple and compound Sensations of this kind? I am disposed to believe that it is altogether by experience; and that naturally all Tastes, Smells, and Sounds, which affect the organ of Sensation at the same time, are felt as simple and uncompounded Sensations. It is altogether by experience, I think, that we learn to observe the different affinities and resemblances which the compound Sensation bears to the different simple ones, which compose it, and to judge that the different causes, which excite those different simple Sensations, enter into the composition of that cause which excites the compounded one.
Is it through our nature or our experiences that we learn to tell the difference between simple and compound sensations like these? I tend to think it’s entirely through experience. Naturally, all tastes, smells, and sounds that stimulate our senses at the same time are perceived as simple, straightforward sensations. I believe it's through experience that we come to recognize the various connections and similarities that a compound sensation has with the different simple sensations that make it up, and to understand that the different causes triggering those simple sensations contribute to the overall cause that triggers the compound sensation.
It is sufficiently evident that this composition and decomposition is altogether different from that union and separation of parts, which constitutes the divisibility of solid extension.
It’s clear that this combining and breaking down is completely different from the joining and separating of parts that make up the divisibility of solid space.
448 The Sensations of Heat and Cold seem incapable even of this species of composition and decomposition. The Sensations of Heat and Cold may be stronger at one time and weaker at another. They may differ in degree, but they cannot differ in kind. The Sensations of Taste, Smell, and Sound, frequently differ, not only in degree, but in kind. They are not only stronger and weaker, but some Tastes are sweet and some bitter; some Smells are agreeable, and some offensive; some Sounds are acute, and some grave; and each of these different kinds or qualities, too, is capable of an immense variety of modifications. It is the combination of such simple Sensations, as differ not only in degree but in kind, which constitutes the compounded Sensation.
448 The sensations of heat and cold don’t really have the ability to combine and break apart like other sensations do. The sensations of heat and cold can sometimes feel stronger and other times weaker. They might vary in intensity, but they don’t change in type. In contrast, the sensations of taste, smell, and sound often differ not just in intensity but also in type. They can be stronger or weaker, and some tastes are sweet while others are bitter; some smells are pleasant, while others are unpleasant; some sounds are high-pitched, while others are low. Each of these different types or qualities can also vary in countless ways. It’s the combination of these simple sensations, which differ both in intensity and type, that creates a more complex sensation.
These four classes of Sensations, therefore, having none of the qualities which are essential to, and inseparable from, the solid, external, and independent substances which excite them, cannot be qualities or modifications of those substances. In reality we do not naturally consider them as such; though in the way in which we express ourselves on the subject, there is frequently a good deal of ambiguity and confusion. When the different meanings of words, however, are fairly distinguished, these Sensations are, even by the most ignorant and illiterate, understood to be, not the qualities, but merely the effects of the solid, external, and independent substances upon the sensible and living organ, or upon the principle of perception which feels in that organ.
These four types of sensations, therefore, lack the qualities that are essential to and inseparable from the solid, external, and independent substances that provoke them, so they can't be considered qualities or alterations of those substances. In fact, we don't naturally think of them that way; although our discussions on the topic often contain a lot of ambiguity and confusion. When the different meanings of words are clearly defined, even the most uninformed and uneducated individuals understand that these sensations are not the qualities, but simply the effects of the solid, external, and independent substances on the sensitive and living organ, or on the perception principle that experiences those sensations in that organ.
Philosophers, however, have not in general supposed that those exciting bodies produce those Sensations immediately, but by the intervention of one, two, or more intermediate causes.
Philosophers, however, generally do not believe that those exciting substances produce sensations directly, but rather through one, two, or more intermediate causes.
In the Sensation of Taste, for example, though the exciting body presses upon the organ of Sensation, this pressure is not supposed to be the immediate cause of the Sensation of Taste. Certain juices of the exciting body are supposed to enter the pores of the palate, and to excite, in the irritable and sensible fibres of that organ, certain motions or vibrations, which produce there the Sensation of Taste. But how those juices should excite such motions, or how such motions should produce, either in the organ, or in the principle of perception which feels in the organ, the Sensation of Taste; or a Sensation, which not only does not bear the smallest resemblance to any motion, but which itself seems incapable of all motion, no philosopher has yet attempted, nor probably ever will attempt, to explain to us.
In the sensation of taste, for example, even though the stimulating substance pushes against the sensory organ, this pressure isn’t believed to be the direct cause of the sensation of taste. It’s thought that certain juices from the stimulating substance enter the pores of the palate and trigger specific motions or vibrations in the sensitive fibers of that organ, which create the sensation of taste. However, no one has yet tried, and probably never will try, to explain how those juices can cause such motions, or how those motions can lead to the sensation of taste, which not only doesn’t resemble any physical motion but also seems incapable of any movement itself.
The Sensations of Heat and Cold, of Smell and Sound, are frequently excited by bodies at a distance, sometimes at a great distance, from the organ which feels them. But it is a very ancient and well-established axiom in metaphysics, that nothing can act where it is not; and this axiom, it must, I think, be acknowledged, is at least perfectly agreeable to our natural and usual habits of thinking.
The feelings of heat and cold, as well as smell and sound, are often triggered by objects far away, sometimes from a considerable distance, from the organ that perceives them. However, it's a very old and well-known principle in metaphysics that nothing can affect something if it's not present there. This principle, I believe, is certainly in line with our natural and typical way of thinking.
The Sun, the great source of both Heat and Light, is at an immense 449 distance from us. His rays, however (traversing, with inconceivable rapidity, the immensity of the intervening regions), as they convey the Sensation of Light to our eyes, so they convey that of Heat to all the sensible parts of our body. They even convey the power of exciting that Sensation to all the other bodies that surround us. They warm the earth and air, we say; that is, they convey to the earth and the air the power of exciting that Sensation in our bodies. A common fire produces, in the same manner, all the same effects; though the sphere of its action is confined within much narrower limits.
The Sun, our main source of heat and light, is incredibly far away from us. Its rays, traveling with unbelievable speed across the vast distances, not only bring the sensation of light to our eyes but also the sensation of heat to our bodies. They even transfer the ability to create that sensation to everything around us. We say that the sun warms the earth and air, meaning it gives the earth and air the ability to create that sensation in our bodies. A regular fire does the same thing, although its reach is limited to a much smaller area.
The odoriferous body, which is generally too at some distance from us, is supposed to act upon our organs by means of certain small particles of matter, called Effluvia, which being sent forth in all possible directions, and drawn into our nostrils by the inspiration of breathing, produce there the Sensation of Smell. The minuteness of those small particles of matter, however, must surpass all human comprehension. Inclose in a gold box, for a few hours, a small quantity of musk. Take out the musk, and clean the box with soap and water as carefully as it is possible. Nothing can be supposed to remain in the box, but such effluvia as, having penetrated into its interior pores, may have escaped the effects of this cleansing. The box, however, will retain the smell of musk for many, I do not know for how many years; and these effluvia, how minute soever we may suppose them, must have had the powers of subdividing themselves, and of emitting other effluvia of the same kind, continually, and without any interruption, during so long a period. The nicest balance, however, which human art has ever been able to invent, will not show the smallest increase of weight in the gold box immediately after it has been thus carefully cleaned.
The smelly substance, which is usually a good distance away from us, is thought to interact with our senses through tiny particles of matter called Effluvia. These particles are released in all directions and are drawn into our noses when we breathe, creating the sensation of smell. However, the tiny size of these particles is beyond human understanding. If you place a small amount of musk in a gold box for a few hours, then take the musk out and clean the box with soap and water as thoroughly as possible, you would think nothing would remain inside. Yet, the box will still smell like musk for many, and I don't know how many years. These effluvia, no matter how tiny we imagine them to be, must have the ability to break down further and release similar effluvia continuously and uninterrupted over such a long time. However, the most precise balance ever designed by humans will not indicate any increase in weight in the gold box right after it has been cleaned.
The Sensation of Sound is frequently felt at a much greater distance from the sounding, than that of Smell ever is from the odoriferous body. The vibrations of the sounding body, however, are supposed to produce certain correspondent vibrations and pulses in the surrounding atmosphere, which being propagated in all directions, reach our organ of Hearing, and produce there the Sensation of Sound. There are not many philosophical doctrines, perhaps, established upon a more probable foundation, than that of the propagation of Sound by means of the pulses or vibrations of the air. The experiment of the bell, which, in an exhausted receiver, produces no sensible Sound, would alone render this doctrine somewhat more than probable. But this great probability is still further confirmed by the computations of Sir Isaac Newton, who has shown that, what is called the velocity of Sound, or the time which passes between the commencement of the action of the sounding body, and that of the Sensation in our ear, is perfectly suitable to the velocity with which the pulses and vibrations of an elastic fluid of the same density with the air, are naturally propagated. Dr. 450 Benjamin Franklin has made objections to this doctrine, but, I think, without success.
The sensation of sound can often be experienced from a much greater distance than the sense of smell can detect an odor. The vibrations produced by the sound source are believed to create corresponding vibrations and pulses in the surrounding air, which then spread out in all directions, reaching our ears and creating the sensation of sound. There aren't many philosophical theories that are based on a more likely premise than the idea that sound travels through the air via these pulses or vibrations. The experiment with a bell, which produces no audible sound in a vacuum, reinforces this theory effectively. Additionally, this strong likelihood is further supported by calculations made by Sir Isaac Newton, who demonstrated that what we refer to as the velocity of sound—the time it takes for a sound to travel from the source to our ears—aligns perfectly with the speed at which the pulses and vibrations of a gas with the same density as air naturally propagate. Dr. 450 Benjamin Franklin has raised objections to this theory, but I believe he has not succeeded.
Such are the intermediate causes by which philosophers have endeavoured to connect the Sensation in our organs, with the distant bodies which excite them. How those intermediate causes, by the different motions and vibrations which they may be supposed to excite on our organs, produce there those different Sensations, none of which bear the smallest resemblance to vibration or motion of any kind, no philosopher has yet attempted to explain to us.
Such are the intermediate causes that philosophers have tried to link the sensations in our bodies to the distant objects that trigger them. However, no philosopher has yet attempted to explain how these intermediate causes, through the various motions and vibrations they might create in our bodies, generate those different sensations, none of which resemble vibration or motion in any way.
DR. BERKLEY, in his New Theory of Vision, one of the finest examples of philosophical analysis that is to be found, either in our own, or in any other language, has explained, so very distinctly, the nature of the objects of Sight: their dissimilitude to, as well as their correspondence and connection with those of Touch, that I have scarcely any thing to add to what he has already done. It is only in order to render some things, which I shall have occasion to say hereafter, intelligible to such readers as may not have had an opportunity of studying his book, that I have presumed to treat of the same subject, after so great a master. Whatever I shall say upon it, if not directly borrowed from Dr. Berkley, has at least been suggested by what he has already said.
DR. BERKLEY, in his New Theory of Vision, is one of the best examples of philosophical analysis you'll find, whether in our language or any other. He clearly explained the nature of what we see: how it differs from and also relates to what we feel through touch. I have very little to add to his work. I'm addressing this topic to help readers who might not have read his book understand some concepts I’ll discuss later, despite the expertise of such a great thinker. Anything I mention on this topic, if not directly taken from Dr. Berkley, has at least been inspired by his insights.
That the objects of Sight are not perceived as resisting or pressing upon the organ which perceives them, is sufficiently obvious. They cannot therefore suggest, at least in the same manner as the objects of Touch, their externality and independency of existence.
That the things we see don't seem to push against or resist the eye that perceives them is pretty clear. Because of this, they can't really imply, at least not in the same way as the things we touch, that they exist outside of us and independently.
We are apt, however, to imagine that we see objects at a distance from us, and that consequently the externality of their existence is immediately perceived by our sight. But if we consider that the distance of any object from the eye, is a line turned endways to it; and that this line must consequently appear to it, but as one point; we shall be sensible that distance from the eye cannot be the immediate object of Sight, but that all visible objects must naturally be perceived as close upon the organ, or more properly, perhaps, like all other Sensations, as in the organ which perceives them. That the objects of Sight are all painted in the bottom of the eye, upon a membrane called the retina, pretty much in the same manner as the like objects are painted in a Camera Obscura, is well known to whoever has the slightest tincture of the science of Optics: and the principle of perception, it is probable, originally perceives them, as existing in that part of the organ, and nowhere but in that part of the organ. No optician, accordingly, no person who has ever bestowed any moderate degree of attention upon the nature of Vision, has ever pretended that distance from the eye was the immediate object of Sight. How it is that, by 451 means of our Sight we learn to judge of such distances Opticians have endeavoured to explain in several different ways. I shall not, however, at present, stop to examine their systems.
We often think that we can see objects far away from us, and that we immediately perceive their existence through sight. But if we consider that the distance of any object from our eyes is essentially a line pointing away from us, this line would appear to us as just a single point. We should realize that the distance from the eye cannot be the immediate object of sight; instead, all visible objects are naturally perceived as being close to the eye, or more accurately, as sensations occurring in the part of the eye that perceives them. It's well known that the images of objects we see are projected onto the back of the eye, on a membrane called the retina, in a similar way to how images are projected in a Camera Obscura. Those who have even a basic understanding of optics know this. It’s likely that our perception begins with the realization of objects existing in that part of the eye and nowhere else. No optician, nor anyone who has put even a moderate amount of thought into the nature of vision, has ever claimed that distance from the eye is the immediate object of sight. Opticians have tried to explain how we can judge distances through our sight in various ways. However, I won't pause to explore their theories at this time.
The objects of Touch are solidity, and those modifications of solidity which we consider as essential to it, and inseparable from it; solid extension, figure, divisibility, and mobility.
The focus of touch is on solid objects and the changes in solidity that we see as essential and inseparable from it, like solid extension, shape, divisibility, and movement.
The objects of Sight are colour, and those modifications of colour which, in the same manner, we consider as essential to it, and inseparable from it; coloured extension, figure, divisibility, and mobility. When we open our eyes, the sensible coloured objects, which present themselves to us, must all have a certain extension, or must occupy a certain portion of the visible surface which appears before us. They must too have all a certain figure, or must be bounded by certain visible lines, which mark upon that surface the extent of their respective dimensions. Every sensible portion of this visible or coloured extension must be conceived as divisible, or as separable into two, three, or more parts. Every portion too of this visible or coloured surface must be conceived as moveable, or as capable of changing its situation, and of assuming a different arrangement with regard to the other portions of the same surface.
The things we see are color and its variations, which we view as essential and inseparable from it: colored shape, size, separability, and movement. When we open our eyes, the colored objects that we perceive must occupy a certain area of the visible surface in front of us. They must also have specific shapes, defined by visible lines that outline their dimensions. Every visible part of this colored surface can be thought of as divisible, meaning it can be separated into two, three, or more pieces. Additionally, every part of this visible or colored surface can be seen as movable, meaning it can change position and rearrange itself in relation to other parts of the same surface.
Colour, the visible, bears no resemblance to solidity, the tangible object. A man born blind, or who has lost his sight so early as to have no remembrance of visible objects, can form no idea or conception of colour. Touch alone can never help him to it. I have heard, indeed, of some persons who had lost their sight after the age of manhood, and who had learned to distinguish by the touch alone, the different colours of cloths or silks, the goods which it happened to be their business to deal in. The powers by which different bodies excite in the organs of Sight the Sensations of different colours, probably depend upon some difference in the nature, configuration, and arrangement of the parts which compose their respective surfaces. This difference may, to a very nice and delicate touch, make some difference in the feeling, sufficient to enable a person, much interested in the case, to make this distinction in some degree, though probably in a very imperfect and inaccurate one. A man born blind might possibly be taught to make the same distinctions. But though he might thus be able to name the different colours, which those different surfaces reflected, though he might thus have some imperfect notion of the remote causes of the Sensations, he could have no better idea of the Sensations themselves, than that other blind man, mentioned by Mr. Locke, had, who said that he imagined the Colour of Scarlet resembled the Sound of a Trumpet. A man born deaf may, in the same manner, be taught to speak articulately. He is taught how to shape and dispose of his organs, so as to pronounce each letter, syllable, and word. But still, though he may have some imperfect idea of the remote causes of 452 the Sounds which he himself utters, of the remote causes of the Sensations which he himself excites in other people; he can have none of those Sounds or Sensations themselves.
Color, the visible aspect, is completely different from solidity, the tangible object. A person who is born blind or loses their sight early enough that they don’t remember seeing anything cannot form any idea or concept of color. Touch alone cannot provide this understanding. I’ve heard of some individuals who, after losing their sight in adulthood, learned to distinguish different colors of fabrics like cloths or silks solely through touch, based on their experiences in those materials. The way different objects trigger varying sensations of color in our eyes likely depends on differences in the nature, shape, and arrangement of the parts that make up their surfaces. This difference might be subtle enough for a very sensitive touch to allow a person deeply interested in the subject to make some distinctions, even if they are imperfect and inaccurate. A person born blind might be able to learn to make the same kinds of distinctions. However, while he might learn to name the different colors reflected by those surfaces and develop some imperfect understanding of the underlying causes of those sensations, he wouldn’t have any clearer idea of the sensations themselves than another blind man mentioned by Mr. Locke, who claimed that the color red reminded him of the sound of a trumpet. Similarly, a person who is born deaf can be taught to speak clearly. They learn how to shape and position their organs to pronounce each letter, syllable, and word. Yet, even though they may develop an imperfect understanding of the underlying causes of the sounds they produce and the sensations they create in others, they cannot actually experience those sounds or sensations themselves.
If it were possible, in the same manner, that a man could be born without the Sense of Touching, that of Seeing could never alone suggest to him the idea of Solidity, or enable him to form any notion of the external and resisting substance. It is probable, however, not only that no man, but that no animal was ever born without the Sense of Touching, which seems essential to, and inseparable from, the nature of animal life and existence. It is unnecessary, therefore, to throw away any reasoning, or to hazard any conjectures, about what might be the effects of what I look upon as altogether an impossible supposition. The eye when pressed upon by any external and solid substance, feels, no doubt, that pressure and resistance, and suggests to us (in the same manner as every other feeling part of the body) the external and independent existence of that solid substance. But in this case, the eye acts, not as the organ of Sight, but as an organ of Touch; for the eye possesses the Sense of Touching in common with almost all the other parts of the body.
If it were possible for a person to be born without the sense of touch, the sense of sight alone couldn't give them the idea of solidity or help them understand any external and solid objects. It's likely that no person, and probably no animal, has ever been born without the sense of touch, as it seems essential and inseparable from the nature of animal life and existence. Therefore, there's no need to discard any reasoning or take chances with speculations about what the effects would be of something I consider completely impossible. When the eye is pressed by any external solid object, it certainly senses that pressure and resistance, and informs us (just like any other sensitive part of the body) of the external and independent existence of that solid object. But in this case, the eye isn't functioning as the organ of sight; it's acting as an organ of touch because the eye shares the sense of touch with almost all other parts of the body.
The extension, figure, divisibility, and mobility of Colour, the sole object of Sight, though, on account of their correspondence and connection with the extension, figure, divisibility, and mobility of Solidity, they are called by the same name, yet seem to bear no sort of resemblance to their namesakes. As Colour and Solidity bear no sort of resemblance to one another, so neither can their respective modifications. Dr. Berkley very justly observes, that though we can conceive either a coloured or a solid line to be prolonged indefinitely, yet we cannot conceive the one to be added to the other. We cannot, even in imagination, conceive an object of Touch to be prolonged into an object of Sight, or an object of Sight into an object of Touch. The objects of Sight and those of Touch constitute two worlds, which, though they have a most important correspondence and connection with one another, bear no sort of resemblance to one another. The tangible world, as well as all the different parts which compose it, has three dimensions, Length, Breadth, and Depth. The visible world, as well as all the different parts which compose it, has only two, Length and Breadth. It presents to us only a plain or surface, which, by certain shades and combinations of Colour, suggests and represents to us (in the same manner as a picture does) certain tangible objects which have no Colour, and which therefore can bear no resemblance to those shades and combinations of Colour. Those shades and combinations suggest those different tangible objects as at different distances, according to certain rules of Perspective, which it is, perhaps, not very easy to say how it is that we learn, whether by some particular instinct, or by some application of either reason or experience, which 453 has become so perfectly habitual to us, that we are scarcely sensible when we make use of it.
The extension, shape, divisibility, and movement of Color, which is the only thing we perceive with Sight, although they share the same terms due to their relation to the extension, shape, divisibility, and movement of Solidity, seem to have no real connection to their counterparts. Just as Color and Solidity don't resemble each other, their respective variations don't either. Dr. Berkley rightly notes that while we can imagine either a colored or a solid line extending infinitely, we cannot imagine one being added to the other. We can't even imagine an object we can Touch being turned into an object we can See, or vice versa. The realms of Sight and Touch make up two separate worlds, which, despite having significant connections and relationships, do not resemble each other. The tangible world, along with its various parts, has three dimensions: Length, Width, and Depth. In contrast, the visible world, along with its parts, only has two: Length and Width. It presents us only with a flat plane or surface that, through various shades and combinations of Color, suggests and represents certain tangible objects that have no Color, and therefore cannot resemble those shades and combinations. Those shades and combinations imply different tangible objects at varying distances, according to certain rules of Perspective. It’s not entirely clear how we learn this—whether through a specific instinct or through some application of reason or experience—which 453 has become so natural to us that we hardly notice when we use it.
The distinctness of this Perspective, the precision and accuracy with which, by means of it, we are capable of judging concerning the distance of different tangible objects, is greater or less, exactly in proportion as this distinctness, as this precision and accuracy, are of more or less importance to us. We can judge of the distance of near objects, of the chairs and tables for example, in the chamber where we are sitting, with the most perfect precision and accuracy; and if in broad daylight we ever stumble over any of them, it must be, not from any error in the Sight, but from some defect in the attention. The precision and accuracy of our judgment concerning such near objects are of the utmost importance to us, and constitute the great advantage which a man who sees has over one who is unfortunately blind. As the distance increases, the distinctness of this Perspective, the precision and accuracy of our judgment gradually diminish. Of the tangible objects which are even at the moderate distance of one, two, or three miles from the eye, we are frequently at a loss to determine which is nearest, and which remotest. It is seldom of much importance to us to judge with precision concerning the situation of the tangible objects which are even at this moderate distance. As the distance increases, our judgments become more and more uncertain; and at a very great distance, such as that of the fixed stars, it becomes altogether uncertain. The most precise knowledge of the relative situation of such objects could be of no other use to the enquirer than to satisfy the most unnecessary curiosity.
The clarity of this perspective, and the precision and accuracy with which we can judge the distance of different tangible objects, varies based on how important that clarity, precision, and accuracy are to us. We can assess the distance of nearby objects, like the chairs and tables in the room we’re in, with perfect precision. If we ever trip over them in broad daylight, it’s not because of a mistake in our sight but rather a lapse in attention. The precision and accuracy of our judgments about such nearby objects are extremely significant and represent a major advantage that a sighted person has over someone who is unfortunately blind. As the distance increases, the clarity of this perspective and the precision of our judgments gradually decrease. For tangible objects that are as far away as one, two, or three miles, we often struggle to determine which is closest or farthest away. It’s usually not that important for us to judge precisely the positions of objects at this moderate distance. As distances grow, our judgments become increasingly uncertain; at very great distances, like those of the fixed stars, it becomes completely uncertain. The most accurate knowledge of the relative positions of such objects would only serve to satisfy unnecessary curiosity.
The distances at which different men can by Sight distinguish, with some degree of precision, the situation of the tangible objects which the visible ones represent, is very different; and this difference, though it, no doubt, may sometimes depend upon some difference in the original configuration of their eyes, yet seems frequently to arise altogether from the different customs and habits which their respective occupations have led them to contract. Men of letters, who live much in their closets, and have seldom occasion to look at very distant objects, are seldom far-sighted. Mariners, on the contrary, almost always are; those especially who have made many distant voyages, in which they have been the greater part of their time out of sight of land, and have in daylight been constantly looking out towards the horizon for the appearance of some ship, or of some distant shore. It often astonishes a landsman to observe with what precision a sailor can distinguish in the offing, not only the appearance of a ship which is altogether invisible to the landsman, but the number of her masts, the direction of her course, and the rate of her sailing. If she is a ship of his acquaintance, he frequently can tell her name, before the landsman has been able to discover even the appearance of a ship.
The distance at which different people can see and accurately identify the location of tangible objects represented by visible ones varies greatly. This difference may sometimes be due to variations in the structure of their eyes, but it often stems from the habits and customs that their jobs have instilled in them. Scholars, who spend a lot of time indoors and rarely look at faraway objects, tend to be nearsighted. In contrast, sailors are usually the opposite; especially those who have taken many long voyages, where they spend most of their time out of sight of land and constantly scan the horizon during the day for ships or distant shores. It often amazes a landlubber to see how accurately a sailor can spot an object far off, identifying not just a ship invisible to the land-based observer but also the number of masts, its direction, and its speed. If it's a ship he recognizes, he can often even name it before the land observer can make out a ship at all.
454 Visible objects, Colour, and all its different modifications, are in themselves mere shadows or pictures, which seem to float, as it were, before the organ of Sight. In themselves, and independent of their connection with the tangible objects which they represent, they are of no importance to us, and can essentially neither benefit us nor hurt us. Even while we see them we are seldom thinking of them. Even when we appear to be looking at them with the greatest earnestness, our whole attention is frequently employed, not upon them, but upon the tangible objects represented by them.
454 Visible objects, color, and all its various forms are just shadows or images that seem to float in front of our eyes. On their own, and apart from the real things they represent, they don’t really matter to us and can’t truly help or harm us. Even when we see them, we rarely think about them. Even when it looks like we’re looking at them intently, most of our focus is usually on the actual objects they represent.
It is because almost our whole attention is employed, not upon the visible and representing, but upon the tangible and represented objects, that in our imaginations we are apt to ascribe to the former a degree of magnitude which does not belong to them, but which belongs altogether to the latter. If you shut one eye, and hold immediately before the other a small circle of plain glass, of not more than half an inch in diameter, you may see through that circle the most extensive prospects; lawns and woods, and arms of the sea, and distant mountains. You are apt to imagine that the Landscape which is thus presented to you, that the visible Picture which you thus see, is immensely great and extensive. The tangible objects which this visible Picture represents, undoubtedly are so. But the visible Picture which represents them can be no greater than the little visible circle through which you see it. If while you are looking through this circle, you could conceive a fairy hand and a fairy pencil to come between your eye and the glass, that pencil could delineate upon that little glass the outline of all those extensive lawns and woods, and arms of the sea, and distant mountains, in the full and the exact dimensions with which they are really seen by the naked eye.
It’s because almost all our attention is focused, not on what we can see and represent, but on the tangible objects that are represented, that in our minds we tend to give the former a size that doesn’t really belong to them, but instead belongs entirely to the latter. If you close one eye and hold a small circle of plain glass, no more than half an inch in diameter, right in front of the other eye, you can see through that circle vast landscapes; fields and forests, coastlines, and distant mountains. You might think that the landscape presented to you, the visible picture you see, is enormous and expansive. The tangible objects represented in this visible picture definitely are. But the visible picture itself can’t be any larger than the small visible circle you’re looking through. If while you’re looking through this circle, you could imagine a magical hand and a magical pencil coming between your eye and the glass, that pencil could sketch on that little glass the outlines of all those expansive fields and forests, coastlines, and distant mountains, in the full and exact proportions they’re seen by the naked eye.
Every visible object which covers from the eye any other visible object, must appear at least as large as that other visible object. It must occupy at least an equal portion of that visible plain or surface which is at that time presented to the eye. Opticians accordingly tell us, that all the visible objects which are seen under equal angles must to the eye appear equally large. But the visible object, which covers from the eye any other visible object, must necessarily be seen under angles at least equally large as those under which that other object is seen. When I hold up my finger, however, before my eye, it appears to cover the greater part of the visible chamber in which I am sitting. It should therefore appear as large as the greater part of that visible chamber. But because I know that the tangible finger bears but a very small proportion to the greater part of the tangible chamber, I am apt to fancy that the visible finger bears but a like proportion to the greater part of the visible chamber. My judgment corrects my eyesight, and, in my fancy, reduces the visible object, which represents the little tangible one, below its real visible dimensions; and, on the 455 contrary, it augments the visible object which represents the great tangible one a good deal beyond those dimensions. My attention being generally altogether occupied about the tangible and represented, and not at all about the visible and representing objects, my careless fancy bestows upon the latter a proportion which does not in the least belong to them, but which belongs altogether to the former.
Every visible object that blocks another visible object from view must appear at least as large as the object it covers. It must take up at least an equal amount of the visible area or surface presented to the eye. Opticians tell us that all the visible objects seen at the same angles must look equally large to the eye. However, the visible object that covers another must be seen at angles that are at least as large as those used to view the other object. When I hold up my finger in front of my eye, it seems to cover most of the visible space around me. Therefore, it should appear as large as that majority of the visible space. But because I know that my actual finger is much smaller compared to most of the physical space around me, I tend to think that the visible finger is also much smaller compared to the larger visible space. My judgment corrects my vision, and in my mind, I perceive the visible object that represents the small tangible one as smaller than it really is; conversely, I perceive the visible object that represents the larger tangible one as much larger than it actually is. Since my attention is usually focused entirely on the tangible objects and not on the visible ones that represent them, my careless imagination gives the latter a size that doesn’t actually belong to them, but rather to the tangible ones.
It is because the visible object which covers any other visible object must always appear at least as large as that other object, that opticians tell us that the sphere of our vision appears to the eye always equally large; and that when we hold our hand before our eye in such a manner that we see nothing but the inside of the hand, we still see precisely the same number of visible points, the sphere of our vision is still as completely filled, the retina of the eye is as entirely covered with the object which is thus presented to it, as when we survey the most extensive horizon.
It's because the visible object that blocks another visible object always seems at least as large as that other object that opticians say our field of vision appears equally large to our eyes. Even when we hold our hand up in front of our eyes so that we only see the inside of our hand, we still perceive the same number of visible points. Our field of vision is still completely filled, and the retina of our eye is entirely covered by the object we're seeing, just like when we look out at a wide horizon.
A young gentleman who was born with a cataract upon each of his eyes, was, in one thousand seven hundred and twenty-eight, couched by Mr. Cheselden, and by that means for the first time made to see distinctly. ‘At first,’ says the operator, ‘he could bear but very little sight, and the things he saw he thought extremely large; but upon seeing things larger, those first seen he conceived less, never being able to imagine any lines beyond the bounds he saw; the room he was in, he said, he knew to be but part of the house, yet he could not conceive that the whole house would look bigger.’ It was unavoidable that he should at first conceive, that no visible object could be greater, could present to his eye a greater number of visible points, or could more completely fill the comprehension of that organ, than the narrowest sphere of his vision. And when that sphere came to be enlarged, he still could not conceive that the visible objects which it presented could be larger than those which he had first seen. He must probably by this time have been in some degree habituated to the connection between visible and tangible objects, and enabled to conceive that visible object to be small which represented a small tangible object; and that to be great, which represented a great one. The great objects did not appear to his sight greater than the small ones had done before; but the small ones, which, having filled the whole sphere of his vision, had before appeared as large as possible, being now known to represent much smaller tangible objects, seemed in his conception to grow smaller. He had begun now to employ his attention more about the tangible and represented, than about the visible and representing objects; and he was beginning to ascribe to the latter the proportions and dimensions which properly belonged altogether to the former.
A young man who was born with cataracts in both eyes was treated by Mr. Cheselden in 1728, and for the first time, he was able to see clearly. “At first,” the surgeon said, “he could only handle a small amount of sight, and the things he saw looked extremely large. But as he started seeing larger objects, he thought of the first things he saw as smaller, never able to imagine anything beyond the limits of his vision. He knew the room he was in was just part of the house, yet he couldn’t conceive that the whole house could look bigger.” It was natural for him to initially think that no visible object could be larger or make his eye see more points than the narrowest scope of his vision. When that view expanded, he still couldn’t imagine that the visible objects were larger than what he had first seen. By this time, he must have become somewhat used to connecting visible and tangible objects, allowing him to think of a visible object as small if it corresponded to a small tangible object, and as large if it represented a large one. The big objects didn’t appear bigger to him than the small ones had before, but the small ones, which had filled his entire field of vision and had seemed as large as possible, now seemed to shrink in his mind since he recognized they represented much smaller tangible objects. He had begun to focus more on the tangible and what was represented than on the visible and what was representing, and he was starting to attribute the sizes and dimensions that truly belonged to the former to the latter.
As we frequently ascribe to the objects of Sight a magnitude and proportion which does not really belong to them, but to the objects of 456 Touch which they represent, so we likewise ascribe to them a steadiness of appearance, which as little belongs to them, but which they derive altogether from their connection with the same objects of Touch. The chair which now stands at the farther end of the room, I am apt to imagine, appears to my eye as large as it did when it stood close by me, when it was seen under angles at least four times larger than those under which it is seen at present, and when it must have occupied, at least, sixteen times that portion which it occupies at present, of the visible plain or surface which is now before my eyes. But as I know that the magnitude of the tangible and represented chair, the principal object of my attention, is the same in both situations, I ascribe to the visible and representing chair (though now reduced to less than the sixteenth part of its former dimensions) a steadiness of appearance, which certainly belongs not in any respect to it, but altogether to the tangible and represented one. As we approach to, or retire from, the tangible object which any visible one represents, the visible object gradually augments in the one case, and diminishes in the other. To speak accurately, it is not the same visible object which we see at different distances, but a succession of visible objects, which, though they all resemble one another, those especially which follow near after one another; yet are all really different and distinct. But as we know that the tangible object which they represent remains always the same, we ascribe to them too a sameness which belongs altogether to it: and we fancy that we see the same tree at a mile, at half a mile, and at a few yards distance. At those different distances, however, the visible objects are so very widely different, that we are sensible of a change in their appearance. But still, as the tangible objects which they represent remain invariably the same, we ascribe a sort of sameness even to them too.
As we often attribute a size and proportion to visible objects that don't really belong to them, but to the tangible objects they represent, we also assign them a sense of stability that they actually get from their connection to those same tangible objects. The chair that’s now at the far end of the room seems just as large to me as it did when it was right next to me, even though it’s now being viewed from angles that are at least four times smaller than before, and it must now take up at least sixteen times less space than it did when it was closer. But since I know that the size of the actual, tangible chair—the main object I’m focused on—is the same in both situations, I assign a sense of stability to the visible chair, even though it’s now less than one-sixteenth of its original size. As we get closer to or move away from the tangible object that any visible one represents, the visible object gradually gets larger in one case and smaller in the other. To be precise, it isn’t the same visible object that we observe at different distances, but a series of visible objects that, while they resemble each other—especially the ones that follow closely—are all actually different and distinct. However, since we know the tangible object they represent is always the same, we assign a kind of sameness to them as well: we think we see the same tree at one mile, half a mile, and just a few yards away. At those different distances, though, the visible objects are so different that we notice a change in how they look. Still, because the tangible objects they represent remain unchanged, we attribute a sort of sameness to them, too.
It has been said, that no man ever saw the same visible object twice; and this, though, no doubt, an exaggeration, is, in reality, much less so than at first view it appears to be. Though I am apt to fancy that all the chairs and tables, and other little pieces of furniture in the room where I am sitting, appear to my eye always the same, yet their appearance is in reality continually varying, not only according to every variation in their situation and distance with regard to where I am sitting, but according to every, even the most insensible variation in the altitude of my body, in the movement of my head, or even in that of my eyes. The perspective necessarily varies according to all even the smallest of these variations; and consequently the appearance of the objects which that perspective presents to me. Observe what difficulty a portrait painter finds, in getting the person who sits for his picture to present to him precisely that view of the countenance from which the first outline was drawn. The painter is scarce ever completely satisfied with the situation of the face which is presented to 457 him, and finds that it is scarcely ever precisely the same with that from which he rapidly sketched the first outline. He endeavours, as well as he can, to correct the difference from memory, from fancy, and from a sort of art of approximation, by which he strives to express as nearly as he can, the ordinary effect of the look, air, and character of the person whose picture he is drawing. The person who draws from a statue, which is altogether immovable, feels a difficulty, though, no doubt, in a less degree, of the same kind. It arises altogether from the difficulty which he finds in placing his own eye precisely in the same situation during the whole time which he employs in completing his drawing. This difficulty is more than doubled upon the painter who draws from a living subject. The statue never is the cause of any variation or unsteadiness in its own appearance. The living subject frequently is.
It’s been said that no one ever sees the same visible object twice; and while this might be an exaggeration, it’s actually less so than it seems at first. Even though I like to think that all the chairs and tables and other little pieces of furniture in the room where I’m sitting always look the same to me, their appearance is constantly changing. This is not just due to changes in their position and distance from where I am, but also because of the slightest movements in my body, head, or even my eyes. The perspective shifts with even the smallest adjustments, which alters how those objects appear to me. Notice the challenge a portrait artist faces in getting the person they’re painting to present the exact view of their face that was used for the initial outline. The artist is rarely completely happy with the angle of the face that they see, finding that it almost never matches the view from which they quickly sketched the first outline. They try, as best they can, to correct these differences from memory and imagination, using a sort of approximation technique to capture as closely as possible the typical expression, demeanor, and character of the person being painted. Someone drawing from a statue, which is entirely still, also faces some difficulty, though to a lesser extent. This stems from the challenge of keeping their eye in the same position throughout the time they take to finish their drawing. This challenge is even more pronounced for an artist working from a live subject. The statue doesn’t change its appearance, but the living subject often does.
The benevolent purpose of nature in bestowing upon us the sense of seeing, is evidently to inform us concerning the situation and distance of the tangible objects which surround us. Upon the knowledge of this distance and situation depends the whole conduct of human life, in the most trifling as well as in the most important transactions. Even animal motion depends upon it; and without it we could neither move, nor even sit still, with complete security. The objects of sight, as Dr. Berkley finely observes, constitute a sort of language which the Author of Nature addresses to our eyes, and by which he informs us of many things, which it is of the utmost importance to us to know. As, in common language, the words or sounds bear no resemblance to the thing which they denote, so, in this other language, the visible objects bear no sort of resemblance to the tangible object which they represent, and of whose relative situation, with regard both to ourselves and to one another, they inform us.
The kind intention of nature in giving us the ability to see is clearly to help us understand the position and distance of the physical objects around us. Our awareness of this distance and position influences all aspects of human life, from the smallest to the most significant actions. Even the movement of animals relies on it; without this ability, we couldn’t move or even stay stationary with complete confidence. The things we see, as Dr. Berkeley wisely points out, form a kind of language that the Creator of Nature uses to communicate with our eyes, informing us about many crucial details that we need to know. Just as spoken words or sounds don’t necessarily resemble the things they refer to, in this other language, visible objects don’t resemble the physical objects they represent, and they provide us with information about their relative positions in relation to ourselves and to each other.
He acknowledges, however, that though scarcely any word be by nature better fitted to express one meaning than any other meaning, yet that certain visible objects are better fitted than others to represent certain tangible objects. A visible square, for example, is better fitted than a visible circle to represent a tangible square. There is, perhaps, strictly speaking, no such thing as either a visible cube, or a visible globe, the objects of sight being all naturally presented to the eye as upon one surface. But still there are certain combinations of colours which are fitted to represent to the eye, both the near and the distant, both the advancing and the receding lines, angles, and surfaces of the tangible cube; and there are others fitted to represent, in the same manner, both the near and the receding surface of the tangible globe. The combination which represents the tangible cube, would not be fit to represent the tangible globe; and that which represents the tangible globe, would not be fit to represent the tangible cube. Though there may, therefore, be no resemblance between visible and tangible 458 objects, there seems to be some affinity or correspondence between them sufficient to make each visible object fitter to represent a certain precise tangible object than any other tangible object. But the greater part of words seem to have no sort of affinity or correspondence with the meanings or ideas which they express; and if custom had so ordered it, they might with equal propriety have been made use of to express any other meanings or ideas.
He acknowledges, however, that while hardly any word is by nature better suited to express one meaning over another, certain visible objects are more appropriate than others to represent certain tangible objects. For instance, a visible square is better suited than a visible circle to represent a tangible square. Strictly speaking, there may not be such a thing as a visible cube or a visible globe, since objects we see are all naturally presented to the eye as if on a single surface. However, there are specific combinations of colors that can represent to the eye both the near and distant, as well as the advancing and receding lines, angles, and surfaces of a tangible cube; and there are others that represent, in the same way, both the near and distant surfaces of a tangible globe. The combination that represents the tangible cube would not be suitable to represent the tangible globe, and vice versa. While there may be no direct resemblance between visible and tangible 458 objects, there seems to be some affinity or correspondence between them, making each visible object more appropriate to represent a specific tangible object than any other. However, most words appear to lack any affinity or correspondence with the meanings or ideas they convey; and if custom had dictated it, they could have just as well been used to express any other meanings or ideas.
Dr. Berkley, with that happiness of illustration which scarcely ever deserts him, remarks, that this in reality is no more than what happens in common language; and that though letters bear no sort of resemblance to the words which they denote, yet that the same combination of letters which represents one word, would not always be fit to represent another; and that each word is always best represented by its own proper combination of letters. The comparison, however, it must be observed, is here totally changed. The connection between visible and tangible objects was first illustrated by comparing it with that between spoken language and the meanings or ideas which spoken language suggests to us; and it is now illustrated by the connection between written language and spoken language, which is altogether different. Even this second illustration, besides, will not apply perfectly to the case. When custom, indeed has perfectly ascertained the powers of each letter; when it has ascertained, for example, that the first letter of the alphabet shall always represent such a sound, and the second letter such another sound; each word comes then to be more properly represented by one certain combination of written letters or characters, than it could be by any other combination. But still the characters themselves are altogether arbitrary, and have no sort of affinity or correspondence with the articulate sounds which they denote. The character which marks the first letter of the alphabet, for example, if custom had so ordered it, might, with perfect propriety, have been made use of to express the sound which we now annex to the second, and the character of the second to express that which we now annex to the first. But the visible characters which represent to our eyes the tangible globe, could not so well represent the tangible cube; nor could those which represent the tangible cube, so properly represent the tangible globe. There is evidently, therefore, a certain affinity and correspondence between each visible object and the precise tangible object represented by it, much superior to what takes place either between written and spoken language, or between spoken language and the ideas or meanings which it suggests. The language which nature addresses to our eyes, has evidently a fitness of representation, an aptitude for signifying the precise things which it denotes, much superior to that of any of the artificial languages which human art and ingenuity have ever been able to invent.
Dr. Berkley, with his usual knack for clear explanation, points out that this is really just what happens in everyday language. Although letters don’t look anything like the words they represent, the same set of letters that stands for one word wouldn’t necessarily work for another. Each word is best represented by its own specific combination of letters. However, it’s important to note that the comparison has completely shifted here. The link between visible and tangible objects was initially illustrated by comparing it to the relationship between spoken language and the meanings or ideas that spoken language conveys; now, it’s illustrated by the connection between written language and spoken language, which is quite different. Additionally, this second illustration doesn't quite fit either. When customs have established the functions of each letter; for example, determining that the first letter of the alphabet always represents one sound, and the second letter another sound, each word becomes more accurately represented by a particular combination of written letters or symbols than by any other combination. Yet, the letters themselves are entirely arbitrary and don’t have any real connection to the sounds they represent. For instance, if it had been customary, the symbol for the first letter of the alphabet could have been used to represent the sound we currently associate with the second letter, and vice versa. Nevertheless, the symbols that represent the tangible globe can’t easily represent the tangible cube; similarly, those that represent the tangible cube don’t accurately represent the tangible globe. It’s clear, then, that there is a certain connection and correspondence between each visible object and the specific tangible object it represents, which is far stronger than what exists between written and spoken language, or between spoken language and the ideas or meanings it evokes. The language that nature presents to our eyes clearly has a better capacity for representation, a stronger ability to signify the exact things it denotes, than any of the artificial languages that human creativity and ingenuity have been able to develop.
459 That this affinity and correspondence, however, between visible and tangible objects could not alone, and without the assistance of observation and experience, teach us, by any effort of reason, to infer what was the precise tangible object which each visible one represented, if it is not sufficiently evident from what has been already said, it must be completely so from the remarks of Mr. Cheselden upon the young gentleman above-mentioned, whom he had couched for a cataract. ‘Though we say of this gentleman, that he was blind,’ observes Mr. Cheselden, ‘as we do of all people who have ripe cataracts; yet they are never so blind from that cause but that they can discern day from night; and for the most part, in a strong light, distinguish black, white, and scarlet; but they cannot perceive the shape of any thing; for the light by which these perceptions are made, being let in obliquely through aqueous humour, or the anterior surface of the crystalline, (by which the rays cannot be brought into a focus upon the retina,) they can discern in no other manner than a sound eye can through a glass of broken jelly, where a great variety of surfaces so differently refract the light, that the several distinct pencils of rays cannot be collected by the eye into their proper foci; wherefore the shape of an object in such a case cannot be at all discerned though the colour may: and thus it was with this young gentleman, who, though he knew those colours asunder in a good light, yet when he saw them after he was couched, the faint ideas he had of them before were not sufficient for him to know them by afterwards; and therefore he did not think them the same which he had before known by those names.’ This young gentleman, therefore, had some advantage over one who from a state of total blindness had been made for the first time to see. He had some imperfect notion of the distinction of colours; and he must have known that those colours had some sort of connection with the tangible objects which he had been accustomed to feel. But had he emerged from total blindness, he could have learnt this connection only from a very long course of observation and experience. How little this advantage availed him, however, we may learn partly from the passages of Mr. Cheselden’s narrative, already quoted, and still more from the following:
459 The connection between visible and tangible objects alone couldn't teach us, without the help of observation and experience, how to determine which tangible object corresponded to each visible one. If this wasn’t clear from what’s already been said, it becomes obvious from Mr. Cheselden's comments about the young man mentioned earlier, who had undergone surgery for a cataract. “Even though we refer to this gentleman as being blind,” Mr. Cheselden notes, “just like anyone with ripe cataracts, he isn’t completely blind; he can tell day from night and, often, in bright light, distinguish between black, white, and scarlet. However, he cannot perceive the shape of anything because the light enters obliquely through the aqueous humor or the front of the lens, which prevents the rays from focusing properly on the retina. His vision is like that of a normal eye looking through a jar of broken jelly, where a mix of surfaces refracts light differently, preventing distinct rays from converging at their correct focal points. Consequently, while he might perceive colors, he can’t discern shapes. This is how it was for this young gentleman; although he could recognize colors in good light, when he saw them after the surgery, the faint memories he had of them were not enough for him to identify them again. Therefore, he didn't think they were the same as the colors he had known before.” Thus, this young gentleman had an advantage compared to someone who had been completely blind and saw for the first time. He had a vague understanding of color distinctions and knew those colors were somehow related to the tangible objects he was used to feeling. However, if he had been completely blind, he would have had to learn about this connection through a long process of observation and experience. We can see how little this advantage helped him from Mr. Cheselden’s previously mentioned narrative and even more from what follows:
‘When he first saw,’ says that ingenious operator, ‘he was so far from making any judgment about distances, that he thought all objects whatever touched his eyes (as he expressed) as what he felt did his skin; and thought no objects so agreeable as those which were smooth and regular, though he could form no judgment of their shape, or guess what it was in any object that was pleasing to him. He knew not the shape of any thing, nor any one thing from another, however different in shape or magnitude; but upon being told what things were, whose form he before knew from feeling, he would carefully observe, that he might know them again; but having too many 460 objects to learn at once, he forgot many of them; and (as he said) at first learned to know, and again forgot a thousand things in a day. One particular only (though it may appear trifling) I will relate: Having often forgot which was the cat and which was the dog, he was ashamed to ask; but catching the cat (which he knew by feeling) he was observed to look at her steadfastly, and then setting her down, said, So, puss! I shall know you another time.’
‘When he first saw,’ says that clever operator, ‘he was so far from judging distances that he thought all objects touched his eyes (as he expressed it) just like what he felt on his skin; and he believed no objects were as pleasant as those that were smooth and even, although he couldn’t determine their shape or guess what it was in any object that appealed to him. He didn’t know the shape of anything, nor could he differentiate one thing from another, regardless of how different they were in shape or size; but when someone told him what things were, whose form he previously recognized by feeling, he would observe them closely so he could recognize them again. However, since there were too many 460 objects to learn at once, he forgot many of them; and (as he said) he learned to recognize, then forgot a thousand things in a day. One specific instance (though it may seem trivial) I will share: After often forgetting which was the cat and which was the dog, he was too embarrassed to ask; but when he caught the cat (which he recognized by touch), he was seen to look at her intently, and then, after putting her down, said, So, kitty! I’ll remember you next time.’
When the young gentleman said, that the objects which he saw touched his eyes, he certainly could not mean that they pressed upon or resisted his eyes; for the objects of sight never act upon the organ in any way that resembles pressure or resistance. He could mean no more than that they were close upon his eyes, or, to speak more properly, perhaps, that they were in his eyes. A deaf man, who was made all at once to hear, might in the same manner naturally enough say, that the sounds which he heard touched his ears, meaning that he felt them as close upon his ears, or, to speak perhaps more properly, as in his ears.
When the young man said that the things he saw touched his eyes, he definitely didn’t mean that they pressed against or resisted his eyes; after all, what we see never acts on our eyes in a way that feels like pressure or resistance. He probably meant they were close to his eyes, or more accurately, that they were in his eyes. A deaf person who suddenly gains the ability to hear might similarly say that the sounds he hears touch his ears, meaning that he feels them near his ears, or perhaps more accurately, as if they are in his ears.
Mr. Cheselden adds afterwards: ‘We thought he soon knew what pictures represented which were showed to him, but we found afterwards we were mistaken; for about two months after he was couched, he discovered at once they represented solid bodies, when to that time, he considered them only as party-coloured planes, or surfaces diversified with variety of paints; but even then he was no less surprised, expecting the pictures would feel like the things they represented, and was amazed when he found those parts, which by their light and shadow appeared now round and uneven, felt only flat like the rest; and asked which was the lying sense, feeling or seeing?’
Mr. Cheselden later says: 'We thought he quickly understood what the pictures represented that were shown to him, but we later realized we were wrong; about two months after he had the surgery, he immediately figured out that they represented solid objects, whereas until then, he saw them merely as colorful surfaces or planes that were decorated with different paints. However, even then he was still surprised, expecting that the pictures would feel like the actual objects they represented, and was shocked to discover that the parts which seemed round and uneven because of their light and shadow felt flat like everything else; and he asked which sense was deceiving him, feeling or seeing?'
Painting, though, by combinations of light and shade, similar to those which Nature makes use of in the visible objects which she presents to our eyes, it endeavours to imitate those objects; yet it never has been able to equal the perspective of Nature, or to give to its productions that force and distinctness of relief and rejection which Nature bestows upon hers. When the young gentleman was just beginning to understand the strong and distinct perspective of Nature, the faint and feeble perspective of Painting made no impression upon him, and the picture appeared to him what it really was, a plain surface bedaubed with different colours. When he became more familiar with the perspective of Nature, the inferiority of that of Painting did not hinder him from discovering its resemblance to that of Nature. In the perspective of Nature, he had always found that the situation and distance of the tangible and represented objects, corresponded exactly to what the visible and representing ones suggested to him. He expected to find the same thing in the similar, though inferior perspective of Painting, and was disappointed when he found that the visible and tangible objects had not, in this case, their usual correspondence.
Painting, however, uses combinations of light and shadow, similar to those that Nature employs in the visible objects presented to our eyes, to imitate those objects; yet it has never been able to match the perspective of Nature or give its creations the force and clarity of depth that Nature grants hers. When the young gentleman was just starting to grasp the strong and clear perspective of Nature, the weak and dull perspective of Painting didn’t have any impact on him, and the picture seemed to him what it really was—a flat surface splattered with different colors. As he became more familiar with Nature’s perspective, the shortcomings of Painting’s perspective didn’t stop him from noticing its similarity to Nature. In Nature's perspective, he always found that the position and distance of the tangible and represented objects matched exactly what the visible and representing ones suggested to him. He expected the same in the similar, though lesser, perspective of Painting, and was disappointed when he discovered that the visible and tangible objects did not have their usual correspondence in this case.
461 ‘In a year after seeing,’ adds Mr. Cheselden, ‘the young gentleman being carried upon Epsom-downs, and observing a large prospect, he was exceedingly delighted with it, and called it a new kind of seeing.’ He had now, it is evident, come to understand completely the language of Vision. The visible objects which this noble prospect presented to him did not now appear as touching, or as close upon his eye. They did not now appear of the same magnitude with those small objects to which, for some time after the operation, he had been accustomed, in the little chamber where he was confined. Those new visible objects at once, and as it were of their own accord, assumed both the distance and the magnitude of the great tangible objects which they represented. He had now, therefore, it would seem, become completely master of the language of Vision, and he had become so in the course of a year; a much shorter period than that in which any person, arrived at the age of manhood, could completely acquire any foreign language. It would appear too, that he had made very considerable progress even in the two first months. He began at that early period to understand even the feeble perspective of Painting; and though at first he could not distinguish it from the strong perspective of Nature, yet he could not have been thus imposed upon by so imperfect an imitation, if the great principles of Vision had not beforehand been deeply impressed upon his mind, and if he had not, either by the association of ideas, or by some other unknown principle, been strongly determined to expect certain tangible objects in consequence of the visible ones which had been presented to him. This rapid progress, however, may, perhaps, be accounted for from that fitness of representation, which has already been taken notice of, between visible and tangible objects. In this language of Nature, it may be said, the analogies are more perfect; the etymologies, the declensions, and conjugations, if one may say so, are more regular than those of any human language. The rules are fewer, and those rules admit of no exceptions.
461 “A year after the operation,” Mr. Cheselden adds, “the young man was being carried on Epsom Downs and saw a wide view. He was incredibly pleased with it and called it a new kind of seeing.” It was clear that he had now fully grasped the language of Vision. The visible objects in this beautiful landscape no longer seemed close or pressing against his eyes. They didn’t appear the same size as the small objects he had been used to seeing in the small room where he had been confined for some time post-operation. Instead, these new visible objects instantly took on both the distance and size of the large physical objects they represented. It seems he had become completely fluent in the language of Vision in just a year—a much shorter time than it typically takes an adult to completely learn a foreign language. It also appears he made significant progress even in the first two months. Early on, he began to understand even the faint perspective of Painting; and although he initially could not tell it apart from the strong perspective of Nature, he wouldn’t have been fooled by such a poor imitation if the fundamental principles of Vision hadn’t already been deeply embedded in his mind. Additionally, whether through the association of ideas or some other unknown principle, he was strongly inclined to expect certain physical objects based on the visible ones he had encountered. This rapid advancement might be attributed to the natural connection between visible and tangible objects that has already been noted. In this language of Nature, the analogies are more precise; the roots, the variations, and the forms, if we can say so, are more regular than those of any human language. The rules are fewer, and those rules have no exceptions.
But though it may have been altogether by the slow paces of observation and experience that this young gentleman acquired the knowledge of the connection between visible and tangible objects; we cannot from thence with certainty infer, that young children have not some instinctive perception of the same kind. In him this instinctive power, not having been exerted at the proper season, may, from disuse, have gone gradually to decay, and at last have been completely obliterated. Or, perhaps (what seems likewise very possible), some feeble and unobserved remains of it may have somewhat facilitated his acquisition of what he might otherwise have found it much more difficult to acquire a knowledge of.
But even though this young man might have gained his understanding of the connection between what he can see and touch through careful observation and experience, we can’t confidently conclude that young children don’t have some instinctive awareness of the same kind. In his case, this instinctive ability, not being used at the right time, may have gradually faded away and eventually disappeared completely. Or, perhaps (which also seems quite possible), some faint and unnoticed traces of it could have made it easier for him to learn things that he might have otherwise found much harder to understand.
That, antecedent to all experience, the young of at least the greater part of animals possess some instinctive perception of this kind, seems abundantly evident. The hen never feeds her young by dropping the 462 food into their bills, as the linnet and thrush feed theirs. Almost as soon as her chickens are hatched, she does not feed them, but carries them to the field to feed, where they walk about at their ease, it would seem, and appear to have the most distinct perception of all the tangible objects which surround them. We may often see them, accordingly, by the straightest road, run to and pick up any little grains which she shows them, even at the distance of several yards; and they no sooner come into the light than they seem to understand this language of Vision as well as they ever do afterwards. The young of the partridge and of the grouse seem to have, at the same early period, the most distinct perceptions of the same kind. The young partridge, almost as soon as it comes from the shell, runs about among long grass and corn; the young grouse among long heath, and would both most essentially hurt themselves if they had not the most acute, as well as distinct perception of the tangible objects which not only surround them but press upon them on all sides. This is the case too with the young of the goose, of the duck, and, so far as I have been able to observe, with those of at least the greater part of the birds which make their nests upon the ground, with the greater part of those which are ranked by Linnæus in the orders of the hen and the goose, and of many of those long-shanked and wading birds which he places in the order that he distinguishes by the name of Grallæ.
That, before any experience, the young of most animals have some instinctive awareness of this kind is very clear. The hen doesn’t feed her chicks by dropping food into their mouths, like the linnet and thrush do with theirs. Almost immediately after hatching, she doesn't feed them directly but takes them to the field to forage, where they seem to move about comfortably and clearly recognize all the objects around them. We often see them run straight to pick up any little grains she shows them, even from several yards away; and as soon as they are in the light, they seem to grasp this visual language just as well as they ever will. The young partridge and grouse also show clear perceptions at this early stage. The young partridge, right after hatching, scurries through long grass and corn; the young grouse navigates through thick heath, and both would seriously injure themselves if they didn’t have such sharp and clear perception of their surrounding objects. This is true for young geese, ducks, and, as far as I've been able to observe, for most birds that nest on the ground, as well as the majority of those classified by Linnaeus in the hen and goose orders, and many long-legged wading birds he groups in the category he names Grallæ.
The young of those birds that build their nests in bushes, upon trees, in the holes and crevices of high walls, upon high rocks and precipices, and other places of difficult access; of the greater part of those ranked by Linnæus in the orders of the hawk, the magpie, and the sparrow, seem to come blind from the shell, and to continue so for at least some days thereafter. Till they are able to fly they are fed by the joint labour of both parents. As soon as that period arrives, however, and probably for some time before, they evidently enjoy all the powers of Vision in the most complete perfection, and can distinguish with most exact precision the shape and proportion of the tangible objects which every visible one represents. In so short a period they cannot be supposed to have acquired those powers from experience, and must therefore derive them from some instinctive suggestion. The sight of birds seems to be both more prompt and more acute than that of any other animals. Without hurting themselves they dart into the thickest and most thorny bushes, fly with the utmost rapidity through the most intricate forests, and while they are soaring aloft in the air, discover upon the ground the insects and grains upon which they feed.
The young birds that build their nests in bushes, on trees, in the holes and cracks of high walls, on cliffs and other hard-to-reach places, mostly those classified by Linnæus as hawks, magpies, and sparrows, seem to hatch blind and remain that way for several days. Until they can fly, both parents work together to feed them. However, as soon as they reach that stage, and probably even a bit before, they clearly display perfect vision, being able to accurately identify the shape and size of all the objects they see. In such a short time, they can't have developed these abilities through experience, so they must come from some instinct. Birds seem to have faster and sharper eyesight than any other animals. They can dart into the thickest, most thorny bushes without injuring themselves, fly quickly through the most tangled forests, and while soaring high in the sky, spot the insects and seeds they feed on below.
The young of several sorts of quadrupeds seem, like those of the greater part of birds which make their nests upon the ground, to enjoy as soon as they come into the world the faculty of seeing as completely as they ever do afterwards. The day, or the day after they are dropped, the calf follows the cow, and the foal the mare, to the field; and though 463 from timidity they seldom remove far from the mother, yet they seem to walk about at their ease; which they could not do unless they could distinguish, with some degree of precision, the shape and proportion of the tangible objects which each visible one represents. The degree of precision, however, with which the horse is capable of making this distinction, seems at no period of his life to be very complete. He is at all times apt to startle at many visible objects, which, if they distinctly suggested to him the real shape and proportion of the tangible objects which they represent, could not be the objects of fear; at the trunk or root of an old tree, for example, which happens to be laid by the roadside, at a great stone, or the fragment of a rock which happens to lie near the way where he is going. To reconcile him, even to a single object of this kind, which has once alarmed him, frequently requires some skill, as well as much patience and good temper in the rider. Such powers of sight, however, as Nature has thought proper to render him capable of acquiring, he seems to enjoy from the beginning, in as great perfection as he ever does afterwards.
The young of various types of four-legged animals, similar to most ground-nesting birds, seem to have the ability to see just as well as they ever will from the moment they are born. On the day they’re born, or the day after, a calf follows its mother to the field, and a foal accompanies its mare. Although they tend to stay close to their mothers due to shyness, they appear to wander around without difficulty, which wouldn’t be possible unless they could recognize, to some extent, the shape and size of the objects they see. However, the accuracy with which horses can make these distinctions seems to be limited throughout their lives. They often get startled by various visible objects that, if they truly understood the real shape and size of what those objects represent, wouldn’t be frightening at all—like the trunk of an old tree lying by the roadside, a large stone, or a rock fragment near their path. To reassure a horse after it has been frightened by a particular object often takes considerable skill, along with a lot of patience and a calm demeanor from the rider. Nevertheless, the vision that Nature has allowed them to develop seems to be fully formed from the very start, as good as it will ever be.
The young of other quadrupeds, like those of the birds which make their nests in places of difficult access, come blind into the world. Their sight, however, soon opens, and as soon as it does so, they seem to enjoy it in the most complete perfection, as we may all observe in the puppy and the kitten. The same thing, I believe, may be said of all other beasts of prey, at least of all those concerning which I have been able to collect any distinct information. They come blind into the world; but as soon as their sight opens, they appear to enjoy it in the most complete perfection.
The young of other mammals, like birds that build their nests in hard-to-reach places, are born blind. However, their sight quickly develops, and as soon as it does, they seem to experience it to the fullest, as we can all see in puppies and kittens. I believe the same can be said for all other predatory animals, at least for those I've been able to gather clear information about. They are born blind, but once their sight develops, they seem to fully enjoy it.
It seems difficult to suppose that man is the only animal of which the young are not endowed with some instinctive perception of this kind. The young of the human species, however, continue so long in a state of entire dependency, they must be so long carried about in the arms of their mothers or of their nurses, that such an instinctive perception may seem less necessary to them than to any other race of animals. Before it could be of any use to them, observation and experience may, by the known principle of the association of ideas, have sufficiently connected in their young minds each visible object with the corresponding tangible one which it is fitted to represent. Nature, it may be said, never bestows upon any animal any faculty which is not either necessary or useful, and an instinct of this kind would be altogether useless to an animal which must necessarily acquire the knowledge which the instinct is given to supply, long before that instinct could be of any use to it. Children, however, appear at so very early a period to know the distance, the shape, and magnitude of the different tangible objects which are presented to them, that I am disposed to believe that even they may have some instinctive perception of this kind; though possibly in a much weaker degree than the greater part 464 of other animals. A child that is scarcely a month old, stretches out its hands to feel any little plaything that is presented to it. It distinguishes its nurse, and the other people who are much about it, from strangers. It clings to the former, and turns away from the latter. Hold a small looking-glass before a child of not more than two or three months old, and it will stretch out its little arms behind the glass, in order to feel the child which it sees, and which it imagines is at the back of the glass. It is deceived, no doubt; but even this sort of deception sufficiently demonstrates that it has a tolerably distinct apprehension of the ordinary perspective of Vision, which it cannot well have learnt from observation and experience.
It seems hard to believe that humans are the only animals whose young don't have some instinctive understanding like this. However, human infants stay dependent for a long time, being carried around by their mothers or caregivers, which might make such instinctive perception seem less necessary compared to other animal species. Before it could be useful to them, observation and experience may have connected, through the known principle of associating ideas, each visible object in their minds with the tangible one it's meant to represent. One could argue that nature never gives any animal a capability unless it's necessary or useful, and an instinct like this would be pointless for an animal that must learn what the instinct provides long before that instinct could be helpful. Still, children seem to recognize the distance, shape, and size of different tangible objects at a very early age, leading me to believe they might have some instinctive perception like this, although likely much weaker than that of most other animals. A child that's barely a month old reaches out to touch any small toy presented to it. It recognizes its caregiver and other familiar faces and distinguishes them from strangers. It clings to those it knows and turns away from those it doesn't. If you hold a small mirror in front of a child aged two or three months, it will reach its tiny arms behind the glass, trying to feel the child it sees and thinks is behind it. It may be fooled, but this kind of deception shows that it has a fairly clear understanding of basic visual perspective, which it likely hasn't learned through observation and experience.
Do any of our other senses, antecedently to such observation and experience, instinctively suggest to us some conception of the solid and resisting substances which excite their respective sensations, though these sensations bear no sort of resemblance to those substances?
Do any of our other senses, before such observation and experience, instinctively give us some idea of the solid and resistant materials that trigger their respective sensations, even though these sensations have no resemblance to those materials?
The sense of Tasting certainly does not. Before we can feel the sensation, the solid and resisting substance which excites it must be pressed against the organs of Taste, and must consequently be perceived by them. Antecedently to observation and experience, therefore, the sense of Tasting can never be said instinctively to suggest some conception of that substance.
The sense of taste definitely doesn't. Before we can experience the sensation, the solid and resistant material that triggers it has to be in contact with our taste buds and will therefore be recognized by them. Prior to observation and experience, the sense of taste cannot instinctively suggest any idea of that material.
It may, perhaps, be otherwise with the sense of Smelling. The young of all suckling animals, (of the Mammalia of Linnæus,) whether they are born with sight or without it, yet as soon as they come into the world apply to the nipple of the mother in order to suck. In doing this they are evidently directed by the Smell. The Smell appears either to excite the appetite for the proper food, or at least to direct the new-born animal to the place where that food is to be found. It may perhaps do both the one and the other.
It might be different when it comes to the sense of smell. The young of all nursing animals (of the Mammalia classified by Linnaeus), whether they are born able to see or not, immediately seek out their mother's nipple to suck when they enter the world. In this action, they are clearly guided by their sense of smell. Smell seems to either stimulate their appetite for the right food or at least lead the newborn to where that food can be found. It might actually do both.
That when the stomach is empty, the Smell of agreeable food excites and irritates the appetite, is what we all must have frequently experienced. But the stomach of every new-born animal is necessarily empty. While in the womb it is nourished, not by the mouth, but by the navel-string. Children have been born apparently in the most perfect health and vigour, and have applied to suck in the usual manner; but immediately, or soon after, have thrown up the milk, and in the course of a few hours have died vomiting and in convulsions. Upon opening their bodies it has been found that the intestinal tube or canal had never been opened or pierced in the whole extent of its length; but, like a sack, admitted of no passage beyond a particular place. It could not have been in any respect by the mouth, therefore, but altogether by the navel-string, that such children had been nourished and fed up to the degree of health and vigour in which they were born. Every animal, while in the womb, seems to draw its nourishment, more like a vegetable, from the root, than like an animal 465 from the mouth; and that nourishment seems to be conveyed to all the different parts of the body by tubes and canals in many respects different from those which afterwards perform the same function. As soon as it comes into the world, this new set of tubes and canals which the providential care of Nature had for a long time before been gradually preparing, is all at once and instantaneously opened. They are all empty, and they require to be filled. An uneasy sensation accompanies the one situation, and an agreeable one the other. The smell of the substance which is fitted for filling them, increases and irritates that uneasy sensation, and produces in the infant hunger, or the appetite for food.
When the stomach is empty, the smell of delicious food often stirs and sharpens our appetite, something we’ve all experienced many times. However, the stomach of every newborn animal is empty by necessity. In the womb, it gets nourishment not from the mouth, but through the umbilical cord. Babies can be born seemingly healthy and strong, and they might try to breastfeed, but soon after, they might vomit the milk and, within hours, die from vomiting and convulsions. Upon examining their bodies, it’s found that the intestinal tract was never opened along its entire length; it functioned like a sack that only allowed passage at a specific point. Therefore, these infants were nourished entirely through the umbilical cord, not by the mouth, up until the point they were born in good health. While in the womb, every animal seems to absorb nourishment more like a plant drawing from the ground than like an animal feeding from the mouth, and that nutrition appears to be distributed to all parts of the body through tubes and channels that are quite different from those that will later serve the same purpose. Once born, this new set of tubes and channels, which Nature has been gradually preparing beforehand, is suddenly opened all at once. They are all empty and need to be filled. An uncomfortable feeling accompanies one state, while a pleasant one accompanies the other. The smell of the substance intended to fill them heightens and irritates that uncomfortable feeling, creating in the infant a sense of hunger or a craving for food.
But all the appetites which take their origin from a certain state of the body, seem to suggest the means of their own gratification; and, even long before experience, some anticipation or preconception of the pleasure which attends that gratification. In the appetite for sex, which frequently, I am disposed to believe almost always, comes a long time before the age of puberty, this is perfectly and distinctly evident. The appetite for food suggests to the new-born infant the operation of sucking, the only means by which it can possibly gratifying that appetite. It is continually sucking. It sucks whatever is presented to its mouth. It sucks even when there is nothing presented to its mouth, and some anticipation or preconception of the pleasure which it is to enjoy in sucking, seems to make it delight in putting its mouth into the shape and configuration by which it alone can enjoy that pleasure. There are other appetites in which the most unexperienced imagination produces a similar effect upon the organs which Nature has provided for their gratification.
But all the cravings that come from a certain condition of the body seem to indicate how to fulfill them; and even before experience, there's often a sense or expectation of the pleasure that comes with fulfilling them. In the case of sexual desire, which often, I believe almost always, arises long before puberty, this is very clear. The hunger for food prompts a newborn to suck, the only way it can satisfy that desire. It constantly sucks. It sucks on anything that is put in its mouth. It even sucks when nothing is in its mouth, and some sense of the pleasure it will get from sucking seems to make it enjoy forming its mouth in a way that allows it to experience that pleasure. There are other cravings where even the most inexperienced imagination causes a similar reaction in the organs that Nature has equipped for their satisfaction.
The smell not only excites the appetite, but directs to the object which can alone gratify that appetite. But by suggesting the direction towards that object, the Smell must necessarily suggest some notion of distance and externality, which are necessarily involved in the idea of direction; in the idea of the line of motion by which the distance can best be overcome, and the mouth brought into contact with the unknown substance which is the object of the appetite. That the Smell should alone suggest any preconception of the shape or magnitude of the external body to which it directs, seems not very probable. The sensation of Smell seems to have no sort of affinity or correspondence with shape or magnitude; and whatever preconception the infant may have of these, (and it may very probably have some such preconception,) is likely to be suggested, not so much directly by the Smell, and indirectly by the appetite excited by that Smell; as by the principle which teaches the child to mould its mouth into the conformation and action of sucking, even before it reaches the object to which alone that conformation and action can be usefully applied.
The smell not only whets the appetite but also points to the thing that can satisfy that hunger. By suggesting the direction to that thing, the smell must also imply some idea of distance and externality, which are inherently tied to the concept of direction; in terms of the path of movement required to overcome that distance and to bring the mouth into contact with the unknown substance that the appetite seeks. It seems unlikely that smell alone could imply any idea of the shape or size of the external object it leads to. The sensation of smell doesn't seem to relate to shape or size at all; and any preconceived notions an infant may have about these (and it probably has some) are likely suggested not directly by the smell itself or indirectly by the appetite it triggers, but by the principle that guides the child to shape its mouth and act of sucking, even before it reaches the object where that shape and action can actually be applied effectively.
The Smell, however, as it suggests the direction by which the external 466 body must be approached, must suggest at least some vague idea or preconception of the existence of that body; of the thing to which it directs, though not perhaps of the precise shape and magnitude of that thing. The infant, too, feeling its mouth attracted and drawn as it were towards that external body, must conceive the Smell which thus draws and attracts it, as something belonging to or proceeding from that body, or what is afterwards denominated and obscurely understood to be as a sort of quality or attribute of that body.
The smell, however, suggests the way to the external 466 body that needs to be approached, which must give at least a vague idea or assumption about the existence of that body; it indicates something, even if it's not a clear understanding of its exact shape and size. The infant, feeling its mouth drawn towards that external body, must think of the smell that attracts it as something that belongs to or comes from that body, or what is later called and somewhat understood as a kind of quality or characteristic of that body.
The Smell, too, may very probably suggest some even tolerably distinct perception of the Taste of the food to which it directs. The respective objects of our different external senses seem, indeed, the greater part of them, to bear no sort of resemblance to one another. Colour bears no sort of resemblance to Solidity, nor to Heat, nor to Cold, nor to Sound, nor to Smell, nor to Taste. To this general rule, however, there seems to be one, and perhaps but one exception. The sensations of Smell and Taste seem evidently to bear some sort of resemblance to one another. Smell appears to have been given to us by Nature as the director of Taste. It announces, as it were, before trial, what is likely to be the Taste of the food which is set before us. Though perceived by a different organ, it seems in many cases to be but a weaker sensation nearly of the same kind with that of the Taste which that announces. It is very natural to suppose, therefore, that the Smell may suggest to the infant some tolerably distinct preconception of the Taste of the food which it announces, and may, even before experience, make its mouth, as we say, water for that food.
The smell can likely evoke a fairly clear idea of the taste of the food it points to. Our different senses usually don’t seem to have any similarities. Color doesn’t resemble solidity, heat, cold, sound, smell, or taste at all. However, there seems to be one exception to this general rule. The sensations of smell and taste clearly have some similarity. Nature seems to have given us smell as a way to guide taste. It kind of gives us a heads-up about what the taste of the food in front of us might be, even before we try it. Although it’s detected by a different sense, in many cases, it seems to be a weaker sensation that's very similar to the taste it predicts. So, it’s quite reasonable to think that smell can give babies a pretty clear idea of what the taste of the food might be, possibly even making their mouths water for that food before they’ve actually experienced it.
That numerous division of animals which Linnæus ranks under the class of worms, have, scarcely any of them, any head. They neither see nor hear, have neither eyes nor ears; but many of them have the power of self-motion, and appear to move about in search of their food. They can be directed in this search by no other sense than that of Smelling. The most accurate microscopical observations, however, have never been able to discover in such animals any distinct organ of Smell. They have a mouth and a stomach, but no nostrils. The organ of Taste, it is probable, has in them a sensibility of the same kind with that which the olfactory nerves have in more perfect animals. They may, as it were, taste at a distance, and be attracted to their food by an affection of the same organ by which they afterwards enjoy it; and Smell and Taste may in them be no otherwise distinguished than as weaker or stronger sensations derived from the same organ.
The many types of animals that Linnaeus classifies as worms rarely have heads. They can't see or hear, lacking both eyes and ears; however, many of them can move on their own and seem to move around looking for food. The only sense guiding this search appears to be smell. Despite this, meticulous microscopic studies have never been able to find a distinct organ for smell in these animals. They do have a mouth and a stomach, but no nostrils. It's likely that their sense of taste works similarly to how olfactory nerves function in more developed animals. They might be able to "taste" from a distance and be drawn to their food through the same organ that allows them to enjoy it afterward; in their case, smell and taste might not be distinguishable except in terms of weaker or stronger sensations coming from the same organ.
The sensations of Heat and Cold, when excited by the pressure of some body either heated or cooled beyond the actual temperature of our own organs, cannot be said, antecedently to observation and experience, instinctively to suggest any conception of the solid and resisting substance which excites them. What was said of the sense of Taste may very properly be said here. Before we can feel those sensations, 467 the pressure of the external body which excites them must necessarily suggest, not only some conception, but the most distinct conviction of its own external and independent existence.
The feelings of heat and cold, when triggered by something that is either hotter or colder than our own bodies, don’t instinctively lead us to understand the solid, resistant object causing those sensations before we actually observe and experience them. What was mentioned about the sense of taste applies here as well. Before we can feel those sensations, 467 the pressure from the outside object that causes them must make us not just think of it, but also have a clear belief in its separate and independent existence.
It may be otherwise, perhaps, when those sensations are either of them excited by the temperature of the external air. In a calm day when there is no wind, we scarcely perceive the external air as a solid body; and the sensations of Heat and Cold, it may be thought, are then felt merely as affections of our own body, without any reference to any thing external. Several cases, however, may be conceived, in which it must be allowed, I imagine, that those sensations, even when excited in this manner, must suggest some vague notion of some external thing or substance which excites them. A new-born animal, which had the power of self-motion, and which felt its body, either agreeably or disagreeably, more heated or more cooled on the one side than on the other, would, I imagine, instinctively and antecedently to all observation and experience, endeavour to move towards the side in which it felt the agreeable, and to withdraw from that in which it felt the disagreeable sensation. But the very desire of motion supposes some notion or preconception of externality; and the desire to move towards the side of the agreeable, or from that of the disagreeable sensation, supposes at least some vague notion of some external thing or place which is the cause of those respective sensations.
It might be different, perhaps, when those feelings are triggered by the temperature of the outside air. On a calm day with no wind, we barely notice the outside air as a solid entity; the feelings of heat and cold may be thought of as sensations affecting only our own body, without any reference to something external. However, there are several situations where, I believe, those feelings must evoke some vague idea of an external object or substance causing them. A newborn animal that can move on its own and feels its body becoming either pleasantly or unpleasantly warmer on one side compared to the other would instinctively try to move toward the side that feels good and away from the side that feels bad, even before any observation or experience. But the very desire to move implies some idea or understanding of externality; wanting to go towards the pleasing side or away from the unpleasant sensation assumes at least a vague notion of some external place or thing that causes those feelings.
The degrees of Heat and Cold which are agreeable, it has been found from experience, are likewise healthful; and those which are disagreeable, unwholesome. The degree of their unwholesomeness, too, seems to be pretty much in proportion to that of their disagreeableness. If either of them is so disagreeable as to be painful, it is generally destructive; and, that, too, in a very short period of time. Those sensations appear to have been given us for the preservation of our own bodies. They necessarily excite the desire of changing our situation when it is unwholesome or destructive; and when it is healthy, they allow us, or rather they entice us, to remain in it. But the desire of changing our situation necessarily supposes some idea of externality; or of motion into a place different from that in which we actually are; and even the desire of remaining in the same place supposes some idea of at least the possibility of changing. Those sensations could not well have answered the intention of Nature, had they not thus instinctively suggested some vague notion of external existence.
The comfortable levels of heat and cold are, based on experience, also healthy; whereas the uncomfortable levels are unhealthy. The degree of their unhealthiness seems to correlate with how unpleasant they are. If either heat or cold is so uncomfortable that it becomes painful, it usually leads to destruction quite quickly. These sensations seem to have been given to us to help preserve our bodies. They naturally trigger the urge to change our situation when it’s unhealthy or harmful, and when it’s healthy, they encourage us to stay put. However, the urge to change our situation implies some concept of being somewhere else or moving to a different place, and even the desire to stay in the same spot suggests at least the possibility of change. These sensations wouldn’t effectively serve Nature’s purpose if they didn’t instinctively hint at some vague idea of external existence.
That Sound, the object of the sense of Hearing, though perceived itself as in the ear, and nowhere but in the ear, may likewise, instinctively, and antecedently to all observation and experience, obscurely suggest some vague notion of some external substance or thing which excites it, I am much disposed to believe. I acknowledge, however, that I have not been able to recollect any one instance in which this sense seems so distinctly to produce this effect, as that of Seeing, that 468 of Smelling, and even that of Heat and Cold, appear to do in some particular cases. Unusual and unexpected Sound alarms always, and disposes us to look about for some external substance or thing as the cause which excites it, or from which it proceeds. Sound, however, considered merely as a sensation, or as an affection of the organ of Hearing, can in most cases neither benefit nor hurt us. It may be agreeable or disagreeable, but in its own nature it does not seem to announce any thing beyond the immediate feeling. It should not therefore excite any alarm. Alarm is always the fear of some uncertain evil beyond what is immediately felt, and from some unknown and external cause. But all animals, and men among the rest, feel some degree of this alarm, start, are roused and rendered circumspect and attentive by unusual and unexpected Sound. This effect, too, is produced so readily and so instantaneously that it bears every mark of an instinctive suggestion of an impression immediately struck by the hand of Nature, which does not wait for any recollection of past observation and experience. The hare, and all those other timid animals to whom flight is the only defence, are supposed to possess the sense of Hearing in the highest degree of activeness. It seems to be the sense in which cowards are very likely to excel.
That sound, the thing we hear, is perceived in the ear and nowhere else, but it can also instinctively and prior to any observation or experience suggest a vague idea of some external object or source that produces it. However, I admit I can't recall a single instance where this sense triggers that feeling as strongly as seeing, or even smelling, heat, and cold might in certain situations. Unusual and unexpected sounds always trigger our instincts and prompt us to search for some external source or cause. Yet, when we think of sound simply as a sensation or as something affecting our hearing organ, it usually doesn’t provide any real benefit or harm. It can be either pleasant or unpleasant, but it doesn’t seem to indicate anything beyond the immediate experience. Therefore, it shouldn’t provoke alarm. Alarm is always the fear of an uncertain danger beyond what we directly feel, brought about by some unknown outside cause. However, all animals, including humans, experience some level of this alarm, jump, become alert, and pay attention to unusual and surprising sounds. This reaction happens so quickly and effortlessly that it seems to be an instinctive response, directly triggered by nature, without relying on past memories or experiences. Animals like hares, which rely on flight as their only defense, are thought to have an exceptionally acute sense of hearing. It appears to be the sense in which those who lack courage tend to excel.
The three senses of Seeing, Hearing, and Smelling, seem to be given to us by Nature, not so much in order to inform us concerning the actual situation of our bodies, as concerning that of those other external bodies, which, though at some distance from us, may sooner or later affect the actual situation, and eventually either benefit or hurt us.
The three senses of seeing, hearing, and smelling appear to be provided to us by nature, not just to tell us about our own bodies, but to inform us about other external things that, even though they are some distance away, could eventually impact our situation and either help or harm us.
OF THE AFFINITY
BETWEEN CERTAIN
ENGLISH AND ITALIAN VERSES.
THE measure of the verses, of which the octave of the Italians, their terzetti, and the greater part of their sonnets, are composed, seems to be as nearly the same with that of the English Heroic Rhyme, as the different genius and pronunciation of the two languages will permit.
THE structure of the verses that make up the Italian octave, their terzetti, and most of their sonnets appears to align closely with that of English Heroic Rhyme, as much as the differences in the character and pronunciation of the two languages allow.
The English Heroic Rhyme is supposed to consist sometimes of ten, and sometimes of eleven syllables: of ten, when the verse ends with a single, and of eleven, when it ends with a double rhyme.
The English Heroic Rhyme is meant to have either ten or eleven syllables: ten syllables when the verse ends with a single rhyme, and eleven syllables when it ends with a double rhyme.
The correspondent Italian verse is supposed to consist sometimes of 469 ten, sometimes of eleven, and sometimes of twelve syllables, according as it happens to end with a single, a double, or a triple rhyme.
The corresponding Italian verse is thought to sometimes have 469 ten syllables, sometimes eleven, and sometimes twelve, depending on whether it ends with a single, double, or triple rhyme.
The rhyme ought naturally to fall upon the last syllable of the verse; it is proper likewise that it should fall upon an accented syllable, in order to render it more sensible. When, therefore, the accent happens to fall, not upon the last syllable, but upon that immediately before it, the rhyme must fall both upon the accented syllable and upon that which is not accented. It must be a double rhyme.
The rhyme should naturally occur on the last syllable of the line; it’s also fitting that it lands on an accented syllable to make it more noticeable. When the accent falls not on the last syllable but on the one right before it, the rhyme needs to occur on both the accented syllable and the unaccented one. It has to be a double rhyme.
In the Italian language, when the accent falls neither upon the last syllable, nor upon that immediately before it, but upon the third syllable from the end, the rhyme must fall upon all the three. It must be a triple rhyme, and the verse is supposed to consist of twelve syllables:
In Italian, when the accent is not on the last syllable or the one before it, but on the third syllable from the end, the rhyme has to include all three. It needs to be a triple rhyme, and the verse is expected to have twelve syllables:
Forsè era ver, non però credìbile, &c.
It was true, but not believable, &c.
Triple rhymes are not admitted into English Heroic Verse.
Triple rhymes aren't allowed in English Heroic Verse.
In the Italian language the accent falls much more rarely, either upon the third syllable from the end of a word, or upon the last syllable, than it does upon the one immediately before the last. In reality, this second syllable from the end seems, in that language, to be its most common and natural place. The Italian Heroic Poetry, therefore, is composed principally of double rhymes, or of verses supposed to consist of eleven syllables. Triple rhymes occur but seldom, and single rhymes still more seldom.
In Italian, the accent rarely falls on the third-to-last or last syllable of a word; it typically lands on the second-to-last syllable instead. This second-to-last position seems to be the most common and natural choice in the language. As a result, Italian heroic poetry mainly features double rhymes or lines that are supposed to have eleven syllables. Triple rhymes are uncommon, and single rhymes are even rarer.
In the English language the accent falls frequently upon the last syllable of the word. Our language, besides, abounds in words of one syllable, the greater part of which do (for there are few which do not) admit of being accented. Words of one syllable are most frequently the concluding words of English rhymes. For both these reasons, English Heroic Rhyme is principally composed of single rhymes, or of verses supposed to consist of ten syllables. Double Rhymes occur almost as rarely in it, as either single or triple do in the Italian.
In English, the emphasis often falls on the last syllable of a word. Our language also has a lot of one-syllable words, most of which can be accented (there are very few that can't). One-syllable words are often the final words in English rhymes. For these reasons, English Heroic Rhyme is mainly made up of single rhymes or verses that are meant to have ten syllables. Double rhymes are almost as uncommon in it as single or triple rhymes are in Italian.
The rarity of double rhymes in English Heroic Verse makes them appear odd, and awkward, and even ludicrous, when they occur. By the best writers, therefore, they are reserved for light and ludicrous occasions; when, in order to humour their subject, they stoop to a more familiar style than usual. When Mr. Pope says;
The rarity of double rhymes in English heroic verse makes them seem strange, awkward, and even ridiculous when they appear. The best writers, therefore, reserve them for light and humorous occasions; when, to fit their subject, they adopt a more casual style than usual. When Mr. Pope says;
Worth makes the man, and want of it the fellow;
The rest is all but
leather or prunello;
Worth makes the person, and lack of it the guy;
The rest is just leather or cheap fabric;
he means, in compliance with his subject, to condescend a good deal below the stateliness of his diction on the Essay on Man. Double rhymes abound more in Dryden than in Pope, and in Butler’s Hudibras more than in Dryden.
he intends, in keeping with his topic, to lower himself quite a bit from the formality of his language in the Essay on Man. There are more double rhymes in Dryden than in Pope, and even more in Butler’s Hudibras than in Dryden.
The rarity both of single and of triple rhyme in Italian Heroic Verse, gives them the same odd and ludicrous air which double rhymes have 470 in English Verse. In Italian, triple rhymes occur more frequently than single rhymes. The slippery, or if I may be allowed to use a very low, but a very expressive word, the glib pronunciation of the triple rhyme (verso sotrucciolo) seems to depart less from the ordinary movement of the double rhyme, than the abrupt ending of the single rhyme (verso tronco e cadente), of the verse that appears to be cut off and to fall short of the usual measure. Single rhymes accordingly appear in Italian verse much more burlesque than triple rhymes. Single rhymes occur very rarely in Ariosto; but frequently in the more burlesque poem of Ricciardetto. Triple rhymes occur much oftener in all the best writers. It is thus, that what in English appears to be the verse of the greatest gravity and dignity, appears in Italian to be the most burlesque and ludicrous; for no other reason, I apprehend, but because in the one language it is the ordinary verse, whereas in the other it departs most from the movements of ordinary verse.
The rarity of both single and triple rhymes in Italian heroic verse gives them a strange and funny vibe, similar to how double rhymes sound in English verse. In Italian, triple rhymes occur more often than single rhymes. The smooth, or if I may use a very simple but effective word, the easy pronunciation of the triple rhyme (verso sotrucciolo) feels less different from the usual flow of double rhymes, compared to the abrupt ending of single rhymes (verso tronco e cadente), which seem cut off and fall short of the standard rhythm. As a result, single rhymes in Italian verse come across as much more comedic than triple rhymes. Single rhymes are quite rare in Ariosto’s work but appear more frequently in the more humorous poem, Ricciardetto. Triple rhymes are found much more often in all the best writers. This is why what seems to be the most serious and dignified verse in English appears to be the most comedic and ridiculous in Italian; I suspect it’s simply because what is common in one language stands out more in the other. 470
The common Italian Heroic Poetry being composed of double rhymes, it can admit both of single and of triple rhymes; which seem to recede from the common movement on opposite sides to nearly equal distances. The common English Heroic Poetry, consisting of single rhymes, it can admit of double; but it cannot admit of triple rhymes, which would recede so far from the common movements as to appear perfectly burlesque and ridiculous. In English, when a word accented upon the third syllable from the end happens to make the last word of a verse, the rhyme falls upon the last syllable only. It is a single rhyme, and the verse consists of no more than ten syllables: but as the last syllable is not accented, it is an imperfect rhyme, which, however, when confined to the second verse of the couplet, and even there introduced but rarely, may have a very agreeable grace, and the line may even seem to run more easy and natural by means of it:
The common Italian Heroic Poetry is made up of double rhymes, so it can include both single and triple rhymes, which seem to drift from the common rhythm in opposite directions by about the same distance. The common English Heroic Poetry consists of single rhymes, but it can accept double rhymes; however, it can't accommodate triple rhymes, as they would stray too far from the usual rhythm, making them appear completely absurd and ridiculous. In English, when a word is stressed on the third syllable from the end and serves as the last word of a line, the rhyme only applies to the last syllable. This creates a single rhyme, and the line has no more than ten syllables: but since the last syllable is unstressed, it forms an imperfect rhyme. However, when this occurs only in the second line of a couplet, and even then rarely, it can add a nice touch, making the line feel smoother and more natural.
Bùt of this fràme, the beàrings, and the tìes.
The strìct
connèctions, nìce depèndencies, &c.
Bùt of this frame, the bearings, and the ties.
The strict connections, nice dependencies, &c.
When by a well accented syllable in the end of the first line of a couplet, it has once been clearly ascertained what the rhyme is to be, a very slight allusion to it, such as can be made by a syllable of the same termination that is not accented, may often be sufficient to mark the coincidence in the second line; a word of this kind in the end of the first line seldom succeeds so well:
When a clearly emphasized syllable at the end of the first line of a couplet has established what the rhyme will be, a subtle reference to it, like a syllable with the same ending that isn’t stressed, can often effectively highlight the match in the second line; a word like this at the end of the first line usually doesn’t work as well:
Th’ inhabitants of old Jerusalem
Were Jebusites; the town so called
from them.
The inhabitants of ancient Jerusalem
Were Jebusites; the town was named after them.
A couplet in which both verses were terminated in this manner, would be extremely disagreeable and offensive.
A couplet where both lines ended this way would be really unpleasant and offensive.
In counting the syllables, even of verses which to the ear appear sufficiently correct, a considerable indulgence must frequently be given, 471 before they can, in either language, be reduced to the precise number of ten, eleven, or twelve, according to the nature of the rhyme. In the following couplet, for example, there are, strictly speaking, fourteen syllables in the first line, and twelve in the second.
In counting syllables, even in verses that sound correct to the ear, we often need to be quite forgiving, 471 before we can get them down to the exact count of ten, eleven, or twelve, depending on the rhyme. For instance, in the following couplet, the first line technically has fourteen syllables, while the second line has twelve.
And many a hŭmoŭrous, many an amorous lay,
Was sung by many a
bard, on many a day.
And many funny, many a love song,
Was sung by many a poet, on many a day.
By the rapidity, however, or, if I may use a very low word a second time, by the glibness of the pronunciation, those fourteen syllables in the first line, and those twelve in the second, appear to take up the time but of ten ordinary syllables. The words many a, though they plainly consist of three distinct syllables, or sounds, which are all pronounced successively, or the one after the other, yet pass as but two syllables; as do likewise these words, hŭmoŭroŭs, and amorous. The words heaven and given, in the same manner, consist each of them of two syllables, which, how rapidly so ever they may be pronounced, cannot be pronounced but successively, or the one after the other. In verse, however, they are considered as consisting but of one syllable.
By the quickness, or if I can use a simpler term again, by the smoothness of the pronunciation, those fourteen syllables in the first line and those twelve in the second seem to take up the time of only ten regular syllables. The words many a, even though they clearly consist of three separate syllables or sounds that are pronounced one after the other, are counted as just two syllables; just like the words hŭmoŭroŭs and amorous. Similarly, the words heaven and given each have two syllables that, no matter how quickly they are pronounced, can only be said one after the other. In poetry, however, they are treated as if they consist of just one syllable.
In counting the syllables of the Italian Heroic Verse, still greater indulgences must be allowed: three vowels must there frequently be counted as making but one syllable, though they are all pronounced, rapidly indeed, but in succession, or the one after the other, and though no two of them are supposed to make a diphthong. In these licenses too, the Italians seem not to be very regular, and the same concourse of vowels which in one place makes but one syllable, will in another sometimes make two. There are even some words which in the end of a verse are constantly counted for two syllables, but which in any other part of it are never counted for more than one; such as the words suo, tuo, suoi, tuoi.
In counting the syllables of Italian Heroic Verse, even more leniency needs to be given: three vowels are often counted as just one syllable, even though they are pronounced one after the other, quickly, and none of them are considered to form a diphthong. The Italians also don’t seem to be very consistent with these rules, as the same combination of vowels that counts as one syllable in one instance might count as two in another. There are even some words that at the end of a verse are always counted as two syllables, but in any other position, they are never counted as more than one; examples include the words suo, tuo, suoi, tuoi.
Ruscelli observes, that in the Italian Heroic Verse the accent ought to fall upon the fourth, the sixth, the eighth, and the tenth syllables; and that if it falls upon the third, the fifth, the seventh, or the ninth syllables, it will spoil the verse.
Ruscelli notes that in Italian Heroic Verse, the emphasis should be placed on the fourth, sixth, eighth, and tenth syllables; if it lands on the third, fifth, seventh, or ninth syllables, it will ruin the verse.
In English, if the accent falls upon any of the above-mentioned odd syllables, it equally spoils the verse.
In English, if the stress is placed on any of the odd syllables mentioned above, it ruins the verse.
Bow’d their stiff necks, loaden with stormy blasts,
Bow'd their stiff necks, burdened with stormy winds,
though a line of Milton, has not the ordinary movement of an English Heroic Verse, the accent falls upon the third and sixth syllables.
though a line of Milton, doesn't follow the usual rhythm of English Heroic Verse, the emphasis is on the third and sixth syllables.
In Italian frequently, and in English sometimes, an accent is with great grace thrown upon the first syllable, in which case it seldom happens that any other syllable is accented before the fourth;
In Italian often, and in English occasionally, an accent is gracefully placed on the first syllable, and in that case, it's rare for any other syllable to be accented before the fourth.
Cánto l’armé pietóse e’l capitáno.
How the captain pleaded.
Fírst in these fiélds I trý the sýlvan stráins.
First in these fields I try the sylvan strains.
Both in English and in Italian the second syllable may be accented 472 with great grace, and it generally is so when the first syllable is not accented:
Both in English and in Italian, the second syllable can be accented 472 elegantly, and it usually is when the first syllable is not accented:
E in van l’ inferno a’ lui s’ oppose; e in vano
S’ armó d’ Asia,
e di Libia il popol misto, &c.
E in van l’ inferno a’ lui s’ oppose; e in vano
S’ armó d’ Asia, e di Libia il popol misto, &c.
Let us, since life can little more supply
Than just to look about
us, and to die, &c.
Let’s face it, life doesn’t offer us much more
Than just to look around
us, and to die, etc.
Both in English and in Italian Verse, an accent, though it must never be misplaced, may sometimes be omitted with great grace. In the last of the above-quoted English Verses there is no accent upon the eighth syllable; the conjunction and not admitting of any. In the following Italian Verse there is no accent upon the sixth syllable:
Both in English and in Italian verse, an accent, while it should never be misplaced, can sometimes be left out gracefully. In the last of the English verses mentioned above, there is no accent on the eighth syllable; the conjunction and doesn’t allow for one. In the following Italian verse, there is no accent on the sixth syllable:
O Musa, tu, che di caduchi allori, &c.
O Muse, you who inspire fleeting glories, &c.
The preposition di will as little admit of an accent as the conjunction and. In this case, however, when the even syllable is not accented, neither of the odd syllables immediately before or behind it must be accented.
The preposition di won't take an accent any more than the conjunction and will. However, in this case, when the even syllable isn't accented, neither of the odd syllables right before or after it should be accented.
Neither in English nor in Italian can two accents running be omitted.
Neither in English nor in Italian can two running accents be omitted.
It must be observed, that in Italian there are two accents, the grave and the acute: the grave accent is always marked by a slight stroke over the syllable to which it belongs; the acute accent has no mark.
It should be noted that in Italian, there are two accents: the grave and the acute. The grave accent is always indicated by a slight stroke over the syllable it belongs to, while the acute accent has no mark.
The English language knows no distinction between the grave and the acute accents.
The English language doesn't make a distinction between grave and acute accents.
The same author observes, that in the Italian Verse the Pause, or what the grammarians call the Cesura, may with propriety be introduced after either the third, the fourth, the fifth, the sixth, or the seventh syllables. The like observations have been made by several different writers upon the English Heroic Verse. Dobie admires particularly the verse in which there are two pauses; one after the fifth, and another after the ninth syllable. The example he gives is from Petrarch:
The same author notes that in Italian verse, the pause, or what grammarians refer to as the caesura, can properly occur after the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, or seventh syllables. Similar observations have been made by various writers about English heroic verse. Dobie especially appreciates the verse that has two pauses; one after the fifth syllable, and another after the ninth. An example he gives is from Petrarch:
Nel dolce tempo de la prima etade, &c.
In the sweet time of early youth, &c.
In this verse, the second pause, which he says comes after the ninth syllable, in reality comes in between the two vowels, which, in the Italian way of counting syllables, compose the ninth syllable. It may be doubtful, therefore, whether this pause may not be considered as coming after the eighth syllable. I do not recollect any good English Verse in which the pause comes in after the ninth syllable. We have many in which it comes in after the eighth:
In this verse, the second pause, which he mentions occurs after the ninth syllable, actually takes place between the two vowels that, according to the Italian method of counting syllables, make up the ninth syllable. Therefore, it might be questionable whether this pause should be considered as happening after the eighth syllable. I can't recall any strong English verse where the pause happens after the ninth syllable. We have plenty where it occurs after the eighth:
Yet oft, before his infant eyes, would run, &c.
Yet often, before his baby eyes, would run, &c.
In which verse there are two pauses; one after the second, and the other after the eighth syllable. I have observed many Italian Verses in which the pause comes after the second syllable.
In this verse, there are two pauses; one after the second syllable and the other after the eighth syllable. I've noticed many Italian verses where the pause occurs after the second syllable.
Both the English and the Italian Heroic Verse, perhaps, are not so 473 properly composed of a certain number of syllables, which vary according to the nature of the rhyme; as of a certain number of intervals, (of five invariably,) each of which is equal in length, or time, to two ordinary distinct syllables, though it may sometimes contain more, of which the extraordinary shortness compensates the extraordinary number. The close frequently of each of those intervals, but always of every second interval, is marked by a distinct accent. This accent may frequently, with great grace, fall upon the beginning of the first interval; after which, it cannot, without spoiling the verse, fall any where but upon the close of an interval. The syllable or syllables which come after the accent that closes the fifth interval are never accented. They make no distinct interval, but are considered as a sort of excrescence of the verse, and are in a manner counted for nothing.
Both English and Italian Heroic Verse aren't just about having a specific number of syllables that change based on the rhyme; they're really about having a set number of intervals—always five—where each one is equal in length or time to two regular distinct syllables, although there can be more syllables sometimes, with their unusual shortness balancing out the extra syllables. The end of each of these intervals, and definitely every second interval, is marked by a distinct accent. This accent can often gracefully fall at the start of the first interval, but after that, it shouldn't land anywhere but at the end of an interval if the verse is to remain intact. The syllable or syllables following the accent that ends the fifth interval are never accented. They don't create a separate interval; instead, they are considered sort of a surplus in the verse and are effectively counted as nothing.
THE END.
THE END.
BRADBURY, EVANS, AND CO., PRINTERS, WHITEFRIARS.
Bradbury, Evans, and Co., Printers, Whitefriars.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!